SECOND AMERICAN REVOLUTION VICTORY GUIDE J. CROFT FREEDOM GUIDE HTTP://FREEDOMGUIDE.BLOGSPOT.COM HTTP://FREEDOMGUIDE.WORDPRESS.COM
SECOND AMERICAN REVOLUTION VICTORY GUIDE By J. Croft 2011 common copyright, permission granted to reproduce in part or full so long as attribution is given. Made in the United States of America, a Republic.
1
CONTENTS
PREFACE 6 WHY WE NEED TO FIGHT 12 Are Americans a Broken People by Bruce Levine 16 THINGS YOU NEED TO KEEP IN MIND… 23 A review of rules from Martial Law Survival Guide 24 On Organization-Subversion and Countersubversion 31 Sacrifices 48 Resolutions 54 Be Your Own Leader 65 Fear 70 Message to Mr and Mrs America 84 Our Father 114 My 9/11 120 Stephan Fobes-20 Things The Illuminati Can Teach You 124 Riots Never Win 127 Beware The Police 131 Activist Survival Guide 138 Westernrifleshooters.blogspot: 41 Questions You Need To Ask Yourself 142 The Two Americas 163 What You Do Matters 177 Gun Shopping 180 Message To The Federal Agent 197 THE BEST OPTIONS FIRST 211 Stages of Revolution-conception, ideals 212 Mental Preparation 213
2
Memes and Neurolinguistic Programming 217 Introductory Ideals 220 Delivery-Pamphlets 222 Internet Video 225 DSLR for Feature Film Video by Neil Matsumoto 227 Putting It All Together 233 Growth Of Core Group 235 On Recruitment 236 Growing Your Networks 239 What’s a Dollar 247 Energy Independence 253 Counterrevolutionary Resistance 277 Peaceful Appropriation of Government 278 It’s Time 280 Recall Election: Obstacles To Overcome 293 Managing Revolution 299 Speech of Rev. James T. Woodbury 302 WINNING THE INEVITABLE STRUGGLE 307 The Tripwire by D. van Oort and J.F.A. Davidson 308 A Message To The First Resisters 313 Roger’s Rangers Standing Orders 313 How To Beat SWAT Teams by Anonymous et al 314 What Ever Happened To (Police) Accuracy 318 Anatomy of a SWAT Raid 325 Fighting Alone 334 Don’t Know How To Shoot? Some Quick Pointers 338 Taming The Wind 346 Using The Web Sling 347 Musketry 356
2
The Rifleman Series-from Revolutionary War Veterans Association 360 Firearms and Freedom-Switzerland’s Secret Strategy For Survival-Peter Hammond 390 Excerpts from Marine Rifle Marksmanship and Marine Rifle Squad 398 Rifles 501 OODA Loop-Get Inside The Enemy’s Reaction Cycle 507 Lone Wolves and Explosives 518 Mothball Bomb 519 Other Fuel Air Explosives 356 Thermites 524 Ragnar Benson’s Legendary C4 Recipe 528 Detonator 545 Improvised Explosives by Uncle Fester 548 Using These Recipes For Heavy Weapons 575 Armbrust-from Poor Man’s Armorer 576 Mothball Bomb 586 Chemical and Biological Weapons 592 When Being A Lone Wolf Can Backfire-Literally 593 Taking On A SWAT Raid 595 Escape And Evasion 618 On The Run! 626 Guerilla Warfare 628 Swarming Attacks: Compilation From Global Guerillas 628 The Coming Swarm By John Arquatta 636 The Coming Urban Terror by John Robb 641 A Newbie’s Guide to UAV’s 648 Emergent Intelligence in Open Source Insurgency-John Robb 650 Patrolling 101: from A Well Regulated Militia 656 Survival Tunneling 711 Secret Shooting Range 742
1
The Strategic Corporal: Leadership In The Three Block War 742 Global Guerillas: Global Guerillas and Temporary Autonomous Zones 747 Global Guerillas: The Resilient Community 755 Global Guerillas: Epidemic Insurgency 760 Global Guerillas: Innovation in Epidemic Insurgency 761 Global Guerillas: Guerilla Entrepreneurs 770 Global Guerillas: Open Source Insurgency-How To Start 772 Global Guerillas: Catastrophic Superempowerment 775 The Guerilla Bazaar-Lesson From Phishing Networks 777 The Virtues Of A Disorganized Resistance-Author Unknown 779 Endgame 785 Postscript
789
PREFACE This is my third attempt at a book. The first was about 2006-7, when I was over at Rumor Mill News; a new age cast pot vendor named Valentina Parker (cunt) wanted me to write a book based on my essays. I countered with an offer to make a series of compilations based on my essays with 1
additional how-to and other helpful articles, and whatnot. We both liked the ideal and I started to put together the first Freedom Guide volume with cent signs in my eyes and a hope to break out into the Patriot bigger league. Selfish? Yeah a bit but if you’ve read my articles you know I put some effort into my thoughts, therefore I want to get the most out of my work. So I compiled-until the issue of how I was to be compensated came up. Ms Parker wanted to do Paypal and send payments to what would be my account… if I were that stupid. I explained to her in no uncertain terms that I do cash only and only through a trusted intermediary-and that was the last I heard from her. (Really I should’ve known better: I proposed to Rayelan Allen the proprietor [cunt] of that new age claptrap she calls a website to share metacafe.com money from videos I’d produce to help with the bills for her bullshit mill. She angrily turned me down-and when someone does that you got to figure something’s up. It just took me a while longer to see things as they were with her.) Yeah, that wasn’t going to work out. In fact forget about making money off the movement. Not just due to privacy issues-and you need to retain as much privacy as you can-but the fact of the matter is, what is in it to fight for Freedom? Is it to get the job done? Or is it to make a taxable, traceable buck? Serve God or mammon, that is the eternal choice. Choice made, lesson learned. So a couple years later I got the ideal to write a tome on counter-SWAT operations, and I actually completed it. About 800 pages filled with everything a Freedom loving American needed to take on and defeat oath traitors enforcing the enemy’s so-called laws. Everything from the why(just watch the news)to weapons selection, marksmanship, how-to manufacture things that got Paladin Press taken to the legal woodshed, tactics, and most importantly, strategy. Yeah. It would’ve been sweet; one stop shopping for any American willing to stand up to the beast, and the Counter-Swat Operations Manual would’ve made them ABLE. I imagine if it had made it to the net it would’ve really made the enemy shit themselves. Really-I had everything from bomb making to chemical/biological weapons, individual and team tactics, how to break out of police cordons-in both city and country…. Yeah, and my dumb ass had to have all that work on one fucking drive-that and I joined rat stewie’s oath keeper organization(COINTEL operation meant to defuse and diffuse the Oath Keeper Movement.). I joined and I shelved it, hoping that enough Patriotic Americans in the Armed Forces and the various local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies could be raised to coalesce into an effective non-violent resistance. Imagine the beast’s enforcers not enforcing their legal codes and bureaucratic edicts? Not to be: after a short time in Oath Keepers I saw what Stewart Rhodes (cunt) was about as well as his psyop minions. An exchange between myself and oath traitor Rex McTyrie, and get some aspirin: Alright Rex, let’s review what I DID say, original statement in italics: I'll second that.(I was agreeing with you)
2
Keep in mind, you have to consider the audience.(I’m speaking to Oath Keepers in general) You don't start talking quantum mechanics to those that can barely comprehend their TV remote beyond the fact it needs batteries every so often and it breaks-especially if made in China.(That’s called an analogy. I was using this particular analogy to caution people that someone else probably doesn’t see the world as they do.) What I mean by that is, 2012 is a open question an esoteric question.(I was bringing this subject up as an example-I don’t have a personal hard opinion on the subject although I do know we’re headed straight for hell on earth) And militia talk and threatening lethal force is a big time turnoff to people facing insurgents and MS-13 gangstas with AK's and IED's(Pay attention here: I was advising people to can the threats. You don’t attract people to your cause with threats) and Oath Keepers is about attracting active duty military and law enforcement in a stand for the Constitution and the American People.(Nothing wrong with that statement at all and if there is then the fault lies not with the statement but with you-does it?) Think about that goal before you type anything. Yes. Think before you type people. Now let’s review your response, your reply in italics and we’ll analyze what you said: Permalink Reply by Rex H. McTyeire 16 minutes ago I think I have some idea of what Oath Keepers is about. So do more than a few other people; myself included. You are missing a few critical stops. Consider: Move your "stand", over to our "stand down"; and the concept is closer to our mission, and the thoughts after flow quite a bit differently. That’s a rather wrongheaded opinion given the times. “Stand down” doesn’t inspire like “stand”-and if you’re defying unconstitutional orders, you are definitely making a stand. It is presumptuous of you to spin a whole arguement on a term. Then again it’s rather presumptuous to issue a several hundred word arguement to a reply in support of your orginal statement, but let’s carry on: We are an organization supporting the US Constitution, further I personally think most of us consider it critical to survival and recovery from crisis level circumstances. No disagreement there. We encourage members from active military units and law enforcement agencies to make the personal decision to refuse unconstitutional orders, when and if(if?) ever confronted with them in an unconstitutional move against the US people. If they do not come, then there is no issue, Huge disagreement: Oath Keepers and Americans in general are confronted with unconstitutional moves against them on a daily basis. First Amendment Rights are abridged, or denied. Second Amendment Rights are denied-have been denied-for generations. An argument can be made that asset forfeiture is the descendant violation of Third Amendment prohibition of stationing troops in private homes, that being a seizure of private property. The lawyers have literally torn the Fourth Amendment to bits... and if you’ve ever faced the courts you know the rest of the Bill of Rights are but toilet paper to the shysters who run that racket. You on the other hand seem to have the ideal that such instances of unconstitutional orders are rare or would be accompanied by a fell swoop collapse of the Republic; the Republic’s ALREADY COLLAPSED. Those that perpetrated the theft and destruction of our nation were smart enough to do it in increments using the cover of a blizzard of unconstitutional law. and we continue to reach, teach, and inspire; and they continue to deal with your list of bad things about their working environment. Trivializing the daily breaches of our Rights and general treason by what is supposed to be OUR government does not help solving the problems we face. We intend to teach them what they took an Oath to, improve their understanding of it, what it means, what the loss of it could mean, and to encourage them to keep their own Oath. Yes, we need to. Hope we can overcome their lack of comprehension about the crisis we’re in. I don't see the link to "MS-13 gangstas" and the other bogey men you cite. Read again my first reply to you, I was using analogy. Dismissing such, even as analogy as “bogey men” doesn’t sway anyone to your point of view. Certainly not this Oath Keeper. As an organization, we intend to support them as best we can if they have to take that verbal stand, summarized as simply: "no". You seem to be taking it somewhere else. We Oath Keepers, both individually and as a movement, organization, what have you-we do not exist in a political and social vacuum. We have to and must acknowledge the larger context under which we’ve united in common cause, namely the destruction of what our Ancestors struggled and died for. Saying “no” in the face of ruthless exercise of power is noble, but there are times where a simple refusal is counterproductive. Other peaceable measures are sometimes called for and if that steps outside your particular, antiseptic interpretation of our mission-well, it’s a messy world we live in. We have to deal with the situation as is, not as we’d like to. That’s reality, so if we talk about say, educating our fellow countrymen on their responsibility to clean up their local government so the Oath Keepers can have a much easier job of upholding the Oath or making an occasional demonstration of action in the community beyond saying no to a general martial law scenario so that the American People KNOW we are on their side... that’s what Oath Keepers has to do. Because simply stating we won’t cooperate enforcing unconstitutional laws or edicts won’t cut it; that sentiment threatens to paint us into a corner of irrelevance and inactivity-might as well be the Libertarian party for all the (in)effectiveness they have. These times and our People demand more than lip service.
2
The larger our organization is with good men in key positions known to be prepared to say "no", committed to keep that Oath and support the constitution..the less likely those orders are to ever come. If they come any way..the less likely they are to be effective. And that is our primary mission right now-growth! Not spouting ideals or theories or viewpoints that will turn off our audience... Oath Takers who see what’s wrong and want solutions... absolutely we must grow our numbers and if a potential Oath Keeper were to log in and see this wasteful bickering-what would she or he think Rex? If it were me I’d be thinking “my God they attack their own? Should I be associating with backstabbers?!” Not saying that’s what you were doing but that’s the potential impression your response to a simple backup of what you were repying to implies. There is no militia intent or line blurring. Whoa! Wait a minute here! Don’t insert outside arguments into this. I did NOT mention the milita as what we arealthough that apparently what you’d like me to say. No, I was using that as an analogy in my apparently foolish reply backing up your argument. There is no organizational threat of lethal force: implicit or implied. Again, don’t insert outside arguments in this. I made NO organizational threat of lethal force: implicit or implied. This is really beginning to read like an attempt to discredit me Rex. I’ll read on... hoping I’m mistaken in this impression: Errant messages that go there are deleted and the sender talked to. Blog posts that go there are denied initial post, deleted, or cut when found. Thoughts that go there..like yours..we try to work with. You’re dying to paint me with the cammie clad militia paintbrush aren’t you? Not that militia members are the bad guys but that’s the general image painted. They’re for the most part Americans reacting to the crisis-whether they’re doing it a optimal way is up to debate-I think most of them are stuck in a preOKC bombing world view that’s a tragic illusion, gets them in trouble. Back to your reply; I find your whole point personally insulting that I would want open warfare in America. If personal, social and political change-peaceable change-threatens you to the point you disparage and threaten censorship against whats suposed to be your own side, perhaps Oath Keepers isn’t for you, sir. Take that how you will but I feel personally insulted. I'm trying. I assume up front that you are an Oath Keeper, and not a detractor trying to find holes to ferret into useful seams with word games. If you are in the interested, concerned, but sitting on the fence crowd: I would be happy to resolve your concerns and questions about the organization and its intent. ( If I had to guess from your input I would say current LEO, maybe federal level..not Military at the moment, and you don't come across like a troll.) I cannot promise you (nor can any human running a social linked open message board on this planet) that all comments and questions by free access board members at all times will be at full battery power. I am 100% behind Oath Keepers, I view this group as a vital component to any peaceable resolution to the crisis. Again I must advise, Oath Keepers does NOT exist in a social and political vacuum. If I am not a troll and I’m not advocating violence, why this slickly worded attack? There-a question for you. We are training volunteer moderators three deep for 60 plus boards, specifically to guide thinking and comment to the direction Barbara is talking about, and cut some of the background noise and reduce misinterpretations and misunderstandings, without denying members conversation and interaction. We are still not going to censor to the extent some wish. We are not going to declare martial law on the boards. People talking on these boards are just that..people talking. As I stated above, often extremely concerned people. Many will go all the way from "don't understand" to "got it" just through interaction on these boards..guided by trained moderators we don't have a full set of yet. Conversation, interests, fear, paranoia, emotional expression, and conspiracy theories do not change the central purpose and effort. If the idea was not workable, if the situation did not call for it, there would not be near 30 K people lined up to support the idea. 180 moderators eh? Wouldn’t simply advising people to consider their audience work-like I advocate? Just how will these moderators guide-care to make a full disclosure on your training methodology? Will their council include advisement on our targeted audience-Oath Takers? Three more questions. No batteries required. No quantum mechanics. Again you slap me with words I originally intend to support you. You attack someone supporting you and you spend 400 some words dancing around the attack. Ridiculous. Now what is it I'm supposed to be thinking about..and what are your questions ? An apolgy would be appropriate. Otherwise I’d be questioning why you joined Oath Keepers in the first place if you’re going to backstab and attack who are supposed to be your own people. In the military that’s called fragging-and I don’t appreciate this attempt at getting fucking fragged when I was trying to 1.)lend you support and 2.)offer constructive suggestions on discussion in a illustrative manner. One would be tempted to question your true motivations-whether you’re really trying to steer this group, 30 thousand and up of Americans into a brick wall. Yes that’s another question. I really want to think the best of you Sir. I am hoping this is a misunderstaning but understand: I will NOT let Oath Keepers or any other movement by Patriotic Americans be sabotaged. Not on my watch. What say you? J. Croft
Sabotaged? It was fucked from the start! Yeah: I shelve a book on stopping those tin badge fucks cold-lose it, and what do I get? Fucking played I was. And, I turn around
1
and lose the drive with the one and only copy I had!(My fault, I will own up to that and I will always regret it. Why I’m making amends with this book). And it was 2009; Obama had just been selected to be President-even though he’s ineligible due to foreign birth, but if you’re the inbred psychopathic blueblood’s house slave those rules just don’t apply. What does apply is that I had to face two hard facts about the very Patriot Movement I devoted five years of my life and sacrificed any hope of future prosperity to find: 1.)That it’s steered and misdirected by our enemy, in one way or another-through COINTEL operatives (rat stewie, rayeCUNT Allen, that McTyrie psyop mindfucker), or through sheer douchebaggery by who is supposed to be one of our loudest voices… Alex Jones-and wasn’t THAT a bitter pill to swallow! Oh my GOD what was he thinking with: -Charlie Sheen and his supposed “interview” with Obama Barry Sotero about 9/11 -The infamous Austin Gun Show Rally where with an event already pre-arranged Mr. Jones and entourage barge in and spend two hours totally disrupting it and making it into a media event for himself. Watch the YouTube videos where tiny Catherine Bleish and John Bush repeatedly attempted to engage Alex and try to get some teamwork… there isn’t an I in team but rearrange the words and you can find ‘me’. -Blasting Deborah Medina for keeping 9/11 Truth at arm’s length. Just repeating the strategy Ron Paul uses but I guess she wasn’t giving Alex enough access or whatever his deal was-he spent two whole days going demonic on her until she had NO chance of rallying the awake and aware and win the Texas Governorship for the Movement. -Speaking of the Ringer-how come he didn’t take the golden opportunity to call a spade a spade, and challenge the 2008 New Hampshire Primary vote fraud? Because he’s a deep cover operative, a plant; Ron Paul’s a freemason. In other words, controlled opposition to offer an occasional protest, something symbolic to keep Americans from grabbing their guns or do something else that might actually be effective. That year, after Ron Paul hustled his many supporters for campaign funds, you called in to the show offering eyewitness testimony or even proof of vote fraud Alex Jones would shout you down, accuse you of being a crackpot. And it’s not just the top that’s rotten; you join We Are Change, there’s a chance the person who coordinates you is a enemy operative taking down names. You join a militia that isn’t totally underground; operating out in the open and hasn’t realized that their heyday ended on April 19, 1995 at about 9AM in Oklahoma City, you’re going to be talking to a fed operative sooner or later and be on a list. I mean, bravo for taking a stand but realize that I’m warning you that AT THE TOP the enemy isn’t stupid… the best way to ensure continued victory is to control your opposition. And the libertarians! Getting them together is like herding cats but at least cats make some pretense at showing love-you talk about doing something effective, something that their head priestess Claire Wolfe hasn’t made canon and they pile on you like a pack of oath traitor cops. Effective political action like recall elections with full campaign tickets? Forget it, you don’t have a business plan or you interfere with their fantasies 2
about ‘gulching’-when the enemy is cracking down on co-ops and those in the militias like never before! Even if you join a plain shooting org. like the National Rifle Association, you support a gun control organization that acts as controlled opposition. Join Appleseed, and you get in trouble for your shooting range by your local masons-being used as proxy by the fedsand ‘fred’ will disown you. Hell, try drumming up support for a legal defense fund and he attacks you. And speaking of legal defense funds, Charles Dyer/aka July4Patriot-I asked for contributions to his legal defense fund and the oath traitors of rat stewies fake oath keeper org and Claire Wolfe herself pile on me for it… The bitch of this is Alex Jones typically does a lot of good with his films, radio show and website, exposing a lot of truth and energizing people. Organizations are good for getting like-minded people together to operate much more effectively than they would by themselves, feeling isolated and perhaps doubting their sanity. That even a out-in-theopen militia operating as a honey trap to ensnare unsuspecting Patriots willing to take it to the next level-that the concept is solid and they allow the same pooling of resources and people noncombatant groups like We Are Change. That you can learn a lot about the real deal in America from a Libertarian, who would likely start you down the path to freedom. That signing up to a Appleseed shoot is a great way to not only learn to handle a rifle out to 500 yards, you are adding to the deterrent that the Unorganized Militia inherently is to tyranny. And that the ranks of government enforcers and bureaucrats are not ENTIRELY populated with the spawn of the Antichrist. And that’s what the enemy counts on to divert and entrap the unwitting. 2.)That even NOT factoring in all the fed operatives, idiots, egomaniacs, and shysters, that I’m dealing with largely modern day ‘murikans-who just woke up to the monstrosity we call the “land of the free”. Unmotivated, unthinking, still under a large part of their conditioning to look for that Man on the White Horse to save the day for them so they can go back to working way too many hours for maybe 1 dollar out of 20 they generate for their work… and then have the beast take half of that, bills about 45 cents moreleaving about 5 cents out of 20 dollars of the labor they generate… I’d be finding a stupid hobby or blowing it on getting plastered myself. I did in fact. What I’m saying is, the entire civilization the Illuminati have set up in America, having planned it from at least since the discovery of the continent, foretold by Francis Bacon in “The New Atlantis”, has been their show. I say that with the deepest regret. We got Two Americas-the one in the hearts and imaginations of Mankind, the proffered hope of Freedom and Prosperity but we as a species got bait and switched with a horrifically violent, greedy, hypocritical empire-that is actually secretly but a covert component of a larger structure that conquers through proxy states, hides behind what we hold highest to steal, murder, and enslave. …So is it any wonder I publically repudiated Alex Jones for his buffoonery, disowned that huckster Rayelan Allen and her whackjob mill news, and settled into a nonproductive funk? I burnt my bridges to save my sanity. I destroyed my place in the Patriot Movement to shine a light on the sheer fraud of it. 3
I offer this Second American Revolution Victory Guide as an answer. Take from it what you will, I did the best I could in the time allotted. J. Croft Somewhere in America,
WHY WE NEED TO FIGHT 4
The First American Revolution was a radical break with the past. Past revolutions or coup d’etats were either power struggles between rulers and governments, or religions-which amount to still more rulers, more government bodies ordering people to murder each other. The result-aside from the need to draw new mapswas the same. Kings, dukes, bishops, knights, priests lording over the People demanding labor, tithes on Sunday, their bodies as cannon fodder for their constant wars. And the People suffered. Almost none of the wealth ever came back to the common man as he lived too short a life and died from a farming accident, or disease, or from a bloody battle that resulted from one blueblooded inbred getting insulted by some other blueblooded inbred. Royal families are all inbred-to keep it in the family and not have any tainted “common blood”. Well, nothing lasts forever; those violent psychotic inbred bluebloods decided to start looking for new lands to screw up like they did Europe. They came to the Americas-and conquered the despotic regimes of the Aztecs and Incas, and nearly annihilated them, setting up the colonies that would eventually become the despotic regimes of Latin America. They provided a new market for African slaves, a convenient dumping ground for their excess population that was straining the resources they bothered to provide the People. So as millions of Native Americans died out millions of Africans, and Spanish, Germans, Irish, English, and other European commoners came… to be exploited and expended for empire-both royal and personal. Yet, for Empire, there’s nothing more dangerous than a frontier. And America was the ultimate frontier; a continent with vast stretches of unpopulated territory, virgin forests, untapped resources beyond calculation. It was too tempting to not exploit, yet expanding westward was exactly the sociological opening that endangered the inbreds world order. Because for people who have only known servitude the chance to head west and be their own master, even with the danger of Native Americans attacking them, that chance at Freedom was too tempting as well. With the need to take care of one’s self in the wilderness came the need for firearms. Rifles. And German blacksmiths came to the frontier, fine tuned their skills and made the finest rifles of the era. Those rifles didn’t just arm those who chose to head west; they imbuled a sense of God Given Inalienable Rights. Living independently of any Crown or Lord with one’s self responsible for their own survival imbuled a self-sufficiency and ruggedness that made the Frontier Settler as much a alien to being subject as any Native 2
Tribesman. Regrettably, too many of those people had retained the racist and cultural supremacist attitudes of Imperial Europe but belief you’re number one and always right is a universal human affliction. So, Americans expanded westward and for better or worse engaged the Native Americans and the half Native/half Spanish Mexicans, and won. And with rifle and plow and pick axe, under the protection of the Bill of Rights built the greatest Republic, the greatest Free State in known history. So what happened?! What drove me to write this and you to read? I wrote in “The Two Americas” that, yes, there are actually two Americas; the beast, the imperial machine that culturally, economically and militarily dominates Earth-and the America the beast and it’s minions have been steadfastly trying to kill… even as they use OUR America as a disguise, a foil, to commit all the atrocities that have been attributed to the United States. The United States government stems from the Constitution that was created in 1787. The Constitution was NOT the first governing document of the United States-that honor goes to the Article of Confederation. The first government of America was a Confederacy; each state having nearly all the attributes of independent nations save for a Congress, a President, and a Navy. Needless to say that government was very constricted. Those that came up with our Constitution were known as Federalists; they were the wealthiest, most educated of early Americans, and being “elite” they did not like the Articles restricting their power. They sought a government they could more easily exert influence and control over. To that end they manufactured so much economic and political havoc among the 13 Colonies that the Continental Congress authorized a convention to fix the Articles… and in 1787 those Federalists audaciously scrapped the Articles, and created the Constitution in secret. Opposition was fierce but slow in response and uncoordinated; they could not defeat the Federalists but did manage to force in the Bill of Rights to get the Constitution ratified. In case you forgot, or never learned they are: *Right of Free Speech, Assembly, Press, and Religion, and to Petition for Redress of Grievance. *Right to bear arms. *Right to not have troops quartered in their homes without consent. *Right to have their home and personal effects secure from intrusion and seizure. No warrents issued without probable cause, affirmed under oath and restrictions on time and place. *Right to not be forced to incriminate oneself, to not be tried twice for the same crime, to not be deprived of life or liberty without due process. To not have property seized by the government without just compensation. *Right to a jury trial in a speedy and public manner and ability to mount a defense. *Absolute right of the jury to have verdict stand as final. *Right to not be cruelly or unusually punished, nor have excessive fines posted. *Equality of Rights 3
*All other powers not designated reserved to the States and the People. It’s these Amendments, these Rights that have impeded the elitist Federalists and their descendants the bankers, the dynastic political families like the Kennedys, the Rockefellers, the Foleys. They and their deluded toady bureaucrats, lawyers and police have mounted a stealth campaign to besiege our Rights. They create problems, cause reactions and propose solutions that ultimately take away those Rights: *Free Speech is being restricted in government schools and at political rallies and protests. Freedom of Religion is violated by the IRS conferring 501(c3) tax free status in exchange for restrictions of political speech-violations of which are brutally punished. The Press is either controlled by the beast’s fellow travelers in the corporate media, or in the case of the Internet there’s plots to destroy it. Petition for Redress of Grievances? What’s that-who uses THAT?! *The Right to Keep and Bear Arms DOES NOT EXIST. Except in Vermont, you cannot openly or carry concealed personal protection. The proper Militias are no more-save for the tattered remnants of the 90’s Militia Movement, and the beast constantly tries to demonize those brave souls. Military-level training is largely suppressed save for a few academies that cost thousands of dollars and the Appleseed Program. *The quartering of troops in private homes would become a huge factor in wartime-but if things keep going in this country expect to have some troops kick you out of your own home. *Search and seizure laws violate the 4th Amendment on it’s face-it’s dead. Thank the government manufactured “wars” on drugs and “terror”. *Seizure laws, again, violate parts of the 5th Amendment. Due Process is increasingly being violated, and lawyers have conspired to make a true legal defense practically impossible… unless you’re rich. Trials are stretched out to further ensure bankruptcy of any defendant, violating in spirit the 6th Amendment. *Juries have been interfered with by Judges and Prosecutors as to how they’re “allowed” to vote, by having “troublemakers” eliminated to ensure a guilty verdict. *Excessive fines, jail time, unusually cruel conditions are universal in America’s legal system. Ask any pot smoker, street dealer, dissidents, or anyone taking their 2nd Amendment at face value. *Certain “minorities” are given breaks and special “rights” that engender racial and social divisions and conflicts. This keeps everyone’s eyes off of the beast who perpetrates more conflict as they sieze more Rights as a response. *The federal government, the beast, exerts power with every grant, every perk, every loan to the States and the People. Highway funds for deliberately shoddy highways are denied unless they do everything from unreasonably regulate speed to arresting people for riding a bicycle with a beer in them. Supply of funds and surplus military equipment to police forces come with obligations to obey federal mandates. Student loans for overpriced college education comes with decades of financial serfdom. Federal agencies of every kind interject and assert unconstitutional authority and power in every facet of life-government is now 40% of American GDP. Worst of all are agencies like Homeland Security, ATF, FBI, and the IRS who are destroying our Rights wholesale now that knowledge of them has disappeared from common knowledge… yet another facet of the 4
beast’s war on us. So you see, Our America is but a myth-a made in china flag the beast drapes around it’s criminal actions so that ignorant ‘murkans will go along with the war on them-not realizing they could be next! There’s an essay I’m going to reproduce now in its entirety, give you a good ideal on how thorough their victory over us has been: Are Americans a Broken People? Bruce E. Levine Wed, 16 Dec 2009 20:28 EST In general, Americans represent a collective battered spouse who hopes that the batterer will change. Spitting teeth and squinting through two black eyes, they usually go back for more of the same. This isn't politics. It's pathology. - The Devil and Mr. Obama Can people become so broken that truths of how they are being screwed do not "set them free" but instead further demoralize them? Has such a demoralization happened in the United States? Do some totalitarians actually want us to hear how we have been screwed because they know that humiliating passivity in the face of obvious oppression will demoralize us even further? What forces have created a demoralized, passive, dis-couraged U.S. population? Can anything be done to turn this around? Can people become so broken that truths of how they are being screwed do not "set them free" but instead further demoralize them? Yes. It is called the "abuse syndrome." How do abusive pimps, spouses, bosses, corporations, and governments stay in control? They shove lies, emotional and physical abuses, and injustices in their victims' faces, and when victims are afraid to exit from these relationships, they get weaker. So the abuser then makes their victims eat even more lies, abuses, and injustices, resulting in victims even weaker as they remain in these relationships. Does knowing the truth of their abuse set people free when they are deep in these abuse syndromes? No. For victims of the abuse syndrome, the truth of their passive submission to humiliating oppression is more than embarrassing; it can feel shameful - and there is nothing more painful than shame. When one already feels beaten down and demoralized, the likely response to the pain of shame is not constructive action, but more attempts to shut down or divert oneself from this pain. It is not likely that the truth of one's humiliating oppression is going to energize one to constructive actions.
5
Has such a demoralization happened in the U.S.? In the United States, 47 million people are without health insurance, and many millions more are underinsured or a job layoff away from losing their coverage. But despite the current sellout by their elected officials to the insurance industry, there is no outpouring of millions of U.S. citizens on the streets of Washington, D.C., protesting this betrayal. Polls show that the majority of Americans oppose U.S. wars in Afghanistan and Iraq as well as the taxpayer bailout of the financial industry, yet only a handful of U.S. citizens have protested these circumstances. Remember the 2000 U.S. presidential election? That's the one in which Al Gore received 500,000 more votes than George W. Bush. That's also the one that the Florida Supreme Court's order for a recount of the disputed Florida vote was overruled by the U.S. Supreme Court in a politicized 5-4 decision, of which dissenting Justice John Paul Stevens remarked: "Although we may never know with complete certainty the identity of the winner of this year's presidential election, the identity of the loser is perfectly clear. It is the nation's confidence in the judge as an impartial guardian of the rule of law." Yet, even this provoked few demonstrators. When people become broken, they cannot act on truths of injustice. Furthermore, when people have become broken, more truths about how they have been victimized can lead to shame about how they have allowed it. And shame, like fear, is one more way we become even more psychologically broken. U.S. citizens do not actively protest obvious injustices for the same reasons that people cannot leave their abusive spouses: They feel helpless to effect change. The more we don't act, the weaker we get. And ultimately to deal with the painful humiliation over inaction in the face of an oppressor, we move to shut-down mode and use escape strategies such as depression, substance abuse, and other diversions, which further keep us from acting. This is the vicious cycle of all abuse syndromes. Do some totalitarians actually want us to hear how we have been screwed because they know that humiliating passivity in the face of obvious oppression will demoralize us even further? Maybe. Shortly before the 2000 U.S. presidential election, millions of Americans saw a clip of George W. Bush joking to a wealthy group of people, "What a crowd tonight: the haves and the haves-more. Some people call you the elite; I call you my base." Yet, even with these kind of inflammatory remarks, the tens of millions of U.S. citizens who had come to despise Bush and his arrogance remained passive in the face of the 2000 non-democratic presidential elections. Perhaps the "political genius" of the Bush-Cheney regime was in their full realization that Americans were so broken that the regime could get away with damn near anything. And the more people did nothing about the boot slamming on their faces, the weaker people became. What forces have created a demoralized, passive, dis-couraged U.S. population?
6
The U.S. government-corporate partnership has used its share of guns and terror to break Native Americans, labor union organizers, and other dissidents and activists. But today, most U.S. citizens are broken by financial fears. There is potential legal debt if we speak out against a powerful authority, and all kinds of other debt if we do not comply on the job. Young people are broken by college-loan debts and fear of having no health insurance. The U.S. population is increasingly broken by the social isolation created by corporate-governmental policies. A 2006 American Sociological Review study ("Social Isolation in America: Changes in Core Discussion Networks over Two Decades") reported that, in 2004, 25 percent of Americans did not have a single confidant. (In 1985, 10 percent of Americans reported not having a single confidant.) Sociologist Robert Putnam, in his 2000 book, Bowling Alone, describes how social connectedness is disappearing in virtually every aspect of U.S. life. For example, there has been a significant decrease in face-to-face contact with neighbors and friends due to suburbanization, commuting, electronic entertainment, time and money pressures and other variables created by governmental-corporate policies. And union activities and other formal or informal ways that people give each other the support necessary to resist oppression have also decreased. We are also broken by a corporate-government partnership that has rendered most of us out of control when it comes to the basic necessities of life, including our food supply. And we, like many other people in the world, are broken by socializing institutions that alienate us from our basic humanity. A few examples: Schools and Universities: Do most schools teach young people to be action-oriented - or to be passive? Do most schools teach young people that they can affect their surroundings - or not to bother? Do schools provide examples of democratic institutions - or examples of authoritarian ones? A long list of school critics from Henry David Thoreau to John Dewey, John Holt, Paul Goodman, Jonathan Kozol, Alfie Kohn, Ivan Illich, and John Taylor Gatto have pointed out that a school is nothing less than a miniature society: what young people experience in schools is the chief means of creating our future society. Schools are routinely places where kids - through fear - learn to comply to authorities for whom they often have no respect, and to regurgitate material they often find meaningless. These are great ways of breaking someone. Today, U.S. colleges and universities have increasingly become places where young people are merely acquiring degree credentials - badges of compliance for corporate employers - in exchange for learning to accept bureaucratic domination and enslaving debt. Mental Health Institutions: Aldous Huxley predicted today's pharmaceutical societyl "[I]t seems to me perfectly in the cards," he said, "that there will be within the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude." Today, increasing numbers of people in the U.S. who do not comply with authority are being diagnosed with mental illnesses and medicated with psychiatric drugs that make them less pained about their boredom, resentments, and other negative emotions, thus rendering them more compliant and manageable.
7
Oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) is an increasingly popular diagnosis for children and teenagers. The official symptoms of ODD include, "often actively defies or refuses to comply with adult requests or rules," and "often argues with adults." An even more common reaction to oppressive authorities than the overt defiance of ODD is some type of passive defiance - for example, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Studies show that virtually all children diagnosed with ADHD will pay attention to activities that they actually enjoy or that they have chosen. In other words, when ADHD-labeled kids are having a good time and in control, the "disease" goes away. When human beings feel too terrified and broken to actively protest, they may stage a "passive-aggressive revolution" by simply getting depressed, staying drunk, and not doing anything - this is one reason why the Soviet empire crumbled. However, the diseasing/medicalizing of rebellion and drug "treatments" have weakened the power of even this passive-aggressive revolution. Television: In his book Four Arguments for the Elimination of Television (1978), Jerry Mander (after reviewing totalitarian critics such as George Orwell, Aldous Huxley, Jacques Ellul, and Ivan Illich) compiled a list of the "Eight Ideal Conditions for the Flowering of Autocracy." Mander claimed that television helps create all eight conditions for breaking a population. Television, he explained, (1) occupies people so that they don't know themselves - and what a human being is; (2) separates people from one another; (3) creates sensory deprivation; (4) occupies the mind and fills the brain with prearranged experience and thought; (5) encourages drug use to dampen dissatisfaction (while TV itself produces a drug-like effect, this was compounded in 1997 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration relaxing the rules of prescription-drug advertising); (6) centralizes knowledge and information; (7) eliminates or "museumize" other cultures to eliminate comparisons; and (8) redefines happiness and the meaning of life. Commericalism of Damn Near Everything: While spirituality, music, and cinema can be revolutionary forces, the gross commercialization of all of these has deadened their capacity to energize rebellion. So now, damn near everything - not just organized religion - has become "opiates of the masses." The primary societal role of U.S. citizens is no longer that of "citizen" but that of "consumer." While citizens know that buying and selling within community strengthens that community and that this strengthens democracy, consumers care only about the best deal. While citizens understand that dependency on an impersonal creditor is a kind of slavery, consumers get excited with credit cards that offer a temporarily low APR. Consumerism breaks people by devaluing human connectedness, socializing selfabsorption, obliterating self-reliance, alienating people from normal human emotional reactions, and by selling the idea that purchased products - not themselves and their community - are their salvation. Can anything be done to turn this around? When people get caught up in humiliating abuse syndromes, more truths about their oppressive humiliations don't set them free. What sets them free is morale.
8
What gives people morale? Encouragement. Small victories. Models of courageous behaviors. And anything that helps them break out of the vicious cycle of pain, shut down, immobilization, shame over immobilization, more pain, and more shut down. The last people I would turn to for help in remobilizing a demoralized population are mental health professionals - at least those who have not rebelled against their professional socialization. Much of the craft of relighting the pilot light requires talents that mental health professionals simply are not selected for nor are they trained in. Specifically, the talents required are a fearlessness around image, spontaneity, and definitely anti-authoritarianism. But these are not the traits that medical schools or graduate schools select for or encourage. Mental health professionals' focus on symptoms and feelings often create patients who take themselves and their moods far too seriously. In contrast, people talented in the craft of maintaining morale resist this kind of self-absorption. For example, in the question-and-answer session that followed a Noam Chomsky talk (reported in Understanding Power: The Indispensable Chomsky, 2002), a somewhat demoralized man in the audience asked Chomsky if he too ever went through a phase of hopelessness. Chomsky responded, "Yeah, every evening . . ." If you want to feel hopeless, there are a lot of things you could feel hopeless about. If you want to sort of work out objectively what's the chance that the human species will survive for another century, probably not very high. But I mean, what's the point? . . . First of all, those predictions don't mean anything - they're more just a reflection of your mood or your personality than anything else. And if you act on that assumption, then you're guaranteeing that'll happen. If you act on the assumption that things can change, well, maybe they will. Okay, the only rational choice, given those alternatives, is to forget pessimism." A major component of the craft of maintaining morale is not taking the advertised reality too seriously. In the early 1960s, when the overwhelming majority in the U.S. supported military intervention in Vietnam, Chomsky was one of a minority of U.S. citizens actively opposing it. Looking back at this era, Chomsky reflected, "When I got involved in the anti-Vietnam War movement, it seemed to me impossible that we would ever have any effect. . . So looking back, I think my evaluation of the 'hope' was much too pessimistic: it was based on a complete misunderstanding. I was sort of believing what I read." An elitist assumption is that people don't change because they are either ignorant of their problems or ignorant of solutions. Elitist "helpers" think they have done something useful by informing overweight people that they are obese and that they must reduce their caloric intake and increase exercise. An elitist who has never been broken by his or her circumstances does not know that people who have become demoralized do not need analyses and pontifications. Rather the immobilized need a shot of morale. -------------------Let us so live that when we come to die even the undertaker will be sorry. - Mark Twain There is a great deal of pain in life and perhaps the only pain that can be avoided is
9
the pain that comes from trying to avoid pain. R. D. Laing
Yes, we have been broken. Our America, right now, exists only in our hearts… and our future actions. Heart and Action: what is in your heart ultimately become the acts you do and don’t do. You believe in Freedom, Justice for All, at least the principle of equality under law, you’ll act on those beliefs, you’ll be responsible in the constant monitoring and correcting of public servants. You’ll keep and bear arms-and happily teach others in their effective usage as part of the Militia. You’ll treat each time you’re called for Jury Duty as an opportunity to use the courts to help free any innocents being persecuted by bad law or bad government officials. You’ll monitor your local police and government officials constantly-mounting emergency recall campaigns and even calling up the Militia to restore good government. You believe in looking out after Number One and minding which side your bread’s buttered-and who butters it? Just look at the parasites and scum that consist of the lawyers, bureaucrats, bankers, and cops. Lawyers who’ve turned America’s laws into their monopoly, their racket. Bureaucrats who choke the land and it’s People with millions of more rules and regulations. Bankers who fleece the People of their money through debt slavery and even go so far as to illegally use currency unbacked by Constitutionally mandated silver and gold-so they can debase it at whim. Cops who now set up average citizens for victimless “crimes”violations of rules bureaucrats and lawyers make up… and beat, tazer and murder the innocent when they can. So you see; your Heart dictates your action or inaction. And in today’s America only someone with courage and wisdom can hope to have that hard foundation in his Heart strong enough to bear the actions that are needed-that will be needed. Our America can only arise and become triumphant IF AND ONLY IF we Patriots can awaken the True Spirit of America in others. Not just our fellow countrymen, but in all men that they have God Given, Inalienable Rights. Ultimately, the heart is our battleground-not just the cities, towns, farms, forests and mountains, though that will come as well. To succeed, the Second American Revolution it must be made into a struggle for the heart and soul of every person. Toward our success, I offer this plan of action.
10
THINGS YOU NEED TO KEEP IN MIND…
A REVIEW OF RULES FROM MARTIAL LAW SURVIVAL GUIDE: 11
Rule #1 Never take the government's word at face value-except when they tell you that they'll kill you. Government-it's components of career politicians, bureaucratic vermin, and SS ninja wannabes live, have lied. For a lot longer than you'd think. It's the very job; being part of an empire wrapped in the cloak of American political traditions of Freedom, that corrupts. All that power, attracting the most venal along with the most patriotic to defend America. All that license under ever mutable law written by money whores to lie, steal, embezzle, blackmail, extort, poison, torture, enslave, murder. Is it any wonder then that such human scum would get together and work "the system" to set themselves up as kings, dispensing with the pretty coverings of Constitutional limitations that trip their crimes like a prom dress? Taking as much as they can, while keeping YOU ASLEEP AS YOU LET YOURSELF BE SEDUCED AND PUT ASLEEP BY THEIR FELLOW TRAVELLERS IN THE MEDIA AND CORPORATE BOARDS? Yes: a lot of the blame can be laid on your shoulders, American. You dropped the ball with going along with not finding the truth about JFK's assassination. Dropped the ball with MLK, RFK, Malcolm X. Dropped the ball with Vietnam, the air trafficker's strike that Reagan crushed, Iran-Contra. Dropped the ball with the 92 election-picking that drug runner and murderer Bill Clinton because he was charming… like a pimp. And boy did he pimp you out at the expense of Randy Weaver and his family, the 81 casualties at Waco, the peoples of the former Yugoslavia. You were too busy following Micheal Jordan and watching Friends. Then you assholes really dropped it when George W. Bush STOLE the Presidency, with the media not even allowing a Ross Perot to run. If you would've elected him in 1992 in fact America could've been saved. BUT, you'd rather take government careerists at their word and plan your next outing to the mall than save your nation. Save your jobs, your freedoms, YOUR government. Now it's gone. The criminals that've systematically taken over YOUR government they've removed the last vestiges of Constitutional law. Now it's law by the barrels of their assault rifles in your face-do ANYTHING other than obey in utter fear and you're dead. Or worse. You listened to their lies for over a century, you and your ancestorswhere has it gotten you? Don't take their word on any "news" they have. Nor take their advice, their "assistance" their laws at face value because they manipulate everything they do to screw you.
2
What you can take their word on is, if you DON'T go along with them screwing you, they'll kill you for it. Rule #2 KEEP YOUR MOUTH SHUT! Do NOT tell anyone anything that could get you in trouble. Assume anything can get you in trouble, because it probably will. Especially with any government official, but anyone looking to gaining a favor with the state can and will snitch on you. The rat who would sell you out for his thirty pieces could be: *A small businessman looking for a in with the state so he can make money a little easier. *A former friend who's looking to get some revenge. *Someone desperate for even some food. Times are tough and will get tougher. Again, KEEP YOUR MOUTH SHUT! Review the remaining rules of surviving MARTIAL LAW with Rule #2 ALWAYS in mind. Because some rat on two legs you say the wrong thing to WILL snitch to the "authorities" in exchange for favors or even brownie points… and then you get to find out how ironclad Rule #1 is. KEEP YOUR BIG MOUTH SHUT!! Rule #3
3
ANY AUTHORITY FIGURE IS THE ENEMY! Unless you are waging a war of liberation-gathering intelligence or spreading disinformation or infiltrating-have no relation with nor voluntary contact with any soldier, police officer, bureaucrat, or anyone in authority in private life cooperating with MARTIAL LAW. Review Rule #1: they're all liars, con artists, hustlers, thieves, murderers. Same goes to any fellow travellers in big business; they and government have been in the same bed for a century. Stay away from them as much as possible. Tell them lies. Don't do any business with them. Unless they're sticking a gun in your face don't even acknowledge that they exist. Shun them, their family and any sycophants that fawn over them for a few favors. Rule #4 YOUR PERSONAL SURVIVAL IS MORE IMPORTANT THAN OBEYING ANY DICTATE! If you're prohibited from having an item that helps you survive, get the item, review Rule #2 AND KEEP YOUR MOUTH SHUT. If you're prohibited from having extra food, medicine, guns (no brainer) then you will CACHE your prohibited items in a place where it won't easily be found. Foods, after properly sealed for storage, and medicines can be placed in hollow spaces in walls, floorboards, stairs, behind false walls in closets, or even in a hidden underground pantry dug underneath your foundation or basement. Firearms are metallic; they can be detected by metal detectors unless you store them deep underground or in a place they won't think of looking right away… like sealed in wider metallic tubes, or away from your property. And if you by chance acquire or keep firearms knowing HOW TO USE THEM(sight alignment, trigger squeeze) and RELOADING AMMUNITION will be mandatory. Dry firing a empty gun at a target is one way to practice. Even better is getting a air gun, paint some targets on a sheet of paper and going at it until you can aim and land every round in the black as fast as possible.) Rule #5 While keeping the above rules in mind ALWAYS HELP OUT THOSE WHO ARE RESISTING! They, unlike you, have decided that there's nothing to lose and therefore deserve anyone's help who's willing to risk their lives. You think MARTIAL LAW is going away on it's own? Those bastards in black will have a sudden change of heart and do something worthwhile for a change and not oppress you? I like to dream too… The VERY LEAST: have extra food, water for resistance fighters, basic medical supplies, ammo caches(hint, these should be concealed). A secret room either built from some closet space or under the home can house a couple of fighting Patriots. Those who fight will need to keep hidden, yet able to communicate with fellow fighters. You can be a intermediary. 4
You have skills, like welding, machine tools, chemistry? You can take that secret room and make weapons, ammo, other things the resistance needs. You have inside information? Share it. You have videography experience, tools? Make how-to videos on resisting the theft of your freedoms. You have medical training? Set up a underground hospital. Not all Patriots can or should pick up a rifle and blow a traitor's head off. Riflemen need ammo, food, a place to rest, medical assistance, repairs for their weapons, intel on their next target. Most of all they and you need each other because a man alone doesn't stand a chance. Only by uniting in common cause with all one has to offer can the traitors be defeated, and Freedom restored to the land. …If you're not at least giving aid to those helping to liberate you put this article down, go back to being a victim of government oppression; maybe you can get by being a pathetic lackey they'll thieve from and occasionally beat or take sex from. Rule #6 With the utmost care develop a SURVIVAL NETWORK. This is a group of people with skills and/or resources who can help each other in areas they would be lacking on their own. It could be anything from extra food, medicine, repair parts, fuel, transportationwhatever. In any given neighborhood you can have machinists(weapon makers), medical personel, drivers(good knowledge of local roads), gardeners(agriculture knowledgebase). Petty bureaucrats secretly opposing martial law are prime candidates to spy, steal, or commit sabotage. Computer technicians can hack government systems and create surveillance systems and guidence packages for missiles. Construction workers can build secret rooms to hide anything from a arms cache to a secret factory. People in the media can smuggle cameras and work with computer techs to: bug enemy meetings, produce freedom media that documents sucessful means of resisting and present government atrocities for the reasons why. Salesmen can "borrow" merchandise from their stores for use-anything and everything is useful. Especially useful will be disgruntled cops and military who can provide everything from intel on raids to weapons to training. Keep the numbers of your group "small": smaller cells are more difficult to penetrate by enemy agents and professional snitches. Keeping that in mind, a means of communication independent from wiretapped phones and audible eavesdropping devices 5
must be developed amongst you. Runners can be a athlete or a kid on a bike. They can carry small packages, or notes with a handy breakable vial of flammable liquid if discovered. With a sealed packet of potassium chlorate taped to it the gasoline(preferable) will automatically ignite; otherwise you'll have to actually light that incriminating evidence. A mail drop can be a home, a hollowed out tree trunk, a hole in the ground, a open fence pole-anything. Just be sure it's discreetly out of sight of surveillance. If God's really liking you, one of your group will be a SMART SURVIVALIST. This will be a exceedingly rare breed, because most in this group were smart enough to begin preparing for the collapse to begin with. They WEREN'T smart enough to avoid detection of their awareness and distrust of government. They signed form 4477 registration forms for their firearms, used credit cards and checks for their weapon and ammunition purchases, registered for weapons permits, or registered themselves with gun clubs and shooting organizations. These people more than likely got swept up in predawn raids or got blasted resisting. No the SMART SURVIVALIST prepared-and kept his mouth shut about those preps. He or she never signed federal permit forms for purchases or carry license. He or she presented a "average American" profile or totally disappeared. Get or find one in your group and you'll have a literal treasury of knowhow and resources to survive… maybe even start taking back a little? Rule #7 AVOID GOVERNMENT MONITORING AND CONTROL! Know where the cameras are and how to avoid them. Know who patrols where, and what routine they follow so as to avoid contact. Know your snitches and always feed them b.s. if you can't avoid them. Find ways around checkpoints. Side streets, forest paths, neighbor's yard, railroad tracks, tunnels; whatever go arounds to getting from point a to point b without a pack of government troops searching you, checking your ID. I can't and won't go into detail; how you find your ways is up to you. Rule #8 AVOID A GOVERNMENT ROUNDUP. It could be from a disaster, a attack, or even because they've decided to end the pretense and show you what they really think of you and your "rights". You'll just wind up in a detention camp where your freedom of movement and resources will be strictly controlled. That means having a place to go away from your area, a means to get there, and supplies. Very difficult to do in a martial law situation, with shortages and rationing at gunpoint. Remember the victims of Hurricane Katrina; how they were set up to be stranded in New Orleans by the government? How they were constantly baited with false hope of rescue for a week after the catastrophe? How they eventually were herded by FEMA into 6
concentration camps? You disregard Rule #1, you'll find out. Get a safe house of your own-a friend or a abandoned home, a empty storefront or even a patch of woods. When the troops start going street to street, house to house have escape routes by lesser used streets, trails, whatever. You may have to go on foot, so have a light backpack with a few days worth of nonperishable food, portable water purifier, a first aid kit, a light sleeping bag-and your weapon. A mountain bike may be a more optimal and versatile escape mode than your road-dependent car. Better to be on the run, desperateand have your freedom-than be imprisoned in a FEMA slave camp. Rule #9 Find a way you can successfully resist. Probably not with guns or bombs unless you have the training, but there's plenty of ways you can monkeywrench the basic functioning of the state during MARTIAL LAW. If you work for the state you have plenty of opportunities to mess things up, but even private firms are subcontracted by the government. You know who's just earning a paycheck, who's backing this war against the people, and who's getting off on "just following orders". If you can take action, great; concentrate most of your planning on getting away with the job. Otherwise, get contacts with Patriots and be the most reliable source of intelligence you can be. Every bit of drag on the government beast helps-perhaps in botching that paperwork, breaking that surveillance camera in disguise, or misdirecting that bureaucrat or soldier cop that act might be the beginning of a butterfly effect of bringing down the state of MARTIAL LAW and restoring Freedom to our nation. Always keep that in mind. You must find your own way, but find it you must if you want what was stolen from you back. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Surviving is good, but without the hope of eventual Victory, survival is but a form of living death. The kind of death prisoners serving life know, or the billions of human beings that are born, live, and die in the 160 or so dictatorships of varying levels of sqalor and oppression. No, mere survival is not enough; the promise of a new dawn for mankind must be MADE, not dreamed of. That is why I’m writing this follow-on to Martial Law Survival Guide. Mainly for Americans but I’m certain the lessons can be used by just about anyone from any society on Earth. Let’s proceed. FIRST, WHERE ARE YOU GOING? What is your destination. What kind of society do you want to live in? I’ll go ahead and tell you the kind of society we all should live in: 1)Society must serve the Individual; not only in her or his basic needs-protection from enemies foreign and domestic, the guarantee of Rights, dispensation of Justice but in each 7
of us encouraging one another to be better, to as Individuals contributing what God has given each of us. Current models of society wind up having the People serve the stateeither embodied by a god-king or a collective of bureaucrats, agents, professional politicians and financiers. This model has caused nothing but endless war and misery for Man. For each and every person living on Earth the only way to stop the murders, thefts, and subjugation is to overcome the state and make the Individual fulfillment the measure of governance. 2)That being said, such Individuals, such Free People need a moral guide that unmistakably comes from God. Because only through a moral baseline lovingly instilled from birth can the baser impulses of human beings truly be suppressed-not with more guns, more laws and more prisons. 3)This Society of Sovereign, Free People must have their Rights defended by a basic law, enforceable by that Individual against the very government that would violate those Rights. The Right to Bear Arms must be guaranteed. So must Private Property without taxation, the Right to Vote after proving competency, Freedom of Speech, Belief, and Protest. The greater demands of Justice require that Jury Trial by one’s own peers-once proven to be competent citizens-be the rule in all cases and that Jury Nullification be enshrined as an absolute Right. 4)Such a society of Sovereign, Free People require that each Individual be competent in the handling of such power. One cannot be a full citizen with the Right to Vote and serve Jury Duty without being fully educated and proven to wield such knowledge with competence. Of course, racism is about as viable in such a society as belief in flat earth. 5)With these Rights, it must be impressed upon this society of Sovereign, Free People that it’s constant, eternal defense is everyone’s Responsibility. It’s laws must be everyone’s Responsibility. It’s enforcement must be everyone’s Responsibility, as are the conduct of those entrusted with public service as is amendment, removal and punishment for the slightest breach of Public Trust-for such is TREASON! And there is only one suitable punishment for Treason-death. That is a rough sketch of the society I strive for with my writings, which every day bring risk of who I am being discovered by the beast. The beast of course, is a tyrant and so for the sake of future generations must be utterly destroyed. That is my goal, and it should be yours. ON ORGANIZATION-SUBVERSION AND COUNTERSUBVERSION
J. Croft http://freedomguide.wordpress.com/ http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/ This is the typical blueprint of a organization: LEADERSHIP 8
LIEUTENANTS, COORDINATORS, MANAGERS, & WHATNOT GENERAL MEMBERSHIP Your rank and file member is likely your typical modern American whose awake but lacks due to a lifetime in the enemy’s control grid(collective state schools, corporate mass culture, government)lacks the tools inside to do much more than voice support, give money and attend a rally once in awhile. Your more motivated members will rise to the top. Hopefully not by favoritism, but by energy, effort, talent; they become the Managers, the Coordinators, Lieutenants, henchmen-whatever. They control the day by day function of the organization. Which makes sense because the leadership can’t do it all-they can set course or run the organization but cannot do both. Should not do both. Now, the Leader… your leader is going to be someone with a vision, a plan, and ways of getting others to see their vision and join them. They set the course for the organization. They lay out for their Lieutenants, their assistants what the goals are, how to get there-if they’re smart they’re constantly talent searching for those motivated, able to make a greater contribution and raising them up. (This is anathema to any true American-that only a few have the vision and the energy and the rest just kick membership fees and maybe a protest here and there. Yet this is about the best your typical modern American can apparently generate…) So, let’s look at that org. again: GOALS LEADERSHIP LIEUTENANTS, COORDINATORS, MANAGERS, & WHATNOT GENERAL MEMBERSHIP The course the organization takes is with this model the responsibility of the leaders, the general membership provides through their amalgamated efforts the resources which the middle management sorts out. Hopefully effectively, and ethically… Hey… …Do you see the problem? Organizations are easily penetrated-or founded to deceive those that join. Organizations founded by well meaning Americans, that show any, any headway are targeted for penetration. The enemy has unlimited resources and practically infinite experience at penetrating and subverting hierarchies and the organization you’re proudly a member of is most likely compromised. Penetration agents will gravitate toward the levers of power. Secretarial positions where they can limit access to leaders and gleam incoming and outgoing information. Offices such as treasurer offer a great opportunity to compile lists of paying dues members and contributors, gleam tax information, and from there put them under surveillance. Also, such offices present the opportunity to sabotage the organization with misdirected efforts,
9
making certain efforts that are effective fail by deliberately bad leadership or seeding with other penetration agents. Worse than the good organization penetrated is one founded by what can best be described as a deep cover operative: someone posing as a patriot who gets a following, leads them down a primrose path and either gets them onto effectively a gerbil wheel going nowhere or leading them into a surprise brick wall of failure-capsizing both the movement and the morale of those who were fooled into joining. They can also be honeytraps, gaining intel on those willing to join, what they do, have etc.-the best way to keep track of your enemy. And the beast has made it plain over the years to those that have paid attention that we are their enemy. So… let’s take a look at that org. again: REPLACED, INEFFECTIVE GOALS LEADERSHIP LIEUTENANTS GENERAL MEMBERSHIP The original goals-that got the membership in the first place-are on the left(OF THE PAPER). Now whether it is the lieutenants or the leadership itself that’s traitorous is irrelevant it will be the lieutenants that will enact cleverly worded, structured ideals and policies that will carefully substitute the new, replaced, cleverly reworded, ineffective goals for the original goals. Like below:
original goals-forgotten... REPLACED, INEFFECTUAL GOALS LEADERSHIP LIEUTENANTS GENERAL MEMBERSHIP
The Leadership and loyal Lieutenants basically bullshit the unthinking, passive general membership(YOU)that these “amended”… “fleshed out”… “realistic” goals are what they wanted in the first place. The goals are typically not shifted over at once unless something catastrophic happens. Typically they’re gradually shifted-“evolved” with some imagined changed circumstance. Those that see the con for what it is-and it is a bait and switch-are given derogatory labels like paranoid, conspiracy kook, tin foil heat wearer. If name calling doesn’t work the organization is tightened up and they’re shut out. What to watch out for:
10
People steering conversations. Good ideals are subjected to personal attacks on the originator, thus attacking the ideal they couldn’t find an attack to use. Principles are twisted into corners of inaction. Anyone with the first blemish on them are ruthlessly targeted. If such types worm their way into becoming moderators, and will outright ban anyone who approaches anything near effectiveness. Worse is when open debate is shut down, or otherwise atomized to the point where communication is deemed not worth the effort for most people. Most people as stated rely on their organization to act for them, and not seeing an alternative or having invested too much time/effort they go along. Which is what the penetration agents and their masters bank on. This is happening with Oath Keepers, Appleseed, and the Tea Party. Principles, guidelines, goals that lead to nowhere. Any org. whose principles can be interpreted as a call to inaction or action only under extraordinary circumstances is an organization that will only sink you back into a state of inactivity. You’re demoralized and leave. Enemy’s goal achieved. This can be anything from calls to look out only for yourself, to staying disengaged, to meaningless ceremony, to goals impossible to achieve with either the current knowledge/understanding of the membership or means. Oath Keeper’s “leadership” goals to “reach, teach and inspire”-but no more-means that the current police state will continue along while the rank and file are put in a procedural and doctrinal sleeper hold that will eventually turn OK into just another symbolic feel good club that’s good at protesting-and not much else. Leaders who sabotage their own movement. Someone gets a movement going and they themselves crash it into a brick wall of failure, lost opportunities and challenges not met, obstacles not even touched. The movement curdles, people get dispirited, their goals and aspirations are lowered and a threat is blunted. People go back to a reduced or nonexistent level of engagement. Happened with the Ron Paul campaign in 08 the moment he announced he wasn’t going to challenge the vote fraud in New Hampshire Primary. His campaign staff made life hell for all the local and state initiatives by Ron Paul Revolutionaries, going so far as to have them arrested. Yet I ask the question if he was a ringer and they totally spaz on me, still devoted to the quitter. Which he was-I still don’t know if he was intimidated, really was a deep cover operative or just decided that a lame ass symbolic campaign was good enough for his supporters… who left their jobs and gave up their precious time and money for him. Leadership will NOT support contributing members when the enemy targets them. I can offer a personal account: a shooting instructor and patriot with a national movement to promote effective rifle marksmanship was targeted by the feds via a local government using the most absurd technicalities to shut down, sieze the property he inherited so as to stop his training Americans. Upon hearing of his troubles I went to the organization he belonged to, cut and paste an appeal to help… the “leader” a crusty old government jackboot licker by the name “fred” sent this reply: You have just been sent a personal message by Fred on Appleseed Project - National Headquarters - Volunteers Welcome. IMPORTANT: Remember, this is just a notification. Please do not reply to this email. 11
The message they sent you was: J, your recent post seeking help for STRAT out in the NW has been removed as "not on mission". It was not me who removed it, nor my idea, even tho I agree it's not part of our mission. You say, "It’s time to stand and tell the tyrants; 'Hell no!'” And here's where you may have a difference with me in our mutual understanding of the Appleseed program. We are into educating our fellow Americans. We are the teachers of the history and tradition. We are not the troops. Nor are we the fighters. We teach. That's all we do. That's all we are supposed to do, in Appleseed. I understand, even sympathize with, the feelings stated in your post. Theoretically, it's possible every last person on our site could read that post, and donate every dollar they have to supporting the fight you want them to fight. Of course, it's not gonna happen, human nature being human nature - but if it did, where would Appleseed be? We've faced this issue from the very first. Siren calls to get involved in this fight, or that one. Preventing or promoting this or that piece of legislation. If we succumbed to those calls, thousands, and ultimately, millions of Americans would never learn their history and 12
heritage because we'd all be out fighting these temporary fights. You've heard the expression: Appleseed is not about elections because elections (substitute "legislation" or "zoning issues in WA" or whatever you like) are like weather - good today, bad tomorrow, good the day after, etc. Appleseed doesn't care about weather, because the Appleseed Mission is to change the climate. If you understand the difference, you understand this PM and you understand why this is not a fight Appleseed should be in. I understand you've posted other places, mentioning Appleseed prominently. I would ask you to go back and edit those posts to take out any reference to "Appleseed". If you have any questions, any contrary opinions you want to express, fine - simply PM me back. It's hard for a lot of people to understand the Appleseed Mission. It's hard for a lot of people who are in this program because they are people of action to know when to exercise restraint. We're about something far more important than saving a range, or defeating a piece of legislation. We're about saving a country. That's the ball we must constantly keep our eyes on. If we don't, it's possible for enemies of this program to defeat the program by simply creating 'fights' all over the country that will suck in Appleseed volunteers and resources to the 13
point Appleseed itself is left high and dry. And our fellow Americans are no longer exposed to opportunities to hear from and about the founders - or the story of April 19th, 1775. If you disagree, it's a free country, and no hard feelings. You may disagree to the point you want to leave Appleseed to put all your energy into helping STRAT. That's fine too - and you don't need anyone's permission - certainly not mine - to do it. And, I hope, regardless of how you decide, there'll be no hard feelings. There are many ways to serve... Slick… many ways to serve yourselves by throwing your own instructors under the bus when the government you suck up to targets Patriots because they want their serfs to stay helpless. No I will not be deleting jack, and I only wish I’d responded to your Benedict Arnold ass earlier-“fred”… Oath Keepers did the same thing with July4Patriot/aka Sgt. Dyer when he was arrested on false charges of child rape brought up by his ex-wife. Threw him under the bus in a desperate, crude and ultimately futile attempt to appear not associated with the REAL originator, the REAL founder of Oath Keepers-which isn’t Ron Paul protege Stewart Rhodes:
14
Found discussion on July4Patriot in the Oath Keeper garbage pile… Discussion… Oath Keeper arrested! • Posted by Thomas Matos on January 18, 2010 at 12:34pm in Closed Message Archive • Send Message View Discussions Oath Keeper "July4Patriot" out of California has been arrested on rape and weapons violations. Follow this link to learn more. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mws5bmXK0pU Replies to This Discussion Permalink Reply by Earline Clark on January 18, 2010 at 1:23pm This is not good if he is indeed an Oathkeeper. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Ray Harris on January 18, 2010 at 2:09pm Here's the original documentary that made July4Patriot, as well as Oathkeepers, so well known. PLEASE watch it before you draw any conclusions.... http://www.vbs.tv/watch/americana/2nd-revolutionary-war
► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Earline Clark on January 18, 2010 at 5:11pm I didn't see him say or do anything wrong or threatening. He just spoke the truth. But the rape and weapons charge? 15
► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Earline Clark on January 18, 2010 at 7:00pm Jeff I have to agree with you on that. Rape is not accecpatable no matter who does it. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Earline Clark on January 18, 2010 at 7:04pm Ray, as far as I am concerned the young man said nothing wrong. But the charges that are supposedly filed against him is what is not good if he is an oathkeeper. ► Reply to This Well the membership apparently wanted to support Sgt. Dyer but what did Stewart Rhodes have to say? Permalink Reply by Stewart Rhodes on January 18, 2010 at 7:49pm Send Message All, Just to be sure you know the facts, Charles Dyer never became an actual member of Oath Keepers. I met him when he attended our April 19, 2009 gathering at Lexington, and back then I considered him for a position as our liaison to the Marine Corps, but I decided against that when he made it clear he intended to train and help organize private militias across the country when he got out of the Marines. I considered such plans to be incompatible with the Oath Keepers mission and goals, and certainly incompatible with any leadership position within this org. He understood and agreed with my decision to not have him become officially involved with Oath Keepers. All of that was long before we even offered official memberships. So, he was never a member, and never in any leadership position. Unfortunately, there are videos of him all over youtube with an Oath Keepers patch and tab on his fatigues (just as anyone can purchase and wear our patch and tab), but we will just have to deal with that as his case progresses. However, if anyone asks you, now you know the facts so you can make it clear he is not and never was an official member. I certainly hope he is not actually guilty of the sexual offense he is being accused of. I would like to think he was not capable of such (in our brief time visiting, he struck me as a young man of principle and honor). We will have to wait and see what happens. Stewart Rhodes ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Earline Clark on January 18, 2010 at 8:07pm Stewart thank you for the heads up. He does sound like a young man that has his head on right, but the sex charges stuck in my throat. I sincerely hope he is not guilty. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Steven B. Hart on January 18, 2010 at 10:04pm While in the Marine Corps, we were reminded that we were held to a higher standard that 16
the public. John Q. Public, when are arrested for a crime is discribed by the media as "John Q. Public committed that crime". As Marines, we were told that if any of us were arrested for a crime, the media would say "A Camp Pendleton Marine was arrested for .........". Now granted, we have to assume innocence until proven guilty. But there is a lesson here for all of us in maintaining intergrity of the organization. With numbers rising quickly approaching 14, 200 members, it is inevitable that at some point, situations like this will arise. I would also like to point out that there are 435 congressmen/women. Far fewer than the number of our members, so if the media would like to compare criminal statistics....we should happily oblige them. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by John R McClure on January 19, 2010 at 5:15am Damn it son... you just made me spit out my coffee. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by John R McClure on January 19, 2010 at 5:20am Let us all remember that no matter how this is played in the media; no American is guilty until pronounced so by a jury of their peers in a court of law. For now, these are allegations... all the charges are allegations. If he is guilty, and the prosecutor isn't an idiot... he'll be found so after trial. If he is innocent, a lot of damage can be done to a person and the rest of their life because people ran with the lie and convicted him in the court of public opinion. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Jim Harding 1 day ago You almost have to wonder what has truly transpired here. I don't want to proclaim Dyer's innocence or guilt. I do want to point out how quickly the attention of the rape charges were redirected to illegal weapons/explosives activities. What would a bombsniffing dog have to do with a child abuse case? Nothing. This has all the stink of a setup to me, perpetrated by a government running scared of a vocal, increasingly high-profile dissenter. If you see me getting arrested after posting this, it will prove my point. ;) I will pray that he's justly tried and found innocent, fully acquitted, a public statement of apology issued by the authorities and that ALL charges will be dropped without lasting negative impact on his personal testimony or to the groups he endorsed. ► Reply to This Permalink Reply by Damon 34 minutes ago Its all bullshit. He is being setup to no end. They are trying to make a poster child out of him and instead making him a martyr. II pray Oathkeepers will stay next to this great American until there is a verdict. Stewart Rhodes made the decision to deny Sgt. Dyer three times before the sun rose-but he got caught red handed…. 17
GOSSIP-BOY/HATE TRACKERS and JULY4PATRIOT ARREST
This is it-Gossip Boy, now Hate Trackers. Quick to boast aren’t they? They boast about Stewart Rhodes doing damage control, apparently throwing Sgt. Dyer under the bus:
18
So, the ARM-penetrated after all. Gives a nasty confirmation about an earlier warning by its founder. http://freedomguide.wordpress.com/2009/08/26/truth-movement-hijacked-the-militiascertainly-are/ TRUTH MOVEMENT HIJACKED UAFF NEWS By: B.A. Brooks 08/17/2009 When I first got active in the patriot movement, one of my goals was to unite all militia units within The United States under some kind of allegiance with a main purpose of communication and unity. What I learned was that most militias operating in America are using the patriot movement to further their own personal agendas which range from many extreme and radical theologies. Some are pure racists while others are religious radicals, and then you have the radical religious racists. There are only a handful of actual militias operating today and I have found the rest to be just a bunch of guys with guns who wear camo. I would also be inclined to say that 99% of American militias have been infiltrated by FBI agents and or informants, if not actually being started and run by the FBI. I have also learned that many individuals within the patriot movement are really informants/narcs and this is why I have now isolated myself from most people and organizations. It is not that hard to point out these individuals if you just sit back and watch what people are doing. Who is always starting trouble within the movement? Who is always pointing fingers and blame at others within the movement when in reality they should be focusing on the true political problems we are all facing? Who is always trying 19
to create infighting within the movement? Who among you is trying to insight violence? When you start looking and listening, you will see clearly who these people are. I have found out in life that the person that is constantly telling you they are your best friend and will always have your back, is the first person to put a knife in your back. I do not talk about others in the movement but will tell you that a few of these individuals are highly revered by many and when they are exposed, most will be totally caught off guard and shocked. Many of you reading this article right now have unknowingly befriended FBI/CIA/ATF Agents, undercover law enforcement, informants and narcs. This is the main reason why I have disassociated my self with The American Resistance Movement, while also isolating myself from most others within the so called patriot or truth movements. Many of these people are the real deal http://www.uaff.info/militia_videos.htm but with that said, most have been seriously infiltrated or are actual federal agents. Learning the truth about all of these things has been very hard for me to accept because I have been such a huge supporter of A.R.M. and other organizations over the past several years that I must now walk away from. It was a good idea but it is over now and I urge you all to move in new directions. You can only really trust yourself, close friends and family in these Orwellian times. I have always said that knowledge is power and that you should share your power. What do you think I meant when I said this? I meant to learn about the truth and share what you learn. Not to share your personal information with others which they can use against you in the future. When it comes to your past and personal background, it is always best to keep these things private, especially if you have had any kind of felony arrest in your past. When you share knowledge about your personal background, you are giving away your power and making yourself vulnerable and a possible target of law enforcement. Keep your private information private. Never reveal too much about yourself or your family and friends. Loose lips sink ships! Remember that you never really know who you are talking to on the internet. Even if you have progressed into phone conversations and even meet-ups, you still never know what is motivating another. Some informants do it for the added excitement that it gives to their lives, while others do it because they have been caught up in a felony arrest and have chosen to turn in others in order to save their own skin. I have removed the forums and chat rooms from within my website because I will not stand by while some people with a low mentality end up representing everyone. Some call these people shills or trolls, and all you have to do is read the comments at most patriot sites to get a good idea of this mean, childish and hateful speech. Myself, Alex Jones and a few others within the movement have been the focus of much talk over the past several months on message boards and comment forums, in an effort to discredit our work. Mostly verbal attacks using fabricated lies and cointelpro tactics in a clear attempt 20
to confuse issues and destroy reputations. My own mission is the same as it always has been, and that is to expose the truth within a world of lies. To stop the new world order and their agendas dead in their tracks and I will continue to report what I find, continue to write articles while working on my newest full length movie. I have added a few links under this article that will demonstrate a little of what I speak of today. Watch your backs people! Americans are being set up http://dprogram.net/2009/08/20/americans-are-being-set-up/ Attorney: FBI Trained NJ Blogger To Incite Others http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2009/08/18/ap/hightech/main5250148.shtml Hal Turner Admits He Worked for the FBI http://www.infowars.com/hal-turner-admits-he-worked-for-the-fbi/ Turning the US army against Americans http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php? context=viewArticle&code=KEN20090807&articleId=14690 Pentagon Caught Subverting Protest Group http://www.prisonplanet.com/pentagon-caught-subverting-protest-group.html EXCLUSIVE: Defense analyst in spy case was FBI double agent http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2009/jul/29/former-double-agent-says-fbiturned-on-him/?feat=home_top5_shared Hate Trackers gloating about Oath Keepers apparently throwing Sgt. Dyer under the bus in an attempt at damage control:
21
The red italics quote: Note: As militia members are a half an IQ point from being called Corky, we need to explain that this paragraph in no way says we worked undercover for the ATF as informants to set up Dyer. Until Saturday after this story was written we'd never discussed Dyer with any law enforcement agency. At times we have been asked for information about a certain group, person, or crime and cooperated and that's because you mother fuckers are some paranoid ass freaks that are far more dangerous in your unstable states than your meth-enhanced New World Order delusion is.] These boys have been targeting him for awhile:
22
COUNTERMEASURES Organizations can be useful, even those set up or penetrated by the enemy. It is simply a matter of circumventing either the agents or the leadership while utilizing what resources that org. can provide. Basically you keep your counterorganization hidden in the grassroots until it reaches a critical mass that can shift the entire organization back to its original course. First countermeasure is to gather e-mails of like-minded sincere people. You do this using the networking opportunity the organization provides either through mailing list, forum, or meetings. You find people who share your doubts-in private you share them but tell them to go along with a script at the forum or the meetup. What you say public is a script; you convince the guy his fears are misplaced and he/she goes along with it. The two of you can stay on, mouth the platitudes publically, pull the doubters aside, do likewise and adjust the script so it doesn’t look like a script, grow your numbers. With numbers you will eventually be able to penetrate into positions of power in the org by convincing those who’ve coopted it in the first place that YOUR agents are with them. As stated your group penetrates through the grass roots of the organization, stays grass rooted and begins penetrating upwards to gain access to the organization’s resources YOUR MONEY bought. Rebranding-your penetrated organization will start shifting stances, activities away from what you originally intended. So what you do is to make policy statements, stands, give support and use the organization as a logo, a stamp so that public perception will force the leadership to either give in and go along with your stands or make their treason to the membership plain. Say you joined Appleseed because a rifle instructor got you excited and active about developing your marksmanship skills for the country. Say that instructor was targeted by the local boss hoggs at the behest of the feds to shut down shooting ranges and in particular teaching “civilians” about rifle marksmanship. …The “leadership” the head office shuts down all debate, all support for the instructor-basically throwing him under the bus. What you do is you and your e-mail chain you make statements of support using the Appleseed logo, whatever of that organization you can. You have fundraisers in their name. You make chip-ins, protest, make videos stating that Appleseeders stick by their own and that anyone who would abandon their own is NOT part of the organization. Now the head office has a choice-go along and help the instructor out or maintain their backstabbing posturing and discredit themselves, or the organization. Or say your friend who got Oath Keepers going he gets in a serious jam with the feds 23
themselves-getting bogus child rape charges slapped on him. Your leadership decides that moment that they will screen all debate and posts on the national forum and basically throw your friend under the bus. This atop other statements of vague noncommittance to enacting the principles they expouse to keep the organization in basically an inactive state as far as taking back our Freedom. So you make statements as Oath Keepers that you are behind your friend the person who got the ball rolling on the movement in the first place. Form your e-mail chains and using the appearance the trappings of Oath Keepers go out and protest, raise money and support your friend. Furthermore whenever someone like Wiley Willis of the Shreveport LA police department gets reinstated with back pay for the year and a half he was “fired” for violently assaulting a woman half his weight and editing the assault out of the tape, you make contacts within that department to get him back off the force-where the fucker belongs. And if that don’t work you do what you got to so that the good citizens of Shreve port aren’t “protected and served” by such criminals. More than one way to Reach, Teach and Inspire… Another countermeasure that is not as appealing but might be more effective-or have to rely on if the original organization’s on to your efforts-is to clone the organization and its purpose/methods into a new noncompromised group using tighter security measures in the critical leadership positions. Know that your new org. is going to be targeted by the enemy you have a public face and office that is a shell, leads nowhere and cannot sink you if its broken into, raided after drugs are planted etc. Basically this should be done when your efforts to co-op your organization are thwarted with blanket bans and lockouts by the traitors. You make record of who they are, what they’ve done and that 1.)you will not stand by and have the cause you sacrificed for be damaged and 2.)There’s an organization you now have that WILL step up. One serious issue that comes up is the celebrity who turns traitor. He/she build a brand name around themselves and their company/organization and basically build a cult about them. This could certainly be an elected official but it could be any of a number of people patriot-posing. Linda Thompson the Adjutant General of the Unorganized Militia… laughingly comes to mind as does Bo Gritz but I use them as illustrations of what to look for. Basically you have to get the goods on them-solid evidence along with a clear view of their track record that they are NOT part of the solution and that they either step back, shape up or get what’s coming to them…
SACRIFICES J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com 24
Sacrifice. The ugliest word in today’s ‘murika’-because it means giving up something, to the point where it’s presently painful. A lot of times not even for your own benefit. Which is understandable given how we’re literally programmed by mass marketed consumer culture that we deserve everything we want now-after we’re told what we’re supposed to want. Funny thing though, whatever choices you make, you’re already making sacrifices. You choose to stop reading this uncomfortable article, you’re sacrificing the opportunity to learn how much you’ve been enslaved. Yes, this is a calculated gambit to spur you to read on; because the fantasy land known as modern America is being foreclosed and being shipped overseas by those that have engineered our nation’s destruction. Worse, that destruction, can be faulted not just at the feet of the banksters-those inbred blueblooded psychopaths that run the world in secret-not just at their puppet corporations, their puppet presidents, congressmen, nor just all the millions of wannabe elite millionaire dickholes who sign on to get a piece of that putrid pie or the millions of bureaucrats, rat fuck lawyers and tin badge buttholes… Our destruction can also be laid at your feet-for the decisions you’ve made, the sacrifices you make. You’ve already sacrificed watching over your local government-the primary vehicle of the beast’s tyranny against us all as most politics is local. What did you sacrifice control over the enemy’s weak point for?(1) Probably watching ball games, dancing with the hasbeen stars, or an evening logging on to porn or whatever gets you off. Now you can sacrifice your Rights as irksome bureaucrats and tin badge gods put you in what they regard as your place… paying excessive taxes, fines, having your Rights taken away as they just wait for you to make an objection so they can really make your life hell. Which is their entertainment. You’ve sacrificed your financial independence for that bigger McMansion-which is either being foreclosed on or already foreclosed on because you opted to work for a corporation that shipped your job overseas than learn to be an entrepenuer. You can kiss that SUV goodbye as it’s repossessed too-so now you can only take what you can stuff in a bag so you can also kiss your debt financed possessions goodbye as well.(2) And what have you sacrificed for being “politically correct”? Let’s go through a brief list: *Sacrificed Free Speech for being overly sensitive to minorities acceptable to elitists. Meanwhile, poor whites get hit with the minstrel-like white trash redneck image all the time. Now we got more latent racism than any time in a hundred years, the tinder for a engineered race war… thank the social engineers for deliberately doing this. *Sacrificed your Right to Bear Arms in defense of self, family, neighborhood and nation for… I can’t think of what you got for giving that up-your enemies just took that away from you! Blame TV for being made in freedom-hating Chicago, LA and New York City, blame your teachers and the lawyer class you let rule over you-being educated by freedom hating marxist professors. Hope you like genocide because after the Marines go 25
door to door to take the guns they’ll be marching you off to make soap and lampshades out of you.(3) *Sacrificed our heritage of Freedom, and striving for a more perfect form of Freedom in the face of age old prejudices and avarice of those who would continue the sins of their ancestors. Throwing the proverbial baby out with the bathwater, the p.c. taliban dump on America’s legacy of Freedom along with this nation’s many sins. I would refer them to my essay “The Two Americas” at http://freedomguide.blogspot.com but common sense and the knowledge of right and wrong left them a long time ago. You sacrifice something. There’s no avoiding choice. There is also no avoiding that current conditions can change-and they are changing very rapidly as I write this in December, 2008. In case you haven’t been keeping score: 1. We’ve been through a collapse of the stock market brought about by debt leveraged to levels beyond insanity that have proven to be no good…. because the same financial system that created derivatives like Mickey Mouse as the sorcerer’s apprentice in Fantasia have rigged their global economy to ship all the jobs out. No jobs=no money for shopping sprees, no servicing all that debt they’ve checkmated Americans into taking on. 2. The federal reserve, in an attempt to stabilize things and head off further collapse… or more like stage one more ripoff are lining up trillions of dollars-half this nation’s GDP-to bail out the banks. …Or more like pay for all the bad investments they foisted on Americans and get them off scot free. Whose supposed to pay? Us. So taxes are going to go up, but that isn’t the worst of it; the specter of hyperinflation in a collapsing economy will overwhelm us early next year. 3. Already, the above is having an impact on the Christmas shopping season, the time of year retailers and the real estate owners the retailers lease from. When the full magnitude of the economic collapse, the job losses, the hiked credit card interest rates hits home a lot of retailers are going to close. When that happens kiss commercial real estate goodbye. 4. The collapse of credit is going to have yet another after effect-farmers can’t get the fuel and fertilizer to plant next year’s crops. This year’s disastrous weather has also endangered both food and seed crops. Worse, the government is proactively using onerous regulations and SWAT teams to enforce those regulations, and they've already ruined many farms and private co-ops. This is leading to the collapse of the independent farmer. Without independent sources of food the beast will have a monopoly on food supply, and with ever increasing socialist control of the economy and transport can shut off supply of food at will. So many more points I could make, but do you get the gist? SACRIFICE NOW OR SACRIFICE LATER You do not have much time to get your head straight and act to save yourself-before conditions deteriorate to the point you won’t be able to. I’ve been writing at my blog Freedom Guide that things are coming to a head, well we’re at the head now. Now you’re 26
at the crossroads. Now is the time to decide whether to disregard this essay or start acting to save yourself… hopefully your family, and maybe even a few trustworthy people. You can wring what credit and/or cash you got left and get some food stores, seeds, privately purchased semiautomatic military pattern rifle w/ magazines and web gear, learn to shoot(www.appleseedinfo.org)a place in the country well away from the cities with fresh water. If you can’t do it yourself, get together with those who are awake like you are. At least get the rifle and ammo and as much food as you can. Things like food, get a co-op going. A place in the country to bug out can be done jointly, although just moving out and being of use locally is a MUCH BETTER option. Oh, while we still have something of a free internet, download as much survival how to and basic 19th and 20th century how to knowledge as you can. Get some portable hard drive or USB thumb drives and hit the torrents, www.scribd.com , and google search terms. I’m not just talking about guns and explosives and how to kill a man with your bare hands; I’m talking how to build a machine shop from scrap(hint), how to grow food organically in your back yard and in a green house, how to build a underground home, manufacturing the chemicals and components for ammunition. If you have the brains I’d download Tesla and Free Energy, see if you can do us all a huge favor and make it work practically-although you should first get cracking on our own wireless internet nodes the beast can’t interfere with. Sacrifices, you willing to sacrifice your free time and playing Santa Klaus for the Truth and a shot at surviving? In fact, surviving on your own is not an option, what’s coming in 2009 is going to swamp even the most prepared-you survivalists who stock up for yourselves and ignore your unprepared, desperate neighbors will join them in misery as their children starve to death and they act in desperation. And if they don’t take you out, the government will-take your guns, take your food stores, take you to that FEMA camp. Someone’s going to snitch to get some kind of benefit from the beast-rat on you and what you got. See, a lot of people have sacrificed their integrity for a few scraps at their master’s table. Americans in general have been bred to put comfort and perceived safety above being self-sufficient… the basis to being Free. That’s why we’ve been made so decadent. And that decadence is a weapon against you. Make you ignorant in the first place of watching out for others-because you would want to be watched out for as well. You go for the debt, the comfort, the easy way out, “go along to get along”-you’ve made sacrifices. Past time to Sacrifice willingly what keeps you from doing what we all must to free ourselves. And I’m not talking about personal preparations, although that is vital because self-sufficiency is the bedrock of Freedom. It’s past time you took Responsibilitysacrifice’s better cousin-Responsibility and start cleaning up government so you don’t have to risk a heart attack running your fat flabby ass from FEMA. The beast has the national offices pretty much locked up, and the state governments are also no-go’s.
27
To get the state government, the federal government under control requires a fully functional national party on the scale of the democrat/republican party.(4) This requires building from the grass roots up-from your town’s government. Yes, your local government-if you live in a major city then it’s your precinct-but your mission is the same: organize and win a local election. Yes, this will require a lot of Sacrifice on your part, but what’s at stake is whether or not we could possibly have peaceful change. First be honest. If you have dirt, any dirt on you, get someone else to run for office. Have a entire slate for public office because you want to sweep ALL the crooks out. Have TWO campaign offices; your real operational center you WILL KEEP SECRET and the “official” office that will be surveilled and probably raided under some bullshit pretext by the cops. Know your town. Literally map out, street, house, the population-demographics, voting record, income, crime. You give the enemy any competition you can bet they’ll pull out all the stops to win people over. The local media will of course be in the hip pocket of the establishment’s man so you’re going to have to be your own media. Internet, pamphlets, door-to-door pressing flesh with a lot of strangers who are unaware they’ve sacrificed their Freedom and Country by their instilled lifestyle. Remember how hard a time you had waking up and go with what they can comprehend. Your platform will be both a return to Constitutional Republic and flexible in delivery. You preach Freedom; smaller government, taxes eliminated, incentives and support for local businessmen, police reform, respect for rights. You alter the approach from person to person. Encourage friends and friends of friends to vote. You want help? Offer them help. A job or gig, a place to sleep, get some groceries, hold a shooting match or otherwise offer basic marksmanship training, patronize local business. People will back you if they see you are tangibly helping them out with their problems. Watch out for the opposition; they’ll use every dirty trick imaginable, from planted drugs, to slander, to harassment, to sabotage. These “people” aren’t like you and I-they’ve been eating a lifetime diet of bullshit that because they got a college degree they’re superior to us and therefore have license to rule us. They’ll do whatever it takes to hold on to that power. Most of all watch out for vote fraud! Electronic ballot machines are perfectly hackable, and even paper ballots can be tampered with. Google “Battle of Athens, Tennessee 1946”. You’re asking your prospective voters to Sacrifice their time and leisure to vote for yougive them good reasons. 28
You win, carry out your promises to the best of your ability. Grow the Second American Revolution by city, county and state. (5) Be the Real Life Example we need to illustrate how enslaved we are-and how Free we could be again. Or sacrifice your Freedom now and especially later-for what, some kind of comfortable existence?! A existence that is going to end in 2009. When you lose your job. When you run out of food, and your kids are screaming at you for food. When your utilities are shut off. When your home is foreclosed on and you’re homeless. When you’re on the street and CPS(6) take your kids. When you’re fighting with more and more people for less and less garbage to pick through because the restaurants and grocery stores are closing for lack of business and less people have food, and you’re starving… you know what it’s like? Never ending pain as your body consumes itself to keep brain function going; even so you can’t really think of anything beyond eating so you start eating tree bark, leaves, bugs, worms, rotting flesh… maybe even a dead body. That’s what you will Sacrifice changing the direction our nation’s going on for your own personal comfort, your own delusions given to you by the enemy that wants you dead. (1) If you’re motivated, and still on the internet look up the voting records for your town and county elections and cross reference them with the latest population figures… you’ll find a shockingly small percentage of people bother to make their voices and votes felt. Vote fraud aside a reasonably popular person could get all his friends and all their friends to write him or her in the ballot at the next election. (2) If I were homeless, I’d squat in a foreclosed home in a neighborhood that had a number of foreclosures. Learn how to lockpick-download the instructions while you’re on the internet, get or make the tools and practice on your own doors. Tom Brown wrote a book on city and suburban survival which is a good primer on surviving without income or regular shelter. Also google “surviving homelessness” there’s a blog written by a man who was homeless by choice… try keeping your car, or trade for a vehicle that’s paid for. (3) The FEMA camps are real; the Bush Administration’s pet megacorporation, Halliburton(Cheney owns stock and was a CEO)was contracted to build and upgrade hundreds of “detention facilities”. The camps have been reliably documented, they’ve been documented by Patriots since the 1980’s. Mena cocaine kingpin Oliver North was 29
questioned in Congressional hearing about the Rex 84, Operation Garden Plot, and the camps by a Congressman and he claimed “national security” as to why he wouldn’t give a straight answer. Hurricane Katrina survivors-after being cut off by FEMA from state, local and private aid for five days were herded at gunpoint by both military forces and police, had their arms stolen from them and were detained in toxic FEMA trailer parks under guard. Whole families were broken up. (4) The Democrat and Republican parties are at the top a single party with a shared agenda of consuming and obliterating Our America. Doesn’t matter which party rules, increased government, increased imperialism both domestically and overseas and our never-ending diminishment are the shared policies enacted with utter reliability. What you see on the fiction on TV called the “news” is but a political version of a pro wrestling script. (5) The Free State Project and Free State Wyoming are the models I’m basing my plan on but the aformentioned campaigns are trying to do too much-a state-with too few people. It will never happen unless prospective voters can point out a town where people are Free. (6) CPS-Child Protection Services-is a pack of pedophile predators operating under color of law. They look for excuses to take kids from families. Many reports of sex slavery, brutality, and rape can be attributed to these... people. If targeted your best bet would be to hide your children with a trusted relative or friend until the situation can be resolved
RESOLUTIONS J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com It’s a New Year as I type this. Another year the forces of evil have triumphed. Another year the forces of Freedom found their shorts yanked down to their ankles as they mounted the field of battle, giving the likes of Biden, Obama, McCain, Bush, Rockefeller, Rothschild yet more cause to laugh at hapless Patriots. They had us figured out but good. Obama was their heir apparent and the enemy’s entire campaign to elect him president was to 1.) discredit Ron Paul and remove his followers as a threat to the status quo, and 2.) wear everyone down to accepting yet another charismatic fraud as their messiah with enough political pro wrestling scripted tactics to give Vince McMahon a headache. The economic take down of America continued. The subprime collapse, engineered by the banksters led to more components of the mortgage bubble to be popped. The stock 30
market, propped up by the government, started its first legs of collapsing itself, taking the wealth of millions of suckers who were goaded by the likes of Jim Cramer to buy at the top. With the collapsing financial system credit(debt financing) halts and the real economy has been all but shut down… what’s left of it. What’s left of it: after our enemies have systematically stripped America of domestic industry big and small, and especially start up entrepenurs who get it from literally all directions. With the television and movies they have reduced the minds of most Americans into a barely cognizant haze of celebrity gossip, sports, and nebulous fears of Al Qaeda. Public Schools don’t teach people how to think-they destroy minds. Go to www.deliberatedumbingdown.com to find out how bad it really is. All of which is to enslave us, to destroy our Freedom because the American People are the number one target of the beast-because we are the greatest threat. You, awake and able to fight back, are the greatest threat to our enemies. If they fail to destroy America we can and will rise again and our heritage of Freedom will spread to all the Nations of Earth like no ideology or creed has and the American Revolution will become worldwide-which shall spell the end of the illuminati. With the inbred psychopathic bluebloods out of the way we can finally fulfill our destiny among the stars. This however cannot begin until you truly want Freedom. You want true Freedom, you have to fight for it-intelligently for a change. How can we start winning more? Start with some resolutions: TURN OFF THE TV TV is the electronic narcotic that mentally enslaves you. It is the mind prison Americans are trained to lock themselves in, and as their minds and bodies deteriorate to mush, rob them of time they’ll never get back, they’re programmed to be the perfect slaves-they think they’re free! Is there anything more insidious? Is there any greater reason to stop watching the fucking thing?! Find anything else to do. Anything-like go for a walk. Walking helps circulation, it tones muscles, helps clear the mind. You’ll meet actual real life people, and not some Hollywood fantasy. Better would be to actually start working out, AND IF YOU STOP DON’T FEEL GUILTY AND GO ON A EATING BINGE, GET BACK ON THE PROGRAM. You could hit the internet more, and start downloading survival and 19th and 20th century how-to information, learn a trade(I’d go with gunsmithing). I’d also hit www.infowars.com, www.rumormillnews.com, www.rense.com and learn what’s really going on. Learn how to shoot a rifle. The beast especially hates people who can fight back against their minions. Plus mastering rifle marksmanship instills pride, self-sufficiency and 31
competence; traits that lead to pursuing self-sufficiency and competence in other areas of one’s life, which the beast hates. Independent people. Hit a gun show if it’s the weekend-your sports team’s gonna lose anyway and why gamble away that money when you can get a rifle and ammo to learn how to shoot. Look up who runs your town, what laws they pass, why they keep thug cops and unctuous bureaucrats on the payroll. Make an assessment of all your friends, family and acquaintances. Be honest, and weigh them as to not just their world view, how awake and willingness to awaken, but more important and basic just how reliable they are. I’m talking lying to the cops if they’re looking for you. I’m talking willing to hook you up with a couch or a room if you need it until you can get back on your feet. I’m talking willing to come guns blazing to get you out of life-ending danger. Anyone even questionable you will HAVE to cut out of your life… especially blood relatives; I know a couple guys who’re going to get their throats cut when the beast enacts full martial law because their family is going to totally snitch on them because they’re fucking sheep… For that matter, how reliable are you? Would YOU be willing to do these things? Can YOU keep your big mouth shut? CLEANSE YOUR BODY-DRINK SPRING WATER AND EAT ORGANIC Our food is in the hands of the enemy, who have spent a lot of time and money to poison us in every possible way. The pesticides are carcinogenic. The seeds are genetically modified and are having unpredictable side effects on us-none good. To guarantee a supply of healthy food, form a food co-op; get together with others and buy/rent some unused land that hasn’t been sprayed with pesticides and plant some heirloom seeds. Or, rent a warehouse and use organic hydroponics-more energy intensive but you can greatly speed up the harvest cycle plus you can grow year round. I’d go further and start using natural supplements-be advised that the government is squeezing sources of supplements and organic farmers and co-ops. Having a legal defense fund is advisable, but a much better option is to take over the county government-in particular the Sheriff’s office to be able to block state and federal enforcement activity. More on that later, but… STOP KOWTOWING TO THE CULT OF AUTHORITY America is enslaved to authority! We’re enslaved physically by over-testosteroned armed thugs when they enforce laws, codes, regulations-whatever… if they’re even honestly enforcing them, which more and more they’re not. But we’ve been brought up by television to be in worshipful awe of authority because fucking Adam 12 and TJ Hooker’s out there in the patrol cars stopping all those evil poop colored people stealing and raping and murdering. And if they can’t get it done Columbo, or Starsky and Hutch, or the fat fucker from NYPD Blue’ll take care of it-oh and get all those evil guns off the 32
streets! You don’t need guns! You’ll put an eye out with that BB gun! You’ll shoot yourself in your foot or your kid will get a hold of it and kill someone playing The Shield! That’s why we have the BATFE to put you in prison for ten years for! You being some prison rapist’s jit rag is well worth the price of a safe society! That’s why the cops need to be crooked-to catch all the bad guys! …Three million Americans imprisoned. Many hard core felons, but 90 percent of them were socially engineered by the very authorities we have foolishly entrust to run America. Yeah, they’ve ran America-into the ground. Cops, and bureaucrats, and doctors, scientists, psychologists, analysts, executives, judges, mayors, governors, presidents, lawyers-TELL ME IF AMERICA’S BEEN BETTER OFF IN THE HANDS OF THESE “AUTHORITIES”?!! These “authorities” have turned government, media, business, medicine, science into a vast web of interlocked rackets. They go to the same schools, work together, socialize together. So of course when that tin badge god pops you with that planted bag of weed you don’t stand a chance-the courts are rigged by the lawyers, the media won’t tell the truth how corrupt government is because they’re in bed with the state, and putting your ass in a disease ridden cell makes money for those milking the beast for cash. Law is a racket; all lawyers know this but it’s a huge conspiracy(oh God that word)they and the media keep to themselves. Meanwhile, you don’t have a clue how “authorities” are the REAL criminals because nobody on the ten CSI shows or the twenty Law and Order shows acts like real life cops, lawyers, judges, politicians. So when that puffy chested armed meter maid pulls you over for no reason but for some lame excuse to jack up his ticket record and systematically violates all those rights you’ve never been taught you had, and your shyster lawyer is hustling you into a plea deal because that tin badge fuck planted meth or found that gun you use to defend yourself, remember this: TV fucking lies to you! The state fucking lies to you, the law is a racket, AUTHORITIES ARE YOUR ENEMY! STOP OBEYING YOUR ENEMIES LAWS! START BREAKING THE LAW! The law isn’t made by us, its made by lawyers who operate not just out of greed and lust for power, but an agenda of breaking down this nation and its people to nothing. Millions of pages of millions of laws, buttressed by millions of more rules and regulations by the federal, state, and local agencies charged with enforcing those laws. Millions of bureaucrats administer all those millions of laws, all those millions of regulations. Being control freaks, they gravitate to the job. Being cowards, they happily sic thug tin badge gods to enforce their edicts with a high tech police state, armored vehicles, and automatic weapons. The mantra is forever drummed into peoples heads by the media and especially the traitors in government that you can’t fight city hall… Yet silence, and obedience, equals consent. We may not have the numbers or influence to change the laws and fire the bureaucrats and thugs, and bar lawyers from public office… 33
yet… but we can start breaking their psychological domination over us by breaking their petty little laws. Stop giving your real address, your home phone number. Move: use another place for an address, have it as the registration for a mail drop and route your mail that way. Don’t update your drivers license… more on that unctous card and how to counter it later. Pick and choose your battles as best you can of course, no need to feed the prison industrial complex but all resistance begins with small acts. Those acts successfully carried out embolden the spirit and form the foundation for larger acts of resistance to the beast-and there are so many anti-American freedom killing laws, and regulations to break! I don’t have to talk about stealing from the government or lawyers and bureaucrats… when rural farmers are being hit with SWAT teams and having their lives wrecked over selling a no-life having snitch raw milk. What small acts can you do to fuel the spirit of resistance and the Second American Revolution in your heart and actions? LEARN HOW TO MAKE ALTERNATIVE MEDIA Americans are a people wedded to the moving image. As much as I put into these essays, I’m fully aware that most folks would rather see a video. A well produced, interesting video. That they can relate to, yet lead them to start on the path we’re on. I could curse the beast for dumbing Americans down, but rather than curse corporate media, we need to step up, come together and ramp up production of our own movies, our own stories. The internet still offers a golden opportunity to get our message out whether it be instructional videos, news, or fiction. Digital cinema has advanced to the point where a decent film-like image can be had with video cameras. A computer from the store can edit the video and even insert special effects that even five years ago required the efforts of a major studio. The independent film… industry, for lack of a better word, is like the rest of America in a state of collapse so there’s a lot of talent looking for work. Web series are taking off. A lot like the old serials that played in movie theaters before television, they can tell a story in sections. Major studios are already showing their programming on the internet and have commercial advertisement before each segment-so there’s no economic reason why a filmmaking co-op of Patriots cannot get together on a story, get advertising dollars to cover production costs, put some of the segments up and then do a nationwide tour, selling DVDs at showings. There is a dire need to get our message out, and movies are a prime way to do so. 30 Dollar Film School by Michael W. Dean is the best basic how to make a movie/video book. An excellent starting point for Patriots. Got an ideal: since Alex Jones is very busy at his own end, someone should document how he puts together his media, offer it as classes for others to emulate or even improve on his techniques. Bear in mind Alex Jones has not only had years of experience, he’s also had training, so a how-to video would help Patriots step up their game. 34
So, get a HD editing capable laptop-a thousand dollars can get you one with HDMI input. A high end consumer HD camcorder(700.00) or lower end prosumer HD camcorder(2500.00)and a lower end HD flash camcorder(300) for covert shooting, and AUDIO GEAR! Boom mike and sound recording. Take some lessons or read 30 Dollar Film School a LOT. Start producing short web videos. Look at it and if it doesn’t match what you think it would there’s something wrong. USE A SCRIPT. Practice, practice, practice! Practice and adjusting to improve makes Proficient. Americans are visually oriented and Patriots that can communicate visually and activate them are needed! BECOME SELF SUFFICIENT IN ALL THINGS Don’t rely on the beast for income or shelter or food or even entertainment. Dependence is slavery, and Americans in the major cities are utterly dependent on the beast for the basics. Like the Eloi in the Time Machine we Americans are utterly naïve and clueless as to how to take care of ourselves as we work for the beast for the money we pay back for shelter and food. Become an black market entrepenur. Flea markets, yard sales, direct dealings with farmers and businessmen for cash under the table. Getting Started in the Underground Economy by Adam Cash is a excellent primer. Get it at the gun show when you shop for your guns and ammo. Get out from your mortgage if you can. Team up with others to rent a home or even better a place in the country. Or at least use some farmland and start growing your organic foods. Dig a well or exploit a spring water. You can also team up for a business that will be successful in a depression/basic level economy. Machinists can pool their talents and resources and open a factory or shop. A neighborhood can finance the best businessman among them to start a neighborhood store. Once enough capital is accrued people can be paid out or even better, the next great ideal, the next good enough entrepenur can be financed as well. Develop a basic trade for the coming simpler times. Metalworking, all manner of repair work, constructing home power systems, gunsmithing, ammunition manufacturing. Learn how to barter. If you are the seller, high ball with a goal at a lower price, if you’re the buyer low ball with a goal at a higher price. Know your markets, know what sells, what don’t, and how much competition you got. Integrate you and yours with other like minded groups or even better, rural communities. The more groups, the more communities trading underground, the more independent we 35
can be. Work out your own local script or values for tangible goods to wean yourselves from dollars as they’re printed into worthlessness or made useable only if you have a card to buy or sell. BEWARE: like I stated above, government agents have been targeting organic farmers and those selling raw milk-they send in undercover agents and snitches, and when the sale’s made, just like a drug bust a SWAT team arrests them and destroys everything they got. Go to www.infowars.com and www.rense.com look it up. You and yours have to stand together and make a stand or you’re going to have to start over-and you will probably have only one shot at building a sustainable survivable community. START BUILDING OUR OWN INTERNET The current internet is being killed off so we’re forced onto the intellectual concentration camp that will be known as internet 2; free speech like you’re reading right now will not be allowed. Begin constructing redundant wi-fi nodes so we can have our own internet without it being controlled by corporations or the government. They should be redundant, cheap to build, have their own power sources, and use off the shelf components and accessed by current wi-fi transceivers. Why wait for the beast to kill off our primary form of communication? It’s beyond stupid to just let the enemy act without countermeasures. I admit, my knowledge of technology is limited so I’m calling on those that are able to make the moves now to build up our own internet before we’re not able to. CAN’T TELL THE GOVERNMENT TO FUCK OFF WITHOUT A MEANS TO MAKE IT STICK Guns. The beast hates those in our hands the most. Reason alone to get them. If you don’t have a rifle, a pistol get them now along with magazines, ammo and web gear to hold the magazines. Get quality marksmanship and tactical training so you’re competent in their use. That’s not enough; you have to have the will to use your guns to defend you and yours… and your neighbors. Yes-recall the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina when after five days of deliberately holding back aid the federal government sends in troops and cops from all over America… to loot the survivors, steal their guns and ship those who weathered the hurricane to camps. Americans were forcibly disarmed. No troops refused the orders to wrestle little old ladies to the ground and rip the revolvers out of their arthritic hands. No cops refused the orders to besiege families with automatic weapons and disarm them under the penalty of death; guaranteed to be swept under the 36
rug. It was an exercise in conditioning the military and police to steal guns from Americansthis was confirmed last year in Kansas when after a series of horrific storms guns were once again stolen from the People. The government feels confident because Americans by and large: 1.)Have been conditioned to submit to authority no matter how horribly they’re acting. 2.)Not stand together, armed, lest they be characterized as “vigilantes” or even worse, “racist militia” to instill dependency on the same authority oppressing and victimizing them on a daily basis. Americans won’t fight, let alone fight to defend their neighbors. Yet Americans have a rich history of successful community defense when they’re willing to stand together, armed. Against a foe-whether it be the James and Younger Gang in 1876 Minnesota, the good ol’ boy power structure of Athens, Tennessee in 1946, or Korean businessmen in Los Angeles during the 1992 Rodney King riots. Again, defense of you and yours can work only when everyone in your community makes it their business to defend you and yours-and most importantly, you willing to do likewise. That means fulfilling your obligation to our country as part of the Militia: *Buy private sale military pattern rifles, ammo, magazines and web gear-google when the next gun show’s in your area and take a couple thousand dollars to get started. *Learning to shoot(www.appleseedinfo.org) a rifle out to 500 yards. No enemy can withstand people able to hit them that far, there’s no way you can protect everyone everywhere out to 500 yards. A nation of riflemen can’t be enslaved; our ancestors proved that! *Gain military training. Go to www.awrm.org register for the forum(no need for any truthful info). Link up with other local Militia who will get you and your gear up to speed. *Get together with like-minded Patriots in your area and form up in secret. Train, get in shape, get your caches in order, your meetup places, your how to knowledge. That’s the how to make a machine shop-out of scrap(www.lindsaybks.com); just get a catalog and you’ll find books on how to make guns and ammo. Hit the internet RIGHT NOW, go to www.scribd.com get a free membership and start downloading pdf’s using obvious keywords like “guerilla”, “sniper”, “rifle”, “tactics”, etc. Google those terms adding “torrent” and use the fattest internet pipe you can. In fact, don’t use your home computer for any of these searches. *Watch the attitudes of your neighbors and friends; those that appear to be where you were when you had your breakthrough, start to convert them over. With the worsening conditions, a good point will be lots of new recruits. Have loaner military surplus bolt actions and SKSs to equip them until they can get up to speed.(Think of the movie 37
“Outlaw Josey Wales” when he escorts that Kansas family to the cabin; there were a rack full of rifles to defend themselves with. Same principle.) Don’t forget airguns or airsoft replicas of your guns and lots of targets and pellets for daily training. *Know your neighborhood, your town, and surrounding towns-that is your Area of Operation. Figure out where your members are, where would be good places to muster when alerted. Do a survey of resources-in urban areas this would be sources of supply for basics, main roads, side roads, places to sneak through or routes for smuggling tunnels, lots for growing food as natural resources will be at a premium at best. In rural areas it’s the same principle except you’re going to be more isolated, but the trade off is less manufacturing and resources. *Your primary concern will be of course, defense; urban militias have a lot more potential threats to concern themselves from, mainly from the concentrated presence of government agencies but also from marauding gangs… the flip side of that being the potential for a lot more recruits and allies nearby. Rural militias have fewer nearby threats but will have to concern themselves with outside threats overpowering them so back up rally points will have to be figured out. *Call your public militia a neighborhood watch committee or something else just as innoculous. Be the ones helping people out, offer marksmanship training and what not. Your militia stays secret and trains in secret. LET’S NOT MARCH ON WASHINGTON It’s a trap. The District of Columbia is surrounded by the greatest concentration of government agencies, plus the shadow government that really runs the country isn’t even near the place. Media coverage would at best be skewed to the government, more than likely nonexistent. Even a peaceful protest would get false flag saboteurs to shoot their fellow government thugs giving the beast a reason to kill/imprison the whole bunch-all those earnest, naïve Americans cut down. I wouldn’t even go for the city in wartime as it’s the designated lightning rod for American rage-and therefore the bait to any trap that would destroy resistance. So forget Washington unless and until literally every other part of America is taken back from them. THE ULTIMATE MEANS OF FIGHTING BACK: TAKING BACK WHAT IS SUPPOSED TO BE OUR GOVERNMENT Changing the adversarial relationship the government has with America means only one solution: replacing the people in the government. The universal vote fraud, sabotaged campaigns and corruption give testimony to how ruthlessly these unprincipled people will hang on to power. As I’ve stated to the point of ad nauseum at my blog Freedom Guide, a national campaign requires a national party. A national political party can’t be had unless there are supporting state parties. Supporting state parties can’t exist unless there are local parties. 38
Local parties can’t be had unless a critical mass of the People get activated and pointed to the right directions, the right actions. To do that the People have to see there is a means to peacefully take their government back. Therefore, it is critical to the future of the Freedom Movement, the Second American Revolution, that Patriots concentrate their efforts on a few towns judged vulnerable to a emergency recall election. We want scandal ridden little shitburgs where the government has been running roughshod over the People-we should not be wanting for candidates. You, or your candidates if you can’t pass both the Upstanding Citizen test or the Electability test(be honest), you must count on your opponents to use every dirty trick to stop you. They’ll try and derail your emergency recall campaign… …Try to dig up dirt on anyone and everyone involved with the campaign and everyone even acquainted with them… …Plant drugs at your campaign headquarters for a drug raid, plant surveillance devices, or simply set a fire… …Entrap your candidates or those around them, frame them up on bogus criminal charges, assault them… …There’s always vote fraud; electronic voting machines, hanging chads. A good countermeasure would be to have TWO SETS of candidates; the decoy set that gets all the publicity, and hopefully all the incumbents wrath and the set that hopefully will go unnoticed until election day. Another is to have your militia, your neighborhood watch committee not your secret militia, be active in monitoring the election results and to get everyone to individually record their vote as they cast it and compare that with the government’s results in a public audit. Prepare for a legal campaign to challenge the vote fraud. Prepare for a civil disobedience campaign to drive home that fraudulent, criminal government will not be blindly obeyed. Prepare your militias in case the beast decides to try to crush any retaking of government by brute force. Prepare to avenge those that fall because they fight for their Freedom. Such resolve in the face of the beast is the only way we’ll win. WHEN YOU GET INTO OFFICE, CLEAN HOUSE First thing you need to do is fire ALL the bureaucrats. They’re satraps, government pharisees who lived being parasites on us all. Send them all to the unemployment lines. Go over the books-both of them. The Comprehensive Annual Financial Report will contain the true financial state of your town/county. Provided that those investments haven’t disappeared in the collapse, divest them and cut checks for everyone. Property39
sell it or offer free leases to in-town start up businessmen-NOT THE ESTABLISHED GOOD OL’ BOYS. Go over the records of every cop. Anyone who even gives the air of not being TJ Rooker good, they get the boot immediately. You can scrap about 90% of the city legal code, easy. Taxes… cut them for the People, but raise them on out of town major businesses. Your town will prosper on its own. Keep your media team on to advertise on TV, newspapers… more likely the internet… what you’re doing and how the People feel about the changes. Make DVD and CD-R copies and distribute them if you can’t get media access. Spread the word that they’re enslaved, and there’s a peaceable way to free themselves. Take your campaign team and start cloning it in neighboring towns, counties. With news of your victory getting more people on your campaign will be easy. Conversely government resistance will increase, and I can’t project what all they’ll do. Be careful, but be bold. Be bold in slashing and eliminating taxes, giving government investments-paid for by your taxes-back to you. Stage mass debt repudiations, mass drivers license and tag burnings, mass smoke-ins. Take up the Amish practice of shunning and direct it toward government workers: don’t acknowledge their very existence, refuse to service them, etc. By this stage, you can probably start drilling your Militias in the open, unless the beast decides to answer your taking back your government with Army Combat Brigades, in which case your Militias won’t be drilling in the open, they’ll be openly fighting. I’ve written some essay detailing what to do if the beast goes that far: Martial Law Survival Guide Message to the Patriot Movement Second American Revolution Victory Guide You Are the Militia …and a lot others at my blog Freedom Guide. Go to www.awrm.org now, and start studying how to be Militia. Don’t be stupid and form a 90’s era militia group, you’ll have government provocateurs and spies setting you up to be busted and you’ll do ten years or more being bubba’s sex sandwich. Train in secret, train as shooting clubs, self-defense groups, neighborhood watch groups-DON’T CALL YOURSELVES MILITIA EVEN THOUGH YOU WILL BE, FREE, ARMED MEN DEFENDING THE BILL OF RIGHTS AND AMERICA ARE THE BEAST’S IDEOLOGICAL ARCH ENEMIES! SO HOW RESOLUTE ARE YOU? 40
BE YOUR OWN LEADER J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com If there’s anything I want you to take from my essays, it’s to be your own leader. That isn’t however how Americans… or what passes for Americans… are. We as a society are conditioned from birth to defer all thinking, all the important decisions to “experts”. Doctors, CEO’s, talk show pundits, cops, bureaucrats, actors, shyster ass lawyers who have a lock on what is supposed to be our government. They make the decisions we’re forced to live with. Doctors poison us with their drugs and we go back to them to take more prescriptions for more poison to alleviate what their first dosage of death did to us. Doctors long ago surrendered to the insurance racket known as HMO’s which have about destroyed what little benefit America’s hospitals had. CEOs export the American economy, stick us with more taxes and we have to work two, three jobs and still make less than when we had the factories. CEOs lobby the shysters to favor them in the laws, kill our Main Streets in favor of their megacorporate superstores and we have to buy with what little money we have left over after being taxed to death crap made in China. Talk show pundits who all but monopolize the key decision making positions bind us to international treaties that steal our Rights, our land, our wealth and we have to accept that even if we do keep our jobs, our houses can be stolen by eminent domain or to protect some mythical ‘wetland’, we have carbon taxes shoved down our throats… when we exhale carbon… that plants use like we use oxygen. You can thank those walking fossils for engineering America’s rise as a world-straddling empire and all the blood shed in our name. You can thank those council on foreign relation member TRAITORS for our continuing decline into a third world hellhole coming apart at our racial seams. Meanwhile most ‘murikans pick their noses in incomprehension thanks to the deliberate dumbing down we as a nation have been subjected to for the past century. Cops are bullshitted into thinking all the injustices we as Americans are subjected to is the norm and we’re subjected to many of them scratching the ‘expert’ inflicted wounds, making the racial and social divides worse. Cops drink the kool aid that they’re ‘exceptional’, that they’re the only ones to exercise the 2nd Amendment, that they’re ‘a breed apart’, ‘the thin blue line’; we get to experience their overbearing arrogance-at best. Cops are encouraged to set up innocent people, manufacture busts from traffic tickets to 41
planting drugs and rusty .25 pistols to justify murder, use their arrest victims to sell drugs or go to prison; meanwhile we’re conditioned by the twenty Law n’ Order shows that the cops are dicks but they’re dicks to protect us. Bureaucrats steal our money in enforcement of their petty rules and we let them. Bureaucrats attack our Freedoms and we allow them to live. Bureaucrats sic agents and cops to enforce their bullshit rules on those Americans still willing to make a stand against their tyranny, and we leave them twisting in the wind-cheer for our oppressors in fact. Actors… this true for a lot of them… shoot their ignorant mouths off about issues they don’t understand, and because we’re so dumbed down we get confused the distinction between TV characters and those that play them; treat them as experts. Actors spit out their politically correct Freedom thievery, property thievery, lies and because they’re on the TV we treat every verbal fart of theirs as pronouncements from God. Because the TV set is our fucking god. Lawyers… I could write a whole article-wait I did write a article about these shysters: Kill All Lawyers. Google that. Suffice it to say, we let these motherfuckers write the laws we meekly obey, even unto the poor house, the jail house, the morgue. We let them administer their laws which they enforce with armies of cops, agents, bureaucrats and we block that out as we cling desperately to the TV god we buy at 28%APR. We let them bring us to trial in their fraudulent courts, submit to their kangaroo trials, where judge, prosecutor and ‘your’ defense attorney work as a tag team to fuck you. I can’t believe I almost forgot this, given the recent headlines… the bankers. They’re the worst fucking ‘experts’ of all; experts at hustling our money from us, multiplying that many fold. Meanwhile they make us use their fraudulent federal reserve notes as they decrease the value of them by forever inflating them, so saving what you can is a exercise in futility, you need a second job, you need to take on debt to finance what your parents and grandparents could buy out of pocket. Next thing you know you lose your job because those bankster fucks crash the economy, you lose your job and you lose all the money you poured into your debts as your house, car and all your goods are repo’d. Do you get it? You rely on ‘experts’ to run your life you get screwed. You have been getting screwed. And you’ve been trained to like it. By ‘experts’. Our ancestors, who fought and beat the British Empire certainly didn’t rely on so-called ‘experts’. They didn’t rely on cops to bear arms for them, media to form their very thoughts, bureaucrats to give them permission to fight, actors to emulate and worship, and certainly not lawyers to interpret law and figure out it was bad. The farmers, workers, merchants and frontiersmen practiced law themselves, didn’t need to worship anyone but God, didn’t need cops to defend them. They did need to defend themselves from those parasitic elements and so do we-more than ever. Our ancestors, simple everyday folks not so different from a lot of us, drove back the 42
greatest army on Earth at Lexington and Concord. …Picture 90’s militiamen standing up to the 100 machine gun equipped ATF army that besieged the peaceable Americans at Mt. Carmel… Waco to most folks… and driving those back shooting cowards back to town and laying siege to that town to drive them from there! That is what those Americans accomplished on April 19, 1775. They formed the backbone of resistance whether it be valiantly formed into ranks going toe to toe against the redcoats, or much more intelligently using their rifles and shooting their leaders. …Okay, there’s one huge difference between those Americans, and today’s 300lb sacks of diabetic fat-those Americans were willing to FIGHT AND DIE FOR THEIR FREEDOM. They were so willing to fight and die for Freedom, many of the Hessian mercenaries imported by the British like Blackwater in Iraq, defected and joined our side. Freedom is that powerful a concept-which is why it had to be made forgotten to Americans. That took the lawyers and their bankster masters who took over America with the 1787 Constitution two centuries to lay the foundation of tyranny in the very structure of the document; slowly grow their power through obscure clauses and emergencies real and manufactured; lull Americans to sleep generation by generation through slowly evolving public education that dumbed them down; evolve and transform the economy into a industrial plutocracy that favored the money men and crushed everyone else; introduce gun control to disarm blacks and police to give the appearance of protecting the people; introduction and expansion of a fraudulent monetary system designed to systematically impoverish the American People. The heart of this multi-generation conspiracy? That the government will lead you. The government will take care of you-just obey and don’t make waves. That’s why you’ve been dumbed down, lulled into complacency, apathy, distraction, dependency, disarmedall the components of slavery. That’s why all the ‘experts’ in your town government, state government, media, academia, corporations, financial institutions, federal agencies feel they have license to rule over you. They do. Again, you are the government’s slaves. So stop letting others lead you. Lead yourself. Start making up your own mind about things, and not what others peer pressure you into, because they’re in lock-step with the mainstream group mind; all the millions of TV watching ‘murikans who emulate the culture and social ideals presented by the TV set… Programmed by the very enemies I’ve been warning you about; they have been slowly disarming you mind, making you apathetic and dependent, in body by encouraging bad health and pacifism, and spiritually with Santa Claus Christianity. The world is 180 degrees opposite what the TV depicts which is why your naïve ass is going to get killed if you don’t wake up. Lead yourself. Find your own way to God-stop relying on money grubbing blasphemous televangelists to dictate God to you through that Santa Claus Christianity. They want you to subsist on a false sense of piety, being apathetic, letting others lead, do the duty toward your fellow man YOU need to be doing, giving your money and time to some huge, honking, gaudy megachurch. Ever ask how many homeless families could have been 43
GIVEN homes with the money and materials WASTED on those blasphemous temples of vanity? Their so-called prosperity gospel is but a guide for you to be as wasteful, selfish and gluttonous as any other ‘murikan-only you ask God to bless you for it! Lead yourself. Find organic foods that are delicious. Grow your own organic food, liberate your body from corporate gene altered, chemically poisoned garbage. Stop drinking tap water or any beverage made from tap water-it has chlorine, bacteria, flouride… flouride is the other reason why so many Americans are so apathetic and dulled. It’s a poison. Processed foods are poisonous, filled with high frutcose corn syrup, MSG, other toxins designed to attack your health. Then you get to spend your life’s savings… or otherwise hock the rest of your life in debt slavery… trying in vain to stop the cancers, the diabetes ravaging every other adult American with more poisonous drugs. The same people that sell you your poisoned food, sell you your poisoned pharmeceuticals. Lead yourself. Get a military pattern semiautomatic rifle, magazines, web gear, essential spare parts and as much ammo as you can lay your hands on. Get rifle training from www.appleseedinfo.org and go to www.awrm.org to round out your training as a member of the Unorganized Militia of EVERY ADULT AMERICAN.(Oh no there’s that word-‘militia! Pack of racist redneck commandos stroking their guns in the back woods! Why, I saw on TV how those evil militiamen took over a hospital, and held that red headed little boy from The Sixth Sense hostage, but Chuck Norris came and saved the day!) Yeah right. Get over your programmed response to YOU taking up arms, learning their use and defending yourselves-because Blackwater sure as hell won’t! If you need further convincing, read these: YOU ARE THE MILITIA: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2008/06/you-aremilitia.html SECOND AMERICAN REVOLUTION VICTORY GUIDE: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2007/11/second-american-revolution-victory.html Lead yourself. Wean yourself from the beast’s economy; barter, stop consuming crap you won’t use twice, discover your true skills and find ways to make a living in the free, underground economy. Because you’ve been herded by the sabotaged school system and the sabotaged economy that all but bar entrepenurialship and invention into working for some corporation-right off the bat you take home but a small fraction of what you would if you were self employed. Then, the government wades in, takes from a quarter to half of that five percent(maybe) of the results of your labor the corporation might leave you. Which if it were a dollar is about two cents; and guess what? One cent goes to all kinds of sales and property taxes, any fines the courts can nick out of you, fees for every last little thing. That last cent goes to the basics; clothing, feeding yourself, shelter-and if you have any left over and you don’t have kids, you can drink or get a buzz and try to forget for a few hours just what kind of wage slave you are. You can be your own boss and keep all your money when you join the free, underground economy AND starve the beast. Lead yourself. Network with other like-minded Free Americans, scout out a small, corrupt town ripe for takeover by Patriots. Stage a Recall Election NOW, don’t wait for 44
the next election cycle there’s no time. Make that town a example of Free America and grow the Revolution. Because if you’ve read this far you’ve had it with this fraud of a country as much as I, so start changing your government. It IS your government, and the reason those in public service don’t act like it’s YOUR government is because YOU won’t get rid of those crooks. So, be smart, pick that scandal ridden town where the government officials waddle about like they’re untouchable, start a recall petition drive for all of them. Get a slate of candidates people can relate to and rely on to clean things up. Be smart, take precautions against dirty tricks like losing the petitions, snitches planting drugs in your campaign office so the SWAT team can raid you, vote fraud, etc. When you take over, liquidate all the investments you’ll find in the Comprehensive Annual Financial Report and invest in your town; eliminate taxes, drive out the thug police, give loans to local start up businesses and build a Main Street economy. Lead yourself. Support those in the state legislatures that are asserting their sovereignty, restoring Freedom at the state level. This is a movement that surprised me, but I am pleased that as of this writing 29 states have binding resolutions upholding their 10th Amendment rights against the federal government. The beast moved too far and now there’s a reaction. That is why they’re building an army to handle the Patriots, with the Army combat brigades fresh from slaughtering Iraqi civilians, why they’re employing mercenaries, why they’ve spent decades conditioning cops, keeping them psychologically apart in their own subculture; to treat us as the enemy. Because Free people leading themselves are the enemy of any tyrannical regime. Lead yourself. Spread the message of Freedom. Burn DVD copies of Loose Change, From Freedom to Fascism, Alex Jones’ films. Hand print copies of whatever essays inspired you. Or make your own if you have the voice to do so, because the more voices there are to awaken and prepare the American people, the more of this country we can save and salvage. Perhaps you can come up with the words, the images that will be the spark that awakens all the millions of walking, spending, eating comatose slaves of the beast.
FEAR J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com What do you do that is so important that it keeps you from facing what’s wrong with America? 45
What the hell could be so fascinating about some billionaire owned sports club or some skank celebrity that it keeps you glued to that electronic narcotic known as the TV set for hours at a time? Is it that there’s so much wonderful sh!t on that it keeps you from finding out what’s really going on-like how come cops nowadays are so psychotic they tazer and shoot children?! How come voting Democrat isn’t cleaning up the government?! Or stopping inflation or the continued disembowelment of America’s economy, or stopping the stage managed drug war? Maybe it isn’t that American culture is so fascinating, maybe it’s just plain FEAR. You’re not alone: There’s a Working Family; Dad, Mom, maybe two or three Children. There’s love, but they’re not together. They can’t be. Dad works the night shift at the auto plant-because his Dad got him in and it was good money(relatively speaking)for a wage job. Yet Dad’s constantly worrying not only about pleasing his demanding bosses, but about threats of wage cuts, benefit cuts-kids gotta have braces and shots full of mercury and viruses, and other modern day hustles like health insurance. Mom works through the day, at a diner-dealing with all kinds of customers, the leering stares of her boss sexually fantasizing about her… not that she’d be tempted by his slovenly greasy ass. She hates her job, but she needs it, oh so badly, and that lecherous pervert she calls “sir” knows it. Job performance is key; it’s a frantic pace serving the lunch rush and screw ups wreck the whole rhythm of work flow. In the back of her mind Mom worries about her kids, how much she and her husband haven’t been around for them. Both FEAR that despite their best efforts they won’t be able to give their Children the opportunity to go to college and raise themselves up in statusalthough that FEAR is never, ever talked about since everybody KNOWS America is all about equality… unless you’re black or latino, or some other kind of white trash. There are millions of Americans, of all ages, ethnicities and cultures. They all get up at a time they don’t want to, travel to a job they don’t care for. They endure a gauntlet of stultifying work, horrible managers and bosses, and then commute back and forth hoping they don’t get pulled over for going at the wrong speed or noticing their taillight’s broke because they had to spend the money on rent or groceries or gas-the last two items the prices never seem to 46
fall! They come home and after that physical and mental ordeal they’re so drained understanding how their nation and destiny have been systematically stolen is… just not happening. You think all these Americans don’t have the dread of their bosses deciding their job’s the next to be outsourced to Chinese slave labor, and their paycheck-to-paycheck existence will come to a end in a alleyway begging for change? Yet, without much hope they set their alarm clocks to get up the next morning and do it all over again. There are thousands of otherwise decent folks who made the horrible lapse of judgement and became government bureaucrats. Whether it’s for the pay or they perceived they were doing society some good they went to college, took the requisite pol sci courses with the neo-Marxist professors and whatnot. They passed their civil service exams. Then they found out the real deal; they found themselves a part of the beast, the amalgamation of federal, state and local government that through the tyranny of (supposedly) good intentions robs us all of our money, our time, our wellbeing, our Lives and our very Freedom. They work with power hungry little trolls, each of them brainwashed by their college professors to believing themselves the “intelligentsia” the “elite”, each of them the king of their own anthill. They work for a caste of neo-marxist administrators, career politicians-all lawyers, all traitors. You think these Americans don’t live in constant FEAR that they serve the beast and it’s sole purpose is to conquer and to consume and to destroy the futures of our nation, our planet and every person it can? That all the purposely designed bureaucratic misery they and their kind come down on each and every one of us-that somehow if they can’t stop it or even slow it down they just might face judgment for their crimes one day? Yet without much hope they get up each morning and pick their battles as best they can without getting fed to the beast themselves. There are millions of Americans, born in the backwoods, the trailer parks, the gutted out factory and mining towns of what their-our common-enemies dub “flyover country”. Born without, they struggle with hunger, with poor health, poor education. They struggle with trying to make ends meet in a economic dead zone, that “American Dream” exported long ago. Most of all they struggle with class and racial bigotry licensed by their enemies-our enemies-through the culture and official government policy. America’s white n!ggers, the peoples of the South and Appalachia, if they would wake up, shed their blind loyalties, their blind hatreds perhaps they and the blacks and all the latinos exploited like slave labor could forge a new America, truer to what we think this nation should be. 47
Except they still hang on to their delusions and prejudices, in FEAR that their lives truly are that worthless, that the stereotypes are that true. Or even that they have always been and always will be America’s white n!ggers. Yet they get up at four in the morning, and get to the factories and coal mines and try to make their bills. There are hundreds, thousands of beautiful, talented men and women who every day attempt to make their childhood dreams reality in the cesspool known as the entertainment industry. Most are crushed in the attempt at penetrating what amounts to a racket that demands you sell out-put out on the casting couch-to a ideology and a lifestyle that does great harm not only to themselves but to the nation as they’re used as pawns for social engineering and thought control. A few actually make it. Most don’t and either head back home to salvage what’s left of their lives or use themselves up salving the pain of having their dreams crushed with drugs. Some are in a hellish no man’s land of being one great project from success yet so terrifyingly close to oblivion-and time is not on their side. They’ve made horrible mistakes or twists of fate and they try to struggle on, but as much as their friends and family support them those that run the entertainment industry treat them like plutonium… as if their scandals and treasons don’t deserve the death penalty. They’d love to blow the lid on the whole sordid thing but know their voice would never be heard. You think these men and women don’t have their fears, and dread how inevitable they are? Yet they go from one audition to another, not giving up, going for Greatness irregardless of their past failure, the tragedy that hangs over their head like a sword. There are Police Officers who stay true to their oaths to protect and uphold the Constitution. These lone souls do their best to protect the People from not just the criminal element on the streets, but the criminal element that has entrenched itself in positions of power. Daily they walk a tightrope between doing what’s right and being able to do their jobs amidst the sneers of those that love their jobs, love their power, love that no matter what happens to America they’ll most likely keep their jobs as massah state’s overseers. You think the brave cops that work in that enviroment don’t have moments of fear, of despair? Yet they strap their bulletproof vest and gun on every day and face their own mission impossible. 48
There are millions of Americans-probably a lot like you in some ways yet different. The existence they live doesn’t have nearly the opportunity to work a 9 to 5 job for the reward of maybe 5% of the effort they put into it. No, these Americans are stuck in economic and social dead zones, trapped by poverty, lack of opportunity and culture. These Americans could just say the hell with it and resign themselves to being without, being beaten or shot for the crumb they struggled to get. Most do, but some don’t; they band together and however way they can… even if it means hurting you… they struggle against their circumstance, against the power structure oppressing them. All to even TRY to grab a peace of that American Dream that’s promised on the TV. You think these gangbangers, these criminals, these Designated Urban Boogeymen don’t have their moments of despair, of FEAR it’s all futile? Yet they get up every morning and do what they got to, against us, because the rest of us ceded control of our Nation to those criminals in three piece suits that proclaimed themselves “experts”. There are hundreds of thousands of Americans who remember what that meant once. Remember in their hearts and minds our history, our true purpose. Not to die with the most toys but to help kindle the flame of Freedom, to be an example to the rest of Man to emulate, to even improve on. They write, make videos, pass out flyers, get on the low powered nearly unnoticed college radio station week after week. They wage a herculean struggle against the socially engineered apathy, resignation, and most of all, the FEAR of nearly everyone around them. Apathy enough to tune out the in-our-face treason, resigned enough to settle for perhaps enjoying the weekend ball game as the sum of one’s purpose, fearful enough to forget that together, united as one voice they still have the power to say NO! This collective psychological surrender is what those hundreds of thousands of Patriot Americans struggle against. You think for one second they don’t reckon with the certain knowledge that they’re playing with fire by speaking out? I know for a fact I struggle with that FEAR of futility, of being brutally and permanetly silenced. Yet, we still lay their hands on the keyboard. Grab the latest bunch of flyers, our camcorders, sit by the mikes and at their assigned time thousands of people listen to them for the Truth, hoping that they remain on the air, that they don’t burn out and quit, or worse be silenced by massah state. FEAR. It rules our lives, our thoughts. FEAR has shaped us, molded us into worker bees for massah corporation and 49
massah state. Molded us into overseers. Molded some of us into resisting being enslaved by massah by either criminal activity or practically accepting a vow of poverty and a perpetual set of crosshairs on our foreheads by assuming the lonely, despised title of Patriot. FEAR is what most Americans grow up with. FEAR of being hit by Mom and Dad. FEAR of being punished by those entrusted with what’s known as “education”. FEAR we’ll violate some infraction and suffer the wrath of authority… which dovetails nicely into the slots massah state and massah corporation had planned for us all along. FEAR that, if we’re not “productive citizens” that not only will we not partake in the cruel, increasingly fleeting mirage known as the er, “American Dream”, that we’ll even wind up as homeless, or common criminals. FEAR of exclusion-which the homeless and common criminals face every day. Of being socially exiled into a underclass in a nation trained by college “educated” social scientist to both think in terms of class, status and at the same time hold oh so desperately onto the mortgage, the no interest lease on the family land yacht, the slave labor made baubles that once upon a time, fucking Americans made for themselves! Yeah, if you’ve followed my writings at http://freedomguide.blogspot.com www.apfn.org http://indymedia.org and now at www.rumormillnews.com I’ve written repeatedly and at times excessive length about how enslaved we are. Enslaved by a century of government and corporate policy in how we gain our sustenance, how we shelter, clothe and feed ourselves. Enslaved by the opinions and thoughts of others that out of deliberately engineered childish ignorance we adopt as our own because it came out of that electronic narcotic, the TV. Most of all, we’re enslaved by simple, craven FEAR. Animalistic, natural FEAR of being dependent on a inherently evil system, of losing what little we’re permitted by it. And that reaction is counted on by those social scientists that prostitute themselves to the beast, to massah state and massah corporation. We are owned by massah, slave-mind, body and soul. That is the root of your FEAR-that you’re really a slave. Well, you are. So am I. We’re property; our birth certificates are filed with the goddamn federal department of commerce! Massah state owns the land your mortgaged home sits on. Want to dispute that, try not paying the rent-er, property tax for a single year. Try it and then you 50
can experience just how wonderful being dirty, hungry, cold and a constant target of thugs and thug cops is. We have millions of miles worth of PUBLIC ROADS we paid taxes to create, yet we have to apply to massah state for permission to use them with a car that they can revoke at any time. We have a Constitutional Right to Bear Arms except where prohibited by law and by what type. More and more places you can’t smoke. Social drinkers become the target of DUI law racketeering that feeds back to the court, the prison system and the lobbyists that get a piece of that action. Nazi-ass “political correctness” chokes free debate-there are certain subjects that can get you labeled a “racist” or “radical” or “kook”. You know which ones; like the FACTS about 9/11, or how many people really died in Nazi concentration camps during World War II, or who really shot Kennedy. People have literally been imprisoned for saying the wrong thing. Want to exercise your religion? Better be a minority because the nazi-assed ACLU will jump down your throat for any “public displays” if you’re a mainstream Christian. Have a church? That had better be registered by the internal revenue service if you want it tax free-and then there’s “political activity” that you’re prohibited from engaging in. You can forget about a fair trial even if the enemy doesn’t declare you a “terrorist” and “rendition” you to a foreign country to be tortured. All your other Constitutional Rights are simply not recognized by massah-and do you even know what the hell they are?! When’s the last time you read YOUR Bill of Rights? We have what’s bullshitted to us as a representative government yet most of these clowns are related to each other by ancient bloodlines. It’s the truth: Google BURKE’S PEERAGE. They certainly act like royalty spending our money and at the same time stealing our rights until we’re now keeping quiet in honest fear we’ll be picked up on suspicion of terrorist activity. And spend the rest of our lives being tortured for that suspicion. You’re afraid all the above and a lot more are true, which is why you willfully hide from facing the terror every day. Just keep working fo’ massahs an’ bide your time for the weekend where you can hit the bar or watch the game or take that road trip or whatever else nonsense you keep yourself occupied with to unwind while your nation-OUR NATION-is systematically destroyed. 51
Guess what slave? Things will never, ever get better until you make up your mind to face your FEAR. Nothing of consequence to restore what’s been stolen from us will be gained until we are willing to sacrifice our comfort, our very lives in order regain our Freedom. That means facing our FEAR. Funny thing about “fear”, it’s like a schoolyard bully; it’s a real menance, and looks like it’ll crush your ass and go grab a six pack for all it’ll think of you. You face it down and give it a good asskicking and it don’t come back. Oh, the troubles will certainly still be there but it’s the FEAR that is the central pillar that supports the structure of tyranny that keeps you and me enslaved. Yes massah state and massah corporation are formidable but take away that central, supporting pillar of FEAR and their whole house comes crashing down upon them. It’s just that massah’s still in business because not enough people have faced their ingrained fear down. How do you face down your FEAR? Good question, because the answer’s different with every individual. Some will FEAR having to change their views… okay a lot of people will. Fools of all ages, vocations and colors hold onto their timeworn prejudices like family heirlooms. If you consider your great grandpa’s ball and chain from slavery a priceless heirloom you could make that argument. For what? You really think, white people, that to keep hating blacks is going to lift you out of your home grown third world hellhole called Appalachia? Or save your dying Middle America-murdered by the same pack of blueblooded traitors that run our nation into the ground like it’s a birthright? You really think, black, that every white person’s a Klan member? You KNOW how fucked up America is, the shafting that’s the real deal. You think blame all whiteys is going to lift you out of the home grown third world hellhole called the inner city? Or save your dying dream of making it in Middle Americamurdered by the same pack of blueblooded traitors that run our nation into the ground like it’s a birthright? You really think, latino, that you’re going to pull off this “reconquista” daydream-or at least get even from those greedy enough to exploit you for seven bucks a day(is it lower?) You think-considering you pull off the impossible and make it past all the millions of Americans who will fight you to the bitter end, and make a blood enemy for generations to come-that this “Aztlan” is 52
going to get you Freedom? Prosperity? Consider whose running the campaign; all they want is a empire of their own so they too can exploit you for seven bucks a day. See the hustle of race hatred? It’s perpetrated by the very people you’re taught-programmed-to look up to. They try to frame America in the ideal of race or even to a safe point for them, class. Those are lies-America is a IDEAL of Freedom brought into reality. Freedom is for everyone and while THIS America has truly betrayed Freedom, has done it’s utmost to kill it and get away with it, OUR America will rise again… or could if you’d get over your FEAR. Maybe loss of your most cherished hatreds isn’t your problem… maybe it’s what you think you have: Some will FEAR losing what they perceive as their friends. Americans make “friends” way too easily so they don’t value people, just like they’re trained to not value anything else. What you need to truly fear is not having anything you hold precious, that means something. What in your miserable lives is worth more than living free in a land clean of toxicity, in a society that upholds that Freedom? Some will FEAR losing their jobs, their lifestyle-your lifestyle’s slavery! Wake the hell up and know that the five percent of the fruits of your labors massah corporation kicks to you for all your sweat and tears, government takes half, and your mortgage, car loan and credit cards bills take the rest. All of it benefiting a few thousand way too rich old white men that control the corporations, the government. What is it about being dependent on massah is more attractive than freeing yourselves from their chains and learning how to sustain yourself and work for yourself? A whole lot will FEAR the time and effort it will take liberating yourself-it might mean missing your favorite shows on TV. Thirty seconds into watching that damn thing your mind essentially falls into a sleep-like state… so ask yourself what is it about allowing our enemies to literally PROGRAM you that is worth more than taking time away from TV worship to waging a peaceful revolution? …While we still have a political system we can affect change with? Some will FEAR losing what they reckon as their “freedom”. First off, you know you’re really not Free; otherwise you wouldn’t have read this far! To massah state you’re sure as hell not free to: *marry *drink 53
*work one’s profession *preach *bear arms in defense of one’s self and theirs *drive *conduct business *protest *buy or sell without massah’s tax or license. Certainly not without the blessings of massah’s army of bureaucrats and agents and thugs who exploit that we won’t stand for our rights. Certainly not unite with others being oppressed like cr*ckers or n! ggers or b&aners who’s being crushed by massah when they get uppity. And certainly, everyone will FEAR losing their lives. Know this: your body’s genes will make more mistakes than can be fixed and you’ll wear out, but you, your soul is eternal. Everyone’s going to face death someday and the only cure for that is to have a purpose from God to set things right. Again: OVERCOME YOUR FEAR WITH THE REALIZATION THAT YOU’RE HERE FOR A PURPOSE! And no I’m not talking about that bucktooth douche Joel Osteen’s self indulgent me generation pandering garbage. You people have had enough of being made to feel good. You feel so good it’s killing you; everyone going through bankruptcy now, or are gonna, you think they don’t regret not facing reality before the party ended? Your party will end too. You know this, otherwise like I stated, you wouldn’t have read this far. I’ll spell your purpose out to you: it’s to help reclaim the America we’ve all let go of for the false promises that have made you a debt slave. That have made you forget one of the most important lessons of history… you can’t count on your enemies to respect what’s yours. It takes fire and spilled blood and inflicting unbearable tragedy and death to secure what’s yours. And yes, that’s NOT a lesson taught in the state run publik skools and the megacorporate owned media and cultural outlets. Teaching Freedom doesn’t make for good slaves. Two centuries ago brave men, some of them rich, gave all to gain Freedom. I have some examples here, cribbed from a favorite book of mine, Hologram of Liberty: Signers of the Declaration of Independence… FRANCIS LEWIS had his home burned and his wife tortured by the British for two years. She died shortly after her release. 54
JOHN HART’S home was looted and burned, his ailing wife died and his 13 children scattered. He eluded capture by sleeping in caves. The 1,000 acre estate of LEWIS MORRIS was ransacked and burned. His home was destroyed, his cattle butchered, and his family driven off. RICHARD STOCKTON was imprison and repeatedly beaten at the brink of starvation. His home was destroyed, his papers burned. CARTER BRAXTON saw virtually every merchant ship he owned sunk or captured. He was forced to sell off his land. THOMAS NELSON, JR. led 3,000 Virginia militia against the British. Redcoats took refuge in his own home, so he turned a cannon on it. Doesn’t sound like you or me does it? I’ll tell you the truth: the only difference between them and us is they realized that there are Ideals worth fighting for that are more precious than their own loved ones lives. That to struggle for a Future of their own design is worth more than all the gold, all the land and businesses and ships and goods they could ever hope to acquire. www.hermes-press.com has some more philosophical thoughts about the greater need of humanity has to overcome one’s own intolerable losses. Yes the struggle for Freedom will get this ugly. Order Hologram of Liberty at www.javelinpress.com learn how a pack of bankers and lawyers hijacked the American Revolution-OUR Revolution and turned it into the beast we all struggle with every day. Then order Boston’s Gun Bible. SO, WHAT, AM I ADVOCATING REVOLUTION? Yes-a SMART, hopefully PEACEFUL Revolution but I’m not counting on our enemies to be peaceful. See, elements in government actually WANT a armed uprising of some kind after they’re done using this country up to forge their “new world order”. Collapse the economy when the Americans are no longer needed or wanted as consumers and soldiers. Being without the knowhow to fight properly or even just to survive, millions will starve helpless. Millions more will throw themselves blindly at government forces, guns at their hips blazing away wasting ammo as the TV taught them that gosh, the good guys shot this way and the bullets hit the bad guys why ain’t this work-ugh. 55
Millions more will toady up to their enslavers, now fully unveiled for the beasts they are hoping for another piece of bread to fuel their starving bodies in another day of abject slavery. Yes, millions will die when the financial props holding the corpse of America’s economy are kicked out from under us… with all the factories gone, everyone a debt slave to keep up the appearances of prosperity, our military stretched to a breaking point so it’ll destroy itself destroying the rest of the planet… So that means learning some basic trades, like repair work, metallurgy, agriculture. Google Lindsay’s Technical Books, spend a couple hundred bucks and then find something that matches your temperment. Kurt Saxon also has some good info in his Survivor series-order that at www.survivalplus.com . Also, check out www.survivalblog.com for a lot more articles. As for guns… violence will be unavoidable-it’s the enemy’s plan and sooner or later somebody will snap and wage war on the government. At that point martial law plans will be implemented and that hapless rebel will be used as a domestic Osama Bin Ladin-a straw man to justify the government finally being honest in how much they hate us. All the patriots who think just buying some gun show special SKS, some clips and taking their marksmanship lessons from the TV set are going to be easy pickings for all the over testosteroned psychopathic cops and agents massah state has been psyching up for decades… to take YOU out. More fools tricked into thinking they’re superior for some stupid neo-marxist reason. So if you want to stand a chance, learn how to shoot. Go to www.rwva.org the Revolutionary War Veterans Association. Keep the rhetoric to yourself and concentrate on learning how to shoot. Then hit a gun show to buy unpapered(unregistered to the government) firearms and ammo and TRAIN. SWAT shoots a thousand rounds a week in training-what’s your excuse, Real World Denver on? Make five quality friends that you can depend on with your life. Make them EARN your friendship for a change-hopefully they’ll do likewise. Fast “friends” will become fast enemies when everything is gone. Get a mountain bike and extra chains and innertubes. The fuel will be cut off. Be prepared to abandon your worldly goods and become a nomad to stay Free. Stock up on hand tools, basic 19th and 20th century technical books, basic foodstuffs, seeds. This society’s designed to implode easily so you’ll have to sustain yourselves. Get land near a small town with adequete mix of goods and services well away from the highways and cities. Start growing your own food. 56
Learn a basic trade or three or more. Survival won’t be the best hunter, trapper, or nut gatherer it’ll be the person who can weld, machine, cook, repair, shoot or train others to do likewise. Go for some road trips. Find some abandoned homes half collapsed, or some caves nobody uses. It could be in the country on in some cracked out ‘hood. You might piss off massah and will have to make a run for it. Find a militia unit on the internet and train with them, learn. Do it now while you still can associate relatively freely. GET YOUR FLABBY ASS INTO SHAPE. WEAN YOURSELVES FROM MASSAH CORPORATION’S PROCESSED FOODS, EAT ORGANIC. Massah likes to put all sorts of poisons into us to make us dull and lazy. Eating organic as God intended will clean you out-I speak from personal experience. Learn how your local government works, who runs it, and look for ways to take over. I could go on all day but the Revolution must be a peaceful one if possible. Go to my blog, look up Message to Mr. and Mrs. America, it’s my basic plan to retake our nation peacefully through self reliance and team work in taking over government from the grassroots. But the Revolution must first start in your heart. You must face down your faults, your prejudices, your FEAR before you’re able to stand against the coming storm and be counted as worthy of Freedom. You can’t-you won’t-be able to stand unless you’re truly right with God. Don’t’ roll your eyes I’m not talking about joining a church. In fact I say avoid them. They preach lies and being IRS approved will get down on both knees for massah state. No, your true church is in your heart, your soul. Jesus said the Kingdom of God is within. Ever take the time to just tune everything else out and just feel your heart? Hint: that’s where Our Father lies. Take time, make some silence, or just cruise in your car that’ll work and just listen. Next thing you’ll know, you’ll be changing your diet, you’ll be exercising, stop watching TV. You might even start figuring out your true talents, and what it would take to 57
do what you’re meant to do. You might even stop working so much at massah corporation’s peon jobwhich’ll cut into your shopping budget but you’ll be selling off all that crap you’ve accumulated as a salve. You might even start challenging all those “authority figures” you’ve been trained to think are good in spite of being so rough. You might start thinking “no they’re not overworked they’re just assholes” and fight for your rights. You might start going to websites like www.awrm.org, www.americanminuteman.net and www.rwva.org and start asking for advice on how to properly arm up. You might start hitting all those evil gun shows, start looking for tables with prices with no cents or “private seller” signs. You might start acquiring a couple good firearms like a FAL, HK-91 type, or M-14, a dozen or more magazines, web gear to hold your mags, spare parts and all the cased surplus .308 you can lay your hands on. And a good fighting scope and mount. You might sign up for an Appleseed shoot and learn how to use your new purchase properly out to 500 yards(if not more!) You might actually read the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. You might start going to your local city council meetings, and quickly becoming the local political hacks worst nightmare. You might start raising awareness of othersnot all at once because that didn’t work for you either and the person who tried came off as a babbling kook… but only because you were so ignorant. No, you might start at points the average ignorant FEARFUL ‘murikan can relate to, like how jobs have become America’s number two export(behind weapons and wars)and how illegals are imported to further depress your slave wages. Then you might go into how corporations are run and how the CEO’s and the Boards of Directors are also on other corporations and subsidiaries Boards, revealing how all the corporations really do work in lockstep. www.theyrule.net gives a graphic Flash presentation. You might go further next time you talk with your mark and talk about how those CEO’s are all lawyers and not only that, of old line royal blood, and how their cousins and whatnot also dominate national and state politics like it was their royal birthright. You might go on and state with all that power that they control how these “royals” could NOT POSSIBLY REFUSE TO RIG THE RULES TO THEIR FAVOR. You might start telling your new friend just how fearful he’s become-how fear has been inoculated into his very psyche by the very centrally controlled American culture. How FEAR controls him, rules him. Or her. You might even go so far as to state the only way to get rid of your FEAR is to face it, with COURAGE-and that you’ve found the only source for that in a nation of fearful 58
sheep is by communing in a quiet place directly with God, Our Father. You might make some new friends. Together, you might start training together as one of those (gasp)UNDERGROUND militia units. You might start becoming active in your local town’s politics; getting candidates for all the offices and aldermen. You might run on a platform of radical reduction in taxes and revelation of your town's true finances with the Consolidated Annual Financial Report www.cafr1.com which shows where your tax dollars truly go to make more cash by investing in massah corporation(they and massah state truly are one and the same!) That and ending corruption and firing bully cops. You might win. You might actually keep your election promises and turn your town into a example of Freedom. The People might actually become inspired, make pilgrimages to breathe some Freedom into their starved souls, and inspired replicate what you’ve done in their community. You might be the one who starts a snowball of profound political change-a political revolution of many individuals and parties working together to secure a common goal; the bottom-up transformation of the American political structure to what the common folk of the First American Revolution fought and died for-and had cruelly stolen from them by the ancestors of the bankers and lawyers that have been laying siege to Our America for the past 220 years! You might be able to do all that-but only if you will face your FEAR! Only with God given COURAGE to say NO MORE! and be willing to sacrifice as our forefathers did will you and your children have a chance to live Free. If you’re on the internet here’s a quick test of how willing you are to struggle for your Freedom; go to Edit, click SELECT ALL, then click COPY. Go to all your favorite message boards and whatnot and PASTE this essay, or some other essays that inspire you. Or COPY and PASTE the link from wherever you read this. Or, if this doesn’t quite do the job PLEASE write something that will! I don’t write these essays for myself, but for the hope that people will learn to overcome their FEAR. That everyone will in their own way lead themselves and us all to Freedom. J. Croft MESSAGE TO MR. & MRS. AMERICA J. Croft Hello, how are you doing today Mr. and/or Mrs. America. Are you content, satisfied with your life and all the toys you've hocked the rest 59
of your life's labor for? Does your work at that megacorporation you bust your hump for fulfill your desires? Do you have enough time for your loved ones with all the bills you have to make? Be able to give them the love and attention and guidance we all need? Do you even have energy to spend a few minutes to play catch? Read a book? Share a hard-learned life lesson to them, so they can do better than you? How 'bout a hug? Do you have enough to live on-even so much you don't have to borrow? Can you enjoy a trip somewhere for the weekend-you can get away from that office and your barely human overseer-er, manager, can't you? Do you have anything to set aside for, in case of your car breaking down, or you lost your job? Do you feel at ease with the society you live in? The increasingly difficult struggle to make ends meet, the invasion of illegals, the ever increasingly choking presence of law enforcement, the decreasing availability of quality jobs you can live on? Can you honestly say to yourself that all the advertising, all the programming in the magazines, the papers, the television-that push for you to just consume, consume, consume and for God's sakes don't ask hard questions-that doesn't bother you as you sink ever deeper into debt trying to live up to expectations? Do you go to church? Do you watch those televangelists on TV? Are you at ease with what they preach-restricted as they are by their 501c(3) corporate status that restricts how and what they can talk about if they want to retain their tax-free status? Did you know that under corporate status they are regulated by the Internal Revenue Service as far as political speech, social issues, and anything that may be construed as "anti-government" and get shut down? Reading that, do you think they would tell the truth about what's going on, even in their own ranks? Is it okay to ignore the outright use of religion like a truck stop whore to push for more war, more murder of God's creation-your fellow Human Beings? Do you think your public servants are truly there to protect you? That they'd honor your Constitutional Rights, and never target you for speaking your mind about what's wrong? Do you think your tax burdens at approaching 50%, are fair and just? That all the laws, the YARDS of bookshelves filled with the U.S. Code, that the bureaucrats and lawyers generate are there to preserve our liberties and our way of life? That you can take a politician's election night promises as gospel truth? That they're all altruists, and don't have any ulterior designs for more power? Do you trust the police without question-that those that accuse the cops of abuse of authority and brutality are liars or just wrong? That cops are really there to protect us all, from the poorest to the richest? That when they pounce 60
on you on the roads out nowhere, charging at you at dangerous speeds and making you jump and temporarily lose control of your vehicle, that it's just to look out for you? OF COURSE NOT! You're in danger-you, I, and every other American-of losing it all. Already being content and satisfied with our lives and our society has become a dim memory, a fleeting wish. Nostalgia. We can't possibly be content when we have to work much harder for much longer hours, for much less to live on. Our jobs, our labors only satisfy and enrich the mega rich we work for. We work for others, and most of the fruits of our labors go to others-if not the mega rich who own/control the megacorporations then the government, in all it's manifestations and taxes. For us, a small pittance; enough for us to make that monthly payment on that debt millstone called a mortgage. Auto loans, credit cards-that we're programmed as "consumers" to enter into like lemmings, like idiots when we see something advertised on the TV-that electronic narcotic. It is a narcotic because watching the boob tube for more than a few seconds stimulates your right brain into producing pleasure hormones, even if you're watching a crap ass reality tv show. Yes we've been made into idiots, admit it. Our education system is not made to educate, it indoctrinates with just enough educating for us to read the big lettered offers on loans and credit. Just enough education to ignore the fact that that offer comes with terms of payment on the fine print that'd make a loan shark envious. Just enough education for us to not question where exactly we got that impulse to buy that bigger TV, or that bigger SUV half of us can't seem to handle on the road. (hint, the idea probably came from that TV you want to replace with a plasma screen) Critical thinking, an awareness of our history, a basic sense of right and wrong-what's that to you as you heed the battle cry: "Let's go to the mall!" So, we're consuming idiots for what little compensation we're allotted for our labors. And the sorry excuse for the money we use seems to have less and less purchasing power year after year. Yet we work ourselves all the harder to keep up the programmed expectations of having that bigger plywood and sheet rock home, the cars, and all the other junk sold to us by our American Idol, the TV. Television's the source of our programmed desires, our beliefs as modern day Americans. And that TV's content is created by a interlocking network of basically a handful of megacorporations-owned by a few rich old white men. The gatekeepers that somehow sing the same tired tune on up to 150 channels. Same WAY too rich old white men who benefit from the status quo as the government… the status quo that's killing you. Rigging the economies of the world so you're forced to work yourself to death(if they haven't sent that work to Mexico, China, or India). Work so much you wind up alienating your spouse, 61
your children, making them dependent on the TV set for the attention you're denying them. That's the slow death; there's also the quicker, more painful death that we're increasingly at risk from, thanks to generations of traitors that we've allowed to run this great nation of ours. Traitors are everywhere folks! Traitors who know that when you put tax and regulatory barriers to entrepeneurs, when you ship good, even decent wage paying jobs overseas you force people out on the street when they can't make their mortgage or rent because they have to eat. Or when you steal their legal livelihoods you create criminals. These traitors are everywhere you find power, and it's all because we've ALLOWED ourselves to be put to sleep by the TV and that chimera pushed as the American Dream and all it's petty trinkets that has only pushed us into chains of debt slavery to their banks! So who are these traitors? How are they so powerful that they can manipulate generations of people like this? As far as I've been able to determine by study, "they" are a group of interbred-inbred really-megarich, violent sociopathic bluebloods who literally think they own the world and that their actions to literally dismantle America and the World, are just consolidating their power. You may have read or heard rumors about their names: Rockefeller, Rothschild, Bush. You'll occasionally hear about their organizations like the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, Bilderbergers, Skull and Bones. I'm sorry to say the rumors are true, and they're the rich old white men who's lackeys acting as the cultural and media gatekeepers made the title "conspiracy theorist" a slur even worse than "enviromentalist wacko", "right wing extremist" or "n*gger". Sounds crazy to you? Want to stop reading? Want to label these words as the products of one of those conspiracy types: the kind who run around in cammies, toting gun show special tec-9's, picking their nose, oogling their kinfolk, and claiming microchips are implanted up their ass? Ever ask yourself where that automatic impulse to make those snap judgements, to think those thoughts without any consideration of their truth came from? The culture. More specifically that TV you spend hours in front of. And, thanks to that electronic narcotic you paid hundreds for at a nice interest, and forty bucks a month for the cable, you're conditioned so that when someone presented by "them" is labeled a "conspiracy theorist", you immediately discount anything he or she has to say, no matter how true. 62
The greatest trick the Devil ever played was to convince people that he doesn't exist. "They" have done the same thing; owning all the levers of human power, they get their dupes to get their dupes, dupes to implant in the media they directly control that conspiracies are for kooks, not kids or anyone else. Someone brings up valid critiques of how the Warren Commission report was pure crap? Have Peter Jennings host a crap ABC News Special using patently erroneous data, or the Mythbuster dorks go by that erroneous data and staged a patently botched and biased test. Government story on 9/11seem like lies? (and they really are lies)All the media you're likely to take in outside of the internet will paint the same brief story; we "weren't prepared somehow" the greatest military power in history: then show the World Trade Center go down, and then cut in with some video of our troops on some wild goose chase in the middle east. More people question it? Have your stooge who controls Popular Mechanics do a purge of his writing and editorial staff and do a state approved whitewash. Here's a example that you'll have to relate to: ever wonder where all the jobs went? You'd think there wasn't a problem at all except you not consuming more by watching the teleprompter readers at CNBC having a heart attack about America having a "service economy"(financial traitors like them and their masters getting rich hustling their share to your dumb ass at peak prices). Meanwhile, you want any pictures of what their treasonous service economy has done to deindustrialize America: if you're too cowardly to roll through Detroit, LA, Buffalo, Flint, NYC, or Pittsburgh, try hitting the temp services, or catch a Feed the Children special at 1am. But hey; the TV's never lied to me! There are conspiracies folks. And America's got the greatest tangle of them controlling our very perceptions of reality. "They" really are in control; the puppetmasters, the hidden hands of history, they've used as many front organizations and bad guys(and "good guys") as required to: 1)Keep Human Civilization repressed and ignorant, and dependent on their institutions, their resources and technologies. Why else would we be stuck with 20mpg SUV's after a hundred years? Explain the crappy space shuttle that takes a minor miracle to complete a mission? Explain Microsoft? 2)Occasionally cull this "herd" with wars pitting their front men against each other-using us all as their cannon fodder. It's a hidden history. A good primer can be found going through the articles at Rense.com. Also, go to silver-investor.com and look up their archives; 63
specifically the articles by Charles Savoie about the Pilgrim Society. Also infowars.com and rumormillnews.com are good background sources on "they". They're the "they"-and "they" have been sucessful in hiding their agenda for generations. As you'll find out, "they" have long ago infiltrated universitieswhere our educators, our lawyers, our sucessful businessmen, our politicians, our military commanders, our bureaucrats, our media gatekeepers go through. They go through college and from day one are comprehensively and systematically brainwashed in a ideology that turns high school kids into unthinking elitist puppets. Puppets who've been twisted into pushing whatever part of the Agenda they've been trained for. Slaves. …Yet, these puppets, these robots, these slaves, they either have no ideal what they're helping to push or they've become so twisted by the traitors, they're now traitors themselves. Our Educators-most of them so far up Karl Marx's ass they couldn't be surgically separated. They push a vague form of American brand socialism that's created the colossus of government choking us like kudzu. They're trained to churn out all the unknowing and knowing socialists that comprise all the other classes of college graduates, who take socialism as American as apple pie. …And almost none know of the treasonous programming they indoctrinate us with. Our Lawyers-who also become our judges and politicians. They're also trained in this anti-American socialism and push for more laws, more regulations drafted by their "comrades" and enforce these tyrannies on us all. And charge us hundreds of dollars a hour to be represented by them in their courts. Where they steal more of our hard earned money with judgements of fines and confiscation and jail time. …And almost all are aware that "they" want it to be like this, and if they want the power and the petty comforts being their tools allots them, they will continue to oppress their fellow man with this insidious form of slavery. Our Businessmen-churned out by business schools, they manage the massah's megacorporations that market us to death with their shoddy products that don't last or become obsolete, and poison our air, land and waters in the process. Poison us as well. These megacorporations have taken over everything, and driven private entrepeneurs, family farms, and flag waving American companies out of business or overseas. They're interlocked so in essence they're one vast incorporation-that's owned in part by the Federal Government when their stocks collapse and the government goes in and buys the stocks to keep Wall Street going! A many-faced monopoly that mutually owns each of it's components, a devious form of communism but with a Armani 64
suit. These corporate suits, these traitors think nothing of cozying up to a tyrannical federal government, and advancing the beast's agendas. Just thinktheir labors help steer the slave galley all of us are cooped up in as we're pushed to row faster and faster for less bread and water. …And all have long ago sold out to the beast so they can have that wannabe mansion in that gated community. Our Military and Police-deserving to be lumped together because they've become one Habeus Corpus violating entity. Our armies "peacekeep" and enforce government will like cops, and our cops are suiting up like punk ass ninjas with military ordnance and armored vehicles, like they were the a-team. Strutting around on a power trip many of these people are nothing but puppets, many of whom who have no ideal what freedom is and how precious it is, go about enforcing the massah's many, many enslaving edicts as if on a mission from God. Open season on average citizens to harass and intimidate? Taser little kids repeatedly and cuff em' up? Knock around some(fill in preferred slur)? Ambush folks after the bar even though they're driving safely? Expose decent citizens to the homosexual rape palaces known as our prisons for exercising their Constitutional recognized Rights to Free Speech, Assemble, Petition for Redress of Grivences, and Bearing Arms for our God-Given Right of Self-Protection? No problem, just another day taking out the trash. Many of them would literally wear a swastika armband as long as they get to carry that badge and gun and mess with ordinary folks all day. …And one day, a few of these traitors in black will have their jackboot on your throat, or pump fifty thousand volts of electricity into your kids or your grandmother. Maybe they'll just pump 'em full of lead. Our Bureaucrats-a lot of them think they're serving "the public" but to a bureaucrat(or a cop)it's a nebulous term that envelops the People, yet at the same time doesn't include us as Individuals. Really, it's more of a synonym with the State, which has in America grown into the greatest socialistic tumor in history. Global in reach now, it's self-imposed borders of authority entrench themselves deeper and deeper into American life like kudzu. Kudzu's a plant that was imported from Japan into the South that not only grows at a prodigious rate, choking all around it, it's roots can extend down to a hundred feet-bogarting nutrients and sunlight from all around it. That's the American government. …And our "public servants" serve this cancer in order to have a secure job, a bit of that "good life" falsely promised to all of us if we just "went along". All at the fifty percent tax burden you're forced to shoulder, and the unending regulation of what's supposed to be a "free society". Our Media-some of the most obnoxious socialists outside of a university 65
political science department work to shape our culture, our views, what we buy, wear, drive, live in, think and say. They have vast power and have a effective monopoly thanks to the megacorporations that own it. These house slaves preach the supremacy of the state, the chimera known as the American Dream that enslaves all that aspire for it in debt in a vain attempt to attain it. And it's not like the trash they sell us is worth watching or reading or wearingthere's literally all sorts of programming that keeps us asleep. Asleep to all the traitors running around, destroying this great nation of ours. It also subconsciously lowers our expectations of ourselves and others as our media's insidious mediocrity is pushed as virtues, and it's hurt us so badly. Few anymore even think about excelling, because a People who think about excellence also tend to think about things like Freedom and Prosperity. No. "They" can't have that so part of the literal programming of our TV softened minds is the lifting up of being mediocre. Just do your job good enough to keep it. Play on the weekend. Obey the laws without so much as a thought of protesting their justness in a supposedly free society. …And they all know the real scandals, the buried bodies, the missing, the abuses of power. And also they also know it's suicidal to try and expose the corruption we've all let metasize in this country. …And yes-there are good folks still, in all of these controlled institutions, but they're in the minority-pining away just like you for a hero to save the day. There isn't a organization existing now that'll do that. The Republican Party machine has been taken over by a pack of people either planning armageddon so they can get to heaven or want to profit off the manufacturing of war materials. The Democrats would do the same thing, only under a United Nations government that would make ours, as bad as it is, look like a paragon of small governance. There isn't a person in power that'll do that now. Remember JFK? He started making noise about pulling out of Vietnam, détente with the Soviet Union, and dismantling the Federal Reserve-and he got blasted in broad daylight. He sure as hell ain't riding back from his grave on a white horse, and neither is anyone else gonna jump on that pony ride, or in a red striped black van that's gonna save the day for you. Mr T ain't gonna bitchslap some sense into the cops before they taser the next toddler acting out because she hates that crappy day care center she's stuck in by her overworked parents. Face Man isn't gonna run for Congress and win, and singlehandedly push laws through to dismantle all the agencies and their agents that choke Americans and their efforts. Hannibal Smith isn't going to your kid's university and chase all the idiot marxist professors out by firing his assault rifle at their feet. And Howling Mad Murdoch sure as hell isn't going to steal a Army gunship and use all those traitorous CEOs, bankers and politicians rolling in their limos for target practice. 66
It's going to be up to us. You. We are going to have to be our own heros. We are the ones ultimately who are responsible for our society by our actions and inactions, definitely, and so it's up to us to clean it up. "WELL, WHAT THE HELL CAN I DO?" I know your frustration. Struggling against a entire society going "wheee" as it's flushed down the toilet is a daunting challenge, and from what you've been taught in those public schools and the TV you've gotten "their" message that the only thing to do is to go with the flow. Those are lies. It's also a lie there isn't a thing you can do about it. There's EVERYTHING you can do, you've never been shown a concrete plan of resistance and victory. Read on, if you truly desire Freedom. What you can do as an Individual Before an athlete can compete in a game he must be in his best possible shape. To win the war for our freedom, you too must be in the best possible shapephysically, mentally, financially, and spiritually. You must clean up your own house before you can clean up your neighborhood, so to do that you must clean yourself. A house, a person is only as good as the foundation, and that foundation isn't in your material wealth, your health, or the soundness of your mind. Your foundation is your soul, for without righteousness, without truth or love, nothing else you'll do will be certain. So let's start with: God-in spite of what your pastor might've told you, or Pat Robertson, God expects us to do battle against evil wherever we see it, especially in ourselves. Love God and others like you do yourself-it's because we as Americans have been conditioned into thinking strictly about ourselves, being selfish, and that taking responsibility sucks that we're losing our nation. Love God, because He loves you enough to have let you come into this world as a free agent, a Human Being in a society of relative affluence-as corrupted as it is. So,why did He make you as a American in 2005, and not a Brit or Russian or Somalian or Iraqi? It sure as hell wasn't to await some "rapture" and let our traitors destroy our planet and civilization. It sure as hell wasn't to damn 5 billion, seven hundred million people to death so YOU can have some imagined get-out-of-the-apocalypse-free card. It sure as hell wasn't to pursue that masterstroke of marketing called the "American Dream" of shoddy, imported megacorporate junk. No! We're here as Americans at the dawn of the 21st Century because God puts us here for a purpose-to fight to get back the Nation and Freedoms our 67
ancestors fought for. To be equal under the law, free to do as one will without harming others, with no corporate tools poisoning the enviroment, hypnotizing us with their ceaseless advertisements, or having their lackeys push us into prearranged wars of conquest. Taking back control over America's direction, stop fighting bogus wars, and avert a global Holocaust that's slated to kill off most of the human race. A holocaust "they" have been laying the groundwork for at least the past century if what I've studied about them is accurate. How else could the elites turn around and progressively strip America of it's economic strength and spread our forces out over the entire globe like a more insidious form of imperialism. Almost all the nations of Earth have our troops stationed there. And yet our borders are wide open. We have the greatest debt levels in history. China was sold our nuclear weapons and high tech secrets by Clinton and Bush, who took their money and invested in corporations who literally strip America of it's industrial strength and ship it over to them. So have all of the super rich living today. Reading that, "their" game plan's obvious; one more ruinous global warbetween America and China. This time, America will not be victorious; we have been used and abused and we shall be tossed to the side-violently. China will probably still stand, but all the nations of Earth will be so ravaged by this coming conflict, we'll all be ready to accept anyone's proposal to fix things. And "they" have such a plan; you might have heard of it whispered, it's called the "new world order". Which is nothing more than "them" controlling everything and everyone through a choking high tech bureaucracy. America will be broken up into a bunch of dependent states-resource colonies where the remaining assets, the land, the trees, the minerals in the ground, our homesour very lives will be used as collateral to pay back the debts our leaders took out as we all slept. "They" have made a fatal mistake though. Fatal to them. It may have been "their" true plans for America to use this nation to build a "new world order", but in their hubris they unleashed ideals dangerous, lethal to them; the expectations of Freedom and Prosperity. Because never before in human history have there been such a codification of the Rights of Man as in the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights. Freedom of Religion, Speech, Assembly, Bearing Arms, Secure in your Home and Property, protections against self-incrimination, a speedy trial, bans on cruel and unusual punishments, and strict boundaries on government authority with the advantage going to the People. Those ideals of Freedom come from God ultimately; why else would God make us individuals, with free will? For those "founding fathers" however, who were 68
attributed with their origin, they owned and traded slaves. Washington, Jefferson, Franklin-all had plantations and never freed their "property" while they were alive. They were the elite-part of the "they" back in those days who sought a "new atlantis", a mercantile empire. So, why the First Revolution? The obvious answer, knowing history, is to provide the British elite with a eventual enforcer state to spread and enforce their own fortunes through their corporations, especially after "they" got done exhausting Great Britain proper and make it a dependent state. They needed a excuse, to get the People to go along with no longer being British subjects, but Citizens of a independent America. So, in a conspiracy with elites in the British Homeland they staged a war that constantly saw the British Army lose in European style warfare-just enough for the third rate regular Colonial Army to survive and fight another day. For cannon fodder "they" sought to recruit the common folks for their War of Independence. Same common folks that they were constantly putting a squeeze to in Colonial America by sewing up the legislatures and the laws, and rigging the economics to benefit themselves-and keep everyone else dependent on them. For these Colonial rich to get them to fight "they" had to inflict what's known as the dialectic on them. The British Crown raises taxes and imposes regulations on economics and travel beyond the Appalachian mountains on people wanting a new life and opportunity, which frustrates some into open revolt. Most just wanted the Empire to be reasonable but they were unknowingly being herded into rebellion. A few "radicals" in league with "they" take the rebellion to the next level. They in effect launched a civil war and wrapped the whole cynical thing under the banner of Liberty. "They" played a most dangerous game; unleashing those ideals to people armed, to raise their expectations-to go from subjects to a king to being virtually kings of themselves and the government the subject. "They" got their American Revolution alright. It also took decades of fighting off a number of rebellions after the war, against "their" foreclosing farms for debts, their taxes on whiskey(which launched the federal agency ultimately known as the ATF) and the imposition of the 1787 Constitution and Bill of Rights to put a leash on what they unleashed from Pandora's Box. Pandora's Box is still open, however. No matter what their descendants have done in using America as a tool for world domination, no matter how they've used America as a whore for their designs, the concepts they've unleashed can and will never be unlearned. And now, in 2005, it is up to you Mr. and Mrs. America, to finish the American Revolution. Finish fighting these all too rich elitists for our world. That's why God's put you here, now. Not to have that job you prostitute yourselves for, and yet not even see a tenth of the fruit of your labors for. Not to have that mortaged-for-life five bedroom "mansion". Not to have that SUV 69
you can barely drive, or afford to gas. Not those 18%APR VISA cards you use to get that garage full of crap you probably used maybe twice. Certainly not to have obnoxiously authoritarian bureaucrats running around imposing yards worth of books filled with regulations on every conceivable aspect of life so that the People are mired in red tape. Or worse, stage murderous raids on those seeking to be outside of their tyranny-tyranny they desecrate the American flag with by wrapping their foul deeds in it. You're here to forge a better world for you and your children. You're here to do that by doing what's necessary to liberate America from the chains of the "soft" slavery that bind us mind body and soul. Starving the corporate made consumer culture of the demand for it's junk. Breaking the back of the government and it's lackey corporations by denying it dollars in the form of taxes from what you spend and what you report. In doing so stopping it in it's tracks from installing a permanent police state here, and smashing third world nations over false pretenses. Fight, you must instead of fretting over what game to watch or what you're gonna grill up for the weekend. But to do that you must be ready for the fight, and the very first thing you've got to do is get right with God. First, make some time to be alone, and with absolutely nothing going on but your thoughts. No music, TV, or interruptions. Let all the stresses and worries of your life slip away. Let your thoughts slip away until the only thing you feel is your heart. Your heart does more than pump blood. It feels, and those pangs of consciousness, that voice that's told you to do the right thing-that's God talking to you. So pay attention to your heart and listen to what God has to say to you. Direct, and not what some pastor or that scam artist Benny Hinn says God says.(I'd like to see that blow dried creep follow Jesus' teaching and sell all he has, give the proceeds to the poor, and quit with that ridiculous doo) God's gonna surprise you, I'll warn you right now. Somehow you came across this message, and somehow something inside you got you to read this message. Guess what? That's God, and the good news is you listened so you're already on the path. You got to keep going though, because you're already in a war declared against you by the rulers of this sorry world. You're already in the war, and further acquiescence, further submission to their evil is not only futile, it should be insulting, shameful, degrading-beneath you! Dying? This body dies, as does everyone's, but after that we're all in God's hands, and what we-you do now and for the rest of your life in this world WILL matter. WHAT DO WE DO? 70
We do what God would have us do. Reading the Bible, you'll find different books and authors contradict each other a lot-a lot saying you should "obey your masters and government" and whatnot. Consider who wrote what, because if for nothing else it was men that put together the bible. Mostly the type that are Roman Emperors, bloodthirsty conquerors looking to legitimize their crimes, and false prophets who claim God sent them but turn around and contradict everything. So you have to consider what most likely came from God and Jesus and go from there, weighing the author and his words against God. The closest that is would be the Gospels at the beginning of the New Testament, although Christ didn't write those. This is Christianity we're talking about, so assuming that the four gospels containing Jesus Christ's words are accurate you weigh the rest of the Bible on that. So what does Jesus say we should do? We heal the sick, help the homeless find a home, free the prisoners(and we're all prisoners on our own planet by the way-think we Americans have it bad?), expand the frontiers of Freedom, fight evil and prevail wherever we find it and crush the demons literally and figuratively. Jesus DID all of that-and got executed for it! But first we must be right. It's not important to God that you have a lot of junkin fact, a childish need for the trinkets the megacorporations push on us gets in the way of the essentials of life. It IS important to God if you do right. So if you're not to be trusted with secrets because you're a gossip, quit trash talking about your neighbors who don't deserve it. If you borrow things and never return them, that's stealing. If you don't spend time with your kids because Survivor or American Idiot is on, well what's more important? God wants us to love ourselves and love our people as ourselves. He also wants our love as well, but religion, in service to "they", always wind up painting God as a celestial crackhead frothing at the mouth for our suffering-when they're not asking you to tithe. That's actually the devil's propaganda, a subliminal message that makes God repellant to folks. What you get for a religion that's been in the hands of evil men for two millennia. No. God wants our love because God is love. And if you love, you'll express that love as action. You'll defend yourself and yours; your family, your home, your neighborhood, your town, your country and your culture. Only people who have God are capable of this; those in positions of power certainly don't have God in their hearts-why else would they attack us and destroy our lives as they do? God wants you-needs you to do your part because you're already in a war for yourself and your world. So you might as well join the battle. 71
The point is, if your heart ain't right you won't have the inner strength to withstand what's coming, let alone resist it. You'll collapse, give up, take the "easy" way out, betray your friends when things get tough. Being a traitor; that's not something I'd want to carry around for eternity. Next: learn what's really going on. You sure as hell won't learn it by watching CNN or Fox. The internet's the way to go, as it's the last bastion of independent voices that have a wide reach. Go to Rense.com as it's a warehouse of information… how much of it's valid well, that's for you yourself to determine. Take personal responsibility for what you believe in. Some other good sights are DailyReckoning.com, Gold-Eagle.com, for straight talk about the economy. Another website I would recommend you think about is RumorMillNews.com. Start getting alternative views-a lot of them are right. You find out what's going on, and while you're not on the internet: get the hell out of debt and that slave wage job you're working like a chump. Most of the fruits of your labors either your employer keeps or the government taxes away-and then like a genius you turn around and spend what's left on crap you'll have to replace because it's engineered to break down or otherwise become obsolete. Now, you must take steps to prepare yourself financially; you can't get political freedom if you're still dependent on the same economics that has you like a mouse in a wheel for our enemies. Stop buying crap you don't need! What you got should be fine. In fact you probably got extra-sell it! Then, take that money and start paying off those credit cards. At 18%, it makes me wish I owned a bank. You'll immediately notice you have more money in your wallet. Sell that SUV, and get a somewhat older decent car that you can pay for up front: kiss that 300 a month loan payment goodbye! You can barely handle driving that monstrosity anyway. There are auctions in the paper all the time, giving you a even bigger savings. Having 300 bucks more a month not tied up in debt payments gives you more options-like liberating yourself from debt. Scale down your domicile; sell that huge house and that huge mortgage payment for a smaller home that you can own free and clear. Having at least a grand a month of cash to do as one needs is liberating. The end result? You are debt free, with no obligations other than your taxes and to feed and clothe you and yours. You're no longer stretched to the limit trying to juggle bills. You, with a purpose and free time and money can now take the next step; finding your purpose. Economically freeing yourself, now you can ask this question: what's your purpose? Well, what is it in your heart that you want to do? Not what career's 72
being promoted to get you to get training for. What is it that you've wanted to do when you were/are a young adult? Do it! In doing it, and talking to God about it in your heart, you should be able to discover what it is about it that will serve others. In effect, what you like doing and how you're meant to do will in some way that help others. The larger permutations and consequences you should leave up to God to worry about; like I said, we're in a war and He's trying to set us free, not annihilate us, so we have to have faith. So you find your purpose(s) and in doing that with a debt free lifestyle you should be able to make a living on it. You will have effectively a small businessyou'll get to keep all the fruits of your labors… …wait, I gotta talk about taxes. Having in effect a small business, you're required by the state to register as a "corporation", report sales tax, and all the regulations bureaucrats love to lash onto you to be permitted to operate. Reclaim your freedom; stay small, stay hidden, deal strictly in cash or barter items or work. The state and it's bureaucrats have long ago proven they don't deserve our tax dollars by the way they've ruined living in America. Deny them the fruits of your labors, keep it underground and black market. Starve them of money. Furthermore, those dollars in your pocket, on your checks and in your accounts-they're not really dollars at all; they're debt notes. IOU's denominated in dollars by a private banking cartel that loans these insturments to the government at interest. Our money is supposed to be gold and silver as mandated by the Constitution, but until a economic crash occurs and the dollar's printed into toilet paper this is but trivia. But what isn't trivial is how we're all addicted into judging almost everything by dollar worth. And it's through using these dollars that the state taxes and fines us to death. No matter what we buy, there are taxes tied to it. So in your dealings cut down on the usage of their funny money. Don't consume. Trade, borrow, lend, barter among others who want to be free. Anything's preferable to feeding the beast. Next step to take to make yourself ready for the fight; life insurance. Not some policy from a insurance firm, but preparations you take as being responsible for yourself and yours. What are you preparing for? The shutdown of America and it's way of life as a engine for consumption and debt based economics. As you've discovered by your cutting back we Americans have been trained to be the most hoggishly wasteful society in history. This was not by accident. With 73
our consumption comes cashflow for the megacorporations that set this system up after WW2, so the logical outcome is the extreme wastefulness that goes on today. We're trained to get the shiniest new junk they pump out, even at the expense of a lifetime of debt slavery. We're dependent on being wasteful. This wastefulness makes America extremely vulnerable; just cut off the flow of oil and the flow of goods and services comes to a halt, and with most of us living in urban sprawl with few outlets of basic goods within walking distancethink of the August 2003 blackout, and picture it going on. And on. And on. And on for weeks, months, probably years. People will run out of food within a couple of weeks. Crime will skyrocket before that, and when that last dusty can of green beans is consumed cold desperation and panic will set in. And the blood will flow. Blood will flowprobably from you if you're unprepared-when that low income neighborhood next to yours starts running out of food. That's just one scary scenario, and it's not even close to being the worst case. Nuclear attack, a restaging of a 9/11 style operation, mass terror strikes using stolen briefcase nukes, North Korea lobbing ballistic missiles at our cities. A civil rights crisis involving abuse of illegal immigrants galvanizing the estimated 20 million illegals in America into reacting violently. Then there's what the government will do when they drop the hammer on our Constitution and Bill of Rights and institute Martial Law; think those ninja suited madmen will stop at incinerating a few backwoods churches and cabins? You've read this far so here are some things you can and must do to protect yourselves physically: Look at a map of the United States of America. You'll see all the major cities, the clusters of suburban towns that cluster around them like grapes, and the interstates that connect the urban areas like vines. Now, look at the clear areas(not in the southwest, that's desert!) You'll find some areas pretty far from the urban areas and interstates that have towns-move there, or have a second home or relations, or even a trailer on a patch of cheap land. Those towns, those rural areas will become the new redoubts of Freedom in America, because "they" have their power in the major urban areas and military bases. Seek towns that could survive a breakdown of the economy. Plus, they're cheap to live in. 74
Have some spare fuel for your car-rotate it out every six months because gasoline's formulated to break down. Get some 55 gallon barrels, some 5 gallon jerry cans and a hand pump to have as a emergency reserve. Take the jerry cans to the gas station and fill them up each time you gas your car, then fill your barrels. Have your barrels in a separate shed, like a tool shed, and when they're full, draw fuel from them to gas your car up and replenish as needed. It's not to take advantage of price spikes, it's to have a emergency reserve. Get a generator. A gasoline generator would be more compatable with your fuel storage but lower powered. Diesel generators are more powerful and has the advantage of there being a recipe for brewing a biofuel out of vegetable oil to fuel it.(THIS CAN ALSO BE USED IN AUTOMOBILES WITH DIESEL ENGINES). Any generator however can power tools, a computer for internet access, refrigerators-it's better having electricity than not having it of course. Have what they used to call a pantry. Buy extra food you'll eat, and rotate that out like I described with the gas storage. Buying in bulk saves cash in the long run anyway. And what's even better is growing your own food naturally; having your own food supply and a few items to trade will keep your food costs low. To learn a LOT more, get the following magazines and their back issues. The old MOTHER EARTH NEWS, up to about issue 80. These you'll have to look for at garage sales and flea markets. LINDSAY TECHNICAL BOOKS CATALOG. Everything you need to know about to restart a industrial civilization after the apocalypse, they have it-but don't wait until after the hammers dropped on us to get at least a basic battery of books. BACKWOODSMAN. Small publication, but has a lot about basic living and old frontier knowledge. Having back issues makes a good start to a survival library. BACKWOODS HOME MAGAZINE. Like the Backwoodsman, but they have all their back issues on CD's to view on your computer. Learn how to use a weapon-preferably a rifle, because life in America can become very basic, very easily and at best the desperate and the criminal are going to do what they got to. Worse, is a out of control state being unleashed in a martial law(no law but what's dictated at the end of a muzzle) scenario. They can shoot kids in the back, burn and poison whole families alive, so they'll have no problem capping your middle class self. So if you want to keep what's yours, learn to use a rifle in a combat situation. Quick firearems overview Pistols you carry on you when someone brings a fight to you-they allow you to 75
fight your way to your rifle, which is much more accurate and powerful. You always have your pistol on you, or beside you within reach. Automatics are preferable over revolvers. You can always go to a gun show and find a Glock, or 1911 type. Also common are Browning Hi-Powers, Sig Sauers, and Smith & Wessons(last resort). Stick with 9mm, .40, and .45 auto calibers as they're cheap and common. Have extra magazines and ammo and practice shooting live ammo and dry fire/reloading. Shotguns are good in a limited sense. Home defense and a car gun in a combat situation in moving vehicles, a spray of buckshot allows a greater margin for error. Riot type shotguns with the magazine going the full length of the barrel are preferable. Fit the weapon with rifle sights. Rifles are the PREFERRED weapon to have in a gunfight. And the preferred type of rifle to have is one made to fight with in the first place. That means assault rifles that traitors in government have nightmares about. If you have the money, and being middle to upper class you should have the money, get a M14. It's accurate, has a nice trigger pull, and shoots the hard hitting 7.62mm NATO round. It's also gonna cost you about 2,000 bucks to properly provide for it with extra magazines, ammo, and spare parts. It and it's ancestor, the 30-06 WW2 M-1 Garand are used in the Civilian Marksmanship Program. This course will teach you how to shoot and hit out to 1,000 yards(and how it's survived over the years is something of a miracle). Sign up and learn how to use a rifle in combat. Second choice is the FN-FAL-it has a pistol grip, but it's sights and trigger are crappier. The HK-91 is the most reliable rifle of all, but has even crappier sights and trigger, is the most expensive, and it'll kick like a elephant gun. Stay away from the "clones" cobbled together from parts kits, unless you want to learn gunsmithing to get them running properly. If you're broke or just cheap, war surplus bolt actions like the Enfield and the Mauser are cheap and ammo's currently plentiful-but look for .308 versions of these guns. You can buy several and have them to arm friends and others who tag along in a pinch. Where to get these weapons? First, look around for any gun shows; you can buy privately without filling out federal forms that register you and your gun with the government. You'll get the widest variety of weapon and ammo selection at these weekend shows, plus good advice from folks who know what they're talking about. If no shows are around you, or you're in need of a gun quick, you can look through the classifieds. Someone's always got something for sale, though it probably won't be what you're looking for. 76
A third option is to cruise garage sales and flea markets, but that's a crapshoot and your odds of getting ripped off if you don't know what you're doing go way the hell up. Gun shops? Nice for buying ammo and getting your gun serviced, and they're the most reputable, but you'll have to sign that form and get registered with the government and have a background check. And why go through that if government's the problem in this country? You're only free with a gun when the government doesn't know you have one. Having a gun is a great responsibility-it's your responsibility to never point the muzzle of your weapon at something you don't want to destroy. It's also your responsibility to become proficient in it's use. That means practicing marksmanship. Find someone who knows how to show you the basics. Also, get a bb gun and "plink" at targets in your backyard or hallway. It would also help if you took up paintball, which will teach you what combat's like. If you're able, sign up for one of the premium firearms academies like Gunsite, or Thunder Ranch. Here are some resources for you to continue your quest for personal protection: PALADIN PRESS-they have a large selection of books on firearms and how to use them-among other no-no topics like bomb making and guerilla warfare. REVOLUTIONARY WAR VETERANS ORGANIZATION rwva.org This is a website run by "Fred" who's trying to promote old school rifle marksmanship; being able to shoot and hit with a service rifle out to 500 yards. The principals can be taught at 25 yards with a backstop. SNIPER COUNTRY.COM-this is a knowledge base for those hungry enough to want to learn to shoot out to a thousand yards or more. SUBGUNS.COM-another longtime message board. It's like being in a online version of one of those old gunshops. They'll answer any question about guns or government you got. Now, with you out of debt, having stopped being a slave of frivilous consumption and overtaxation, and possessing the basic means of selfsufficiency and personal defense, it's time and your responsibility to become personally responsible for others. Now you're ready to join the fight for our freedom. YOUR FIRST MISSION: WAKE UP OTHERS! Share with them what you've discovered and have gained. Get copies of the 77
text, files and video that made you aware of the truth and share them. Just keep in mind the slow learning curve that you went through, being at one time as conditioned as they are. Patience, tact, and a minor miracle are needed to get through to the standard right or left wing American. Patience as in not giving up, ever, to educate. Tact as in not making them as the enemy-they're the ones who engineered our entire culture and society into it's current sorry landscape. You don't win over white collar types by getting in their faces with black crusted bare feet, bell bottoms, a hemp shirt and a week without a bath. Likewise, you don't win over the millions of "lower class" Americans at the local bar watching nascar by trying to engage them in a analysis of the government backed manipulation of the precious metals markets. You have to get people to relate to you so they will listen-that's just how Americans are trained. Find out who they are. Find out what their buttons are. Corrupt, traitorous bosses, dirty "brother cops", dirtbags making their neighborhood a hellhole, their jobs getting sent overseas-there's enough illuminati generated miserey to go around for everyone. You'll find some topic that's got them by the balls… …and then, the miracle is up to God-does this person have a open enough heart, enough love so that God can get this guy to listen to you? Have faith; God works in ways the devil and his legions cannot comprehend. He's got a million plans for victory for every one they labor to put together, but what He needs is your actions to get through to others. Osmosis only works with bacteria folks; we want Freedom, we're gonna have to fight side by side with God Almighty to do it, not watch the spectacle from our living rooms on CNN. It's gonna be slow going; we Americans are a closed minded lot, and it takes a lot for us to not trust our lifetime friend the television. But if you keep at it, and even the failures will give you lessons on how to reach others better, our numbers will increase. You might even make a few new friends. And getting more people in the fight is vital, because with many, a lot more can be accomplished! INDIVIDUALS START REVOLUTIONS-GROUPS FINISH THEM With others with you, even in your neighborhood you can enhance your own personal defense-you extend the zone you're capable of securing from outside threats by protecting each other like you were protecting yourselves. That's the attitude you have to have with all group efforts. Doing things as a freedom loving group has definite economic advantages-ever heard of group buys? Pooling together cash for bulk purchases allows you to buy a lot more. Just about anything outside of luxury items can be had for a better bargain when you can hand the merchants more cash. Also, a group of self-sufficient individuals who are honest with and trust each 78
other will almost automatically create a localized economy in their neighborhood or extended group. Services and items are bartered, rendering such untaxable and therefore free from state theft. One guy does metalwork, one guy continually trains the group in self-defense, one woman can grow herbs, one guy maintains computers. More than one can open up a quality, private homeschool for their children, as the public schools paid for by your property taxes do little beyond program us to be unthinking slaves. It's communal, but definitely not communist as you rightfully keep the fruits of your labors. As your duty for expanding freedom, you simply must phase out federal reserve notes(you know as cash)-they're the financial insturments of our slavery to the state. Do barter items, labor, knowledge, and silver and gold for currency. Silver and Gold are suppressed because they are real money and cannot be inflated at will by the state, which is why prices always go up. It is not enough to just save yourselves. As you've liberated other individuals, so you as a group must help other individuals and groups to liberate themselves. This helps expand freedom in general, and create more groups for mutual trade, defense and cooperative political activities. The composition and strengths of each group will vary as to their nature; you'll have a old enclave of survivalists sharing long accumulated knowledge and training. A rural town that's always loved freedom that knows how to survive hard timesbecause they're already in hard times. Rooted, grounded folks who know how to take care of themselves as a close knit community will have a lot of hard won experience to share. A middle class suburban block group that's become motivated to take care of each other. Not only that, they offer sanctuary to persecuted freedom fighters and access to the community as acceptable citizens. Also, America's middle class has in their neighborhoods experts from every field and will have the largest incomes-AFTER YOU PEOPLE GET OUT OF DEBT. You'll have a geographically disconnected but unified secret group of decent Freedom loving street cops and soldiers providing some much needed stability and direction(and firepower). These folks if they have any sense will be among the most motivated to get people to work for change. They need to be because Americans have been trained to take authority figures at their word… and Freedom fighting street cops and soldiers ARE "authority figures". A self-unionizing factory whose workers know how to make things. These are the people who will lead the economic struggle to rebuild America from the many decades of treason. In the meantime, their knowledge will enable freedom loving groups to be self sufficient and integrate trade and industrial efforts. 79
A secret group of freedom loving bureaucrats and politicians working as a intelligence gathering agency, letting us know when raids are planned, more oppressive laws enacted. They more than anyone will know who the traitors are and where they'll hide. A group of computer technicians, hackers and independent filmmakers documenting our successes, the evils of our common enemies, and creating hard hitting news and how to DVD's and text. We're going to need a backup communications system when the internet's sabotaged-and these people will know how to build it. We all don't need to agree on everything. What we all need to do is to act in common cause against our main enemies-the hydraheaded governmentcorporate composite organization that's enslaved us. Only with it's destruction will we have the luxury to have a civilized, peaceful debate between the WASPS, the poor, the minorities, the cops, the enviromentalists on how things should be-and I'll bet that without Illuminati manipulation and sabotage Human Civilization can and shall make great leaps and bounds. We have to defeat them first. That's going to require united political and possibly military action from all of these disparate groups. Question is, do you love freedom enough to unite in common cause with folks you've been programmed to hate? When you've got a group that's liberated themselves from the state's controls, you can expect a lot of negative attention from their bureaucrats and house slave cops. Don't expect any relief from the state's bureaucrats by using the state's courts; even more than you were, these clueless souls have been enchanted by the pseudo-freedom illusions of the satanic entity they serve. Yet, to fight a government, you need a government, or… take over the government persecuting you! Taking back the government-peacefully! This is the preferable manner of us as groups reclaiming our Freedom. To be effective, one must have a understanding of America's political system as it relates to our cause. We have a president, a vice-president and their agents, a congress, a federal judicial system, and the duplication of this political layout among the states. Beyond that you have the many thousands of county and local governments. So what will work best? Take over the presidency? It's long been proven that unless you have the blessings of the two official parties of this nation, you cannot seriously run for president. The closest 80
independent candidate was Ross Perot back in 1992, and even being a billionaire didn't shield him from getting shredded by the media. So, assuming the voting machines are honest(not)and the media's fair(not) you need the machine of a major party backing you(won't happen). And the president can only do so much; America's system of government is extremely compartmentalized, so that unless you have a common ideology and party mechanism guiding and controlling the various components, it's impossible for one man to dictate policy. So a independent party president, one lone person against the rest of the hydra headed federal monstrosity is not only impossible, it's retarded even planning such a thing. Congress? Congress is made up of 540 members-100 senators and the rest in the house of representatives. All are elected in staggared election cycles so it would take approximately a decade of successful nationwide campaigning to create a majority party. Yes, congress writes the laws and taking it back is essential in our struggle, but even factoring out the two official parties and their political machines the structure of this body demands a massive political machine of our own. Massive organizations that have a heirarchial structure have been penetrated, subverted and corrupted by our enemies since the beginning of time. It's a process that to them is a natural as breathing. Then there's all the fundraising that will be needed and we're not rich-the only ones with money in America are the same pack of vampires who've been sucking us dry. So a singular, national organization will not be sucessful. Independent and rogue candidates however do have some success. Bernie Sanders of Vermont, Tom Tancredo of Colorado, Ron Paul of Texas, and at one time James Trafficant of Ohio sadly represent the successes. Most candidates are attorneys who've long ago prostituted themselves. They whore themselves to the political machine that will take them where they want to go. All they want is power and in exchange have legislated the monstrosity American government has become. The democrats and republicans, their bosses for all practical purposes appoint these elitists their congressional seats and they're prepared to spend whatever cash it takes to take or retain that seat. Vote fraud of course is part of their arsenal. There are no rich left in these times who would willingly sacrifice their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor-they're either sold out or scared. So any candidates for congress will have to be raised and funded by us. That means we have to do it in a grass roots manner. We have to build not one political machine, but a army of political machines that are independent of one 81
another, yet cooperative. Many small parties, one common agenda This form of political resistance lends itself naturally to our groups. It will go like this: The group helps other groups form. They in turn during the next local election cycle turn out and get the candidates they choose elected in town and county governments. Much of the oppressive laws plaguing us are drafted and enforced locally. Taking over local governments will not only give the freedom groups relief from local law enforcement harassment, it will give us the tools to revoke and repeal such things as: Property taxes that allow the government to sieze that home you're working a lifetime to pay for if you miss one "rent" installment. Those in power whine that property taxes are for the schools and the children-isn't that what their gambling rackets known as the lotto are for? And they're willing to make you and yours homeless for the children… such evil makes me just want to shoot them. But let's try not to go there yet. All those damned zoning restrictions, regulations, speed trap traffic laws designed to churn up "tax" revenue, laws criminalizing all sorts of things and actions that bother nobody. Think of any local ordinance that seems to have been drafted by a neurotic control freak… the list would be endless really! Un-Constitutional, pro criminal gun control legislation. A big part of their program's disarming us so that we're helpless and have to rely on them exclusively for protection, establishing dependence. Not that the cops are legally obligated to your personal protection of course. Anything that pledges cooperation with state and federal authorities, at least until we take our nation back! Another book recommendation: HOW TO WIN A LOCAL ELECTION. Should be in your local bookstore. When we take back a local government and bring that jurisdiction back into line with the classic tenants of American government, it will be a beacon of light, an example of successful peaceful resistance. It will immediately inspire and launch similar efforts in neighboring communities. Each composed of small, decentralized groups working together on the big problem, so that one day they can afford to bicker on the small stuff-that the Libertarians, Constitutionalists, Christian Patriots and Conservatives currently do. So 82
together, with control of enough cities and townships, the combined efforts of those groups can take over counties. With control of enough counties, an entire state can be taken over by our groups. Why take that next step? The list of things we can do when we take back our local governments is vast, but then there would be the call to centralize governmental control with state and federal authorities. So when this begins we must be as aggressive as possible-being examples to others, advising, and most importantly WE MUST NOT FIGHT AMONGST OURSELVES OVER STUFF WE CAN DEBATE AFTER WE RETAKE OUR LAND! Backbiting will be exploited by our enemies, it will be our biggest downfall. And if we can take the nation back… There are many things we must do immediately, as soon as we can take back control of America's destiny. (1)Secure our borders from any further infiltration. Whatever that takes, whatever manpower's available, we must find a way to seal up thousands of miles of hinterland border, and many thousands of miles more of coastline. This will take bringing our troops and ships home, and in effect end America's era of being used as a tool of global empire. It will be good, as being number one just makes you the one everyone else wants to take out. At the same time, a heightened state of alert must be maintained if another power were to take advantage of our transistional phase and attempt some economic or military adventure against our interests. America will be painfully contracting from it's global economic empire as we attempt to revive a selfsufficient free republic and the last thing we'll need is for Muslims seeking revenge against the Empire, or China rolling the dice on a military adventure against us. (2)Impose a flexible series of tariffs so that no matter where on Earth a imported good is made, it's cost after going through customs is just a few percent more than one made in America-with all the taxes still imposed. This must be implemented by law for I'd calculate twenty years; because this is the minimum time required to rebuild America's manufacturing economy. The rest of the world's just going to have to learn to live economically without the American consumer, and the American consumer is going to have to learn basic economics. It will be a horrifically shocking adjustment, and lead to a economic collapse-of the megacorporations. It's the bitterest medicine, but America and Americans have become almost terminally sick with the current system imposed upon us and those that don't immediately take steps to save themselves will need some hard lessons quick to bring them back to reality. This adjustment wouldn't be nearly so horrific if we'd acted thirty or even 83
twenty years ago when the traitors began dismantling our economy wholesale to finance their "new world order". So, with this bitter medicine a depression is guaranteed, but unlike the last one, we won't have a Federal Reserve to keep the money supply tight and the economy depressed-keeping the depression going until World War Two could be engineered. No, because: (3)It's time to dismantle the private "federal" reserve banking system. Central banks have been the main culprit behind destabilizing economic boom and bust cycles by printing or not printing "notes" that have the backing of nothing. Left alone, a economy will gently expand as a result of increasing population and innovations in technology. However, the economy has been constantly and continuously tampered with, and the key to t he tampering is a "flexible" currency. Silver and Gold boullion are by their nature inflexible-and thus STABLE-because precious metals are difficult to dig out of the ground, process, and form into coins and bars. Because of that difficulty in introducing new metals into the economy you could count on a ounce of silver or gold, or a gold backed dollar to buy the same fifty years from now as it did fifty years ago. Also, back in the day there were numerous state and private issuers of money, all backed by silver and gold; the ones who engaged in issuing fiat or inflated their notes by overprinting didn't last. That system was killed by those way too rich old white men. They ended the use of silver and gold. Our "federal reserve notes" have been greatly inflated since the foundation of the federal reserve system in 1913; the dollar's purchasing power has fallen by 99%! All because of a printing press and a monopoly on currency. If we're to have a stable currency, we must abolish the Fed and bring back precious metals backed money. (4)Apprehension and immediate trials of all persons responsible for the christmas list of treasonous acts that have brought our nation and our world to such a perilous state of emergency. Mainly I speak of the mega rich. They cannot be allowed to remain free to sabotage our efforts to avert their armageddon, with their vast, hidden fortunes. Everyone DOES have a price and these traitors to the human race have accumulated literally most of the world's wealth, so they're capable of bribing all but the most Godly. Their lackeys and tools also must be brought to justice before they can carry out orders and sabotage our Revolution. Their assets can be distributed among our poorest first so they have something to help contribute to rebuilding our Republic. Beyond that, financing a economic renaissance in our poorest areas, like the inner cities, former factory towns, Native American Reservations and Appalachia must be made by grants from seized assets. (5)A one time jubilee must be declared; the biblical version where all debts are forgiven. Those debts being owed to a few multinational banks tied to the private federal reserve banks. When the banking cartel's smashed, it will make 84
no sense, nor be just to let them keep imposing debts on the people they've been hustling. The People keep clear title on what they've been paying on; it will be just punishment for all the crimes the bankers have committed against us. Their excess assets not claimed by any person or company they foreclosed on can be distributed amongst our poorest for rebuilding purposes. (6)Review of all laws on the books; any that don't minimally guarantee freedom and individual safety as proscribed within strict Constitutional limits-abolish. The entire tax code is to be scrapped and overall tax rates slashed to no more than ten percent. The IRS is to be abolished, and it's personnel subject to review of their conduct for potential prosecution. (7)A immediate and thourough review of all judgements and sentences of every incarcerated person. There are a LOT of people who've commited no crime against their fellow man in prison, and many are completely innocent. They must be immediately released and compensated for their false or malicious prosecution by the state. All persons involved in malicious prosecution must be brought to justice for their crimes. All persons committing atrocities against incarcerated persons must be brought to justice. (8)Immediate open review of all government projects and operations. Any found harming American Citizens and the Republic must be ended, the victims compensated, and all persons involved in treasonous acts brought to justice. (9)Some of the confiscated assets must be earmarked for grants to restart private industries of all kinds and for education; a manhatten project to rebuild America's intellectual base from grade school to colleges to vocational training. Privatizing public schools as practical, ending the government monopoly and degredation of education. People will learn according to their aptitudes, desires and speed of completion of the basic curriculum and standards as practiced a hundred years ago. The regimented public schools must be made into a thing of the past. Engineering, technology, the arts, history; all the forms of learning that will rebuild us as a free nation must be pushed and offered for free. Most importantly, a imperative of constantly guarding our Freedom and Safety must be taught, as well as the ultimate form of that guardianship; effective usage of military arms to secure it. (10)A deregulation of access to media must be done to allow freedom of speech and access to media to all. (11)Immediate shutting down of all activity that poisons individuals and the nation. This will involve everything from dumping waste into rivers to putting flouride in the water to additives like asparatame and msg into our food. Any found practicing these treasonous acts shall be punished, their assets seized. (12)Rebuild our crumbling infrastructure, using seized assets to finance. 2
(13)Rebuild the United States Constitution so that the abuses and manipulations inflicted upon us for all of our history will NEVER be repeated! This is a huge workload and will require the participation of the entire nation. America will, if the Revolution is successful enter a period of reconstruction and restoration. It is a necessity that all of us not engage each other over petty differences while the period of restoration takes place. We must be able to afford debate on the issues that divide all of us that love Freedom, and we can't afford it. Certainly not now, and certainly when we're engaged in the herculean tasks described above that will consume us for a generation. So: will we be ALLOWED to complete this Revolution peacefully? Will we be able to complete it at all? I don't know if we'll be a hundred percent successful. More than likely, as hundreds of small local citizens groups make a impact the temptation by the powers that be to stage a 9/11 and throw this nation into martial law and suspend normal political activity will be irresistable. I hope and pray they just become panicked, like deer in headlights but I know that's just wishful thinking. They'll try to shut down the political process rather than hand it over to a grassroots revolution. Barring a pro-freedom military and police coup, martial law will happen. When that happens, all of us will be targets of the government, literally. Banded together in common defense however and possessing the basic tools of civilization and the knowhow and will to use them to wage war, a second civil war will erupt. Small bands of freedom fighters will dot the landscape, HOPEFULLY aided by breakaway government forces. We probably won't be able to rely on any foreign assistance. This worst case scenario will be bloody, but it will eventually rend most of the federal beast apart. America will break up for awhile into several areas of varying degrees of unity and political composition. There will be strong entities both forged by us and still retained by vestiges of the elite and federal government. There will be hundreds, thousands of tiny enclaves relying on each other for sustinence. America will look like Germany after the Thirty Years War in the 17th century-a map so convoluted with autonomous territories it will give anyone looking at it eyestrain. We would however gradualy reunify, as the common bonds of Freedom and the heritage of being an American will win out over the efforts of the elites to bottle the genie they unleased in a attempt to use America as the disposable tool of their plot for world control. Liberty is a flame that once unleashed cannot be quenched no matter how much made in China crap, how many zero down payments, how much they put Paris Hilton on the TV. The human desire 3
to be free shall win out. …At the cost of millions dead of starvation, disease, bullets, perhaps radiation from fallout. A peaceful transistion is imperative if we want to avoid that. Time is of the essence if we want this Revolution to be relatively peaceful! It's now June of 2005 as I write this; the next series of elections is in 2006-GET COMMITTED AND GET TO WORK NOW!! If you want back what you've lost to these bastards and get it back without a decade of civil war, we must do this now and have a united national platform with a strong across the board grassroots base supporting it by the 2008 elections. This must be in conjunction with MASSIVE peaceful protest and citizen action to monitor government election officials whenever even a whiff of vote fraud is detected. We are Americans-we CAN do this if we'll show just the courage of the Minutemen patrolling our southern border. Our enemies would like us to stay ignorant til' they drop the hammer on this country. Failing that, they'll take misdirecting our anger, and our energies. We must stand as one if we are to free ourselves and our world. God and our Children are counting on us. Additional reference works for you to read and learn. Hey, use your brain; if it's on the internet DON'T USE YOUR OWN COMPUTER! "They" keep track of everything these days and if you're careless they'll build a profile of you on "their" files-and you don't want that! Use someone elses, preferably some one else's that lots of other people use. Think "public". INVISIBLE RESISTANCE TO TYRANNY by Jefferson Mack, Paladin Press The inspiration for this rather long essay, Invisible Resistance is a primer on how we Americans can fight back. HOLOGRAM OF LIBERTY by Kenneth Royce, Javelin Press Royce does the research on how the 1787 Constitution was subtly sabotaged by the elites of the day to produce in time for their descendants the many faced tyranny we're shackled to. RICH DAD POOR DAD SERIES by Robert Kiyosaki, any bookstore A "entry level primer" this series when looked at not for it's sometimes bogus financial advice shows the parasitic nature of the rich in America; going so far as to rewrite the laws to maximize their benefits. We working class people are nothing more than "income streams" for them. RENSE.COM, INFOWARS.COM, RUMORMILLNEWS.COM, APFN.ORG, CUTTING 4
EDGE.ORG Good starting points to search for the truth about who we are, where we came from and where we're being steered toward. BOSTON'S GUN BIBLE by Boston T. Party, Javelin Press The basic primer on firearms today. Advice on weapons, tactics, dealing with hostile law enforcement, "their" never ending crusade to take them away from you. Most informative are his consumer report on the five common Main Battle Rifles; he shot them extensively and made his notes for you to make a informed decision. BOSTON ON SURVIVING Y2K by Boston T. Party, Javelin Press Although the Y2K bug was a nonevent, this is for an overall view of how to survive any collapse of the American economy. YOU AND THE POLICE by Boston T. Party, Javelin Press Boston T. Party by being a American Freedom Fighter is at the razor's edge of this war-consequently he's had more than his share of run ins with the police. So here's an expert's advice. Take it. UNINTENDED CONSEQUENCES by John Ross, Accurate Press Nominally a fictional work, Unintended Consequences goes through a century of ever more government enroachments on freedom and public safety, leading ultimately to a band of rogue agents being confronted as they're planting evidence by a Righteous Man. After that it turns into a fictionalized primer on how to wage a low intensity guerilla war campaign against the traitors and win. POOR MAN'S JAMES BOND SERIES by Kurt Saxon, kurtsaxon.com This infamous series of book(also on CD-ROM) goes beyond rifles and shows you everything you need to know about how to kill folks. Seriously scary stuff-or empowering, depending on how you want to look at it. BULLETPROOF PRIVACY by Boston T. Party, Javelin Press Want to order all these fine books, but don't want people to know who you are? Want the government to not know who you are? Get this book and begin liberating yourself from the government's intrusions in your affairs. I lived for several years under a different identity and address and let me tell you the peace of mind knowing the government didn't know where I really was at… Freedom! I never felt so secure. 5
BEHOLD A PALE HORSE by William Cooper A overview of the beast and it's plans, it's author was assasinated by corrupted cops during a raid. When they kill you, that just shows you were right, right? DEEP INSIDE THE UNDERGROUND ECONOMY, by Adam Cash, Breakout Productions Adam Cash gives us a thorough overview of the underground(free)economy and how to participate in it. And let me tell you having my tax burdens drop to next to nothing… it feels GREAT not having half of my labors supporting the system that keeps trying to press it's jackboot on my neck. THE HUNTER'S GUIDE TO ACCURATE SHOOTING by Wayne Van Zwoll, The Lyons Press Marksmanship basics from a civilian standpoint, Mr. Van Zwoll has hunted everything and this book is a great starting point to mastering your Main Battle Rifle. When you've sucessfully absorbed this work you can get: THE ULTIMATE SNIPER, by Major John Plaster (Ret), Paladin Press Major Plaster in this much larger work goes beyond basic field marksmanship and into how the military and paramilitary forces shoot at unsuspecting foeswhich may well be us all. Something to always bear in mind. DELCARATION OF INDEPENDENCE Read why there was a American Revolution in the first place.
OUR FATHER J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com Our Father, the father of everything, everyone, the creator, loves us. See, Creation is an act of love; an ideal is mulled over, sifted, tested, given form in 6
thought. Created. Love is giving. Love is sacrifice-your time and energy and thought-for something else. A new creation. Normal people when they have a child together experience such joy in their creation, that 9 months of swollen bellies, doting, back pain, biting tongues, mood swings, sweating the numbers on how they’re going to take care of this kid; all that passes away when they hold their child for the first time. That is how Our Father feels about His Universe. Every galaxy, planet, species, every creature, the very atoms and subatomic particles that so ghostly, sparsely make all of us and everything God loves. Our Father loves His Creation. Loving parents rejoice when their children grow, learn, advance, exceed themselves and most of all do as they did and have children of their own-and they grow, learn ,advance and exceed their parents. Inventors engineers, architects, builders and artists of all kinds show their love when they design and build devices, buildings, machines that make life better for their fellow man without unduly damaging the world God so graciously gave us. Their love-put to form in their inventions-that make all of our lives better is a reflection of the building blocks God gave us. God approves of invention, of His Children making their lives better, to not be dependent on how many game animals are in a territory, of dependence on the sun, rain, the seasons. Those that have seen the heart of God, seen enough of creation to see that Man deserves, needs to be able to grow, learn, advance, exceed previous generations and sought to make certain they could-they reflect the love of Freedom God has, and the need to shoulder the Responsibility of jealously safeguarding that Freedom. God approves of people such as the American Minutemen who faced down the British Army at Lexington and Concord. People such as Patrick Henry, Sam Adams, Thomas Jefferson who saw beyond themselves, saw what Man could be if despots, tyrants and their sycophant agents and thug soldiers could be swept aside by the righteous uprising of the People. God approves and loves people like the returning G.I’s of Athens, Tennessee who in 1946 saw corrupt government-loathsome creatures not fit to be called men who used their positions of public service for personal profit at the expense of everyone. Those veterans did the right thing and sought to use the ballot box to sweep THEIR government of those that betrayed the public trust-and when the ballot box was literally stolen at gunpoint by those despots, their sycophant agents and their thug soldiers they once again did the right thing. They brought arms and took back their ballot box, their government by righteous force. Freedom fighters of all walks, of all races are the apple of God’s eye. He sees people who will not succumb to the demons that long ago consumed the current rulers of this world make their stand and He approves. God approves those that will not back down to the psychotic control freak sycophants that must enforce every rule every law passed. God approves those that challenge those despots who cling onto public office as if it were their own fiefdom to drain the People of all. God approves those great and small that bring the truth of our situation to those that don’t know, even those that don’t want to know because they are afraid that by facing what they quietly fear their carefully crafted little illusion will shatter, never to be put together again.
7
They’re right. They would have to face their Responsibility to make our world better for their children. Today that means not just inventing, building, creating. It means fighting: *Fighting those that use public office for their own personal gain at the expense of everyone else. That means everyone from the tin badge god who won’t wake up, gets off rousting whoever they think they can get away with assaulting and ruining their lives, to the chiefs of police who hire the thugs, who slavishly follow an agenda of conquestconquest of us. *Fighting city and county officials rubber stamping agendas by dark forces so long as they rule, so long as they can get a cut of the taxes and rule their little fiefdoms. Rule with their property taxes, hiding them in investments that could eliminate the need for taxes… but taxation is control. *Fighting the state and federal office holders and bureaucrats who view their power over the American People as absolute. Arrogant state troopers, arrogant DMV clerks, arrogant bureaucrats, arrogant agents and tactical teams with military hardware-all waging wars of conquest against each of us. *Fighting the scientists, engineers, inventors who give no thought as to what they make nor how it is used against their fellow man. Everything from surveillance systems integrated into our computer screens to killer robots portending the Terminator, to bioweapons that could exterminate us all. These idiots give no thought as to how their creations are used. None. *Fighting the lawyers, and career politicians who make ruling us from both Corporations and Congress their personal privilege. Rockefeller, Clinton, Bush, Biden, Schultz, Kissinger, Foley, Kennedy and many other names although their numbers are few they wield near absolute power over the power structures they and their ancestors built. *Fighting the clans of banker families and so-called royalty that have made the thrones and offices of the Nations their personal property. Operating in secret, controlling uncountable wealth-wealth that could instantly turn this planet into paradise-they have been squeezing Man for centuries. They are the hands that wield the strings of their puppets… all the traitors you just read about. All to maneuver us into destroying ourselves so they can have the Earth to themselves as a paradise. Our Father isn’t looking for the genocide of Man. No one who can create universes yet fret over each and every creature, each and every child would-could-give license to murder, conquest, the greed of violent inbred psychopathic bluebloods and their demented minions. No one who cheers on parents, inventors, artists, those that fight for their People would want government drug trafficking and a fraudulent drug war that fuels a prison-industrial complex. Want trillions of dollars blown on gold plated weapons systems when children go cold and hungry. Want America-warts and all-the greatest triumph of Free People disappear in a 8
global tyranny. “So, what’s God going to do about it” you ask. You ask to see the hand of God in defeating all these enemies of Man. I’ll tell you something that’s probably a secret to you yet is so obvious you won’t believe it. You want to know how Our Father works? He works through us; we are God’s Hands, with our actions both great and small. Unfortunately God is pretty much suffering a stroke because we won’t do what’s right-we don’t even know what we’re supposed to do because we’ve been so lied to. God’s work isn’t done because NOT ENOUGH OF US ARE DOING IT. Dirty cops keep victimizing us because nobody cleans out the corrupt little shitburg government that hires those thugs. Nobody will get together and stop them from abusing their power. Corrupt, greedy lawyers keep dominating the writing of law, administration of the law, judging the law because nobody gets together to systematically clean out their governments-starting at the local level because most politics is local. Demented bureaucrats drunk with power keep wrapping us in red tape, taxes and thug enforcement agents because nobody is systematically cleaning out their governments, making these cretins find real work.(Getting a hint here? That maybe you should start the cleanup in your own town?) Inbred ‘elites’ use the Nations as their toys-build them up and smash them against each other for their sick thrills, because we won’t compare notes, get together and chase them down to the ends of the Earth, and exterminate them. “My pastor says to leave things in the hands of God. And that government is constituted by God so we should obey it.” Okay… I assume you’re Christian. I’ll also assume you don’t literally worship your pastor and bust your bank so he can put more gaudy decour on his megachurch. First, he’s been co-opted by the federal government to pacify you. He’ll use the authority you gave him, his relationship with you as a so-called ‘authority figure’ to preach Romans 13 and get you to disarm. Which leads me to Second… Christianity is about God and His Son Jesus, correct? Correct. So if Jesus is the Son of God then it is Jesus’ word we should heed first-because Jesus is God’s Son and would know God’s will better than Abraham, better than Moses, better than Paul, correct? Correct. 9
So how come in the Christian religion Jesus’ words have only survived in tattered fragments in four thin Gospels-sandwiched between the Jewish Torah and the writings of Paul, which upon closer examination contradict Jesus on more than a few points? Why am I making an issue out of this, why do I see a discrepancy? I’ll tell you; because what Jesus told, or what has survived in the Biblical Canon contradicts what the Torah and Paul say what is God’s Will. For example, Paul stated in Romans 13 to basically submit to authority, even if you’re a slave. From the four Canonical Gospels, Jesus had Peter arm himself with a sword. Jesus took a bullwhip and assaulted the bankers(moneychangers) at the temple, endlessly abused the Pharisees and Sadducces-the lawyers of Judea. Paul discriminated against women. Jesus sought out the company of not only women, but criminals, lepers, children, and saved His discrimination against those that thought themselves holy-like a Pharisee like Paul did. Paul does not deserve to be labeled any kind of disciple; he bragged that he deceived, put truer followers of Jesus’ teachings to death at the hands of the Romans. Its hard to judge from two millenia and scant written records but it seems that Paul went way out of his way to defuse the radical equality and Freedom Jesus tried to preach. Unfortunately Paul was quite successful because the Roman Empire has survived in one Empire or another. I mentioned the Torah, the Old Testament, contradicting Jesus. It’s true. Jesus asked His Disciples who they were praying to, and they stated they were praying to God, and Jesus told them He didn’t know the God they were praying to, that that wasn’t the Father but the devil himself. Which fits the old testament god yahweh(no capitalization intended)as it terrorized “his people” with forced marches through the desert, random murder, using them as foot soldiers in wars, imposing the maniac Jewish religion on them and when they ‘backslid’ sent foreign armies to murder and conquer them. Charming. You didn’t know that Abraham was Sumerian? True. It’s also true that the first five books, the Pentatuch, are an heavily edited version of the Sumerian creation texts? That’s true too. yahweh exploited and twisted Sumerian history to an ignorant underclassAbraham’s descendents-to gain Earthly followers. You know the 40 year trek through the desert, the random punishments… or you should. Read your Bible, I’m not lying. yahweh had no respect, certainly not love for either the Hebrews nor the Egyptians who got systematically terrorized. After the Hebrews got led to the ‘promised land’ and stole it from other people, committing genocide against them you had the saga of a thousand years of yahweh coming back every so often to make certain the Levite priests kept his people in terrified obedience. Or sent the Assyrins or some other empire to crush them. So, we’re back to Paul-actually Saul-and he was a Pharisee, and Saul was damn good at his job. Saul had some ‘conversion’ via a ‘bright light’ and became a Christian. Whatever. But what can’t be dismissed is Saul’s co-opting of Jesus’ message; twisting just about everything around back to what the pattern of most organized religion is. 10
Patriacal, overbearing, underspiritual, dominating, always wanting more money and power and then it degenerates into just another power cult. But that’s one of the Bible’s many charms, you can twist it into anything you want, I suppose. What you get for a text sewn together literally at sword point by the emperor Constantine to reunify the Roman Empire. The Canonical Bible was sewn together like a frankenstein monster-a psychopath god, a cunning deceiver wrapped around just enough of what tattered rags of Jesus’ teachings to twist folks into obeying inbreeds. Look up the Council of Nicea-326 AD. Organized religion is in the hands of powerful men with their own agendas. Always has been. Jesus warned us not to have organized churches-we got churches everywhere sucking in the wealth of billions. For what? To pay pedophiles and perverts. To build gaudy stadiums of worship-for the pastor. To invest just like every other corrupt entity on Earth to turn those dollars over. Meanwhile, that sweet old granny who just dived into her rent money to salve the megachurch induced guilt is going to be throw out on the street. Get any help from her megachurch… I dare you to hold your breath. The Roman Catholic Church of course, needs no explanation. Jesus hates hypocrites. Priests, lawyers-those that hold themselves most sacred drew the most wrath. Why don’t we emulate Jesus and do likewise? Jesus would not tolerate the bankers looting the Nations of Earth, impoverishing the People, co-op their governments to institute war and a global police state to stifle the expected dissent. Jesus would not tolerate the likes of John Hagee, Paul and Jan Couch, Pat Robertson et al in virtual blackface for murdering men, women and children because they’re Palestinians. In virtual blackface for the beast which is for all intents and purposes making what’s known as biblical prophecy come true… all to exterminate us and leave the planet for the inbred psychotic blueblood ‘royalty’. Jesus stated none are good but the Father. Jesus also said you talk to Our Father in a quiet place, alone, where you quiet yourself until you can hear Him. Our Father is in our hearts. You pause and quiet everything else and you focus on your heart you’ll hear Our Father. Our Father doesn’t want empty promises, He demands action. He demands that you see the suffering of your fellow man, and do something, anything. Because the beast and its minions are at war with us, have been at war with us since the very beginning, since long before the rise of Sumeria. America represents the last, best hope of Man to right what has been wrong with this planet. Unfortunately we Americans have forgotten ourselves, trusted the beast, which assumed the form like that of Our America but like Paul’s fraudulent theology is a twisted funhouse mirror fraud. The illuminati inbreeds have turned America, the land of the Free into history’s greatest, most horrible practical joke. 11
Wake up. Clean your body, your mind up. Pray to Our Father in a quiet place and listen for His voice. Start helping others out, not expecting reward but especially in secret so that only you and Our Father know. Heed Jesus’ last commandment to get arms and know how to use them. Fight for what is yours, starting from your town hall and work your way up. In fact, don’t let those traitors sit one more day in your offices-begin a recall election now and remove them! Spread the Second American Revolution across the land, then across the Earth. We don’t have to have an apocalypse-even if it was written in a text cobbled together by a debauched Roman Emperor who was just looking for a ideology, a religion to reunite a debauched, murderous Roman Empire. A loving creative God doesn’t wish your extermination. He wishes our enemies gone so we can build a truly free human civilization that fulfills our destiny in the stars.
MY 9/11 J. Croft freedomguide.blogspot.com Waking up about 9:30 or so in the AM on September 11, 2001 I thought it’d be just another day off: Go back to bed for a few more hours of sleep. Eat, shower, get in my ride and cruise around town in the afternoon. Maybe see a movie. Do some shopping, go out and drink in the evening. …But sometimes you can’t get back to sleep. So I turned on the electronic narcotic that manages to rob me of my time… What I wound up turning on was the live news coverage that day. I stared at the TV, and my first thought was “must be some kind of disaster movie. They’re spending a lot of money cuz they got the World Trade Center on fire and everything-but why is it in broadcast news video?” 12
Then it hit me that 9:30 in the morning’s a rather odd time to show a faux live drama… maybe some programming executive was doing some way out of character experimenting. THE N it hit me-this is really happening! A jet really did crash into the World Trade Center! I start flipping through the channels: all the networks, both Foxnews and CNN, all the Turner channels, MTV, CNBC-all were covering the crash. Then the second plane hits. This is an attack. Has to be terrorists hijacking the airliners, yes. Then news comes of the Pentagon getting hit. The Pentagon? ! Wait a second, where the hell’s the Air Force?! They intercept small planes going off course all the time, and they miss three hijacked airliners? From the initial news accounts they came out of Boston and flew jagged, obviously off course flight paths. Commercial jetliners aren’t exactly the fastest things in the air, and America’s eastern seaboard’s dotted with not only SAC air bases, but Air Force tactical wings and the National Guard squadrons as well… …Where the hell were they? That was what was going through my mind as I watched the World Trade Center and Pentagon burn. I join my parents at their place, as one of the towers suddenly collapses-you’ve seen the video. It was kind of like watching a rocket take off, only it’s form smoothly compresses and disappears amid a violent explosion of dust and debris. I pace back and forth, angry beyond belief we were being attacked. Then my father, says something that helped me put it back into perspective: “You’re angry aren’t you?” Yes, I said. Oh yes. “That’s what you’re supposed to feel.” To him, he saw this was a setup of 13
colossal proportions. Not thinking clearly at the moment I argued with him about the planes taking the buildings down, as he in frustration shook his head, reminding me they found bombs in those towers. I went back to my place. Out of a useless, but primeval need I checked, made certain my pistol and my military pattern semiautomatic rifle(of which I had been properly trained in it’s use) were ready… but ready for what? Jihadists to roll through my town shooting up the neighborhoods in drive-bys shouting “Allah Ackbar”? So I watched television some more: just about the only channel not putting it’s spin on that darkest day was Turner Classic Movies. That pox on God known as TBN was spinning it like it was “prophetic”; I turned the channel before I did something stupid to the set, as I had just gotten it for Saturnalia-er, x-mas. It was coming out that there were 19 Arab hijackers that were responsible. 19 Arabs who kamikaze the whole world into World War III. The teleprompter readers on all the networks were all of a sudden introducing new buzzwords: “War on Terror” “New Normality-get used to it” “Homeland Security”. And the way they trotted those words out, it was like that too was scripted-Scripted?! This whole attack, scripted?! I had to get the hell outta the house. I couldn’t think. So I drove, listened to the radio as they too were tripping over that day. Everywhere I went there was this universal feeling of violation, of outrage, of wanting to go to war. Still had a hard time thinking through the raw anger that was burning inside me, yet the clues were jumbling around in my head. The absence of our trillion dollar air defenses, the reported bombs by cops and firemen before the towers imploded like they were demolished(which they were), the rollout of new slogans to help paradigm shift Americans thinking. The reports on the internet that I was slowly recalling about shadowy deals with the Taliban that fell apart about oil pipelines, about warnings of terrorist attacks scattered throughout the media. Rolling on by the gas stations, seeing the long lines for gas-some stations were out. Hearing reports of greedy gas stations jacking the prices all the way to 4 dollars a gallon(a outrageous sum at the time). It was too much, so I hit the bar to drink(the same bar I had inspiration to go to 14
about a year and a half later to have that talk with that traitor). Everyone was in as much a state of disbelief and anger as I was. Everyone… …Everyone except this short, stout, well built, buzzcut dude. I believe his name was Mike, but it’s been five years, so who knows. He was actually grinning of all things, like this was fucking x-mas for him! Over beers, we talked. I fingered him as being in the military-he stated he was a Army Ranger and that he’d be going over to Afghanistan soon. They were that certain? Or was his mission already planned before 9/11? Yes he was excited, as he had been anticipating this himself. I was cautious. I had my doubts-not only about the true nature of the events of that day, but of our ability to win if we’re going into the Middle East and Central Asia-a place as far removed from America’s ocean based power as you could imagine. Didn’t even faze him: “Hell, we’re worse than the Germans! There’s nothing worse than Americans pissed off!” Trying to work the pissed off patriot angle, all I saw was how thoroughly the planning for WW III, how deep the brainwashing of our brothers, sisters, sons, daughters, mothers and fathers, and friends in the military. He went further: “We’re going to have to give up some rights, some Freedom in order to win this”(the way he said it, it was like we’re loosing our Freedom no matter what kind of false flag operation had to be executed) “No way!” I shouted, “No way in hell the American People would accept such a thing!” That traitor shrugged his shoulders, smiled at me, like he knew better about such things. That was five years ago. Seeing how things have deteriorated, how the war in Iraq has been proven a fraud, how average folks have rolled over for massa state when they grope their wives and kids privates, how much more surveillance, how much more law we’re subject to… well, he did know better about such things. I left. I called my people alerting them to fill up their gas tanks fearing a shortage-which didn’t come. 15
Over the next days, weeks I scoured the Internet; a whole lot of chest beating and flag waving oh yes, but also a lot of numerological coincidences started coming out. There are a lot of astrological and numerological “coincidences” that occur throughout human history, through the design of America’s symbols, architecture. 9/11 was a day that had been in planning for a VERY long time. I had also been visiting copvcia.com, the website of the now self-exiled Mike Ruppert who had participated in the fraud that was the drug war-busting street corner gangstas for drugs Bush, Clinton and Ollie North smuggled in. He was one of the first on the internet to call bullshit on the day’s events, at least as far as intent goes. Over the years I read hundreds of internet reports on 9/11, printed out thousands of pages documenting the vast, murderous fraud that the shadow government perpetrated. Same shadow government that people get persecuted for if they talk about it-like if they were talking about UFO’s or Santa Claus. The mainstream culture has kept a lid on the 9/11 truth movement, kept the brain-deadened, craven, materialism-enslaved, cowardly ‘murikans asleep. That movement has just about had it’s day, and with the upcoming operations against Syria and Iran I suspect any leeway we’ll have to seek out the truth and do something about it-peacefully-will evaporate when full martial law is in effect and soldiers go door to door looking for those on that “red list”. Stop looking for "leaders" to lead you out of the death spiral of this once great nation. Learn to lead yourselves-at least get together some basics like stored food, firearms and training, ammo, fuel. Better yet, move to a small community with a balanced locally self-sufficient economy, water resources and hopefully locally generated electricity form a party and take over the local government. Deconstruct the beast in your own backyard and become a example of what Freedom is, so that others can be inspired and encouraged to do likewise. Form militias to resist and repel the inevitable backlash that will come... this won't be the start of a civil war because we've BEEN in one-it's just that nobody's fought back yet against the beast that perpretrated 9/11.
STEFAN FOBES-20 THINGS THE ILLUMINATI CAN TEACH YOU Note: I have more respect for the inbreeds than most of the lazy, programmed sheeplike clowns comprising the so-called "freedom movement". Perhaps our enemies can teach us a few things on how to conduct ourselves... From Rense.com: 16
20 Things The Illuminati Can Teach You By Stefan Fobes 6-12-9 Today I again, write here about a vast, sprawling movement which comprises a dedicated part of the population who work day in, day out to bring great changes to this world. In this arena, the majority does not see intelligence, courage, honor, decency, skill, as great things. They speak of these in glowing terms, yes, but the reality is just the opposite. Your worth is decided strictly, by most people comprising this "underground", by the resources you have at your beck and call, and how many worshippers, clones and mindless thralls you have sloshing saliva in your path at the moment. The naive neophytes are fed upon by hungrier, slicker fish who lie, and think of nothing other of their own self-aggrandizment, no matter what the cost to anyone else. Who will take them for everything they are worth and go home and eat fabulous dinners and sleep quite well. Independently creative thought is generally at a minimum. Raw recruits sit back, read their prepared daily briefs, and follow the included orders from the bigger fish. The reptilian brain by and large, runs the show here. I'm talking about the malevolent, cutthroat world of Illuminati rituals and their secret society network? No. I write of the conspiracy research arena. I see this grotesque attitude permeating what should be the nexus point for the kindest, the wisest, the toughest. What really should be a gathering place for the best of the best. But instead I see constant desperate struggles, by the so-called awakened just as in the world of so-called sheeple, to try to grab power over others and see themselves as better than everyone else around them. The reptilian brain rules. I see instead of dynamic individual minds who are so in speech and in deed, joining ideas instead of easily infiltratable groups, just innocent lambs waiting to be eaten by the next Illuminati agent with a fancy, cleverly worked out website and a loud enough voice booming with fake intensity. I see penis measuring contests on who has the biggest hits on Alexa instead of brainstorming on what actually works and then simply going out and doing it. And so, from a guy who comes from an Illuminati family himself, here are 20 things the Illuminati can teach you. This is not an endorsement of them. 1. They are voracious in their infoseeking. If it takes all night long, or weeks, or years, they will look and look till they get what they have been looking for. 2. Whenever one of their associates or slaves needs something for a mission, Illuminati members make sure this person or persons get the material resources they need to get the job done, whether it be by contributions or whatever. Even if 17
the person is disliked, all that is necessary is that the person has the skills for the job and the plan be workable. No whining on forums, no silly speeches, just gets done. 3. They know how to conserve their resources. They do not throw out all their chips all in on one go. 4. They trust their instincts. 5. If they see an opening, they do not hesitate to take advantage and exploit it. 6. They do not go into deep dark depressions just because they had one minor setback. They use everything they have to find out exactly what went wrong, and correct the problem. 7. They know how to organize themselves. 8. Among them, concepts of color, sexual orientation, and fame are meaningless. The goal goes first. 9. They know what TV is and does - they introduced it, you know! The goal comes before the TV or any of their other mind control devices, such as video games. Watching all those hours every day and being "awake" are like matter and antimatter. They cannot be in the same place at the same time. 10. They know to not let anyone take what they have. If someone tried to CPS their kids there'd be hell on all involved in trying, even the person who made the call. Literally. 11. You can insult them all you want, call them anything, and they do not take it like Joe and Jane Public would. This is because they have absolutely no pride or morals, but anyone who does with intelligence can easily integrate this into their minds. 12. They would NEVER, under any circumstances, sell out themselves out by giving their family secrets out to the public for peanuts, like so many of the commoners do by selling out their countries and spying on and black opping their fellow humans. 13. In the public eye, wanting a lot of material resources is seen as something to be ashamed of. It is a damn good thing! Everyone should have all the material items they need to do everything they need to do, and should feel pride in having the selflove for holding that perspective and moving with it. This is the mindset the leadership of the Illuminati hold. 14. When information is placed before them that is obviously a threat to their wellbeing, they immediately take action about it and do not go rushing to drown life circumstances in a TV or bag of takeout, even if they do not know precisely what to do at the moment. 15. Even if all hope seems lost, and the odds are against them, they still keep on 18
working at it 110%. 16. They know the value of building up networks. 17. They feel no guilt about defending themselves from legal, physical, or other attacks. At times I read about people I see acting nice to their agents, saying sorry to them, when it was the agent who had infringed upon their rights. Never be sorry and apologetic to them. It's a clear cut sign of victim mentality and is asking for trouble. 18. They are flexible, to an extent, and do not work with the controlled by them mainstream science and know the reality and value of homeopathy, energy and herbal healing, and do not hesitate to take full advantage of these using all the resources they have at their disposal. 19. They have always understood that they have their livelihood to defend, which is their pyramidal control system and all the luxury that comes with it. Humanity will learn from this, whether it be gently through information like this article, or the hard way. Everyone must understand that their livelihoods are also being threatened, and act upon this via exposure of the agenda. 20. They know to set aside their petty differences when business needs to be taken care of. RIOTS NEVER WIN Nonviolent stratagems and tactics that work J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com Riots in the greater scheme are a half measure between protests and open warfare, and half measures seldom work. A riot without immediately progressing to fully armed struggle is a go signal to government thugs everywhere to conduct batting practice on your heads with their nightsticks, and a court’s wet dream as they work you through the legal system and bleed you of your money and time. And Freedom. RIOTS ALWAYS SERVE THE BEAST Some twit working for the beast commits one offense too many sends too many people at once over the edge and they start marching in the streets screaming and ready to do worse. Unfortunately the beast is also ready with thugs in riot gear getting hard at the prospect of hurting men, women and children. And if it’s a protest that’s peaceful they have undercover agents to pose as anarchists to false flag a incident so that protest can be declared a “riot” and the troops roll in and get some batting practice on your head. Or 19
your loved one. Hell they even pepper spray infants. Worse, the media is owned by the beast, is part of the beast. They will trash you to the TV zonked American public. You will be called thugs, kooks, terrorists. Your cause gets pummeled in the minds of Americans along with yourself. The tin badge gods get new stories of how they pepper sprayed your infant. The inbred psychopathic bluebloods get a laugh at the carnage they engineered and their agenda to do us all in advances. More people want to have guns but are ineffective because they won’t get trained and in shape. When martial law’s declared they are but sport for the tin badge gods. No, riots don’t work. Ever. Avoid them. SURVIVING A RIOT Suppose you’re out and some twit working for the beast does something like shoot a 5 year old in the back. It’s happened. It will happen again as long as Americans won’t take responsibility and clean their government out of the scum that run it. Something happens and people see it and get agitated. The cops gathered get ordered back so there’s no authority figure to stifle peoples natural reaction to their latest atrocity. Get the hell out of there-now! Keeping away from the gathering cops, you see where the crowd’s gathering and you go anyplace else. Just leave. Leave-even if you have to abandon your car and march out on foot, it’s better than getting pummeled, tasered, fried by microwave cannon, pepper sprayed, shot, corraled into jail and into the beast legal system. When a riot comes toward you get the hell out of there! In fact, leave town at any start of a riot. Secure your home otherwise and repel all boarders. The best advice for avoiding a riot? Make better forms of protest known. MASS CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE: WHAT THE ENEMY FEARS MOST The thing the inbreeds, their pedophilic minions and their tin badge gods and shyster lawyers fear the most is NON-COMPLIANCE. Not individual but MASS NONCOMPLIANCE to their authority. This can take the form of bullets but that just allows the enemy to slaughter everyone, which is what they want in the first place. No, the way to go is to refuse to submit, and there are many forms of peaceful non-compliance that, even if 10% of the People take a certain form, with all the forms being taken can bring the beast to its knees. SHUNNING THEM PERSONALLY You don’t fix their houses and cars. You don’t do their laundry, serve their food, take their phone calls. You don’t acknowledge their very existence in public. They are not there. They’re not even ghosts or have names.
20
Shunning works. The Amish practice it and in their tight knit communities it’s the Kiss of Death. A town out west gave the feds being pricks about their farms and businesses a taste of shunning and they stopped being pricks. So much. Shunning can be done by anyone; you encounter a tool of the beast about you don’t take their order, look at them. You utterly ignore them. Unless they’re a tin badge god and go to arrest you, what can they do? Feel damn uncomfortable that’s what. Make them reconsider their career path. REFUSAL TO SUBMIT TO LICENSING AND REGISTRATION This is a big next step-but it’s just one step. You submit to asking the state permission to drive, fish, boat, buy guns, practice your trade, fix your home, exercise your Constitutional Rights, travel, and a lot else. Worse, you submit to asking private corporations for permission! When you ask permission you give up Rights for privilege. So stop asking permission. Stop renewing your drivers license. In fact have a mass protest where you burn your drivers license and plates in a huge bonfire. Same with your boating licenses. Stop submitting to filing out ffl forms to buy guns. Stop applying for licenses to be able to practice your trade. Stop applying for permits. That’s for everything from peaceful protest to installing a patio. You’re Americans-act like it! Certainly don’t ask a private corporation for permission for anything. Who the hell are they to tell you what to do?! NONPAYMENT OF TAXES If you don’t ask for permits from the state and corporations because they’re evil the next logical step in freeing yourself is to stop paying taxes… which is going to be a lot tougher than simply not applying for permits and licenses. But it is possible. Income taxes, social security(tax), etc. Work for cash/barter in the underground economy. Swap your registered domicile for a place that isn’t in your name. You keep your money, and you disappear from the beast’s control grid. If even 10% did this-what could they do? Property taxes…. only two ways and one of them involves the militia in a armed confrontation. The other is to stage a emergency recall election for… anything. Clean out the scum running your town, clean out your town’s consolidated annual financial report of investments. No more property taxes. DEBT REPUDIATION I’m not talking about personal debts to the local Mom and Pop or your friends and loved ones. Debt repudiation is for the banks, the major corporations, and most of all the federal reserve system. Its all fraud, and contracts made under fraud are null and void. Besides 21
you got everything better to do with all the money you ply on interest. GENERAL STRIKE You could say the above steps are a form of permanent general strike against the system but for those who still live in homes they’re registered for, work jobs that withhold or otherwise pay taxes and their debts this is the most powerful nonviolent protest. You don’t go to work. You hang out, have a party, play games, make love, fish, hunt, hit a Appleseed shoot and get some rifle training. You do this for weeks, months even. …How do you support yourself? Buy enough food for a few months. You should have a pantry anyway. Have enough cash for a few months living without a job. You should have savings anyway. Consider this a extended vacation but you live cheap. Just make certain the utilities stay on-and you should be investing in getting off the enemy’s grid in the first place. You should be looking for the first excuse to stage a general strike; it’s a vacation with the purpose of shutting down the economy until demands are met. Taking the other steps outlined above are of course the ultimate expression of the general strike.
22
BEWARE THE POLICE J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com Once upon a time in America, the police officer was a part of the community. An agent of the state, yet a cop had more allegiance to his fellow citizens than to the bureaucrats and career politicians. Times have changed-been changed-by a elitist political, economic and social movement that seeks to destroy the America we still hold dear in our hearts and transform it into part of a neo-communist empire. I say neo-communist because the policies the government pursues come straight out of the ten planks of communism(1) The state is supreme, and since these TRAITORS are imbedded within the state they get to control that supreme state. A key component is control of the guns-force. Can’t get people who’d resist having their homes stolen from them for nonpayment of property taxes without force. Can’t tax people via meticulous monitoring of their daily driving performance without force. Can’t stop people from organizing resistance to being oppressed without force. Can’t protect the state from the people without force. Can’t enforce all the edicts from the bureaucrats and politicians and judges without force. Get the picture people? Despite your personal relationship with certain cops the police are not and never have been on our side; police forces are standing armies trained to “keep the peace”. Their “peace” is YOUR SUBMISSION! And they are lavishly equipped for the job: *A vast, ever expanding legal code designed to entrap the people and give the state’s agents the license to steal from them and kill them. *Weapons-from aluminum nightsticks, pepper spray, TASERS, and handguns to assault rifles, sniper rifles up to .50 caliber, high explosives, armored fighting vehicles, even military aircraft. A standing army indeed.
23
*A subculture that’s kept insulated from the mainstream, a cult of authority and power that never ceases to glory in it’s affectations of self-righteousness, it’s prowess against ignorant, hapless victims. Drawing from those that naturally gravitate toward authoritarianism, cops today are molded into the state’s enforcers, robotically and sadisitically enforcing laws written by lawyers, judged by lawyers. “But, the police are here to protect and serve.” The police are NOT required to protect you. Want proof? Look at the Columbine Massacre in 1999; the police, heavily outmanning and outgunning Eric Harris and Darren Klebold, simply laid siege to the high school and as everyone self-evacuated the police ROUNDED THEM UP AND APPREHENDED THEM AT GUNPOINT! They didn’t lay a hand on Harris and Klebold-they simply kept shooting until their meds drove them to suicide instead of mass murder. Ruby Ridge, Waco; federal agents wielding automatic weapons, body armor and armored vehicles just like the hero cops that didn’t do jack in Littleton, Colorado went all out on a backwoods family and a small communal Texas church. Women and children were openly targeted and MURDERED. Isolated examples you say? Crack open your paper, look around, observe YOUR PUBLIC SERVANTS in action. Do they remotely act like the hollywood cops you see on TV every night? If you’ve ever been harassed over a “infraction”, profiled, or worse you know the right answer. Today’s cops are NOT like Sgt. Joe Friday, T.J. Hooker, or any cop character Bruce Willis or Mel Gibson played. As Boston T. Party so eloquently wrote in “You and the Police”, the police work for the state and the state is looking for bodies. Yours will do just fine. IF you get stopped and you will sometime, have a voice recorder going. Yes you have to identify yourself and present ID and proof of insurance-what you get for letting professional politicians and their lobbyist pimps write the laws rather than you getting involved. You can refuse search requiring a warrant but the cops will do a inventory search anyway-have any valuables and other no-no’s locked in a place secured to the car. Something that will require Probable Cause to get a warrant to open. Probable Cause-in your encounter, you must deflect your public servant’s ideal of a Reasonable Articulable Suspicion. Basically he’s looking to justify his finding a excuse to stop and detain you on your normal business into a reason to arrest you. If you look like a ordinary person with no obvious criminal activity in a jurisdiction that doesn’t have harassing everyone they can get away with as their sole preoccupation you… may have a chance of continuing about your normal business. And for God’s sake, watch your temper. A lot of cops are just itching for a provoked 24
fight and will think nothing of putting you into the hospital. Some would just love to add another notch on their gun and put you in the ground. And yes, race too has a impact on this. No arguing there. If you’re lucky you get a ticket and a date with a traffic court and some fines. Otherwise you get arrested with extreme risk of bodily harm to yourself, even death. You’re thrown into cells designed to inflict a low grade form of chronic torture by discomfort. You’re surrounded by a ruthless criminal element deliberately cultivated by the state to terrorize you into continued support of their All-American tyranny… maybe you’ll make some new friends and avoid being raped. You get some court appearances. You’ll be compelled to plea bargain for a “reduced sentence”. You’ll be compelled to hire a lawyer to defend-for lack of a better word-you, presumably against fellow lawyers who prosecute you and judge you on laws they wrote. Usually they work out a “script” beforehand, in spite of your innocence or guilt, or the fault of the law being enforced. Getting a jury trial? Getting even one person who understands that JURIES CAN NULLIFY THE LAW amounts to something of a miracle as such knowledge is actively suppressed by the legal system. And it all costs a lot of money, as the legal system is a racket and lawyers measure their time by the hundreds of dollars-per-hour. So no wonder the numbers of acquittals are small. No wonder 1 out of 100 Americans are now in the system in some way. Like I said, it’s what you get for letting professional politicians and lawyers run YOUR GOVERNMENT for you. So what do we do? First, you have to protect yourself. I know this is supposed to be a Free Country BUT, try not to look or act like a “dirtbag”. Sad to say it, but middle class, mainstream American “conformists” are “less” likely to be harassed than others. Rich looking people are the least likely of course to be confronted by the police. Make certain your car is up to code. Nothing broken, nothing that suggests “dirtbag” to cops. Some cars are automatically “suspicious” like those “gangbangers” gravitate toward. Certain times you’re at greater risk for busts. Always be careful at night. If you see a long line of cars, and in the opposite lane there are cars at regular intervals, there’s a roadblock; immediately find a alternate route to your destination or you will be stopped. Be careful around schools as well, and any place that may remotely look like a speed trap. Any area where bars are at you’ll have cops fishing for busts for any reason they can come up with.
25
Wire up some tiny spy cameras and microphones in your car; in the front and back with a hidden activation switch to get evidence of evidence planting or police brutality. With the police officer also being an officer of the court, his mere word is considered as evidence, so you’ll need solid proof of your innocence. Only video makes that standard these days. Perhaps you can travel in a group-safety in numbers. One guy gets stopped the rest stop as well. Just about any behavior can be labeled “suspicious” by cops. Watch what you do. Any sideways glances, any uppity attitudes can and will be squelched by weak people with too much power who’s sense of person is dependent on how much authority they can wield on others. For further reading, Boston T. Party’s “You and the Police” is available at www.javelinpress.com and I highly recommend it. It has everything you need to know to defend yourself against your average power hungry cop short of violence. Better to be able to change the law and eliminate the dirty cops. This is politics so you must enter the political arena. You want change in the laws and the way the laws are enforced you have to get in a position to make those changes. “How to win a local election”-written by lifelong political hacks provides a textbook to spring off of, but mostly you’re looking to get elected by finding your locale’s hot buttons and pushing them as long and hard as possible. This book you’ll find at your local bookstore in the politics section. You want to change the cops you have to change your institutions-you have to actually take over the decision making process from professional politicians and parasitic lawyers. Local towns-not big cities-are the achilles heel of the beast’s political system, and the United States Government is part of the beast that’s turned this once greatest of nations into it’s absolute opposite. Local town government is how most government power is enforced upon the People. These are shady, small minded cretins for the most part who revel in their power over our lives. They gladly go along with the status quo of taxes and regulations and current American political thought in order to profit for themselves. Inevitably, they piss people off about something. That is what you use to inflame opposition-opposition enough to get people to the polls on election day. You could have a election sooner than you think. Look through your town’s local laws for anything allowing a emergency recall election. Follow the procedures. Organize your campaign; get your candidates, get your volunteers. Know your demographics; what kind of people live where, where your support’s at where your opposition’s at. Most likely you’ll have the poor areas and middle class to support you while the rich will want the status quo-but that’s a rule of thumb.
26
Have your red button issues. Hammer on them relentlessly. For those that retain that American attribute of hapless apathy, remind them that THEIR POLICE wouldn’t harass them for all kinds of stupid stuff if they were ORDERED not to. BEWARE OF THE POLICE, THEY WILL BE DIRECTED TO STOP YOU! Come election, and your slate wins you and your people will actually have political power. Now that you’re in the driver’s seat it’s time to take care of some election promises. Cut some taxes. Eliminate property taxes and allow full alloidial title so that the People truly own their homes and land and be secure in their ownership. Create taxfree zones in all those boarded up downtown buildings for local small businesses. Go over your town’s Comprehensive Annual Financial Report and see where your town’s invested in… maybe that money would be better spent on schools or tax breaks. And to get back to the point of this article, clean up your police department. Get a copy of their departmental procedures and start some very heavy editing. Clean YOUR POLICE DEPARTMENT of any and all law enforcement officers who have betrayed the trust of the People. Get input from any decent Peace Officers whether on your force or not. Your police department can’t be of the People unless it’s run BY the People. ANY piece of equipment “donated” by the federal government MUST BE RETURNED! Under federal guidelines, accepting federal assistance puts YOUR POLICE DEPARTMENT UNDER FEDERAL CONTROL! And you spent a lot of time and money to get elected just so you could rein in your rogue cops. What of the laws coming from the county government? First you have to take over enough small communities in your county to win a county-wide election. That means duplicating your success in surrounding communities, preferably at the same time. Taking control of county government is a bigger goal, but if you free your town from the current crop of socialist, elitist parasites it will become a beacon, an example of Freedom that other communities will see, and duplicate. Taking control of a county means running your candidate for Sheriff-this is big because the Sheriff is the highest ranking law enforcement authority… he can even prohibit state and federal authorities from operating in “his county” without permission. Taking over a whole county… instituting government deconstruction and return of Freedom and assets back to the taxpayers will go a long way toward greatly improving the quality of life in your community; politically, economically, socially, and would greatly reduce the need for police. See the logical conclusion? Take over enough counties and you have enough grass roots political muscle to usurp the Democrat/Republican party lock on your state’s government. Run your candidates and with the examples of your community, and your county(PROVIDED YOU CAN KEEP THE ELECTIONS FAIR)you could win control of YOUR STATE’S GOVERNMENT. Win control of your state government and you can disband your state’s highway patrol, on the general principle that I’ve never heard of a state trooper who wasn’t a programmed 27
law enforcing robot. You can also bring your state’s finances under the same scrutiny you did your local community. Start scrapping laws and create tax-free enterpeneur zones for the poorest in all those boarded up city storefronts. You’ll see an even bigger improvement in quality of life, which will mean of course less need for police. Win enough states and now winning the federal government is within reach. I advocate it’s utter dismemberment and replacement with something… a hell of a lot smaller. This of course is contingent on there being elections and a Constitutional government, which would be null and void in a martial law scenario or when the “elites” realize their plans of integrating America, Canada and Mexico into their “north american union”. In either case, there will be no elections and your local police will truly be unleashed. J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com 1) 1-Abolition of property in land and application of all rents to public purposes Unless you possess Texas property with alloidal title, you “own” Real Estate-you pay a yearly property tax to the county. You miss your tax you lose your land in a tax forfeiture sale. I myself tried to take advantage of this communist policy and get a house and flip it for ten to twenty times what I’d pay out but that’s a racket that already has big fish in it… or they get a lot of people in on the bid so they can max out the profits. 2-A heavy progressive or graduated income tax Federal, state and local taxes, are rated according to income but unless you’re homeless you’re going to dish out at least 40% to some kind of tax scheme. Medieval serfs paid less. 3-Abolition of all rights of inheritance Ever heard of the estate tax? 4-Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels You leave America and renounce citizenship the government takes your property and/or make you pay taxes for three more years. You try resisting the government in selfdefense they take your property. The forfeiture laws make a broad sweep and any excuse the government can make to take what’s yours they’ll do it. 5-Centralization of credit in the hands of the state by means of a national bank with state capital and an exclusive monopoly When the Constitution was signed, there was a standard of coinage of silver and gold that anyone was allowed to follow to legally coin their own money. Two attempts at a national bank were defeated in the 19th century and America enjoyed a 28
decentralized banking system with a stable money. With the fraudulant passing of the 16th ammendment we now have a heavy, progressive income tax and a privately owned, centralized credit and money issuing system with a monopoly on issuing money. 6-Centralization of the means of communication and transport in the hands of the state The FCC requires a license to transmit over airwaves. Licensing-permits form the stateare required to use public roads. 7-Extension of factories and insturments of producitons owned by the state; the bringing into cultivation of waste-lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan. Basically the zoning laws, and regionalism. 8-Equal liability of all to labor. Establishment of industrial armies, especially for agriculture A national draft for non military needs has been proposed and will be enacted during martial law. Conscript labor is already a reality in the nation’s 3 million prisoners. 9-Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries; gradual abolition of the distinction between town and country by a more equable distribution of the population. Corporations, with much of their outstanding stock owned by the government control most agricultural land in the US. 10-Free education for all children in public schools. Combination of education with industrial produciton. Public schools run under the Marxist NEA have dumbed down Americans for generations. Most people are “guided” into “careers” to be useful to the govenrment and corporations instead of receiving a balanced education.
29
ACTIVIST SURVIVAL GUIDE J. Croft http://freedomguide.wordpress.com http://freedomguide.blogspot.com Patriot Activists today are God’s prophets to America. Everyone from the 14 year old passing out 9/11 pamphlets and DVDs at school to Alex Jones making movies and spending hours every day on air are sounding the warning, the call to action. Unfortunately our enemies the inbred psychopathic blueblooded “elite” hear you as well. Given the deliberate destruction of America and the world so they can consolidate public over our graves you can expect your lives to occasionally go to hell. So, the following: YOU’RE SELLING CHANGE: CHANGE IS ALWAYS A HARD SELL, EXCEPT IN CHANGING TIMES As Robert Ringer stated in Winning by Intimidation, you need to believe you’ll make the sale of Revolution… that’s what you’re selling… but at the same time you expect to fail selling Revolution to the next person you talk to, who sees your work. Keep swinging; every pamphlet, video, person you talk to is a blow to the beast, so enjoy your work. You are Blessed to be alive at this time! 30
DON’T BE ALONE Unless you’re hidden like the mythical Osama Bin Ladin, being alone and out in the public invites danger. There’s safety in numbers. There’s support in numbers, encouragement, resources, perspectives. Have as many circles, as many people as possible. And part of having a circle is giving. Give your time, your good will, your laughter, your support. God gives back what’s given to the Cause. You’re an activist-be the part! DON’T ENGAGE IN BEHAVIORS OR SUBSTANCES THAT CAN INCRIMINATE YOU IN THIS CRIMINALISTIC LEGAL SYSTEM Save the pot smoking until after the Revolution’s won. Likewise don’t be out at the bars every night-the beast keeps them open to draw people out, get them drunk and high, and bust them for everything from bar fights to being drunk. Certainly don’t do stupid stuff like… just about anything these days. It literally takes nothing to get one of the beast’s tin badge gods on your ass. They want you in the system and they love having your loudmouth ass in the joint. So stay sober in public, stay behaved, come correct. Don’t be a casualty due to a moment’s weakness. ALWAYS HAVE CAMERAS ON YOU That’s plural-have cameras on you. Your own cameras. Cameras born by others around you. Always be ready to shoot(your camera) because news could happen right in front of you-like some tin badge gods trying to stop you from passing out The Obama Deception. Decent enough digital cameras for daytime start at $50. DSLR w/ video capability can do much better at night than similarly priced flash camcorders due to their much bigger sensor and so should be used at night. HAVE A ACTIVIST LAWYER, JUST IN CASE… Yes, I wrote “Kill All Lawyers”. Lawyers as a group have done about as much as the banks in ruining America. Have a Patriot Attorney that’s proven in the courtroom when you get arrested. You WILL get arrested. You WILL need someone who can put up battle, and you WILL need to not be alone so be known among your fellow Patriot activists so you have a defense fund. BE ABLE TO SUPPORT YOUR ACTIVIST LIFESTYLE If you can have passive cash flow as taught by Robert Kiyosaki in his “Rich Dad, Poor Dad” series… but amended for a deliberately destroyed economy. If you can’t quite do it, have as low stress a job as possible because you cannot do this grinding your teeth worrrying if your boss will fire you or even dwelling on crap you endured on the job. Getting Started in the Underground Economy by Adam Cash is a good start on finding cash flow to fund your activism. The epitome of self-supporting activism is of course, Alex Jones. His websites 31
www.infowars.com, www.prisonplanet.com offer swag, a membership where you can view exclusive content, and he’s not boring. In fact he’s about the most dynamic personality in the media today. A lot of people hate on him for making money-don’t hate, imitate. DON’T LIVE WHERE YOU’RE REGISTERED WITH BY THE GOVERNMENT This should be everyone’s priority. As long as you live where you’ve registered with any corporation or government entity you can be hit up for business, arrested, served court papers, get raided for guns, for your kid having a scrape on your knee, being an activist asshole to the potbellied pedophiles. Swap houses with someone. Anyone. Trade places and equivalent bills. Park your car well away from your new crib. Better yet, have a Patriot friend chauffeur you about. Or take the bus. If you’re not where you’re registered the government can’t find you or the person you traded places with… unless they’re looking for both of you, so trade with multiple people. If everyone played a shell game with the govenrment their entire GPS census spy grid is made usesless. That’s another paper but I mention it for your operational security. As an extension, stop accessing the internet from a terminal registered in your name at your own place. Use public wi-fi with a lot of traffic, or a public access computer you don’t have to register with ID to use. Use pre-paid phones. Stop using credit cards, checks. Use cash, barter, money orders. HAVE A SAFE HOUSE Something will go wrong even with the last recommendation and you will need a place to hide out. This safe house needs to be run by a covert Patriot whose never ever: *voted *publically expressed opinion on the internet beyond what movie they liked and such *bought a gun through a ffl or with a check/credit card or anything else the inbreeds don’t like *felony record This will be tough. You MUST FERVERENTLY CONVINCE NEW PATRIOTS TO NOT BE PUBLIC WITH THEIR BELIEFS. Most won’t listen to you-so be it-but someone WILL see what you’re getting at and will see their mission as to be a secret shelter in times of need. Be certain to make sure they’re not foreclosed on before you or one of yours needs a place. TAKE A BREAK
32
You will burn out. You will get tired. So take a break. Have a bonfire. Play some first person shooter video games. Get some shooting in. Tend your survival garden. Study a new trade. Make love. Write a story. Exercise. Pray to Our Father. I wish all of you out there the very best. Certainly we are going into the worst of times but if we keep swinging, keep our eyes open, keep sight of the goal of Freedom we can and will win. In the meantime, we have to fight. Fight smart and win.
TYRANNY RORSHARCH TEST
The Photo above is from a Durham, NC SWAT raid of a "suspected" crack house. No drugs were found yet the police treated the incident as a "success"; because a "message" was put out that such activity "won't be tolerated". So, is "sending a message out" worth THIS?!! Your answer should tell you just how conditioned by the beast you are to your SLAVERY
WESTERNRIFLESHOOTERS.BLOGSPOT.COM: 41 QUESTIONS YOU NEED TO ASK YOURSELF Don't think you can hack being a 3 percenter, a Oath Keeper, a Patriot with your 350lb fat ass keeping your beer mug from spilling while waving your wii around. READ. READ IT ALL. J. Croft
33
20 Questions If your spouse ran into the room and said her brother - a state trooper - just called to warn that raids under the new Federal assault weapons/domestic terrorism laws were beginning tonight: 1) Would you flee, assuming that you believed yourself to be "a person of interest"? 2) Whether your decision was to flee or to stand, what would your spouse and children do? 3) What would you and your family use as money and travel documents? 4) Would you have an adequate bag or two suitably packed and ready to go for each "fugitive"? 5) Would you have all medical necessities addressed for you and your family (e.g., teeth, immunizations, mitigation of any preexisting conditions, adequate supplies of maintenance drugs, etc.)? 6) What about three-season (fall/winter/spring) clothing for you and each family member? 7) What would you use for transportation? 8) What would you use to refuel your transportation? 9) Where would you go? 10) By what route(s)? 11) Upon arrival, where would you stay and for how long?
34
12) What would you use for communications (both receive and transmit)? 13) What would you tell your employer? 14) What would you tell your neighbors? 15) What would you tell your friends and family? 16) What would you use to buy what you need while in flight (fuel, food, transport, bribes, etc.)? 17) How would you alter your and your family's physical appearances while in flight? 18) Who would be your allies trustworthy enough to guard your life and the lives of your family? 19) How would you contact your allies? 20) What are your three alternate plans for each of the preceding questions?
24 Comments: Anonymous said... I would tell my wife to leave with the children for wherever she wants to go, get my gear, and go after THEM. I'm sick of this runnin' crap. March 31, 2009 2:49 PM Anonymous said... 1. Don't go anywhere, just use the things that you have already prepared. If you had any intelligent brain material at all, you would have had a way to defend yourself, a months worth of food and water and a network of friends that you can call on that would be willing to ambush the traitors before they ever get near your home. March 31, 2009 4:13 PM pops1911 said... Good list - it requires much thought now if not already done. When you realize you need to know the answers, it may be too late - plan ahead for the coming problems & contingencies. March 31, 2009 7:26 PM Anonymous said... I wouldn't run. I'd rather stand and fight..to the death if need be. I've already told my family, if this sort of thing ever comes to pass..get out of the house and away from the neighborhood. My only hope is that my neighbors will help out by catching the invaders in a cross fire...and I think they would. March 31, 2009 8:59 PM 35
Anonymous said... I would go directly to my psychiatrist's office as I clearly have been listening too long to the tinfoil hats. I'm not saying they aren't out to get you, and won't come for you at some point, but don't you have plenty of other shit to worry about? March 31, 2009 9:25 PM streetdog said... What did our Founding Fathers do after Paul Revere and William Dawes spread the alarm? I suspect that most thoughtful patriots who visit this website already have a good idea how they are going to react. May God save our Republic! March 31, 2009 10:35 PM Anonymous said... "If your spouse ran into the room and said her brother - a state trooper - just called to warn that raids under the new Federal assault weapons/domestic terrorism laws were beginning tonight:" I think that we'd know far in advance - this thing simply would have to be too big to hide, esp. when a lot of people in all branches of government are on our side (even if they aren't making the decisions). IOW, I think that this particular premise is a bit flawed... ...though the general question of "what will you do if..." needs to be answered by each individual or small group, and done so in a thoughtful and realistic manner. In that sense, this is an excellent post. It gets everyone to thinking...and the more that lots of people begin to formulate responses, whether they post them or not (such as "I'm going hunting" and the like), the less likely it is that such responses will be necessary (which is, I believe, the whole point of this and similar posts here and elsewhere - they are the rattlesnake shaking his tail for all he's worth, telling the world to leave him the F alone, OR ELSE). March 31, 2009 10:39 PM Anonymous said... Flee? Your kidding, right? What would you do if it were a bunch of chinese invading and taking your weapons? What is the difference in enemies foreign or domestic? April 1, 2009 1:32 AM Concerned American said... There is "flee" and then there is "flee". Defending fixed positions gets you dead, especially with (tactically) inferior numbers and assets.
36
A lot of good folks are going to die learning that lesson. April 1, 2009 1:36 AM Anonymous said... There's always Hit & Run Tactics. Your main party continueson to safe havens that have been agreed to beforehand. As the Men make some Pain. Then Pull back and wait & Hit again. Will create intimidation. Why? Your pursuers will not know when you are gonna strike at them next, or from where. Will slow them down. April 1, 2009 1:59 AM Anonymous said... Well, this house to house raiding isn't going to happen. Too many kooks like myself around, and the lessons of places like Stalingrad to dwell upon for military/police locked in to any grand conspiracy. One, cops are more patriotic than most. They won't abide by this kind of nonsense. Second, many nations have overthrown dictators without any arms in public possession. The Romanians took them from the army and police, and as soon as they saw the furry of the masses the army and police went in to hidding. What is best to remember is that doing nothing is the worst thing possible. Gun owners should organize large armed protests and put some fear back in to the system, some respect for the worker bees is what's needed by these damn politicans. April 1, 2009 6:42 AM Anonymous said... Well, this house to house raiding isn't going to happen. Too many kooks like myself around, and the lessons of places like Stalingrad to dwell upon for military/police locked in to any grand conspiracy. One, cops are more patriotic than most. They won't abide by this kind of nonsense. Second, many nations have overthrown dictators without any arms in public possession. The Romanians took them from the army and police, and as soon as they saw the furry of the masses the army and police went in to hidding. What is best to remember is that doing nothing is the worst thing possible. Gun owners should organize large armed protests and put some fear back in to the system, some respect for the worker bees is what's needed by these politicans. April 1, 2009 6:44 AM Anonymous said... Yea, what's the difference between foreign invaders or domestic traitors? Treason is treason, and Invasion is invasion. Who cares what they say they are doing. UN troops from Canada just helping out with the domestic problems? Or, part of a plan for treason? The British sent some poor smucks to disarm some tribal folks in Afganistan recently and guess what, they all got killed. Fact is, the last ones were holding out pictures of their familys begging for their lives when they got shot. Seems that disarming the natives was reconsidered after that incident. Go figure. 37
April 1, 2009 6:51 AM Anonymous said... Concerned American, there are worse things than death. Like flee, you hide, I will fight. April 1, 2009 2:02 PM Concerned American said... Dying in place at the address the FedGov has for you is neither brave nor patriotic. "Flee" simply means not being where your 4473s show as your home. There's going to be enough unpleasantness w/o freedom-loving folks signing up to die unnecessarily. April 1, 2009 5:50 PM Anonymous said... And when you get tired of running? What then? Do you then choose to stand? With all respect, it appears you are not as fed up with all of this mess as I. I was born here, I am old, tired and angry and I will not flee from any tyrranical gov., foreign or domestic. Just as David of old, I will go to meet the enemy and there it will be done. It is not about bravery or patriotism, it is about being fed up with being tread on. I will say no more concerning this matter. April 1, 2009 10:29 PM Ya Basta said... I think Waco showed pretty clearly what happens to small armed groups that stand and fight. The good souls at Waco won the first day. They let the ATF agents retreat. The next day fed goons came back with reinforcements and a tank. Members of MOVE in Philadelphia were winning their standoff before the PD used a helicopter to drop a bomb on them. For all practical purposes, the State possesses unlimited resources. Maneuver is key to any civilian resistance. Guerrillas don't fight from fortresses, they shoot and move, winning the sympathy of non-combatants and exhausting their larger, more cumbersome adversaries. April 2, 2009 2:59 AM Concerned American said... In addition, if people understood Boyd's Observe-Orient-Decide-Act (OODA) loop, they would understand that not only does the OpFor not have the resources to hit all places simultaneously, but they also do not have the ability to react when folks think faster that they can. Hit 'em where they (the pointy-end of the spear) ain't. Again, people who are freedom-minded need to get out of the "it's my castle and I will defend it" mode. April 2, 2009 4:37 AM 38
Anonymous said... I just stumbled upon this article through Steve Quayle's website and find your discussion very interesting. Having been in Iraq and Afghanistan for the past 6 years, literally. I only go home for 2 weeks every 4 months. I found an author who clearly understands guerilla and insurgent warfare. His name is Poole. He has authored several books on ht subject. Start with "The Last Hundred yards" to find his works on Amazon. They are all well worth the read and to keep for reference. Best of luck to anyone who decides to stand and fight! April 2, 2009 8:42 AM Anonymous said... I'm an old single gay man. I don't have to worry about kids or women. Gee, kinda of an exciting question. I mean, been victimized all my life by the system anyways. Well, I've been preparing for this kind of blantant treason. I mean the writting been on the wall for a while now. Cached some stuff in the highways and byways. Left a map for a special person in case I die. I've prepared with food, and am building a bunker, just in case. Hey, I don't have the hassles of the rest of you. I do what I want. I sold a few guns to a previously dead guy, so technically I don't own but a couple. So, you say some old flame calls and warns me these idiots are making a go at treason in the open? What do I do, what do I do? Well, I'm gonna go and get the guns I own and say goodby to them. Here ya go Mr. Traitor. I never really wanted them anyways. I just got them because I'm old and afraid. It's a such a relief to finally not have to worry about all those guns on the street. Bye, bye now, look out for the IED's. Afterwards, well, I'm going shopping. I'd sure like to get my hands on a new XM29, and how else is that going to happen. Thanks for bringing one to my neighborhood. It makes shopping so much easier. Any ideas when the shopping might start? The sooner the better as far as I'm concerned. I don't want to die before all the fun starts. April 2, 2009 1:21 PM Anonymous said... You guys are kidding yourselves if you think it’s going to play out in any of the scenarios described. The comparison with Afghanistan is completely bogus. The Afghans have been at war forever, they live in a tribal society, are heavily armed and prepared to fight, and have just about nothing to lose except a life spent in poverty and misery. This country is full of pampered and deluded people who don’t want to lose their HDTV’s and 39
Starbuck’s frappucinos. If the government wants your guns they’ll first create a pretext by staging a false-flag terrorist op or creating some other kind of “national emergency.” Gun owners will be marginalized as a threat that must be neutralized for the “good of the country.” They’ll announce a grace period for everyone to turn in their guns to be followed by the imposition of a draconian penalty. They may even claim it is going to be temporary and guns will be returned after the emergency. They may go through the charade of inventorying your weapons and giving you documents with which to reclaim them “after the emergency is over.” That’s all it will take for most people to turn in their guns. Let’s not forget that the media has been demonizing guns and gun ownership for decades now, and there are millions of your countrymen who think you’re a dangerous wacko for even owning a gun. Those hold outs left with guns will then be part of a very small minority that is perceived as a threat to the country (after all, since you didn’t obey the law you’re now a “criminal”), requiring good “patriotic” Americans to turn them in to the authorities, with the understanding that they will be rewarded, while if it is discovered they knew and didn’t report it they will also suffer a draconian punishment. That mother-in-law, cousin, brother-in-law, uncle, neighbor, etc, that doesn’t like you or your politics won’t even need the incentive of a reward to turn you in. If they think it is still necessary at this point, when it looks like they’ve got all they’re going to get this way, they’ll pick someplace where there are a lot of registered gun owners (remember, they’re going to have records that allow them to estimate the hold out ratio), or some community that has been vocal about opposing confiscation, and stage a sweep there. They’ll give everyone an opportunity to surrender their guns and then go in using full military force. Anyone who resists in any way will be exterminated. After that, all except the most hardcore diehards will turn in their weapons. As far as running goes, run to where, with what, living how? This country is already locked down tighter than a drum. In the kind of scenario we’re talking about you’re going to need special ID’s. People will be told to be suspicious of people paying in cash, and especially of anyone using gold or silver, and people from out of town. You have children –then why aren’t they in school? Work places will be required to report people who don’t show up for work and people seeking employment. If you join a group somewhere you’ll be even easier to identify and eliminate, ‘cause at this point they’ll be taking out “militant groups” with predator drones. You won’t last a week on the run unless you can get out of the country and are prepared to live abroad. Virtually no one with a family is going to fight. You fight and your family is dead. That leaves old people and young singles. Maybe a few old couples will go down together fighting, and a few single males with romantic notions of glory or nothing to lose. Let’s not forget that not one person resisted turning in their guns in the aftermath of Katrina, and the same logic that rationalized that will rationalize cooperation during a national confiscation –that it will be temporary, only until the emergency is passed, and it’s not worth dying for. 40
April 3, 2009 4:13 PM Anonymous said... When people start dropping like flies.... that is when the confiscation would start. I am amazed that adding 2 + 2 seems to yield 6 today. If you bother to add all the clues into a single formulation, it is not required that a rocket scientist interpret the data. The wording of congressional bills, the preparations of national groups such as FEMA etc..., the preparedness of "vaccines" to epidemics which have not even happened with, to the impossibly accidental contamination of flu vaccines with h5n1 bird flu (a level 2 or 3 bio-hazard material).... I said "impossibly accidental" since flu vaccines are not produced in a bio-hazard lab handling such lethally dangerous viruses to begin with, let alone the same room designed specifically to prevent viral or bacterial escape from the room! DUH! Understand please, that all concerned know full well that the number of gun owners in the US FAR outnumbers the combined personnel of BOTH the police and all branches of the armed services combined. In fact, we have more gun owners in the US than the standing army of CHINA! If one out of 10 managed to hit 1 aggressor, they would run out of troops long before the US ran out of gun owners. Simple fact. Now, they also know that a determined effort by a small percentage of those would crush opposition, even considering force multipliers, such as helis, planes, tanks, APC's, and drones. Too many people would initially "shop around", as some people have already hinted. There is also to be considered the stated movements of military and police personel, which would defect to the cause of the citizens, and bring their own supplies.... To be blunt, not even a stupid and arrogant aggressor would try such facing what is evident, unless they believe that there would be no cohesion to the forces opposed. Which, from what I have seen from all the hillbilly mentality (watch your own back, let everyone else fend for themselves garbage), might actually be the case. If that time ever comes, quite simply you must stand united, or die separately. A house divided against itself cannot (and will not) stand. I personally hope that time never comes within my lifetime, but I do know that such mentalities as what have been cooking up these schemes are cold and completely ruthless. United, 5% of the population took on a much larger, much better equipped and trained fighting force, and won. We became a nation united then, hopefully we can remain one now.
41
April 4, 2009 11:49 AM Anonymous said... "United, 5% of the population took on a much larger, much better equipped and trained fighting force, and won." This is mythology, not history. There is no comparison between the situation then and now. We had significant material support from France, who was at war with Britain. Most importantly, both sides had roughly the same weapons capabilities. There's not going to be any militia fought revolution in this country that is anything like the revolutionary war. All you need to do to see what's going to happen is look at Gaza and Iraq. There are no battles with US or Israeli forces that don't result in annihilation for the enemy. That's why the other side uses rockets and IEDs and suicide bombers. If you want to talk about the military being on our side, yeah, that's a different equation. But I think you're underestimating the kind of demonization process that's going to take place before anything like this happens, and the controlling infrastructure. This isn't going to happen tomorrow.
Wednesday, July 15, 2009 Think Globally, Act Locally: 20 More Questions on "Let's Win"
Victor Davis Hanson lays out the overall tactical situation here. Sample section below, but do read the whole thing: *** ...Stimulus, Stimulus and Not a Drop… A “stimulus” of nearly a trillion dollars was proposed, without which we were told, unemployment would skyrocket and credit would tighten further. Six months later — unemployment having risen even higher than the administration’s forecast would have been the case had their stimulus package not been implemented — now the same proponents of massive borrowing demand a second stimulus to accomplish what the first ’successful’ borrowing apparently did not. If you fail, then try the same thing to fail even 42
bigger the second time — while calling for more success to follow the earlier success? The Larger Agenda Note here I mean something quite different from the accustomed notion of “accomplish.” You see, I think the point was never much to build more bike paths on borrowed money or just bail out GM, but rather more to reengineer the tax code, as part of a grander vision of creating a new equality of result in America. Soon we will all end up after each April 15 about making the same, driving the same sort of cars and using the same sort of mass transit, living in about the same sorts of houses, and having about the same sorts of “”they will take care of it for me” philosophies — all overseen by brilliant, but highly ranked and exempt Platonic Guardians who suffer on our behalf as they jet and limo at breakneck speed ensuring our welfare. Gorging “the Beast” We are beginning to sense the debate is not about “stimulus” (politicians did not even read the various bills that they rammed through and care little about the fiscal impact from them). Rather, we are witnessing an inversion of Reagan’s sort of playing chicken, once called “starve the beast” (which I thought was a wrong notion), a philosophy of cutting taxes to cut revenue to starve the federal government’s excessive spending in the face of spiraling deficits. Under Obama’s “gorge the beast” version, America will simply write so many bounced checks, run up such an enormous $10 trillion debt, that taxes will have to rise on “them” — and wasn’t this really the point of it all anyway: to “spread the wealth around” and “never let a crisis go to waste”? Since new programs never shrink, but, like Johnson grass, grow with impunity, and since Democrats, even more so than wasteful Republicans, don’t worry about deficits, taxes must escalate to avoid catastrophe. The Bad Guys Ponder a simple fact: The Obama administration is dispersing income lavishly to those who do not pay taxes and it will have to be paid for by those who do. For all the talk of that awful percentile who make over $200,000, this administration has not distinguished the hyper-rich 1% that make untold money (e.g., the Buffets, Soroses, Turners, Gateses, Kerrys, Gores, etc.), from the much more demonized, larger 5% of the population whose income does not come from investments and insider influence and deal-making, but rather from providing more tangible goods and services — the family doctor, the plumbing contractor, the small lumber company owner, the car dealer, the local familyheld insurance company, the airline pilot, the car-leasing firm, the patent attorney, etc. “Their Fair Share” Last fall we heard that this percentile was unpatriotic, did not wish to spread the wealth around, and had made off like bandits under Bush. But the fact is, to quote Mayor Gavin Newsome’s ‘like it or not’, they are precisely those who decide most dynamically 43
whether to hire, fire, expand, contract, buy/sell goods, etc. And the results of the Obama war against them are threefold: 1) in major key states, the productive minority’s state income taxes will near or exceed 10%; their federal rates will go to 40%; the abolition of caps on FICA will ensure 15% plus of most their income will go for new Medicare and Social Security bites; and they may well be eligible for a newly proposed punitive health-care surcharge tax of 4-6%. Add It Up 1) If one were to add all that up (forget rises in sales taxes, inheritance taxes, luxury taxes, etc.), then one can get to 70% of one’s income. So right this minute, the electrical contractor is thinking: ‘I made $412,000 last year due to Saturday jobs, overtime, risky bidding, gambles on new equipment, and new lines of credit, but under Obama I will pay maybe $50-80,000 more of my income to the government. In other words the cost of, say, hiring two more entrylevel electricians, or the cost of outfitting an entire new van with boom and equipment, or what I cleared every Saturday last year — all that will go to the government.” Ripples of Doubt And that means rippling throughout this key sector of the economy — even before these taxes have been enacted — are hesitation, stasis, and ultimately constriction — at first for psychological reasons, soon confirmed by the actual facts of less money. In short, very bright people will be thinking how to hide income, how to barter, how to slow down and not produce goods and services, rather than blast full speed ahead and enrich angry others. A Certain Paranoia 2) Do not discount again the psychological element. This putative electrical contractor also knows that after handing over his profits to the new government, and delaying or ending his plans for enlargement, he will not be praised, but continually demonized (I scanned CNN, MSNBC, CBS, and NBC the other evening, and all the stories had a common theme: the “rich” (yes, you see, ACME Electric is now about the equivalent to AIG and Citibank) will have to pay their “fair share” for all sorts of “overdue” necessities: cap-and-trade, nationalized health care, education grants and freebies, and new social programs. You Owe Us So our electrician senses that despite his newfound, sizable contribution to the public good, he will a) not be thanked but only further ridiculed; b) see his money diverted from his own wise use of it, to anonymous agencies’ liberal expenditures of it: the money will not be just lost, but invested in things that will make things worse, not better, through subsidies of failed programs and the destruction of incentives; c) see that the world under Obama is now unfair in Orwellian fashion: the Citibanks and AIGs, in Robert Rubin 44
fashion, are so well connected to both parties that they will suffer little for their mistakes; the Ivy-League and Washington technocratic class that is to run all this is happy with its government perks and does not think new taxes and compliance apply to themselves (cf. Dodd, Rangel, Geithner, Daschle, Murtha, etc.). You Never Needed All That Anyway 3) Finally the now chastised and ossified electrician will begin to see that his new truck, his boat, his vacation home, all these are somehow immoral in carbon, political, cultural, racial, and social terms. And he senses that others, who do not pay any income taxes (approaching 50% of the population), see themselves at war with him: the more he pays in taxes, the more others see that his compliance with such new burdens is proof of what he “really” owed all the time, and a sign that he can pay even more next round... *** Vandam gives us the strategic outlook here; money graf: *** ...The great principle of America is that free people pursue their interests freely and the government attends only to the irreducible commonalities. That has already been eroded to the point where Americans, one way or another, stand in line in the government cafeteria. This presidency is adding bars to the windows even as it sucks the air out of the room. It’s going to be a dreadful experience. It will be everything that the most selfloathing of Americans have long wanted but didn’t have the initiative to emigrate to Cuba and get it straight up for themselves... *** We also know what the price was to crack the national government's will in a much more virile America, circa 1968. By the end of that year, 36,152 American troops had been killed in the Vietnam conflict. That fact led to a change in the national government, which in turn sued its opponents for peace. Goethe has supplied an operational concept. So let's ask another "20 Questions", using the following assumptions: - Two of the three branches of the Federal Government, along with most of their constituent agencies and bureaucracies, have been captured by totalitarian statists who routinely violate the limitations on their power expressly required by the US Constitution/Bill of Rights; - The so-called "opposition party" is only marginally less statist than the incumbents, and in fact sponsored many of the most egregiously unconstitutional programs when they last held power; - State and local governments are so financially dependent on Federal transfer payments that they are de facto mere departments of the national government, rather than the separate sovereigns envisioned by the Founding Fathers; and 45
- All rational prognoses are for the situation to grow worse with each passing quarter for the foreseeable future. 1) Do you know, if you deem such actions to be both moral and necessary, which targets in your area-- both materiel and otherwise -- you would select for political action? 2) Do you have the means (i.e., the tools and materials) needed to engage each of those targets successfully? 3) Do you have the skill sets and mindset needed to engage each of those targets successfully? 4) Do you have the operational support needed to engage each of those targets successfully? 5) Having engaged those targets in your area successfully, do you have the - means, - skill sets, - mindset, and - operational support to evade investigation, capture, interrogation, and sentencing, so as to be capable of future missions against different targets in your area or elsewhere? 6) Do you have the means and skill sets to properly and safely exploit your successful missions for maximum propaganda value via YouTube and other media? 7) Do you have the resources to help others execute steps 1-6 in your area without compromising your own operational ability? 8) Do you have the ability to relocate successfully to other parts of the country as part of your post-mission exfiltration/recovery period? 9) Do you have the funds and personal items (essential medicines, etc.) that you would need if you suddenly had to relocate? 10) Do you have viable forms of alternate identification? 11) If you have alternative identification, do you know how reliable it is? 12) Do you have Spandoflage headwear as part of your mission kit? 13) Do you have viable gloves that will be usable in tactical situations yet unobtrusive during both your ingress and egress? 14) What steps -- in detail -- have you taken to avoid the standard crime scene rule that 46
"everyone leaves evidence behind, while at the same time takes evidence away"? 15) Have you been dedicated in your physical training? 16) Have you considered the very-close-work operational utility of a snubnose .38 revolver with a dehorned hammer? 17) Have you considered the close-work operational utility of the rifled slug (12 or 20 gauge) fired from a short-barreled shotgun? 18) Have you considered all of the wonderful ways that modern statist technology is vulnerable to the creative application of force/friction/heat/cold/electrical current/water, both as a standalone event and as a triggering event for a subsequent response? 19) Are you morally squared-away for what you are about to do? 20) Have you practiced your tactics and skills so that you have a realistic assessment of your own strengths and weaknesses, and have your plans been modified in light of that assessment? Special bonus question: 21) Do you understand that, with the millions upon millions of vulnerable, unarmed, government-paid collaborators and Quislings at the local, state, and Federal levels, let alone all of the government-owned property in every jurisdiction of this huge country just aching for traditional American political action, one of your biggest problems (after the initial decision and commitment, of course) will be in focusing your efforts so as to achieve maximum effect with minimal exposure to you? Audentes fortuna iuvat. Anonymous said... We are very close to the brink now. I truly hope folks have their affairs in order. July 15, 2009 6:15 PM Anonymous said... outstanding....need to get this onto flyers and get it disseminated into the public July 15, 2009 6:43 PM Atlas Shrug said... Very good stuff. With more "mainstream" folks like VDH writing such things, more shreds of figurative clothing are stripped from this evil emperor. Of note in this vein. I was layed up sick yesterday and heard lots of radio, including Limbaugh and Levin. Both of these guys were pointing out very clearly that the Obama regime is doing and getting exactly what it wants, while the obvious failures in doing what it says are not enough to slow things down. 47
No, they don't go to the next step and talk about what needs to be done to stop this (although Levin gets closer). However, the talk is getting out there and may be laying some groundwork to help many make some connections on their own.... Keep your powder dry, AS
Feedback on "20 More Questions": Accomplices and Collaborators
Got a call from a friend who was offended by question #21 in our recent "20 More Questions" piece: 21) Do you understand that, with the millions upon millions of vulnerable, unarmed, government-paid collaborators and Quislings at the local, state, and Federal levels, let alone all of the government-owned property in every jurisdiction of this huge country just aching for traditional American political action, one of your biggest problems (after the initial decision and commitment, of course) will be in focusing your efforts so as to achieve maximum effect with minimal exposure to you? At issue was the implication that every single employee -- armed and unarmed - of the combined local/state/Federal Leviathan was a legitimate recipient of political action, however each individual American defines that activity. Here's the thing -- every last one of those government employees is subordinate to you, the individual American citizen -- at least according to one of our system's central articles 48
of faith. In cold reality, compared to private-sector workers and business owners (who, not coincidentally, pay the taxes that feed and house each government parasite's family), they are your betters -- more pay, better benefits, greater job security, shorter hours, more vacation, and much better retirement plans. In short, all government workers know that you, the American taxpayer, are subordinate to each and every one of them -- from the newest-hired Motor Vehicles drone to the tenured government schoolteacher to the uniformed police officer who just pulled you over for a local revenue opportunity....uh, I guess they still call them "speeding tickets". And before any readers get their knickers in a twist -- yes, there are dedicated government workers who go above and beyond the call of duty... And still enjoy better benefits and better retirement perquisites, along with more vacation, than their private-sector peers in equivalent positions. But that's not the real reason why all government employees should face the wrath of free Americans. The real reason is much more simple: each civil servant is a cog in Leviathan's machine. As Vanderboegh pointed out the other day, if you want to break a windmill -- simply throw a wooden shoe into its mechanism. Ergo, if you want to hobble Leviathan, simply provide creative incentives for the cogs to absent themselves. If a cog doesn't report to its proper place, the tyrant's infernal machine will grind on, but nearby cogs will notice the absence. If several cogs no longer are in their assigned positions within the mechanism, the machinery will start creak and shudder. Lather, rinse, repeat. And make no mistake: each and every one of those cogs in every government agency chooses every single work day to climb into his or her cubicle and serve the omnivorous beast Government, because doing so is in each cog's best interests. Engaging Government successfully therefore simply requires a new calculus of selfinterest to be created and effectively disseminated to the governing hordes. As Solzhenitsyn said in the The Gulag Archipelago: And how we burned in the camps later, thinking: What would things have been like if every Security operative, when he went out at night to make an arrest, had been uncertain whether he would return alive and had to say goodbye to his family? Or if, during periods 49
of mass arrests, as for example in Leningrad, when they arrested a quarter of the entire city, people had not simply sat there in their lairs, paling in terror at every bang of the downstairs door and at every step on the staircase, but had understood they had nothing left to lose and had boldly set up in the downstairs hall an ambush of half a dozen people with axes, hammers, pokers, or whatever else was at hand. The Organs would very quickly have suffered a shortage of officers and transport and, notwithstanding all of Stalin's thirst; the cursed machine would have ground to a halt! So don't fret about Leviathan's civil service whores. They've already made their choices, and each has elected to make a career from leeching off the productivity of their former fellow citizens. So be it. It's now time for all freedom-lovers to make their choices. Submission -- or action. Your call. Audentes fortuna iuvat. http://westernrifleshooters.blogspot.com/2009/07/feedback-on-20-more-questions.html Anonymous said... Of course, most work for the government directly or indirectly. They have a desire to meet Solzhenitsyn in person, yearning for his gulag. Of course, Solzhenitsyn is dead. July 17, 2009 5:20 AM chris horton said... Best one yet. And exactly what I've been thinking of late. Saturday, July 18, 2009 Reactions Several outraged reactions have been posted thus far to this piece discussing the vulnerability of government workers to political action by freedom-lovers. Read all of the comments, but a few things need emphasis: 1) Oath-Keepers: I was an early supporter of this fine organization founded by Stewart Rhodes earlier this year, both in this space and elsewhere. Unlike many, I traveled (along with Mike Vanderboegh) to Lexington Green on April 19th, renewed my oath, and participated in the Oath-Keepers' truly inspiring event. I applaud every single OathKeeper's commitment to personal freedom, political liberty, and the restoration of the American Republic. I commend all Oath-Keepers for their unwavering commitment to The Ten Orders We Will Not Obey, and I will stand and fight besides the good men and women of that organization, do or die.
50
But remember Admiral Stockdale's Paradox? “You must never confuse faith that you will prevail in the end – which you can never afford to lose – with the discipline to confront the most brutal facts of your current reality, whatever they might be.” The most brutal facts of our current reality are as I posted in comment reply last night: Re Oath Keepers: Presumably, every Oath Keeper who is honest will acknowledge that: a) they are paid via taxes collected through the threat of force from American citizens; b) as such, they are, by definition, subordinate to the people that pay them, both by virtue of who is actually the productive party in the taxpayer/tax parasite relationship and by virtue of the guiding principles of the American Republic (see comment above); c) all of the current and former oathtakers since 1916 or so have failed in their duty to defend the Constitution from domestic enemies such as Wilson, FDR, Truman, LBJ, Nixon, Reagan, Bush 41, Clinton, Bush 43, and the Kenyan, along with the respective Congresses from 1916 forward; and d) they are well overdue in actually doing something (other than talking) about reversing that abysmal 93-year record of failure in actual, effective oath-keeping. Re Anon and his point re target ID, amen. I do not truly believe that every .gov employee is my enemy. But boys and girls, it is no-shit well past time for those men and women of good faith within government to start linking up with the Resistance and getting as much info and materiel out to the freedom team as possible. Every day that you folks sit on the sideline, the more each of you is tarred forever more with the indelible fecal smear of Comrades Soetero, Pelosi, and Reid. Maybe I should have titled the essay "Collaborator, Quisling, or Undercover Operative? Time to Choose". Know my rules? 1) The man or woman shooting besides me at the enemy is my friend; 2) The man or woman shooting AT me (or helping others shoot at me) is my enemy; and 3) Anyone not in groups 1 or 2 (unless they are feeding me information/materiel/other logistics support) is, at best, a high security risk. Make sense? 51
Now, to be honest, in the light of day, I regret that reply. More specifically, I regret that I left the philandering Jack Kennedy off the list of American Presidents who have successfully violated the Constitutional limits on their power, based upon his undeclared wars in Cuba at the Bay of Pigs and in a little place called Vietnam. Everything else stands. Note that I said nothing derogatory whatsoever about Stewart's organization. Nothing. What I did say is the simple and bitter truth -- that since 1916 straight through today, everyone who has taken an oath to protect and defend the United States Constitution and its express limitations on Federal power has failed completely in their oath-bound duty. Everyone. Myself included. Has failed. Completely. Anyone who doubts that painful fact need only look to today's Leviathan, comparing the scope and scale of the combined Federal/state/local apparatus to the minimalist structure mandated by the Constitution. If you need any additional proof, run your copy of the fundamental human rights enshrined and "guaranteed" by the Bill of Rights against the everyday and unaccountable actions of Leviathan's agents everywhere across this country. If you have the courage and the intellectual honesty to do so, you'll weep. I know I have, on multiple occasions. I've wept for what has been lost, and I have also wept for how few men and women in today's America are willing to do what it will take to stop the totalitarian bastards who continue, even as I write, to use all of their energy and all of their power to eradicate the country and the principles in and by which I was raised. So what to do when you get knocked on your tail? You get up and do whatever it takes, by any means necessary, to - stop the enemy, including his allies, accomplices, collaborators, and Quislings;
52
- reverse his gains; - destroy his fighting ability; and - hold any surviving enemy forces fully accountable for their actions. So, my fellow oathtakers and Oath-Keepers, let's get busy. We've got 93 years of defeats to avenge. Forward. 2) Fundamental Principles: The next part of my comments was inspired by the late Bill Hicks, a brilliant comic who performed, flamed out, and died in the Nineties. His advice to marketers and advertisers in the following video segment is my advice to every government worker, be it at the Federal, state, local, or tribal level, who does not understand the following basic principles: a) You live off the tax dollars stolen by force from every productive non-government worker, business owner, and saver in this country; and b) As a government worker in the American system, you are, by definition, subordinate to your true bosses -- the taxpaying non-governmental American citizen. As long as you remain as a government worker -- from new hire, all the way up to President of the United States -- you remain, regardless of rank or job description, subordinate to every single taxpaying non-governmental American citizen. I know that there are many (most?) government workers who understand, accept, and even celebrate these fundamental principles of the dying American Republic. For those of you in the audience who do not, I commend to you the same actions as Bill Hicks suggests for marketers and advertisers in this video clip (caution: harsh language):
Really -- I am not kidding. Do it now. And you're welcome for the advice. 3) "Terrorist Organization": A commenter called the essay "a sure fire recipe for failure for your "freedom team" since it will be considered a terrorist org. by anyone except radical Atlas Shrugs toting anarchists." Well, chiefie, everyone's entitled to his opinion. My opinion is that everyone who comes to this site is already pinged for special treatment as a thoughtcriminal. Rather than deal with that fact and acting accordingly, you and your ilk are wasting precious time trying to figure out how to be nice to statists so that they won't hurt you. Guess what? Leviathan will eat you too.
53
So sorry. And besides, I'll bet you haven't even read Atlas Shrugged. You should -- it might clean some of the mush from your skull. Forward. THE TWO AMERICAS J. Croft freedomguide.blogspot.com Have you ever noticed that America is scizophrenic-of two minds, two ideals, two ideologies that contradict? How much American rhetoric doesn't match up with American actions? Notice how there are so many laws in what's sold to the world as the "land of the free?" Speaking of that slogan, it's ironic how many dictators we support as "allies", isn't it? We protect our freedoms by letting them be taken away. We secure our country by waging war against others, and leaving our borders unguarded, selling our ports to foreigners. We let "free trade" be promoted for the richest, while letting more and more taxes and regulation, and a inflationary imbalance choke and kill the dreams of all Americans as we're priced out of competitiveness with the rest of the world. We let the government "promote the General Welfare"-as is it's charge in the U.S. Constitution-by letting it clandestinely ship in drugs with one branch, as proven by Terry Reed and Michael Levine(1), and then waging a "war on drugs" that locks otherwise peaceful citizens for possession of some pot. Degrading them and warping them into more criminals by a prison system designed to spawn more crime, more fear, more pressure for more laws and more government authority, more power... which they turn around and DON'T use when honest disasters like Hurricane Katrina hit. We think we're free, yet we cower in the face of abusive authority that seeks more power and more people to label as "criminals so they can ticket and taser and shoot at and lock up. We think we're prosperous, yet we tremble in fear of losing our slave wage job and joining the ever-growing ranks of the damned known as the homeless. We engage in cowardly double-think to keep ourselves in line with "mainstream though"-as we lose our nation. How can we be so warped about ourselves and our nation? How can Americans embrace such diametrically opposite concepts simultaniously? Are we as a people scizophrenic? Is Freedom scizophrenic-no, that can't be it!
54
It's something else, something far more insidious. There are two Americas. There's the America most of you reading this actually believed in-or still believe in. That America is the fabled "land of the free, home of the brave". That America was founded on the principles of Freedom, limited authority, a free hand to make your own destiny in this life with what talent and smarts you were able or willing to bring forth from yourself, on a legal, social and economic level playing field. That America was the place where your individual beliefs were respected, was where anyone from anywhere could come and start over with the same opportunities as a person born here from a family going back ten generations. That America was a land and people who had a limited, representative government that guarded them and their Freedom, and more importantly, was held in check by a document known as the Constitution, that enshrined an article called the Bill of Rights-which didn't deliniate individual rights so much as made boudaries beyond which the government could not trespass. Now reading that, think; do you live in this America? No. You, me-we all live in a different America. This America, in reality a kind of federal empire, drapes itself in the trappings of the America we were all taught was the way this nation was as a form of ideological disguise. We were lied to. This America, the fabled "land of the free, home of the brave", uses that quote as a slogan, a sugar coating on the many poison pills of lawyer-made laws, regulations, taxes, fines, agencies, and the corrupt ruling class that wields all that power for its own good. In this America, Freedom is a sugar coated lie to get us to accept the many political and social controls imposed upon us. This America's ideal of "freedom" is actually license-for example do you freely own and operate your automobile without government approval and permission? No? Then explain that chain of slavery known as your driver's license-you applied to a government agency for PERMISSION to drive, when nothing physically stops you from hopping into your car and driving safely anyway. Explain the vast bureaucracy that cloaks itself in "public safety" yet has the effect of taxing permission, taxing even harmless driving habits, even so far as taxing the condition of your vehicle in some areas-and I'm not talking busted headlights, I'm talking about having just a little rust-and you get fined!(Someone actually snapped and killed two cops over this-google "Carl Drega"... the state is becoming overbearing in it's arrogance and reach) 55
You also don't have Freedom of Assembly; go to a church and it's a 501(c)3 incorporation under IRS rules that PERMIT it to operate without paying taxes in exchange for the church's keeping quiet on the real important issues of the day. Keep going on about personal sin and pumping the myths that the America we believe in is the America we live in, and you can rake in all the tithes you want. Rail about government abuses, and the IRS will bust a audit-like what happened to a "liberal" Californian church last year when they criticized the war. Plan a protest? State doesn't recognize your 1st Ammendment Rights: gotta get a PERMIT or you'll be labeled a riot, and have troops have a gay ol' time pepper spraying and caving your head in with their nightsticks. Want to get together in private and work toward peaceful, positive change? One paid snitch lying under oath is all it takes, and the government will come down on you under anti-terror laws, say you're "conspiring". Need to protect your person against the outlaw class the government's cultivated through free trade econmics and barely covert racism over the past half-century to terrify you into accepting more overt control and restrictions? Depending on where you live, who you know, you likely have to get a PERMIT...PERMISSION from the government to exercise your RIGHT. ...Depending on where you live, GETTING CAUGHT carrying a gun makes YOU a criminal too. And trust me, those government minions you come across in those types of jurisdictions are as small minded, as greedy, as ruthless and without a moral compass as the government manufactured street trash they deal with. A peacable "productive citizen" is nothing more than another bust, another conviction. Want more examples on how your Freedom's a nice myth meant to keep you pacified? No-too bad; your Fourth Ammendment Right to protection from "unreasonable" search and seizure has been reasoned out of effective usage by a federal government that reasons it can keep taking more of our rights so long as it's non government partners in the media and big business can keep us plied in cheap Chinese goods gotten by cheap enslaving credit. Yes-the very credit you put your ass into lifetime debt slavery for, congragulations on that brand new blow up playset your materially spoiled, emotionally neglected kids will use maybe three times. So enjoy your borrowed junk before the government "reasons" an excuse to raid your home and trash the place. ( Speaking of money-it's supposed to be silver and gold specie-coinage, and notes redeemable in precious metals. Since 1913 it's been "federal reserve notes"-issued by a nongovernment organization you think is the government's central bank. It's privately owned by the inbred elites that've run this country and they've made a 1913 dollar worth FIVE CENTS as of my writing this in 2006 by overprinting dollars-that's why everything keeps going up in price!) 56
Same principle with the Fifth Ammendment-the one you hear those nasty criminals on the hundred TV cop shows the media puts out use to duck the righteous street cop's interrogation. Make it the province of scumbags and bullshit us with the state-lover's principle that "if you have nothing to hide you have nothing to worry about". DO YOU KNOW HOW MANY OTHERWISE INNOCENT PEOPLE THE GOVERNMENT GOES AFTER, RUINING THEIR LIVES?! What has your encounters with the police, agents and other bureaucrats been like? Danny Glover(Lethal Weapon) pull you over just to tell you to fix that taillight that just went out before some no life having prick with too much authority and a gun ruins your day and your meager budget with a court appearance and fines? Kim Delaney(NYPD Blue) ever conduct self-defense training courses, because the cops can't or won't come to your aid in time-like someone can't pull a trigger before you dial 911... like Mel Gibson's(Lethal Weapon, again) gonna come out of that phone speaker like Alladin out of a lamp, guns blazing? Stephanie March(Conviction)gets your case-y'know the one where a bureaucratic busybody's seizing your house because you're on land some ecogeek's called a "wetland"-and decides to prosecute the liar who proclaimed your dry, grassland backyard instead? Craig T. Nelson(The District)decide to stop police harrasment of people forced to live on the street-without real jobs they can live on, homes, drug detoxification, help them find a reason to go on, hope? Michael Chiklis(The Shield)operate a table at a gun show selling privately owned firearms under the table to a nation in desperate need of the means of self-protection enshrined in the Second Ammendent? More than likely, no. Most people in government, they learn to live with the yoke of federal tyranny they're mandated to enforce-it's their power. Many of them are of such small minds they to love the power trip, the open display of guns in a nation that's been programmed to surrender their own right to bear arms for self-protection. The worst of them commit their own crimes-theft, drug dealing, rape, murder; they are the ones most likely to be promoted. Promoted by criminals in three piece suits, known as career politicians. These criminals in three piece suits unfortunately operate not a Constitutionally limited government, but a hydra-headed monster of a government that masquerades itself as many federal, state and local 57
institutions. This monster's tentacles never stop reaching for more power, more authority, more of YOUR MONEY AND LIFE'S WORK, seizing it and stealing it from YOU! In fact, this monstrous federal government's reach into our lives is so pervasive, so overwhelming, only the largest of corporations can operate in the country with any degree of latitude. At the pinnacles of power there is a small group of inbred elitists who regularly go back and forth from private life as CEO's and Directors in the corporate boardrooms to positions of power in government. They are greedy and corrupt beyond description, and have perpretrated literally every act of treason against us-and gotten away with it. You need a visual on this go to www.theyrule.net and you'll see this is fact! You want power, that so-called good life? You either have to be born in the right family, or know somebody-"it's not what you know it's who you know" as a insider once told me at a chance encounter at a bar. This piece of shit with too much money and power was about 35, dressed like a frat boy, and exuded a self assurance and confidence that told of a person who's always had their way. He breezily talked about him being in this bar in this suburb in this nowhere town because he had a swearing in ceremony the next morning-after that, all he had to do was produce a signature and it would be used as a license for some kind of niggling bureaucratic license. This walking, talking elitist filth told how his family "in politics since the the Revolution" went further, stating he'd next get a congressional seat in a few years. So I asked him about getting voted out of his "destined seat" by competitors, and he said it doesn't matter, he'd get it. "Well," I asked, "what if some Ross Perot type runs against you, with a billion dollars?" "Doesn't matter. We'd outspend him. ...It isn't what you know, it's who you know." And then the rat bastard tells me not to be "cynical", to "have faith in 'your' leaders". The entire political system's rigged like this folks. Get anywhere beyond a village council seat, and you gotta be accepted by "insiders" who own the game. For all practical purposes, in this country, if you don't go along with the way things are, you'll lose. And if you do win somewhow, because we have a federal, republic form of govenrment there are all kinds of checks to you doing any reform, all sorts of ways you can be corrupted and compromised... and if you still prove to be a danger, do a seance of JFK-ask him what the elites of this country do to reformers. Go to apfn.org. Go to infowars.com. Start reading up on how these "elites" really are-you'll find the truth is they're literally satanic, which explains their predatorial behavior. So, two Americas; one's a illusory piece of propaganda genius, and we're stuck 58
in the one with no level playing field, no limited representative government, no guarantee of Rights. It's a insider's game and conditions have been ratcheted to squeeze out as much initiative, drive, intelligence and resources out of the American People as possible. The state-it doesn't serve We the People, it serves the Elite(2)-a pack of three piece suited hereditary criminals who have been exploiting Americans of all walks of life since the first footfall of Europeans on this continent. Africans and poor Europeans as slaves, indentured servants, wage workers in hazardous factories, soldiers to be shot to pieces in wars they set up. Those rare individuals that exhibited some talent and drive that allowed them to move upward were either regulated or taxed into oblivion, or exploited when they sold out. And what of this Constitution that's the supreme law of the land? What of our Rights? I'm afraid that too is a illusion, a "Hologram of Liberty" as Kenneth Royce put it as his title to his groundbreaking book. Order it from javelinpress.com or hit a gun show while you're still allowed... His premise, and our history has proven it correct is the Constitution was made in secret sessions by the very aristocratic ancestors of the pack of elitist inbreds running this country. The Constitution was engineered to have a veneer of limitied republican government while actually being a legal trojan horse of government power in service to the elites. The Bill of Rights was thrown in to appease enough people to BARELY get it passed, yet written to eventually get them nullified with technicalities and enroaching government power. We live in the "land of the free"? That slogan's a LIE! A great deception to appease us, keep us distracted, disinformed, asleep as the elites of this nation consolidated power-slowly, just enough to not wake up a armed, selfsufficient, intelligent Free People. Get them caught up with wasteful entertainments, sell them shoddy foreign slave labor made trinkets, wave that flag in their faces... ...And keeping that flag waving they've dismantled the American nation: *Made private entrepeneurship nearly impossible with megacorporate competion, regulations, a ever debasing currency. *Expand federal, state and local power to take away rights to private property, travel, freedom of speech, your right to arms, a real education, a level economic field. *Force everyone to resort to wage labor to keep up that materialistic "American Dream" that turns everyone into a corporate or state tool, then ship the jobs 59
overseas thanks to taking down tariffs that leveled the playing field with nations with no regulations that used literally slave labor. Without jobs that sustained their lifestyles, mentally crippled by government schools and a elitist controlled media, Americans are sold on getting into lifetime debt slavery to keep up with the Joneses. This didn't crop up in the past 20 years either! No; the seeds of our destruction were laid two centuries ago when a people who fought a Revolution against the British Empire chose to let themselves be deceived into accepting a new Constitution that laid the groundwork for the theft of Freedom. Go to javelinpress.com and order "Hologram of Liberty", but basically the people who crafted the 1787 Constitution were lawyers and bankers agents. They stood by while the real Patriots fought and died, pulling strings on both sides because it was England's war to win-and they bungled the job so completely. History books talk of the many miracles of the American Revolution, but it was actually all to a plan; the Continental Army had it's few victories, and our Riflemen using guerilla warfare and marksmanship had the potential of winning if they played by their rules... but the generals chose set piece battles with the British Army and got asswhipped in straight up confrontations from New England to Georgia. See our enemies controlled the top ranks of both sides of that conflict; being monied interests they've ALWAYS controlled both sides surreptitiously in a grand game of problem-reaction-solution... the dialectic that's meant to artificially transform human societies-our attitudes and beliefsthrough their induced inputs of money and violence. For example, slavery could've been abolished upon independence, but the writers of the 1787 Constitution kept it in-80 years of slowly building outrage, racism, the selfish interests of the minority of plantation owners who controlled Southern politics and you have the flammable social conditions that led the the Civil War. With the conclusion of that conflict, States Rights, a bulwark against tyranny was removed, the states humbled and the Federal Government became the dominent power in America. Blacks remained a hated underclass and were the scapegoats for the beginnings of unconstitutional gun control laws. Furthermore, as they were suckered by bankers and industrialist from fleeing the raw deal of southern farms to working the factories of the north, those same blueblooded bastards were plotting to eventually move those factories overseas for "free trade"-cheaper labor with less attitude. Those Blacks were trapped in the older part of the cities, and being promoted by the elites as a hated underclass; discriminated against, subject to harsher treatement by law enforcement, denied opportunities their part of the town eventually disintegrated, decaying into the ghettos we all know and loathe today... except for clueless young wiggers who foolishly think being broke and socioeconomically doomed is a cool thing. Everyone's been screwed over by the elite's dialectic. Everyone's been worked 60
and molded into either good little worker drones, criminals to scare the little worker drones into going along with getting screwed, or cast aside, gulaged into prison or homelessness as a "example". Having lost their self-reliance Americans have lost their courage, and having lost their courage, they've cowered for the past century as the bankers and the blue bloods and the traitorous social engineers have had their fun with America; building a united global empire using American might abroad to bludgeon the world into surrendering... as they play a brilliant balancing act of consuming this country and it's people as they build their "world order". Today? As it stands as I write this, the job's about done. Everyone's a materialistic little debt slave-a nation of sheep herded to the slaughterhouse. When war breaks out with Iran and China, you can count that the final pretenses will be set aside, and America will become a fully militarized totalitarian state dedicated to total war. The Constitution-as rigged for the ruling class and flawed in it's protections as it is-will be scrapped and the full power and authority of the state will be felt by everyone. Armored vehicles and machine toting state thugs, finally unleashed under martial law on a unsuspecting, unprepared, asleep America. They'll make a big, terrifying show and then psyching out you adult sized children, give you an "out"; obey them at all times, spy on your fellow countrymen like you were living in East Germany(remember that country?), or perish. Food will be rationed-think you'll be able to dissent and still eat-or do you know how to tend a garden, get seed? Maybe you'll luck out and catch a bullet right there and then... or more probably, you'll be shipped to a "detention camp"; concentration camps have long been a dark side of American history people! The Japanese-Americans knew of them during WWII. The Native Americans know them as "reservations", Blacks have their "inner city ghettos". Is that what you want? Be freed of Freedom, free of being personably responsible? Are you THAT developmentally arrested that you want a mommy and daddy into your old age? You really want that America, the one our enemies have been building into our prison so long as you have your barbecue grill and NASCAR, and Christina Aguilera's new album? Or do you still yearn for the America we were promised, the "myth" as they put it behind our backs, that keeps us docile, compliant, asleep? Do you have the courage to be responsible for yourself-Freedom does require you be independent, self-reliant, resourceful, wise... not the things Ameicans are conditioned for by the elites "popular culture" and educational institution-plus there are all those laws... still yearning to be Free? You willing to take the certain confrontation with the government to secure your Freedom-you willing to say NO to bowing before them for permission and license to practice what is 61
your Right? Do you have what it takes to make the America we believe in-that's currently a illusion used by the enemy to pacify us-into reality? Will you stand, even alone if you must, even pursued relentlessly by the enemy's jack booted thugs for even peaceful noncompliance? Would you even have the guts to give a Freedom Fighter even a morsel of food you were gonna consume-getting fatter and fatter on your couch, as American Idol rots a few more of what brain you have left? Are there ANY Americans left that value their Freedom over their borrowed comforts? That would rather live in truth than enslave themselves to lies for some false promise of "safety"? As I write this I wonder if we ever had that America we were promised... and I pause... ...I have to say we have had that America in the past. We've had that America when escaped slaves and indentured servants of all races moved beyond colonial authorities into the Appalachians and the Great Plains, risking their lives to have a place of their own, a place they could be Free. To keep their Freedom those brave, shining examples of Humanity picked up the rifle, learned the fine art of rifle marksmanship and fought for their freedom from both the British Crown and our own nation's native born inbred elitists. We've had that America when Abolitionists helped escaped slaves make it out of the South, risking everything they have in disobedience to a corrupted government flush with plantation and factory owner bribes. We've had that America when millions of women rose up, risked arrest and imprisonment and ruin to gain their Right to vote. We've had that America when millions of Blacks rose up, and shook off the overt racism of Jim Crow. We've had that America with the brave defenders of the Alamo-Americans and Mexicans wanting Freedom from a corrupt Mexico. We've had that America with the brave citizens of Athens, Tennessee in 1946, who witnessed the horrors of World War Two and found they could not accept the homegrown tyranny of a pack of corrupt traitors-using the weapons from a local armory their taxes paid for these Patriots routed them after a attempt at vote fraud. 62
We've had that America when in 1998 at a "town hall meeting"(remember those?) in Columbus, Ohio, Madeline Albright and a couple other elitist tools were foolish enough to have a question and answer session with average Americans-trying to sell a Iraqi invasion! Left and Right, Veterans and Peace Activists got their heads together on the spot and like Real Americans made those warmongerers regret even trying to sell that war... they had to wait about four years after they blew up the World Trade Center and the Pentagon to scare us into World War III.(3) We've had that America with every worker intitiated strike, with every government employee who tries their level best to contain their employer's destructive reach and appetites, blow the whistle when the corruption is wafting in their face, when the thugs that government likes to have get set to ruin innocent lives. We have that America, in the hearts of those who cherish Freedom. It's not enough to have our America in our hearts however, we must make our America a reality in our land if we are to save ourselves from the techno-feudal police state that threatens to stunt and enslave humanity for all time. We must ACT and take back authority from those who conspire with that America-the enemy of all men that oppresses and taxes at home and wages war abroad, that has promoted every evil under the sun while clothed in the image of the America we Free People love and cherish. We MUST have Our America if we're to survive! How? First off it's up to you. You have to want it enough to sacrifice-whatever sacrifces it takes to be Free, that's the commitment you and yours has to make, or you won't even begin. If you do, it will amaze you what one person can do. Know your limits, as the state's more than equipped enough to handle individuals. A small group, the state's equipped to handle... ...Spawn many individuals, many groups-all independent yet all working toward a common goal and the state will be as a hapless cattle in a field full of fire ants. But start with you. You've got to flush your head gear of the propaganda and conditioning that's damned you, cleanse your body and mind of the poisons that are killing you. Mentally and physically prepare for your struggle, because this the Devil's world and we were put here to Liberate it. Find your destiny. What you're good at. Believe in yourself and your cause. 63
Don't look for examples, BE the example, survive, and that will be success enough for others to join you. First off-getting your head straight: while you still have unfettered internet access visit these sites, and LEARN: www.rwva.org-learn how to use a rifle, because the Armed Citizen is the foundation of a Free America. www.gold-eagle.com, www.silver-investor.com, www.thedailyreckoning.comlearn how messed up our economic policies have been, and then protect what's left of your assets by buying silver. www.javelinpress.com-Boston T. Party is a Libertarian author I like to refer to. His Hologram of Liberty should be required reading as to the corrupt origins of this nation. Also there are links to his Free State Wyoming project-a effort to peacefully take over a Wyoming county and build a real-life working model of a Free Community. I also write about this at my freedomguide.blogspot.com, in a article titled "Message to Mr. and Mrs. America." www.infowars.com, www.prisonplanet.com-Alex Jones has late breaking news, and has himself infiltrated elitist gatherings and taken video of the pagan ceremonies they perform. No, these people are NOT church going lovers of Jesus! www.hermes-press.com-important source of info on the true state of America and aspects of it's darker origins. www.theclairefiles.com-Claire Wolfe is another Libertarian, and her message board's a great place to meet other freedom-minded folks. www.rense.com-THE motherlode of alternate information on the internet. A cyber Grand Central Station of Truth. Take a few weeks, go through the archives, read all you can-if this site doesn't wake you I don't know what will. (Warning: UFO's are among the wilder topics tackled here.) Also check out www.rumormillnews.com, www.batr.org, www.arcticbeacon.com. indymedia.org-More leftist, and I think the Left lets themselves be ruled by their gatekeepers too much, but these people are expressing themselves and their struggles and doing a good job. Network with them, learn, teach, get together on the big issues because only united under the cause of Freedom will we stand a chance. freedomguide.blogspot.com-I write extensively on the above subjects and I encourage you to read through my essays. I don't write for soundbytes though. 64
Get some education, then DO: *Cleanse yourself. Stop eating corporate made, government approved processed foods-they're killing you! Eat organically, in fact go on a vegan no meat/dairy diet for a couple months coupled with abstaining from the TV and actually working out. I've done it myself and you'll be amazed at the difference. Stop drinking tap water and using fluoridated toothpastes, they poison your body and dull your mind, making you more suggestible and weak minded. *Store up food, herbal medicine, candles, fuel, batteries for when the elite get done using Americans as the economic engine of their global plantation and crash this country. *Pray to God directly. Our Father the Creator will hear all who find a quiet time, a quiet place, and quiet their minds. Our Father's voice is a quiet humble voice and not knowing how to commune with Him(thanks to all the deceptive religions meant to spiritually enslave us)... it will take time and practice and perseverance but Our Father WILL help you, believe me! *Get a anonymous server. After you educate yourself take the essays and articles that have influence you the most and copy and paste them everywhere. Go to sports sites, fan sites, message boards of all types and post like crazy. Get the message out! *Find out when the next gun show is. Then start shopping for a military pattern semiautomatic rifle in .308, a supply of magazines, and a case of 7.62x51NATO. DON'T GO TO DEALERS-YOU'LL HAVE TO REGISTER YOUR WEAPON WITH THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT! Look for people walking around or a table with a private seller even numbered prices. Get a FAL or a M1a/M14, or even a HK-91. Stay away from the AR-10's, they malfunction and parts are hard to come by. Get spare parts too. The effort will cost about $2,000. You can do it-sell that extra SUV, or have a yard sale-whatever it takes. If not, then find a bolt action war surplus in .308-a mauser or Indian enfield, otherwise you'll have to spring for several cases of obsolete ammo. *TRAIN! Get some targets and the Guide from Fred's(rwva.org) and go shooting. Shoot until you can hit a 1 inch target rapid fire at 25 meters-you'll be good out to 500 meters after you figure out how big a man looks out that far, and you'll be a threat to tyranny. Get some airsoft guns and practice close in tactics. Camp for a week at a time; wean yourself of the cushy mainstream lifestyle that's enslaved you mind and body to the system. Being self sufficient and independent is the only antidote to the cultural and social poisons we've been pumped with our entire lives, and the key to being self sufficient is self sufficiency protecting yourself. 65
*Get activated politically! Find a cause that gets under your skin and get involved! Work with others, with their causes, be a good example of yours as yous selflessly help others and you might gain a recruit. *Get out of debt. Stop being a slave to consumerism. Pay off the car, the house, the credit cards. Sell that house if you have to but stop being a slave to your job and to the elite bankers who enslave you with the childish materialism they've conditioned you with with their media your entire life! Find a new place to live, even renting, in the country where you will survive a staged economic collapse or a nuclear 9/11. *This will be tough... try to talk to someone not like you. For example, if you're a relatively successful(by wage earner standards)blue or white collar guy, start a conversation with that gangbanger looking dude as you both watch the ball game at the bar. Urban folks are oppressed and are more likely to be aware. Or if you are a rural type, the next time you have to help one of those yuppie types who can't figure out how to change their own tire, take the opportunity to wake them up. If you're a good Cop next time you pull someone over you should make some blunt comments on how their vegging in front of their big screen TV's allows crooked politicians and traitorous social engineers to pass the laws he or she enforces. Part of the enemy strategy is to keep us divided along race and class lines-we are all countrymen who have sat and watched helplessly as Our America has been waved in our faces to keep us decieved, as it has been slowly killed. *When you actually get people listening and motivated work together start preparing for the worst. America's consumer economy is run by a thin margin; that is, if the trucks stopped rolling in two weeks FAMINE would hit this country. So build up food stocks. Group by ammo by the case at gun shows. Train together. Better yet, get involved in local politics. Take over a local government and start dismantling the federal beast! I go into detail about this in my essay, "Message to Mr. and Mrs. America" at freedomguide.blogspot.com God's put us as Americans in this time for a reason. America's being used for global domination in a process designed to destroy it in the process-because the enemy used ideals dangerous to them in creating this nation. Our Father WILL win this war against the enemy and their scheduled apocalypse, but He will have a much easier time of it if YOU will join him in Liberating this world. Besides, you're going to die sooner or later and face Him; what are you going to face Him as, a made in China flag waving couch potato "patriot"? (1)Terry Reed, Compromised: Bush, Clinton and the CIA-this is the suppressed truth about our last three Presidents; how they commited acts of treason with their drug running. A dangerous book if you like keeping your illusions about this country's ruling class. A companion volume, more dealing with the South American side of the drug game is The Big White Lie by Michael Levine. 66
(2)You know that all our Presidents are related?! It's true; Burke's Peerage traces the ancestry of all the men who became President-they're all related to Charlemange. What are the odds this is coincidence? Folks on the internet talk of a "new world order"? These "royals" trace themselves back to the Roman Empire-some try to hustle us to believe they're descended from Jesus Christ! "New World Order"?! We've been living in this rotten old world order for thousands of years! (3)9/11 was staged. There's no way modern high strength steel skyscrapers will collapse demolition style neatly into their own property, not tipping over, after relatively lightweight aluminum and composite jetliners crash into it, and burn out their kerosene fuel-which can't begin to melt heavy construction steel! And a collapse certainly wouldn't produce all the volcanic style outgassing of vaporized concrete and steel and send steel beams weighing thousands of pounds shooting out sideways like someone detonated a really powerful bomb... not by aluminum jetliners crashing into buildings designed to withstand such a event, not by jet fuel that burnt out a hour beforehand. And where the fuck was the U.S. Air Force for two hours as four jumbo jets were lumbering across American airspace off course, with their transponders shut down? Trillions spent on air defense during the Cold War and we can't track nor intercept jetliners with our state-of-the-art mach 2+ interceptors?! Who staged this monstrous fraud? Neoconservatives in their "Project for a New American Century" called upon a "new Pearl Harbor" attack to scare the American People into transforming the U.S.A. into a empire. It's worked.
67
WHAT YOU DO MATTERS J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com Time is short. Agendas pushed by evil men are rapidly coming to fruition; each advance cuts shorter the time you have left to hang back and let others fight the problem. The economy implodes, martial law is being implemented more and more blatantly, the nations are maneuvered into war, new diseases are unleashed, the enviroment collapses under the poisons generated by century-old polluting technology. The luxury of you pawning off your Responsibility to fight evil however you can has long passed but we are in critical times. Ask yourself this: what excuse will you try to tell God when you die and you just minded your own business? Just going about your personal business as our nation-having been undermined in every possible way for the past century-collapses from economic starvation, imperial overreach, and moral decomposition is not going to win you any points in Heaven. Far from it. If you’re one of those waiting for some televangelistpromised Rapture ask yourself, and be honest; you think God wants you to wait for a free ride to eternal life as millions starve, millions are murdered, and the whole sorry Human 68
Race suffers under a multi-generational tyranny… and you do nothing but wait for some promised escape? And don’t be in denial! Those that have set America up for the hardest fall in history are showing their faces now: stealing trillions of your tax dollars; putting the finishing touches on the most brutal, powerful police state in history. The rot in America is on the surface, and no amount of mortician’s wax and makeup can cover it up. Your loved ones, neighbors… or you… have been squeezed by a dollar that buys less than less, taxes on every act and every thing. Our grandparents were lured from the small townfarms, selfowned businesses and self-sufficiency to the cities. Became dependent on corporations for wage jobs that seemed to deliver more money than working a farm or small town general store but that was nothing more than luring them into the bridle of wage slavery. Like a horse; you bait it with their favorite treat and once you got the harness on your theirs. That slavery was bred into your parents, and then into us… but as stated the economic rug was pulled out from under us. What we do matters. Because the fate of the Earth and the Human Race is precariously balanced upon what you do. What we do. Americans demonstrated this recently on 9/12: two million of us marched on OUR CAPITOL to make it plain to the beast we’ve finally drawn a line in the sand. No amount of lying corporate spin could hide the magnitude of the event, and what a powerful meeting of minds and will it was. Could not have happened soon enough, but we have to work with what we got. Are. Yet, that “tea party” was but a demonstration; nearly 1 out of 100 Americans holding signs, shouting, listening to speakers does not by itself translate into meaningful social and political change. Demonstrations by themselves are not ACTION. ACTION is what is needed-ACTION that produces REAL LIFE RESULTS and not just some vague feeling of hope and well being as you trundle back to the couch, potato. What can you do? You can start with yourself. Have to anyway, you’ve been programmed by the beast to be lazy, apathetic and that programming is deep. You need get in shape, cleanse your body of processed foods by eating organic, exercise, and develop a relationship with Our Father. Note I didn’t say develop a regular tithing schedule with your favorite televangelist. Ouly Our Father is in our hearts. Jesus instructed us to pray to Him in a quiet, isolated place, and to simply still the mind and will ourselves to listen to God. He will speak, and you really need to listen; not nearly enough people do, which looking on the surface of that statement doesn’t make sense as God’s omnipotent and good. Then of course, you remember how the culture, media, education and religion are in the hands of those that have compelled me to speak out against them and its no wonder people don’t know this. Get your house in order: get out of debt, eliminate as best possible your dependence on the enemy; get out of debt, stop indulging in their addictions and I’m not just talking about drugs but their television, their music, their gambling and spurilous entertainments. Grow your own food, get a group of like-minded individuals together and prepare 69
together. Begin to make yourself as anonymous as you can. Move if you can to a place-it could be a rental you don’t register or you can swap houses with someone like minded, which would actually work better with families. Don’t update your information with anyone-not the government, not corporations, not even your bank. Use a rental box to receive mail, have all correspondence routed through that so that when you move to your anon home you can keep appearances up. You don’t have to make a display of resistance; living anonymously and quietly free is the best revenge against the beast. Someday-can’t say when-that will not be enough. Get a rifle while you can, a military pattern semi-automatic, with spare magazines, ammunition, spare parts, and gear to hold the spare mags and ammo on you. Get a airsoft replica of your rifle and going to Appleseedinfo.org learn the basics of making the shot, carefully analyzing and correcting for errors made. Once you’ve mastered the basics, you can expand your training to tactics; get in a good shooting school-be warned that once you do register with a class the government will also know you’re taking this kind of training. Perhaps one in your group can “take one for the team” and register, then train the rest of your group. You will NOT survive being alone. Nobody does. Yes, your group can do more than get together and survive. Once you’ve helped yourself(how can you help others if you need help-that’s an old saw for a reason)you can get involved with helping take this planet back from those bent on destroying it. Where to begin… You can spread the truth: alternative news sites on the internet. Perhaps you can brainstorm, compare how you woke up and use that to adjust what you put out to get more people woke up. Get together hundreds of like-minded individuals and pick a small town. Put up a full slate of candidates and find a reason to call for a recall election. This is a subject that deserves its own essay, so I wrote two of them. It’s Time Recall Election: Obstacles to Overcome It would be prudent if you got support, so do a test run of the takeover by taking over the small town church. You join, make a majority, and when the pastor and/or board step out of line find an excuse to fire them. GUN SHOPPING J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com
70
Know what you want. Know what you need. If you don’t know what you need, I’ll tell you; you first need a Constitution Rifle, a weapon you can strike the enemies of Freedom down at hundreds of yards away. This and the mastering of the technique and art of rifle shooting is the foundation of our Constitutional Republic and of Freedom-the means to defend our Republic, our Freedom. Beyond that there are the needs for every day home and personal defense-those can be met with pistols, shotguns, and even semi-automatic “assault” rifles. .22s for target practice, plinking and small game. BEFORE YOU BUY… Know your guns. Know each type, know the models, their strong and weak points, what to look for. Can you get spare parts, is it rare and collectible or total junk. Can you get ammo for it, how badly does that particular weapon treat it’s brass. Check to see if parts are intolerably loose. HOW TO ACT AND DRESS Most sellers are going to be adult mainstream American males. Dress and act acceptably to them, but not in a way that suggests you’re patronizing them. KNOW ABOUT GUNS because these guys certainly do and are mostly Law and Order types. Remember, they don’t have to sell to you so don’t act like it’d be a bad ideal to sell to you. Be: *A hunter looking for a new rifle *A decent, hardworking family man looking to protect his family *A collector starting out(REALLY know history) WHERE TO LOOK: Yard sales, flea markets, etc. A source for a gun-probably not what you’d like but it beats nothing. Also, it takes some additional legwork. Its pot luck; there could be a drought of guns, or there could be ten guns, or it’s ten guns that are useless. Gun Stores-yes for parts, ammo and accessories, otherwise hell no! Why? Federal registration form 4477 Used to be yellow, you could orbit the tables at gun shows and it’d be obvious who had the forms-who was a dealer. A couple years ago they changed the color scheme to white, which makes it look just like all the other paperwork dealers like to lug around. I can refuse to buy guns off dealers on principle: they KNOW by obeying illegal federal edicts to coerce you to submitting to registration via the 4477 they’re laying the groundwork for confiscation. I mean, anybody remember that scene from “Red Dawn” 71
where the Nicaraguan general gives orders to hit the local sporting goods stores and gather up those forms? Anybody remember where all those gun owners wound up? The concentration camp. Now we got home grown communists, and they’re going to do the same thing-because people are too soft to not boycott anyone that makes them submit to becoming targets. Gun shows My God do I love gun shows! One of the last vestiges of unfettered Freedom-Americans walking about, armed. Aside from that, gun shows are one stop shopping for not just guns, but bulk ammunition, web gear to secure your extra magazines, manuals, training videos. You will meet many people a lot like you who are preparing for the worst, or just enjoying their Freedom. That being said, there are downsides to a open air arms market. Junk gun sellers and other hustlers. More than a few guns are junk from the design board. More than a few guns that aren’t junk from the design board are manufactured poorly. More than a few guns that aren’t junk when they were new become junk when substandard parts are substituted, or the barrel wears out, or the weapon isn’t taken care of. These guns should be labeled as parts guns and priced accordingly but there are more than a few sellers out there who will… misrepresent what they got. So don’t be a mark: know your guns, how they work, what to look for. Check out the headspace with a caliber gauge, feeler gauge for the HK/Cetme rifles, and a bullet for the muzzle-if it goes all the way in it won’t shoot right. Know where to check for excessive wear, cycle the weapon to make certain it won’t bind or is too loose, check the feed and function of the magazine with dummy rounds. Use those same dummy rounds to make certain the weapon will feed, extract and eject. Check the sights-make certain they’re aligned, and tight. Study up especially for the Cetme and M1Garand/M14 rifles as they require specialized knowledge. Know who are the scumbags, who will slip a bad gun in once in awhile, and who you can trust. Times are tough, but there’s no excuse for conning Americans. Licensed dealers versus private sellers Next thing is to spot and avoid licensed dealers, because the same rules apply to them as gun shops; you buy from them you’re registering yourself with the federal government as a gun owner. Like I stated above, gun ownership is a Right that cannot and must not be subject to license as said license will inevitably be taken away by the beast. So, walk around, orbit the tables. Look around at the seller’s area and if you see paperwork with the white 4477 sheet smile and move on. Trust me you’ll find a private seller for anything you need. F-troop and their lame ass traps
72
Unfortunately the BATF loves gun shows too; they swarm and look to entrap people, and profile everybody who they talk to, looking for violations of their unconstitutional, arcane rules. One time, I had this 400lb fat slob of a agent come up to me, showing interest in a Enfield bolt action rifle I had bought. He rudely grabs it out of my hands and trying not to retch from his fetid breath tries telling me that it’s a “assault rifle”. The fucker comes at me tries to sound like he’s part of the gun culture and it’s just so obvious. Another was when this skinny 5 ft loser comes to me, wants me to straw purchase a Mini Uzi for him off this one dude I used to buy guns off of regularly. There’s a low grade predator/vulture vibe with these people that coupled with their obvious lack of knowledge about guns, obvious lack of respect and love for them that comes across. Exit the conversation with them as quickly as possible and never, ever speak or acknowledge their existence again. Tell others so they to can shun them and hopefully their lack of performance can get them fired, or at least demoted. There ARE skilled BATFags out there, that are good at entraping Americans with their rules. When they do, it’s going to be you against the beast and the rules are rigged for you to lose. They decide to bust you those fucks will strong arm you into becoming one of their snitches-you’ll be running around trying to get people to straw purchase a gun for them, or buy a machine gun off of you, or some other bullshit. What to get as of October, 2008 Military pattern semi-automatic main battle rifles in 7.62x51 NATO. They offer the best optimum of range, cartridge and firepower. With them you can engage and hit your enemy past 300 yards, well past most troops marksmanship training and well past the effective range of fully automatic assault rifle fire. You have the small arms advantage, so keep your enemy beyond your battle sight zero. I have experience with all of the following rifles, save one. I will list them in order of personal preference. M14
Development of the M1 Garand of WW2/Korea, with a greatly improved gas piston that’s self regulating and a detachable 20 round magazine. This incredible rifle is accurate, reliable, the 7.62mm NATO round is devastating. The iron sights ramp up to 1200 meters allowing fire from several trained riflemen to fall on enemy targets like machine gun fire. The front sight is sized so that the average width of a soldier matches the width of the sight at 250 yards-battle sight zero. That means you can fix your sight on 73
a traitor and if he’s the same apparent width as the sight you just squeeze the trigger. If he’s ¾ the width of your sight, ramp up the elevation knob to 400 meters and shoot. If he’s ½ the width, ramp up to 5. Past that you’ll need some kind of range finding device as the size of the target becomes too small to judge accurately enough to get a range-but you can hit him with the M14. Every M14 is threaded and tapped for a scope mount, but you must shop around for the best one to get; getting one, you can employ modern rifle scopes with rangefinding and bullet drop compensators which will allow shooting past 500 meters, and much more accurately. Especially if you use a proper shooting sling; the M14 was designed to utilize a shooting sling that loops around your support arm. Marksmanship standards for American soldiers was much more stringent back when the M14 was made. Join the Appleseed program at www.appleseedinfo.org learn what has been forgotten, so you can use your M14 to its maximum potential. FN/FAL
This rifle was the competitor against the M14 in the 1950s. We went with the 14 but most of the rest of the Free World went with the FAL. About as long as the M14 it’s not nearly as elegantly balanced-although it boasts a pistol grip and a break open disassembly which spares the muzzle crown from potential abuse. The controls are easier to operate and some models have a last round bolt hold open device which peels valuable seconds off reload time like the M14. Most don’t. The triggers vary from decent to grinding horror, the rear sight is inexcusably crude-a simple ramp that goes just to 600 meters and wobbles to boot. There is a aftermarket M16 type sight produced by DSA Arms that largely rectifies that design flaw. The weapon has a adjustable gas regulator, and can take a M1907 shooting sling fairly well once you get a front handguard you can put a Harris bipod M16 adaptor into. Sadly, I had to sell mine due to economic difficulties. M1 Garand
74
I learned how to shoot with one of these. Eight shot .30-06 semiautomatic. Most things I stated about the M14’s shootability apply to the Garand except you cannot mount a rifle scope directly over the receiver-you need a offset scope or a scout mounted option. Buy HUNDREDS of the eight round en bloc clips as you will lose them in battle. .308 barrels exist to convert the Garand. HK91/CETME
German design meant for mass production, this rifle will work as reliably as an AK-47 and is unique as it employs a roller delayed blowback operation. Which means it will KICK-unless you’re shooting a CETME as it’s just different enough that the recoil impulse is ameliorated. The HK91 just has a recess for the cocking handle to engage to hold the bolt back, meaning it takes valuable time to cock the handle fully back to seat a round in the chamber-time you could get killed in. HK91 has an atrociously heavy trigger that makes precision shooting very difficult, so get a CETME trigger pack and buttstock and put them in. HK’s are well made and reliable. CETME was well made and reliable when they were produced but when Century Arms imported them in the late 90’s and put them into new receivers to be legal… they botched a lot of them up. I got one for $250 when they were cheap and it took a second rifle to cobble the parts into a functional, shootable rifle. The ergonomics blow, the rear sight is even cruder that the FAL, the barrel at 18 inches is a little too short for the .308, but it WILL shoot and shoot very accurately. Get a scope mount and a Burris Fullfield II with ballistic plex sight and you’re 75
good out to 500 meters. AR-10
This is the one .308 MBR I haven’t owned nor shot. That’s because I have a dislike for the design itself as it blows gas directly into it’s action where Eugene Stoner has lots of critical, small, sometimes fragile parts that the gasses and debris will inevitably clog up… or sand, or muck from the outside. My rifles need to be able to handle abuse as they will see combat and the AR series has proven that without a modification to use a gas piston it will not. Original magazines that hold the bolt open are still expensive and the M14 converted mags won’t keep the bolt hold open. .50 BMG rifles
You NEED to get one of these! the .50 BMG cartridge offers a whole new world of target engagement; you can make kills out to 1000 meters or more, engage lightly armored vehicles the tin badge gods will use to gun down Americans, even engage helicopters. Their downsides are that it takes practice and skill to effectively use one, they’re long, heavy, they’re very expensive. They are worth the cost and effort to master. They are also the most difficult arms to get private buys on as the cops and BATfags watch buyers of these arms like a hawk so make arrangements to transact away from the gun show. Single shot rifles start at about 1200 dollars. Some models you have to take the bolt out, cram a round into the extractor claw on the bolt then reassemble the bolt. Some models you can literally chuck the round in and slam home allowing a decent rate of fire. Some break open like a shotgun but most use a bolt action. 76
Some bolt action models utilize a magazine, allowing a potentially greater rate of fire so long as you have spare mags and a assistant to keep them loaded. The Barrett Model 82(M107) is a semiautomatic 10 round .50 BMG rifle. It even boasts iron sights graded out to 800 meters. This rifle is huge, heavy but since it’s semi auto could be used to engage helicoptors. Not quite as accurate as the bolt action .50’s. Extremely accurate bolt action rifles
These are your sniper grade rifles made by Remington, Savage, Winchester, Sako, AWG, etc. They shoot .308, .300 Winchester Magnum, .338 Lapua, and a few other proprietary long range sniper rounds. They all will shoot a dime out past 300 meters and really are fit for master shooters as only they can wring out the most from them. They really are marvelous weapons and I wish I had the time to refine my skill to justify purchasing one. All of them will use rifle scopes as expensive as the weapon itself. These will have a rangefinding recticle known as the mil-dot, have target knobs and be very rugged. “Assault rifles” These will be semi-auto only versions of true full auto assault rifles. They still have their place as they are more compact, or can be than full power battle rifles, and do offer more rounds to use.
I don’t like the AR’s and never will-the M4 craze is going to go by the bye when people discover how hard it is to use all those kewl CQB optics and forgrip to engage targets 77
past 200 meters when ammo is scarce, and they have to fuck with cleaning a forever jamming rifle.
The AK series rifles are rugged but require more refined technique to use its crude sights and trigger, but folding stock models can fit inside a duffel bag. They are also more reasonably priced and I cannot see myself paying over 500 dollars for a carbine when I could use that money to get a .308.
The SKS has developed a cottage industry of aftermarket accessories to try and upgrade it. Ten shot internal magazine, 7.62x39mm it’s typically better left as is because all the zytel duckbill magazines suck. The SKS-D that feeds from AK-47 magazines is another story, as it’s more than a match for the AK’s. A Liberty Trainer version, configured like a Garand is a good option for low cost Rifleman Training. Go to www.appleseedinfo.org for more information on the modification. Military surplus bolt action rifles
78
Mausers, Enfields, Mosin-Nagants: these three are currently cheap to get and have reasonable stocks of ammunition. All of them have iron sights graded out to 1-2000 meters because that’s the 19th century heritage of volley fire of whole companies onto targets to achieve a machine gun effect. All of them feed from stripper clips holding 5 rounds generating a decent rate of fire. They’re accurate enough to hit a man sized target at 500 meters and can be gunsmithed into much greater accuracy. Mausers are the easiest to load but the bolt can be clumsy, the Enfields have 10 round magazines and extremely rapid bolt throw but the rimmed rounds jam unless loaded staggered in the clips. Mosin Nagants require effort to press the stripper clip down, and the bolt requires manipulation by the palm of the hand, not the fingers like other rifles-but they’re the cheapest and steel core ammunition can be had by the case.
American bolt action rifles, the M1903 Springfield and M1917 Enfield are much more expensive, but feature much better aperture sights and were designed to shoot accurately using a shooting sling. Enfields are above 500 dollars and Springfields much more than that. Unless you get lucky your money’s better invested in a semi auto rifle.
Swiss K31 rifles are straight pull bolt action rifles, incredibly accurate but the round it 79
shoots is scarce in the USA and converting it to fire 7.62mm NATO is extremely difficult. Too bad because otherwise they’d be the perfect bargain rifle.
Swedish Mausers fire a 6.5x55mm round. In the 90’s both rifle and ammo could be bought by the crate but they rapidly disappeared. The round is devastating and the rifle itself is very very accurate. Can commercial rifles cut it? In a pinch. Hunting rifles are made for lightweight carry and are reasonably accurate-but their recoil can make them uncomfortable to use. Also, many civilian hunting rifles are usually well made, but some parts just aren’t up to military standards of ruggedness and reliability. Also, do you think you can find your caliber five years after martial law is fully enacted and there’s no more ammunition to be had? If that’s what you got and all you’re going to have for the foreseeable future, get spare parts or consider a trade up to something else above. Otherwise, have spare, extended mags if it feeds from a detaching magazine or learn to grab four-five cartridges at once to more rapidly reload instead of grabbing for your ammo pouch several times. .22 training rifles
Need to target practice, train, hunt small game, have a relatively quiet rifle and the .22 fills that niche. The Ruger 10/22 has detaching magazines and can be configured into a target rifle, a folding stock for discreet carry, or as a Liberty Trainer to save on centerfire ammunition expenditures. The Marlin 60 is rugged, costs nearly half as much, feeds from a 18 round tube and is more accurate than a standard barrel Ruger. Very easy rifle to find. Numerous bolt action and pump action 22 rifles exist as well. Handguns You use these when you’re attacked. You use these to fight your way to your long gun. You use these in home defense, or very close quarters. Because to facilitate their small size the cartridges they fire have to be much weaker than rifle or shotgun rounds. That being said, handguns do have their uses. No revolvers if you can help it!
80
They’re bulkier than automatics, are limited in capacity, clumsy to reload. The .38 special will live on in snub nosed revolvers because you can store them for years loaded. The . 357, .41, .44, .45 Colt, .454 Casull, and the .500 S&W are handgun hunting rounds-they recoil violently taking time off from shot recovery and the muzzle flash and blast are tactically debilitating. .44 magnum and more powerful revolver rounds might have a specialty use for those wanting to punch through soft vests and have repeat shots, but if so a folding stock AK in some kind of luggage might serve better. Short list of semi-automatic handguns The following are handguns I’ve owned-tried.
A .22 like the Beretta/Taurus is good for summer carry but hit for the head! Any other guns in this class are junk, I’ve tried them. .25 is the same story.
81
The Ruger .22 automatic is a great target pistol and it’s quiet action is favored by those that fit suppressors.
In the .380 auto the Makarov is a sensible gun in price and reliability given the power of the cartridge. Reloading is clumsy given the heel release.
The CZ 52 in 7.62x25mm gives a handgun user the potential to penetrate soft body 82
armor. Eight shot magazines, awkward balance and the need to replace the issue cast steel firing pin with a aftermarket forged pin are the bad points on this pistol. With the latest hollowpoint rounds I consider the 9mm, the .40 S&W and the .45 ACP to be close enough-they’ll do the job if you’ll do yours and shoot to kill. Less common cartridges like the .357 Sig and 10mm are semi auto pistol rounds with .357 magnum power. No I don’t care for Desert Eagles they’re too big.
Glocks are reliable-except there’s no manual safety. You grab the gun its loaded and ready to fire. The trigger isn’t the best, but the target model triggers are good-but you MUST BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL. I’ve owned the 9mm 17, 17L longslide and the 10mm model 20 and I must say the 10mm equipped with extended capacity magazines in a submachine gun pouch makes for a most potent handful of firepower. Close behind it in combat capabilities are the new .357 Sig chambered Glocks-you can use standard .40 mags with them.
I like the Browning Hi-power 9mm once you remove the magazine disconnect. Fits better in the hand and extended magazines are around. Get modern high profile sights because 83
the 1930’s era notch and blade are difficult to pick up even target shooting. I don’t care for the Smith & Wesson models. Just something bleh about their accuracy and reliability. Rugers are even worse in their reliability and their ergonomics suck.
Beretta/Taurus 9mm are solid handguns, they never jam but they are wide at the grip.
I like the M1911 series handguns once quality iron sights are installed. They’re called an expert’s gun and I agree; the light trigger pull and pointability allow more precise shooting than with other models. I would practice and shoot with extra magazine stuck between the fingers of your support hand and practice swapping magazines out of your gun so you can keep up with the 15+ round 9mm and .40 handguns out there. Plus in a ammo-short world full metal jacket might be all you can get so that swings the advantage back to the .45 ACP. Haven’t tried the new Springfield Armory series of Croatian handguns but I’ve heard good things about them.
84
I detest the Tec 9. Someone designed it to fail yet make it kewl enough for them to be popular. All they do is jam up. You can’t holster them, their sights and trigger suck.
The M-11 could be a much better handgun with quality magazines and sights but as isno! I’ve owned four of them and they’ve all failed to feed with the original zytel magazines. When they do feed and fire however, they can be surprisingly accurate. The threaded barrel allows attachments. Still a 9mm so get the pistol version. No decent holster options exist. “Throwaways” These are useful for a few shots or maybe a few magazines. I’m talking about the HiPoint series of handguns-oversized blowback pistols that fire 9mm, .40, and .45. Don’t expect them to last anywhere near what a Glock can, but if you perceive a need for a handgun you can afford to lose they’re not bad. Jennings, Lorcins, etc. just pass on them. Don’t even waste your time. Shotguns… They carry relatively few shells, but a 12 gauge can do a lot of damage no matter the 85
load, even birdshot when used very close, but you want buckshot for shot that will penetrate up to 25 yards and slugs out to 100 yards-if you have sights instead of a bead. Single shot shotguns can be reloaded quicker if you grab shells and keep them in your left hand as you operate. Double barrel shotguns with internal hammers can keep up and even exceed the fire rate of pump and semi-auto tube fed shotguns if you keep shells in your left hand. Tube fed shotguns have the advantage of being able to be reloaded as you shoot, but for rapid reloading requires some kind of tube speedloader. For pump action the Mossberg, Remington and Winchester is the short list and is good for basic home defense. Semi autos the Browning Auto 5 is no longer produced but is reliable. The new Mossberg 12 gauge semi auto was accepted by the Marines. They could be better… The Saiga 12 gauge shotgun is an AK-47 modified to fire 12 gauge rounds from a 5, 8, 10 round box magazine. Aftermarket 20 round drums make it even more devastating. Here’s the whole problem with shotguns: even with slugs they’re out of their element after 100, even 150 yards. Fit a rifle bullet in a sabot you still have the problem of stabilization so you need to induce spin-but will the weapon’s design allow for accurate groups? I have an ideal for a solution; three or four fin stabilized elongated projectiles loaded in a standard rifled slug. You can find the design here: INSERT LONG RANGE SHOTSHELL DESIGN WHAT TO LOOK FORWARD TO? I’d look for the gun shows to be banned soon. Open air arms bazaars are not compatible for the technotronic society the beast is about set up for us. Slaves and guns don’t mix. In fact all private sales will be banned. A new wave of gun control legislation thanks to the Second Amendment destroying Heller ruling by the 9 old pedophiles in the ‘supreme court’ have stripped the last vestige of the Bill of Rights from us. A new assault weapons ban will be passed. Quiet efforts to quietly round up those that resist will escalate. Sooner or later, we are going to wake up to find troops kicking in our doors in a hot martial law to seize guns. Most will give them up valuing their soft lives than Freedom and so will lose their soft lives anyway. Have spares of your guns, ammo, gear stashed away. Ask yourself are you willing to defend yourself from the beast with a gun. Ask yourself are you willing to give everything up, even your family, even your own life in a war for your Freedom. If you cannot resolutely answer yes then at least provide comfort and arms to those that will say yes. 86
MESSAGE TO THE FEDERAL AGENT
J. Croft freedomguide.blogspot.com WHY READ THIS? Really, why should you? This is coming from a regular citizen-some Jane or Johnny Paycheck blowing off some steam at all the taxes they have to pay, the ever increasing body of laws, rules and regulations they must suffer. Suffer the ever increasing contacts with government officials of all types enforcing the millions of pages of law-or is it millions of laws-that they require us all to obey. The article itself even looks long-like it’s some kind of overblown antigovernment rant. Well, it is. Who do you think wrote this diatribe? Was it some useless Berkely liberal: no, it must be some “right wing” rant-like from these unwashed government-hating mutants: So I guess for you it’d be okay to stop reading this, throw it in the trash and get on with your job…
87
…and that’s the problem all of us have to face as Americans. You just doing your job as mandated by your superiors enacting government policy is destroying living free in this country. IS destroying this country. Has just about destroyed it to tell the truth. Millions of pages, I’ll repeat, of local, state and federal dictate enforced by an army of government power-loving lawyer/politicians, socialist social workers, some naïve do-gooders, and a lot of crass careerists who know who butters their bread. You love your job, your pay, your benefits, your power. Especially your power. Yet while you love your job, we’re hurting under the oppression of your collective efforts. If it isn’t taxes it’s regulations, or court rulings, or some whim by a rogue bureaucrat. “Rogue bureaucrat”? That’s a person in government service who thinks they’re above the People-that they’re supposed to serve and protect… so far above they regard We the People as nothing. Not just the obvious corrupt types but also the ones who heartlessly enforce all the laws, rules and regulations pumped out by lawyers over the years that that exclusive group has had exclusive control over what laws are made. You’re wanting to say something like “can’t make a omlette without breaking some eggs” or “we gotta have rules or there would be anarchy” or something to the effect? Some defense of the beast as being a better civilization than none? Guess what? To those that control the beast we’re all going to be omlettes. Sooner or later, one of your superiors will decide to break you. You know it’s happened. You’ve probably seen it. You’ve closed your eyes to the havoc you do to us all in the name of being the bitch of the federal government by repeating to yourself that you’re doing this for the United 88
States of America. You’re not, and you need to awake from that delusion before your job completely steals your soul. I know in your quiet moments you worry about it-you should. Read this: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/two-americas.htm and know the true state affairs with the beast and our Nation. “So what the hell can be done?!” Damn good question. The political process is sown up by those really in charge of this nation-the scripted banality reminds me of a pro wrestling show if it were produced by C-SPAN. Which is intended of course to discourage political participation by a “people” of dumbed-down, civically ignorant, anesthetized sheep. That is, when they could be pried from their couches watching Paris Hilton perfect the art of practiced stupidity. See, the degeneration of the American People into adult-sized spoiled children kept busy making money for the few way too rich old white men who run this Nation into the ground for world domination-it wasn’t a overnight affair. Americans didn’t one moment decide to take on a lifetime of debt, trust big corporations with their financial future and see how fat they can get instead of maintaining themselves, their own finances and what’s supposed to be THEIR GOVERNMENT. It was a process-a kind of (mostly)non-military form of social war, waged with skill, subtlety, patience on many fronts that has victimized many generations. Think about it: you think the 19th century American, who knew and practiced law on his own, could fix or make most things on his own, could run successfully his own business, grow his own food, school his own children, knew how to use guns and wasn’t afraid to turn them against the bad guys-you think such People would sit still for a second for: *Being subject to millions of pages of law that NOBODY ON EARTH would have a hope in hell of knowing, and being subject to knowing perfectly that titanic body of “law, yet being held accountable as if we were a nation of Rain Men? Maybe we’re all idiots-sans the savant. *Stolen elections using rigged computer systems with untraceable paper ballot readouts manufactured by corporations whose CEO’s are allied with one of the presidential candidates? Who run regularly with some Supreme Court “Justices”? *Federal agents-just like you-assaulting and murdering peaceable men, women and children with automatic weapons and flammable CS gas that when ignited becomes poisonous cyanide? Have you seen Waco: the Rules of Engagement and seen the forensic pictures of CHILDREN bent backward, incinerated? 89
*Drug and gun running by two Presidents through Arkansas; murdering anyone, including children who stumble upon their operations, turning the inner cities of America into crack central? The punchline being one of those drug smuggling fatherfuckers has the gall to open a office in one of the communities he helped pollute with his smuggled drugs?! *Federal invasion and eavesdropping of their private communications, with the fig leaf excuse of “we’re fighting a ‘war on terror’”, a excuse that could mean anything from insurgents we make in Iraq when our Troops driven crazy by war pop caps into innocent people and their relatives want revenge, to naïve fools attracted by false-flag Al Qaeda(the toilet seat), to seven dumb angry Blacks getting entrapped by the same breed of criminal scum that would plant drugs or murder mothers with their infant children in their arms? *Theft of up to half of their earnings through every tax scheme imaginable, claiming there was a budget shortfall-yet their consolidated annual financial reports indicated investments worth multiples of the debts incurred-so that the taxes remain high and we all struggle? *Using money that is unsound, backed by nothing, is worth less and less each year do to “inflation”? The issuing of that inflating, depreciating currency by a cartel of private banks that’s never ever held accountable for the credit booms and economic busts it deliberately manufactures for the sole benefit of the richest-while everyone else-YOU INCLUDED-suffer? No. The 19th century American-who could and WOULD defend himself-wouldn’t stand for it. Didn’t stand for it… at first. But “they” the inbred psychotic blueblooded “elite”, the masters of the beast, managed to tame their descendants-slowly, incrementally, over several generations of slow “progress. Kept them distracted as they snuck in their laws, careful not to go too far too fast and arouse their enemy. Kept raising the standard of living, while making everything more expensive. Kept sneaking in fees, licenses, permits, regulations, laws nobody held their Representatives accountable for anymore because they became too engrossed with living in this modern day bastardization of what America was supposed to be about. Freedom, instead of the permitted liberties that get more and more curtailed with each act of state terrorism. Pursuit of happiness, instead of the vapid pursuit of shoddy material crap manufactured by Chinese slave labor(we should be ashamed!) borrowed at 18%APR and a shattered domestic economy. Now, the 21st century “murikan”, between working for both massa corporation and massa state, and anesthetizing his seared body and soul with mind numbing alcohol and TV. Any people who’ve endured the losses we have, yet still seem 90
eager to put their Nation down even further just to keep the good times goingsuch a craven, “lazy”, cowardly people probably deserve all the crap that you and your compatriots in federal service have planned. Don’t they? I mean, world war, economic collapse, deliberately bungled post disaster recovery operations-you’re just waiting for the orders to finish communizing this once gloriously free nation. Gather all those fat ignorant sheep wandering around in a daze when the power’s gone, the malls are closed, the restaurants close, there’s no more gas, the gangs are roaming the streets ruthlessly scavanging for whatever’s left. Your bosses feed you some lines about you really being in charge when such a worthless people let themselves get herded into those Halliburton built “community centers”? Get to be the concentration camp guards as you take that broken people and mold them into obedient worker slaves? Isn’t that what Americans are now? Obedient worker slaves-but with too much license to get fat of bad food, too much leisure time, too much Freedom “permitted”? No reason to fear; you’re here to save the day for “the people”which really means the state, it’s corporate partners and the way things are-or are planned to be. Born in the Land of the Free and get spend the best years of your life as a communist apparatchik. If you knew when you applied for your job what you do now, what would you do? Seriously. Would you just “go along”? If you’ve read this far, and all that repressed anger’s welling back to the surface and you’re ready to cut loose with some righteous rage, I think you’d fight back. I know you want to fight back now, if only you had a way of overcoming the beast. How the hell does one do that when it’s effectively tamed and all but enslaved what was at one time the freest People to ever walk the Earth? You know the beast has had the lawmaking processes secured since about Day One. Secured enough through cronyism, ideological conditioning, media control and the sheer costs of election campaigning that only the corrupted attain office. The corrupted can be controlled well enough. You know the beast has the courts secured. What are judges but politicians in a different branch of government? ALL of them are lawyers-a breed that’s been given way too much leeway in influencing American life. A giant racket the law; they write the laws, make more rulings in the courts about the law-or in spite of it-and their guild gets to profit off of both prosecuting and defending 91
those that get drug before it-like the poor bastard who got entrapped by ATF agents into making a 18 inch shotgun barrel into a 17 inch or so unlicensed short barreled weapon-a National Firearms Act violation. To feed his starving family living in a ramshackle mountain hovel the poor bastard nicks less than a inch of steel off a single shot shotgun and the whole weight of the federal government comes down, murders his son, his wife and his infant child. You know the beast controls the strings of power in the various military, law enforcement and intelligence agencies. The beast always has it’s corrupted and compromised where it needs them. Those that are permitted to office are as corrupted as those in Congress and the courts. You know the beast controls the state and local governing bodies and agencies. All the wannabes toadying along with the party line, hoping for a shot at the big time federal league of politics; if they can just be the one with the thickest coating of brown on their nose. They got their handlers, their enforcers to keep them in line-as if they already weren’t brainwashed by the universities they go to, that the beast controls through it’s communist puppets in the “left”, preaching state power over all. You know the beast’s minions are everywhere in government-that they watch your movements, your attitudes to various tasks that destroy average American’s lives. Watch you-comrade federal agent-just as if you were living in North Korea, Romania, East Germany, the Soviet Union… any misstep in thought or action that might advertise you as one of those unwashed populist “patriots”… You know the beast isn’t just in government; it’s minions run the corporations, especially the media. TV, movies, music, celebrities-all are used to keep a People being robbed of everything drowsy with petty materialism and trivia. Like those minions in government, the beast’s minions in the cultural institutions get indoctrinated in college by the same funky tenured useless idiot marxists that feed the crap to the future bureaucrats, politicians, and you the federal agent that you are some kind of “elite”. You know the beast is efficient when dealing with dissenters. If they can’t be kept asleep they’re steered into easily controlled front groups that run them in circles with useless acts of protest that only satisfy their egos that something gets done. Fed lies and half-truths and otherwise kept ignorant so that nothing they think of as a solution will work because it isn’t rooted in the truth of the situation. These efforts are sufficient for the average dissenter until they tire of the real sense of lack of progress and go back to being obedient “productive citizens”. Politics is structured-scripted-so that there’s a “left” and a “right” of hot button issues to divide folks, to distract folks, as they’re taxed and legislated 92
into slavery. Racism? It isn’t so overt, at least in front of “mainstream ‘murika” to maintain that “politically correct” front, but it’s planted as subtly cultivated attitudes in the culture. Promotion of the most ignorant of celebrities, with drugs, with deliberate neglect of the cities, with mismanaged funding for all those dependant on government so that the generated inequalities make Black and White and Brown blame each other instead of those that should be responsible-those who make policy. Those that cause trouble in spite of these efforts to brainwash are subjected to everything from ridicule by the beast’s tools in the media and academia, to harassment by you, the federal agent. There are enough laws that it’s impossible to live a normal life without breaking them. Those that persist even after threat of loss of their lives, possessions, family, career and liberty, the beast eliminates. You know the beast actually WANTS someone to snap. Yes, provoke them to do something desperate and attempt a resolution by force-so that the majority of Americans it’s already conquered mind, body and soul will approve of the government’s preplanned “solution” of martial law and the final foreclosing on what Freedom remains. That they would willingly go along with literally, your jackboot on their necks so long as they can retain their borrowed comforts of the lazy boy, the plasma screen parading Christina Aguilera and their six pack. The charade cannot go on forever, that someday people will run out of credit, the world will tire of being America’s economic and political bitches, the “elite” will have set their final war in motion and don’t need America as the consumer suction pump of the world’s wealth-as that model of economic exploitation will be obsolete when the nukes fly and the markets crash. Hell, the country’s already been de-industrialized, what’s left but to dismantle what can be foreclosed and sold to Asia? So why the hell not provoke the Patriots into a futile last stand and wipe them out in one fell swoop, leaving a distressed, docile, and decimated slave population to exploit? Sounds too far fetched? Read the following you can track the government’s logic in this strategy and why it would attempt it: There are roughly 70,000,000 (legal) gun owners in this country-that’s all 85% of them are, they just own a gun without the knowledge of how to properly use it in combat… let alone would. The fifteen percent that could conceivably be a threat-police officers, veterans, seasoned hunters, hard core patriots and survivalists… most are brainwashed that things are hunky-dory as the average American. Many are even as conditioned as you being government employees. Most of the rest, that see things as they truly are, have at best rudimentary training in military operations, marksmanship, primitive survival. A few 93
isolated, lonely groups; nothing enough soldiers can’t overcome given enough time. Of those, how many have sufficient knowledge of guerilla warfare, propaganda and counter-propaganda, logistics, basic weapons manufacturing? Who among them has a clear picture of the Problem, and the Many Steps that could lead to a Possible Solution given enough time and success? Who among them has the vision and strength of Washington, Simon Bolivar, Cromwell, Che Guerverra, Lee, Alexander to pull such a incredible coup as to take down the beast? No wonder you think it safer to go along with the beast to get along-going along and destroying your fellow countrymen. Who can stand up to such a behemoth and even survive… YOU THINK FIGHTING THE BEAST IS IMPOSSIBLE? Think again! Think back to what you’ve read: the beast is made up of peoplelike you or worse, or better. Each of those persons, like you, can be persuaded, given enough information and enlightenment. Each of those persons could lose their health, or their job, or become a victim of the beast themselves. Each of those persons can realize that yes, you can and probably will lose everything in struggling against the beast, including their lives. Each of your fellow Agents can also realize these Truths: 1.)We’re all going to die sooner or later. Sooner or later the DNA in your cells deteriorate, break down, start making more mistakes than the rest of the body can compensate for. Your hair starts to turn gray, your skin starts to sag, you start losing muscle mass, your metabolism slows down. You grow fat, frail, your faculties start to fail, your mind fogs, you can’t see so sharp or hear so good, you lose control of your bowels at the worst possible moments, you fall and you can’t get up. Without cellular renewal, entropy is inevitable, and hence, old age homes and death. Which leads to: 2.)What will people remember you for? What actions that you do or do not do, how will that make their lives better? How do you justify taking part in monstrous manipulations, conspiracies, murder with leaving the world in a better shape than you entered in? What in the way of Freedom, a society that uplifts the Individual, a livable planet, a civilization that will carry Man into the future will your personal efforts to help the beast suppress everyone from political dissenters to inventors of devices that threaten government and corporate domination bring? Ultimately: 94
3.)What if there really is a God I’ll have to answer to for my life’s work? Or lack of… Somehow everything came into existence-everything came from something. The Universe, from the structure of the largest of it’s galactic supergroups to the smallest of subatomic particles reveals a intricacy, vibrancy, and most importantly a design of such wonder we will never catch the full measure of. Since it’s God, Our Father’s Creation, we are all of us Our Father’s Children. How have you treated Our Father’s Children, Federal Agent of the United States Government? How have you treated the society they’ve been brought up in? How have you personally treated those of Our Father’s Children who don’t share your color, your culture, your ideology, your class or income level? And, having done what you’ve done in your life, how do you think Our Father will treat you WHEN, and this is an ABSOLUTE, WHEN He gets his hands on you after your shot, worn out body takes it’s last breath? That WILL come, and it won’t matter how many church appearances you made, how many fifty dollar bills you stuffed into the Salvation Army kettle on holidays, how many self-congratulatory awards you get for your years of loyal service to the public(or in a way you don’t realize, it will)… …What will matter to Our Father is whether you helped out that woman the IRS is trying to steal her home, business, and future over a tax mistake. …Whether you disregarded personal danger in stopping the beast’s minions from pressuring a desperate backwoods “undesirable” to sawing a inch of steel off a single barrel shotgun, averting a frightening show of force by them. …Whether you did your best-even if meant career suicide-in averting a massacre of women and children by being simultaniously burnt alive and poison gassed to death. …Whether you tried to warn agents, police officers, those in authority who still hold themselves accountable to the People of a plot to stage a false flag terrorist operation-even if you had to do a end run around the official channels and risk your very lives against the beast if but to foil a plot to whip up yet another war started for false reasons. …Whether you decided yourself to seek out those Americans still owning themselves, still willing to gamble all they have like their ancestors have done for Freedom. Help them however way you can, with training, advice, intel. To warn them when the beast decides to wage the final offensive against those that would be Free, enact martial law and wage another civil war in order to wipe out the last vestiges of Freedom… even with the approval of all they’ve 95
sucessfully enslaved. That you did or did not these things and more, THAT is what will matter to Our Father. Your Father who loves you and would love to see you STAND as a FREE MAN in common cause with your Brothers and Sisters, even against the beast that runs this country and runs it into the ground in a last, great effort to consolidate it’s control over us all. You can be Free. You can, standing with others intelligently, resist. You, especially being a federal agent, can help slow the beast down, and together we could slay it. OKAY, NICE SPECH- BUT HOW DO YOU TAKE ON THE BEAST AND WIN?! STOP BEING AFRAID OF LOSING WHAT YOU’VE GROVELED TO THE DARK SIDE FOR What do you really need to live and be happy? That half-million dollar plywood and sheet rock millstone you and probably your kids will spend the rest of your days paying on? That huge, honking SUV your spouse can barely handle in traffic? That collection of credit cards that you’ll never pay off because you just gotta hit that mall for more crap made by slave labor you’ll use maybe twice? You’ve brown nosed to the beast for all that crap, it’s tainted with the blood and suffering of innocent people. Besides, being so craven and cowardly should be embarrassing to a big, strapping lawman. Point is, no matter what choice you make you’re gonna lose something-you can keep serving the beast and lose your Freedom, forever. Or, you can lose your fear-among them losing the materialist chains of debt slavery that keep you dependant on the beast and it’s trinkets it loans you for some mirage of happiness. So if you’re committed to the Cause, it’s time to do a gut check. You can’t have freedom of action if you’re tied down with debt payments and love of comfort. Truth is, your life is going to get damn uncomfortable from here on out, no matter what choice you make, you might as well make the choice that’ll guarantee a real future for your children. You do have children, a spouse, right? You’ll have to have a big sit-down with 96
the little debt slaves-in-training and share your epiphany. THEN, provided your loved one doesn’t speed dial their attorney to begin divorce proceedings you get to figure out a plan to wean yourself of the false trappings of success you ignorantly bought-borrowed-into: *Turn off the TV. All it does is lie and hustle for your money-after the government’s done shaking you down. Soon you’ll discover you can actually think for yourselves, you’ll start spending “quality time” with your family and you’ll see how things really are in America today. *Sell the house. As of July, 2006 there’s still a housing market. SELL NOW!! Sell while there are still buyers dumb enough to believe the hype on CNBC and FOX. Sell and rent a older home in the country, where there will be some degree of safety when the preplanned collapse is triggered. *Get rid of the SUV if you haven’t paid it off. You’ll take a loss on it anyway, but the point is to get out of debt and get out of gas hogs your 100lb wife or 300lb husband can’t handle. Get a older car that’s reliable-it’s possible. *Cut up the credit cards. Debt obligations masquerading as “cash on hand”. In fact, go cash only for all, any purchases. *Go out a hell of a lot less to eat. Find and patronize a organic food store, eat natural food, drink non flouridated spring water and notice not only how much weight you lose, but also how much healthier you feel, how better you can think, how less apathetic more free spirited you are, and how much more cash you have in your pocket. Stock up on extra food in case of something going to hell with the food supply. *Find a way for your family to start becoming “self-employed”; under the table cash only business. It’ll teach business and money handling skill that’ll benefit yours the rest of their lives. Plus add another stream of cash flow or two. CONFRONT THE “AVERAGE CITIZENS” WITH THE TRUTH OF THEIR SITUATION You know that speech you gave to your family before you rescued yourselves from being debt slaves? Give a condensed version to the next person you encounter-could be on the job. Could be at a bar. Could be at the supermarket. The Average American still looks up to authority figures, and to hear the unvarnished truth from a Federal Agent about how things really are could wake some people up. Some-because the educational and cultural programming of the sheeple by the beast is rock solid. Truth be told, the average ‘murikan’s mind has been so debased, so miseducated, so devoid of character or internal 97
strength that they’ll mentally tune you out or change the subject. Nobody likes being told their life’s been a fraud. Some will listen; it’s up to you to help organize them into effective political and self-defensive groups. NETWORK WITH OTHER AGENTS AND STATE, LOCAL COPS WHO ARE AWAKE Standing alone is for the suicidal, the stupid, or the desperate. Acting together, with a plan while doing your best to not be exposed works. Get involved with citizens working intelligently with local politics, or start your own local group. Plenty of issues to address. Cover each others asses when the beast gets set to crush some more of your fellow citizens. HOOK UP WITH ONE OF THOSE EVIL, INBRED, RACIST MILITIA UNITS You know perfectly well that those people represent the best, most patriotic Americans left. Sadly they are a handful, and need your help badly. Besides, WHEN the beast targets you…and it will… you’re going to need some stone reliable folks to back you up. Help the Militias infiltrate government positions with new members so that they can be a fifth column-keeping in mind to keep these infiltrators off any “official” militia circles. Help the Militias form front organizations. Why? To take over town and village governments, start dismantling the beast at the local level-it’s where the fucker is most vulnerable while we still have a multilevel representative form of government. When they build a working, real world example of Freedom and use effective propaganda to spread the message, a thousand more liberated towns will spring up. I go into detail about this at http://freedomguide.blogspot.com FIND YOUR OWN PATH TO GOD What? What the hell is this about-isn’t this a plan of action in the real world? It is, and you and Our Father reuniting is THE MOST IMPORTANT PART. Men lie. They do it every day. Men ordained in religious doctrines made by men 98
lie whether they know it or not, because the religious doctrines they preachpropagandize actually-were made by men. There’s a lot of power, money, control in religion. It’s a racket used by states throughout history to corral, control the very thoughts and beliefs of Man. Religions-especially Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, are contrary creations of different teachings and doctrines by different people with contrary motives. Some actually wanted a better world. Most just wanted loyal followers to enrich themselves with, to control, to use as cannon fodder in the next war. If the Universe was created-and it’s getting harder with each discovery to discount that-then there’s a Creator. A Creator of the Universe has to be by nature a intelligent and loving being because creativity requires intelligence, love, and the catalyst of inspiration. So if Our Father was inspired to create a sentient being-us-that could commune in spirit with Him, has(in theory)intelligence, capable of love, can be inspired to do great and noble things-WHERE IN THAT STRING OF LOGIC COULD OUR FATHER IN HEAVEN POSSIBLY WANT US TO BE MURDERED? To be murderers, of ourselves and Our Father’s Creation for the sake of some manmade paper entity’s bottom line? To enslave, when it is Human Desire given freely by Our Father to be Free, and at the same time take it upon ourselves to personally guarantee other’s Freedom? To stealing from others, including everything they’ve worked for their entire lives because some bureaucrat decided that was appropriate for a hundred fifty dollars, federal reserve notes that are worth less and less each year? To regulating a person in every part of his and her life to the point where Freedom becomes another vague word? To subjecting the youth to life destroying state run “public schools” that take people full of energy, creativity and curiosity and after 13 years of grinding down turn out brain dead consumer slaves-‘murikans. To use the holy ideals of Life, Freedom, the Pursuit of Happiness, a responsible representative government as fig leaves for conquest, genocide, plundering, domination? Our Father would NOT want that! When YOU realize that, then and only then can you accept the example of 99
Jesus as laid out in the Gospels when encountering the bankers (moneychangers) and lawyers (pharisees)-they got not one moment’s rest. Jesus wasn’t about pacifism, Jesus and Our Father were about reacting in the strongest possible manner to tyrants and the other ilk that toadies to them. When YOU realize that, and that the conclusion is only YOU can forge YOUR OWN CONNECTION to Our Father, and that THAT is the path to your salvation… …that only your actions count as only actions are worth anything in this world… …that only by standing with others like minded in being awakened, aware, and willing to pay the price for their Freedom… …only then does Man have a chance of Salvation, for themselves and the world we’ve all helped trash because of the evil of foolish, craven men and the demons of power and greed that rule them. How about you?
100
THE BEST OPTIONS FIRST Winning the peace
STAGES OF REVOLUTION As far as the Second American Revolution is concerned your first battlefield is… You. What you believe in. What you can do-physicality, talents, knowledge, network of friends and colleagues. What you and others can do together… Get the idea? As a chain is only as strong as its links, and it’s up to YOU to be the strongest link you can. And make certain those around you are strong as they can be as well. If you can master yourself, and surround yourself with others who are doing likewise, and act on what you believe in, you can get things done. CONCEPTION Ideals Our Ideal is Individual Freedom-and that society must be constructed around the restoration of Individual Freedom so each person can have the opportunity to achieve their maximum potential, which in the end contributes to the society; Real Freedom from enslaving ideologies, from enslaving government and corporations. Towards taking this
101
Freedom, many steps must be taken-many of them will be painful. But such is the price of taking one’s Freedom. Those steps start with you. They have to because you… YOU are the foundation of the Second American Revolution and if you personally are not in order then anything you attempt is in danger of being sabotaged or simply failing due to some personal weakness or another. More importantly, you must be ready and willing to take your Freedom back. Do whatever it takes to take it back, because if you’re reading this you know damn well it won’t be handed to you. To become Free you must go through the steps. Those steps are: Physical-getting in shape, becoming self-sufficient and capable of defense of one’s self and others; need it be stated that a physically strong, fit person automatically commands more respect than someone who cannot even manage one’s own body? Anyone can at least do exercises, walk. A basic weightlifting set, dumbbells, a chin up bar can be used if used regularly. If you let yourself slip, well discipline is a mental muscle and Americans are not a people raised to have self-discipline. Stop beating yourself up and get back up on the horse. RECOMMENDATION: P90 exercise series of DVDS is a great way to build strength, stamina, and speed. Take responsibility for yourself and purify your body of all the garbage the enemy puts in the food and water. The food itself is deficient in nutrition due to overtaxed soil so one must take nutritional supplements to make up the deficit that causes you to be lethargic and dumb. Learn how to fight-take combat courses so you can be counted as part of the Unorganized Militia every able-bodied adult belongs to. There are plenty of martial arts fighting systems, so choose the ones that are geared for combat. As for firearms: Appleseed Project-teaches basic rifle marksmanship as was once done by the US Army before World War Two, before the needs of filling ranks caused a dilution of training. Go through the fundamental steps of a shot, you will be able to hit a seen target out to at least 500 yards. Yes the enemy bobs, weaves and ducks behind cover at times, but that’s war. They are steadily expanding their numbers but beware: “fred” will NOT come to your aid if you get in trouble with the feddies for promoting rifle marksmanship. The enemy wants incompetent foes to provoke to be used as a excuse to clamp down. Close and Midrange Combat-Gabe Suarez will hate me for mentioning him but he has some of the best training courses and DVD’s on just about every weapon system out, plus he’s willing to train lowly civilian sheep like you, ya uppity tax slave you. Be advised that Gabe has no patience for “tin foil” of any brand, and if you’re not useful(make money for him) he has no use for you. Just the way he is. Jeff Cooper also had a lot of things to say about combat. Wayne Van Zwoll-he has some videos on the net and his book “The Hunter’s Guide To Accurate Shooting” is a must read on practical field rifle marksmanship. This book is a good complement to the Appleseed Project. 2
John Plaster-“The Ultimate Sniper” is an excellent resource on precision marksmanship. MENTAL PREPARATION I’ll tell you this: all the training in the world is useless if you don’t have the will to use it. What separates those that do from those that dream and don’t are willpower and sacrifice. That means ruthlessly eliminating addictions, dependencies on the beast and its many mental traps, self-disciplining, self-reliant and being your own leader. The willingness to make sacrifices, to wield your will over yourself and as needed, others-though as someone who not just believes in Freedom but lives that every day you respect others. There’s no getting around being willing to SACRIFICE. There’s a reward for those sacrifices… Spiritual-FINDING GOD IN YOUR HEART YOURSELF AS YOUR SPIRITUAL JOURNEY BACK TO OUR FATHER. Because only having Our Father in your Heart will give you the strength to say NO, to find out the truth of our situation, to summon that willpower to make that sacrifice to rebuild yourself as a foundation of the Second American Revolution. Nothing less will do. Nothing else will remake you but for a spiritual transformation as you connect with Our Father in Heaven-who lies within in your heart. All you need do is find a quiet place where it’s just you and your thoughts and your heart. Close your eyes. Quiet your mind-Americans in particular have their minds full of this and that so this stage, of stilling your mind so you can hear your heart, that will be difficult; when you do however you will hear a still, kindly(usually) voice. That’s God. God has perfect perspective and only wants the best for all of us so it would be a good idea to start listening when you do hear Him. He’ll guide you the rest of the way. PERSONAL OBSTACLES-THANK THE ENEMY Freedom, in today’s debased America, is an alien concept. Americans are trained from infancy to believe they’re free while actually being the most comprehensively controlled people in history: *Television, content controlled by our enemy, propagandizes and conditions us into a learned dependency, helplessness toward the government, major corporations, and other institutions and individuals. Self reliance, individualism, intellectualism, a sense of national identity-our history, political purpose-are diluted, ridiculed or just not talked or depicted. Even worse, the technology used operates on 60 cycles per second meant to induce a hypnotic state… you ever start watching TV and you find yourself just watching ANY thing so long as you’re watching-that’s the effect. *State schools take 12 years to teach(poorly)what could be learned in maybe 3. The main lessons these indoctrination centers drive into us are APATHY and OBEDIENCE. Go past the approved lessons, the approved pace, help out others and you’re punished. Attacked by the budding goons and thugs these schools generate and you’re treated the same as your assailants-so that you can be victimized by the state when you graduate. Protest and you’re crushed-as according to them you’re a “minor” without Rights. * The largest, most stifling, unforgiving, oppressive legal code in recorded history. No people that is truly Free would have so many laws, rules, regulations governing them. In 3
fact a direct relationship can be established between the growth of the nation’s legal code and the decline of domestic non-financial economic activity alone… that’s businesses, the arts, invention-you know, all the activity that grows a nation. This gargantuan body of legalese grown across America like kudzu stoked on fertilizer has been one of the few things that have grown-along with all the bankruptcies, the prison population for nonviolent offenses that weren’t a hundred years before. *The banks. They hustle the Federal Reserve Act and the 16th Amendment on a Christmas Eve night in 1913 by 3 traitor Senators(they were allowed to do so by their rules)stole our lawful money and replaced it with credit based currency…debt… they can issue at will and brought the terror of the Internal Revenue Service into the lives of all of us-or nearly all of us, I’ll get to that soon enough. What you must keep in mind is that the banksters-Rockefellers, Warburgs, Vanderbilts, Rothschilds-had effectively all the money they needed to buy up America and buy off all the Americans they needed to… such as your public servants. Your public servants got us off gold and silver so that those federal reserve notes would be the only-illegal-currency.
Look closer at the top left… “This note is legal tender for all debts public and private, and is redeemable in lawful money at the United States Treasury or at any federal reserve bank”. That’s what those notes used to say and if you ever run across an old federal note you will see this isn’t something photoshopped. Mayer Amschel Rothschild had it correct: control a nation’s money and it doesn’t matter who is in office. Because you can print all the money you need to buy them off, buy up industries and ship them overseas because your paid for politicians rewrite the laws in favor of exporting the industries you got Americans dependent upon for their sustenance with your ruthless business practices. This war we’re in isn’t one waged with jackbooted thugs, surveillance devices, and a byzantine legal code enabling our enemies near unlimited freedom of action while binding us in a legal straightjacket. This is a war waged with education, with a centralized and highly controlled media, with religion.
4
*The churches have all been brought under the control of the government through the 501(c) 3 incorporation scheme by the IRS, tricking churches already tax exempt into filing and thus entering into contract. Contracts are binding and the IRS makes certain you are bound. The churches have most certainly been bound politically-once centers of populist(their term)political organization the first peep of protest and they seize the church-land, bank accounts, everything. Besides there’s more than enough money in televangelism-either through “prosperity” preaching where you wish yourself into wealth… to keep the likes of bucktooth Joe Osteen paid, or you listen to Jack Van Impe’s crazed rants cheering on a thermonuclear holocaust because then you will be “raptured” because you claim Jesus as Lord and Savior. Or likely you listen to both-wish yourself to prosperity, pray for billions of sandniggers and kikes to obliterate themselves so you will go to Heaven and do all the ungodly shit you do now-cheat on your spouse, boast about your goodness, pop legal narcotics, beat and terrorize your kids because they’re the only ones in your life without any authority over you, ignore all the poverty and injustice because you’re “in” and they’re “out” and being a Born Again Churchgoer is the ultimate in because you can do whatever you want and just say a prayer to Jeezus and it’s all good. Except that you serve both Satan and your enslavers with that belief. *The government employs legions of go-along-to-get-along types even if they aren’t churchgoers. Many of them are tripping off the lowest levels of Freemasonry thinking they’re “in” on the levers of power. Perhaps locally where most tyranny in this country is still administered… until those locales and states go bankrupt and enter into federal receivership and control. These fools refuse to see the big picture and instead see you as someone to tax, regulate, rule over, imprison if so desired. *Our very food and water is drugged, poisoned to keep us docile, dumbed down, sick. The health care industry through our ingested poisons, the lawyers, the insurance companies is a tax on Americans-one sixth of the economy. *Wars are set up to keep the patriotic blaming and fearing outsiders instead of the very government that has enslaved them. There hasn’t been a single war in the past hundred plus years that hasn’t been some kind of false flag(9/11), provocation(World War Two) or outright conquest. World population is kept in check, economies are kept under military/industrial control… out of control of the People… people browner than Conan O’ Brien are killed, money by the hundreds of billions flows into our enemies coffers. Wars are also set up to maneuver the nations of Earth like so many chess pieces into destroying themselves so that they can replace this one last wargame… the coming World War Three… with a more consolidated world order. Could be a unitary state. Could be a few blocks a la George Orwell’s 1984. Whatever the final form the fact of the matter is your death is needed for them to build that order. All that is but scratching the surface… What is most important to remember is that your average American-on whom the future of this planet hinges on-is either ignorant of these facts or go along with their lifelong conditioning to treat these facts and those that present them as “conspiracy”. Only when the cocoon of debt slavery is busted open by the loss of their jobs, their 401k(another ripoff), as has been happening, and they’re out on the street homeless-all the trappings of their middle class lifestyle seized from them will they understand. Then however, they’re homeless, street trash-shunned by most people because they don’t want that misfortune rubbing off on them, and constantly oppressed by police and government 5
regulation meant to keep them down and under control. Little late then for them to do anything at all as they struggle to survive and avoid . And more Americans join them every day in homelessness. Or, maybe you can find an argument an approach that doesn’t trigger their conditioning. New turns of phrases, new approaches to showing them the truth of our situation. Most likely not this work, this will likely not appeal to someone who expends most of their mental energy figuring out their fantasy football lineup. Of course you can try… MEMES A meme is an ideal or concept, song, device, or cultural bit that gets imitated, repeated, and worms its way into your thoughts. If you can encapsulate the ideals, methods, whatever, into your message or product that others will imitate, you will come up with a powerful tool for Freedom. A cartoon explaining the concept of the meme from Virus Of The Mind-The Revolutionary Science Of The Meme And How It Can Help You:
Once someone builds a spoked wheel or makes a recording of Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony, those physical objects serve as vehicles tospread memes—in this case, the spoked wheel meme and the ta-ta-ta-TUM meme—indirectly to new minds.
Note how the object and the tune are paired in tandem to create an effect? 6
More: If memes are our internal programming, we can draw on decades of research in psychology to look at how we get programmed—how memes get transmitted into our minds. Once programmed, we behave in complex ways that spread memes indirectly. So while it may sometimes be illuminating to use the term vehicle to describe behavior or an artifact that tends to infect people with a meme, more often the existence of a meme will trigger a Rube Goldberg–like sequence of actions that only indirectly causes spreading of the meme. The wagon wheel and the commercial advertising on TV programs are the exceptions as meme-spreading vehicles; the rule is more complex. A Working Definition We want a definition of meme that gives us access to understanding cultural evolution, as in the biological definition. But we want to be clear that memes are internal representations, as in the psychological definition. And we want to look at memes as ideas—as our software, our own internal programming—that produce an effect on the outside world, as in the cognitive definition. The result is the definition I use in this book, a definition similar to the one Dawkins adopted in his 1982 book The Extended Phenotype: Definition of Meme A meme is a unit of information in a mind whose existence influences events such that more copies of itself get created in other minds. How about ta-ta-ta-TUM, the famous motif from Beethoven’s Fifth Symphony? As it’s stored in my brain, Charles’s, and Kusnick’s, it is a meme. I’ve just infected you with a copy of it. If you hear the music, or hear anyone talk about Beethoven’s Fifth in the next few days, you’ll have no choice but to associate it with this discussion. If you then start up a conversation and say, “Hey, that’s odd! I just read about ta-ta-taTUM in this book Virus of the Mind, and do you know it’s a meme?” you will be spreading some of the memes from this book that you’re already infected with.
The point is, in your propaganda-which it is-you embed a concept or action with two other things… music, visuals, objects, actions that can be replicated, you will make a meme. The movie Red Dawn is a meme; high school kids repel Soviet invaders. The word militia was turned into a meme of violent, racist, anti-American rednecks by constant association in all the corporate media. Now the word itself is an anti-American meme. Facts being otherwise, but irrelevant. NEUROLINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING NLP is the science of using words, sound, images to convey a subtextual message to alter behavior. It’s used by the major media all the time to manipulate you so understand how it’s used. An example would be this statement. Go ahead and read it aloud: “You have the right to keep and bear arms”. 7
Sounds straight forward enough, right? Now, say it again but instead of an affirmative tone, you’re going to use a tone of voice meaning you don’t. Say it that way now… …Tone makes quite a bit of difference even with that plainly worded statement doesn’t it? Now let’s add some weasel-wording our enemy loves using and say this out loud using the same negative tone: “While you do have the right to keep arms it is in the public interest to regulate the use and possession of small arms for public safety reasons.” Get it? This is how the enemy screws with our heads. Through their lock on media content and distribution the enemy bombards us with thousands of hidden messages, through every available form. Understand how the enemy uses NLP and it can be pointed out, exposed, or used to change hearts and minds. There are many aspects of Freedom-however many people being introduced to them will not understand them, and so will tune you out. Therefore, it’s vital to know who you’re talking to and what they’re ready to hear. So, I’ve divided the common Patriot themes and ideals that have been expoused over the past half century into separate categories based on common knowledge and ability to be accepted upon first contact. INTRODUCTORY IDEALS These are what average uneducated folks can readily grasp and agree with in a conversation: food, gas prices, jobs, taxes, fashion, sports, music, games, movies and toys-both for children and adults. FOOD-Prices are fueled by both inflation and at times scarcity. Quality is now an issue as the effects of GMO food, ingredients such as aspartame and high fructose corn syrup, and the use of MSG to make food chemically addictive. One viewing of the documentary “Supersize Me” should be sufficient education. If your audience is receptive, the cause of our weaponized food-the government and corporations-can be broached. The fluoride issue should be used a little later after it’s accepted that the food’s poisoned. GAS PRICES-Price manipulation by artificial scarcity as well as a effective monopoly of energy source is easy enough-we’ve had gasoline and the internal combustion engine for a century and all it does is suck us into wars masked by goading dictators into invasions and false flag attacks. The suppression of alternate fuels whether by willful mismanagement or outright sabotage can then be brought up, which naturally leads to the source-government and corporations. JOBS-We’re dependent on the same government and corporations that willfully poison our food and water, and jack around with the gas supply and prices. Same government and corporations that have systematically exported the corporate salary and wage jobs we’ve become dependent on over the past century. Starting a business in America is fraught with all manner of taxation, regulations. TAXES-Does this need any explanation? Yes: talk about Consolidated Annual Financial Reports… talk about your town’s report. Talk about how corporations and investors have all the tax breaks and avoidance schemes while anyone starting a business or working for a corporation gets boned. Like this:
2
FASHION-Ho boy… you can tell your audience their clothes are designed and pushed by a industry that has to get you to spend at least a thousand (2010) dollars a year… preferably much more than that. They’ll listen when their good times are through-when they’ve lost their jobs and/or retirement. SPORTS-Aside from mentioning how insane the tax breaks the major sports team owners get, how many jobs could have been generated with the money shoved toward the stadiums-if someone is talking non-stop about their sports then they’re not going to be open about discussing more adult matters… although the fraud that is major sports does make for a good opening discussion if they are ready. Like when they get laid off. MUSIC, GAMES & MOVIES-Like fashion and sports people with their heads wrapped up in these distractions aren’t typically going to be open to a more serious discussion… now if you send music, games and movies with a Patriot theme worked in it, that’s another thing-modern entertainment is used to introduce thoughts and ideals by the enemy so in theory you could to. Except the enemy has a lock on mainstream media so we’re forced onto the internet… not even the so-called indie scenes have much tolerance for those not “politically correct”. Ironically that’s a good thing: use your truly outlaw, independent cred generated by the gatekeepers(the whole industry…)use that street cred generated by their rejection to join or start an underground music scene, a underground film scene, build games with Patriot themes. There’s still money and groupies for artists… one example I know of is the writer, musician, filmmaker and blogger Michael W. Dean.
3
TOYS-BOTH FOR CHILDREN AND ADULTS-People wrapped up in the cars, bling, appliances, boats, whatever-they’re thinking things are still good. It’s when they’ve lost their job, their income, their life savings that you can point out all the junk that was marketed toward them to 1.)Take what little was allowed to them in the first place and 2.)Distract them from how we’ve all been hustled by the American Dream. DELIVERY They should be delivered in a way that entices them to find out what causes them-which will lead them to the intermediate ideals. They should be rooted in answering everyday problems that lead to a truer vision of what’s wrong. A word on presentation-of yourself: it’s typically best to approach your audience as a mirror image of what they see as acceptable. By that I mean if you’re going up to say, some yuppie in a bar a little deeper in thought it’s best to come at him in a suit-that suit should work in most circumstances-except for the outlaw subcultures. If he’s from say, a ghetto someplace then the suit ain’t going to work. Regular clothes that state that you’re from roughly the same circumstances does… if it’s a gang member though watch your colors and how you wear your clothes. Get the point? And be as well-spoken as you can-or have material that does the speaking for you if you can’t. Tracts, DVDs work well and there’s no reason why you can’t make them using the principles stated below, from Principles of Patriot Propaganda: Pamphlets Critical that they’re designed to provoke, to lead those that read it to begin to ask questions. Pamphlets should first be inviting to read, fun, enticing. One sheets should have graphics on one side and print on the other that begins to get people to think. Another is a folded pamphlet with either three or four folds, but you’ll need Microsoft Publisher or something like it in Apple. Another kind of pamphlet that has been widely successful is the Chick Tract-this is a miniature comic book that tells in about 16 tiny pages a provocative message that gets you to consider exploring further. They’re compact, and have an irresistable cuteness that you can literally slip out of your pocket, and it’ll get swept up into someone else’s pocket. They just take more effort to make. There’s a eye catching, provocative cover, then 14 pages to tell your message and then the back cover where contact info and websites should be. To make a “chick tract”, you need a duplex printer; partition a standard sheet of paper into eight sections of 2 1/2 inch by 4 ¼ inch. Lay them out like this: MAKING THE PAGE You’re going to divide your page into cells. Because of the need for formatting, your tract is either going to be 14 or 30 pages, so plan well ahead what your tract’s going to be, it’s layout. Go into Table along the top bar. You want Number of Columns to be 2 and Number of Rows 4. Be certain your margins are exactly the same left to right, top to bottom or your tract will be misaligned. 4
Each page fits into a cell. They go in a specific order. For a one sheet, 14 page(not including front and back cover)tract:
For a two sheet, 30 page(not including front and back cover)tract:
MAKING THE PAGE IN PAINT Each page must be 4.7 by 2.7 inches. You set those in Paint by going into Image menu along the top and selecting Attributes. Select for Units in inches and type in the Width and Height fields 4.7 inches wide and 2.7 inches height. From there you can use Paint to insert pictures, draw, draw and insert, type or copy text 5
to the page. When done, choose a file name and Save. INSERTING THE PAGE INTO THE CELL GRID Keep the diagrams above in mind you select the page number you want and put it in the correct cell. Go to Insert along the top bar, click Picture, then From File; click on the image you want and click Insert. PRINTING Keep in mind you’re going to have an overhang of one extra page from the cell table formatting, and if you simply hit the Print icon you’re going to ruin most of your subsequent copies. So, go into File. Select Print… In Number of Pages, select 1-2, or 1-4 depending on tract size. Go into Properties and select Duplex printing-it’s vital that you’re able to print on both sides of your paper. Print. ASSEMBLY If you don’t have a dedicated paper cutter you’re going to need a very steady hand. Cut along the rows, you’ll have 4 or 8 strips of the same kind. Start stacking the top row atop the next row, atop the next row etc. until the tract is assembled. Using a long enough stapler to reach the center bind them and be neat. Fold firmly and be straight with the crease. NOTES You may have to play with the margins to get a proper print. Use the rulers in Word and play with the margins, making single test prints until the tracts come out perfect. Unless you’re able to use a company or school or library printer, you’re going to need to invest in cartridges and paper. Pamphlets can be printed up by the thousands on your desktop computer and passed out everywhere. People don’t need to fire up a computer, it’s in their hands. Pamphlets need to start where people are at and shock them into starting on their own journey to where we’re at. INTERNET VIDEO We have lots of books, and a good amount of video, but most of our current material is of intermediate to advanced level of awareness and knowledge. Among them are the fine works of Alex Jones, who sets the standard for quality in the Patriot movement. Doesn’t 6
mean someone else can’t do better, they can and probably will-maybe that person will be you. What we need is video that like the pamphlet, is watchable, fun, and at the same time provokes people into further exploration of things they’ve spent their lives in blissful ignorance of. We need some internet web shows, web series of episodes about five to ten minutes each for however long it takes to tell the story-the more the better. Stories about Patriots getting screwed by the beast and its minions and machinations and in a almost how-to fashion show ways to resist within the context of the story. We need of course, more full length DVDs but don’t bite off more than you can chew. For internet video: Get some practice handling camera, and writing script, even for a documentary, or straight propaganda piece. Do some short stories, learn your craft. Write your story-write it in a way so you can actually make it with what you can realistically get a hold of if you do it tomorrow. Don’t hold out for a re-enactment of 9/11 because Uncle Bob’s scratching that lotto ticket or your cousin Kyle knows someone who knows someone who performs homosex acts for Stephen Spielberg. Remember, your hero must be relateable yet as confused as your audience. There will be no problem portraying the beast as the enemy. At the end, your audience must be motivated to find out on their own and seek out the truth. Direct them to the body of Patriot literature and video that’s been produced up to now, they ought to be ready. Internet video like this should be produced so that a DVD with film quality video and audio can be compiled. Get you in the discipline of doing the best you can-because you need to. SCRIPT-Make this as tight as possible. If a narrative fiction, study the screenwriting books. Get DEEP into your characters, know them like you know your family and closest friends… all their faults. ACTORS-Match your actors to your roles as best possible. REHEARSE!!! Take a month like a theatrical production to get your actors ready… don’t be like a lot of independent filmmakers and have like, a day or something to rehearse. Take the time to get the quality. CAMERA-High Definition cameras that can deliver a progressively scanned film-like image at 24 frames per second are available for rent or purchase. Television is at 29.97 frames per second, and interlaced with half the frames scanned then the other half. Consumer types at Best Buy are the American NTSC television video quality. European PAL format have the 25 frames per second rate that’s easier to down convert in your computer to 24 frames per second. One from Aiptek is $130 but has a chintzy digital zoom. Sanyo-if you can find them in the stores-have a optical zoom, and record in mpeg4 format that you can directly download to your computer. Canon, Panasonic, Sony and JVC have cameras in the 900-1500 range. Higher end “prosumer” HDV camcorders from JVC, Panasonic, Canon and Sony have 24 fps progressive scanning, but the HDV format is highly compressed to fit onto a miniDV cassette. That technology’s obsolete as some of these cameras can download the full 7
uncompressed, or nearly uncompressed output directly onto hard drives, some have interchangeable lenses that allow much superior film camera optics to be fitted. YOUR GLASS IS THE SINGLE MOST IMPORTANT ELEMENT. The new generation of HDSLR cameras such as the Canon Rebel xi2, Lumix GH-1 can record 24P HD video. Camera and lenses can be had for under $2000(October, 2010 prices). You will of course need separate audio equipment. An article on HDSLR filmmaking:
DSLRs For Feature Films From Bollywood To Hollywood: Director Snehal Patel and cinematographer Rodney Charters, ASC, take advantage of the Canon EOS 5D Mark II’s small form factor and monster-sized sensor to create the epic short film Indian Gangster By Neil Matsumoto This Article Features Photo Zoom
Editor’s Note: As HD video proliferates the DSLR world, more and more still 1
photographers are trying their hand at moving images. Vincent Laforet’s Reverie opened the floodgates, and the torrent has flowed forth. Cameras like the Canon EOS 5D Mark II in their stock configuration are being used for projects like Reverie as budding cinematographers take advantage of the relatively low cost and the cinematic look that the DSLRs’ large image sensors give. Bigger projects also have been in the news as the general-interest press has been captivated by the notion of a DSLR being used to make a Hollywood movie. It’s certainly true that cameras like the 5D Mark II are being used for these projects, but it’s important to put things in perspective. Filmmakers are tricking out DSLRs with special adapters and, in some cases, doing entire firmware reprogramming for their needs. Some of the 5Ds in Hollywood are just 5Ds in the way that James Bond’s car is just an Aston Martin. In this article, HDVideoPro magazine editor Neil Matsumoto tells the story of the short film, Indian Gangster, which is being made with Canon EOS 5D Mark IIs. With the end of HBO’s The Sopranos, filmmaker Snehal Patel felt the timing was right to create his own mob series, which became the premise for his recent short film, Indian Gangster. “The story is actually fantastical because there’s no such thing as Indian gangsters in L.A.,” says Patel, with a chuckle. “I thought it would be cool to show a different type of character for South Asians in America.”
Cinematographer Rodney Charters, ASC (operating camera), and director Snehal Patel (behind To generate industry buzz, he Charters) observe a decided to shoot a short pilot as scene. a pitch. With the help of FOX’s 24 cinematographer, Rodney Charters, ASC, Patel employed a Canon EOS 5D Mark II DSLR to shoot his ambitious short, which involved low-lit interiors, moving-car scenes and gun fights. Born and raised in Chicago where he went to film school and then produced and directed commercials, Patel took a big step and moved to India to pursue directing a feature film. Once there, he found himself working in marketing for a production company, and it was there he saw how the Bollywood system operated. “Up until now, it was basically private entities investing in filmmaking,” explains Patel about the country’s prolific movie industry. “As you can imagine, their budgets are very low compared to the corporate structure we have here. They do a lot with very little money and they really push their laborers. They also work really fast.”
2
As the HD revolution began in the U.S., Japan and most of Europe, the transition was a little slower for India. According to Patel, it wasn’t until file-based camera systems like the Silicon Imaging SI-2K appeared (which shot much of Slumdog Millionaire) that high-def cameras began shooting. Still, Bollywood turned out to be a great training ground for Patel when he returned home three years ago. “We have so many things we can do here in America,” says Patel. “I can use a crew of 10 people and put together a music video that looks amazing. In India, it’s practically impossible to do anything with 10 people. As soon as you call a light on set— like a 1K baby—a guy comes with it, so the crew grows exponentially.”
For the film, Charters had Panavision build him a special PL mount in order to use a Panavision 10:1 zoom lens.
In terms of finding a cinematographer, Patel did a lot of research on DPs who were shooting digital. Even though they had no previous relationship, Patel called Rodney Charters “out of the blue” and the busy DP agreed to meet him for breakfast. “I wanted to find someone who could really shoot an action thriller,” says Patel. “Since Rodney is on 24, he’s already doing guns and cars blowing up, so my project should be easy.” This Article Features Photo Zoom As the two talked shop about cameras, Charters suggested they shoot the project with the 5D Mark II. Although Patel was originally planning on shooting with RED cameras, he thought the camera’s small form factor might benefit the production in terms of speed, since the shoot was only According to Patel, scheduled for two days. The the small size of the director and DP took a day aside before the shoot to film a Canon EOS 5D Mark test in which they shot Patel’s II enabled the crew to set up a suction-cup lead actress. Both were very impressed with the results. “We car mount in less than 10 minutes. flattened out the image and played with the color in post to see what kind of latitude we were getting,” explains Patel. “I was amazed because I had just produced a short film two months ago on a RED camera, and I was looking at the image side-by-side, and for the size and cost of this camera, it really is approaching the kind of quality you’re getting out of the RED. You might not get the color space, but the kind of look it’s given me for a $2,500 body and the fact that it can hook up with practically any lens out there is amazing.”
1
For the production, Patel and Charters had two 5D Mark IIs on set. They outfitted their A-camera with a Panavision 10:1 zoom lens, which also had a 1.4 adapter in order to achieve a higher level of shallow depth of field. For their B-camera, they used a variety of Panavision prime lenses, as well as Canon tilt-shift lenses for the car work. When not working on a tripod, they were shooting handheld using the Redrock Micro eyeSpy rig with a follow-focus device attached. Working handheld or on a tripod, getting proper focus is a major obstacle for many filmmakers working with the 5D Mark II’s full-frame image sensor, which is closer to the size of 65mm motion-picture film. Because Patel and Charters were predominantly using Panavision zoom and prime lenses rather than DSLR lenses, it made the job of focus pulling a little easier. With cinema lenses, the extra-large lens barrel spins nearly 360 degrees, which makes it possible for a focus puller to hit critical marks within inches rather than feet. Similar to a film shoot, they also employed a first and second AC on each camera like a professional movie production. Lighting-wise, the production carried a relatively small lighting package, mostly consisting of Kino Flos and small HMIs to punch through windows. Patel says that with very minimal lighting, Charters was able to create an amazing look for the film. Although the 5D’s large sensor gave them the ability to shoot in a lot of available light, Patel feels that if you’re seeking a look with rich colors, you still have to light accordingly. He also stressed how elements like filters, costumes, art direction, etc., can enrich the photography. The small form factor of the 5D Mark II helped Patel’s direction of his actors since the small camera enabled his DP to move in close when he wanted a more intimate feel. Also, the setup time for his car mount couldn’t have been done with any other camera. “This mount just slapped on the hood of the car—just two suction cups,” says Patel. “The beauty of having such a simple tool is that you can just put it anywhere. You can use this for your A-camera with the big lens, but you can take that lens off, put a small lens on it, slap it on the car and you have a car mount within 10 minutes. Come on, what’s better than that? “It was also good for the talent because the energy we built up for that first run in the car is still going in the second run, which keeps the talent on their toes and excited. Remember we had a lot of material to cover in two days, so the fact that the actors were able to deliver so consistently had a lot to do with how quickly we were able to set up and be ready for the next shot.” This Article Features Photo Zoom In terms of post, Patel feels that working with video DSLRs isn’t that different from other digital formats. The production had a DIT (digital imaging technician) on set who was handling the workflow of moving video files off of the CompactFlash cards onto hard drives. “I’m from the tape world,” says Patel, “so we always had tape at the end of the day, but now we do a triplicate on set in which we back up three times. We keep one copy on the laptop and then two hard drives, every day. I would watch all of the footage at home at night from one of these copies.” 1
Working with Final Cut Pro, Patel transcoded his H.264 Canon EOS 5D Mark II files into ProRes 422, which is a full 1920x1080, 10-bit, 4:2:2 chroma sampling video codec that lets you perform layering in post if needed. One of the current issues working with the 5D Mark II is that the camera only shoots in 30 fps, not the standard 23.98 fps usually seen in narrative filmmaking. Still, Patel was impressed with the image. “We did color correction at Hdi RAWworks,” explains Patel. “I took off all the filters that I put on in Final Cut Pro and gave it to them clean and flat. Just like on the RED camera, you have to shoot flat with low contrast, so you can make more decisions with color in post. “The serendipity on this project was one good thing after another,” concludes Patel. “I think that when you make the effort to do quality work and really take care of your product, people see that and they want to help out and be a part of it.” DSLRs For The Big & Small Screen The Canon EOS 5D Mark II and the new EOS 7D DSLR cameras have taken the movie industry by storm with many professional filmmakers and cinematographers adopting video DSLRs to deliver stunning cinematic images. The EOS 7D features dual DIGIC 4 image processors and a large APS-C-sized CMOS sensor, while the EOS 5D Mark II features a single DIGIC 4 image processor and a larger full-frame CMOS sensor, which allows amazing shallow depth of field. For the new season of NBC’s Saturday Night Live, the crew used both 5D Mark II and 7D cameras to capture the opening title sequence, which captures “living” portraits of each SNL player as he or she parties it up in New York City’s exciting nightlife. Since the producers wanted a spontaneous look in which they also could move quickly to various locations, such as the Brooklyn Bridge, the 5D Mark II and 7D were the perfect fit due to their small form factor and ability to shoot in low light. The entire title sequence was shot and edited in a week and was shot in 30p on the 5D Mark II and in 60p for slow-motion footage with the 7D. The crew also employed a small Litepanels MiniPlus on top of the camera to give a small eye light to the performers in exteriors. They also used two Kino Flo lights to light a dimly lit interior bar location. Cinematographer Shane Hurlbut, ASC (Terminator Salvation), recently shot The Only Easy Day Was Yesterday (working title), which is a Navy SEALs feature film produced by Warner Bros. To capture footage of the SEALs going to battle, Hurlbut carried 13 5D Mark II bodies that were outfitted with a number of accessories typically seen only on motion-picture digital or film cameras. When he wanted to put the audience in the eyes of the SEALs, the crew created a helmet cam on which they rigged a 5D Mark II in order to put the viewer in the heat of the battle. In terms of lenses, Hurlbut employed Panavision Primo prime and zoom lenses, which gave him 1.5 stops more detail in the blacks and another 1.5 stops of detail in the highlights. 2
“Catching the action is what the camera was made for,” says Hurlbut about shooting with the 5D Mark IIs. “Imagine a camera that weighs 2.5 pounds in the palm of your hand and that delivers 65mm depth of field. This is an action camera. It moves in a visual style of handheld that we’ve never seen before.” For more information, visit the film’s website at www.indiangangster.com.
AUDIO-You have to have a excellent audio person with the equipment, because sound is a larger part of your effort than the actual video. On site audio capture Requires boom pole with microphone(you can literally use a mop handle with some grip tape). Also, lavelier microphones are used if they can be concealed. A mixer is also used and the audio person can do that himself, or you can do it in post if you’re a one man op. Post Production Use the same computer you’re editing your video with. In fact Sony Vegas works fine with Acid and Sound Forge. Foley This is adding sound effects as close to what is on your actual footage as possible. This is done in the same environment as music being made, with the sound dampening materials on the walls. Actors recreate their dialogue, everything from leaves crumpling from under your feet to gunshots are recorded. Better to get good field audio if possible. Scoring This is the theme music and it doesn’t matter if it’s the Annoying Orange, or Infowars, or the nightly news, or especially your feature film-this is your audio identity. For narratives having special theme music for significant characters is sometimes used-more so for some anime like Dragonball Z or Inuyasha. COMPUTER-Buy the best computer you can. Just do it. Because HD video files are huge. The minimum would be the intel core duos but getting core quad would be much better. Have two high definition screens; one for the video, one for your editing program. Adobe, Avid, Pinnacle, and for strictly Apple, Final Cut Pro are all HD capable programs. Sony is an excellent, intuitive program that can be scaled up-it’s what I use. Some resources that go into much more detail than I can: SCREENPLAY, by Syd Field. 30 DOLLAR FILM SCHOOL by Michael Dean Find a local filmmaking club and get under the wing of some film students who’ve spent a lot of money and time learning how to do this. Yeah they’re typically “liberal” but come at them with cash when you’re ready, they’ll do it-and learn something. PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHER Look where you’re targets at; that average Joe Six Pack who only thinks about his fantasy football team or that next trip to the mall, or sweating whether to buy groceries 4
and eat or gamble at the local convenient store for a little extra cash to cover gas-or get another payday loan because their credit cards are maxed out. Or worse, out of a job, out of a home and looking for answers. Have them. Be the hand that reaches out to them. Know how they think, and give them something that will surprise them, get them to read or view it. Get them to see that they’re being exploited and oppressed in the first place. And that’s it for those introductory pieces. Leave links or titles for further exploration. When they’ve put it together themselves things are not what they’ve been told, that the liberal/conservative paradigm is a deceptive framework and that the same hands hold the puppet strings that control both “sides” they’re ready for the bulk of Patriot Media that’s been produced. I must state here that people are usually only ready to hear the truth when they’re ready to listen-that is when the world model they operate off of can’t explain how their life is so messed up. They struggle until they reach a epiphany, where all the little doubts in their minds come together in a perfect storm, and they awake. I’ll repeat this happens when they’ve lost their jobs, investment, get their car repossessed… although a few people have these epiphanies when they’ve realized they’ve been sold a lifetime being encased in for all purposes one of those wheels rodents are put in that they keep running in-to nowhere. Our introductory ideals must be constructed to artificially induce this perfect storm that will crack open the programming the corporate ran mass culture and government schools have bathed the average American their entire lives. They must be outwardly simple, easy to grasp and attract the attention of the average American’s childlike mentality, yet once viewed or read engineer the epiphany they’ve long needed. Fortunately this is 2010 and it is apparent even to a retarded person this country’s off the proverbial rails. Yes, see what average folks are bitching about and start there. Show them the beginning of the rhetorical rabbit hole as the source of their problems-yet hint that there’s a lot more to figure out. Examples? Hmm, that’s a good one, because there are so few-I don’t know if any exist. They’ll have to be made in the first place. But let’s figure out what the average American’s worried about: *Keeping their jobs-but their traitor bosses are cutting benefits, pay, or just shipping them to China. We’re in a open depression now-instead of the “covert” depression economically and politically engineered by our enemy, covered over by Madison Avenue and Hollywood for the past 40 years-their Potemkin ‘Murika. *By extension, keeping their homes they’ve worked all their lives for. Their cars they need to get to work and everyplace else. That little bit of borrowed prosperity they’ve sold their and their children’s future for. *Try to provide food for their families-but all their food is poisoned, as is their water. If the quality of their food is even on their own radar. *Give their children an education-but they can’t add or know their history, or mentally function, but they can follow state school indoctrination and be good little Hitler Youth. *Save for their retirement-but don’t know insurance is a fraud, their 401k’s are a fraud, even keeping their money in a bank is a fraud. The government has claimed for itself the “right” to tax and hold onto what is supposed to be your money, just like your wages. 5
*Keeping safe in a dangerous society-but don’t know government engineers the crime and the criminals to create a problem, their crimes cause a reaction which leads to the public accepting the government’s plans to take their Freedom. INTERMEDIATE IDEALS This will be the standard issues we in the Movement struggled with, that which form the entrance to that rabbit hole analogy. It’s important not to expose the Recruit until their mind is receptive to understanding and accepting them. Fortunately most Patriot literature fills the need in this department-it’s just that we’ve lost sight of where most folks are at and that we’re trying to teach the equivalence of quantum physics to people who can’t answer 2+2 correctly. It usually takes something bad to happen to a person from the beast to slap them awake. Some reach an epiphany on their own as stated. I myself have tried to bridge that gap but long form essays-who reads? I’ve also tried with video and God willing if the internet is still up (is as of November, 2010) then maybe that will do better-except you have to get people to see the thing in the first place. That is the key; getting your targeted audience to read/watch your propaganda in the first place. Good luck. DEEPEST IDEALS These will be the ultimate motivation to the Recruit to join the Struggle. Spiritual, because this struggle is ultimately a struggle for the souls of every person. That people’s lives have to have purpose! Purpose! We as Americans have been placed on Earth at this time not to be spectators to Armageddon, but to STOP IT! Nothing less than the destiny of the Human Race is dependant on each of our decisions to wake up and fight. We're here as Americans at the dawn of the 21st Century because God puts us here for a purpose-to fight to get back the Nation and Freedoms our ancestors fought for. To be equal under the law, free to do as one will without harming others, with no corporate tools poisoning the enviroment, hypnotizing us with their ceaseless advertisements, or having their lackeys push us into pre-arranged wars of conquest. Taking back control over America's direction, stop fighting bogus wars, and avert a global Holocaust that's slated to kill off most of the human race. A holocaust "they" have been laying the groundwork for at least the past century if what I've studied about them is accurate. How else could the elites turn around and progressively strip America of its economic strength and spread our forces out over the entire globe like a more insidious form of imperialism. Almost all the nations of Earth have our troops stationed there. And yet our borders are wide open. We have the greatest debt levels in history. China was sold our nuclear weapons and high tech secrets by Clinton and Bush, who took their money and invested in corporations who literally strip America of its industrial strength and ship it over to them. So have all of the super rich living today. Obama’s just here to finish the job. COUNTERREVOLUTIONARY RESISTANCE
6
America’s mainline culture is a marvel of social control and debasement. The beast has managed over a period of a century to debase the greatest, most free people in history and turned them into cowardly, greedy, materialistic slaves. Slaves. Americans are now so self-centered, so uncaring they’re literally watching people dying and not doing anything to help, they’re the first to snitch to the government against innocent people-over nothing. Such people will only care about keeping their sad little lives as the beast’s slaves going. I see no hope for such individuals. It’s those who are repulsed at a basic level by these attitudes that are our hope. GROWTH OF CORE GROUP Finding like-minded, motivated individuals The most obvious place(and you need to hurry while it’s still permitted to operate)is the internet. Go to popular web sites, hit the Forums and Message Boards. Start talking about (1) Introductory Ideals applied to (2) local issues and people that can be related to. It will be obvious what those will be. Go where they’re at-go where people gossip about celebrities, sports, etc. Craigslist is a great place, you can get about anyone there. There are lots of frustrated people-but most will be too apathetic to do much more than bitch online and then go back to their lives of quiet slavery. The first test of the prospective recruit will be actually meeting up. If they make a date and show up, it’s downhill from there. Downhill in varying degrees based on who you meet; maybe you’ll find someone who’s studying, learning, trying to prepare like you. Then you can work as a group, and a group is much more powerful than the sum of the individuals. The counterrevolutionary danger of course is that you’ll be targeted by the government as a dangerous fringe group. So try to keep it quiet, small, and each person having their own group. ON RECRUITMENT Persuading those who will listen to introductory ideals-well that depends on whether they’re interested. Most people are content with their slave wages, their debt-fueled fraudulent lifestyle. Rather watch the game on TV than wake up to how they’re “American Dream” is really their nightmare. Subconsciously knowing they’re in a nightmare they go into denial, desperate to keep blissfully asleep so they can just kick back, crack open that beer and just enjoy themselves… People are awakening. They’re awakening at varying stages. Some are noticing how prices of food and fuel keep going up while the TV lies to them that inflation is still “low”. Some are noticing that America’s turned into a police state-how the laws, the cops have become the oppressors of the People. Some notice on election day how their votes are changed, that candidate x can win even though they’ll get together and they all voted for y. Some notice how the same cast of greedy rich old men get recycled in and out of positions in government and the corporations. 7
Some notice how America’s economic, political and military strength has been harnessed for empire and profit-even at the expense of deliberate sacrifices of soldiers at Pearl Harbor and ordinary people on 9/11 to create pretext to go to war. So your approach is obvious; engage those who are ready to listen by where they’re at. FIRST ask them what they think is wrong; they’ll tell you… then you let them know it’s much worse than they thought. …But you don’t give them too much, or go too deep into how bad things are. You’ll overload them, plus their mainstream cultural programming will kick in and they’ll mentally shut down-call you a kook. So you engage them where they’re at. And you have to let them connect the dots themselves-connect the dots to where they see that 1) you know what you’re talking about and 2) they need to ask a lot more questions than you can answer at first contact. So get together with them again, and if you got a Friend, have them tag along if you can. Keep expanding their knowledge FROM WHERE THEY’RE AT. Keep stoking their fire-for knowledge. Keep stoking their anger, keep them motivated to learn more. Keep leading them not just to the Truth, but also, solutions. Solutions that will actually work will be what will keep your recruits, and motivate them to transform themselvesand that is where you should be having them direct their efforts. You don’t throw raw recruits into the battlefield, without training or physical, mental, spiritual preparation. Especially with a long term Revolutionary struggle, a battle to the death against the beast. Get them to eat right-organically. Get them to kick the TV habit. Get them to start walking, or some other introductory physical conditioning. Invite them to go shooting with you; if they’ve never used a gun before this is the Golden Opportunity to instill good shooting skills and good shooting habits. Then take them gun shopping, based on their available money. Ideally they have about 1-2000 dollars to spend on a M-14 and accessories. So, take your recruits to the range. Turn them into riflemen. Take your recruits into the woods, turn them into Militia. Develop your friendship-by then you should be friends. Forge a relationship with them, help them become what they’ll need to be to stand fast for the struggle to come. AND EVALUATE THEM-FIGURE OUT WHAT THEIR CHARACTER IS!! One thing the Revolution cannot afford is a traitor. Eventually they’ll be ready to start downsizing their lifestyle to a form that will survive what’s coming. They’ll be looking for land in the country, by a small town with a balanced economy, fairly self-sufficient if need be, near other Patriot enclaves and defensible. Counterrevolutionary resistance The beast is forever monitoring, cataloging, catagorizing, assessing. The beast profiles each and every one of us-through our social security numbers, driver’s licenses they can get into EVERYTHING YOU DO THAT EVER INVOLVED YOU GIVING UP THOSE IDENTIFIERS.
8
So, any behavioral changes your recruit will show, any shifting of their spending habits, what they watch, buy, do will show up and be interpreted by agents of the beast. If you’re already under increased scrutiny, being monitored, tracked, so will they. And if the beast is good at anything is intimidating. They might even be so bold as to arrange a encounter where they can scare off your recruit. What to do? Train your recruit on privacy, proper spending habits and rapidly dropping out of the beast’s system. In short: *Stop using credit cards-not just as insturments of debt slavery but also because what they spend on can be tracked. Same with checks. Cash and money orders are the only acceptable means of payment for the Revolutionary. *Downsize their home down to a rented apartment. Sell all that junk-they should have done this already-and use the proceeds to liberate themselves from debt slavery. *WHATEVER YOU DO, HAVE YOU RECRUITS BUY THEIR WEAPONS PRIVATELY! No need to tip the beast off there are more gun owners. Hit the gun shows-while they’re still around-and get them their rifles, ammo and gear. Scour the yard sales if the need’s urgent and the flea markets. Make sure none of you come off as “street”; most sellers are straight arrow law and order types. *Have a private place to shoot in someone’s back woods. Train them there. Go over the basics of rifle and pistol shooting until they can hit consistently out to 500 yards. Get some Frontsite, Gunsight and Thunder Ranch training videos and practice the techniques. Paintball… valuable close combat simulation training. Cultural, and social barriers to these steps are going to be intense. Friends, coworkers and most tragically family are NOT going to understand. Friends come and go, you get new coworkers when you shift jobs. Family… they will be the biggest stumbling block for the recruit. You’ll lose recruits from spouses or parents overpowering their awakening. Kids will rebel-wanting to keep their friends and lifestyle. Or, you may get especially angry recruits, because they realize the beast has cost them their loved ones. They’ll probably be among the first to start shooting. You’ll have to keep a close eye on these. Or, you may get more recruits via their family. You may hit the jackpot and get a few friends and coworkers. Just be discerning, okay? And if you get too successful recruiting, the government will notice when it’s no longer just you or a couple of people-you’ve got a group-and now you’ve got a “cult” or a “terrorist cell”. Which is when you have to split up and each of your fellow Patriots starts recruiting themselves. In all of this you have to see yourself as, say, a Master-of being Free-and your recruits as Apprentances, because this is a continuing journey for all of us. GROWING YOUR NETWORKS You cannot do much on your own. Unfortunately you’re asking people to abandon the beliefs-false as they are-that they cherish and keep them functional as slaves. Besides you cannot even survive on your own. 10
Make new friends This means getting out and talking to people… and find those who’ve come to the same conclusions as you. Maybe you’ll luck out and find such among people you already know but to save your own sanity I’d stick with lead-in topics. Americans are programmed to automatically dismiss and ridicule the truth, and tar and feather the messenger. Use the internet, but don’t solely rely on it. Go out and meet people in public. Start a conversation about nothing at a ball game, bar, mall-whatever. Wherever. However, but don’t be miserable; don’t let the truth drag you down. Because nobody likes being around depressing people always delivering bad news. Have some good news for your new friend-and that is exactly how you must treat each and every person until they give you cause to reconsider. Look at this short graphic novel I put together a couple years back….
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
You DO however get a good idea of how NOT to approach people; I leave it up to you to figure out your own way TO approach people. 18
When you do, you go as fast as they can accept the truth, and no more. Help with their learning curve but that is something they have to handle. Remember that. Once you do get the ball rolling they will go out and network and in theory your network grows. In reality, with the enemy still in control of major media and the free internet threatened with replacement with corporate media 2.0, you will quickly exhaust ordinary Americans willing to listen. You WILL find lots of people who understand things are a mess-but only because they’ve been touched by the beast in some way. That’s your best bet to gain numbers but they likely will not have resources, as they’ve likely already been robbed. Building the Free Economy Trade among your friends and shun corporate goods and services. Flea markets, swap meets, Craigslist, newspaper classifieds, yard sales, co-ops, mom and pop stores are the alternatives we need to support. Because if you don’t think Wal*Mart is the enemy you’re reading the wrong book. No credit cards, no checks, nothing that goes through a bank. Banks are the enemy, they enslave us with debt-shunning them is a no brainer. Building the Free Culture Write books (yeah I know people don’t read much) and graphic novels (big now), make music and movies. And buy what Patriots put out. Better would be to find your muse and put out your own media. We need our own novelists, painters, photographers, filmmakers, actors. We also need Patriots to come together and support our artists-finance their projects, buy their work, spread the word. I covered earlier on Patriot Media what equipment you can get, it’s a matter of coming up with stories and characters that connect and deliver our message. Countering hyperinflation with our own Constitutional Dollars Wrote an article about this: WHAT’S A DOLLAR? This isn't a treatise on economics, its a treatise on survival. Who will define what a dollar is-because the future of America depends on the answer J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com …Or rather, who will we let define what’s a dollar. Because the private banksters of the private federal reserve banking cartel, who have with their illegal central bank have through their ever weakening counterfeit dollar wrecked America. See, the value of a constitutionally correct dollar-the one mandated to be of silver and gold specie-held constant. It held constant due to the scarcity of silver and gold and the difficulty of extracting the rare metals from the earth, crushing the ore, smelting, refining, casting. Before the 1787 constitution the United States had both Continental dollars and currency 19
issued by each State. Given the huge debts incurred by the Revolutionary War, the classic and futile tactic of printing more money without backing caused inflation… when each dollar buys less because there’s more dollars circulating in the economy. The constitution mandated gold and silver as the lawful money of the land preventing hyperinflation. This was the case until the Civil War when Abraham Lincoln had the Treasury start printing Greenbacks to fund the Union Army and win the war. The Greenback was not backed by precious metals, it was simply issued. When Lincoln was killed the US went back to silver and gold. It was in1913 that the banking elite looting the planet today set up the tool of our destruction; they snuck through on Christmas Eve both the Federal Reserve Act and the 16th Amendment ratifying an illegal income tax. Now, pay attention how the federal reserve system works: The US treasury weaves the cloth, prints the ink, cuts the “federal reserve notes” dollars then ships it to the federal reserve system for them to LEND BACK TO THE US GOVERNMENT TO ISSUE OUT AT INTEREST. Then, on every April 15th we pay taxes to the internal revenue service which sends the money to pay the interest to the federal reserve central bank. Because these notes-for debts public and private and not to be used as lawful money as originally printed-had nothing but the “full faith and credit of the United States” backing it, the banksters now had the means to inflate the money supply… making everything cost more and more. It’s surreal to hear old folks talk about how little everything cost. Go to the movies for a quarter. five cents a gallon of gas. A brand new Mustang for 5000 dollars. Buy a home for 20,000 bucks-a lot of times up front. Just insane how much a dollar could buy back then… because it COULD! You could work a single job, your spouse could stay home take care of the kids and you still had more than enough money to take a couple vacations a year… own a boat and/or small airplane… go to college… start a business or buy a small apartment building… invest.. That was what I call America’s first golden era and the banksters cultivated that period to lull Americans into complacency. A people who’ve had it good for awhile can be further lulled into distraction with television. A people who watch seven hours of TV a night can be systematically programmed to whatever attitudes, belief systems that the programmers want. And the programmers ultimately work for the banksters-because through sitting on many corporate boards they can dictate both government policy and the policies of the major corporations. So to milk more money off of us-because we obviously had too much for them-they printed more and more dollars. Since the banksters through their minions controlled educational policy they worked to gradually dumb down each class of Americans for the past century. Dumbed-down Americans don’t understand economics, are conditioned by the Prussian model public schools to view economics and knowledge in general as boring, so they can lie about their debasing the dollar pawning it off as the consequence of “economic activity”. The Women’s Liberation movement, good for equal rights for both sexes but it was exploited by the banksters to double the tax base as inflation was ramped up. 20
So now both husband and wife have to work to keep up a lifestyle they could easily sustain with only one person working ten or twenty years earlier. The banksters start sending factories overseas through currency manipulation and making it government policy to deindustrialize America, so the economy itself enters a depression… but it isn’t called a depression. A depression hidden from the American People, never called that, but the factories have disappeared, it costs eight bucks just for a movie ticket, two to four dollars a gallon for gas, a Mustang costs over 30,000 dollars, houses were bigger, but not as well built and cost over ten times what their parents paid. And starting a business, buying commercial real estate and investing are milionaire’s games… or you have to spend the rest of your life paying off the mortgages. To do ANY of the things I just wrote now takes debt-credit cards for food and fuel, loans for cars, mortages for a home. Taxes have grown from 2% during World War Two to 30% and above for income tax, Social Security is at least another 10%. There are property taxes you pay or you lose your home anyway for missing the rental payment to the beast. Sales taxes for everything, on everything just further increase the tax bite-to over 60% now in the Obama era. Oh yeah; the banksters have designated We the People as the ones who are going to pay to them the money they stole from us. And that’s how paradise was lost. To get it back we need our own dollar. What’s a dollar again? A sheet of rag paper with some ink on it. What gives a dollar it’s power? The perception that it is a symbol of worth. Those sheets of green rag paper you use to trade for goods and services are backed only by a commonly held belief in their worth. Get that? The dollar is only backed by acceptance by people that it is of worth, not because it is intrinsically worth anything beyond the time, effort and material to issue them by the trillions. So, to get back our nation we need our own dollar-one that has worth. What is “worth”? Worth can be perception of something’s usefulness, or the observed results of something’s worth. A car has worth because the machine can transport you far faster than you can walk, carrying far more than you could, even with a pulled cart. Seeds have value because you plant them, tend them they produce your food. A rifle and ammunition has value because it enables killing blows at hundreds of yards distance. Books have value for the knowledge they contain, as do more advanced media but they require electricity and a machine to read and display the data they contain. Coal, oil, natural gas and their processed byproducts have worth for their utility as fuel. Wood, stone, iron have worth as building materials. Silver and gold have worth due to the rarity of the material, the effort needed to refine the material from the ore and it’s use as a measurment, a measuring stick to gauge the worth of everything else. People have worth for the work they do; farming, building, guarding, administrating, 21
investigating, planning, healing. Now with people that worth is a variable as to their capability as well as their character. A person can do a mediocre job but if you can rely on him to do that mediocre job on a consistent basis then that is how much worth that person has. On the other hand a person who is capable of doing a good job but is for whatever reason inconsistent in when he does it or underperforms or is angling to defraud you-then that person’s worth is actually lower than the reliable mediocre person. Because you can’t rely on him. Worth is something you rely on. Worth has to be something reliable. Barter is the trade of things of worth. Say, a jerry can of gas for a basket of food. It is simple enough if two parties have what each other wants but barter becomes a pain if one party hasn’t what the other needs-then they need to find someone else, or establish a trade wth a third party who does have what is needed. That third party may not be available. Script is a sheet of paper promising a good or service from the person issuing it. Script is dependent on the issuer’s ability and willingness to deliver on it. It’s a promissory note. Personal money, and its shortcomings are about as bad as barter-except you can trade that script if the person issuing it is reliable. If they’re reliable and talented then that person’s script becomes something of higher value-like a Front Sight firearms academy’s grey ticket. Silver, gold, trade items are of a intrinsic value, a worth that can be gauged. The goods and services traded for it can vary in their worth depending on needs and wants. For example, a day at an amusement park is highly valued in times of economic prosperity, but in times of economic famine people are going to be forced to find cheaper distractions from their problems. Money then, is script issued by a social association(country)that is accepted by all, that is a universal substitute for trade goods and services. So the issue for Americans wishing to be Free is to create a dollar that has worth recognized by all without the advantage of a central, relatively trustworthy institution like a treasury issuing it as such is impossible with separate bands trying to hide and strike back against a occupying hostile power. Like the United States government. Making a citizen dollar-a dollar truly issued by the People, for the People A common design and value will have to be agreed upon by separate groups, individuals. Everyone will in essence be an issuing bank. This will be dependent on the issuer’s ability, trustworthiness, the value of their goods/services to each other. A citizen dollar therefore is going to rely on trust-but doesn’t the federal reserve note rely on our trust of it’s worth? Establishing trust in something someone calls a dollar will be the biggest hurdle, but fortunately it is the first hurdle. As more people leap that hurdle and trust the citizen issued dollar the momentum towards a true money will increase, and with it vital economic activity in a free(underground)market that can and will counter the invasive, centralized, debt slavery based control grid of the enemy. Eventually as the Second American Revolution progresses, towns will issue dollars, then counties, states-once Americans have taken back their national government constitutionally proscribed dollars can be issued. That will be at the end of the journey back to Freedom sadly… 22
We have to start the journey; how then do we back a citizen issued dollar? The answer is obvious-what do each of us have to back it up with? Backing with work This will be gauged by known reputation at first. If the issuer is known to be reliable, their dollars will be relied to hold their power. If the issuer is unreliable, or worse a crook then their dollars will be worse than worthless-they will drag down the value of dollars that are issued by reliable people. Such parasites must be eliminated. The worth of citizen issued dollars will also be gauged by the quality of their work, giving more value to their dollars for how needed or good their work is. Of course, the more work they can do the more dollars they can issue. The one thing each American must remember is to issue dollars for their work only as much as they can provide the service demanded for that dollar. Print more dollars than you can deliver work for, then your dollars-everyone’s dollars-will fall in value and fall hard. Something we can’t afford. Backing with silver/gold Silver and gold are rare, with silver rarer and more valuable than gold for people surviving due to its use as an anti-bacterial, anti-viral agent. Silver and gold will still continue to be recognized as money so the citizen dollar will have these in part as a peg to stabilize its worth. The exact worth will just have to be determined as we go along…. Backing with finished goods and commodities Everything from wheat to wood to coal to nails, nuts, paper, fuel, and ammunition has worth of some sort and therefore can be used to back citizen dollars in lieu of work or silver and gold, or better yet, along. Issuance will be based partly on demand for ones goods and commodities and their worth. Government opposition-enforcement Of course the federal reserve shareholders aren’t going to stand for this one bit-individual Americans acting as their own bankers?! They’ll want to crack down, shut down the American People’s mint-except they will have to shut down hundreds of individuals acting as their own mint… then thousands… tens of thousands… Maybe millions but I suspect the citizen dollar will have become the new de facto money of America by that time, displacing the fraudulent federal reserve debt note and any multinational or global replacement. Growing the underground economy-getting acceptance for our dollars The key is enough reliable people surviving and thriving, attracting others and helping them do likewise for mutual benefit and profit that the ideal will take on a life of its own, with the People as self-governing enforcers. A common standard of making citizen dollars will have to be agreed upon, as well as mutual enforcement of honoring and maintaining value of said citizen dollars. Penalties must be real-one way or another, if the 23
citizen dollars issued aren’t honored or able to be honored they become a debt that must be repaid. Somehow. Repudiating the 14th Amendment making the national debt a matter not to be questioned. The national debt is something no American approved or voted for. The national debt is the creation of the federal reserve shareholders who have an agenda to systematically destroy America. Since the federal reserve was born in treason and deception it is fraudulant and so are their debts. Citizen dollars and their users/issuers will dodge that issue once political gains are made-that is, actual territory taken back and held. Debts held over Americans with the federal reserve notes will be as worthless as the notes really are-citizen dollar acceptance will become a de facto jubilee of debt forgiveness for Americans. Citizen dollars will become accepted as federal reserve notes are hyperinflated into toilet paper. Since 1913 the federal reserve has been issuing more and more debt notes, debasing the currency with more and more notes in circulation. Since 1973 when Nixon took the federal reserve note off any backing of gold the rate of inflation has increased exponentially. This is a process that will go into a parabolic nightmare of hyperinflation, making economic activity with federal reserve notes impossible. Citizen dollars on the other hand are backed by goods and works and will retain their value in a underground… free economy that rejects bankster toilet paper. As people look for the things they need they will gravitate to the sources… the free markets where they will see much fewer citizen dollars needed for items than the wheelbarrow of federal reserve notes. Issuing their own dollars for work or goods will beat having to give up precious survival items… the hardest part will be establishing one’s reputation for their work-trust will be hard to earn but once won and maintained then one’s citizen dollars will be as good as the next Free American’s. The economic glue, bonding of a nation is its money. For too long Americans have let their sworn enemies define what a dollar is, and it’s led to our national demise. To resurrect America, for Our America to vanquish the beast we need a common front, a common purpose and a common currency. Money is a valuable tool and prerequisite of a civilization. When a civilization’s money is debased so is the civilization, ultimately leading to its destruction as it cannot sustain economic activity. That is where America is now and it is up to us to save our own nation. Our enemies the federal reserve shareholders certainly won’t. ENERGY INDEPENDENCE Generating power is as essential for our victory as food, clean water, and weapons. There are several avenues available to us: *Biodiesel, which can be processed from pressed plants, used fryer oil from restaurants. This was the fuel Henry Ford originally intended for his Model T, and is a good point to start. 24
25
26
27
28
29
*Water… there’s more energy in water than in petroleum fuel-remember that water is Hydrogen (fuel) and Oxygen… to burn fuel you need oxygen. An in-engine hydrolysis process can unleash this technology, which is why it’s been suppressed.
PRELIMINARY PLANS TO RUN YOUR CAR ON TAP WATER! IT ALSO WORKS ON YOUR
TRUCK / RV / MOTORCYCLE / AIRPLANE (ETC) Introduction It is suggested you try this out to begin with on a second vehicle you own, one that you don't need to live with everyday, until you perfect this technology. Do-it-yourself plans allow the individual (that's you and me, folks) to make a difference. This is the easiest and lowest-cost way to convert your car to run on (relatively) free energy. Now, with existing technology, anyone can stand up and make a difference by reducing the local automotive pollution, eliminate gasoline expenses, help restore our atmosphere, and breathe a little easier. In putting these plans into operation, you will be making use of your entire existing system except for the fuel tank and the catalytic converter. The Plan Build and install a low-cost alternative method for running your vehicle (internal combustion engine) on tap water, using off-the-shelf components. This is simply an efficient way to convert ordinary tap water into gaseous hydrogen and oxygen, and then burn these vapors in the engine, instead of gasoline. This "minisystem" runs easily from your existing battery and electrical system, and it plugs into your carburetor with simple off-the-shelf fittings. You will be installing a plastic water tank, a control circuit, a reaction chamber, a hipressure carb/FI fitting, and 3 gauges, and then hooking into your existing carb/FI. The simplicity comes from its being an "on-demand" system requiring no fancy storage or plumbing. You crank the gas pedal or throttle, and you electrically create more vapor for immediate consumption, on demand; low-high flow rate as needed, from idle to maximum power. The only real change is that you are using tap water as fuel, instead of the traditional petroleum-based fuel. Given a choice, which way would you choose? Frequently Asked Questions Q: Does it really work ? A: Yes; this is well-established technology dating back to stainless steel. But be sure to follow these instructions using the proper mechanical and electrical assembly techniques,
30
as this plan incorporates the best qualities of several techniques. Q: How does it qualify as "free energy"? A: If you're paying someone for the water you use, then it is not strictly free. But the alternative is to keep buying into expen$ive ga$oline and its resultant hydrocarbon pollution. Q: Is it safe? A: Technically, it is safer than running on fossil fuel because you are no longer choking on your own emissions (health-wise). In general, it is practically as safe as your current gasoline arrangement. You will be installing a few simple safety devices, using current automotive standards. Q: What kind of performance can I expect? A: Properly adjusted, your modified vapor-only fuel system will run cooler, and at a modestly higher power level. The mileage performance expected from this design ranges from 50-300 mpg (of water), depending on your adjusting skills. Q: Can I do the modification myself? A: Why not? If you don't have any mechanical skills, and you know someone with basic mechanical and/or electrical skills, you can even delegate some of the construction. If you are using a fuel-injected engine, you may have to get a mechanic's opinion. [There will have to be an adapter inserted into the fuel-injection system, just as you would have to do if you were going to run on propane, hydrogen, or natural gas. Ed.) Q: What is the environmental impact that my vehicle will have? A: It will be producing H20 steam (water vapor) and unburnt O2 (Oxygen). Hence, it will be cleaning the environment, rather than dumping nauseous toxins into it. Plus you will be helping to save our dwindling supply of atmospheric oxygen. Any excess vapor in the reaction becomes either steam or oxygen. You can also expect to be receiving more than casual interest from those around you. Q: Isn’t this really a steam engine? A: No. Really. Exceedingly high temperature and pressure are not used. This is strictly an internal-combustion engine (burning orthohydrogen) with residual steam in the exhaust as a by-product. Read This There are a few things you should know about gasoline: Gasoline as a fuel is not necessary; it is optional. Gasoline versus Water There is a lot of thermochemical energy in gasoline, but there is even more energy in
1
water. The DOE (Department of Energy) has quoted about 40%, so it is probably much more than that. Most people are unaware that "internal combustion" is defined as "a thermo-vapor process" — as in "no liquid in the reaction." Most of the gasoline in a standard internal combustion engine is actually consumed, (cooked, and finally, broken down) in the catalytic converter after the fuel has been not-so-burnt in the engine. Sadly, this means that most of the fuel we use in this way is used only to cool down the combustion process, a pollution-ridden and inefficient means of doing that. How It Works Exceedingly simple. Water is pumped as needed to replenish and maintain the liquid level in the chamber. The electrodes are vibrated with a 0.5-5A electrical pulse which breaks 2(H2O) => 2H2 + O2. When the pressure reaches say 30-60 psi, you turn the key and go. You step on the pedal, you send more energy to the electrodes, and thus more vapor to the cylinders; i.e. fuel vapor on demand. You set the idle max-flow rate to get the most efficient use of power, and you're off to the races. In the big picture, your free energy is coming from the tap water in an open system, as the latent energy in the water is enough to power the engine and hence drive the alternator and whatever belt-driven accessories. And the alternator is efficient enough to run the various electrical loads (10 - 20 amps), including the additional low current to run this vapor reaction. No extra batteries are required. STEP BY STEP CONSTRUCTION (Please refer to diagrams) OVERVIEW - Here is the suggested sequence of steps: 1. Install the CHT (or EGT) gauge and measure your current operating temp range (gasoline), for comparison. 2. Build and test the controller to verify the correct pulse output. 3. Build the reaction chamber and test it with the controller (i.e pressure out). 4. Install the tank, controller, chamber, and pressure fittings. 5. Run engine and adjust the control circuit as necessary for best performance. 6. Install the stainless steel valves and get the pistons/cylinders coated with ceramic. 7. Coat the exhaust system with ceramic without the catalytic converter (or let it rust out and then replace the whole dang thang with stainless steel pipe sections). YOU WILL NEED • plastic water tank with pump and level sensor. • control circuit, wiring, connectors, and epoxy. • reaction chamber with electrodes and fittings. • 3/8" stainless steel flex-tubing, fittings and clamps. • carb/FI vapor-pressure fitting kit. - pressure, CHT (or EGT), & level gauges. • stainless steel valves. • copper mesh junction. • ceramic surface treatment for cylinders & pistons. • stainless steel or ceramic treated exhaust assembly. BASIC TOOLS • drill, screwdriver and pliers
1
• hole cutter • wire-wrap, solder-iron and clippers • DVM and oscilloscope. REACTION CHAMBER Construct as shown in the diagrams. Use a section of 4" PVC waste pipe with a threaded screw-cap fitting on one end and a standard end-cap at the other. Make sure to drill-andepoxy or tap threads thru the PVC components for all fittings. Set and control the water level in the chamber so that it well submerses the pipe electrodes; yet leave some headroom to build up the hydrogen/oxygen vapor pressure. Use stainless steel wires inside the chamber or otherwise use a protective coating; use insulated wires outside. Ensure that the epoxy perfects the seal, or otherwise lay down a bead of water-proof silicone that can hold pressure. The screw fitting may require soft silicone sealant, or a gasket; its purpose is to hold pressure and allow periodic inspection of the electrodes. No leaks, no problems. Make sure you get a symmetric 1-5mm gap between the 2 stainless steel pipes. The referenced literature suggests that the closer to 1mm you get, the better. You will want to get your chamber level sensor verified before you epoxy the cap on. Make your solder connections at the wire/electrode junctions nice, smooth, and solid; then apply a water-proof coating, e.g. the epoxy you use for joining the pipes to the screw cap. This epoxy must be waterproof and be capable of holding metal to plastic under pressure. You will want to get your chamber level sensor verified before you epoxy the cap on. CONTROL CIRCUIT The diagrams show a simple circuit to control and drive this mini-system. You are going to make a 'square-pulse' signal that 'plays' the electrodes like a tuning fork; which you can watch on an oscilloscope. The premise given by the literature is: the faster you want do go down the road, the 'fatter' you make the pulses going into the reaction chamber. Duty cycle will vary with the throttle in the vicinity of 90%MARK 10%SPACE (OFF/ON). There is nothing sacred about how the pulse waveform is generated; there are many ways to generate pulses, and the attached diagrams show a few. The diagram shows the NE555-circuit approach from the referenced patent. The output switching transistor must be rated for 1-5 amps @ 12VDC (in saturation). Go with a plan that works for you or your friendly neighborhood technoid or mechanic, and go get all the circuit elements from your local electronics store, such as Radio-Shack or Circuits-R-Us, including the circuit board, IC sockets, and enclosure/box. DigiKey has better selection, service, and knowledge; plus they have no minimum order. Be sure to use a circuit board with a built-in ground plane, and to accommodate room for mounting 2 or 3 of the gauges. Mounting the reaction chamber in the engine compartment will require running a stub to your pressure gauge where you can watch it. You can easily make 30-gauge wire-wrap connections between the socket pins and thruhole discrete components having wire leads. Also make sure to get spec sheets on any IC you use. More details of the best circuits to use will be announced pending prototype testing. You will want to get your chamber level sensor verified before you epoxy the
3
cap on. Throttle Control If you have a throttle position sensor, you should be able to access the signal from the sensor itself OR from the computer connector. This signal is input to the circuit as the primary control (i.e. throttle level = pulse width = vapor rate). If you don't have such a signal available, you will have to rig a rotary POT (variable resistor) to the gas linkage (i.e. coupled to something at the gas pedal or throttle cable running to the carb or FI. If you make the attachment at the carb/FI, be sure to use a POT that can handle the engine temp cycles. Don't use a cheezy-cheapy POT; get one rated for long life and mechanical wear; mount it securely to something sturdy and stationary that will not fall apart when you step on the gas. Control Range. The full throttle RANGE (idle-max) MUST control the vapor rate, i.e. pulsewidth (duty). The resistor values at the throttle signal must allow the throttle signal voltage, say 1-4 Volt swing, to drive the VAPOR RATE. You will be using this voltage swing to generate a 10% ON 'square' pulse. The patent implies using a 'resonant' pulse in the 10250 KHz frequency range; but it is not explicitly stated so. In this circuit, you will simply tune to whatever frequency makes the most efficient vapor conversion. You will have to get into the specs for each IC you use, to insure you connect the right pins to the right wires, to control the frequency and pulse width. You can use spare sockets to try out different discrete component values. Just keep the ones that are spec-compatible in the circuit, and get the job done. You crank up the throttle signal and put more electrical energy (fatter pulses) into the electrodes; verify you can get 10% duty on the scope (2 - 100 usec on the horizontal timebase). Your averaging DVM will display the 90%-10% DC voltage across the output transistor (Vce or Vds or Output to Ground). Set and connect DVM in the supply current and measure .5 - 5 amps, without blowing the DVM fuse. Now verify that you got everything you wanted. Verify your wiring connections using your DVM as a continuity detector. Check your wiring 1 at a time and yellow line your final schematic as you go. You can best use board-mount miniature POTs for anything you want to set-and-forget. The LEDs are there to give you a quick visual check of normal vs abnormal operation of your new creation. You will want to get your chamber level sensor verified before you epoxy the cap on. CARB/FI CONNECTION The diagram also shows that fittings are required to the carb/FI l. There are ready-made kits (such as by Impco) available for making your pressure fittings to the carburetor or fuelinjector as the case may be. You will necessarily be sealing the built-in vents and making a 1-way air-intake. The copper mesh comprises the inadvertent backfire' protection for the reaction chamber. Make sure that all vapor/duct junctions are air-tight and holding full pressure without leakage. Your new 'system' is considered successful and properly adjusted when you get the full power range at lower temp and minimum vapor flow without blowing the pressure safety valve.
1
CHT (or EGT) Monitor your engine temp with the CHT (cylinder head temp) or EGT (exhaust gas temp) instead of your original engine temp indicator (if any). Your existing gauge is too slow for this application and will not warn you against overheating until after you have burnt something. Make sure that your engine runs no hotter than in the gasoline arrangement. VDO makes a CHT gauge with a platinum sensor that fits under your spark plug against the cylinder head (make sure it is really clean before you re-install your spark plug (as this is also an electrical ground). ENGINE/EXHAUST TREATMENT Get the valves replaced with stainless steel ones and get the pistons/cylinders ceramictreated ASAP when you have successfully converted and run your new creation. Do not delay as these items will rust, either by sheer use or by neglect (i.e. letting it sit). You could make max use of your current exhaust system by using it with your new deal until it rusts through, then have your mechanic or welder friend to fit a stainless steel exhaust pipe (no catalytic converter is required). But it could be easier and cheaper to send your existing exhaust system out for the ceramic treatment, and then simply re-attach it to the exhaust ports. GENERAL 1. Do not discard or remove any of the old gasoline setup components, e.g. tank, carb/FI, catalytic converter, unless necessary. Better to always leave an easy way to revert back to something that at least runs, just in case. Some people are leaving their gasoline setup completely intact, and switching back and forth at will, just to have a backup plan. 2. Set your throttle circuit so that you get minimum vapor flow at idle, and maximum vapor flow at full power without blowing the pressure relief valve. In this way, you control how 'lean' your mixture is by the strength of the pulse (i.e. “fatness” at the optimum pulse frequency). 3. If you just don't get enough power (at any throttle setting), it means that you need to (1) change the pulse frequency, (2) change the gap between the electrodes, (3) change the size (bigger) electrodes, or (4) make a higher output pulse voltage (last resort). Always use an output transistor, such as a MOSFET, that is rated for the voltage and current you need to get the job done. OK so you might have to play around with it some. Isn't that where all the Fun is anyhow? 4. If you get any engine knock our loud combustions (not compensated by adjusting the timing), it means that you need to install an additional coil in the chamber, and drive the coil with an additional pulse signal (about 19 Hz on the .1sec time base (see diagram). Here, you will be slowing down the burn rate just enough so that the vapors burn thru out the power stroke of the piston. Be sure to include a board-mount POT to set the correct strength of this 2nd pulse signal into the coil. This is a stainless steel coil of about 1500 turns (thin wire) that you can arrange like a donut around the center pipe (but NOT touching either electrode), directly over the circular 1-5mm gap. You want no knocking at any power/throttle setting; smooth power only, but also no excess hydrogen leftover from the combustion.
1
5. Build the canister(s) as tall as you can without compromising your ability to mount them conveniently near the dash panel, or in the engine compartment, as the case may be. This way, you can always make the electrodes bigger, if necessary without undue hardship. Remember that anything in the engine compartment should be mounted in a bullet-proof, vibration and temperature tolerant fashion. 6. If you have to drill a thru-hole for wiring or plumbing thru metal, make sure to also install a grommet for protection against chafing. Always watch your chamber pressure range from IDLE (15-25 psi) - FULL POWER (30-60 psi). Set your safety-pressure relief-valve to 75 psi and make sure it's rated for much higher. 7. Shut OFF the power switch and pull over if there is any malfunction of the system. Your engine will last longest when it still develops FULL POWER+ at some minimum temperature that we are sure you can find, by leaning back the Royal Vapor Flow and/or by making use of the water-vapor cooling technique (see diagram). Keep good mpg performance records, and periodic maintenance/inspection. Keep it clean; save some money; clean the air; heal the planet; happy motoring; tell a friend; enjoy your freedom and self-empowerment. 8. There lacks documented material for perfecting this vapor system thru a fuel injector; there may be some details you will discover on your own as working prototypes progress. For example, you may be restricted to inject the hydrogen/oxygen vapor without any water vapor, as it may rust the injectors. If engine temp and CHT is a problem, then you will want to re-think your plan, e.g. ceramic-coating the injectors. There is always “replacing the FI system with a Carb.” 9. If you install the water-vapor system (for lower operating temp/stress), you will want to lean the mixture (vapor/air) for minimum vapor flow rate to achieve any given throttle position (idle - max). Make sure that you get a minimum flow for IDLE and a modestly sufficient flow for MAX, that does the cooling job without killing the combustion. 10. If you cannot find stainless steel pipe combinations that yield the 1-5mm gap, you can always regress back to alternating plates of +/- electrodes. 11. If you are concerned about the water freezing in your system, you can (a) add some 98% isopropyl alcohol and re-adjust the pulse frequency accordingly; or (b) install some electric heating coils. 12. Do not let ANYONE ever compromise your dream, your freedom, your independence or your truth. REFERENCES Stephen Chambers 'Apparatus for Producing Orthohydrogen and/or Parahydrogen' US Patent 6126794, uspto.gov Stanley Meyer 'Method for the Production of a Fuel Gas' US Patent 4936961, uspto.gov Creative Science & Research, 'Fuel From Water', fuelless.com Carl Cella “A Water-Fuelled Car” Nexus Magazine Oct-Nov 1996 Peter Lindemann “Where in the World is All the Free Energy”, free-energy.cc George Wiseman “The Gas-Saver and HyCO Series” eagle-research.com C. Michael Holler “The Dromedary Newsletter” and “SuperCarb Techniques” Stephen Chambers “Prototype Vapor Fuel System” xogen.com
1
COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT #285714: All rights to the use and duplication of these plans are hereby reserved for the People, in their efforts to heal and restore the environment. Dare to express your uniqueness and environmental ideals. This technology is an exercise in responsible self-determination. DISCLAIMER: The Spirit of Ma'at LLC and the Spirit of Ma'at ezine and the author of this document assumes no liability for the use or misuse of this information; which is made available as public-domain information and free of charge, for the purposes of education,ecology, health, well-being, freedom, liberty, and pursuit of happiness.
3
3
5
7
9
Solar-need the sun. Its possible to build your own, though no matter what they’re a highly visible, easily damaged generator technology. Steam-Once upon a time automobiles were powered by both gasoline and steam. Gasoline won out because of Big Oil, but steam engines, you can use anything that burns as a fuel, plus they’re easier to construct than the solid engine block of an internal combustion engine. One way to have a economically constructed steam engine is to use a Tesla Turbine: 11
12
Geothermal-drill down deep enough into the Earth and you can simply pump water down a pipe to heat it up to steam, which can turn a turbine/generator as long as you keep water flowing down the pipe. If you can’t drill, you will have to find a geothermal hot spot, which aren’t that common in the USA. Wind-try not to rely on the wind… if you can build a biodiesel, water fueled engine, steam engine, drill a geothermal well you don’t need a wind powered system. If you can’t, well… There are technologies out there that are suppressed-allowing the extraction of electricity from the earth… we can get it from the sun so that’s not too far fetched. Free energy ideals must be explored. We need to experiment with those ideals as the only way we can advance is to consider and explore what seems ridiculous. It is exploring the seemingly ridiculous that technology advances in the first place, and we’re going to need every advance we can lay our hands on.
13
15
17
COUNTERREVOLUTIONARY RESISTANCE Count on the enemy to use the law to use or make excuses to block any and all initiatives. Mostly, resistance will come from LOCAL governments as they tax and regulate local economy to favor local power families and corporations. Of course, the state and federal government are very active in suppressing everything from organic food co-ops to 18
Appleseed ranges to alternative energy technologies. It’s all about control and the enemy will not let go without a fight. Probably a literal fight. To safeguard our initiatives to retaking our Freedom we must become involved in the political arena. It’s an inevitability anyway so embrace that struggle-it’s OUR America they’ve stolen from us. Nationally the TEA Party has made some significant inroads into the Democrat/Republican charade. They have some seats in Congress and some state offices. That’s nice but as observed most of our opposition is at the local level, so it is at the local level that we must free ourselves. Anyway, with our numbers we can’t gain a majority nationally or even in most states. Americans haven’t a clue how enslaved they are so we must show them. We must show them with one town and a lot of media coverage what Freedom really is. One town is likely all we can manage but that will be enough. We only need one success story to ignite the wildfire of Freedom. PEACEFUL APPROPRIATION OF GOVERNMENT Campaign Organization Your candidate should concentrate on selling himself as a candidate. Have a campaign manager and support staff to run his campaign, strategize, figure out where they can get the best results for resources, fundraising. Targeting the “right” community This won’t be easy, there will be many, complicated and even contradictory considerations to make. Survivability in case of the worst case scenarios(all out war, civilization collapse) must be considered. Are there enough basic resources to make the town or area self-sufficient? I’m talking water, land for farming, fuel, sources of raw materials. Are these resources nearby? Easily accessable? Is the town geographically defensible; is it on hilltops? Are there water barriers like rivers and lakes where land traffic is channeled into narrow strips of land or bridges? How far is it away from major cities and interstate highway networks? Is there a mix of industry? Machine shops, lumber yard, a junkyard? Small, independent businesses? Just as important, how are the people? Is there a reasonable mix, is there several groups? What are the demographics; how many rich, how many middle class, poor? Who runs this community? Is it a group that’s been in government forever? Do they hand off to each other offices, or is it like Boss Hogg-a single oligarch? What have they done to piss people off-are they pissed off enough for someone to galvanize their anger into resolve to replace them with you? Community factors-and how to stoke them to a roaring fire Working class people are the most numerous, but they have the least time to devote to change as they are waging a daily battle to survive-that they’re slowly losing. Pointing this out to them will kill their hope things will “get better in the end” as we know they won’t by themselves.
19
“Minorities”-I hate using that word, but racism is used by the enemy to create racial bias against those that have been discriminated against feel they can strike at. Fighting the battle they can win-but they have to see they’re losing the war with such thinking. Small business owners not affiliated or related to the local power structure are a resource for funds and supplies for a campaign. They’ll know how city hall really works. Disgruntled workers at the country clubs and the fancy restaurants overhear a lot of secrets, and are in positions to plant surveillance devices. Waging the election battle-sweeping them all out. The model you will need to use is the one used by the GI’s of Athens, Tennessee. In 1946, after enduring years of abuse from the Cantrell criminal (political) machine… shakedowns, ambushing and arresting people coming out of bars-remind you of our situation-the GI’s had had enough. They organized a full campaign ticket of candidates to do a proper job of sweeping out the crooks. RECALL ELECTION I recommend using the emergency recall election option instead of waiting on the next election cycle; not only do you get rid of the enemy sooner, the process puts an exclamation point on the need to get rid of those crooks in the first place. A couple of articles I wrote and promote when I can:
IT’S TIME. Time to begin the Second American Revolution. Time to take that first step-and take back a town! J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com Everyone, Before I proceed I’d like to thank each and every one of you for your support for my essays these past four years. Your encouragement means more than I can express. It’s a good thing when you come up with thoughts, ideals, put them to words and people out there understand what you’re saying. So I hope you’ll agree that taking action and getting results are more critical than ever. Because I’m going to ask you do something; get together with others as sick of just protesting, talking yourselves blue about change and burning precious hours in endless circular arguments on the net. Because I am, too. Time to put the ideals I’ve given you into real life results. We’re going to take over a town, kick off the Second American Revolution with a Recall Election. We’re going to come up with a list of candidate towns; these will be based on the following criteria:
20
*Good geographic distance from major urban areas. Keep the mindless urban hordes at bay, reduce political influence of urban and state governments. *Mix of local industry, resources, agriculture, potential for independent power generation. If a collapse goes forward, the more the candidate town can be self-sufficient, the better. *Potential defensibility. Expecting trouble is prudent. Terrain can work with us like, say, in Appalachia, out West, the Ozarks. Towns in the Great Plains are like France in 1940; a flat expanse asking for assault. Plus local populations in mountain communities stand a chance of not being completely gelded. *A review of that town’s Consolidated Annual Financial Report; a lot of what we’re going to do rests on just how much that town has bilked Americans for their taxes just to invest it. Given the current economic climate, yes there may not be much left-or there may be enough land, buildings, assets, cashable investments, etc. to give that town a economic rebirth. *Political vulnerability of existing local government. This is the most important criteria. So important that I personally would be willing to compromise on other criteria if we can find a corrupt little shitburg whose people are ready for change-that we will give them! We’re not going to get our Second American Revolution at the national level-we tried that, we don’t have the numbers, media penetration, or political strength. We have to build that strength one state at a time. Which means we have to build up our strength to take over that state one county at a time. Which means we have to build up our strength to take over that county one town at a time-and we as a movement have to take that first step, because with our numbers and relative strength concentrating, taking over a town and using it as a real world showcase for our ideals and showing Americans what Freedom really is is the only way we can penetrate the enemy’s cultural and media grip on them. So which town will that be? Help choose that town. Use your God given intelligence, mull the criteria and give us some candidate towns that need our attention first. Go to this message board: www.voy.com/207159/ We’ll post candidate towns, gather intel, have lots of arguments about where to concentrate our efforts. It’ll be worth even the effort, but victory and emulation as our Revolution spreads like Ebola across America… can you picture it? Yet we can’t take that journey until we take that first step-that first step beyond mere internet theorizing and flaming each other because we’re all understandably frustrated we can’t get our message out. A Second American Revolution in a corrupt shitburg and transforming it into a model community of Free Humanity, and publicizing the results in a never ending stream of news reports will get the message out. So if you’re into actually doing something about the way things are going spread this message to the four winds! We’ll go from there, narrow our choices to a few towns or even one town. Then, establishing legal residencies-a mail drop in a house will do-we’ll begin with that town and states applicable emergency recall petition rules. We’ll select our candidates and begin our campaign as I’ve outlined in my articles. It’s time. Let’s do it already! 21
J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com There is no need for Patriots to wait for a full election cycle to replace corrupt public officials and take back YOUR government! Use the power of a Recall Petition. It worked in 2003 in California to replace Grey Davis… except that it was a op to get Arnold Schwarzenegger in who otherwise couldn’t have gotten elected. We can use this! Gather all the Patriots in your state, pick a town that’s corrupt. File legal residency, and start a recall petition. Usually, you have 90 days to get all the names. Then stage your election. Take precautions to have duplicate offices, have squeaky clean candidates who won’t sell out. When you get in… you’ll know what to do. REGULATIONS OF RECALL PETITIONS: Recall of State Officials March 21, 2006 Overview Recall is a procedure that allows citizens to remove and replace a public official before the end of a term of office. Historically, recall has been used most frequently at the local level. By some estimates, three-fourths of recall elections are at the city council or school board level. This brief, however, focuses only on the recall as it applies to state officials. Recall differs from another method for removing officials from office - impeachment - in that it is a political device while impeachment is a legal process. Impeachment requires the House to bring specific charges and the Senate to act as a jury. In most of the eighteen recall states, specific grounds are not required, and the recall of a state official is by an election. Eighteen states permit the recall of state officials: Alaska Arizona California Colorado Georgia Idaho Kansas Louisiana Michigan Minnesota Montana Nevada New Jersey North Dakota Oregon Rhode Island 22
Washington Wisconsin The District of Columbia also provides for recalls. Virginia is not listed as a recall state because its process, while requiring citizen petitions, allows a recall trial rather than an election. In at least 29 states (some sources place this number at 36), recall elections may be held in local jurisdictions. LOCAL OFFICES, PER STATE: Alabama Ala. Code §11-44-130 - 11-44-134 Municipal commissioners and mayors No restrictions on when a recall petition may be commenced No specific grounds are required No time limit for gathering signatures Signature requirement is number equal to 3% of the inhabitants of the municipality according to the last federal census who are qualified to vote for a successor (§11-44130). Signature requirement is number equal to 30% of those who voted in the last election (§11-44E-16 Alaska* Const. Art. 11, §8 AS§29.26-240 et seq. All elected public officials in the state, except judicial officers Recall may commence after first 120 days in office. Grounds for recall are misconduct in office, incompetence, or failure to perform prescribed duties. Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the votes cast for that office in the last regular election. Arizona* Const. Art. 8 Every public officer in the state holding elective office, either by election or appointment Recall may commence after 6 months in office. No specific grounds are required. Time for gathering signatures is 120 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the votes cast for that office in the last regular election. Arkansas Ark. Code §14-47-112, 14-48-114, 14-61-119, 14-92-209 Mayor, member of board of directors, commissioners of suburban improvement districts (for the latter, a petition triggers a recall hearing, rather than an election) Recall may commence after 6 months in office 2
No specific grounds are required No time limit for gathering signatures Signature requirement for mayors and directors is number equal to 35% of ballots cast for all candidates for the office at the preceding primary at which the officials were nominated or elected; for commissioners of suburban improvement districts requirement is number equal to 25% of the owners of realty within the district California* Const. Art. 2, §19 Election Code §11000 et seq. Elective officer of a city, county, school district, community college district, or special district, or a judge of a trial court County and city charter provisions providing for recall are not affected by state provisions. Recall may commence after 90 days in office. Recall may not commence if officer has 6 months or less left in term. No specific grounds are required. Time for gathering signatures is 40 - 160 days (depending upon the size of the jurisdiction). Signature requirement varies according to the number of registered voters in the jurisdiction: 30% if registration is less than 1,000; 25% if registration is between 1,000 and 9,999; 20% if registration is between 10,000 and 49,999; 15% if registration is between 50,000 and 99,999; 10% if registration is 100,000 and above. Colorado* Const. Art. 21, §4 CRS §31-4-501 et seq. Elective officers of any county, city and county, city and town Cities, counties and towns may provide for the manner of exercising the recall, but cannot require a petition be signed by more than 25% of the entire vote cast in the last election for the office subject to recall. Florida Fla. Stat. Ann §100.361 Any member of the governing body of a municipality or charter county No recall may commence until official has served at least one-fourth of his term Grounds for recall are malfeasance, misfeasance, neglect of duty, drunkenness, incompetence, permanent inability to perform official duties, and conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude Time for gathering signatures is 30 days Signature requirement varies according to the number of registered voters in the jurisdiction: 50 electors or 10% of the total electors, whichever is greater, in a district of fewer than 500 electors; 100 electors or 10% of the total electors, whichever is greater, in a district of 500-1,999 electors; 250 electors or 10% of the total electors, whichever is 1
greater, in a district of 2,000-4,999 electors; 500 electors or 10% of the total electors, whichever is greater, in a district of 5,000-9,999 electors; 1,000 electors or 10% of total electors, whichever is greater, in a district of 10,000-24,999 electors; 1,000 electors or 5% of the total electors, whichever is greater, in a district of 25,000 or more electors Georgia* Const. Art. 2, §2.4 Ga. Code §21-4-1 et seq. All state and local officials who hold elective office No recall may commence during the first or last 180 days in office. Grounds for recall are conduct which relates to and adversely affects the administration of his or her office and adversely affects the rights and interests of the public; and act(s) of malfeasance, violation of oath of office, failure to perform duties prescribed by law willful misuse, conversion or misappropriation of public property or funds. Time for gathering signatures is 45 days for a petition requiring 5,000 signatures or more; 30 days for a petition requiring fewer than 5,000 signatures. Signature requirement is number equal to 30% of the electors registered and qualified to vote at the last regular election. Idaho* Const. Art. 6, §6 Idaho Code §34-1701 et seq. Every public officer in the state of Idaho, excepting the judicial officers. Specifically includes: County officers–members of the board of county commissioners, sheriff, treasurer, assessor, prosecuting attorney, clerk of the district court, and coroner. City officers-mayor, members of the city council. Special district elected officers for whom recall procedure is not otherwise provided by law. Recall may commence after 90 days in office. No specific grounds are required. Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 20% of the number of electors registered to vote at the last regular election at which the officer was elected. For special district elected officers, requirement is 50% instead of 20%. Kansas* Const. Art. 4, §3 KSA §25-4301 et seq. All elected public officials in the state, except judicial officers Recall may not commence during first 120 or last 200 days in office. Grounds for recall are conviction of a felony, misconduct in office or failure to perform duties prescribed by law. Time for gathering signatures is 90 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 40% of the votes cast for the office in the last election. 2
Louisiana* Const. Art. 10, §26 La.R.S. §18:1300 et seq. Any state, district, parochial, ward, or municipal official except judges of the courts of record Recall may not commence during last 6 months in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 90 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 33 1/3% of the electors of the voting area, unless fewer than 1,000 electors reside within the voting area, in which case the petition must be signed by at least 40% of those electors. Michigan* Const. Art. 2, §8 MCL §168.951 - 168.975 All elective officers except judges of courts of record Recall may not commence during last 6 months in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 90 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the persons voting in the electoral district at the time of the last election for governor Minnesota* Minn. Stat. Ann. §351.14 - 351.23 Any public official who is elected to countywide office or appointed to an elective countywide office, including county attorney, county sheriff, county auditor, county recorder, county treasurer, soil and water conservation supervisor, county commissioner elected or appointed from a commissioner district or a soil and water conservation district supervisor elected or appointed from a supervisor district Recall may not be commenced in the 180 days immediately preceding a general election for the office which is held by the officer subject to the recall. Grounds for recall are malfeasance or nonfeasance in the performance of official duties during the current or any previous term. Prior to circulating a petition, there must be a court hearing to determine if there is probably cause for the grounds for recall. No time limit for gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the persons who voted in the last election for the office which is held by the official named in the petition Missouri MRS §77.650, 78.260 any elective office in a third class city Recall may not commence during first 6 months in office Grounds for recall are misconduct in office, incompetence, and failure to perform duties prescribed by law. 1
Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the total registered voters in the city Montana* MCA §2-16-601 et seq. Every person holding a public office of the state or any of its political subdivisions, either by election or appointment Recall may not commence during first 2 months in office. Grounds for recall are physical or mental lack of fitness, incompetence, violation of oath of office, official misconduct, or conviction of a felony offense Time for gathering signatures is 3 months. Signature requirement for county officials is 15% of the persons registered to vote at the last county general election; for municipal or school district officials requirement is 20% of the persons registered to vote at the last election Nebraska NRS §31-786 - 31-973 and 32-1301 - 32-1309 Any elected official of a political subdivision and any elected member of the governing bodies of cities, villages, counties, irrigation districts, natural resources districts, public power districts, school districts, community college areas, educational service units, hospital districts, metropolitan utilities districts, and sanitary and improvement districts. The recall procedure and special election provisions apply to the mayor and members of the city council of municipalities with a home rule charter notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the home rule charter. Recall may not commence during first 6 months in office or within 6 months prior to the incumbent filing deadline for the office No specific grounds are required. Time for gathering signatures is 30 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 35% of the total vote cast for that office in the last election except that a) for an office for which more than one candidate is chosen, requirement is 35% of number of votes cast for the person receiving the highest number of votes for that office in the last election; b) for a member of a board of a Class I school district, requirement is number equal to 25% of total number of registered voters residing in the district; c) for a village officer, requirement is 45% of the total votes cast for the person receiving the most votes for that office in the last election Nevada* Const. Art. 2, §9 Every public officer in the State of Nevada is subject to recall from office by the registered voters of the state, or of the county, district, or municipality which he represents. Recall may not commence during first 6 months in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the persons voting in the last election 1
New Hampshire RSA 49D:3(e) Charters adopted by towns, cities, village districts and unincorporated places may provide for recall. Provisions vary by jurisdiction’s individual charter. New Jersey* Const. Art. 1, §2(b) Any elected official in the state or representing the state in the United States Congress. Includes local officials. Recall may not commence during first year in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 160 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the registered voters of the district New Mexico Const. Art. 10, §9 Elected official of a county A recall election cannot be conducted after May 1 in a calendar year in which an election is to be held for the office subject to the proposed recall. Grounds for recall are malfeasance or misfeasance in office or violation of the oath of office during the official’s current term. Prior to circulating a petition, there must be a court hearing to determine if there is probably cause for the grounds for recall. No time limit for gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equal to 33 1/3% of persons who voted in the last election for the office North Dakota* Const. Art. 3, §10 Any elected official of the state, of any county or of any legislative or county commissioner district Recall may be commenced at any time. No specific grounds are required. No time limit on gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equal to 25% of the those who voted in the last election Ohio ORC §705.92 Any elective officer of a municipal corporation Recall may not commence during last 190 days in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 90 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 15% of the total votes cast in the last regular municipal election 1
Oregon* Const. Art. 2, §18 ORS §249.865 - 249.880 Every public officer in Oregon Recall may not commence during first 6 months in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 90 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 15% of all votes cast in the electoral district for governor at the last election South Dakota SDCL §9-13-29 - 9-13-35 The mayor, or any commissioner or any alderman in municipalities of the first and second classes with or without a city manager Recall may commence at any time. Grounds for recall are misconduct, malfeasance, nonfeasance, crimes in office, drunkenness, gross incompetency, corruption, theft, oppression, or gross partiality Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement is number equal to 15% of registered voters in the municipality, based on the total number of registered voters at the time of the last general election Tennessee Tenn. Code Ann. §6-31-301 Members of boards of education, city council members No recall election may be held during the 90 days before or the 90 days after a municipal election No specific grounds are required. No time limit for gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equaling 66% of the total vote cast for the candidate receiving the highest number of votes at the last election Washington* Const. Art. 1, §33-34 RCW §29.82.010 et seq. Every elective public officer of the state of Washington expect judges of courts of record Recall may not commence during last 6 months in office. [effective until July 1, 2004] Grounds for recall are acts of malfeasance or misfeasance while in office or violation of oath of office Time for gathering signatures is 180 days. [effective until July 1, 2004] Signature requirement for city officers of cities of the first class and county officers of counties of the first, second and third classes is 25% of total votes cast for the office at the last election; for all other political subdivisions, requirement is 35% of total votes cast for the office at the last election 1
West Virginia WV Code §8-12-4(3) Any city may be charter provision provide for the recall of an elected officer. Recall may commence at any time. No specific grounds are required. No restriction on time for gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equaling 20% of the qualified voters of the city. Wisconsin* Const. Art. 13, §12 WSA §9.10 The qualified electors of the state, of any county, city, village, town, of any congressional, legislative, judicial or school district, or of any prosecutorial unit may petition for the recall of any incumbent elective official Recall may not commence during first year in office. No specific grounds are required Time for gathering signatures is 60 days. Signature requirement for county officials is number equal to 25% of the votes cast for governor in the county the county the officer represents; for a city, town, village or school district officer, requirement is 25% of the votes cast for president in the district the officeholder represents Wyoming Wyo. Stat. §15-4-110 Any elected officer of a city or town operating under the commission form of government. Recall may commence at any time. No specific grounds are required. No restriction on time for gathering signatures. Signature requirement is number equaling 25% of all registered electors in the city or town.
RECALL ELECTION: OBSTACLES TO OVERCOME J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com http://freedomguide.wordpress.com Newsweek had on its cover “we are all socialists now”; first off what the fuck is this “we” crap?! My stuff-what little there is-ain’t yours and it certainly ain’t some human sized turd with a government job. I got bad news for you, the “socialists” are communists 1
and they’ve been cultivated in the universities for generations now. Whether they’re Barack Hussein Obama or the five bubbas running your little shitburg’s city council voting in a SWAT team that’ll just be used to terrorize everyone, they’ve been filled with a lot of BS about how they’re the “intelligentsia”. How they’re better, smarter than you and therefore have to rule you. By the time they graduate they’re all power hungry, insufferable little shits. And then they get to law school. Become lawyers and therefore license to “practice law”; whether arguing cases in America’s kangaroo courts, or presiding as judge, or writing and enacting the laws in the first place. The lawyers have made America’s political system into their own racket-all in service to the foreign financiers that are liquidating what’s left of America. Do they care? Have they ever?!! Their monopolization of political power through the farce of the two party system alone is enough to seek to remove the traitors from office. Those that have eyes to see and ears to hear… hopefully they will have the brains to comprehend what they’re reading here, and a pair to actually do something. Something needs to be done; the federal government is reaching down and taking over the state and local governments so we need to act to start taking back what is supposed to be OUR government-NOW! So target your first town with care. Go over the criteria I laid out in my essay “It’s Time” at my blog. That and search for the most corrupt little shitburg that fits. After that, there are three obstacles we’re going to face. The first obstacle? All the Walter Mitty lip service “patriots” who’d rather shoot down ideals, start fights within their own ranks, and stroke the actions on their semiautomatic weapons than actually doing something about the tyranny that is now in full bloom. While we still have some form of elected government at the local level we can easily defeat in a recall election. Yes: many in the freedom movement are posers, cammie clad serfs with as much credibility in their actions as some rich white teenager claiming on the internet he’s some bad ass gangsta. Unfortunately they’re the norm for most of what passes for Americans; let someone else handle the problem so long as they can watch the ball game on the weekend. Rather argue arcane bits of some dead person’s philosophy, or pick a fight with those who are supposed to be on the same side-over nothing-than do something about the enemy that has radicalized them in the first place. Unbelievable thinking about it, but oh so true. Look, finding patriots in a land of TV lobotomized debt slaves is challenge enough, but you’ve got the additional problem of all the TV lobotomized debt slaves taking on the airs of Free Men without the understanding of what that means. So look at their actions, or lack of. Perhaps some will see that this is a God given opportunity to make amends for being do-nothings but most won’t. All you can do is persevere, keep putting your message out until it finds audience in for-real Patriots who will click with the ideal of taking their government back.
2
So, you’re going to put together your campaign staff. Have your candidates-MAKE CERTAIN THEY’RE SQUEAKY CLEAN AND BEYOND REPROACH!! God knows the enemy is going to have the resources to do an investigation, don’t make their job any easier. If dirt does come up, or is manufactured pray to God your candidates have the force of personality to make the dirt moot. Better to get new candidates and try in a different town though. Gather your forces. Depending on the town and your numbers… or lack… you and yours should establish legal residence in your target town before your petition drive. Ideally they should be people known in the area, or know the area well enough to be accepted by the local townsfolk. Being accepted is very important as people will listen to those like them more readily than “outsiders”. Don’t believe me? Ask a office type when leftist protestors rumble in and start yelling and a few still have sense to engage in dialog-see if they don’t think they’re off-putting. Cultural similarities go a long way toward bridging the ideological gap we have with the rest of modern America. HAVE A FULL TICKET OF CANDIDATES TO SWEEP THAT GOVERNMENT CLEAN!!!! These criminals are like cockroaches you have to get rid of them all, or what’s the point? This will deliver the message that you and yours are serious about cleaning up your government. Each person must have a facet of the campaign that reflects them and yet complements the ticket at the same time. You’re going to need to delegate. Someone needs to run the phone and pamphlet staff. Someone needs to handle the bills. Someone who knows what dirty tricks the state will pull needs to run security. You’ll need two campaign offices; an official office and the office you’re going to keep secret so that you opponents don’t plant drugs and stage a SWAT raid. Cash will be needed, to print pamphlets, pay for the utilities, events, etc. Hopefully, patriotism will drive your staff to volunteer part time, in which case you’ll potentially need double the staff so they can support themselves. Yes most Americans can hardly scrap enough cash together to pay the bills, so you’re going to have to find other means than dollar bills to acquire what you need, get who you need. Offer a room to stay in for campaign work, or someone can fix something, or offer training in some skill or cut their lawn or whatever. Barter still works. A media saavy crew is vital. Fortunately HD cameras and HD video capable laptops are in the price range of a small town campaign. Finding media saavy Patriots? Hit the message boards. Hit craigslist. Lots of college age kids are looking to DO something. You get to provide that. If they’re hard up, offer room and board. You’ll need Militia undercover-NOT THE WALTER MITTY GUN STROKERS-to covertly provide security, in case of the worst… I mean we need men of action who know how to stay hidden and are willing to do whatever is necessary. All these people are going to have to be recruited, largely from the patriot movement… who are willing to provide the time and effort. Like I stated there are too many lip service patriots so you’d better start your recruiting and vetting process now, right after you read 3
this. All right-all that was to address the FIRST obstacle! The second obstacle is going to be the recall petition process itself. Keep in mind that it is going to be the same pack of selfserving gangsters in office garb you’re seeking to remove from power that will be administering your recall petition. Given the proven, outlandish history of vote fraud in America this will be a challenge. So-first thing after you set up your campaign is to begin the propaganda campaign; you selected this particular town to take back because of the especially obnoxious manner in which those “public servants” crush and squeeze the people. Air their dirty laundry, slap the people in their faces with how they could expose their loved ones, friends and neighbors to tyranny. Use video. Professionally produced spots work best in a TV enslaved America, I hate to say. But whatever the means, get that dirty laundry aired. Our enemies will have dirty laundry, or they wouldn’t have been targeted in the first place. Never, ever miss an opportunity to confront your opposition, even if they’re not doing anything. Confront their bully boys when they harass people, confront them in restaurants, in church, at the mall. Confront them with their own Consolidated Annual Financial Report when they make excuses at town hall meetings for more taxes. Have your own film crew whenever you do this… Everyone must record writing their name on the petition. The government will do anything to state that the recall petition didn’t go through-not enough votes, disqualified votes, whatever. For that matter everyone voting for your ticket must record their vote and all the records must be compiled to be able to challenge any vote fraud in court. Because you must count on the enemy hacking the black boxes, messing with hanging chads or absconding with the paper ballots behind locked doors and armed guards. Your last and most formidable obstacle will be the very residents of your target town. Your election campaign rests on activating enough people to swamp those ballot boxes with votes for your candidates. Typical small town elections don’t have high vote counts because politics is boring… until those politicians do something that affects Americans personally-and that’s the conumdrum we face. A lifetime of TV programs, mind enslaving state schools and peer pressure not to speak out, not to be smart makes ‘murikans an easy flock for our opponents to fleece and otherwise manage. They’ve suffered from Stockholm Syndrome for so long, it’s ingrained into them that they suffer “authority” even when they throw families out onto the street for a $200 property tax. Take your film crew and ask these people hard questions. Structure your questions in a way that starts relatively easy but that will lead your target to an epiphany. We need to cause as many epiphanies as possible, because only through crisis will Americans change, start taking back their nation. It’s the only way this will work and we’ll all pay the price for this character flaw. Best start the process now while it’s under our terms. In review: 4
Get your group together-good luck with all the lip service patriots and walter mitty gun strokers, they are legion and worse than useless. Good news is there still are Patriots worthy of the name, they just need a purpose. Know what your campaign will need and fill the needed slots. Target your town, using the criteria laid out in my essay “It’s Time”; same blog you found this one. I’ll get into that deeper in my next essay. Know your enemy, the dirt, the issues the locals have with them. That will form your campaign. Know the demographics. Know the rules regarding recall petitions and monitor them. Don’t let up on the campaign! Pamphlets, videos; make it short and to the point, attacking each issue, each opposing candidate. Confront citizens, ask them hard questions on why they’d let their family and friends be exposed to such tyranny-shake them out of their Stockholm Syndrome. Monitor the election; independently record each and every vote, compile them and compare with the official stats; any fraud, hammer em. Have some for-real Patriots to covertly provide security. We can do this. You can do this! Your family and friends are counting on you to save them from tyranny, whether they know it or not. J. Croft ADDITIONAL NOTES Keep your campaign office well out of the jurisdiction you’re campaigning for! You WILL be raided, and evidence planted, and that will be it for you. Pamphleteering, going door to door-any activity in the town you’re trying to free, have somebody with a video camera ready to record any abuse of power by the local PD. Hammer relentlessly on the corruption, the heavy-handed authoritarianism, the cash register “justice”. Hammer on the crooks that exploit public office for personal power. Keep yourselves squeaky clean! Don’t give the enemy an opening! Don’t go out to bars, don’t do anything that could possibly be construed as “controversial”, that can be used against you. The closer you get to election day, the worse the pressure. On election day, you better have monitors to ensure no votescam fraud is happening. Hopefully, they won’t be too sleazy-maybe they’ll be overconfident, or incompetent. IF THEY ARE… and you lose, you could try recourse through the courts, but I wouldn’t count on a win. Have people with cameras, document each and every vote and voter independently and raise hell.
5
Otherwise, you should win, because only a few hundred to a few thousand people, a fraction of the total of eligible voters, vote in these local elections anyway-THAT’S THE BEAST’S WEAK POINT! After the Victory: Liberating the town. There’s a lot of socialist scum to clean out, but once the job’s done you’re going to see immense changes. SCRAPPING LAWS AND TAXES-There are hundreds of laws designed by lawyers for their own benefit when they take people to their own courts. Impose a ban on lawyers serving in public office. A lot of regulations designed to draw in income through finesout. Slash taxes, and how to bridge the budget gap? Divest all investments… RECLAIMING CAFR INVESTMENTS-That’s Consolidated Annual Financial Reports. Nearly every town has sunk tax dollars into for profit ventures and investments, while whining for more levies and scheming to impose more fines. Selling land and buildings, stocks, and other investment vehicles and returning the money to each resident. RECLAIMING THE SCHOOLS-Kick out the feds and the NEA. Be certain to line out the reasons why as there’s a cult of… lack of thought… about the need for the state schools to be the way they are; dumb people down and is generally designed to turn out workers for the corporations and government. Have a curriculum designed by home schoolers. It’s not feasible to have every child home schooled but schools with a curriculum designed to bring out the individual’s very best can only result in immediate and immense change. REIGNING IN THE POLICE-With the wholesale scrapping of laws, the cops aren’t going to have a lot to do, and they were doing way too much beforehand. With a new chief or sheriff fire everyone and hire Patriot veterans or ex-cops who wouldn’t go along with the corruption. Any and all funds and equipment gotten from the federal government MUST BE RETURNED as any money or equipment obligates local governments by contract to bow to federal authority. FORMING VOLUNTEER MILITIAS-or “city of _______ volunteers” to sell it to people sold on the militias being the automatic bad guys, or call it a neighborhood watch with military training at the newly liberated police department if you like, so long as Americans are empowered and prepared to defend their newly liberated town. Militia service is as much an obligation toward maintaining good government as attending town hall meetings and paying taxes. ADVERTISING FOR SPREADING YOUR TOWN’S REVOLUTION TO NEARBY TOWNS-For your own Revolution to succeed you absolutely must continue the momentum you got off your victory by encouraging those able and motivated to move to neighboring towns and replicating what you have accomplished. Your town’s greatly improved enviroment will attract a lot of negative attention, and one person or one town standing alone will get taken out. So that alone means your survival will depend on spreading the Revolution as aggressively as possible. TAKING THE COUNTY-ESPECIALLY THE SHERIFF’S OFFICE-TO SHIELD THE REVOLUTION FROM FEDERAL INTERFERENCE-This is a CRITICAL step, as the only shield to federal power is the Sheriff. This means winning enough town governments to ensure a election victory, which means you really can’t afford to be satisfied with cleaning out the state loving scum in your own town because the feds will 6
come a knocking. With the Sheriff though, the feds cannot even enter the county without permission. And without permission, your county, your town once liberated from state and federal tyranny will become ground zero for expanding the Revolution. Yes, surrounding counties will try to stop your efforts, so it’s imperative that the next counties you infiltrate you strike so that several town Revolutions happen simultaniously. MANAGING REVOLUTION-targeting efforts for best overall prospects of final victory There are more factors regarding sucessful Revolution than merely which locales are the most corrupt. Towns and counties can be isolated and cut off economically-could your county sustain itself? Can your county be self-sufficient in food, power, basic manufacturing, can it stand a chance of defending itself militarily if need be? Probably not-not by it’s own, further necessitating the maximum aggresiveness in spreading the Second American Revolution. This aggresiveness must be coupled with an eye for America’s internal geopolitical reality. This is a nation made interdependent on other regions and foreigners. In many areas, perhaps some form of independence could be cobbled together, but in other areas, this struggle will be much more difficult, maybe impossible until the final cleansing of the beast from the land. What areas would be more conductive to Revolution? Putting aside purely political considerations which would mandate the inner cities, Appalachia, the Indian Reservations and much of the South be the more successful candidates, economics and geography must be factored. The Northeast generally won’t be a good first choice, as there’s too much population within easy reach of the eastern seaboard cities, which likely will be the last areas of America to be liberated. Not to say that the Free State Movement in New Hampshire hasn’t done a lot, they just haven’t focused on bringing their ideology to life in one town to show the rest of the state what they’re about. What can be said is that the region overall is more socialist than much of the rest of the country, which means government resistance is already fierce. A concentrated effort on reforming one town? Who knows what kind of government thunder might be brought down upon them but they’re already receiving massive resistance from years of sporadic activism. They’re a known threat. Their only hope is as near a simultanious massive Revolution-which upon some govt. tool reading this will be planned against. So their turn will have to wait. Appalachia, if their apathy can be overcome, will make a good base for Revolution. Good farmland, climate, terrain, there’s some development but enough for self-sufficiency as a region? Appalachia is the most defensible area east of the Missisippi. The problem is the people just want to live their own lives more than most regions so corruption is entrenched. An economic, political and social backwater since before the American Revolution, Appalachia’s people have more than enough on their plate getting by so finding motivated Americans is going to be more difficult. The region’s nice and if you can get past the clannish nature, find a particularly loathed local government to target some real gains can be made. Show people something can be done. Great Lakes region encompass rural areas as well as the rust belt cities. These are dominated from Chicago, so a hundred mile area around that bastion of government tyranny will have to be written off for starters. Northern Michigan has promise-lots of rural, independent minded folk, but keep in mind the area is isolated by both water and a lot of territory not friendly to people like you. Much of Indiana and Ohio has hilly terrain 7
and lots of towns with some potential for self-sufficiency; the rural and outer fringes of the suburbs you can find a good town to target. Corrupt government flying under the public’s radar can get a good racket going for decades. Going west, especially in the vicinity of Chicago, the land is flat, undefensible. The region is positively blessed with the Great Lakes; I suspect recent efforts to reform local governments in locales like Cleveland into regional communitarian(communist) bodies may have to do with politically locking the area down. State slave mentalities have really taken root, so prospects near urban areas are as stated, dim. The South could do it-if they don’t erupt in racial violence. I wince at all the energy wasted between people in the same situation over skin color and culture. That being said, it was in Tennessee that the GI’s of Athens, Tennessee in 1946 pulled off the model that you need to emulate. Lots of self-sufficient types, decent climate, and they’re already enured to a deprived lifestyle. Problem areas are much of Florida and Atlanta, plus other urban areas like Mobile, New Orleans, Houston, Dallas-Ft. Worth. The Midwest will be among the last to be liberated, as the terrain is too easily taken, too few people spread out and therefore easily isolated, there’s few resources, and there’s too much dependency on centralized power grids and roads. Though if you want to take a chance, there are literally whole towns just asking to be literally bought for a comparatively few dollars…. The Rocky Mountain region is just west-and just west of the enemy strongholds of Denver and Cheyenne will be the strongest base for Revolution, but they’ll need to overcome crippling communications problems, energy, and isolation between bastions due to terrain and population sparcity that will likely wind up with a lot of besieged towns. Though if the region can be politically taken it does offer good defensibility. Read the Tri-States series of books by W.W. Johnstone as he basically wargamed that scenario(they lost) as well as Molon Labe by Boston T. Party(they won w/ nuclear weapons). Neither scenario fits well or is too realistic but a general ideal can be had…. Montana has legalized firearms and ammunition manufacture without approval from the BATFE while Wyoming is the home for Boston T. Party’s Free State offshoot. The Pacific Northwest, not counting the Seattle-Tacoma vicinity can be counted with the Rocky Mountains in potential, though the region is focused economically on Portland and Seattle. Idaho is practically a white separatist enclave. The coast is rainy, but bracketed between the sea and potentially active volcanoes while the interior is barren, sparsely inhabited. California north of Sacramento can be counted with the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Northwest. From Sacramento-San Francisco south you must calculate as you would the Eastern Seaboard but with desert and mountainous terrain-lots’ of power centers and thoroughly socialized populace. Los Angeles and San Diego are becoming culturally part of Mexico, though any iteration of that country that emerges from its drug fueled civil wars has no hope economically or militarily of holding onto those cities without taking literally the entire Southwest. Something that won’t happen-certainly not before the aqueducts and power lines leading from the mountains and Hoover Dam are cut. OUR POLITICAL STRATEGY IS SIMPLE AND OBVIOUS Take over a few towns, make them examples of what Freedom really is and how much has been stolen from us by the beast. Spread like wildfire throughout the hinterland, and 8
when strong enough geographically and politically begin encircling the cities, eventually besieging them. Politically and economically that is. POLITICALLY taking the cities will be dependent on political structure. Regionally integrated cities will be much more difficult as the regional government will be hard to penetrate and have resources to respond. Fractured metropolitan areas-cities and town govenrments not politically united-will offer much better prospects for infiltration and takeover, gradually until efforts can be made in the major city itself, however it’s organized. Regionalized governments will require a much greater effort to politically infiltrate the lower offices such as aldermen or council members, and a metropolitan area’s governments may decide to unite politically to deny Patriots piecemeal victories. Prospects of a peaceful Revolution? You go for a political and economic solution because a civil war waged with modern weapons is a nightmare scenario-best to expect and prepare for the worst-martial law. Because power corrupts and these people we struggle against have had it their way for far, far too long. They’ll use every resource at their disposal to thwart the People taking back THEIR government. Certainly, if the People awaken a lot of these criminals can be driven out of government office. But the beast won’t go down quietly; if it is willing to burn and gas women and children at Waco, wage war against innocent peoples and nations for a fraudulent war, they’ll sic their thugs on our Revolution. Plant drugs, create scandal, perform tax audits, or maybe just send a SWAT team at the “wrong address”. Certainly, if those that serve the beast feel the system is finally being used against them, they’ll change the rules of the game; suspend the Constitution, declare martial law and rule with naked force. There will be no choice then but to fight back.
SPEECH OF REV. JAMES T. WOODBURY Who was Captain Isaac Davis? Who was Abner Hosmer? Who was James Hayward? And what was Concord fight? What did they fight for, and what did they win? These were Massachusetts Province militiamen, not in these good, quiet, piping times of peace, but in 1775, at the very dark, gloomy outbreak of the American Revolution. Let us turn back to the bloody annals of that eventful day. Let us see, as well as we can at this distance of three-quarters of a century, just how matters and things stood. General Gage had full possession of this city. The flag that waved over it was ... the flag of that hereditary despot, George the Third. And if there had been no Isaac Davis or other men of his stamp on the ground on that day, the flag of the crouching lion, the flag of Queen Victoria, due successor to that same hated George the Third, first the oppressor, and then the unscrupulous murderer of our fathers, --yes, I know what I say, the unscrupulous murderer of our fathers,-- would still wave over this beautiful city, and would now be streaming in the wind over every American ship in this harbor.... This city was in full possession of the enemy, and had been for several months. General Gage had converted the house of prayer, the Old South Church, --where we met a few days since, to sit, delighted auditors, to that unsurpassed Election Sermon, --into a riding-school, a drilling-
9
place for his cavalry. The pulpit, and all the pews of the lower floor, were, with vandal violence, torn out, and tan brought in; and here the dragoons of King George practised, on their prancing warhorses, the sword exercise, with Tory ladies and gentlemen for spectators in the galleries. Information had been received from most reliable sources that valuable powder, ball, and other munitions of war, were deposited in Concord. General Gage determined to have them. Concord was a great place in '75. The Provincial Congress had just suspended its session there of near two months, adjourning over to the 10th of May, with Warren for their president, and such men as old Samuel Adams, John Hancock, John Adams. and James Otis as their advisers. Yes, Concord was the centre of the brave old Middlesex, containing within it all the early battlegrounds of liberty, -- Old North Bridge, Lexington Common, and Bunker of the Province, the seat of the government of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay. And Concord had within it as true-hearted Whig patriots as ever breathed. Rev. Mr. Emerson was called a "high son of liberty." To contend with tyrants, and stand up against them, resisting unto blood, fighting for the inalienable rights of the people, was a part of his holy religion. And he was one of the most godly men and eloquent ministers in the colony. He actually felt it to be his duty to God to quit that most delightful town and village, and the most affectionate church and people, and enter the Continental army, and serve them as a chaplain of a regiment. What a patient, noble-hearted, truthful, loyal, confiding, affectionate generation of men they were! And remember, these were the men, exasperated beyond all further endurance by the course of a deluded Parliament and besotted ministry, who flew to arms on the 19th of April, 1775. These were the men who then hunted up their powder-horns and bullet-pouches, took down their guns from the hooks, and ground up their bayonets, on that most memorable of all days in the annals of the Old Thirteen Colonies, -- nay, in the annals of the world, --which record the struggles that noble men have made in all ages to be free! Yes, to my mind, Mr. Speaker, it is a more glorious day, a day more full of thrilling incidents and great steps taken by the people to be free, than even the Fourth of July itself, 1776. Why, sir, the 19th of April, '75, that resistance, open, unorganized, armed, marshalled resistance at the Old North Bridge, that marching down in battle array at that soul-stirring air which every soldier in this house must remember to this day, for the tune is in fashion yet, -- I mean "The White Cockade," -was itself a prior declaration of independence, written out not with ink upon paper or parchment, but a declaration of independence made by drawn swords, uplifted right arms, fixed bayonets ground sharp, cracking musketry, -- a declaration written out in the best blood of this land, at Lexington first, and finally all the way for eighteen miles from Old North Bridge to Charlestown Neck, where those panting fugitives found shelter under the guns of British ships of war, riding at anchor in Mystic River ready to receive them; a declaration that put more at hazard, and cost the men who made it more, after all, of blood and treasure, than that of 1776. It cost Davis, Hosmer, and Hayward, and hundreds of others equally brave and worthy, their hearts' blood. It cost many an aged father and mother their darling son, many a wife her husband, many a Middlesex maid her lover. Oh, what a glorious, but oh, what a bloody day it was! That was the day which split in twain the British empire, never again to be reunited. What was the battle of Waterloo? What question did it settle? Why, simply who, of several kings, should wear the crown. Well, I always thought ever since I read it when a boy, that if I it would have been with Napoleon against the allied forces. But what is what is the question to you, or to any of us, or our children after us, over by crowned heads and hereditary monarchs? What matters it who they shall be?
hadfought on either side the question to me, or if we are to be ruled are, or which one it
In ancient times, three hundred Greeks, under Leonidas, stood in the pass of Thermopyloe, and for three successive days beat back and kept at bay five million Persians, led on by Xerxes the Great. It was a gallant act; but did it preserve the blood-bought liberties of Greece? No. In
2
time they were cloven down, and the land of Demosthenes and Solon marked for ages by the footsteps of the slaves. We weep over it, but we cannot alter it. But not so, thank God, with "Concord Fight;" and by "Concord Fight," I say here, for fear of being misunderstood, I mean by "Concord" all the transactions of that day. I regard them as one great drama, scene first of which was at Lexington early in the morning, when old Mrs. Harrington called up her son Jonathan, who alone, while I speak, survives of all that host on either side in arms that day. He lives, blessed be God, he still lives! I know him well, a trembling, but still breathing memento of the renowned past, yet lingering by mercy of God on these "mortal shores," if for nothing else, to wake up your sleeping sympathies, and induce you, if anything could, to aid in the noble work of building over the bones of his slaughtered companions-in-arms, Davis, Hosmer, and Hayward, such a monument as they deserve. Oh, I wish he was here, I wish he only stood on yonder platform, noble man! "Concord Fight" broke the ice. "Concord Fight," the rush from the heights at North Bridge, was the first open, marshalled resistance to the king. Our fathers, cautious men, took there a step that they could not take back if they would, and would not if they could. Till they made that attack, probably no British blood had been shed. If rebels at all, it was only on paper. They had not levied war. They had not vi et armis attacked their lawful king. But by that act they passed the Rubicon. Till then they might retreat with honor, but after that it was too late. The sword was drawn, and had been made red in the blood of princes, in the person of their armed defenders. Attacking Captain Laurie and his detachment at North Bridge was, in law, attacking King George himself. Now they must fight or be eternally disgraced. And now they did fight in good earnest. They drew the sword, and threw away, as well as they might, the scabbard. Yesterday they humbly petitioned. They petitioned no longer. Oh, what change from the 19th to the 20th of April! They had been, up to that day, a grave, God-fearing, loyal set of men, honoring the king. Now they strike for national independence; and after seven years of war, by the help of God, they won it. They obtained nationality. It that day breathed into life; the Colony gave way to the State; that morning Davis and all of them were British colonists. They became by that day's resistance, either rebels doomed to die by the halter, or free, independent citizens. If the old pine-tree flag still waved over them unchanged, they themselves were changed entirely and forever. Old Middlesex was allowed the privilege of opening the war, of first baptizing the land with her blood. God did well to select old Middlesex, and the loved and revered centre of old Middlesex, namely, Concord, as the spot, not where this achievement was to be completed, but where it was to be begun, and well begun; where the troops of crowned kings were to meet, not the troops of the people, but the people themselves, and be routed and beaten from the field, and what is more, stay beaten, we hope, we doubt not, to the end of time. And let us remember that our fathers, from the first to the last in that eventful struggle, made most devout appeals to Almighty God. It was so with the whole Revolutionary War. It was all begun, continued, and ended in God. Every man and every boy that went from the little mountain town of Acton, with its five hundred souls, went that morning from a house of prayer. A more prayerful, pious, God-fearing, man-loving people, I have never read or heard of. If you have, sir, I should like to know who they are, and where they live. They were Puritans, Plymouth Rock Puritans, men who would petition and petition and petition, most respectfully and most courteously, and when their petition and petitioners, old Ben Franklin and the rest, were proudly spurned away from the foot of the throne, petition again; and do it again for more than ten long, tedious years. But after all they would fight, and fight as never man fought; and they did fight. When such men take up arms, let kings and queens take care of themselves. When you have waked up such men to resistance unto blood, you have waked up a lion in his den. You may kill them, -- they are vulnerable besides on the heel, -- but my word for it, you never can conquer them.
2
At Old North Bridge, about nine o'clock in the forenoon, on the memorable 19th of April, 1775, King George's troops met these men, and, after receiving their first fire, fled. And the flight still continues, -- the flight of kings before the people. Davis's minute-men were ready first, and were on the ground first. They were an élite corps, young men, volunteers; and give me young men for war. They were to be ready at a moment's warning. They were soon at Davis's house and gun-shop, and they waited here till about fifty had arrived. While there some of them were powdering their hair, just as the Greeks were accustomed to put garlands of flowers on their heads as they went forth to battle; and they expected a battle. They were fixing their gun-locks, and making a few cartridges; but cartridges and cartridge-boxes were rare in those days. The accoutrements of the heroes of the Revolution were the powder-horn and the bullet-pouch, at least of the militia. And Concord Fight, with all its unequalled and uneclipsed glory, was won, by the help of God, by Massachusetts militiamen. Some were laughing and joking to think that they were going to have what they had for months longed for, -- a "hit at old Gage." But Davis was a thoughtful, sedate, serious man, a genuine Puritan, like Samuel Adams; and he rebuked them. He told them that in his opinion it was "a most eventful crisis for the colonies; blood would be spilt, that was certain. The crimsoned fountain would be opened; none could tell when it would close, nor with whose blood it would flow. Let every man gird himself for battle, and not be afraid, for God is on our side. He had great hope that the country would be free, though he might not live to see it." The truth was, and it should come out, Davis expected to die that day if he went into battle. He never expected to come back alive to that house. And no wonder that after the company started, and had marched out of his lane some twenty rods to the highway, he halted them, and went back. He was an affectionate man. He loved that youthful wife of his, and those four sick children, and he thought to see them never again; and he never did. There was such a presentiment in his mind. His widow has often told me all about it; and she thought the same herself. And no wonder he went back, and took one more last, lingering look of them, saying -- he seemed to want to say something; but as he stood on that threshold where I have often stood, and where, in my mind's eye, I have often seen his manly form, he could only say, "Take good care of the children;" the feelings of the father struggling in him and for a moment almost overcoming the soldier. The ground of this presentiment was this. A few days before the fight, Mr. Davis and wife had been away from home of an afternoon. On returning they noticed, as they entered, a large owl sitting on Davis's gun as it hung on the hooks, -- his favorite gun, the very gun he carried to the fight, a beautiful piece for those days, his own workmanship, the same he grasped in both hands when he was shot at the bridge, being just about to fire himself, and which, when stone dead, he grasped still, his friends having, to get it away, to unclinch his stiff fingers. Sir, however you may view this occurrence, or however I may, it matters not. I am telling how that brave man viewed it, and his wife, and the men of those times. It was an ill omen, a bad sign. The sober conclusion was, that the first time Davis went into battle he would lose his life. This was the conclusion, and so it turned out. The family could give no account of the creature, and they knew not how it came in. The hideous bird was not allowed to be disturbed or frightened away; and there he stayed two or threedays, siting upon the gun. But mark, with this distinct impression on his mind, did the heart of that Puritan patriarch quail? No; not at all, not at all. He believed in the Puritan's God, -- the Infinite Spirit sitting on the throne of the universe, Proprietor of all, Creator and Upholder of all, superintending and disposing of all, that the hairs of his head were all numbered, and not even a sparrow could fall to the ground without his God's express notice, knowledge, and consent. He took that gun from those hooks with no trembling hand or wavering heart; and with his trusty sword hanging by his side, he started for North Bridge with the firm tread of a giant. Death! Davis did not fear to die. And he had the magic power, which some men certainly have, -- God bestows it upon them, -- to inspire everyone around them with the same feeling. His soldiers to a man would have gone anywhere after such a leader. After about two miles of hurried march, they came out of the woods only a few rods from Colonel James Barrett's, in Concord, and halted in the highway, whether discovered or not (this road came into the road by Barrett's, some twenty rods from Barrett's house), looking with burning indignation to see Captain Parsons and his detachment of British troops with axes break up the gun-carriages, and bring out hay and wood, and burn them in the yard.
2
They had great thoughts of firing in upon them then and there to venture. But Davis was a military man; and his orders were to rendezvous at North Bridge, and he knew very well that taking possession of North Bridge would cut off all retreat for this detachment of horse, and they must be taken prisoners. In a few minutes more he wheeled his company into line on the high lands of North Bridge, taking the extreme left of the line, -- that line being formed facing the river, which was his place, as the youngest commissioned officer present in the regiment, -- a place occupied a few days before by him at a regimental muster of the minute-men. A council of war was immediately summoned by Colonel James Barrett, and attended on the spot, made up of commissioned officers and Committees of Safety. The question was, What shall now be done? The Provincials had been talking for months -- nay, for years -- of the wrongs they had borne at the hands of a cruel motherland. They had passed good paper resolutions by the dozens. They had fired off their paper bullets; but what shall now be done? Enough had been said. What shall now be done? What a moment! What a crisis for the destinies of this land and of all lands, of the rights and liberties of the human race! Never was a council of war or council of peace called to meet a more important question, one on the decision of which more was at stake. Their council was divided. Some thought it best at once to rush down and take possession of the bridge, and cut off the retreat of CaptainParsons; others thought not. Here were probably found in battle array over six hundred troops, standing there under arms. Colonel Smith and Major Pitcairn were in plain sight, with their red coats on, their cocked-up hats and their spyglasses, inspecting from the old graveyard hills the gathering foe; for they came in from all directions, suddenly, unaccountably, like the gathering of a summer thunder-cloud. Of course it was admitted on all hands that they could take possession of the bridge, but it was to be expected that this skirmish must bring on a general engagement with the main body in the town. The Provincials would be in greater force by twelve o'clock m. than at nine. And if the whole British army of eight hundred men should take the field against them in their present number, most undoubtedly the men would run, -- they never would "stand fire." Their officers thought so; their officers said so on the spot. They gave it as their opinion, and it is probable that no attack at that hour would have been made had it not happened that, at that moment, the smoke began to rise from the centre of the town, -- all in plain sight from these heights, -- the smoke of burning houses. And they said, Shall we stand here like cowards, and see Old Concord burn? Colonel Barrett gave consent to make the attack. Davis came back to his company, drew his sword, and commanded, them to advance six paces. He then faced them to the right, and at his favorite tune of "The White Cockade" led the column of attack towards the bridge. By the side of Davis marched Major Buttrick of Concord, as brave a man as lived, and old Colonel Robinson of Westford. The British on this began to take up the bridge; the Americans on this quickened their pace. Immediately the firing on both sides began. Davis is at once shot dead, through the heart. The ball passed quite through his body, making a very large wound, perhaps driving in a button of his coat. His blood gushed out in one great stream, flying, it is said, more than ten feet, besprinkling and besmearing his own clothes, these shoe-buckles, and the clothes of Orderly Sergeant David Forbush, and a file leader, Thomas Thorp. Davis when hit, as is usual with men when shot thus through the heart, leaped up. his fall length and fell over the causeway on the wet ground, firmly grasping all the while, with both hands, that beautiful gun; and when his weeping comrades came to take care of his youthful but bloody remains, they with difficulty unclutched those hands now cold and stiff in death. He was just elevating to his sure eye this gun. No man was a surer shot. What a baptism of blood did those soldiers then receive! The question is now, Do these men deserve this monument, -- one that shall speak? Davis's case is without a parallel, and was so considered by the Legislature and by Congress when they granted aid to his widow. There never can be another. There never can be but one man who headed the first column of attack on the king's troops in the Revolutionary War. And Isaac Davis was that man. Others fell, but not exactly as he fell. Give them the marble. Vote them the monument, one that shall speak to all future generations, and
2
speak to the terror of kings and to the encouragement of all who will be free, and who, when the bloody crisis comes to strike for it, "are not afraid to go." At the base of the Acton monument may be seen the rude gravestones that stood in the ancient burial-ground seventy-five years before their removal to their present location. Their quaint epitaphs, chiselled before the result of the sacrifice was realized, are of interest, in that they tell the story before time had afforded an opportunity to arouse the sentiment of later days. I Say Unto all Watch IN MEMORY OF CAPT. ISAAC DAVIS WHO WAS SLAIN IN BATTLE AT CONCORD APRIL YE 19TH 1775 IN THE DEFENCE OF YE JUST RIGHTS AND LIBERTRIES OF HIS COUNTRY CIVIL & RELIGIOUS. HE WAS A LOVNG HUSBAND A TENDER FATHER & A KIND NEIGHBOUR AN INGENEOUS CRAFTSMAN & SERVICEABLE TO MANKIND DIED IN YE PRIME OF LIFE AGED 30 YEARS 1 M., & 25 DAYS. Is there not an appointed time to man upon ye earth? are not his days also like the days of an hireling? As the cloud is consumed and vanisheth away, so he that goeth down to the grave shall come up no more. He shall return no more to his house, neither shall his place know hint any more. -- JOB vii. I, 9, 10. "MEMENTO MORI" HERE LIES THE BODY OF MR. ABNER HOSMER, SON OF DEA. JONA. HOSMER, AND MRS. MARTHA HIS WIFE, WHO WAS KILLED IN CONCORD FIGHT APRIL 19TH, 1775, IN YE DEFENCE OF YE JUST RIGHTS OF HIS COUNTRY, BEING IN THE 21ST YEAR OF HIS AGE. IN MEMORY OF MR. JAMES HAYWARD, SON OF CAPT. SAMUEL AND MRS. MARY HAYWARD, WHO WAS KILLED IN CONCORD FIGHT, APRIL 19TH, 1775, AGED 25 YEARS AND FOUR DAYS. This monument may unborn ages tell How brave Young Hayward, like a hero fell, When fighting for his countrie's liberty Was slain, and here his body now doth lye, He and his foe were by each other slain, His victim's blood with his ye earth did slain, Upon ye field he was with victory crowned, And yet must yield his breath upon that ground. He express't his hope in God before his death, After his foe had yielded up his breath. O may his death a lasting witness lye, Against Oppressors' bloody cruelty.
2
WINNING THE INEVITABLE STRUGGLE
WHEN THE BULLETS FLY, AND PEOPLE DIE: FIGHTING A SECOND REVOLUTIONARY WAR Completing the American Revolution Violent Government Retaliation; a certainty. The enemy is actively attempting to cultivate violence. Constantly. From persecuting known dissidents who are frustrated to using all the political, social and economic levers at hand the beast is checking nonviolent resistance. However this strategy is coming up against a now(as of 2010)critical mass of awakened, aware, Patriots. It is estimated that 1/3 of Americans know at least something about the New World Order, 1/3 doesn’t know yet, and 1/3 doesn’t want to know; hauntingly similar to the ratio of Patriots/bystanders/Tories during the First Revolutionary War: there will be a second. It is government policy to use crisis to spur violence so as to provide the political cover to round up all the Patriots. You can hold your breath, check your temper, walk it off all YOU want-someone’s going to be pushed too far for that effort to not be in vain. Someone who will NOT see their life and Freedom stolen because of some tin badge god’s whim. You should assume that it could be you forced to fight. Some wisdom from the 90’s Patriots…
The Tripwire by D. van Oort & J.F.A. Davidson From The Resister
1
"How we burned in the prison camps later thinking: What would things have been like if every security operative, when he went out at night to make an arrest, had been uncertain whether he would return alive?" -- Alexander Solzhenitzyn, Gulag Archipelago What would be the tripwire resulting in open rebellion? Examining the Bill of Rights, and considering EXISTING laws only, and not failed attempts, you will find that every clause has been violated to one degree or another. Documenting those violations would fill volumes, and it is important to remember that only government can violate the exercise of unalienable individual rights and claim immunity from retribution. We omit martial law or public suspension of the Constitution as a tripwire. The overnight installation of dictatorship obviously would qualify as "the tripwire," but is not likely to occur. What has occurred, what is occurring, is the implementation of every aspect of such dictatorship without an overt declaration. The Constitution is being killed by attrition. The Communist Manifesto is being installed by accretion. Any suggestion that martial law is the tripwire leads us to the question: what aspect of martial law justifies the first shot? For much the same reason, we will leave out mass executions of the Waco variety. For one thing, they are composite abuses of numerous individual rights. Yet, among those abuses, the real tripwire may exist. For another, those events are shrouded in a fog of obfuscation and outright lies. Any rebellion must be based on extremely hard and known facts. Similarly, no rebellion will succeed if its fundamental reasons for occurring are not explicitly identified. Those reasons cannot be explicitly identified if, in place of their identification, we simply point to a composite such as Waco and say, "See, that's why; figure it out." Any suggestion that more Wacos, in and of themselves, would be the tripwire, simply leads us back again to the question: what aspect of them justifies rebellion? For the same reasons, we leave out a detailed account of Ayn Rand's identification of the four essential characteristics of tyranny. She identified them quite correctly, but together they are just another composite from which we must choose precipitating causes. These characteristics are: one-party rule, executions without trial for political offenses, expropriation or nationalization of private property, and "above all," censorship. With regard to the first characteristic of tyranny, what is the real difference between the Fabian socialist Republican Party and the overtly [Bolshevik] socialist Democratic Party? Nothing but time. Regarding the second we have the FBI's Hostage Rescue Team and the ATF's enforcement branch. In action they simply avoid the embarrassment of a trial. Regarding the third, we have asset forfeiture "laws," the IRS, the EPA, the FCC, the FDA, the Federal Reserve, the Justice Department's Antitrust Division, and a myriad of other executive branch agencies, departments, and commissions whose sole function is to regulate business and the economy. Regulating business for the common good (fascism) is no different in principle than outright nationalization (communism). However, the fourth characteristic of tyranny, censorship, is the obvious primary tripwire. When ideology and the reporting of facts and how-to instructions are forbidden, there is nothing remaining but to fight. Freedom of speech and persuasion -- the freedom to attempt to rationally convince willing listeners -- is so fundamental an individual right that without it no other rights, not even the existence of rights, can be enforced, claimed, debated, or even queried.
2
Does this censorship include the regulation of the "public" airwaves by the FCC, as in the censorship which prohibits tobacco companies from advertising -- in their own defense -- on the same medium which is commanded by government decree to carry "public service" propaganda against them? Does it include federal compulsion of broadcasters to air politicallycorrect twaddle for "The Children"? Does it include the Orwellian "Communications Decency Act"? Does it include any irrationalism "sexual harassment" or tribalist "hate speech" laws which prohibit certain spoken words among coworkers? The answer: unequivocally yes. Although the above do not pertain to ideological or political speech, yet they are censorship and are designed to intimidate people into the acceptance of de facto censorship. We say that any abrogation of free speech, and any form of censorship, which cannot be rectified by the soap box, the ballot box, or the jury box, must be rectified by the cartridge box -- or lost forever. Americans have been stumbling over tripwires justifying overt resistance for well over 130 years. On one hand, we submit that gun confiscation is a secondary tripwire only. It is second to censorship because if speech is illegal we cannot even discuss the repeal of gun control, or any other population controls. If only guns are illegal, we may still convince people to repeal those laws. On the other hand, gun confiscation may be a sufficient tripwire because the primary one, censorship, can be fully implemented only after the citizenry has been disarmed. Resistance, in the context of this article, means those legitimate acts by individuals which compel government to restrict its activities and authority to those powers delegated to the Congress by the people in the Constitution. The distinction to be drawn here is that the objective of patriotic resistance is to restore original Constitutional government, not change the form of government. To this end we believe: The enforcement of any laws -- local, state, or federal -- that through the action or inaction of the courts makes nugatory the individual means of resisting tyranny, justifies resistance. The operative terms of the above statement are the parameters that must be defined and understood if resistance to tyranny and despotism is to be honorable, and for the cause of individual liberty, rather than anarchy resulting from a new gang of tyrants. Rebellion can never be justified so long as objective means of redress are available, which are themselves not subverted or rendered impotent by further or parallel subjective legislation. The goal of patriots throughout the country must be the restoration of objective constitutional law and order. The failure to enforce a subjective law (i.e. the Communications Decency Act) does not justify that law existing, but it also does not justify resistance. This is because nonenforcement leaves avenues of redress, including the forbidden activity itself, still available. Should a lower court uphold or ignore a case that challenges subjective law, peaceable means of redress are still open by higher or lateral courts in another jurisdiction. However, should the U.S. Supreme Court uphold subjective laws, or refuse to hear the cases challenging them, then the legislative, executive, and judicial branches have all failed to guarantee individual liberty, from the widest principles to the smallest details. A single refusal by the highest court in the land to overturn a whim-based subjective law, or to refuse to hear the case, is sufficient to justify resistance to that law because there is simply nowhere left to turn for
2
further attempts at redress. At such time nobody is morally bound by that law. Tyranny gets one chance per branch. America is either a constitutional republic or it is not. If we can restore our republic it will ultimately occur through reason, and reason will then lead our representatives to make unconstitutional those laws which, by any objective standard of justice, should have never been considered in the first place. However, we cannot assert our claim to restore our liberty if we but accede to a single socialist construct. Freedom and serfdom cannot coexist. We cannot have it both ways. Life, and the means to preserve it, cannot coexist with disarmament. Liberty, and its rational exercise, cannot coexist with subjective constraints. Property, and its acquisition, use, and disposal cannot coexist with expropriation. The federal government's first task is to obey the Constitution. It has refused. Our first task as free men is to force the government to obey it again. The Constitution of the United States of America is a constraint on the federal government, not on the individual. Likewise, the constitutions of the various states are constraints on the state governments, not on the individual. The Constitution contains many provisions allowing the violation of our natural rights as free men by immoral and unethical men in government. The true heroes of the ratification debates were the Antifederalists, who secured Federalist guarantees that the Bill of Rights would amend the Constitution. To their undying credit, the Federalists lived up to their promise. Nevertheless, only after constitutional limitations on government have been restored in their original form can we consider amending the Constitution to redress its very few remaining defects (for example, the absence of a separation of state and the economy clause). Laws that make nugatory the means of resisting tyranny and despotism determine the tripwire. The creeping legislative erosion of the 2nd Amendment is not the only tripwire that justifies resistance. We submit that any gun control is a secondary tripwire. Not only because it can be effortlessly evaded, but also because it strengthens our cause. It is second only to censorship. If speech is illegal we can discuss neither repeal of gun control, or the repeal of any other unconstitutional "law." Censorship is not a tripwire, it is THE tripwire. Thus, by default, censorship morally justifies rebellion. Under censorship, no other rights, including the right to be free from censorship, can be advocated, discussed, or queried. It is incorrect to say that after censorship comes utter subjugation. Censorship is utter subjugation. There is no greater usurpation of liberty while remaining alive. After censorship come the death camps, and they are not a prerequisite of censorship, they are merely a symptom of it. Censorship qua censorship is sufficient in itself to justify open rebellion against any government that legislates, enforces, or upholds it. However, that is not the half of it. Censorship is alone in being the only violation of individual rights that does not require actual enforcement or challenges in court, before rebellion is justified. When the government forbids you to speak or write, or use your own or a supporter's property to address willing listeners or readers, that government has openly and forcibly declared that the art of peaceful persuasion is dead and will not be tolerated. Upon that very instant, all peaceful avenues of redress have been closed and the only possible method of regaining that liberty is force. Whenever we give up that force, we are not only ruined, we deserve to be ruined. Censorship is already being "legally" imposed through accretion by compromisers, appeasers, and pragmatists within government at all levels. Note the demands by "progressive" organizations and self-appointed "civil rights" groups to ban so-called "hate" speech (they mean thought and debate), or "extreme" language (they mean principled dissent), or "paramilitary" books (they mean the knowledge of how to resist). When our government imposes censorship, it will be because our ability to use force to resist censorship no longer exists. Buying copies of The Resister is not yet prohibited; buying machine guns already is. Unwarranted search for unlicensed books has not yet occurred; unwarranted search for unlicensed weapons has already begun. As your unalienable right of peaceable discussion and dissent is being daily abridged, your right to peaceably assemble and associate in advocacy of your own self-defense, according to your own free will, has already been outlawed (courtesy of ADL's "model" anti-militia legislation).
2
Unconstitutional federal agencies now arm themselves with weapons that you may not own, and train in tactics that you are prohibited from mastering. Before a government is sure you won't resist, it will make sure you can't resist. The most irrational, contradictory, short-range, whimsical notion possible to men who claim the unalienable right to resist tyrannical government is the notion that they must first let their ability to resist be stripped from them before they have the right to use it. This is the argument of socalled conservatives who pish-tosh the notion of legislative "slippery-slopes," and sycophantic adherents of a supreme Court that has no constitutionally delegated authority to interpret the Constitution in the first place. We reject the notion of mindless compliance with subjective "laws." Subjective laws must be resisted on metaphysical and epistemological principles, moral and ethical grounds, and on constitutional and historical precedence. No rational man desires ends without means. No rational man can be faced with his own imminent subjugation and truly believe that, once things are as bad as they can get, "sometime" "someone" will do "something" "somehow" to counteract that trend. Any man who counsels another to appeal to those mystical equivalents of "divine intervention" for "deliverance" from tyranny is our enemy by all principles conceivable within the scope of rational human intelligence. The time to organize resistance is not after censorship, but before it. The time to prepare resistance is when our ability to resist is being threatened. The time to begin resistance is when that threat has been upheld or ignored by the courts. The unalienable rights that safeguard our ability to resist are limited to those which, if not violated, allow us to plan and use all materials necessary for resistance. We submit that only the following meet that criteria: * freedom of speech and of the press, and the right to peaceably assemble--so that we may advocate ideas, report and discuss news, and instruct others how to carry out resistance activities (1st Amendment); * the right to keep and bear arms -- so that we may have appropriate force in our hands should we need it, and be trained to use such force as necessary (2nd Amendment); * the right to be let alone -- so that we may be free of government intrusion in our lives, liberty, and property (3rd Amendment); * the right to be secure in our persons, dwellings, papers, and property from unwarranted, unaffirmed searches and seizures -- so that our records, ideological materials, and weapons will remain in our hands (4th Amendment). For the purpose of this discussion, we believe that no other rights are relevant because if every individual right other than those four were violated -- although it would be an unspeakably evil act on the part of the government, justifying immediate and unforgiving resistance -- their abridgement would not effect our ability to resist. If any of the first four amendments are infringed by legislation, enforced by executive power, and their abrogation is upheld or ignored by the courts, unremitting, forcible resistance, and aid and comfort to its citizen-soldiers, is a moral imperative for every single person who believes that life, liberty, and property are unalienable and self-existing, and not grants of government privilege.
A MESSAGE TO THE FIRST RESISTERS
1
First, there’s at least a good chance you won’t survive, even if you’ve had Special Forces training, escape and evasion in particular. Perhaps the government has been surveilling you for some time. They’ll know who you are, who your friends are-and watch them as well. They’ll be ready when you “act out”. Perhaps it’ll be one “encounter” with law enforcement too many; those cowboys are a bunch of thugs who look for a easy mark to bully. You probably won’t be 100% ready, but neither will they. The point is, when it jumps off you’re going to be alone. Unless your true friends have eluded surveillance or escaped notice they won’t be in a position to help you right awayif at all. Given the sorry state of Americans even those who are awakened, aware Patriots-you can’t count on them to throw their lives away to give you even a brief respite from your opposition. If out on the road you’ll have at best a fraction of your resourcesbut you’ll probably still have your vehicle for a bit. But you’re going to be alone. So plan on fighting alone. Rogers Rangers Standing Orders Rogers' Rangers was an independent company of rangers attached to the British Army during the French and Indian War. The unit was informally trained by Major Robert Rogers as a rapidly deployable light infantry force tasked with reconnaissance and conducting special operations against distant targets. Their military tactics were so bold and effective that the unit became the chief scouting unit of British Crown forces in the late 1750s. Later, several members of Rogers' Rangers became influential leaders in the American Revolutionary War and a large number of ex-rangers were present as patriot militiamen at the Battle of Concord Bridge. That is what Wilk has to say about Rogers' Rangers. But this was a very complex unit with a complex history. Rogers wanted to fight for the Colonies, but Washington was afraid he might not be all that loyal and might want to fight for the British as he had just returned from a long stay in England when the troubles started. He got so mad at this, that is exactly what he did. The exploits of the unit were numerous and his men were highly trained. The United States Army Rangers are a direct descendant of this unit. When I was in a Ranger unit in the 70's we still had a card with his rules on them that we used. The cards had been printed up and given to Rangers going to Viet Nam Standing orders issued by Major Robert Rogers to his Rangers in 1759. More than two hundred years after Major Rogers wrote them down, they were still relevant to Vietnam: 1. Don't forget nothing. 2. Have your musket clean as a whistle, hatchet scoured, sixty rounds powder and ball, and be ready to march at a minute's warning. 3. When you're on the march, act the way you would if you was sneaking up on a deer. See the enemy first. 4. Tell the truth about what you see and what you do. There is an army depending on us for correct information. You can lie all you please when you tell other folks about the Rangers, but don't never lie to a Ranger or officer. 5. Don't never take a chance you don't have to. 6. When we're on the march we march single file, far enough apart so one shot can't go through two men. 7. If we strike swamps, or soft ground, we spread out abreast, so it's hard to track us.
2
8. When we march, we keep moving till dark, so as to give the enemy the least possible chance at us. 9. When we camp, half the party stays awake while the other half sleeps. 10. If we take prisoners, we keep 'em separate till we have had time to examine them, so they can't cook up a story between 'em. 11. Don't ever march home the same way. Take a different route so you won't be ambushed. 12. No matter whether we travel in big parties or little ones, each party has to keep a scout twenty yards ahead, twenty yards on each flank and twenty yards in the rear, so the main body can't be surprised and wiped out. 13. Every night you'll be told where to meet if surrounded by a superior force. 14. Don't sit down to eat without posting sentries. 15.
Don't sleep beyond dawn. Dawn's when the French and indians attack.
16. Don't cross a river by a regular ford. 17. If somebody's trailing you, make a circle, come back onto your own tracks, and ambush the folks that aim to ambush you. 18. Don't stand up when the enemy's coming against you. Kneel down, lie down, hide behind a tree. 19. Let the enemy come till he's almost close enough to touch. Then let him have it and jump out and finish him with your hatchet.
How to Beat Special Forces, S.W.A.T. and Special Operations Groups. by Anonymous et al To enforce tyranny, governments must rely on Special Forces, SSG, SWAT and Special Operations Groups. SSG stands for Surveillance Specialist Group—that’s spy talk for a "surveillance team". SWAT stands for Special Weapons And Tactics (i.e. a paramilitary deathsquad). Special Forces, Special Operations Groups, SWAT and Special Activities Staff are all military squads that participate in a more advanced training for fighting in unusual urban environments. They all have a common component, although each of them have features peculiar to themselves. A major distinguishing factor is the ability to fight in close-quarters with a small group to achieve the goal of suppression. They go by a lot of different names around the world, but a goon by any name is still a goon. Up to now, the lethal combination of SSG and SWAT has proven disastrous for underground activists and their movements in the USA and Canada. Is SWAT effective? Yes. Does it get results? Absolutely. Is SWAT invincible? No. Despite their massive firepower and use of brute force, SWAT teams have weakness that can be exploited. A typical SWAT element is composed of five people—a Team Leader, a Scout, a Backup, and
1
two Assaulters. The Team Leader is the most experienced of the five. He is the nerve center and tactical command of the team. The Team Leader is in direct voice-contact with the other four members of the SWAT element, who each wear a hands-free UHF transponder with an earpiece and a throatvibration microphone. The Scout performs on-scene reconnaissance. The Backup carries a 12-guage riot shotgun. He provides security for the Scout. The two Assaulters each carry Heckler & Koch 9mm MP-5 submachine guns. All members of the SWAT element usually carry handguns, often a .45 or 9mm semi-automatic pistol. SWAT members often wear balaclavas for the purpose of intimidating suspects and bystanders. The balaclava also keeps them anonymous—this is done because they reside in the same communities whose citizens they execute, and also makes legal recourse and identification next to impossible. SWAT members wear military helmets and bullet-resistant body-armour. These guys are goons and cowards in the truest sense of the word. They’ll kill you and go for lunch five minutes later. It’s nothing to them ; because of their myopic training, they figure the solution to every problem is massive application of force, preferably lethal. Once it’s arrived on the scene, SWAT never withdraws. In a typical call-out, the SWAT element is reinforced by duty police officers who form a containment perimeter at a distance from the suspect’s location. Police snipers may also be present. More than one SWAT element may be on the scene. A Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT) is often mustered. CNT is somewhat of a misnomer, because their actual role is to obtain intelligence for an assault by SWAT—and to fatally distract the suspect in the moments preceding the assault. Ambulance and Fire personnel are also usually deployed mainly for the welfare of SWAT and Police. Weakness: Lack of Knowledge of the Terrain. SWAT teams plan for many different environments, but can never know the terrain that they will be going into EXACTLY. You are on the ground there first, do your homework. Scout the building or area completely, and know it like the back of your hand. Find areas of weakness or exposure for incoming SOG teams. Try to lure them into those areas and then act swiftly. Weakness: Training. They think of it as an advantage, and it is. Training is the only way to know how you and your team-mate will react in any certain situation. However, this advantage can be turned to weakness. The SOG teams have a response for every situation, and that response is PREDICTABLE. Take time to study SOG training, and you will see that they perform standard manoeuvres in situations. Apply this knowledge to your local environment, and you will be able to map out a SOG team’s reaction everywhere in your location. If you are in a building, study widely available SOG manuals for the manoeuvres, such as: WEAKNESS - Intelligence: SWAT and Special Forces teams rely on intelligence to find and identify targets, which usually (in the case of Special Forces) means paid informants in a city or other locale. They pass their information on to the Joint Operations Command, which has coordinates Special Forces activities, and then the JOC passes the intelligence on to the commanders of the units. TACTICAL RESPONSE - Confusion is the worst enemy of Special Forces. Interrupt the intelligence chain with conflicting reports. Use double agents as the paid informants for the JOC. Broadcast erroneous information. SWAT WEAKNESS—LACK OF MOBILITY. Their combat gear prevents them from sprinting long
3
distances in pursuit of a suspect fleeing on foot. A number of suspects have escaped in exactly this scenario. This is the reason behind the containment perimeter. The regular cops pin you inside the “holding pen” while the SWAT goons methodically stalk you and then dispatch you, preferably from behind. TACTICAL RESPONSE—If you know the terrain, you’ll often be able to beat the containment ring. The cops on the perimeter cover the main escape routes and checkpoints. The ring has gaps you can exploit. The cops seldom cover hidden routes that the only the local residents know about. Do your homework. Gather accurate intelligence. And rehearse, rehearse, rehearse. SWAT WEAKNESS—THEY DON’T THINK. Their training has ingrained them with the mindset that the solution to every situation is force. SWAT is not motivated or inclined to negotiate or compromise. And they never withdraw. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Plan your operation so that political considerations and/or public relations are more attractive to the authorities than a lethal resolution of the crisis by SWAT. SWAT WEAKNESS --- OVERHEATING. Their balaclavas, gloves, shooting goggles, helmets, and combat fatigues mean that they can easily overheat in urban situations. It doesn’t take much activity to get them sweating. Literally. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Plan an operation(s) that will require lots of physical movement by the SWAT members. Give them lots to crawl over, through, and around. Even big tough guys don’t have much stamina when they start to overheat. SWAT WEAKNESS—PERIMETER OVER-RELIANCE. They always set up perimeter control. They have become dependent on the “holding pen” strategy. In “Blackhawk Down” Mark Bowden notes that while the Delta Force “operators” are highly skilled, battle-tested veterans capable of almost anything, their support and perimeter control team, the U.S. Army Rangers, are generally young, inexperienced, overconfident, and unready for the ugly realities of real combat. [Likewise, regular duty cops] TACTICAL RESPONSE—Post an accomplice (ie sniper) outside their perimeter and SWAT becomes vulnerable to a flanking attack. SWAT WEAKNESS—ONE TRICK PONY. They are trained to attack fixed targets. They are befuddled and confounded by a moving target. Especially a target they are continually losing contact with. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Hit and run. Hit and run. Hit and run. Then disappear. Your key to tactical success consists of carefully planned escape routes, accomplice drivers, and prearranged support (ie hiding) from the local population. This was used to great effect in Mogadishu, Somalia, by local warlord forces. After the ambush, U.S. troops were withdrawn, leaving local forces in control. SWAT WEAKNESS—LACK OF INDIVIDUAL INITIATIVE. Without their body-rig communication sets, SWAT members are lost. UHF frequency range is often less than a mile. Range deteriorates in locations with reinforced concrete and metal debris. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Forcing or duping a SWAT member to transmit bogus messages over his transponder is an effective tactic for disorienting the entire team. Seizing a transponder and issuing your own messages is effective psychological warfare. Your voice is right inside their heads—and these guys aren’t exactly the brightest specimens our species has produced. Selecting a location that interferes with UHF transmission is a sound tactic. 3 GOLDEN RULES FOR BEATING SWAT: RULE #1 -- Surround the SWAT element, including its perimeter force.
2
RULE #2 -- Fight scattered, never in a compact body. RULE #3 -- When attacked, never stand and fight. Retreat, then counterattack. Some resistance movements hold the view that if surrounded, you should immediately pick the weakest point, focus on it, and make a determined effort to break out. The resulting break in the enemy’s line will produce two exposed flanks which you can counterattack, possibly more. Savvy readers and students of American history will recognize these tactics as the same as those used by the natives to maul the British Regular Army in the 1600s and 1700s in colonial America. All things considered, however, your greatest single asset is your ability to choose the location. This means planning ahead. It means being a moving target. It means not sleeping where SWAT can find you. Heed the warning in the training manual of the Provisional IRA—“Get your defense before you get your offense.” And remember that this website does not endorse, condone, or encourage illegal activity. *This article is free to distribute. Yes the enemy has formidable resources but the quality of the Opfor…
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANATOMY OF A S.W.A.T. RAID Before I proceed… I was thinking about calling this “Neighborhood Defense”-a general guide for neighborhoods with militias(YOU). Just a general community watch piece that hinted at the menace out of control SWAT teams present to Americans. With the recent Supreme Court ruling that exterminates the 4th Amendment by allowing “improperly” gathered evidence to be used against you. That means a cop can bust down your door without warrant, drop a bag of weed, arrest you, and that shit will now be held up in court and used against you. Protest? This is what the police do with those that so much as mention they have Constitutional Rights:
This poor Yuppie found out just how much the cops care about his Free Speech at the protests to the 2003 Free Trade Area for the Americas meeting. Protesting those that want to steal America’s real economy-not the Wall Street ponzi scheme called the stock market-doesn’t mean a damn to the thugs the banksters control. In fact, any time they can whale on defenseless, soft mainstream Americans is a good thing-to them:
1
Look at the cops decked out in riot gear and weapons, menacingly aimed at the hapless Americans exercising their Free Speech and right to protest. Irony is, THEY paid for those cops to brutalize them, to use those tazers, sprays, batons, guns. They paid for the relentless conditioning those cops were subjected to during the academy, training. They paid the salaries of the police chiefs who make the policies that turn cops into nothing more that well equipped enforcers.
Paid for armored fighting vehicles, automatic weapons, explosives-all to crush your dissent when you protest them! Yes: the federal government has bestowed billions of dollars to transform your local police department into units of a standing domestic army… same standing army the Founding Fathers repeatedly warned us against. Those billions of dollars, the giveaway of military hardware, secure communications systems come at the price of federal control of those assets. What do the cops care? They get to use those weapons that in an earlier age we could BUY off the government with NO restrictions. Surplus M-14, M16A1 rifles, M-60 machine guns, grenade launchers-weapons that were at one time would have constituted 2
proper arms for the unorganized militia of every fit adult in America are now restricted to law enforcement and government personnel only. The cops want this: they know this country’s being directed into a technofeudalism and they want to be the only ones that can have the weapons, the armor, the power. It’s just about wielding power to them; whether it’s against naïve anti-globalists or even so much as you trying to reason with them.
You even so much as look at a cop wrong-even if you got something in your eye-they’ll look to ruin your life. Because they are the tin badge gods and we are to worship them-or else:
3
This dude didn’t give his gods the proper adulation and groveling, so they took care of his “’tude”. …They don’t mind doing the same to women either. Especially when there’s a whole squad and it’s just ordianry Americans who get their view of what cops are from Hollywood. See, as Libertarian author Boston T. Party put it, cops work for the state and the state is looking for bodies. Bodies to tax with taxes of opportunity called traffic tickets. Bodies to imprison for ‘code violations’-made up by lawyers, administred by lawyers, presided over by lawyers. The system makes money off your incarceration-your tax dollars go to beating your ass, jailing you, running you through a kangaroo court with your ‘defense’ lawyer… really a ringer… financially and legally wrestling you into submission. For those that won’t… …There are well armed, well trained execution squads known as SWAT teams:
Now, SWAT teams were originally envisioned to take out psycho gunmen and dangerous armed criminals, except that the government controls them and the government decides whose dangerous. You won’t see too many deployments of million dollar M-113 armored fighting vehicles with 50 caliber machine guns to mop up MS-13… because they spread fear in the People, herding them into Big Brother’s shackles. What you
5
WILL see that piece of military hardware be used against, is ordinary Americans saying NO MORE to the beast!
SWAT teams are being used to raid family farms and co-ops from Ohio to Compton, CA to bust people growing their own healthy food. They’re raiding the same drug houses their fellow officers back and protect. They endanger innocents daily. No one is spared and those subjected to a home invasion by these armor clad, automatic weapon yielding psychopaths… provided they don’t get shot… can expect hours of trauma as their home is systematically torn apart, and their lives threatened. And after that, they can expect to be mauled by the beast’s legal system, lose everything they have and most likely serve time-all enriching the state and the corporations that profit off your suffering.
7
So, they got what’s coming to them as they steal our Freedom and country at gunpoint. Let’s proceed. A SWAT raid is usually a carefully assessed, coordinated assault on a target with the maximum possible advantage. Using speed, maximum shock, and the element of surprise a SWAT team performing in their lingo a dynamic entry instills terror and a stunned awe before them. If they just don’t simply start shooting up the place, and whoever winds up in their sights-some cops actually pay attention to who the bad guy is supposed to be. Most wont. There’s a lot more to a SWAT operation than the terrifying entry team. Supporting the assault are snipers equipped with high powered, extremely accurate rifles fitted with the finest in riflescopes, shooting the finest in match grade ammunition. A second SWAT team may be held back in reserve, or go in through a back door, or use explosives to breach a wall, or just be a distraction; most of their opponents are hardly fit for the description. SWAT “operators”-as they like to call themselves-can quickly get bored and want to play around with tactics, just to keep their edge finely honed. The SWAT team travels in their own specialized vehicle, either an up-armored van, or more jurisdictions, military surplus armored vehicles from the federal government. Depending on the type of situation, a mobile command vehicle will be called in, mainly because they like the dramatic effect of having to call it out, but also so that the SWAT commander can feel that needed psychological separation from the outside world as he commands his SWAT operators on another mission. Pathetic sounding, yes, but these guys have lived in a cocoon of self-importance and no oversight for a generation so the self-serving elitism should be expected. All SWAT members are carefully selected from volunteers from patrol officers. These will be the adrenaline junkies, the self-styled warriors, the department go-to killers. Already having had the bullshit that they’re some kind of ‘elite’ drummed into their 8
fragile egos, these tin badge gods are given lots of close in tactical training. They shoot regularly at close quarters with automatic weaponry, exercise rigorously and daily, most likely are on some kind of steroid dangerously upping their testosterone, and depending on where they live, can get called out at least daily. Rural, and suburban SWAT teams not so much but that can lead to a kind of SWAT “buck fever” because they get excited about being called out. What makes these guys dangerous is the unconstitutional exclusive access to weaponry once commonly, freely available to the People of America: automatic weapons of all kinds including machine guns, grenades, explosives, silencers. Night vision scopes, thermal scopes, armored vehicles, body armor with chest plates that can stop a .30 caliber armor piercing round. No these guys don’t believe in the Second Amendment but some will be dealers and sell federally registered firearms to you since they or their brother gods will be confiscating them from you when martial law is fully enacted. So, what attracts a SWAT raid? Anything now. In the inner cities, its usually drugs, as the drug trade is lucrative enough to keep them busy blasting hapless blacks and white trash. Out in the suburbs, bored politicians with too much power and ego can and do call out these heavily armed psychopaths for the most inane reasons, although that trend is spreading into the major cities as American political power further constricts the Freedoms of the American People. Buy or sell unprocessed, natural food outside the control grid of rules and taxes you’ll get a raid. Exercise your Second Amendment is a obvious no-no to these government supremacists. You could be out about your private business and some fuckhead will get the ideal that it’s a great day for some kind of exercise and there are SWAT out intimidating everyone. Even when they fuck up and attack the wrong house, kill the wrong target(happens a lot) they chalk it up as a “good field training exercise. Plus we send a message.” Planning a SWAT raid, they get the blueprint to the building. They figure out who their opposition is, how well armed they are, search records if they have ID to find out what kind of military training they have, numbers, psychological makeup-everything. And
while the police are dragging their target’s friends and loved ones in(at gun point)to try and coax them out, the SWAT team will be figuring out how exactly to attack. 9
If possible, if they have enough time the team finds a space to simulate the building they’re going into and they will figure out which member does what, and then they’ll rehearse several times their entry. They’ll go over the likely scenarios-like if their target’s in this room or that room, what if they have more people etc. At least the more competent SWAT teams will take precautions. A lot of thugs in ninja suits and ski masks get cocky at the poor state of Americans ability with arms and just go in with Shock and Awe. And that works just fine for them because the beast public schools and the beast Madison Avenue have conducted a long term psyop on Americans, reducing most of us to Warsaw Jews-helpless and unwilling to fight our own murderers. Even if we still have some gun freedoms-which they’ll take away soon enough under the ‘messiah’. The raid itself is conducted in a way to preserve the three principles of a dynamic entry: speed, surprise and shock. Surprise is the first element exploited, as the target is distracted by negotiation tactics, or worn down with fatigue from keeping alert or simple hunger and thirst, depending on how long the situation lasts. Or, a flash-bang grenade is used and exploded in a direction away from the main assault. After the desired surprise effect is made on the target, the team enters with speed of attack, going in hard and fast, automatic rifles aimed at everyone. The whole spectacle is cunningly calculated to instill shock from the surprise and the speed and induce a submitting behavior in the target, if it’s desirable to take them alive. Or not as a lot of people are shot by SWAT teams. Why not, when even cops who murder innocent people reacting instinctually get medals. Afterward, the SWAT team and the rest of the cops will parade about, preening, with their latest catch cuffed and splayed on the ground. The target, if captured alive, will be abused; hit, insulted, made to watch their home trashed, the detectives going in to see what the state can do to them next. Hours can go by of this and it’s actually a relief when the target is finally stuffed in the back of a cop car to begin his time in the hell of the American legal system. Is that a bad portrayal of SWAT teams? To a lot of Americans who’ve never been wrongly or maliciously targeted by their public servants the TV is never wrong. You however are more discerning. You get that this is deadly business, having an armed raid by psychopaths backed by the state. The tragedy of this all is that it doesn’t have to be this way, but most people have been sold on the Madison Avenue invented notion that America is inherently good, so they make the (by design) logical fallacy that their government is good and can do no wrong. Between Hollywood and the news showing what happens to those that try to make peaceful change and get destroyed for the effort, most Americans will tune out anyone wanting to make changes. The raids, the murders, the destroyed lives won’t stop because we wish them to. Political changes are needed, and they’ll only come in two ways: either Americans start taking back their town governments, fire the beasts and constitute town Militias to maintain order, or they will stop because the costs of hunting and killing the American People is way too much for them. Since Americans won’t make peaceful changes in their local
11
governments, it will fall on a brave few to defy self-styled ‘authority’ and do the right thing.
A chart of some basic tactical principles of fighting alone:
13
Let’s break this chart down into detail, point by point from the safest option.
14
This is the best option! If you aren’t where you’re registered at-which means lying to everyone, living under an assumed name anonymously-then the enemy will be swinging away uselessly. You will be safe for the moment and will have the option of being able to weigh your options calmly-something you won’t be able to do under fire. You will need to practice living anonymously perfectly: nothing on your driver’s license(if you still have one), nothing on any bills(if you still have those), nothing on any kind of database leading to where you actually live. You will rent under an assumed name anonymously, your only bill being the monthly or weekly rent. You will NOT acquire this apartment using any e-mail account or cell phone with ANY of your actual information. This includes going so far as absolutely making NO calls or e-mails to or from any place or person that could lead back to you. No work, no family or friends, nothing. In other words, you acquire a pre-paid phone you pay for with cash, put no identifying information and never, ever use it for personal phone calls, work calls or call anyplace that can link back to you. Follow this ironclad rule and you’re most of the way home, literally. Move out GRADUALLY; a few boxes at a time. Explain to your soon to be former neighbors you’re getting rid of some stuff. Explain to your new Landlord you can’t afford a truck-you’re living there right? Do you know how to get along with your Landlord? Pay on time and don’t cause or attract any trouble. Be friendly, have a smile for your neighbors but be the nice guy. They must never know about who you are or what you’re about beyond your favorite brand of beer and sports team. Politics? Just say “isn’t that just terrible?” That’s all you need say. A lot of effort to achieve strategic surprise? Yes. A huge sacrifice in your lifestyle? Yes-but you’re going to lose that sooner or later so you might as well do it on your own terms. And home ownership… as fraudulent as it is in today’s America… is rather overrated when you’re facing a squad of heavily armed and armored bad guys out to finish you off. Of course you can always say you’re downsizing your lifestyle to pay off debt or something… It would be an additional insult to our enemy if you had your real residence near enoughabout a mile or so-from where you’re really living. That can open all sorts of tactical possibilities although it would be rather risky. Keep in mind that if you can find awake, aware Americans in your neighborhood with similar mindset you open the possibility of having a mutual support and warning network. Not something you can count on however; safer to assume that if the enemy comes after you, you will be alone.
15
…But IF you did have warning, either from the neighborhood, fellow Patriots, or you were watching safely as the wrong house got a dynamic entry, you have options. You can run, and no matter what happens you will be running because even neighbors who only know you for your taste in beer and sports teams are going to ID you. Someone will-the beast is at times stupid but when motivated they are relentless. So, figure out what you can take and bug out on in ten minutes and never come back. Of course this could the moment you become irrevocably pissed off and decide to do something about this as now you’re officially a fugitive from what they laughably call ‘justice’. You DO have options:
Classic flanking tactics: the enemy will be expecting you one place and will be heavily armed and armored, focused on assaulting that place… while you outflank them. You go LIGHT: weapon, ammo, canteen of water because you will be thirstier in combat than you ever will be in your entire life! Mind the snipers… avoid crossing any open spaces or fields if possible. Cover and clutter is your friend, cross open spaces in rushes, and ALWAYS watch your six! Know your terrain; the only way to have home field advantage is to KNOW YOUR HOME FIELD. Know your neighborhood intimately. Know what buildings you can enter, what spots overlook the entry team(BEWARE THE ENEMY WILL LOOK AT THOSE SPOTS!) And know where to shoot:
16
Yeah; unless you have a .308 with AP ammunition go for the face and neck, arms at the shoulder joint, limbs and lower torso. They haven’t come out with medieval knight style Class III armor… yet… but even a solid strike on the armor will knock out and disorient them. Attacking a group of heavily armed opposition primed for combat, even at distance with a semiautomatic full powered battle rifle is a huge gamble. Better would be to do this:
If you’re in what they call an “active shooter scenario” and they’re groping about for you… which means they’re separated… your chances of assaulting by ambush single enemies will be significantly greater. Move fast, be accurate.
T his means you have to know how to shoot. Shoot accurately and fast, engaging the enemy at ranges they will find at least difficult to nearly impossible to reply without major help. Then get the hell out of there before they can close in. This and the preceding two principles work together. Be fast on your legs or have a bike or motorcycle as you want the maximum urban speed and maneuverability. If in a rural environment a horse or ATV but the principle remains-hit, run, hit again. Don’t know how to shoot? Some quick pointers:
2
3
2
4
5
6
8
10
Taming the Wind From Fred: Fred's recent Worland, WY experience suggests he should be reading what he writes - from the "Starting Out" series, which is worth repeating here: Use "hold-offs" when you have to fire a shot in a hurry and have to compensate for range or wind. Generally, you aim off no more than half a target. You aim...left or right edge on the upwind side, to allow for wind. (On a rare occasion, you may have to aim a full target off for wind, but you'll know in advance, because it'll be a windy day to start with. A 15 mph wind - a pretty stiff breeze from 3 or 9 o'clock - a full value wind - will blow you off the target 3 moa at 300, and 4 moa at 500. How many inches would that be at each distance, and how far off the center of the target would you have to aim to compensate? Answer: 9 and 20, and half-a-target and a whole target, respectively. Your M1A front sight is a help, as it is close to 7 moa wide -- the standard, not the narrow 'match' sight. If you were to put the downwind edge of the front sight COT, in effect you move the bullet 3 1/2 moa in the upwind direction. If you were to put the downwind edge of the sight on the upwind edge of the target at 500 yards, you'd move the bullet 5.5 moa upwind. But remember: the sight moa does not change with distance; the 20-inch target size, expressed in moa, does change. So from COT to edge of target is 2 moa (10") at 500, but approximately 3 moa (9") at 300 yards; the 3.5 moa from center to edge of your 7 moa-wide sight remains the same at all distances. You have determined how many moa YOUR front sight covers, right? If not, it's really easy. Just take a target of known dimension, convert the target dimension to moa, post the target at 100 yards, and see how much of your known-dimension target is covered by your front sight. Wanna make it even easier? Take two standard pieces of copier paper, 8.5" x 11". Post one sheet sideways at 100 yards, and place a bold black line at the halfway point of the target. Post the other sheet of paper lengthwise, also placing the bold black line at the halfway point. You now have an 11 moa/5.5 moa scale, as well as as 8.5/4.25 moa scale against which to compare your front sight. Note how much of the scale your front sight covers, mark that info down somewhere where you'll remember it, and you're good to go. Now, being weekend warriors, it's hard to remember all the data on wind. First, you have to know the effect of a wind of X MPH on your target at Y distance. Simplify by picking 300 and 500 yards. Then determine direction - winds from 2-4 and 8-10 o'clock are "full value", whereas winds from 1, 5, 7, and 11 o'clock are "half-value", meaning you halve the adjustment you make. Winds from 12 and 6 you ignore. See what I mean by complicated? How much you delve into this depends on anticipated conditions. If you live in a windy area flat, open spaces, little vegetation - you may want to put a wind chart to refer to under the flipup next to your sight settings. Something like: [Full Value] 10 mph 15 mph 20 mph 300 2 moa 3 moa 4 moa 500 3 moa 4 moa 6 moa Full Value: winds from 2, 3, 4, 8, 9 & 10 o'clock Half value: winds from 1, 5, 7 & 11 o'clock [Fred NEEDED this chart at Worland! Cut it out and tape to your stock, so it'll be there when YOU need it.] Now, just how strong IS that wind? Estimation of wind strength is hardly a science. 10 mph raises dust, and blows paper. 15 mph gets small trees swaying.
1
An almost universal wind correction at 500 for a full value wind is putting the downwind edge of the front sight on COT, moving bullet strike 3.5 moa upwind. If you overestimated the wind - say it's only 10 mph, you¹ve moved the bullet impact 1/2 moa (2.5") too much, hardly enough to matter. If you underestimated the wind, and it's really 20 mph, you should've moved the downwind edge of the sight onto the upwind edge of the target, moving the bullet 5.5 moa upwind. So if you underestimate, you're 2.5 moa short, and that's enough to move you 12.5" off COT, good for a close miss on the downwind side. But a 20 mph wind is a strong wind, one you'll recognize as a strong wind, and hopefully if a full value wind, at 500 you'll do the edge-to-edge thing, keeping your bullet on the target. One definite plus to the stronger winds: at the target, the wind noise could mask the report of your rifle, or, if heard, will cause it to "drift" in the downwind direction, making it harder for them to ID your location. If, like Fred in WY, you get tossed into unfamiliar shooting in a strong wind, don't get flustered (easier said than done, Fred knows). It's like getting lost; don't lose self-control; stay calm. Some modification: a fairly constant wind, adjust your sights so you aim dead on. Then hold off only when the wind picks up or slows down. Tip #2: if you have the time, be patient. Wind surges and wanes; wait for the wind to lessen to fire your shot. Wind: For the rifleman, it has more impact on hit probability than any other factor -since he already knows how to fire a good shot, his range estimation is decent, and the target is usually more sensitive to horizontal than vertical errors. Your best bet? Take any opportunity you can get -- especially you folks in the East, who are a bit short on long-distance range availability -- to go and out shoot your rifle, with your standard load, at long and windy distances. There's no substitute for the experience and confidence that comes from busting rocks at 600+ yards with a stiff wind hitting you from 3 o'clock.
Using the web sling. By Ray Brandes - Distinguished, Presidents 100, High Master Instructions are shown for right handed shooter. Rigging the USGI Web Sling First! Clear you weapon!
<> The USGI web sling is inexpensive, yet when properly fitted works just as well as the leather slings. It is good to know how to do this for that time at the Garand Match when you forgot to put your Turner sling on your M1! The web sling is a good choice when you don't want to put a $50 sling on your M1 Garand, '03, '03A3, M-1917 and M1 Carbine. Plus, on these rifles it is more authentic.
3
<> The clip-on end goes to the buttstock sling swivel and the adjustable end goes through the front sling swivel. The sling is rigged as shown. Pay attention to the direction of the buckle and the adjustor.
<> To put the sling on your arm, first remove the clip-on from the rear swivel. It is easier to do if you twist it rather than trying to pull it straight off.
2
< > Pull out the arm loop! This is the most important point. Many beginners use the wrong loop to put their arm through. See the second photo down for the loop your arm will go through.
<> Give the loop 1/2 turn to the left (CW with rifle pointed up) and put your left arm through. The sling goes through the buckle, under your arm, then back around to the buckle.
2
<> Position the sling where you want it on your arm and pull down on it to tighten it up. If pulling down does not tighten it, then you put your arm through the wrong way.
<> Open the adjuster by pulling up on the free end of the sling. Position the adjustor so it isn't bitting the back of your hand. Adjust sling tension by allowing more or less sling through the front swivel.
3
<> Now shoot some 10's & X's! The Proper Use of the Rifle Sling A sling is not merely something used to carry your rifle with minimum effort. It’s one of the most useful accuracy aids ever devised. With a properly adjusted sling your shooting will be almost as steady as from a bench rest. The proper slings to use as aids to accuracy are the U.S. military M1907 sling (or a copy thereof) or the U.S. G.I. web sling (cotton version). The M1907 sling is a two piece sling, consisting of a short strap & a long strap. It is usually made of leather & is between 1.25” & 2” wide. There are two leather keepers on the long strap, & each strap has a two pronged hook at the end that secures each strap into a set of holes in either piece. The short strap has a metal loop called a ‘D’ ring that’s used to connect it to the long strap. The end of the long strap with the hooks is called the upper hook. The end of the short strap with the hooks is called the lower hook.
2
The long strap is the piece that aids accuracy. The short strap is there to aid in carrying the rifle. When properly assembled, the long strap runs through both the front sling swivel on the fore end of the rifle & the ‘D’ ring on the short strap. It’s inserted so the feed end goes through the swivel while the upper hook goes through the ‘D’ ring. It’s secured by fastening the upper hook into the 4th set of holes in the top of the feed end. The upper keeper should be near the front sling swivel with the feed end going through it just before & just after it passes through the front sling swivel. The lower keeper should be near the ‘D’ ring with the hook end of the long strap going through it just before & just after it passes through the ‘D’ ring. The lower hook is then run through the rifle’s rear sling swivel at the butt stock & connected to the holes in the long strap directly underneath the upper hook.
To tighten the sling take the upper hook in one hand & the opposite side of the long strap in the other hand, then rotate the long strap clockwise (when viewed from the left side of the rifle) so the upper keeper will move closer to the front sling swivel. To loosen the sling take the upper hook in one hand & the opposite side of the long strap in the other hand, then rotate the long strap counterclockwise (when viewed from the left side of the rifle) so the upper keeper will move closer to the trigger guard. You can push the upper keeper towards the sling swivel to maintain the adjustment of the sling. You can also push the lower keeper up until it passes over the feed end, but personally I stop it just before the feed end would pass through it to lessen the stretching of the lower keeper. That is how the 1907 style sling is used for the purpose of carrying &/or storing the rifle. To use it as an aid to accuracy one starts by unhooking the lower hook from the long strap & hooking it into the holes in the short strap near the rear sling swivel.
1
Now unhook the upper hook & place it into the feed end. Where will depend upon the shooting position you use, as well as your body’s characteristics. You’ll have to play around with it a bit, but most people will find between 4 & 6 holes from the top of the feed end is a good starting point for use in the Prone position. Squatting, Kneeling or Sitting positions will usually require adjusting the upper hook two holes further away from the feed end. Once the upper hook is in the right set of holes, slide the upper keeper down over the upper hook to secure it. Rotate the long strap to move the upper hook closer to the ‘D’ ring. This is so the upper hook &/or upper keeper won’t bite into the back of your hand when you fire the rifle. About halfway between the ‘D’ ring & the front sling swivel should be enough. Slide the lower keeper up until a loop big enough to place your arm through is formed at the bottom of the long strap between the ‘D’ ring & the lower keeper. Make sure the ‘tongue’ of the feed end is not inside the lower keeper. Just let it dangle. Having it inside the lower keeper will unnecessarily stretch the lower keeper. Take the strap & twist it slightly to the left so that your left arm can pass through the loop. It is important to have the loop on your upper arm. How high will depend on several things specific to your body, but there should always be a little space between the crook of your arm & the strap. Most will recommend having the loop above your bicep, but I’ve found that any place on the upper arm above or below the bicep is good as long as there’s a little space between the strap & the crook of your arm. Once the loop is around your upper arm slide the lower keeper down to secure it.
Take your left forearm & wrap it around the strap. You want your left forearm to move underneath & to the left of the long strap to wrap it partially around your forearm & your hand when you grasp the fore end of
1
the rifle. Now move your hand up so the strap is flat against the back of your hand as you orient your hand to grip the rifle’s fore end from underneath. Make sure the rifle rests in the ‘V’ formed between your thumb & first finger. This should result in the strap being pulled tight against your forearm & the back of your hand as you grip the rifle. Now take the butt of the rifle & place it in the hollow of your shoulder. You should have to push the butt into the proper position due to the tightness of the sling.
If the sling feels comfortable & doesn’t impede circulation then tighten it up by hooking the upper hook into the set of holes in the feed strap closer to the front sling swivel. A proper sling position will be uncomfortable to painful depending upon your tolerance. If it doesn’t hurt it isn’t tight enough. What happens is the long strap of the sling braces your forearm & elbow together to form a solid rest for your rifle. It is the tightness of the sling that creates the pain, but also makes for a steady platform to shoot from. Some people get used to the pain. Others simply deal with it, or ignore it. Whatever the case seeing your groups shrink to a tight little cluster will help motivate you to deal with the discomfort that a properly used sling position will create. It is a good idea to mark which set of holes in the long strap work best for you in certain positions. Some people write an ‘S’ or ‘P’ beside the holes they prefer to use for Sitting or Prone position. Others simply number the holes & remember which ones they prefer. Some of the higher quality slings come with the holes numbered for you. Speaking of quality slings, there are two I’d recommend: JHW http://www.mikesshooters.com/jhw.htm & Turner Saddlery http://turnersling.com/miva/merchant.mv?Screen=SFNT&Store_Code=TS . Both makers are more expensive than what you can find in Wal-Mart or the local gun store, but the money is worth it if you care about good leather & craftsmanship. Another sling that can be used as a shooting aid is the U.S. G.I. web sling. I refer to the cotton sling only, as the nylon sling is a bit too slippery to use effectively. It is slightly different than the M1907 sling. This sling is constructed of one strap instead of 2. It has a hook on the bottom to attach to the rear sling swivel & the top end is run through the front sling swivel. The top of the sling is secured by a clasp. What makes it capable of being used as a shooting aid is its metal slider positioned at the bottom of the sling. It’s simply a rectangular piece of metal with two slots. The middle piece of this slider has the bottom of the sling wrapped around it & stitched in place. The top of the sling has the hook installed first and then it is run through both slots in the slider. It then runs through the bottom half of the clasp & two pieces of metal are bent to prevent the sling from slipping back through. To attach it to your rifle for carrying make a loop by sliding the slider about 6 inches or so from the bottom of the sling. Hold the slider in place & hook the sling onto the rear sling swivel. The feed end of the sling is then run through the front sling swivel & back into the clasp. Pull the feed end tight for storage or leave it a bit looser for carrying. The clasp is then latched a few inches from the tip of the feed end to hold the sling in place.
2
To use the G.I. web sling as a shooting aid, start by unlatching the clasp to put a little slack in the sling & latch it again. Unhook the hook from the bottom sling swivel. Push the bottom end of the sling through the slider to form a slip loop big enough to fit on your left bicep. Next give the slip loop a ¾ turn to the right so that the hook will be on the outside of your arm. Insert your arm through the slip loop & tighten it. Now place your left hand on the rifle as you would with a leather sling, partially wrapping the sling around your hand & forearm while the sling rests flat against the back of your hand. Be sure to pull the clasp down so it won’t dig into your hand when you fire. Place the rifle against your shoulder as you would fire it. Now take the feed end of the sling & loosen the clasp. Pull the feed end towards you to tighten the sling or let it pull away from you to loosen the sling. When you have the sling properly adjusted tighten the clasp. Just as with a leather sling it takes a little experimenting to get the adjustments right, but the adjustments are a bit easier to make while slung up than with the leather sling. It is just as important to have the G.I. web sling fit tight to get any benefit from it as it is with the M1907 sling. The cotton web slings are quite common at gun shows & Army-Navy stores & should sell for around $10 to $15. Whether to use a G.I. web sling or the M1907 sling is strictly a matter of choice. Both have advantages over the other, but when properly used both will help with your aim. In fact it is not a bad idea to have one of each & familiarize yourself with both types of slings before you decide which one you prefer. I must add that a sling is of no use, other than psychological, when shooting from the standing or offhand position. You must have something to support your elbow for the sling to work its magic. Using a sling from the Standing or Offhand positions is akin to having a rifle rest held in your left hand two inches off the shooting bench. The rest itself is steady, but of little use when it is not supported by something. A variant of these techniques is called the hasty sling. It can be used whenever you don’t have time to loop up properly. One merely inserts their arm through the gap between the sling & the rifle, wraps their hand around the sling as described above & grasps the rifle. It’s not as steady as a proper sling position & it too does no good when firing from the standing position, but from Kneeling, Squatting, Sitting, Prone or an improvised rest it will help your aim a little. The most important thing is to practice. It is only through repetition that you’ll know when the sling feels right. & it is only through repetition that you’ll be able to utilize the sling quickly. A sling can be used to carry your rifle, but don’t think for a minute that carrying is a sling’s primary function. Using the proper sling techniques coupled with the appropriate shooting position there’s not much you can’t hit under 600 yards – assuming your rifle is up to it. MUSKETRY Musketry is the use of rifles against a enemy in volley fire beyond 600 yards-beyond the range where standard grade rifles and ball ammunition can be assured of hitting a man sized target. This tactic would be applicable to any iron sighted or scoped rifle in the .30/7.62mm range of calibers. The tactic fell out of favor for the most part during World War One when trench warfare consumed so much war materiel and so many lives, conscripts were simply armed, made certain they could shoot out to 100 yards or so and shipped to the front to be expended. Rifle marksmanship was never a strong suit for most armies; Great Britain lost the edge painfully acquired from Boer Commandos after 1914. America and the US Marines in particular tried harder to maintain their marksmanship standards; Sgt. Alvin York is one notable example and one US Marine regiment stopped two German divisions with aimed rifle fire. Rifles can use scopes, and typically modern armies have access to machine guns, artillery, air support-we won’t. There are millions of M-14s, M-1s, FALs, G-3s, M-1903s, Mausers, Enfields, Mosin-Nagants, and the older rifles in particular were made to shoot at groups of enemy soldiers at ranges beyond 600 yards… those 2000 yards sights weren’t installed for show. For Patriots sorely lacking in heavy weapons, hitting enemy forces past normal engagement ranges is too valuable a tactic not to be revived.
1
1
2
1
The Rifleman Series « on: June 04, 2007, 11:23:04 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part One: Starting Out --- Courtesy of Fred's M14 Stocks (www.fredsm14stocks.com), we begin today our series on becoming a Rifleman: Every new year, it’s time to take stock, and time to make resolutions. To resolve to do important things you need to do. But how do you know what you need to be doing? You need an anchor -- a framework, a perspective -- to judge what is happening about you, what you want to accomplish, and the effectiveness of your actions. If you get back to basics, to what this country is all about - freedom, individual liberty - and look about you today, you'll soon terrify yourself with what you see. It could be the beginning of your wake-up. Like the guy in "The Matrix", waking up in that artificial womb, controlled by the machines - or like that frog in that rapidly-heating pan of water – you’ll be facing a new world, a world where you realize the wake-up by itself is not enough. You need to get busy if you are going to protect freedom, especially if you’re going to make sure it’s passed on to your kids. Now is when you can set a goal, something to aim for, to work towards and achieve. Sort of a personal AQT - what the AQT targets and Guide do for your shooting, your firm grounding in the American tradition of liberty can do for your life. That goal is to strengthen Liberty. You’ll soon realize that there is a ‘soft’ war raging in America today. You’ll see how the mainstream media lies and distorts – whether it’s the exploding pickup trucks that needed a little "help" from the news crew, the "semi-automatic" rifle fired on full auto to please the anti-gun cable news producers, or the phony memo used by a certain "respected anchorman" last year to try and throw a Presidential election. If you stand for liberty and the American tradition, you’ll see how everything you stand for is under attack by the liberals, using the mainstream media, the entertainment industry, the "public school" educational system, and arrogant lifetime-tenured judges, along with local, state, and Federal government - when they control it. Despite their recent electoral setback, the liberals are still in the cultural and political driver’s seat. They have successfully convinced most Americans that the environment is more important than freedom, that it's a fair trade to surrender personal freedoms and rights for a little more security, and that while we are all equal before the law, some people are more equal than others. Now, in the New Year, with the year barely started, there’s an opportunity for you to add your shoulder to the wheel, to do your part in strengthening American freedom and the American tradition of marksmanship. Now is the time to think about serious things - about being a citizen, and what it means. It's actually long past time to become a citizen, rather than a parasite. It's time to stop being someone who sits back and lives off the efforts of the founders while liberals busily undermine this country and its greatness. It means becoming a man, not that gelding laughed about so much around the dinner table by George III and his boys, as well as their modern statist descendants. It means that you value freedom over promises of "safety", as Ben Franklin warned you to do.
1
It means that you recognize the Bill of Rights not as some historical out-of-date tommyrot written by dead white slaveholders, but the firm and unalterable present-day shield of personal liberty against the state. As JPFO says, "What is needed today is a ‘Bill of Rights Culture’" – see www.jpfo.org. It means that you understand your role in protecting all of the American traditions of personal liberty and responsibility. You know that you, your family, and your friends are the ‘ultimate check-and-balance’ in a system built on checks and balances. It means that you will provide the sword to defend the shield created by the Bill of Rights. It means that you recognize that the time to fight is now, in the ‘soft’ war, through the existing political system– and that only fools would choose to wait until the war against tyranny turns ‘hard’. It means that you understand that the fight is a team fight, that you do not fight alone, that you fight with fellow Americans by your side. You realize that divided amongst ourselves, we will fall, but united, we are unbeatable. It means that you are willing to work – and work hard – to bring back the days where "a man’s home is his castle", where you are a citizen, not a tax-paying serf. But as you shake off your slumber, look where we stand in the battle for freedom in this country. Even the concept - the notion - of a battle for freedom is alien to the dumbed-down, barely conscious American public. Don’t forget -- that ‘public’ is your friends, your family, your coworkers. You’ll need persistence and courage to take the message of Liberty to the "sleepers" – count on it. But the "sleepers" can become part of the solution, if you persist. Their resistance makes all the more important the duty laid on you, in your chosen role of freedom fighter. How do you start protecting freedom? Step one is to learn to shoot well, to qualify as a Rifleman, so as to become proficient in the means of protection for yourself, your family, and your country. Even more importantly, the skills that you develop in becoming a Rifleman – perseverance, discipline, and patience – will serve you well, both in helping others to become Riflemen and in fighting the ‘soft’ political war. Next step is to awaken fellow Americans to the dangers posed by the liberals and their plan of creeping socialism. In the ‘soft war’, you’ll need more than just your one vote to make a difference. You’ll need a team of educated voters who know the American traditions of liberty and are willing to work to restore those ideals. After that, you and your team continue by waking up your politicians and educating them...and if they won't be educated, then work together to replace them. Liberty. It’s a tradition. You keep it alive only if you pass it along. You need to be thinking about how you do it, not only for yourself, but to make up for all those others who are asleep at the switch. It’s your duty to cover for those who will not help to pass Liberty along to the next generation. You begin at the personal level. You educate others - your family, friends, co-workers - to wake them up, to get them out of the cooking pan, and into protecting and saving freedom. It’ll be discouraging -- most of them will just look at you and accuse you of being paranoid. Others will scoff and ask you for your tinfoil hat - but that's why you have to wake them up. Just remember how many good men have died to give you what you have today. Don't give up! And never last, and never least, you get someone down to the range, shooting. You’ll bring someone just like you, some who is hoping for the best, but planning for the worst. Both of you will want get to the range, soon, and finally learn how to shoot.
1
Learn how to shoot – true and fast -- like an American rifleman. You can do it. Next time: Fred tells us what a Rifleman is, and what rifles can be best used in becoming a Rifleman. Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #1 on: June 04, 2007, 11:24:38 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Two: What Rifle For a Rifleman? Assume you were just born. What would be really important to learn, once you reached a certain level of maturity? That 401(k) accounts might be useful to retirement? The various competing prescription programs in Congress? Arguments about school class sizes? What a great and progressive president Bill Clinton was? What? Well, some of us think it is simple. You should learn freedom -- about what it is, and most importantly, how we got it. Just as important, you should learn how we keep it, help it to grow, protect it, and - in too many instances - how we get it back again. Stripped to the bone, it's really a simple story: We have freedom because somebody fought for it. We keep it because we are willing to fight for it. We lose it because we are not willing to fight for it. We are fortunate that the people who fought and won it for us starting back in 1775 also gave us a written guarantee (that is, the Bill of Rights) that we would have the tools to protect that freedom. But, of course, they couldn't guarantee that we would have the sense or the will to do the hard work of defending Liberty. It doesn't hurt to recognize how far we have slipped in the battle to maintain freedom here in 21st century America. It's even more important to understand how far the war on terrorism is going to further erode our freedoms. We have to have the sense to know the fight is HERE, and NOW. Once we know that, then we must be convinced of the rightness of our cause, and have the
1
firm determination to use all of the tools available to us in reversing 70 years of creeping socialism. If we can win the 'soft' fight in the political arena, we'll also win the 'hard' one by avoiding it entirely. Believe me -- you DON'T want to have to fight the 'hard' war. There's no joy in running for your life from people that want to kill you. Win the 'soft' fight by winning the political game, and there'll be no lying in the mud bleeding, no separation from home and family, no interrogation of your children by government agents, no lifetime prison sentences, no public demonization of "those domestic gun-nut terrorists". The first step in fighting and winning the 'soft' war is mental: knowledge, determination, even anger - at what they have done to our country, to our freedoms. You should be angry -- really angry -- at being required to live in a world of both 'tolerance' and 'zero tolerance'. A world where at the same instant, 'tolerance' means "love every socialist, UN flunky, drug addict foreigner" - and 'zero tolerance' means that patriotism, achievement, love of freedom, and mistrust of government are scorned, punished, and finally, eliminated, mostly in psychiatric facilities. Yep, the Center for Disease Control is already into guns, inevitably leading to treating your political views and your exercise of Second Amendment rights as a 'medical/psychological' problem. But anger alone won't solve any problem. You need to use that anger to motivate you into taking concrete action. Let's assume you've already started to fight the 'soft' battles. Sure, you start to educate others - in your family, at work, wherever - to wake them up, get them out of the boiling pan, and into protecting and saving freedom. Some will scoff - but you have to wake them up to save America, so don't give up! And you vote, and get others to vote. And you write letters - 'to the editor', to your politicians. You also get people down to the range, rifle shooting with you, as you finally learn how to shoot yourself. You do it gladly, because once you recognize that you may someday have to defend freedom, you have a duty to get ready. Look at it this way: You have life insurance, fire insurance, and health insurance. Now, as you learn to shoot well, you've got freedom insurance. Of course, you hope you never have to call on any of them. But at least the paying the freedom insurance premium -- by learning to shoot yourself and teaching others -- is fun! And the money put into premiums can be gotten back out as dividends, later, if needed to defend our country against foreign enemies and their quisling allies. But if you ever have to do it, you want to do it with minimum risk and maximum impact, and that means working at distances from 300 to 500 yards, where you are outside their effective range, but inside yours. If you never have to do use those skills in defense of Liberty, if it turns out to be insurance only, which you never have to use, at least you keep the tradition alive, and pass it on, a role secondary to none in importance. So, with the stage set and you looking for an accurate, hard-hitting rifle to use in the 2A context, where do we go? It's a favorite pastime amongst shooters, debating the 'best rifle' issue. Most times, the debate is over good and bad points of each firearm. But actually, the debate should be first over the projected role of the firearm. Like golf, with different clubs for long and short ball movement, the best tool you can select will be designed for the specific task you envision. It¹s the crowbar or wrench question. Which is better? Well, it depends on the task, naturally. If you have to open the lid of a wood box, the crowbar fits the bill. If you have to loosen a nut off a bolt, the crowbar is number 10, and the wrench is the choice. Now, if the hammer ever falls, are you gonna face long-range shooting, beyond 600 yards? Or short-range, urban-style shooting, at 300 yards or less? Or will you be able to work mainly in the 300-500 yard distance, if you so choose? Short range stuff can conceivably be handled with an SKS, AK, AR-15 or other reduced caliber rifle, although the .308 gives a superior punch when obstacles are involved. In addition, the .308 offers better tracer performance for signaling or incendiary effect. According to reports from Somalia, Afghanistan, and Iraq, you also get a
2
knock-down performance with the .308 that the lesser calibers, especially the .223, lack. As one guy says in "Blackhawk Down" regarding intense urban close-quarters shooting, "when I shoot them, I want them to go down. I don't want to have to shoot them over and over." As a budding Rifleman, you can appreciate the desire expressed in that comment - to do the job once, not again and again. Long range (that is, farther than 500 yards) is clearly .308 territory, with accurized rifle and ammo. But 'rack-grade' rifles can still be effective out there. That being said, it's in the 300-500 yard area where your standard .308 and surplus ball ammo really shine. Over 300 yards, so you are beyond effective range of their popguns, and out to 500, where you are still laying almost a thousand pounds of energy on the target. If you can set it up so you catch your opponent in this area, you'll dominate him, assuming you acquire Rifleman skills - the ability to hit a torso-sized target rapidly with every shot, at ranges from 25 meters to 500 yards. If you have ever seen one of those WWII weapons training films, where the narrator talks of a machine gun replacing 6 riflemen in fire effect, you might question this approach. Here's where the narrator gets it wrong. First, those 'riflemen' in the film are not real Riflemen - probably no more than 5% of military-trained shooters are 4 MOA to 500 yard genuine Riflemen. So you are really replacing 6 'area-fire' weapons [the not-so-accurate infantrymen] with one 'area-fire' weapon [the machine gun]. And a machine gun is, by definition, an area-fire weapon, meaning you spray bullets in an area, like casting a fishing net, and hit whatever is unlucky enough to be in the area and to catch a bullet. An actual Rifleman is superior to an MG at Rifleman distances, because 90%+ of his shots will be a hit, whereas the MG will be lucky to get 3% hits. For a realworld example, see John George's WWII memoir "Shots Fired in Anger", where an unlucky Japanese Nambu gunner loses when he meets a rifleman. Six no-kidding Riflemen can equal the firepower - the number of rounds per minute - of an MG, but that six-man team will quickly run out of targets. For the MG, the limit is the number of rounds you have; with riflemen, it is the number of targets. Look at it another way: a bullet from an MG is like a dumb iron bomb. A well-aimed bullet from a Rifleman is like Precision Guided Munitions - addressed to the target, speeding straight and true, with the target its destination. As an illustration, someone recently shot the granddaddy of all assault rifles, the StG 44, at the RWVA range. In semi-auto mode, every time he pulled the trigger, a popup target at 200 yards went down. When he switched to 2- and 3-rd bursts, he went thru a mag without hitting a single target. But wait, you say. You don't use full auto at 200 yards, you use it up close. Right? So, my friend, the enemy is 'in the wire', even past the wire, and on top of you, in numbers. That's when you are going to start wasting ammo with full-auto fire? That's when you are going to wind up with an empty mag only a few seconds after firing your first shot? What sense does that make? One shot, one kill, at 25 yards, right? As a Rifleman, you're not likely to let them get that close. 300 yards is more than close enough. My point is just that full-auto fire is pretty useless in the 2A context. There is real meaning behind the term 'toys for big boys'. But what kind of rifle should a Rifleman use? Well, the good news is that most of you guys already have a rifle suitable for training to be a Rifleman. Starting with a very limited budget, the choice is clear. There is no faster bolt action rifle in the world than the No. 4 Enfield with its long-radius peep sight and ten-round magazine. The older No. 1 Mark III model is no slouch, but the No. 4 has a heavier barrel, and peep sights much superior to the open-sighted Mk III. They're cheap -- around $125, but try to get the No 4 Mk 2 or Mk 1/3 with the late trigger modification. Ammo runs about .15/round, and while most remaining surplus .303 ammo is corrosive, these rifles are simple to strip and clean, which you'll need to do that day to keep rust from forming in your barrel. In a pinch, any firearm will have to do, but if you have the time (and smarts) to pick and choose beforehand, and are on a tight budget, this classic is the one to get. Second up the ladder is a semiauto, the SKS. If you practice with the Enfield until you can get 20 or more hits on a 4 moa target in a minute, you should be able to do 30 or more with an SKS. An SKS will run you up to $50 more than the Enfield, but the ammo is half the price. It is reliable, accurate, lightweight and very effective out to 300 yards, dropping off considerable
2
past that (but still, in a pinch, usable). However, if you're serious about shooting at Rifleman ranges on a tight budget, just note the British .303 is still going strong at 500 yards or more. On the other hand, one of the RWVA regulars uses his stock Yugo SKS and commercial Russian ammo ($90/1000 rounds) to get consistent hits on the popups at 400 yards. Next up: a big price jump to $400-500 for a CMP M1 Garand or an FN-FAL, both powerful and effective past 500 yards. Garand ammo and clips are getting a little tight, but you still find ammo in the .16-.22/rd range, whereas .308 is in the .12-.15 range. The M1 has the better sights - longer sight radius, better sight adjustment - and has the forward assist bolt handle, but the FN has a 20-rd mag, and extra FN mags are cheap. Add the bolt handle from the heavy barrel version so you have a positive forward assist, and you've cured biggest fault of the standard FAL. Some people will stop there, with the FAL, as FAL prices range up to over $1200. Kinda raises a question about what you are getting with the cheap ones. But let's go one step farther, for you guys who have the bread and want the best. In my view, that's the M1A. You can still find them at gun shows for about $1100 new in the box. Used American-made ones might go for a hundred or two less than that, most of them are not used much at all. There is no better rifle in the defense of liberty than the M1A, under the standards anticipated above: maximizing your impact while minimizing your risk, keeping the other side in your 300-500 yard 'kill zone', while keeping out of their 200 or 300-yard kill zone. Where to begin? Why not set a goal? Get a British Enfield or SKS now, if that is all you can afford. Learn to shoot it like a Rifleman. Save up for an M1, or, better yet, an M1A. Make it a goal - a resolution - that you are going to get one. And don't assume you can take years to do it. They may not be around forever, and time is not on your side. Buying an M1A requires choosing between rack-grade and match grade. You make this choice based on, first, your projected accuracy needs in the defense of the Second Amendment, and, second, selecting the most reliable and long-lasting rifle. Four MOA is good enough to hit a man at 500 yards, and a rack-grade out-of-the-box using surplus ammo should give you 3-4 MOA. Maybe, if you are lucky, and go to the trouble to 'match' various types of ammo to your rifle, you'll find one it really likes and maybe get 2-3 MOA. Compare those results to the 1 MOA of a thoroughly accurized M1A. On the other hand, the matchgrade rifle is much more expensive, requires handloading to optimize performance, and you'll likely give up some reliability - bad in life-and-death situations. In addition, that gilt-edge accuracy can have a short life-span of only a few thousand rounds, at best. On balance, you're better off with the rack-grade, putting the money saved into more ammo and shooting. Repetition is the mother of skill, and you'll want to put your new rifle through its paces -- again and again -- until you and your rifle are a well-practiced team in defense of Liberty. Note: Everyone interested in becoming a Rifleman would be well advised to pick up a copy of Boston T. Party's Boston's Gun Bible (see www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/books.asp). Along with inspirational and hard-hitting chapters on Second Amendment issues, Boston has compiled an exhaustive comparison of all battle rifles and .223 carbines. His intensive evaluation says the M1A beats out the FAL by a small margin, but the lack of positive forward assist chambering on the FAL - potentially life-threatening -should be given far greater weight. You need to be able to correct a ammo feed problem quickly and with certainty if it occurs; a failure to feed/chamber is not a rare occurrence. However, add the forward assist modification from the heavy barrel version, and the FAL is back in the game. Next time: Fred tells us the basics of learning how to shoot like a Rifleman. Logged
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #2 on: June 04, 2007, 11:26:26 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Three: Learning to Shoot Okay, you know what the important issues are - freedom, and its protection against growing encroachment from the Left in this country. You know that your task is to wake up those sleeping frogs around you, as they slowly poach in the water that gets hotter each year. You understand that you have to get them to the range to learn rifle shooting, and you also have to motivate them to become politically active. Clean up your corner of the country, so to speak. And you know we need to get back to that concept of a ‘Nation of Riflemen’. You know the importance of the ‘soft’ war, the war being fought out now. You realize that the ‘soft’ war has to be won or, someday, it'll be the ‘hard’ war. And you know that any rifle is useful in the protection of freedom, as long as you can shoot it and hit the target, but some are decidedly better than others. The choices, in order of cost: the British Enfields; any SKS; the M1 Garand; the FN-FAL; and at the top of Fred’s heap, the M1A (although a properly modified FAL can give it a run for the money). In a way, it doesn’t matter what tool you use. Get skilled with any rifle by enough practice and you should be able to reliably hit 10 targets a minute at any range out to 500 yards, maybe 600. Don’t doubt it: a well-trained rifleman with a 100-yr-old Lee-Enfield is still a potent threat on any present or future battlefield. Ask any General with brains what the value of troops will fire hundreds of rounds per hit - partly due to mainly due to poor shooting skills. As Riflemen, you per minute, with hit rates – bullets in the black on
like that would be to his command. His guys the doctrine of ‘suppressive fire’, but and your team will be firing 10-20 rounds target – greater than 90%.
Now, which rifle you choose matters to you, because it is your life that will be on the line, and while 10 hits/minute is impressive to the General, it’s no big deal to you. Why? Because you picked a rifle that'll allow you 20 – or more - hits a minute.
1
Given that a battle is literally life-and-death, you want any edge you can get. General Brasshat would be ecstatic to have his guys get ten hits in a minute, but you want the rifle that’ll do 20 or more. When you choose an M1, an FAL, or an M1A, you are reaching for that upper level of performance. The faster those targets go down, the less they'll be shooting - at you! Now, let's talk about learning to shoot the buggers. After all, what good is a tool – even the best tool in the world – if you don’t know how to use the darned thing? If the Day comes on your watch, you want to show up ready to go. You’ll be eager to be effective in defending Lady Liberty, which means being effective on those targets downrange, which most likely will be UN blue. You know -- don’t you? -- that there are millions of committed liberals in this country who would answer the call of President Hillary and UN Secretary General Bubba, wave a little blue UN flag, and gladly unlock the gates to let the foreign villains in. Talk about crazy... And if the Day doesn't come on your watch, you’ll want to learn to shoot that battle rifle well to preserve the tradition of marksmanship, so you can pass it on to new shooters and the next generation. That way, when the Day comes - and, in the long term, it WILL come - there will be dedicated Riflemen to greet the foreign oppressors and their quisling allies, and show them a proper welcome. When it comes to learning to shoot, there’s a couple of ways to go about it. The easy way is by ordering our 25-meter AQT targets with the Guide to Becoming a Rifleman [http://www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/acc.asp]. And you might as well get yourself a copy, because sooner or later, you're going to need the info in the Guide. But just in case you want to start tomorrow, here's what you do: 1. Using a black marker, make up some one-inch black squares on sheets of white typing paper. Staple them up wherever you can find 82 ft [25m] with a safe backstop. 2. Fire 3 shots at the target, from any position, with your selected battle rifle. Prone might be best. To aspire to Rifleman status, all you have to do is keep the three shots in a 1-inch circle. Can you do it? If not, you need practice. Sure, you can practice without any instruction, and maybe eventually you will get it right. Just like if you are lost, where if you wander long enough and far enough, you might come out at your destination - possibly. But on the other hand, a map would sure make things easier, quicker - and surer. That's where the Guide comes in. There are three general areas of shooting instruction which you must master: position, holding, and firing the shot. Position uses the strongest part of your body -- your bones -- to support the rifle to minimize strain and tremor. Position also lines you up properly so the rifle naturally points at the target. Holding focuses on reducing strain and achieving consistency. You'll want to know how to get your Natural Point of Aim and use a sling to support the rifle, so you can relax all muscles except those in your trigger finger. Firing the shot zeroes in on a set routine to follow for each shot, again, to achieve consistency - and to let the rifle go off without disturbing the aim. Done correctly, you’ll also get instant feedback on the shot result. If you start off right, applying the distilled wisdom of generations of rifle shooters who went before you, it's much easier to learn to shoot. If you start off getting in the right positions, holding correctly, and firing each shot ‘by the numbers’, you'll be better off than if you blunder around, rediscovering and reinventing the wheel.
3
There are also tricks to speed up your learning: ‘ball and dummy’ (the most valuable), the ‘oneround’, ‘two-round’, and ‘four-round’ drills. The Guide also has a list of the ‘Common Firing Line Errors’ so you can work backward – making sure you avoid the errors everyone else makes. Get the Guide, and you’ll also learn about ‘Shot Group Analysis’, so you can look at your group and identify errors from how your shots are located on the target. However, there is one essential ingredient that’s not in the Guide. Without it, you’ll almost certainly drop out by the side of the road. On the other hand, if you bring this ingredient to the game, you almost certainly will succeed. None of the information in the Guide will be of the slightest help in becoming a Rifleman unless you persist. If you want to join that elite group known as Riflemen, you’ll persist, even though the positions are initially uncomfortable. You’ll persist, until you control your body well enough to hold your rifle consistently. You’ll persist, until the numbered steps in ‘firing the shot’ are so familiar you can recite them forward or backward, in your sleep! You’ll persist, until your skills develop to the point where you become a Rifleman and join the top 5% of shooters in this country. You won’t get there overnight, so you’ll persist. And here’s a tip: it’ll help a lot if you get someone else into your personal ‘becoming a rifleman’ program, learning to shoot with you. That way, you can buck each other up when the going gets tough, and you can share in each other’s triumphs as you each reap the benefits of your hard work. Sometimes people will become interested in what you are doing on the firing line, because you show up with a definite program of activities. They know that they are aimlessly plinking, without a goal, and that they have no idea about learning to shoot better. They are ripe prospects. Recruit them for your benefit and for their benefit. Shooting with other learners will boost your progress immensely. Even more importantly, when you are done, those fellow students may be the foundation of the Rifleman team you'll want to have ready. Now, it’s up to you. See you next time. Next time, Fred will share what he means by "firing the shot by the numbers". Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #3 on: June 04, 2007, 11:27:23 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Four: Firing the Shot Congratulations.
2
If you’re still with us, you’ve taken an important first step – a baby step, but a vital step nonetheless -- towards becoming a Rifleman. Persistence, even from behind that computer monitor, is one of the very few absolutely indispensable abilities that one must have in order to shoot well. You’ll still have to get out to that 25m range in your backyard (What? You haven’t built one yet? Sheesh….) and actually shoot that rifle, but the fact that you are here reading this post means that you are sufficiently humble and educable so as to try something other than “your way or the highway.” Believe ol’ Fred when he tells you – your humility and teachability makes you very much one of the chosen few. Good work at controlling your ego and being willing to learn. Now, to work. Today’s topic is the much neglected process of actually sighting and firing the rifle. Seems pretty easy, right? Load the darned thing, point it, take the safety off, aim it, and pull the trigger. Don’t get me wrong. You can do it that way and, at least some of the time, make the bullet go where you want it to go. Some of the time. At pretty short distances. But the difference between a Rifleman and an ordinary shooter is that the Rifleman can put his shots where he wants them to go from any position at any range from 25 meters to 500 yards. To do that consistently, you have to be a bit more rigorous in how you fire the shot. One other comment -- experience has shown that where a shooter memorizes the steps below, and then repeats the steps quietly as he actually aims and shoots his rifle, these steps become second nature. As they become second nature, improvements in your shooting will “magically” appear. “Magically”, that is, if you think hard work, perseverance, and practice constitute “magic”. Come to think of it, to most so-called Americans in these decadent times, maybe those virtues are “magic”, after all. So what are the steps? 1. SIGHT ALIGNMENT -- Line up the front and rear sights: Simply center the front sight in the rear sight. If you are shooting a rifle with a “peep sight” (more correctly, an “rear aperture sight”), you’ll make sure that you are holding the rifle such that the top of the front sight post is in the center of the opening in the rear aperture sight. If you are shooting a rifle with traditional open sights, you’ll want the front sight post to be located in the center of the rear sight notch, with the top of the front sight post no higher or lower than the top of the rear sight. Those of you with a scope (which is cheating at this point of the game, by the way) have your sights aligned for you by the scope. Take off that glass now and learn to shoot well without it. Once you know how to do that, you can use that scope, but not be dependent on it. It’s one thing to have a broken scope ruin a hunting trip. It’s another thing to be fighting for Liberty and suddenly lose your effectiveness ‘cuz your scope’s front lens got crushed as you dove for cover. Think Boris from that UN convoy will give you a “do-over”? In the words of Clint Smith, owner of Thunder Ranch [one of the country’s premier practical shooting schools; see http://www.thunderranchinc.com/], “Two weeks after the balloon goes up, iron sights will rule the world.” ‘Nuff said.
1
2. SIGHT PICTURE -- Keeping the sights lined up, bring them onto the target: You have two basic choices in accomplishing this step. First way is to use your muscles and fight your body’s natural alignment so as to bring the sights onto the target. That’ll work – maybe – as long as you can a) use the same amount of muscle power to force your body into the exact same position for each shot (remembering, of course, that even the “Quick and Dirty” single-sheet Army Qualification Test will require 40 shots), and b) keep your muscles from growing tired and starting to tremble as you fight your body in keeping your sights on target. Being a bit stubborn himself, Fred knows that there are lots of you guys that’ll try it your way, fight your body’s natural position, and get frustrated at the difficulties in shooting a good score. The smart ones out of that crowd will admit defeat early and join the really smart guys who were ready to learn the right way in the first place. Your second choice – the right way – is to enlist your body’s help in holding the sights steady on target. It’s called the “natural point of aim” (NPOA) technique and it’s the secret to rapid and consistent improvement in shooting. We’ll talk more about it next time, but for now, just understand that by moving your body position so that your rifle points naturally at the target, you will eliminate muscle fatigue and improve accuracy dramatically. Those of you that want to read ahead can read the section in the Rifleman’s Guide on NPOA. You do have a copy of the Guide (http://www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/acc.asp), right? 3. RESPIRATORY PAUSE – Deep breath, exhale, hold breath as front sight touches bottom of target: Take a deep breath, let it out slowly, and watch how the front sight dips, then rises as you exhale. Let the front sight rise as you exhale until it barely touches the bottom of the bull’s eye. Now, hold your breath. You have just used a natural act - breathing - to establish your correct elevation. 4A. FOCUS YOUR EYE -- Focus your eye on the front sight: It may be a little hard to do at first, as you naturally want to look at the target. But overcome the temptation and keep your eyes focused on the front sight, even if it means that the target gets blurry. 4B. FOCUS YOUR MIND – Keep front sight on target: Your concentration should be on “keeping that front sight on the target”. It may help for you to consciously repeat, “front sight on target, front sight on target.” This is the big one! 5. TRIGGER SQUEEZE – Squeeze straight back while front sight stays on target: Here is the tricky part. While you are doing both parts of step 4, you’ll take up the slack and squeeze the trigger straight back. At the same time, you MUST keep your concentration on the front sight! Don’t let the front sight off the target; if it does move off target, gently bring it back on target, while continuing to squeeze the trigger. Of course, just to keep it interesting, you are still holding your breath from step 3’s Respiratory Pause. You are trying to do three tasks at once. It’s not gonna be natural for most people. However, if you want to be a Rifleman, you have to burn through what seems unnatural until it becomes routine. Of the three steps, the most important piece is to keep the front sight on the target! This is the part where practice really pays off, and practice is the only way that all three steps [respiratory pause, front sight focus, and trigger squeeze] come together to produce a Rifleman. Remember: there simply is no substitute for either actual shooting “by the numbers” at the range, “dry firing” [more next time], or a combination thereof. 6. FOLLOW THROUGH -- Sighting eye open, take mental picture of where sights were when rifle discharged, and follow through with trigger: When your rifle fires, you MUST keep your sighting eye open. Without that step, you cannot “call the shot”, or predict, via that mental picture, where the bullet will actually strike the target. If you can’t call the shot, you won’t ever be
1
able to tell whether the shot was bad because you did something wrong, or whether the shot did not go to the aiming point because your sights need adjustment. The final part of this step – “follow through” – is important, too. If you are concentrating on keeping your front sight on the target, and you continue to concentrate on following through with your trigger squeeze after the rifle discharges, you will greatly reduce the chance that you will move the rifle and duff the shot before the bullet leaves the muzzle. Believe it or not, it happens! A few more suggestions here at the end: Make a copy of this post and keep it where you do your reading. Read it slowly, once a night. Think about the concepts, and the reasons behind the concepts. Write each step down on a 3” x 5” index card. Carry the card with you in your shirt pocket. Read it whenever you get the chance, thinking about the step and the reasons behind it. Memorize the steps until you can recite them without assistance. A Rifleman has these steps memorized not because he likes to memorize things, but because he knows that the six steps to firing the shot are the key to consistent accuracy. Finally, grab your rifle and some ammo, and get out to the range. Very slowly at first, put each step into action as you fire each shot at those 1” black squares at 25m/82 feet. Talk to yourself. Be encouraging. Remember why you are doing all of this work. Be confident in your role as a student learning to defend yourself, your family, and your country from those who would oppress them. Have faith in your ability, through methodical hard work and practice, to become a Rifleman. Most importantly, relax and enjoy the shooting. You CAN do it! Next time, Fred will talk about natural point of aim (NPOA) and common shooting errors. Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #4 on: June 04, 2007, 11:28:19 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Five: Natural Point of Aim (NPOA) Welcome again to our series on becoming a Rifleman – someone who can, with rack-grade rifle and surplus ammo, maintain a 4 MOA group at ranges from 25 meters to 500 yards from field positions. In Part Four, we discussed the 6 steps to “firing the shot”. Course by now, you have these committed to memory, right? But for folks who might have just joined us, I’ll repeat ‘em : 1. SIGHT ALIGNMENT -- Line up the front and rear sights
2
2. SIGHT PICTURE -- Keeping the sights lined up, bring them onto the target 3. RESPIRATORY PAUSE – Deep breath, exhale partially, hold breath as front sight touches bottom of target 4A. FOCUS YOUR EYE -- Focus your eye on the front sight 4B. FOCUS YOUR MIND -– Keep front sight on target 5. TRIGGER SQUEEZE –- Squeeze straight back while front sight stays on target 6. FOLLOW THROUGH -- Sighting eye open, take mental picture of where sights were when rifle discharged, and follow through with trigger Today, we’re diving deeper into Step Two of “firing the shot” and discussing “Natural Point of Aim” (NPOA). NPOA is the one factor which separates the Riflemen from the ‘wannabees.’ Like I said last time, you have two basic choices in getting and keeping your sight picture. First way is to use your muscles and fight your body’s natural alignment so as to force the sights onto the target. That’ll work – maybe – as long as you can: a) use the same amount of muscle power to force your body into the exact same position for each shot (remembering, of course, that even the “Quick and Dirty” single-sheet Army Qualification Test will require 40 shots), and b) keep your muscles from growing tired and starting to tremble as you fight your body to keep your sights on target. Being that you’re one of the bright students here (or, like Fred, you’ve gotten tired of doing the same thing and getting the same results), you’re gonna want to have your body work with you, rather than against you. So you’re going to use the second way, which is your NPOA. What does NPOA offer you? If you don’t get your natural point of aim, your shots will be off the center of the target, even if fired perfectly. Why? Because your body is out of position, and you have to muscle the rifle to get your sights onto the target. That muscle strain is difficult to replicate, shot to shot, and it wears out your body’s fine muscle control pretty quickly. A Rifleman takes his shooting position so that his rifle, with his body relaxed, is pointing at the target. He doesn’t have to fight muscle strain and he makes his job of firing the shot a lot easier. Best of all, his shots will be on target, accurately and consistently, because he’s not fighting his body’s natural position. Here’s a guarantee: learn to establish your NPOA and use your sling in all positions (more next time), and you’ll reduce your groups by at least 33%, maybe more. Promise. Sounds like it’s worth the trouble, right? Thought so. So how do you find your NPOA? First, follow Step One of “firing the shot” and align your sights once you are in your shooting position. Next, follow Step Two and get your sight picture by lining up on the target with your sights. Now the NPOA work begins. Close your eyes, relax your body, taking a deep breath in and let it out.
2
Open your eyes and check your sight picture. 9 times out of 10, your sight picture will have changed, because your body is now relaxed. You’ll now reestablish your sight picture by making slight adjustments in your position. If you are in the prone position, you’ll shift position pivoting around your forward elbow to bring the sights back on the target. In other positions, you will make whatever small adjustments in your position so that the rifle points naturally at the target. Satisfied with your position? OK, let’s test your work. Once again, close your eyes, relax your body, inhale deeply, exhale, open your eyes, and check your sight picture. Depending on your position, your sights may be dead on target. If not, repeat the cycle: - Establish your sight picture - Close your eyes - Relax your body - Inhale deeply - Exhale - Open your eyes - Re-check sight picture - Make slight adjustments to your position, and - Repeat How many times do you have to repeat this process? You’ll want to repeat it until when you open your eyes, your sights are naturally on the target. No more, and no less. Once you establish your NPOA, MAINTAIN YOUR BODY POSITION from shot to shot by not moving that forward elbow supporting the rifle [prone] or keeping your position steady [all other positions]. Even tougher, you’ll need to keep that same body position as you reload and fire a fresh magazine. If you move, your shots will move. It’s that simple, and that important. Now, I know that someone out there is thinking, “Why do I have to go through all of this hooey just to fire a shot?” Well, guess what? You don’t have to. You can fire each shot just the way you have always fired each shot. Thing is, though: if you do that, you’ll get exactly the same results that you always have. The rest of us want to be Riflemen. We are willing to overcome our sloth and change our habits, whatever the cost, because we want to join that elite top 5% of marksmen in America. We know that if we do that, we’ll be among the best shooters in the entire world. And we are committed to that goal. Even if that means memorizing some stuff that we don’t want to memorize, and forcing our bodies into positions that are pretty darned uncomfortable, at least at first. Most of all – we are committed to becoming Riflemen, even if it means going through the NPOA cycle 10 times for every shot, until we get the hang of dropping into a good position from the beginning. You see, when ol’ Fred told you that NPOA sorts out the wannabees from the Riflemen, he was speaking in two senses. First, NPOA is the technique that will allow you, with practice, to shoot 20” groups at 500 yards. Without it, you’re toast.
2
But even more importantly, the learning and application of the NPOA process is where you build the self-discipline, perseverance, and moxie that will benefit you for the rest of your life, both as a Rifleman and as a citizen. So, right now, while the information is still fresh – go to your gun safe, grab your rifle, ensure that it is unloaded (chamber and mag), and take 15 minutes of dry-firing practice from prone position using the NPOA steps we’ve been discussing. Start slowly, and repeat each step quietly to yourself as you do it. If you can, get your spouse, roommate, or eldest child to help you by reading the steps as you go through them. Take that practice 3 times a week, 15 minutes a session, in the comfort of your home – practice, persevere, persist. You don’t even have to go to the range – but of course, if you can get to the range, don’t miss the opportunity. You CAN do it! See you next time, with your slings! Next time, Fred discusses the importance of the rifle sling, along with other shooting tips. Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #5 on: June 04, 2007, 11:29:11 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Six: Common Firing Line Errors Courtesy of Fred (www.fredsm14stocks.com), we continue on the road to becoming a Rifleman: You go to a lot of trouble to fire a shot - buy a rifle, ammo, travel a long distance, and lay out in hot and cold weather - so you should want to have that shot impact COT [Center of Target]. Well, watch out for these common errors, and you’ll be ahead of the game: #1: Failure to keep eyes open when the rifle fires to ‘call’ your shot To know where the shot just went, you need to take an instant mental photo of where the front sight was when your rifle went off. If you don’t, you lose the information value of feedback from that shot - and you’re almost certainly flinching and/or jerking the trigger. So, keep that eye open - call the shot based on the position of the front sight on the target when the rifle fired, and watch for bullet splash downrange for confirmation of your call. On the firing line, in practice, you aim to continually increase the percentage of shots that you can honestly call 'good' - the front sight was on the target when the rifle fired. #2: Failure to pull rifle back into shoulder
1
One of the leading causes of trigger jerk, bucking, and flinching is fear of recoil, and the impact of the rifle on the shoulder. If you come away from the firing line complaining about recoil, or a ‘sore’ shoulder, this one is what you are doing wrong - and it WILL lead to flinching. So grab the pistol grip firmly and pull the rifle back into your shoulder while you fire the shot - so you ‘roll’ with the recoil. A side benefit: extra pressure of the trigger hand on the stock will give the perceived impression of a ‘lighter’ trigger. #3: Failure to get NPOA “Natural Point of Aim” has been said to be the one factor which separates the riflemen from the ‘wannabees’. If you don’t get your natural point of aim, your shots will be off the center of the target, even if fired perfectly, because your body is out of position, and you have to muscle the rifle onto the target. A rifleman takes position so that his rifle, with his body relaxed, is pointing at the target. He doesn’t have to fight muscle strain and he makes his job of firing the shot a lot easier - and his shots will be on target. Get your NPOA by lining up on the target with your sights, closing your eyes, relaxing your body, and taking a deep breath in and letting it out. Open your eyes and shift position pivoting around your forward elbow, to bring the sights back on the target. Repeat until when you open your eyes, your sights are naturally on the target. Once you establish your NPOA, keep it by not moving that forward elbow supporting the rifle [prone] or keeping your position steady [all other positions]. #4: Failure to pull ‘trigger’ leg up tight behind trigger arm to absorb recoil and generally tighten position [prone position] Try it and you’ll see your front sight settle down like it should. Grasping the forearm with the non-trigger hand and pulling slightly back into the shoulder may also help in rapid fire [what other kind of shooting is there?]. #5: Failure to maximize your feedback Shooting is always learning, and every shot you fire should be a learning experience. If you're in a match, and screw a string of fire up so badly you are ashamed, you keep shooting just as hard as before, with those educational purposes in mind. #6: Failure to ‘followthrough’ By the time you think “Followthrough” as you hold the trigger back after the shot, this step in ‘Firing the Shot’ is done. But don’t overlook it, because you need to do it. #7: Failure to keep the sight on the target The most important step in “Firing the Shot”. Ignore this, and you might as well be shooting blanks, or setting off firecrackers. This is a 2-part step: physically focusing your eye on the front sight, and firmly focusing your mind - your concentration - on ‘keeping that front sight on the target’. Whatever else you do, you must do this for the shot to hit COT. #8: ‘Flinching’, ‘bucking’ or ‘jerking the trigger’ “Flinching” is anticipating recoil by an abrupt backward motion of your shoulder to get ‘away’ from it. “Bucking” is anticipating recoil by shoving your shoulder forward to ‘make up’ for or ‘resist’ the impact. “Jerking” is snapping the trigger quickly to get the disagreeable experience over with as soon as possible. All three will throw your shot off the target - in fact, are guaranteed to throw your shot off the target. All three (usually lumped under the generic “flinching”) are natural responses to your body’s abhorrence of sudden impacts. You have to work to control your body, so the rifle is not disturbed by any movement at the time the hammer falls. You do this in several ways. One is to eliminate the recoil impact by pulling the rifle snugly back into your shoulder, so that there is no impact, and you simply ride the ‘push’ of the recoil. If you don’t pull it back tightly into your shoulder, the rifle has time to pick up speed and slam your shoulder, and you start to flinch, buck or jerk the trigger in response. So pull it back into your shoulder, and you’ll do OK. Second, keep your eyes open so you can take that instant mental photo of where the front sight was on the target at the instant of firing. If you can’t do this, you know you are guilty of flinching, bucking, or jerking. Third, concentrate on keeping the front sight on the target. Pulling the trigger is not the main task - No! Keeping the front sight on the target is the main task. So practice until that trigger finger is ‘educated’ to take the slack up and steadily increase the pressure when the front sight is on the target, ‘freeze’ when the front sight drifts off the target, and continue the squeeze when the sight is back on the target. You’ll have to do this in the 6-10 seconds you’re holding your breath. If you don’t fire the shot in that time, simply relax, take a deep breath and start over. [Trigger finger tips: middle of the pad of the first joint, or the first joint itself, should be where the
1
trigger touches the finger. Keep the finger clear of the stock (‘dragging wood’) as it will throw your shot off. Visualize a straight pull back, not to the side.] Once out in the 'real world', you'll find that with practice, you'll punch out 20 good shots in 30 seconds, if you ever need to shoot fast. Even the best riflemen can develop a flinch, so periodically do the ‘ball and dummy’ drill to test for one, and then continue ‘ball and dummy’ until you are ‘cured’ (but remember that rarely will the cure be permanent, so you still periodically recheck). Twenty rounds should suffice for both the detection and the cure. Have a friend ‘load’ and hand the rifle to you [make sure all safety precautions are observed!] either with or without a round in the chamber. Usually, he will start off with a live round to ‘juice up’ any tendency to flinch, and then give you an empty one to see if there is movement in the muzzle when the hammer falls. He continues with ‘empties’ until your muzzle doesn’t move. Then he feeds a live one followed by more ‘empties’ - actually, he is trying to ‘smoke out’ your flinch and get it to show itself. He continues until he is convinced that your flinch is gone. Along the way he will watch your aiming eye to make sure it stays open when the rifle goes off. #9: The biggest failure is to go to the range without a goal Your goal should always be to improve your shooting, and come away from each session on the range a better shot. And you do that by firing the Army Precision Combat Rifle Qualification Course which Fred’s has reduced to 25m for speed and convenience. Those in the know at Riverside who have fired the full course at 100, 200, 300 and 400 yards will tell you - “the course at 25m is harder!” And each time you fire it, you have a numerical score by which you can measure your progress towards becoming a good shooter - a RIfleman! #10: Failure to use your sling For over 100 years, the sling has been in military use as an aid to marksmanship. Because of the tendency of the M16 barrel to flex under sling pressure, the sling has been slighted in the last few decades. But make no mistake: the sling is one of the biggest aids to accurate shooting that you have, and you always have it with you, to carry the rifle. So, never fire a shot without the sling. Use the hasty sling for standing and anytime you’re in a rush, or may need to move fast after firing a shot; and use the loop sling for prone and sitting when you have the time, but try to make sure your upper arm is padded to block muscle tremor and heartbeat, either with a shooting jacket or heavy clothing. It’s hard to estimate how big a factor in accuracy the sling is. A minimum of 20%, going up to 80% or more. It will help in rapid fire, keeping your position tight, speeding your recovery for the next shot. The bottom line is, always use your sling - in every position, for every shot. Click on these links for some diagrams on sling use: Attaching the M1907 traditional leather sling: Attaching the 1907 Sling Using the M1907 sling: Using the 1907 Sling Using the M1 web sling: Using the M1 Web Sling #11: Failure [sitting position] to put both elbows in front of both knees If you’ve been to the range much, you’ve seen a new shooter trying to shoot sitting - with that trigger elbow up high in the air, almost like he’s shooting standing, totally ignoring that nice big fat knee, as steady as a bench, and less than a foot away. The shot will be much better, with that trigger elbow down on the front of the knee, where it belongs (NOT on top, where recoil will knock it off, slowing recovery time). And that other elbow, the one under the rifle? Hunker forward and drop that sucker on the target side of its knee - again to resist recoil. A good sitting position will initially break your back until you get stretched, but once everything falls into place, you can shoot nearly as good as you do off the bench! Don’t sell the position short, especially if you are on a downward slope and need to shoot over grass, etc. #12: Copy this checklist & take it to the range with you You'll be amazed at what a quick review of these lessons can do for the rest of your range time. Make it a habit to take a look through the list as you are eating your "range lunch", then fire your remaining shots even better than before!
2
See you next time! In the next installment of this series, Fred will explain why you need to bring your friends to the range and make more Riflemen. Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #6 on: June 04, 2007, 11:31:19 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Seven: Fight Alone, Fail Alone Today, Fred (www.fredsm14stocks.com) talks about why teamwork is the only way to win, whether in the 'soft war' or something more grim: The Rifleman knows that the defense of Liberty is a team effort, and that's why he always defends Freedom as part of a team. As one Army instructor observed back in 1942: "Experience has shown that in the absence of team training, the fire of a group of riflemen in battle is poorly controlled and is haphazardly directed. This fact remains true even where every individual in the group is an expert shot (emphasis added)...." So becoming a Rifleman is only the first step -- an important step, a worthy step -- but only a first step. If it ever comes to defending Liberty, if you are out there all by yourself....well, it'll get lonely, at the very least. Although you'll be effective firing twenty or maybe even thirty well-aimed shots per minute, you will be terribly vulnerable both to frontal and flanking attacks. By fighting alone, you will be ignoring one of the central Rifleman rules -- to stay alive to fight tomorrow. Compare that "lone wolf" vulnerability to the concentrated firepower of three trained guys, shooting as a Rifleman team. Sixty, even ninety well-aimed shots, each minute, penetrating the heart of the foe. Comrades to each side of you, sharing the pain, and the joy, of the battle for Freedom. A miniature 'band of brothers', guys you can count on to never let you down, who'll share the risks and cover your butt while doing it. If you are really lucky through persistence in recruiting, you'll be able to set up a second Rifleman team. Think what tactical advantages two Rifleman teams offer: mutual support (thwarting both frontal and flanking attacks), fire and movement, and mass rifle fire from different points (devastating to an opponent). With two teams, you also move more securely, using the techniques of traveling, traveling overwatch, and, if necessary, bounding overwatch. For all members, your team's security will go through the roof, while your effectiveness goes up - not 2X - but 8X or more. And during training, competing teams sharpen up everybody's shooting.
1
Most importantly, with the 'soft war' in full fury right now, that same group effort which will sustain you through a Rainy Decade will make your team's political power almost irresistible, at least to any politician who wants to keep his job. The "force multiplier" effect of allied voters communicating in a coordinated fashion will be even more powerful when you and your teams network with other teams. But your basic problem, now that you are a Rifleman or soon-to-be Rifleman, is to find two more kindred souls -- today. The prospect, in present-day America, is kinda depressing. You'll be surprised at the percentage of gun owners ignorant of both the past and the future. People who should know better instead are content to sit and wallow in that slowly heating pan of water. Your audience is crowded with lazy, arrogant know-it-alls, nurtured by the best in liberal education, who are going to wilt like a spider on a hot brick as soon as you mention freedom and the traditional role of the rifleman. But you will persist. You'll persist, because it's part of being a Rifleman. You'll persist, despite discouragement, rejection, and scorn, because you know the battle for freedom has to be won. You'll persist because you understand that the only people who are going to win it are people who are mentally alert, know their history, respect those brave men who have fought before in defense of freedom, and are determined that freedom will not be lost on their watch. And the only way to get those sloths awake is to wake 'em up yourself. Your duty as a Rifleman is to be the stone in the pond, sending ripples traveling in all directions, disturbing the existing calm. Remember, by becoming a Rifleman, you have accepted, at least implicitly, the responsibility to: 1) learn how to shoot, consistently from field positions, at or above the Rifleman standard of 4 MOA from 25 meters to 500 yards; 2) recruit future Riflemen; 3) educate your fellow Americans about the need to become Riflemen, to stop further Second Amendment infringements, and to bring back what the JPFO (www.jpfo.org) calls a "Bill of Rights culture"; and 4) spread that message wherever and whenever you can. The short form? Shoot Recruit Educate Communicate Persistence is the key -- the only key -- to meeting those four obligations. Now, how you go about your recruiting is up to you. But a few suggestions can be made. A prime way is to simply let others see you shooting to become a Rifleman. As people watch you going through your shooting drills, welcome their interest by letting them try the AQT with you. Encourage them to overcome their miserable lack of skills with a little practice, using yourself as an example. This is probably the easiest way to bring new members into the fold. Once you get a couple of guys lined up as "students", your recruiting may tend to snowball, so that the second team recruits quicker than the first. You see, your first team's practice sessions are the bait for the next crew -- or so you hope it will be, anyway.
1
Another more risky way to recruit is to attempt to wake people up through words and information. Understand though -- for whatever reason, you'll find even many gunowners to be less than receptive. Most gunowners who'll do anything at all will donate $35 to the NRA and go back to sleep on the couch. Even though to you it seems as plain as the nose on your face, those folks on the couch just don't appreciate what gunowners can accomplish by working within the system -- and working together. That cheap surplus ammo you are able to buy in unlimited quantities now? You know it came from the Reagan years, and the 1986 Gun Owner's Protection Act. In other words, that case of $150 South African 7.62 ball in your safe today was brought to you by an Act of Congress. Without wide-awake, no-fooling Riflemen campaigning and voting for the right people, it would never have happened. The Good Guys can win. Most times, it happens only by work -- lots of hard, unrelenting slogging towards a goal that may be only barely visible, at least at the beginning. Sometimes, it happens by luck, or by fate. But don't fool yourself. Luck and Fate are darned slim reeds to pin your future happiness on. We have to get this country to wake up, so that the Good Guys win by design, on purpose, through hard work - not by the whim of fate. If we don't, dark days await us. Right now, we are in the pre-WWII period, fat and complacent, sure of our superpower status. Even 9/11 did not really wake us up. We are still bankrolling the Middle Eastern lunatics who would slaughter us, rather than develop domestic oil and gas resources. Worse yet, we are still pouring billions in trade into the Chinese economy, which is dominated by the Chinese Communist military, just like we did 70 years ago with Japan. And those lean and hungry Chinese boys are not going to be stupid. If you want a taste of what the future possibly holds, check out Jeff Head's Dragon's Fury novels at http://www.dragonsfuryseries.com/. It's a five volume series, and it is explosive! Because the entire country is asleep to the lessons of history, we are going to repeat some bloody chapters in our foreign policy history once again, just as soon as we elect another appeasement-at-any-cost liberal to the Presidency. That's why now is the time to build your Rifleman team. While you know it will likely be hard to get other team members on board, it'll help you narrow the search if you know the kind of person you are looking for, so you don't waste time on the wrong - i.e., worthless - prospects. "Summer soldiers" and "sunshine patriots" have no place on a true Rifleman team. No better advice can be found than in an old AMTU Rifle Instructors Guide. Here's their list of questions to ask: Is your prospect easily perturbed? Does he quit easily? Is he easily discouraged by unfavorable conditions? Is he susceptible to rumors? Does he worry too much about equipment? Does he have the will to win? Is he cooperative? Can he work with others, of different skill levels? Is he ambitious? Is he honest? Is he reliable, even when being so cuts against his interests? Let's see - steadiness, doggedness, calmness, determination, honesty - sure 'nuff sounds like a good person to have around if TSHTF. Go ahead -- be honest. How do you stack up? Now someone is sure to ask -- "But Fred, what about shooting?"
1
Don't get me wrong. As you build your team, you bet you're gonna work on your team's shooting skills. They will need to become Riflemen, after all. But in recruiting, you should remember an old business saying -- "Hire for attitude, train for skill." If your recruit doesn't have the gumption to persist and burn through the frustrations that he will encounter on the path to Rifleman status, he'll be less than worthless. Why? 'Cause at the same time that you're pouring your efforts down the dry hole of your prospect's bad attitude, there's likely to be another recruit who does have the stuff to become a Rifleman, just waiting to be found. Plant your Rifleman seeds where there's a good chance they'll grow into strong trees. Perseverance and willingness to learn are the good soil and water for this particular crop. Find those character traits listed above, and you'll have a good prospect. Then, using your experience and the Guide to Becoming a Rifleman (http://www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/acc.asp), help that recruit through the struggles that you went through as your shooting improved. Your prospect may not be perfect - after all, it's unlikely he'll be able to shoot well, for one thing - but as long as he is willing to learn both the shooting and the teammate skills, I'd sure give him a chance! And once those Rifleman skills are in the bag, you and your new Rifleman should start to integrate team shooting drills into your practice -- just read the Guide for lots of suggestions. Remember -- you are unlikely in the current environment to find anyone decisive enough to commit to the team idea, which is why the first technique suggested earlier is a good one. You don't sign them up in advance. Nope - you sucker them in gradually, until they are already a team member and confident enough to be decisive. Part of the outcome of Rifleman training is a new personality - confident, decisive, knowing who you are, what you can do, what you should be doing, knowing your goals, working to attain them. As the AMTU guide put it, "Individuals must possess outstanding qualities of sportsmanship." Of course, this was written back fifty years ago, before the angry, victimized, she-male types who are so prevalent today. So what? So it's harder to find good-natured people with integrity. Heck, it's hard to do anything in the battle for freedom. Just that first step away from the couch in front of the TV is too much for many people. You'll persist, however, because you are a Rifleman. One final thing: As a Rifleman, and as part of a rifle team, you want to get prepared and to be the best shot you can be. You know and understand your role in the defense of liberty, as visualized by the Founders when they drafted the Constitution. But never forget the 'soft war' that's raging now. You and your team should be fighting that 'soft war', in hopes of avoiding a future 'hard war'. You and your team should be waking people up, personally & with Letters To the Editor, educating 'em who to vote for, getting 'em to the range, and helping them to shoot well. And guess what? In the 'soft war', it doesn't even matter one tinker's damn if some of your teammates can even shoot! What do I mean? The 'soft war' is a political war, and the ammunition in a political war consists of contacts and ballots. Think of contacts -- letters, faxes, emails, phone calls -- as rifle rounds, while ballots -- "fired" only on Election Day -- can be considered as heavy artillery shells. There's no reason at all why you shouldn't get as many "soft warriors" as you can, each sending as many pro-Second Amendment contacts -- pro or con, as appropriate for the particular politician -- as they can send between elections. Then on Election Day, a barrage of pro-Second Amendment, pro-freedom ballots comes crashing down.....in support of our pro-freedom political allies, and in opposition to our socialist, gun-grabbing foes. In those 'soft war' battles, anyone -- as long as they are of voting age and registered to vote -- can and will be a freedom fighter, even if they have no desire whatsoever in learning how to shoot.
1
Pretty neat, eh? So, non-shooters can and should be a part of your team in defense of Freedom. And you never know -- lots of us didn't grow up with guns. We came to the tradition through people who cared enough about us and our country to be patient with us. You, as a Rifleman, need to be patient as well. Remember, the crime is not shooting badly. Everybody shoots badly when they start out. The crime is not learning to shoot better. Sure, it's tough -- all of it. But not tough compared to what it'll be if you DON'T do it. So you do it, because it is important. Don't forget to have fun, too! Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #7 on: June 04, 2007, 11:33:52 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Eight: Ammo and Sights suppliers can be found at the following link, which is maintained by SV Sniper of http://www.m14forum.com/. Thanks, SV! A few caveats/suggestions: 1) Avoid Indian surplus 7.62 like the plague. Scanning the boards over the past few months, the horror shows (stuck cases, etc.) far outweigh any savings gained by the cheap price. 2) Folks shooting calibers other than 7.62 will find food for their machines as well. The key part is to buy as much as you can now, while ammo is cheap. You’ll need enough for learning, teaching others, maintaining your own skill, and supplying your “Rainy Day/Decade” fund. That’s a lot of ammo – a lot more than you have right now, I’ll bet. See suggestions #4 and #5 below. 3) If you can do it, many dealers will give you a substantial cash discount if you pick up at their location (plus you save shipping costs and (sometimes) sales tax). The money you save can pay for the trip, believe it or not! Contact the dealers and see what they’ll do for you. 4) You need more ammo. Buy at least a case for each rifle today. Plus at least 5 mags for each rifle – buy more if you need ‘em. 5) See suggestion #4. Really. If you remember one thing about ammo, it is this – you can never have enough ammo, let alone too much. Figure out how much you will need over the next year, and multiply that amount by five, at
3
least. Then take that amount and multiply it by five again. That’s how much ammo every Rifleman should have on hand for each rifle, all of it easily accessible. Anything less, and you are taking a chance that what can be easily purchased today will be so in the future. Wanna bet on that? How much? How about your life? How about your country? Do you really want to take that chance? Enough about ammo. Now, let’s talk about what you need to get that ammo to go where you want it to go – downrange, on target, in a tight group, at a high rate of fire. Sight settings and trajectory are keys that will unlock many doors. It’ll take a bit of work to learn what you need to know, but then a Rifleman never shys away from the work need to defend Liberty. There are two basic sets of facts you need to memorize. The first is the relationship between where you shots are hitting on the target, the measurement unit of ‘minutes of angle’ – also known as ‘MOA’, and your sight settings. MOA is what your sights are graduated in, whether an M1/M1A or scope. We’ll talk about other rifles later. As the first step, you need to know that 1 MOA = ¼ inch at 25 meters. That distance is important, ‘cuz that’s where you’ll be doing a lot of practice shooting, until you acquire Rifleman skills. That same 1 MOA equals 1 inch at 100 yards. How? Ratios – that icky stuff you avoided back in school. ¼ inch is to 25 yards as 1 inch is to 100 yards. Put another way, 100 yards is four times as much as 25 yards, right? And 1 inch is four times greater than ¼ inch, right? Memorize this ratio so that you have it down cold: 1 MOA = ¼ inch at 25 yards = 1 inch at 100 yards = 2 inches at 200 yards = 3 inches at 300 yards = 4 inches at 400 yards = 5 inches at 500 yards. Memorize that ratio, and you are ahead of 95% of shooters in America, sad to say. Do it, and you will be on you way to thinking in MOA whenever you adjust your rear sight or scope. Now, let’s apply that ratio to some shooting situations. We’ll start at 25M (which is actually 27.32 yards, or 82 feet – we’re talking close enough for Government work, as the saying goes), and have you fire three good shots at your 1” black square. You go downrange, check the target, and find that the center of your group is 1 inch below the aiming point, and ½ inch to the left of the aiming point. First step is to ask yourself if you fired good shots. If not, your group is of no use to you, so go back and fire 3 good shots. Keep at it, using your sling, the Rifleman’s Guide (http://www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/acc.asp), and your training until you do. Assuming that the first group were all good shots, it’s time to think about how to adjust your rear sight. If you have a Garand or M1A, your job is simple. All you have to do is remember that each click – windage or elevation – is equal to 1 MOA. Here’s how you do it: 1) Inches: How many inches, for both elevation and windage, is the center of my group away from my aiming point? In this case, you are 1 inch below the aiming point (elevation), and 1/2 inch to the left of the AP for your windage. 2) MOA: The second step is to convert your inch calculations from step #1 above into MOA for that distance. You have memorized the fact that 1 MOA = ¼ inch at 25 meters, so what you need to do is figure out how many ¼ inch units (or MOA units) there are in your 1 inch low elevation, ½ left windage calculations. Anybody know the answer? Anybody? Bueller???
2
That’s right – 1 inch low elevation equals 4 ¼ inch units, which in turn equals 4 MOA low. ½ inch left windage equals 2 ¼ inch units, which equals 2 MOA left windage. 3) Clicks: Now that you know what your elevation and windage errors are, it’s a simple matter to adjust your M1/M1A sights, on which 1 click for standard sights always equals 1 MOA for both elevation and windage. You know, based on your calculations above, that you are 4 MOA low, so add 4 clicks “up” elevation (that’s the left-side knob) on your rear sight. You should be turning the knob back towards you to add elevation. Same drill for windage, which is the right-side knob on your rear sight. Your windage error is 2 MOA left, so add 2 clicks right windage (checking the markings on the knob so that you know you are turning it the right way. Now, when you fire your confirmation 3-round group and those 3 shots are each good shots, your rounds should be hitting right at your aiming point. Bingo! You have established your 25M zero, which also equals your 200 yard zero, because of the trajectory of the standard NATO load. You are also only one step away from setting your Battle Sight Zero (BSZ), which allows you to shoot without worrying about sight settings all the way out to 275 yards. Next time, we’ll set that BSZ, talk about sighting-in other rifles, and reveal the secret to consistent hitting out to 500 yards….and beyond! See ya next time! Next time, Fred will talk about battle sight zeroes, trajectory, and other "secrets" of the Rifleman. Logged -------------------------------------------------------------------------------"It calls for real men, not girly-men. Hard-nosed, hard-assed, born-again hard, glittering steeleyed hombres who can put the trigger on their mother over a five dollar gold piece. Yes, friends, this job calls for a Zombie Hunter." Fred "There's gotta be a few umlauts laying around somewhere." JB Grin Reaper Administrator Hero Member Offline Posts: 1111 Just doin' what I can, with what I got. Re: The Rifleman Series « Reply #8 on: June 04, 2007, 11:38:54 PM » -------------------------------------------------------------------------------The Rifleman Series -- Part Nine: Battle Sights and Staying Alive Besides learning how to firing a shot ‘by the numbers’, there are two other basic sets of facts you need to memorize as you continue to grow into a Rifleman. The first issue is ‘minutes of angle’ – MOA, and the second topic is your rifle’s basic trajectory. We covered MOA in our last discussion. meters (where you’ll be doing a lot of at 100 yards, 2” at 200, 3” at 300, 5” each hundred yards. Memorize that, and your rear sight or scope.
To recap, this is what you need to know: 1 MOA = ¼” at 25 practice shooting, until you acquire rifleman skills), 1” at 500, and so forth. Basically, just remember an inch for you’ll start thinking in MOA whenever you need to adjust
2
Today, we are going to talk about trajectory, a key that will unlock many doors. Central fact -- military .30 caliber rounds are pretty much the same out to 500 yards. Learn the trajectory for one, and you can do pretty well - good enough for government work - with any military .30 caliber. For those of you using either a Garand or an M1A, your trajectory studies are pretty simple. Just memorize the following numerical combination: 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 8, 8. What’s that? Those are your rear sight’s “come-ups” out to 1000 yards using standard M2 150 grain FMJ ammo for your .30-06 Garand and the standard M80 147 grain FMJ in 7.62x51/.308. Learn those come-ups cold, and you’ll be on target all the way out to 1000 yards, as long as you know (1) your rifle’s initial sight settings and (2) the range to your target. How? Simplicity itself. Assume you have a 300 yard zero on your rifle and you know your target is at 400 yards. Just rotate the left dial on your rear sights four clicks up (rotating the dial back towards you, or, in other words, clockwise), and fire your shot by the numbers. Bang, hit, next target. Easy as pie. Note from Cabinboy: It helped me to memorize the come-ups with the associated ranges, like this: 100-200 3 200-300 3 300-400 4 400-500 4 500-600 5 600-700 5 700-800 6 800-900 8 900-1000 8 See bottom of page 4 of the Guide; order at http://www.fredsm14stocks.com/catalog/acc.asp. If you just wanna walk, before you learn to run, here’s all you need to really know: 3, 3, 4, 4. Those four digits give you the come-ups from 100 yards out to 500 yards. Thus, to shoot at 200 yards instead of 100, you raise your sights 3 MOA/3clicks; from 200 to 300, another 3 MOA/3 clicks, etc. Those of you using scopes will have to read your documentation. Some scopes may have quarterminute (4 clicks = one MOA) or eighth-minute (8 clicks = one MOA) adjustment. Regardless, as long as you know the come-up in MOA, just apply the necessary clicks to move that amount in MOA. Let’s say you zero at 100 yards, like most guys do. To put your 200 zero on, you simply raise your rear M1/M1A sight 3 clicks, or 3 MOA - the first ‘3’ on the list you just memorized. To shoot 300 yards, you raise your sight another 3 clicks - the second ‘3’ on the list. To shoot 400, raise it 4 more, and 500, another 4. Hence, the ‘3, 3, 4, 4’. If you forget, count the clicks on your M1/M1A’s rear sight between the marked distances. Sound too easy? Don’t worry about that. Remember, when we talk about Rifleman standards, we are talking a group size of 4 MOA from field positions, using rack-grade rifle and ammo. That’s good enough to hit a man-sized target out at 500 yards (or 1" at 25 m), which is good enough if you ever have to defend freedom. And it’s good enough to put you in the elite down at your local gun club. These come-ups are the key to that kind of performance, once you are a Rifleman. But first you’ll have to become a Rifleman. You’ll have to get to the place where you can fire a good shot. If you can’t shoot 4 MOA from prone or sitting, you aren’t going to benefit a lot from knowing your trajectory - or any other knowledge, such as techniques for target detection and
2
range estimation. While those last two tasks come before firing the shot, they are useless if you can’t fire a good shot. So if you can’t shoot 1” groups at 25 m - 82 ft - or 4” groups at 100 yards, with a rack-grade rifle and surplus ammo, from prone or sitting, get our AQT targets and Guide to Becoming a Rifleman - now! One other point we have to get out of the way. The rear sight on the M1 Garand is marked in yards; the sights on the M14/M1A are marked in meters. It’s not a real big difference - meters are about 10% more in distance than yards, so 100 meters = 110 yards [actually 109, but close enough], 200 = 220, etc. Where it comes into play is your Battlesight Zero [BSZ], which is your friend under pressure, ‘cuz if you are within your BSZ setting, you just aim at center mass and let fly without worrying about elevation. BSZ on the Garand is 275 yards, and on the M14/M1A, it’s 250 meters. Now that you know the meter/yard relationship, you know 250 meters = 275 yards, so the BSZs are the same. In other words, both rifles are sighted to shoot pointblank out to 300 yards. At 300 yards, they will both impact 1 MOA low on the target. Since you now know moa, you know that’s 3 inches low at 300 yards, meaning you aim at center mass, and your bullet will strike above the navel. Your target is not gonna know or appreciate the difference, nor will the folks who’ll dispose of what’s left. The rear elevation knob of the M1 and M14 being interchangeable, you need to check your rifle and see which you have. The M1 is marked out to ‘12[00]’, and the M14 goes out to ‘11[00]’ and, in addition, is marked ‘M’ for meters. In each case, BSZ is your 200 zero, plus 2 clicks - or your 300 zero, less one. Here’s how all this come together, on the range or in the field: Example 1: Your 3-shot sighter group at 25 meters is 1” low and ¾” left. What sight adjustment do you need to make? Use the formula from last time – “inches, minutes, clicks”. You already have the “inches”, and at 25 meters each minute equals ¼”, so the clicks on your M1/M1A will be 4 UP and 3 RIGHT. (On your scope, you’ll have to multiply by the number of clicks per MOA - usually either 4 or 8.) Now when you go back to the firing line, while the guys around you are guessing their sight changes - usually wrong – you’ll know that your changes are right. Example 2: Your sighter group at 300 is 1” low and 3” right. Change? Well, at 300 each MOA = 3 inches, so make no vertical change for iron sights, since you don’t have 1/3 of a click, and put 1 LEFT on. For a scope, you’d go UP 1 or 2 clicks, depending on how your scope is calibrated. Example 3: You confirm your 200 zero is 11 clicks UP and 1 LEFT on your M1/M1A sights. How? Once you have verified your groups at your sight-in distance, you count the elevation and windage clicks back to zero for each element, then record your results in your shooter’s notebook. You are keeping a shooter’s notebook, aren’t you? In this situation, what is your BSZ? 13 clicks up, as related above (BSZ = 200 zero + 2 MOA, or 2 clicks with M1/M1A sights). Example 4: Your SKS with iron sights set at 200 yards shoots 6” high at 200. You don’t have your front sight tool with you, and you want to do well in the competition. What to do? The solution: 6” high at 200 is 3 MOA, which is the same 3 MOA you would raise the sight to go from 100 yards to 200 yards (remember – all .30 caliber/7.62 mm military ammo shoots similarly, at least out to 300 yards). So, simply lower your rear sight to “100”, taking those 3 moa back out, and you’ll take out those 6” high at 200 yards and be right on! Example 5: Your best zero is a 200 yard confirmed zero of 11 UP and 1 LEFT. The target is 500 yards away. Can you hit it? Yes, if you adjust your sights per your trajectory. Simply raise them 3 + 3 + 4 clicks to go to 300, thru 400, then to 500 yards, and you¹ll hit a man-sized target. (You¹ll be alert when firing at an unconfirmed zero to spot the first shot if there is a miss, and adjust accordingly. In all cases of calculated sight adjustment, the careful shooter - the rifleman - will confirm the zero at the actual distance at the first opportunity.) Example 6: You fire a sighter group at 100 yards. The group prints 2” high. How do you adjust to get your BSZ on your sights? Your BSZ will print 5” above POA at 100 yards. How do you know that.
2
Your BSZ is your 100 zero + 3 MOA to get to 200 yards plus 2 more MOA to get to 275 yards. This 5 MOA total translates to 5” high at 100 yards. So to get your isgher group up where it should be, you raise your sights 3 clicks/3 MOA/3 inches at your 100 yard range. Example 7: Your friend brings his new Romanian Dragonov in 7.62x54R down to the range and is trying to sight it in. It shot high at 25 meters, so he thought he would try it at 200. Bad idea - if it shoots high at 25, it will shoot proportionately high at 200. Sure enough, down at 200, his sighter group was 18” high. “What do I do?” he says. “The sights are all the way down at 0.” So I said, “Inches, minutes, clicks! Your shot group on the target is in inches; your sights are in clicks; and the bridge across is minutes of angle [MOA].” We went back up to the firing line and looked at the rear sights. An elevation drum marked in meters, with an even 2 clicks from one yardage to the next, indicating a 50-yard graduation. I said, “Here’s what we’ll do. The rifle sights are at zero, and it shoots 18” high at 200 – that’s 9 MOA - remember, an MOA is one inch at 100, 2 inches at 200, etc. So the rifle is shooting 9 MOA high at 200. Since the trajectory is about +3 MOA to 300, and +4 MOA to 400, and +4 MOA to 500 - a total of 11 MOA - you could say the rifle is zeroed at a little less than 500 yards. All we have to do is index the elevation knob to 500, and then bring the sight back to 200.” Loosening the elevation drum, I held the elevation knob steady while I rotated the elevation drum so the sight was set for 500 yards, tightened the lock screws, rotated the knob to ‘200’, and then said, “Fire a group at 200 yards.” That group was 3 inches [1.5 MOA] high and 3 inches [1.5 MOA] right. DOWN one and LEFT one would put him right on! As a Rifleman, you’ll soon start thinking in terms of hundred yard increments, and minutes. To you, a hundred yards (out to rifleman max 500 range) is 3 MOA. Likewise, 3 MOA equals a hundred yards. So if your buddy is trying to sight in his British Enfield at 25 yards, and his group is ¾” low, you immediately can tell him, “Add a hundred yards on the sight”, since his rear sight is graduated in yards. How do you know to tell him this? Because each quarter-inch at 25 yards is one MOA, so he is 3 MOA low, so - since 3 MOA = a hundred yards - all he needs is another hundred on his rear sight. For practical use out to 500, this information’ll get you started. If you want to be effective at longer ranges, learn your trajectory out to 700 or 900 or 1000 yards, and understand that you’ll be juggling a lot more balls in the air in order to make a hit. If you’re planning to go this route, take the time to find a 1000 yard range and get some long-distance zeroes. Take your time, fire each shot by the numbers, and write down EVERYTHING. The knowledge you gain may save your life. Trajectory is your friend. It’ll work for you, if you let it. All you need to do is remember MOA, “3, 3, 4, 4” - and use them before the first shot! Staying Alive If you ever have to show up, show up ready! · Have your bore and chamber clean and bone dry. · Your M1A gas piston and cylinder should be bone dry, from the last time you cleaned it. · Check the tightness of the gas plug, and with the bolt locked back, rotate the muzzle up-anddown, listening to ensure the piston moves freely. · Have your action properly lubed with the correct grease. · Front sight should be blackened with a flat black paint or other blackening. · Sights should be checked for looseness, front and rear. · Carry the complete cleaning kit in butt, along with spare parts & rod guide · Sling should be adjusted to hold the weight of the rifle when you are in your position. A check: the rifle should stay in your shoulder without having to grasp the wrist of the stock with your trigger hand. · Mark the sling so you can always adjust back to the right place. · Have your BSZ on your sight, or the zero for actual estimated distance, like 400 or 500.
2
· Mags should be cleaned and dry, springs lightly oiled. · Other items on your list -- earplugs, cap with bill for shade/rain, clean eyeglasses/eye protection, loaded mags in pouches, at least one canteen of water, a high-energy snack, poncho, extra ammo. Now, fire each shot “by the numbers’, and you’ll do fine. Just remember: double your hit rate and you double your supply of ammo, without spending a penny - or carrying any more weight. USMC Rules For Gunfighting [with a few additions by Fred] 1. Bring a gun. Preferably, bring at least two guns. Bring all of your friends who have guns. [Rule 1.5: Try to make them a TEAM. And make the ‘guns’ rifles - see Rules 5 & 6] 2. Anything worth shooting is worth shooting twice. Ammo is cheap. Life is expensive. [Rule 2.5: When targets get plentiful, have a rifle which requires only one shot to take out a target, and fire only one shot per target. Running out of ammo in a target-rich environment can ruin your life.] 3. Only hits count. The only thing worse than a miss is a slow miss. [Rule 3.5: A fast hit is better than a slow hit. Rule 3.6: A fast miss is trumped by a slower hit. Rule 3.7: Firing too fast can turn a sure hit into a fast miss.] 4. If your shooting stance is good, you're probably not moving fast enough nor using cover correctly. 5. Move away from your attacker. Distance is your friend. (Lateral and diagonal movement are preferred.) [5.5 Engage beyond 300 yards.] 6. If you can choose what to bring to a gunfight, bring a rifle and a friend with a rifle. 7. In ten years, nobody will remember the details of caliber, stance, or tactics. They will only remember who lived. [Rule 7.5: But caliber, stance, skill and tactics may determine who lives and who dies - today.] 8. If you are not shooting, you should be communicating, reloading, or running. [Rule 8.5: As long as you have targets, and rounds in your mag, you should be shooting.] 9. Accuracy is relative: most combat shooting standards will be more dependent on "pucker factor" than the inherent accuracy of the gun. [Rule 9.2: Shoot to Rifleman standard. Rule 9.3: A ‘kill’ hit is better than a ‘wound’ hit, but a ‘wound’ hit beats a miss - every time.] 9.5. Use a gun that works EVERY TIME. [Rule 9.9 Bring a rifle you can easily clear when it malfunctions.] 10. Someday someone may kill you with your own gun, but they should have to beat you to death with it because it is empty. 11. Always cheat; always win. The only unfair fight is the one you lose. [Rule 11.5. You have to win every time. They only have to win once.] 12. Have a plan. 13. Have a back-up plan, because the first one probably won't work. [Rule 13.5 Plan B - accurate rifle fire will save your ass!] 14. Use cover or concealment as much as possible. [Rule 14.5 Camo clothing, skin, rifle.] 15. Flank your adversary when possible. Protect yours. [Rule 15.5 Be part of a team!] 16. Don't drop your guard. 17. Always tactical load and threat scan 360 degrees. [Rule 17.5 Target Detection is #1!]
1
18. Watch their hands. Hands kill. (In God we trust. Everyone else, keep your hands where I can see them) [Rule 18.5 Simplify! Keep them them 300+ yards away and once ID’d as enemy, shoot them – fast and well!] 19. Decide to be aggressive ENOUGH, quickly ENOUGH. 20. The faster you finish the fight, the less shot you will get. 21. Be polite. Be professional. But have a plan to kill everyone you meet. [Rule 21.5 Plan consists of SOP and immediate action drills.] 22. Be courteous to everyone, friendly to no one. 23. Your number one Option for Personal Security is a lifelong commitment to avoidance, deterrence, and de-escalation. [Rule 23.5 Win the soft war now, and you avoid the hard war, later. Rule 23.7 Learn to shoot like a Rifleman now; it’s your number one Option for Personal Security when avoidance, deterrence, or de-escalation is not an option.] 24. Do not attend a gunfight with a handgun, the caliber of which does not start with a "4." [Rule 24.5 Do not get close enough to use a pistol -or even a carbine. Distance is your friend. See Rule 5.] [Rule 25. It is not a movie. If you catch a round, save the dramatics, ignore the hit, and keep shooting. You have nothing to lose, and you might even survive.] IMC and your rifle « on: June 18, 2007, 12:34:16 PM » Quote -------------------------------------------------------------------------------IMC is simple, yet causes confusion often, due to the innermixing of words and lack of critical thinking. IMC stands for "Inches, Minutes, Clicks", and is a simple yet misunderstood way of zeroing your rifle. Inches: Inches is the simple distance measurement of your shot group, either in size, or in distance to center of your target. Size is measured from center to center of your furthest two holes. This is where being able to "call your shot" is important, as a shot you called out of the group would not count. Distance is the measurement of the center of your group to the center of your target. Minutes: Minutes are a measurement of a degree. There are 60 minutes in a degree. A minute at 100 yards is one inch, a minute at 200 yards is 2 inches. This is due to a degree (60 minutes) being a circular measurement. This makes a cone that is ever growing in size as it leaves the starting point. This gives us the resulting ever growing Minutes of Angle, MOA, that give us our accuracy gauge of a rifle. The further away a target is, the wider this cone is when it intersects with the target. MOA is measured as an INCH per 100 Yards. The cone widens away from this point and narrows before this point, so while an MOA at 300 yards is 3 inches, at 50 an MOA is 1/2, or .5, inches. Here are the 1 MOA measurements out to 500 yards 25 yards = .25 inch = 1MOA 50 yards = .50 inch = 1MOA 100 yards = 1.0 inch = 1MOA
1
200 300 400 500
yards yards yards yards
= = = =
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0
inch inch inch inch
= = = =
1MOA 1MOA 1MOA 1MOA
See a pattern here? Simple. Also assume that bullet drop is as follows for unknown rifle/ammo combos. This is not precise, but a rough "rule of thumb" to get you started. 3 3 4 4
MOA MOA MOA MOA
from from from from
100 200 300 400
to to to to
200 300 400 500
yards yards yards yards.
Bullet drop then from 200 to 300 yards is 12 inches (300 yards equals 4 MOA drop, 1 MOA equals 3 inches at 300 yards, 4 MOA x 3 inches is a total of 12). Drop from 300 to 400 is 16 inches (400 yards equals 4 MOA drop, 1 MOA equals 4 inches at 400 yards, 4 MOA x 4 inches is a total of 16) Clicks: Clicks are the measured adjustment of sights. Each "click" will adjust the sights an amount of MOA at distance. The distance moved per click depends on the distance from the target. If you adjust 1 click on an 1 MOA per click rifle at 200 yards, the Point Of Impact will shift 2 inches, or 1 MOA. So a standard M1A, the open sights are 1 MOA clicks. Which means that one "click" of adjustment is equal to a 1 MOA shift at 100 yards. A 1 MOA shift at 100 yards equals 1 inch. In Appleseed you will find that most of your sighting in is at 25 meters (yards for MOA purpouses). Thus, on the mentioned M1A, one "click" of adjustment will shift the sights 1 MOA, which is equal to .25 (1/4) inches at 25 yards.
Application on IMC will ease sight adjustment greatly for you in the future, and save you ammo. To help your understanding, here are some helpfull hints. If you are shooting a rifle that you don't know what shift a "click" will give you, assume it will be 1 MOA. Adjust, then fire another group. If it did not put the group in center, take a measurement of the distance the group moved, divided by the "clicks" you adjusted. If I moved sights 5 clicks at 100 yards, and my group shifted 2.5 inches, I have 0.5 MOA adjustment per "click". Examples, I am shooting an AR that has been assembled from parts. I have no idea what the clicks are on this thing. I shoot a 5 round group, and the center is 5 inches to the right of center at 100 yards. So I adjust the sights 5 clicks left, and reshoot. The group is now dead center. I have thus established my clicks to be 1 MOA windage. I am shooting with a scope, that has 1/4 MOA clicks. I am 3 inches high and 2 inches right at 25 yards. I need my adjustment. 3 inches is 12 MOA at 25 yards (3 / .25 = 12). 3 is my inches, my distance is 25 yards. An MOA is .25 at 25 yards.
1
Using the same measurements, I determine that I also need 8 MOA adjustment left. 2 inches is 8 MOA (2 / .25 = . My scope will need to be adjusted 48 clicks down (12 MOA / .25 moa per click) and 32 left (8 moa / .25 moa per click). I am shooting a Nagant with ladder type sights. I am shooting 6 inches low at 200 yards. I am on the 200 yard setting. Roughly assuming that 1 "click" (200 to the 300) yard setting will move me 3 MOA (300 yards equals 3 MOA of bullet drop), the 300 yard sight setting should get me on (200 yards is 2 inches per MOA. 200 to 300 adjustment is 3 MOA. 2 inches x 3 MOA will result in a total change of 6 inches).
Here is an easy quiz question to start us off: My rifle is hitting 2 inches right at 100 yards. I assume I have 1 MOA clicks, so I adjust 2 clicks left. This gives me a total change of 1.5 inches left leaving me 0.5 inches to the right of my target, still not to center. What are my windage "clicks" equal to? Bonus question, do I go any more clicks, or do I leave the sights where they are? PM your message to The Guy, and look for more quizes here. The correct answer will be given in three days, with the next quiz. Enjoy! [Disclaimer -- not all adjustable sights are set up for MOA; IIRC metric FAL sights changes are 1cm at 100m.] [Other disclaimer, Know your rifle, know your ammo. Your rifle/ammo combo will work out different in the real world. This exercise is only to get you to think, not to be hard fast rules for any rifle mentioned.] (edited for spelling, but mainly because I wish I was as cool as The Guy -- Reaper) FIREARMS AND FREEDOM - Switzerland's Secret Strategy For Survival by Peter Hammond “If you want peace, prepare for war.” “Peace is achieved through superior firepower.” These quotes sum up the Swiss attitude towards peace and freedom. A momentously important new book: Target Switzerland Swiss Armed Neutrality in World War II, by Stephen Halbrook, provides the incredible untold story of how Switzerland, alone among all the nations of Central Europe, successfully resisted the Nazi juggernaut during the Second World War. Switzerland was the one nation on the European Continent, from the Iberian Peninsula to the Volga River, that never succumbed to either the Nazi threats or military occupation. How this small republic succeeded in maintaining its independence, while completely encircled by aggressive totalitarian nations, needs to be remembered. The Unstoppable Offensive Neighbouring Austria succumbed to Nazi intrigues and threats and fell without a shot being fired in 1938. Czechoslovakia was likewise bullied and threatened into giving up without a fight. Albania was occupied by Fascist Italy. Poland fell after just 20 days of intense fighting in September 1939. Denmark surrendered within 4 hours of receiving an ultimatum. The Danish King and his government capitulated and prohibited any resistance to the Nazi occupation. The Norwegians put up a spirited resistance, aided by British and French troops, but were quickly outmaneuvered by German paratroopers and mountain divisions. Sweden allowed the Nazi's to transport troops over its soil to Norway. It would later allow the transportation of an entire German army division across its “neutral” territory, to be used in the attack on the Soviet Union in 1941.
1
Holland fell before the German Blitzkrieg in just 5 days. Belgium held out for almost 17 days before surrendering to the invading German army. France was conquered in under 6 weeks. Paris fell without a shot being fired. Yet, despite Hitler's frequently repeated threats to invade, “liquidate” and annex Switzerland to his Grossdeutschland, (with maps even being printed on the day of the Anschluss of Austria, showing Switzerland as incorporated into the 3rd Reich), Switzerland succeeded where all other neutral nations failed. Switzerland remained a heroic island of freedom in a sea of Nazi tyranny, throughout Europe. It was to answer this question of how Switzerland so effectively resisted tyranny during a time when every surrounding nation failed, that this incredibly timely book Target Switzerland was written. Sharpshooters on Skis The spiritual and military strength and resolve of the tiny Swiss nation to resist the overwhelming totalitarian threat should continue to inspire freedom-loving people everywhere. This great land of the Reformation, with its long tradition of a decentralised, constitutional Republic, has long been renowned as a nation of marksmen on skis. Every man in Switzerland has at least one rifle in his home. Switzerland was the only European nation which proclaimed that, in the event of an invasion, any announcement of surrender was to be regarded as enemy propaganda, and that every soldier must fight to the last cartridge, and then with the bayonet. Their published and openly proclaimed military strategy was to make any invader pay a severe penalty for violating their neutrality. The order was: Keep Fighting. No surrender. No retreat. Fight to the last bullet and blade. A Legacy of Liberty With the large number of totalitarian dictatorships, vicious wars and lack of freedom in large parts of the world today, the lessons and example of Switzerland should be carefully studied and learnt from. Switzerland is the oldest democracy in the world. It also has the distinction of having the highest per-capita gun ownership in the world. In contrast to the rest of Europe, which had highly centralised governments, Switzerland had a very weak central government. The first unit of authority in Switzerland was the individual and the family. Then came the village or city, then the canton and finally the federal government. As a direct democracy, power was decentralised. Power was exercised from the bottom up, not from the top down. Therefore, whereas Hitler was able to conquer much of Europe by bluffing and bullying the central authority of various governments into capitulation, in Switzerland there was no central authority, which could betray or surrender the nation. The Swiss solution to Hitler's total war was total resistance by the entire population. Many would be surprised to hear that Switzerland achieved the highest military mobilisation of any population in World War II. A full 20% of the total Swiss population was mobilised to resist the Nazi threat in WW II. Some Swiss towns were bombed. Swiss pilots shot down at least 11 Luftwaffe planes in dog-fights during WW II, to the loss of only 3 of their own aircraft. Repeatedly through WW II, Nazi Germany and Fascist Italy mobilised hundreds of thousands of troops, including mechanised divisions, on the border of Switzerland in preparation for invasion; unleashing intensive journalistic barrages of anti-Swiss articles, in preparation for occupation. Only to be faced down by hundreds of thousands of incredibly determined and well-trained Swiss troops, ready to repel any invaders. While Hitler attacked every super-power of the time, France, Britain, Soviet Union and the USA, and every neighbouring neutral country, including Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Czechoslovakia and Austria, Switzerland was the only nation which successfully deterred the Nazi war machine from invading. Swiss Sanctuary The extraordinary courageous efforts of the Swiss military to prevent invasion and preserve a haven in which individuals were protected, enabled many thousands of refugees and escaped prisoners of war to find sanctuary in Switzerland, in the midst of the savagery of WW II. Switzerland protected 50 000 Jews and over 100 000 interned soldiers during the war. Most of these soldiers were allies, 1 700 were American pilots who had been shot down over Europe and escaped to Switzerland. Surrounded
2
On 25 July 1940, General Henry Guisan, commander of the Swiss Army, summoned 600 of his senior officers to a jagged mountainside in central Switzerland, near Lake Lucerne. During the preceding weeks, Denmark, Norway, Holland, Belgium and France had fallen to the forces of Nazi Germany. The British Army had evacuated the continent, leaving its heavy equipment behind. Poland, Austria, Czechoslovakia and Albania had fallen in the preceding two years. Hundreds of thousands of German troops were massing on Switzerland's northern border, and fascist Italy threatened Switzerland's southern border. Surrounded by totalitarian aggressors and occupied lands, the Swiss stood alone. Standing on the Rütli Meadow, overshadowed by the Alpine peaks, General Guisan addressed his officers: “I decided to reunite you in this historic place, the symbolic ground of our independence, to explain the urgency of the situation and to speak to you as a soldier to soldiers. We are at a turning point in our history. The survival of Switzerland is at stake.” His order was to fight to the last man - never surrender. Resistance to Tyranny It was on the Rütli Meadow that the Swiss Confederation was first formed on 1 August 1291. For 650 years, Swiss fighting men had earned the reputation as the most ferocious in Europe. Their determined refusal to live under the rule of foreign kings, was legendary. Most people know the story of William Tell, the hero who refused to bow before the Austrian governor Gessler. He was condemned to shoot an apple off the head of his 6-year old son at 120 paces. If he refused, both father and son would be executed. In a remarkable display of archery skill, William Tell succeeded in hitting the apple and missing his son. Congratulating Tell, Gessler asked why he had another arrow in his quiver. Tell responded that, had he injured the child, he would have sent the remaining arrow into the governor's heart. Tell was condemned to life imprisonment for his insolence, but he escaped while being transported across Lake Lucerne. Later he ambushed the governor and shot the reserved arrow into his heart. This instigated the rebellion in which the Swiss successfully overthrew the Austrians, who had been ruling them, and it was on this Rütli Meadow that the Swiss cantons swore loyalty to each other. In 1315, at the Battle of Morgarten, 1400 Swiss peasants ambushed 20000 Austrian knights and infantry in a narrow Alpine passage, showering them with rocks and driving them into a lake, where many drowned. At this battle, the Swiss killed 2 000 of the invaders, for the loss of only 12 of their own people. In 1339, 6 500 Swiss infantrymen defeated 12000 German invaders at the battle of Laupen. This was the first battle on the European continent, where infantrymen defeated armoured cavalry in open terrain. In 1386, at the Battle of Sempach, 4000 Austrian knights were defeated by 1 300 Swiss peasants. In 1388, 650 Swiss successfully defeated an Austrian force of 15 000 invaders in the Alps. The Austrians lost 1 700 men to 55 Swiss. In 1476, a French army of 20 000 invaded. 412 Bernese troops in Grandson Castle were persuaded to surrender. All 412 Swiss were then hanged or drowned by the French. The Swiss mobilised immediately and at the ensuing Battle of Grandson, they routed the French with heavy losses. At the Battle of Morat, another French army of 23 000 was destroyed by a surprise attack, with the Swiss killing 10000 French invaders, for the loss of only 410 Swiss. After the Battle of Morat, the Swiss infantry were the most renowned in Europe, and deeply sought after as mercenaries. (In fact, over 1 million Swiss served as mercenaries over the centuries). In 1495, the Holy Roman Empire attempted to impose a tax on the Swiss, and this resulted in the Swiss defeating the Holy Roman Empire at the Battle of Dornach in 1501. Even the cynical and sinister Niccolo Machiavelli, author of The Prince, observed that the Swiss were: “masters of modern warfare” and “the Swiss are well armed and enjoy great freedom.” The Swiss example of a decentralised federal Republic and a well-armed citizen's army, attracted the attention of English and American political observers in the 18th century, including many of the founders of the American Republic. The American Founding Fathers drew much inspiration from the Swiss example and incorporated many of their principles into the US Constitution. Subversion and Betrayal Switzerland's history of standing unconquered by foreign aggressors since 1291, has not, however, remained unbroken. In 1797, Napoleon succeeded in occupying Switzerland by a combination of threats, a propaganda war and persuading the French-speaking cantons not to resist the New French Order. Geneva and Lausanne, fell to the invading French without any resistance. When the German-
2
speaking Swiss put up a brave resistance at Fraubrunnen, they were ill-equipped, many armed only with pitchforks. They were slaughtered by the French artillery and cavalry. Resistance movements soon sprang up that included thousands of Swiss citizens waging guerilla warfare in the Alps against the French occupiers. Many thousands of Swiss were killed during the brutal Napoleonic occupation. Learning from Defeat After the disastrous years under French occupation, the Swiss were determined never to allow an invasion again and spent the next century building a strong citizens army, that anticipated new threats. They expended great effort and expense to improve both their weapons and their military tactics, to ensure that they preserved peace through superior firepower. The Swiss also recognised that the enemy had only succeeded in overthrowing them because the Swiss had failed to remain united in the face of a pan-European revolutionary idea. After the French occupation, the Swiss were determined never again to allow foreigners to sow disunity amongst them through strategies of divide and conquer. As a result, in the 1930's, although 72% of the population of Switzerland were German speaking, they successfully resisted all Nazi propaganda and subversive activities in the country. Under the new 1815 Constitution, universal male military service was instituted. The Swiss Shooting Federation (SSV) was formed in 1824 “to the promotion and perfection of the art of sharp-shooting, an art beautiful in itself and of the highest importance for the defence of the Confederation.” Shooting festivals became one of the most important unifying activities in the communities. Peace through Superior Firepower In 1847, the Protestant cantons put down a separatist revolt by Catholic revolutionaries. In 1857, the Prussian Kaiser mobilised over 150000 soldiers to invade Switzerland over a border dispute. The Swiss mobilised 30000 of their own troops to counter. One German observer remarked that the Swiss militia was worth half a dozen standing armies in Europe. In 1866, Bismarck suggested dividing up Switzerland between Italy, France and Prussia. In 1867, the Swiss invented a revolutionary new repeating turnbolt rifle with tubular magazine, holding 12 metallic cartridges. In 1874, the Federal Constitution provided for the government, for the first time, to equip every male citizen of military age with a modern rifle, uniform and ammunition. These were to remain in the hands of the soldier at their home. (Up until this point Swiss soldiers had been expected to obtain their own weapons). In 1889, the Swiss developed a new straight bolt rifle, using the Swiss designed 7.5mm cartridge. In sharp contrast to the increasing centralisation of power in other countries in continental Europe, in Switzerland the federal government became more and more responsive to the wishes of the individual citizens and introduced the referendum in 1874, as a means of determining new legislation. In 1912, Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany visited Switzerland. Observing Swiss army manoeuvres, Kaiser Wilhelm questioned what a ¼ million Swiss soldiers could do if invaded by ½ million German soldiers. The famous Swiss response was: “then everyone of us will have to shoot twice!” In 1911, the Swiss developed the Schmidt-Rubin infantry rifle, model 1911, which had a detachable 6-round magazine and a fast-acting straight pull bolt. Over 300000 of these model 1911 rifles were manufactured and distributed to the population. The greatly outnumbered Swiss placed great emphasis on superior military marksmanship and equipment. In 1911, American Colonel Bell noted that the Swiss had an unsurpassed love of country, spartan patriotism and valour. “While the Swiss believes in peace and desires it above all else, his good sense tells him that this is best assured by preparedness at all times.” The Great War When the Great War broke out on August 1st, 1914, with combatants on every border, the Federal Council mobilised the entire army, some 450 000 men. The army was well equipped with Maxim machine guns and modern artillery. Both aviation and anti-aircraft defences were introduced at this time. A 1916 US Senate report “The Military Law and Efficient Citizen Army of the Swiss” noted that while the French army only trained at shooting ranges of 40 yards and were singularly poor even at this, and while the German soldiers do better than the French and train at 100 yards, the entire Swiss army had to be categorised as “all good marksmen” training at an average of 300 yards. There was absolutely no question that the Swiss had the highest standards of marksmanship in Europe, if not the world. The Nazi Threat
2
From the moment Adolf Hitler was named Chancellor of Germany on 30 January 1933, a reign of terror began. All rights to assemble and to a free press were removed. The Nazi's began house searches, seizing firearms from private citizens on a wide scale. Random searches and seizures were authorised. By March, Hitler was an absolute dictator and the regional German states had been overwhelmed by the central government. From the beginning, the press in neighbouring Switzerland was the most vocal in exposing the dangerous trends and threats of the Nazi regime. The Nazi professor of military science, Ewald Banse, openly published his assertion that in a war against France, Germany would need to invade through Switzerland to outflank the French fortified Maginot Line, punching through the Geneva gap. Despite its majority German-speaking population, Banse used Nazi racial theories to describe the Swiss as “inferior.” While most of the world paid little attention to the disturbing trends of national socialism in Germany, the Swiss were repelled from the start. On 12 May 1933, the Swiss Federal Council prohibited the wearing of Hitlerite uniforms and insignia, and subjected violators to imprisonment or deportation. The 1933 military manual issued to every Swiss citizen stated: “it is every man's duty to constantly maintain his rifle, and to practise constantly in both prone and kneeling positions at their local shooting society. To fire accurately, one should not shoot fast, but pull the trigger slowly using intelligence and judgement, remembering that the victor always has another cartridge in his rifle. The trigger was only to be pulled if the target will be hit. One has to shoot more accurately than the enemy and more skillfully use the terrain.” Their SSV came out strongly in its publications against totalitarianism of both the right and the left. Swiss shooting matches were extended to 400 metres. Considering that the German army only trained up to 100 metres, the Swiss marksmen would have a serious advantage over any invader. In September 1993, “A plan for the invasion of Switzerland” was published. The theme was: Geneva is the gateway to France and particularly important for the seizure of Lyons with its surrounding arms and ammunition factories. With violation of Swiss neutrality being publicly discussed, the Swiss massively increased appropriations for armaments. On the first page of “Mein Kampf,” Adolf Hitler had declared that “common blood must belong to a common Reich.” He made it clear that one of his main goals was to reunite Austria and Germany into one Reich, and he also alluded to the integration of Switzerland into his Grossdeutschland. During the Middle Ages, Switzerland had been part of the Holy Roman Empire, the first Reich in Nazi terminology. The Nazi's now were proclaiming that they intended to expand Germany's boundaries “to the furtherest limits of the old Holy Roman Empire and even beyond.” Prof. Banse wrote: “We count you Swiss as offshoots of the German nation; … one day we will group ourselves around a single banner and whoever wishes to separate us, we will exterminate!” United in Resistance It is remarkable that, unlike the Napoleonic War and WW I, when many Swiss were divided along ethnic lines with French and Italian speakers leaning towards France and Italy, and Germanspeakers sympathising with Prussia and Germany, the Swiss were united from 1933 on in their opposition to national socialism. Switzerland proved that French, German and Italian speaking citizens could live together harmoniously. Alone amongst the European nations, Switzerland remained immune to the infectious virus of the New World Order proclaimed by the Nazi's. In fact, the German-speaking Swiss became the most vehemently anti-Nazi group in the world. A war of words took place in Swiss and German newspapers. Swiss defiance of tyranny and zeal for justice and liberty soared. The people flocked to the shooting ranges. Explosives being smuggled across Lake Constance from Germany were intercepted. Four Swiss-Nazi's stood trial in Bern for promoting racial hatred. The Swiss began building fortifications along their borders. From 1935, as violations of Swiss air space increased, Switzerland began regular air raid drills. An attempt to introduce strong centralised government was overwhelmingly defeated by referendum! Major rearmament programmes escalated. A federal police force was introduced to counter pro-Nazi and Italian 5th column activities. Numerous espionage plots by both Nazi's and communists were uncovered. On 18th February 1936, the Federal council ordered the immediate suppression of all
1
Nazi organisations in Switzerland. In 1937, the Communist Party and all other parties affiliated with foreign organisations were outlawed. A report surfaced, alleging some 500 Gestapo agents were in Switzerland, conducting espionage. In 1935, a new rifle the K31 carbine was introduced into the Swiss army. The Swiss design was far superior to all existing military rifles in the world at that time in terms of accuracy, weight, handling and ease of loading. Almost 350 000 K31 rifles had been produced by 1945. In 1938, when neighbouring Austria was swallowed up by Nazi Germany, without a shot being fired, it was widely believed that Switzerland would be next. Simultaneously, Switzerland was flooded with Nazi propaganda and attacked by a journalist offensive. To counter Gestapo espionage, the Swiss military organised the counter-spy SPAB (Spionage Abwehr).
2002 Volume 3 FIREARMS AND FREEDOM - Part II Switzerland's Secret Strategy For Survival by Peter Hammond Isolated but Defiant As Austria ceased to exist as an independent state, the Swiss Parliament issued the following declaration: "It is Switzerland's mission in Europe to guard the passage over the Alps in the interest of all. It is the unanimous and unshakeable will of the Swiss people to assure the respect of its independence at the price of its blood the Swiss people are united in the determination to defend at any cost, to the last breath, and against anyone, the incomparable country which is theirs by God's will." They also noted that while "the Swiss people are prepared to consent to the sacrifices necessary for the National Defence, but the military armament of the country would be useless, if it did not rest on the spiritual and moral forces of the whole people." Military service was extended. Fighter planes and tanks were purchased, pill-box fortresses were built along the Italian, Austrian, French and German borders. A New York Times article in 1938 noted: "Switzerland is the oldest republic in the world, the purest democracy in the world, an island of liberty in a sea of dictatorship... a citadel of peace through stormy centuries grimly waiting in their calm, undramatic way with loaded rifles and fixed bayonets." Hitler and Mussolini now ruled a combined 120 million people. The Swiss numbered but 4 million. Zurich, it's largest city, numbered 300 000. Disarmed and Dismembered Yet, instead of its expected attack on Switzerland, the Nazi's next turned their attention to Czechoslovakia. Czechoslovakia resembled Switzerland in that its people consisted of an ethnic and linguistic mix, and were neutral. However, Czechoslovakia had a highly centralised government, and a mostly disarmed people. They were ripe for Hitler's attention. Through bullying, bluffs and intimidation, Czechoslovakia was dismembered, piece by piece, and fell without a shot being fired. The country ceased to exist and was absorbed into Nazi Germany. The Swiss were well aware that, from the first day of the Nazi occupation of Czechoslovakia, posters were placed up in every town, ordering the inhabitants to surrender all firearms. The penalty for disobedience was death! To the Swiss, the connection between firearms and freedom was obvious. Tyrants prefer disarmed victims. Those who want freedom must be willing to fight for it. Armed and Resolute As the Gestapo were energetically disarming citizens all over central Europe, the Swiss government were ensuring that every home was well equipped with weapons and ammunition. The Swiss also lowered the age for national service and increased the obligation to serve in the Swiss military to age 60.
2
General Guisan, in his book "Our People and its Army" asserted that military defence has two essential components: moral force and material force. Guisan emphasised some of the special Swiss customs: "a young man at his confirmation received a sword and could not marry unless he possessed a Bible and firearm." The local assemblies (Landsgemeinde) of law makers each carry a sword as a symbol of liberty when they gather for legislation. Days of military recruitment were festivals with processions, flags and music. "Being capable of military service is a physical certificate of health; our girls know it well!" The warrior spirit exhibits itself in the arts, literature and architecture. The army is the incarnation of the Federal Republic. "The people are the army, the army is the people." The army provided education for citizenship. Switzerland's strength was based on diversity. "It would be as vain to want to unify Switzerland as to attempt to level her mountains!" We must be "united, strong and vigilant." The League of Nations had failed, only the Swiss army itself could preserve Switzerland's neutrality and sovereignty. "We have a small army, yes, but it is made strong by our traditions." "The nation would continue to exist only if it was strong enough to defend itself." Guisan insisted that "the oldest army in Europe must know neither defeatism nor fear; dignity forbids it!" The SSV published this plea: "We owe it to our ancestors, who always appreciated freedom and independence but we owe it also to those who will live after us we must trust in God on high and never be intimidated by the power of man. It is better to die than to live in slavery!" Preparing for War The Swiss established anti-aircraft batteries around all major towns. Most households were equipped with gas masks. Mines under all bridges and roads leading into Switzerland were in place already from 1938, and all these roads and bridges were under 24-hour guard. During one emergency, the entire Swiss army was mobilised within 2 hours. The population was instructed to stockpile food. Vast quantities of foodstuff and ammunition were stockpiled in fortified emplacements in the Alps. Many women's groups also began to get armed and firearms training. Blitzkrieg There were many attempts by the Nazis to intimidate Switzerland into curtailing their free press from criticising the Third Reich. Spies and saboteurs were a constant danger, and on 1 September 1939, WW II was launched by Hitler's invasion of Poland. For the first time in history, the world witnessed the tactics of blitzkrieg- lightning war in which tanks would slice into and surround an enemy's front and planes would swarm behind the enemy lines as mobile artillery. Much of the Polish Air Force was caught by surprise and destroyed on the ground. As Warsaw fell, the Nazis conducted house-to-house searches to confiscate all firearms. Persons found in possession of firearms were executed. As Britain and France declared war on Germany, the Swiss faced a new threat. The French considered invading Germany through Switzerland's Geneva Gap. The Swiss mobilised to resist both German and French invasions. From 22 September, Swiss anti-aircraft batteries began firing on German war planes, violating Switzerland's air space. They also had to fire on French war planes near Basel. On 30 November 1939, the Soviet Union attacked Finland. The Swiss were encouraged by the effective resistance of the Finns, also a nation of marksman on skis. The Finns demonstrated throughout the winter war that a small population could, in fact, successfully resist a strong aggressor. Neutral Nations Fall The Nazi press began a systematic journalistic barrage, which always preceeded a Nazi invasion. Swiss Intelligence learned of Germany's plans to invade Denmark and Norway in April, and passed this information on to the allied chiefs of staff, who discounted it. When the German invasion of Denmark and Norway came, they were ill prepared. For the first time in history, air transport played a major role in an offensive, placing German forces in key positions behind and among the Norweigan defences. Even when the Germans enjoyed no numerical superiority, they won easy victories. General Dietl's mountain troops at Narvik, although numbering only 4 500 against the 25 000 allies, routed the British, French and Norweigan troops. The Swiss noted that a German attack on the Swiss Alps would inevitably employ paratroopers, gliders and specially trained
2
mountain divisions. Switzerland recognised that they were facing the greatest threat in their history. Total Resistance In sharp contrast to the highly centralised structures in other countries, the distinctive Swiss command was for each individual soldier to act on his own initiative: "Where no officers or noncommissioned officers are present, each soldier acts under exertion of all powers of his own initiative." The entire nation was mobilised for invasion, and the Widerstandsgeist (the resistance spirit) was the most determined and pervasive in Europe. As Berlin complained about the incessant anti-Nazism of the Swiss press, the Swiss government responded that it was: "the duty of our press to reject the domestic and foreign policies of the national socialists clearly and forcefully." Aerial Dogfights As the Western front opened on 10 May 1940 with a German invasion of Holland, Belgium and France, 27 bombs were dropped by the Luftwaffe on Northern Switzerland, and Swiss anti-aircraft guns drove away German bombers and fighters. A Swiss squadron of pursuit planes engaged the Luftwaffe and a Swiss ME-109 shot down a Heinkel-111, twin-engine bomber. This was the first of many instances in which the Swiss used aircraft, initially purchased from Germany, to shoot down Luftwaffe warplanes. German reconnaissance aircraft, equipped with cameras flying over the fortified Northern frontier of Switzerland, were driven away by anti-aircraft fire. On 1 June, 36 German bombers entered Swiss air space and were attacked by Swiss ME-109's. Two HE-111 bombers were shot down. The next day another HE-111 was shot down by a Swiss fighter. On 4 June, as the British army was being evacuated from Dunkirk, and Winston Churchill was making his famous "We shall fight on the beaches, we shall fight on the landing grounds, we shall fight in the fields and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills; we shall never surrender" speech, the Swiss Air Force was engaged in an intensive dog-fight with 29 German planes. Both Luftwaffe and Swiss planes were shot down. One German aircraft had the following order on board: "Lure the Swiss fighters into battle and shoot down as many as possible." On 8 June, it was David against Goliath again 15 Swiss aircraft engaged 28 Luftwaffe planes, resulting in the downing of 2 Swiss and 3 German aircraft "Invasion Inevitable" World wide, the question was not whether the Wehrmacht would attack the Alpine Republic, but when. By 13 May, over 700 000 Swiss soldiers were mobilised- nearly 20% of the Swiss population, the highest percentage of any country in the war. As Italian troops massed on their Southern border, more divisions were rushed to the South. The League of Nations, the International Red Cross and the American Consul fled Geneva, Zurich and Basel in anticipation of the inevitable invasion. Aerial dog-fights between German and Swiss aircraft intensified. The USA urged all Americans in Switzerland to evacuate immediately. Holland and Belgium folded, and the British and French armies reeled back in retreat.. To guard against sabotage, over 70 000 old rifles were issued to the Ortswehren or local defence units. And in reaction, the German government complained that the Swiss military was dispersing ammunitions and organising local citizens to wage partisan war if invaded!
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
RIFLES SVT 38, 40 TOKAREV
Russian 10 shot semiautomatic rifle in 7.62x54, fed by two charger clips it was designed to be lighter than the M91/30. It has the standard European rear ramp on the barrel. The poorly trained Russian troops had problems with them but more disciplined Germans liked them. Semiautomatic action offers more rapid fire than bolt action designs but the recoil is harsh. Some can be fitted with scopes but the mounts are not only rare but expensive and you’ll have to order them from a surplus outfit in the Shotgun News. Spare magazines are also hard to find and expensive so you’re stuck using Mosin-Nagant 5 round stripper clips. There are 7.62x54 with steel core ammunition, so this rifle is actually viable for riflemen if one of your team has it.
M1 GARAND U.S. issue 8 shot semiautomatic rifle in 30.06 or .308. Reliable and durable when issue ball or equivalent loaded rounds used as that rifle was designed around that cartridge loading, so be mindful not to shoot too many rounds of hunting ammunition not like ball. The M-1 uses a unique 8 shot clip you insert into the top of the magazine well and when the last round is fired it ejects with a distinctive ping. When loading, care must be taken to keep the heel of your right hand on that charging handle as inserting the 8 shot clip will unlock the bolt and if you don’t hold it back it will slam forward very hard, busting your thumb. Other than that the weapon is great-I learned how to shoot with a Garand. Your front sight can be used as a rangefinder; if a man sized target is wider than the front sight post he’s within “battle sight zero”; you can just aim without compensating for range. BSZ is 250 yards and the rear sight has elevation adjustments out to 1200 yards. A GI web sling or a M1907 shooting sling belong on the Garand as it was designed with American rifleman standards of shooting in mind. Knowledge of maintenance mandatory-the rifle needs to be lubed with grease-but the rifle can be shot about as rapidly as a modern semiautomatic rifle. 53
SVD DRAGUNOV Semiautomatic Russian sharpshooter rifle-not really a sniper rifle it was intended to give the platoon commander a designated marksman with a full power rifle to hit enemy snipers, commanders, key personnel. 7.62x54R, match loaded Russian ammo “7N14” series is very accurate in these rifles. Steel core Czech and Bulgarian ball ammo isn’t nearly as accurate but will penetrate enemy hard armor more easily. “Assault Rifles”-Semiautomatic military pattern rifles, either imported with new receivers or commercially made copies. These, save for full-auto fire, are generally the most desirable. AR-15/M-16/M-4
Cops and other government forces will typically be issued these-except theirs will be fully automatic. These rifles are very popular, have a lot of accessories, and can be modified forever so you’re never bored with it. .22 long rifle kits can be installed with ease allowing more training. There are TWO 50 BMG upper assemblies you can purchase without federal registration forms giving you and (hopefully) yours anti-vehicle and anti-helicopter capabilities. Gas piston retrofits and new gas piston design rifles eliminate one of the great flaws of these rifles-the direct inpingment gas system that blows hot carbon gases and powder residue into the complicated, fragile bolt and chamber, which will by itself eventually induce a malfunction. Troops from Vietnam to Iraq have cursed this rifle as issued for being delicate and having to be constantly cleaned and maintained. Don’t think America can’t be just as shitty a battlefield. Want to know the other great flaw? The caliber. The .223 is a varmint cartridge; it’s banned by several states for deer hunting as it doesn’t kill. The same Johnston Administration jackoffs that got us into Vietnam selected the .223 cartridge for its wounding ability. I suppose that’s great if you’re looking to overwhelm the enemy’s medics with wounded, but we’re looking for solid kills and the ability to penetrate body armor and cover. The .223 can penetrate standard auto body doors, but it will certainly be stopped by body armor hard plates and even moderate cover. It is a marginal round 54
whose only saving grace is that you can carry a lot of rounds. A hundred round C-mag can allow you to make a lot of things happen, like stop an entry team-so in repelling dynamic entries aim for either the face or the legs and sweep em! There are new calibers; the 6.8 and the 6.5-made to fit in a AR. Coupled with a gas piston upper they put the AR in a whole new category but they are in these times all but unavailable. Pity. SKS Poorest man’s assault rifle in the 7.62x39 round which can penetrate but loses most of its body armor and cover penetration capability past 200 yards… although some skilled
riflemen can hit targets with a standard AK firing this round at 700 yards so you can get lucky and hit a soft spot. The SKS became the center of a cottage industry of cheap bolted on scopes, folding stocks, and in particular those garbage duckbill magazines that replace the internal 10 round that works just fine. Now there is a harder to find Chinese model that was built to feed from AK magazines and this rifle works great, but the zytel plastic duckbill magazines are cumbersome to change out, and typically don’t work. Some metal magazines from USA magazine can work but require fitting and adjusting the feed lips-pain in the ass, I speak from experience. There’s a very hard to find 75 round drum magazine but that will cost more than the rifle itself! The sights aren’t the greatest; barrel mounted rear ramp with notch sucks, but allows longer range shooting. Get a tech sight that mounts on the receiver that gives the SKS a longer sight radius, making the rifle much more accurate. Otherwise, leave the rifle as is, try not to get caught in close quarters, keep the enemy at a distance.
AK-47 Tough, reliable, underestimated in the accuracy department as I’ve found out recently. If you’re thinking of getting an SKS and some duckbill magazines, save yourself a LOT of grief and get an AK. Any AK except for the Maadi, it’s garbage. The Romanian AK comes in currently at 3-400 bucks and works good enough, plus it has a quarter decent 55
trigger. 75 round drums cost about a hundred bucks and are highly recommended. In fact two trained, ready riflemen in a house armed with drum mag AK-47’s could cut a SWAT team down in seconds; shoot at the legs, chop em down and they’re yours. There is a side rail that you can use to attach optics, making your hit probability beyond room range much better, as the issue sights are hard to use to begin with and with a sight radius of 14 inches rather unforgiving of your aiming errors. For home defense, a side folding stock, drum magazine, carry on pouch with 30 or 40 round magazines and PLENTY OF BOTH CLOSE IN AND LONG RANGE MARKSMANSHIP TRAINING can give you a fighting chance. There’s a .223 and a 5.45x39mm whose ammo is CURRENTLY AS OF FEBURARY 2009 cheap. You won’t have the drum mags to play with however. MINI 14
.223 caliber carbine. Some say the rifle’s reliable, a lot more say the rifle sucks. Unless you get a custom barrel it’s not very accurate. Magazines are hard to come by at timesquality magazines that is. If its what you have and can’t get anything else, aim for the head or legs and then headshoot when they’re down.
FAL Semiautomatic rifle in .308 that’s typically long but very reliable, hard hitting and accurate. Harder to use in close quarters but shooters at longer ranges can have a field day as the .308 will punch right through soft body armor out to a good 300 yards or more, and can be used as a countersniper rifle. A lot of people have no ideal what a trained, ready rifleman with a .308 FAL could do. I would get a scope with this rifle as the rear sight is chintzy, going out to just 600 yards and wobbles enough to potentially induce a miss. DSA sells a replacement rear sight based on the AR-10 .308 rear sight drum that requires tearing half the rifle apart to install but offers easily adjustable elevation and windage out to 800 yards.
56
HK-91/CETME Another semiautomatic rifle in .308 that has a well deserved reputation for AK reliability and AR accuracy, its weak points are its ergonomics-the awkward placement of the charging handle and the magazine eject button. Aftermarket paddle mag levers are currently available greatly speeding up reloading. The trigger in HK’s is horrible at 12lb, but the CETME is much like a M1 Garand… but whether your rifle will work is a good question so take a feeler gauge, slam the bolt shut and if it’s above .12 it’s no good. Look out for grounded bolt faces, and make certain it basically shoots before buying. Its sights go out to just 400 yards-which is just sad in a .308. The shorter barrel makes the rifle handier than a FAL but its regrettably heavy due to its extremely reliable delayed blowback action. 30 round magazines are available as are folding stocks, making this a great raid stopper.
If there’s one rifle I would have every American get it is this one. It’s very accurate, reliable, cannot jam due to it’s open bolt design, uses a 20 round magazine, its sights are great, easy to use and naturally takes a M-1907 shooting sling allowing much more accurate shooting without a bipod. They are long, and not the best for home defense, but they can handle just about anything beyond your front door. They can handle just about anything beyond your street-including enemy snipers. IF YOU CAN GET ONE, A .50 BMG RIFLE COULD HELP CARRY THE DAY
57
.50 Browning can penetrate all kinds of cover, reach out and hit police helicopters, penetrate those gay command vehicles, and potentially disable armored vehicles. Using one to its maximum potential most definitely requires the mastery of rifle marksmanship. I recommend the Barrett M82 semiautomatic rifle; it’s accurate enough, feeds from 10 round detaching magazines, has iron sights graded out to 800 yards although a good
Leopold Mil-Dot scope would be a first option. With this rifle you can engage high priority targets-such as snipers, level 4 armored entry teams, command and assault vehicles, and most importantly, low flying helicopters as you’ll need to correct lead for both direction and speed well forward to hit(more on engaging aerial threats shortly). Serbu is also coming out with a semiautomatic rifle that uses Barrett’s 10 round magazines but is lighter, making it more suitable for maneuvering on your battlefield. All other .50BMG rifles are bolt actions, either magazine or single shot and don’t have nearly the cyclic rate to take on helicopters or offer immediate follow up shots to armored vehicles or teams scrambling for cover.
58
OODA LOOP-GET INSIDE THE ENEMY’S REACTION CYCLE!!! You want to keep the enemy on their toes, get what is referred in their circles as inside their OODA loop: observe, orient, decide, act. As they observe more of their thugs getting blasted and begin to orient toward that scene you’re ALREADY deciding on your next target and acting on it with a fresh magazine in your rifle. AS THE ENEMY DECIDES TO GO WHERE YOU WERE YOU ATTACK WHERE YOU ARE, meaning the enemy has to reorient. By which time you’re acting to get out of there and orienting to your next objective…. could be more of the enemy, could be making your exit-that’s up to you but if you’re going out like this the bigger the body count the more of a major propaganda and moral loss you can inflict on the enemy. Of course exiting while the going’s good means you live to fight another day. You accomplish this by knowing your terrain, knowing yourself and maximizing your individual potential, knowing the enemy-their resources and probable reactions. You let all the above stew in your head until you come up with plans. You practice those plans until you can act automatically. Acting automatically through tactics, knowing yourself, your battleground and your enemy can give you the edge. Don’t just take MY word on this, read:
The OODA Loop: A simple concept for modern combat strategy by Scott on February 23, 2009 The OODA loop is a decision making model developed by US Air Force Colonel John Boyd. It is also known as the OODA cycle or Boyd’s loop. It is a concept that has been strategically applied at individual as well 59
as group levels. Understanding the OODA loop allows officers to prepare general tactics for commonly encountered situations as well as specific tactics when detailed circumstances are known ahead of time.
Concept A simple OODA loop can be graphically represented as this:
In this process every combatant observes the situation, orients himself, decides what to do, and does it. Then the process repeats itself. •
Observe means to know what is happening through any of your five senses, not just sight.
•
Orient means to understand the meaning of what you observed. When a suspect does the “felony stretch” looking for a direction to flee as he stretches his arms overhead, an experienced officer realizes the suspect is about to take off running.
•
Decide is weighing the options available and picking one.
•
Act is carrying out the decision.
This abstract concept is made more concrete by some examples.
Reactionary Gap Most police officers are aware of the reactionary gap. If two people are standing a foot apart facing each other, the first one is given instructions to touch the second one as fast as he can while the second one is told to slap the first person’s hand away before he touches him. The second person will never succeed because he has to go through a full OODA cycle before he can react and by that time the first person will have already touched him. If the two people are farther apart, the second person will have enough time to react because the distance adds time to the action and gives him enough time to observe and 2
react. He already knows what the first person is going to do and how he will react so he moves instantly from observe to act.
Groundfighting Matt has trained in a variety of Martial Arts since he was a kid. The last several years he has studied groundfighting in Brazilian Ju-jitsu. While demonstrating his skills against me in the Defensive Tactics room, he would consistently get me in some joint lock or choke. When I finally started making headway against his hold, he would quickly switch tactics and attack another limb. I would start all over again and attempt to break this new hold. Before I could make much headway, he would switch again and get me in a different choke. The entire time we were on the ground fighting, I was expending most of the energy. That was because Matt was always ahead of me in the OODA cycle switching tactics before I could respond effectively. The entire time he was using little effort and great technique while I was getting fatigued fighting against his attacks. My fatigue made his control of the OODA loop even stronger.
SWAT entries The SWAT team makes entry on a room by throwing a flashbang. It goes off disorienting the occupants and temporarily blinding them with the flash. While the occupants are disoriented by the light and concussion, the team enters and engages the suspects before they can react.
Conclusion In each of these examples, action beats reaction. Yet as police officers we often have to react to circumstances and people around us. The trick is to use our knowledge of the OODA loop to take the offense away from our opponent. Generally that means overtaking him in the cycle by being faster or slowing him down.
How to zip through the OODA Loop by Scott on March 4, 2009
2
As I discussed in The OODA Loop: A simple concept for modern combat strategy, there are two ways to take the offense away from our opponent. One is to overtake him in the cycle by being faster, the second is by slowing him down. Here are some common ways police officers can speed through the loop faster than their opponent.
Run through mental scenarios As you approach a call, traffic stop, or suspect, take whatever information you know about the situation and come up with a few possible scenarios and prepare for them. If the suspect becomes aggressive or attempts to ambush you, the scenarios in the front of your brain will allow you to quickly orient and react to the situation.
Anticipate Danger Similar to the mental scenario, if you anticipate danger you can quickly orient yourself to it. Many officers get stuck in the loop when an action surprises them. Seeing a gun or knife shocks them because they anticipated cooperation rather than resistance. It takes them longer to re-orient to the situation, giving their opponent an opportunity to take the initiative.
Prearranged decisions Figure out how you will personally react to a situation before it occurs. This allows you to instantly move from orient to act in the loop, speeding up the process. Here are some examples of situations that you can prearrange decisions for: •
A suspect points a gun at your head within your arm span, do you talk to him or grab for the gun?
2
•
You roll up on an officer being shot and the suspect flees, do you chase the suspect or help the officer?
•
Someone robs the restaurant you are eating at off duty, do you confront the suspect or be a good witness?
•
You roll up on an unreported burglary in progress, do you confront the suspects or hide and wait for other units?
One of the great things about prearranged decisions is you can take plenty of time to decide. Discuss the situations with your friends, trainers, and supervisors and get their input. Use your imagination to come up with new scenarios. The more scenarios and prearranged decisions you think about, the more likely you will anticipate a similar real life situation.
Have a plan When you approach a location, suspect, or situation with other officers, talk with each other and have a basic plan for contact. Come up with the suspect’s most likely response and plan a counter amongst yourselves. Similar to prearranged decisions but with more people, it allows everyone to have a decision already made. For example, in a car chase with three occupants in the suspect vehicle, decide who will chase each suspect when the chase ends. If one suspect bails out early, everyone knows who will stop to chase him and no confusion occurs.
Improve your skill level In general, skills are perishable and practice will keep them quick and effective, especially those skills which involve several movements like drawing and firing a gun. When you find yourself in a gunfight, you want to be fast and accurate. Speed comes from economy of movement. Accuracy is more important than speed because misses make you go through the loop again. Practice will improve the skill of both. As Paul Howe says in his article Training for the Real Fight, you would rather be in a shooting than a gunfight. A shooting is a one way event where all the shooting is done by the officer. In a gunfight, the suspect gets to fight back. The difference comes from putting yourself in a tactically superior position and anticipating the fight. He emphasizes scanning and discrimination skills to see first and shoot first. In his book,Leadership and Training for the Fight , Howe advocates a scanning and discrimination exercise where you go unarmed into a room with 50 targets in it. You have to scan them systematically and quickly identify which ones are good guys and which are bad guys. You can’t just look at the ones holding guns because your fellow officers are holding guns too. You have to look at the whole person before 1
deciding to fire. If you do this exercise several times, you will find that you will become faster and more accurate. A couple of relevant questions about other skills: Have you trained with your stick, spray, or TASER lately? Have you practiced your defensive tactic skills in the last year? When is the last time your practiced drawing your backup weapon while someone was trying to get your duty weapon from your holster? Other Ideas These are only some ways to speed through the OODA loop. If you think of some other ideas, feel free to use the comments of this article to share your thoughts.
Slowing down your opponent’s OODA Loop by Scott on March 10, 2009
As I discussed in The OODA Loop: A simple concept for modern combat strategy, there are two ways to take the offense away from our opponent. One is to overtake him in the cycle by being faster. I discussed common tactics for that strategy in How to zip through the OODA Loop. The second method is to slow your opponent down. This article discusses tactics for that strategy.
Keep them from seeing you If the suspect doesn’t detect your presence, you have a huge advantage. You can get more info, plan, and coordinate your actions. Given enough time, you can evaluate several plans and use one that requires some preparation as opposed to one that requires instant reaction.
3
At night during in progress calls, patrol officers in my area routinely “black out” their squad car by turning off their headlights, killing the brake lights with a special switch, and turning the police radio down really low. They stop a distance away from the call and approach on foot in the shadows. When they observe suspects, they don’t reveal themselves, but quietly tell other responding units where to go and coordinate a group response. Ideally, the first officer is the one that triggers the plan into action but sometimes the officers get discovered and they have to go with the resources at hand, but now you have additional units already on the way.
Blend in Similar to keeping them from seeing you, this tactic lets them observe you but not recognize you as a threat, allowing you to get in a good position. A simple example is posing as an employee of the motel when knocking on a room door. An article by Scott Buhrmaster gives some good ideas for this tactic. (Note: you will need a Police One secure area logon to access this article. Get one here.) Care should be taken to not abuse this tactic. In Newport, some officers recently disguised themselves as firefighters to capture a violent felon and caused some controversy.
Good positioning During one on one encounters, good positioning provides enough time to react to an attack. For street interviews this means staying far enough away to keep from being sucker punched. On traffic stops it means keeping the suspect in his vehicle so a barrier (car door) restricts his ability to hit or stab you easily. Many officers approach from the passenger side which is even more effective. With high risk suspects, that means using cover, facing them away from you, and walking them back to you. Positioning is about good habits. When you build good habits, they can save your life by giving you the little edge you might need to overcome someone who is skilled and tries to hurt you.
Multiple targets SWAT typically uses this tactic when they enter a room that contains a suspect. They spread to a 90 degree angle from the suspect when they get through the doorway. They immediately close on him. This tactic creates an overwhelming display of force that motivates the suspect to submit. However, if the suspect doesn’t submit the multiple targets the officers present forces him to decide who to attack first. That extra decision slows him down and gives the time advantage to the officers. If the suspect doesn’t quickly decide who to attack, the officers should be on top of him. 1
Update: Glenn French pointed out some problems with the statements I marked out. His thoughts: “The Tactic of splitting your adversaries attention upon entry is used for Hostage Rescue and shouldn’t be used for a Barricaded gunman. From my experience the stealth to contact tactic is used for Barricaded gunman. I see no reason to do a dynamic entry for a barricaded gunman in most cases. Swat usually waits these guys out until they surrender or commit suicide. If an entry must be made a slow and deliberate tactic is best.” I agree and wanted to clarify that I’m not advocating entry on a barricaded suspect but trying to illustrate the benefits of multiple targets to slow down the mental processes of a suspect.
Disorient them The classic version of this is the flashbang. When you throw one in a room the effects of the concussion and flash disorient the suspect and allow the officers to enter and gain control of the room before the suspect can orient himself and figure out what is going on. Another version involves police K9. Suspects that are hiding or fleeing from officers are trying to formulate a plan to escape or resist. They often expect to be confronted with officers and make their plans relative to people. When a police dog that is searching for them confronts them instead, their plan becomes useless and they have to re-orient to the new situation of a police dog attacking them. While they are trying to work out their new situation officers should be able to move into position to control and cuff them.
Deceive them Some officers have the silver tongue and can talk a suspect into cuffs. Other officers find themselves at a disadvantage and use deception to buy time and get more officers to assist. An example of this is an officer working drug interdiction on the highway. This officer was alone in a rural area without an immediate backup. He stopped a vehicle with several suspects in it and just found their load of dope in the car. The officer felt the tension and fear coming from the suspects when he got close to their dope. The suspects became more aggressive and their behavior led the officer to believe they would resist and knew he could be overwhelmed by them. Instead of confronting them and probably having to shoot them to overcome their attack, he used deception. He acted like he had not seen the dope and told them that he was going to let them go with a warning for the traffic violation. When they drove off, he followed them down the highway while radioing for additional units. When they had several more squad cars with him, he stopped the vehicle again and did a felony stop to take them into custody.
Other tactics or ideas 3
These are only some ways to slow down your opponent. If you think of some other ideas tactics, feel free to use the comments of this article to share your thoughts.
Rebooting the OODA Loop by Scott on October 26, 2009 Editor’s Note: This is a guest post from Ron Borsch. Ron’s bio is at the end of this article. In the police training world, certain job related skills are vitally important. Simulation scenarios involving inoculations of stress, confusion and chaos are valuable components to prepare officers to win in real street encounters, (expect the unexpected, and adapt). Trained, experienced and enlightened simulation trainers often discover early on that it is difficult to truly surprise in-service officers. For example, our agency discovered that most efforts of restaging a room between Red-Man simulation scenarios was largely a waste of time. As officers entered, they seemed to make snap assessments of the environment, taking in the most important elements at a glance. Something else was needed to replicate surprise. Enter United States Air Force Col. John Boyd’s, OODA Loop. He identifies the simple four stages of reaction, Observe, Orient, Decide and Act. This is its simplest, or combat terms. The first stage is visual, but could also be sound, or touch. Orienting is mental, the process of evaluating, for instance, a threat. The third stage is also mental, that of deciding what to do. The last stage is the physical act of initiating motor action. The two middle stages, both MENTAL, are the ones we can most have an effect upon through training. A key prerequisite is creating an unexpected event in the scenario that the student officer must quickly solve. I suggest the term for this unanticipated event is “Rebooting the OODA Loop”.
Scenario Training While Best, Risks the Ego Scenario training employing the rebooting of the role playing officer’s OODA loop often involves an emotional experience that is a much longer lasting lesson, possibly a “Kodak” moment or indelible experience. Such training is best employed to test how well PRIOR nonscenario training lessons took. While this type of training is labor intensive, it has no equal for testing individual skills of: Verbalization, Arrest Resistance, Empty-hand, Inert OC, Baton, TASER, Marking cartridges/Air-Soft, or an integration with all of them. Because the student officer must suddenly think for himself and act quickly, he may not perform up to his own expectations. This risks the ego, especially if others are watching, or is filmed, (recommended). This is often 1
sufficient for some officers to avoid the training if possible, or criticize it if unavoidable.
Hooded Drill for Rebooting the OODA Loop Years ago, former Navy SEAL Duane Dieter introduced what seems to be the first published information on his “HOODED BOX DRILL”©. Below is a 5 minute video, briefly showing the hooded drill in a low light setting. Click here if you can’t see the video. Used in some form or another by many police professional and enlightened trainers, (in their respective states, such as Ken Hackathorn, Ralph Mroz, Kevin Davis and Joe Vanecek). Years ago we began to utilize a ceiling mounted hood with a pulley system at our academy for in-service officers, and a fellow trainer began to utilize a portable hood with recruit officers at a local college. Both of us agree that the results of a nearly perfect surprise are possible. Dressed in protective combat suits such as Red-Man equipment, the hooded student officer is quite aware that something will happen, just not what. While the student officer is wearing the hood, a loud radio can be played allowing the trainers to change the scenario stage, (from a traffic stop to a home domestic, Etc.), without the student being aware of either a change, proximity of stage training aids or other role players. When the staging is complete, the student is read what he is supposed to know from the tightly scripted scenario, (requiring his acknowledgement after each sentence). The sensory deprivation of sight, (hood), and sound, (radio), to gather useable intelligence, typically produces an elevated anticipation which is likely to include both a higher heart rate, and stress level. The equipment is portable, as another fellow trainer also proved on the outdoor range. His brief live fire event starts by requiring the student officer to place his pistol on a barrel next to him, and utilized a simple towel for the hood and a portable radio/player for loud sound. This conscientious trainer’s drill was to disassemble the officer’s pistol, leaving all the parts on the barrel, for a totally safe rebooting of the participating officer’s OODA loop. Expect a wide variety of responses as each officer muddles through the mental phases of ORIENTING and DECIDING. While all of our officers can competently reassemble their pistols, on a timed live fire exercise after bewilderment, they are likely to experience a higher degree of difficulty. The simulation highlights mentioned here emphasize adapting to a surprise situation. For the professional who truly gets into any such scenario, the beneficial learning experience through a positive 2
inoculation of stress, are long lasting. This brief essay on rebooting the OODA loop is intended to lend ideas and be helpful to other trainers. As with many other things, we are only limited by our imaginations. Safety comes first. The tightly scripted design of scenarios should all be winnable, providing the officer performs reasonably correctly. Expect criticism, as it comes with the territory of any state-of-the-art training and so enlightened trainers.
About the author: Ron Borsch Ron Borsch is a semi-retired police officer, manager and lead trainer for SEALE Regional Police Training Academy in Bedford OH. His formal training in simulation design, RedMan and law enforcement combatives has been through Gary Klugiewicz ACMi©, Bob Willis, Larry Nadeau and Kathy Wright. Ron is also a staff instructor for the Kent State Martial Arts Club.
LONE WOLVES AND EXPLOSIVES Of course if you still have access to where you’re registered living at AND you can brew up explosives without blowing yourself up there’s this option:
Let them enter, see all the stuff you’d lose no matter what and then you run for your life. If you’re not living where they’re raiding … it’s your call if you stay there or not but keep in mind the enemy will be canvassing your hood and will put up with nobody’s shit. Oh, you don’t know how to make bombs? Here’s some recipes: This is one recipe for a Fuel Air Explosive: a weapon that uses the same principle as dust explosions in that atomized fuel has more surface area than solidly packed and when properly mixed with the air can create an explosive mixture referred to as the “poor man’s nuke”.
2
3
4
5
7
9
This design requires use of some kind of high explosive like C4. You likely will not have access to military grade explosives but you can brew up some improvised nearequivalents. Keep in mind however that for the past 30 years regulatory controls have been levied against the base ingredients for many of the popular bomb making recipes. What is presented here will be those recipes and techniques most likely to be available. OTHER FUEL AIR EXPLOSIVES WARNING: IF YOU ARE NOT A DETAIL ORIENTED, CAREFUL PERSON YOU WOULD BE ADVISED TO NOT ATTEMPT MANY OF THESE RECIPES. Or any of them. The first is a Fuel Air Explosive design that uses a pressure container, gasoline, thermite and flash powder instead of mothballs and a ring of high explosives. Thermites are a group of pyrotechnics mixtures in which a reactive metal reduces oxygen from a metallic oxide. This produces a lot of heat, slag and pure metal. The most common themite is ferroaluminum thermite, made from aluminum (reactive metal) and iron oxide (metal oxide). When it burns it produces aluminum oxide (slag) and pure iron. Thermite is usually used to cut or weld metal. As an experiment, a 3lb. brick of thermite was placed on an aluminum engine block. After the thermite was done burning, only a small portion of block was melted. However, the block was very warped out of shape plus there were cracks all through the block. Ferro-thermite produces about 930 calories per gram The usual proportions of ferro-thermite are 25% aluminum and 75% iron oxide The iron oxide usually used is not rust (Fe2O3) but iron scale (Fe3O4).Rust will work but you may want to adjust the mixture to about 77% rust. The aluminum is usually coarse powder to help slow down the burning rate. The chemicals are mixed together thoroughly and compressed into a suitable container. A first fire mix is poured on top and ignited. NOTE: Thermites are generally very safe to mix and store. They are not shock or friction sensitive and ignite at about 2000 degrees F. A first fire mix is a mixture that ignites easier than thermite and burns 11
hot enough to light the thermite reliably. A very good one is : Potassium Nitrate 5 parts Fine ground Aluminum 3 parts Sulfur 2 parts Mix the above thoroughly and combine 2 parts of it with 1 part of finely powdered ferro-thermite. The resulting mixture can be light by safety fuse and burns intensely. One problem with thermites is the difference in weight between the aluminum and the oxide. This causes them to separate out rendering the thermite useless. One way to fix this is to use a binder to hold the chemicals to each other. Sulfur is good for this. Called Diasite, this formula uses sulfur to bind all the chemicals together. It's drawback is the thermite must be heated to melt the sulfur. Iron Oxide 70 % Aluminum 23 % Sulfur 7% Mix the oxide and aluminum together and put them in an oven at 325 degrees F. and let the mix heat for a while. When the mixture is hot sprinkle the sulfur over it and mix well. Put this back in the oven for a few minutes to melt all the sulfur. Pull it back out and mix it again. While it is still hot, load into containers for use. When it cools, drill out the diasite to hold about 10 - 15 grams of first fire mix. When diasite burns it forms sulfide compounds that release hydrogen sulfide when in contact with water. This rotten egg odor can hamper fire fighting efforts. Thermite can be made not to separate by compressing it under a couple of tons pressure. The resulting pellet is strong and burns slower than thermite powder. CAST THERMITE: This formula can be cast into molds or containers and hardens into a solid mass. It does not produce as much iron as regular ferrothermite , but it makes a slag which stays liquid a lot longer. Make a mixtures as 1
follows. Plaster of Paris 2 parts Fine and Coarse Mixed Aluminum 2 parts Iron Oxide 3 parts Mix together well and and enough water to wet down plaster. Pour it into a mold and let it sit for 1/2 hour. Pour off any extra water that seperates out on top. Let this dry in the sun for at least a week. Or dry in the sun for one day and put in a 250 degree F. oven for a couple of hours. Drill it out for a first fire mix when dry. THERMITE BOMB: Thermite can be made to explode by taking the cast thermite formula and substituting fine powdered aluminum for the coarse/fine mix. Take 15 grams of first fire mix and put in the center of a piece of aluminum foil. Insert a waterproof fuse into the mix and gather up the foil around the fuse. Waterproof the foil/fuse with a thin coat of wax. Obtain a twopiece spherical mold with a diameter of about 4-5 inches. Wax or oil the inside of the mold to help release the thermite. Now, fill one half of the mold with the cast thermite. Put the first fire/fuse package into the center of the filled mold. Fill the other half of the mold with the thermite and assemble mold. The mold will have to have a hole in it for the fuse to stick out. In about an hour, carefully separate the mold. You should have a ball of thermite with the first fire mix in the center of it, and the fuse sticking out of the ball. Dry the ball in the sun for about a week. DO NOT DRY IT IN AN OVEN ! The fuse ignites the first fire mix which in turn ignites the thermite. Since the thermite is ignited from the center out, the heat builds up in the thermite and it burns faster than normal. The result is a small explosion. The thermite ball burns in a split second and throws molten iron and slag around. Use this carefully ! THERMITE WELL: To cut metal with thermite, take a refractory crucible and drill a 1/4 in. hole in the bottom. Epoxy a thin (20 ga.) sheet of mild steel 1
over the hole. Allow the epoxy to dry. Fill the crucible with ferrothermite and insert a first fire igniter in the thermite. Fashion a standoff to the crucible. This should hold the crucible about 1 1/2 in. up. Place the well over your target and ignite the first fire. The well works this way. The thermite burns, making slag and iron. Since the iron is heavier it goes to the bottom of the well. The molten iron burns through the metal sheet. This produces a small delay which gives the iron and slag more time to separate fully. The molten iron drips out through the hole in the bottom of the crucible. The standoff allows the thermite to continue flowing out of the crucible. The force of the dripping iron bores a hole in the target. A 2 lb. thermite well can penetrate up to 3/4 in. of steel. Experiment with different configurations to get maximum penetration. For a crucible, try a flower pot coated with a magnesium oxide layer. Sometimes the pot cracks however. Take the cast thermite formula and add 50% ferro-thermite to it. This produces a fair amount of iron plus a very liquid slag. THERMITE FUEL-AIR EXPLOSION: This is a very dangerous device. Ask yourself if you really truly want to make it before you do any work on it. It is next to impossible to give any dimensions of containers or weights of charges because of the availability of parts changes from one person to the next. However here is a general description of this device affectionately known as a HELLHOUND. Make a thermite charge in a 1/8 in. wall pipe. This charge must be electrically ignited. At the opposite end of the pipe away from the ignitor side put a small explosive charge of flash powder weighing about 1 oz. Drill a small hole in a pipe end cap and run the wires from the ignitor through the hole. Seal the wires and hole up with fuel proof epoxy or cement. Try ferrule cement available at sporting goods stores. Dope the threads of the end caps with a good pipe dope and screw them onto the pipe. This gives you a thermite charge in an iron pipe arranged so that when the 1
thermite is electrically ignited, it will burn from one end to the other finally setting of the flash powder charge. Place this device in a larger pipe or very stout metal container which is sealed at one end. Use a couple of metal "spiders" to keep the device away from the walls or ends of the larger container. Run the wires out through the wall of the container and seal the wires with the fuel proof epoxy. Fill the container with a volatile liquid fuel. Acetone or gasoline works great. Now seal up the container with an appropriate end cap and it is done. The device works like this: Attach a timer-power supply to the wires. When the thermite is ignited it superheats the liquid fuel. Since the container is strong enough to hold the pressure the fuel does not boil. When the thermite burns down to the explosive, it explodes rupturing the container and releasing the superheated fuel. The fuel expands, cooling off and making a fine mist and vapor that mixes with the surrounding air. The hot thermite slag is also thrown into the air which ignites the fuel-air mix. The result is obvious. Try about 1 1/2 lbs of thermite to a gallon of fuel. For the pressure vessel, try an old pressure cooker. Because the fuel may dissolve the epoxy don't keep this device around for very long. But ask yourself, do you really want to make this?(HELL YES!)
1
EXOTIC THERMITES: Thermites can also be made from teflonmagnesium or metal flourides-magnesium or aluminum. If there is an excess of flouride compound in the mixture, flourine gas can be released. Flourine is extremely corrosive and reactive. The gas can cause organic material to burst into flames by mere contact. For teflon-magnesium use 67% teflon and 33% magnesium A strong first fire igniter should be used to ignite this mixture. Both the teflon and the magnesium should be in powdered form. Do not inhale any smoke from the burning mixture. If you use metal-florides instead of teflon, use flourides of low energy metals. Lead flouride is a good example. Try using 90% lead flouride and 1
10% aluminum. Warning: Flouride compounds can be very poisonous. They are approximately equal to cyanide compounds. Another exotic mix is tricalcium orthophosphate and aluminum. When this burns,it forms calcium phosphide which when contacts water releases hydrogen phosphide which can ignite spontaneously in air. Tricalcium orthophosphate has the formula Ca3(PO4)2 and is known as whitelockite. Use about 75% orthophosphate and 25% aluminum. This ratio may have to be altered for better burning as I have not experimented with it much and don't know if more aluminum may reduce the calcium better. It does work but it is a hard to ignite mixture. A first fire mix containing a few percent of magnesium works well. Fighting thermite fires: Two ways to fight thermite fires are either smothering the thermite with sand. This doesn't put out the thermite but it does help contain it and block some of the heat. The other way is to flood the thermite with a great amount of water. This helps to break the thermite apart and stop the reaction. If you use a small amount of water, an explosion may result as the thermite may reduce the water and release hydrogen gas. Thermite can start fires from the heat radiating from the reaction. Nearby flammable substances can catch fire even though no sparks or flame touch them. A ready source of gasoline is of course, gas stations-thousand gallon tanks buried underground. All you need is a thermite charge placed over the refill pipe… Cast Thermite There are plenty of Instructables and other how-to's on making Thermite , the incendiary mixture that can not only raise, but also burn, eyebrows. (The concept for this Instructable came from 'the Anarchists Cookbook', and since it doesn't give many details...here's how I do it.) Now, there's nothing wrong with powdered forms of Thermite, that's how I got started a few years back, but sometimes you just want something rock solid that burns nice and bright/hot. That's where Cast Thermite comes in. And the best part is, If you have some thermite on hand already, it's pretty easy to make! If you don't, never fear, for I will be starting at the beginning with nothing but the raw materials.
1
Image Notes 1. There's our finished project!
step 1: Obtain the Materials So you made it through the intro? Good. There's something that must be said before we go any further. I'm not liable. For anything. Do your homework and be sure you know what safety precautions to take when handling something like thermite, such as not looking at it during ignition since it gives off harmful ultraviolet light! Be smart, treat this stuff with the respect it deserves. It's not flash powder but it's certainly not sugar either. ;-) Now that that's out of the way, onto the fun part. The preparations! The first thing to do is understand what thermite is made up of. Most commonly, homemade thermite is made up of iron oxide (rust) and granule or powered aluminum. When mixed together, these two metals create an incendiary capable of reaching temperatures of several thousand degrees. For more info check thermite's Wiki page . So: What we need: Fine (0000) Steel Wool (not pictured) Aluminum Some kind of scale Plaster of Paris Handling materials (spoon, cup, paper, coffee can...) Some kind of mold to cast your thermite in While I'm at it, I'll explain the best way to get a hold of the materials. Steel Wool Off to the hardware store! Honestly though, I buy my steel wool at Walmart unless I can find bulk fine grade steel wool at our nearby Harbor Freight . Aluminum Well, you could always go online and purchase some high grade Aluminum powder like I did. Before I thought to do that, I just ground strips of aluminum foil in a cheap coffee grinder. IMHO, the larger grains made from the coffee grinder method make for brighter and more enjoyable light shows. Scale/Plaster of Paris Ever heard of Michaels? It's a nice little place a lot like Hobby Lobby. Plaster of Paris and the scale can be bought at either of these places, and probably at Walmart as
1
well. The Mold Use anything you want to, whatever suits your fancy. I use a small ice cube tray. Film canisters would probably work fairly well, as would larger tupperware containers for really big batches. Whatever floats your boat. Finally, you say. I've got everything you told me to get. Let's get started!
Image Notes 1. Alcoholic beverages and family games, like batteries, are not included. 2. This is what the steel wool will look like after it has been refined into the iron oxide grains that we need. 3. The aluminum I purchased on the internet is in this bag.
step 2: Refining Time to start refining our materials. Steel WoolYou did buy the right kind of steel wool, right? The best kind is usually labeled as "0000" which is the finest grade I've ever found. This stuff burns the easiest and is usually less wasteful than the heavier grade steel wool. Take the steel wool out of it's packaging and place it in a container suitable for oxidizing substances... (burning things.) Pull them apart a little bit before you put them in the container. Don't worry about packing it full. As it burns you will be able to crunch it down and add more on top. After lighting it, (a regular match works fine), you'll have to move some air through it to make sure the fire spreads. If you're only doing this much, just blowing on it should be sufficient. Once it has burned and cooled off, rub the tougher chunks and strands of steel wool along something with small holes to make sure the pieces you collect are fairly small. It also helps keep out the excess pieces that wouldn't burn so you can re-burn them or use them in your next batch. I rub the burnt steel wool over an old window screen that I cut out and wrapped in duct tape. In doing this I end up with a much finer product.
1
Image Notes 1. Did you know you can buy a pack of 300 matchbooks very cheap at your local convenience store? 2. Super fine steel wool, rated at 0000, works best for making thermite.
1
Image Notes 1. Load a container up with steel wool and have at it, light 'er up. Try to make sure it burns as completely as possible.
1
Image Notes 1. Just cut some screen out of an old window and poof! Free strainer of iron oxide! 2. Filtered. 3. Not filtered.
1
Image Notes 1. The consistency of my Iron Oxide after filtering it.
step 3: Refining Part 2 This next step is not necessarily required, depending on how fine your burnt steel wool, (now called iron oxide), is, but as I am something of a perfectionist I like my chemicals to be as fine as I can get them. If you have a ball mill similar to the one below, this step will be simple for you. Toss your iron oxide into whatever container you use along with some grinding media and away you go! If, on the other hand, you do not have a fancy shmancy ball mill, no big deal. A Mortar and Pestle will get the job done just as well. So will a coffee can full of iron oxide and some grinding media. All you have to do is shake it... A lot. By grinding media I mean something small, hard, and round, that is capable of breaking up the particles that you are trying to refine. So, if you opted to go through with this step, use one of these methods to crush the iron oxide. Unless you get it ground to a powder it clumps together a little bit, but don't worry about it, because that's about the consistency that I use it at, and it still works. It doesn't have to be perfect by a long shot, just do what you can and move on.
1
Image Notes 1. If you have a ball mill, it makes grinding chemicals a lot easier. Don't worry though, there are other ways
1
1
Image Notes 1. Coffee cans are great for storing storing chemicals that don't need to be sealed away from moisture, plus they can double as a grinder. 2. My grinding media. They're a bunch of ceramic balls we have been finding out in our garden for years.
step 4: Mixing Now, assuming you either ground your own aluminum or bought some off of the internet, it's time to start mixing our materials. What we are looking for here is a ratio, (by weight, not volume), of 3 parts iron oxide, 2 parts aluminum, and 2 parts plaster of paris. I just went by what would fit best in my mixing container. 60 grams of iron oxide, followed by 40 grams of both aluminum and plaster of paris. (Divide 60 and 40 grams by 20 and you get the original ratio, 3:2:2.) Once you have the right amount, mix the three together thoroughly. The metals tend to sink and 'stick' to the bottom, so make sure to mix it as well as you can until it is one uniform color. In most cases it should look solid gray.
1
1
(NOTE: YOU CAN JUST PUT THE MIXTURE INTO A CUP WITH A LID, BEND AND STICK A SPARKLER INSIDE. PUNCH A HOLE IN THE LID TO SLIDE THE SPARKLER THROUGH, POUR THE THERMITE IN AND SEAL THE LID SHUT WITH AN ADHESIVE. TAPE UP THE HOLE TO KEEP THE MIX IN.) step 5: Just add water! Now that your cast thermite powder is mixed, make sure you have your molds ready, then go ahead and add some water. You'll want to add plenty of water. As you mix be sure to scrape the bottom of the container you are using, as some of the thermite will be rather stubborn, and won't want to join the rest of the crowd. If you think you added too much water because your thermite is really soupy, don't worry. As it dries the extra water will be pushed to the top and you can just drain it off. If all goes well, it should end up looking something like the picture below. Oh yea, one more thing. Once you've done this, you have less than ten minutes to pour the thermite into the mold, so be SURE you are ready to continue before you mix in the water.
1
step 6: Casting This is it! The final step! Take that nice gooey thermite that you worked so hard on and carefully slop it into whatever you are using as a mold. This ice cube tray worked very well as I wanted something small and reusable. Since the shape of the ice cube tray is larger at the 'bottom' I didn't have any trouble removing the cubes. Keep in mind how the thermite will harden inside an object when you are deciding what you want to use as a mold. Something like a bottleneck vase for flowers would never work unless you planned on breaking the vase off of the cast thermite once it had dried. Once it has solidified, (it should only take about a half hour to 45 minutes to), pour off the water and remove it from the mold. According to the anarchist cookbook, these will have to dry in the sun for a week, more or less depending on the size of the cast. Alternately you can place them in a oven or dehydrator to dry them much faster, probably in a matter of a few hours, which is the method I use. Whatever you do, dont put them in your microwave. I doubt they would ignite, but as they are basically chunks of metal, I don't think your microwave would appreciate it. Once again, I'm not liable! Be smart! As for ignition, thermite requires extremely high temperatures. If it was normal powdered thermite that we were talking about a magnesium sparkler would do the trick, but not for cast thermite. This requires something like the heat from a propane torch, (don't try it, you would have to be far too close to ignite it.)
RAGNAR BENSON’S LEGENDARY C-4 RECIPE A high explosive recipe you can make-this is Ragnar Benson’s improved recipe: 85 percent 34-0-0 Ammonium Nitrate Fertilizer, at dedicated farming supply stores. 1
Some fertilizers marked ammonium nitrate may actually be something else. Manufacturers often add a calcium coating to ammonium nitrate because it is deliquescent, which means it pulls moisture out of the air. Uncoated, unprilled ammonium nitrate will quickly harden into a substance resembling green concrete. Anything more than a slight calcium coating, however, will keep the activating liquid (in this case, nitromethane) from soaking into the ammonium nitrate, just as it prevents the absorption of water. If the manufacturer adds more than a minute coating of calcium, he must mark the bag appropriately. Don't use this material. Although fertilizer-grade ammonium nitrate can usually be purchased from nurseries and garden-supply stores, a better source for explosives manufacture is farm-supply stores. Garden-supply outlets often stock fertilizers that are blends of ammonium nitrate and other fertilizers. Blends are absolutely unacceptable even if they claim to contain a base of ammonium nitrate. Buy only pure ammonium nitrate because any other additives dramatically reduce its explosive effectiveness. Sales clerks often will try to get you to substitute urea or ammonium sulfate for ammonium nitrate. They point out that the substitute is less expensive, more stable, has just as much nitrogen, and is a prettier color. (I customarily explain that I need pure ammonium nitrate because I intend to blow up the material. This approach works best in rural stores. Urban clerks, used to supplying yuppie rose growers, may look askance at this sort of honesty.) Would-be home-explosives manufacturers must learn to read fertilizer bags, at least in a superficial sense. The figures listed on the bag refer to the ratio of nitrogen, phosphorous, and potash contained in the product. Ammonium sulfate will be listed as 21-0-0 or something close. Urea, which can contain from 46 to 48 percent nitrogen, would read 46-0-0. Blends such as 21-44-8 contain 21 percent nitrogen, 44 percent phosphate, and 8 percent potash. These and other similar substitutes are worthless for anything other than fertilizing. Only ammonium nitrate contains a ratio of 34-0-0. On arriving home with the 34-0-0 fertilizer (if you're not planning on using it right away), seal the unopened bag (ammonium nitrate is properly sold in plastic-lined bags, not from bulk bins) in at least two heavy-duty plastic garbage bags. Of course, any partially full bags should also be sealed thoroughly to prevent moisture absorption. Under many circumstances in the United States, it is virtually impossible to store ammonium nitrate for any length of time and still maintain usable ingredients. HOME MANUFACTURE OF C-4 Making homemade C-4 requires one more chemical: denatured ethyl alcohol. This ingredient is so common and so safe that no further discussion is requiredðexcept to emphasize the importance of using fresh alcohol, preferably purchased from a paint-supply store. Having come this far, most readers will agree that we are dealing with some fairly benign chemicals. Now the trick is to combine them in an effective and reasonably safe manner. As with most things in life, there is a downside. The process is not nearly as simple as one would hope, but it is possible, even for chemists with only high school training, to carry it out. My strong suggestion remains that anyone contemplating home manufacture of C-4 think through both the process and the consequences thoroughly before proceeding. The following procedure yields an extremely powerful explosive. It dwarfs anything available on the commercial market. Even
1
80-percent Hy-Drive dynamite pales into firecracker class compared to the explosive you may produce. Those who decide to proceed are also reminded that 1) they are probably violating federal law, and 2) they should already know how to handle conventional commercial explosives competently before attempting this procedure. Experimenters should start with small test batches, remembering that those who fail to use caution, common sense, and care could face disastrous results. Compared to manufacturing some other explosives, producing this C-4 substitute is not particularly difficult or dangerous. What danger does exist comes when combining the materials, which can be done at the last moment immediately preceding actual use. Nevertheless, the procedures are exacting. Those who are untrained in chemistry or who are sloppy or careless will not succeed. Now that my warning is complete, let's begin. The first step is to dry the ammonium nitrate and keep it dry. Where the humidity is high, this is a difficult to virtually impossible task. Start by taking a one-pound coffee can or its equivalent from a freshly opened bag of ammonium nitrate. The coffee can will hold one-and-one-half to two pounds of prilled ammonium nitrate. A one-pound can provides a greater height relative to diameter, which makes the volume less dense and aids in its drying. Seal the unused bag of ammonium nitrate away in double plastic garbage bags immediately after removing the amount needed. Place the can in an electric oven set at the lowest possible setting and dry in the oven for a minimum of three hours. Be careful that the temperature never goes above 150ø F. (Doing this properly will require a good-quality, lab-grade, dial-read thermometer available from chemical supply firms or catalogs.) Ammonium nitrate liquefies at about 170 F and will blow at about 400 F. Before it explodes, it will bubble and smoke, providing adequate warning to remove it from the heat. On completion of the heating cycle, seal the dried prill in the coffee can and place it in double, sealed plastic bags. At most, this material will last ten to twelve days before absorbing too much moistureðeven though it is triple-sealed. Always make sure the seals are completely zipped and airtight. Place about 250 milliliters (about 430 grams) of this oven-dried material in an oven-proof glass dish. Cover the prill with the type of denatured ethyl alcohol used to carry moisture out of gas lines (available from paint and automotive supply houses at about seven dollars per gallon). Stir this mixture around for about three minutes or until the alcohol turns a muddy, cloudy brown. Drain off the alcohol by straining through a seine or screen; Dump the 430-gram sample back into the dish and gently heat over low heat. (I use a stainless-steel wok at the lowest heat setting, but you could also use your stove top or a hot plate.) Use a thermometer to be certain the sample stays below 150øF. Immediately after the alcohol wash, grind the prill to avoid moisture absorption. Various methods can be used to do this. Some survivors use two flat hardwood boards, a mortar and pestle, or even an electric coffee grinder. By whatever means, reduce the prill to talcum-powder consistency. (If the prill is not ground finely enough, it may be necessary to sieve the powder. It is hoped this step will be unnecessary. Makers will note that the ammonium nitrate begins to cake and lump from moisture when removed from the grinder. Sieving only exacerbates this situation.) Quickly tamp or pack the powder into a container. This must be done
1
before the ammonium nitrate begins to reattract moisture, so it isn't always possible to do a thorough job. Preventing moisture absorption is your primary concern, so work quickly. When selecting a container, make certain that it is airtight. Old medicine or spice bottles work nicely. Some commercial makers use custommade, thin-walled aluminum cylinders that look much like containers for high-priced cigars. Although the finished product is doughlike and can be put in a plastic bag to mold around a girder or squash into a crack, it seems to have considerably more power when packed tightly in a rigid cylinder. I did not have a chronograph or any other means of measuring speed of detonation so it is impossible to make the above claim with certainty. However, the packed material produced larger holes in the ground because it apparently cakes better with the nitromethane when held tightly in a rigid configuration. Whatever container is used, the maker must know exactly how many grams of ammonium nitrate it will hold. Also, there appears to be a minimum amount of powder that can be detonated. With less than 300 grams (about 10 ounces), it is tough to bury the cap thoroughly and secure a good detonation.
Nitromethane is more difficult to use as you must soak the model plane fuel quickly into the ammonium nitrate. A better substitute: 12 percent Bullseye Pistol Powder 3 percent fine mesh Aluminium, from sign and t-shirt shops. Although there are ominous signs on me horizon, the United States does not yet seem to be part of a completely totalitarian society. In that regard, anarchy may be premature. However, this is purely a matter of personal perspective. Times and events can change quickly. Processes that may now appear unduly risky from a chemical, legal, and socopolitical standpoint may soon be entirely acceptable.
DETONATOR IMPROVISED DETONATING CAPS Alfred Nobel's discovery of the principle of initial ignition (blasting caps) in 1863 may be more significant than the work he did pioneering the development of dynamite itself. Without the means of safely detonating one's explosives, the explosives are of little value as I demonstrated in the chapter on ammonium nitrate, it is not particularly difficult to come up with some kind of blasting agent. Making it go boom somewhat on schedule is the real piece of work in this business. Finding something to use for a cap is a different kettle of fish. Usually under the facade of safety, blasting caps are the first item to be taken off the market by despotic governments. There are at least two reasonably easy, expedient methods of making blasting caps. The formulas are not terribly dangerous but do require that one exercise a high degree of caution. Caps, after all, are the most sensitive, dangerous part of the blasting process.
1
Improvised caps have an additional element of risk due to the fact that they are sensitive to relatively small amounts of heat, shock, static electricity, and chemical deterioration. The solution is to think your way carefully through each operation and to make only a few caps at a time. By doing so, you will limit the potential damage to what you hope are acceptable levels. Fuze and electric-sensitive chemical mixtures are best put in extremely thin-walled .25 ID (inside diameter) aluminum tubing. If the tubing is not readily available, use clean, bright, unsquashed, undamaged .22 magnum rimfire cases. Do not use copper tubing unless the caps will be put in service within forty-eight hours of their manufacture. Copper can combine with either of the primer mixtures described below, creating an even more dangerous compound. For fuze-type caps, empty .22 mag brass should be filled to within one-quarter inch of the top of the empty case. This unfilled one-quarter inch provides the needed "skirt" used to crimp the fuze to the cap. Fuze can often be purchased. If not, make it yourself out of straws and sugar chloride powder. Two mixtures are fairly easy when making the priming compound for blasting caps. Crush to fine powder two and a half teaspoons of hexamine (military fuel) tablets. Make sure you use hexamine. Sometimes hexamine is confused with trioxcine, a chemical that is used for basically the same purpose. Often, but not always, hexamine is white, while trioxaine is bluish. Hexamine is available at many sporting goods stores and virtually all army surplus shops. Many of the survival catalogs also carry it, often in larger quantities at reduced prices. I personally favor ordering my hexamine from survival catalogs to be more certain of what I am geffing. Many clerks in sporting goods stores seem to have under-tone lobotomies as a qualification for the job. In my experience, they will either try to talk you out of hexamine if they don't have it, or try substituting something else (suppositories, for instance) if they can't determine for sure what it is they have or exactly what you want. As of this writing, a sufficient amount of hexamine to make two batches of caps costs from $.75 to $1.50. Place the finely powdered hexamine in a clear glass mixing jar. A pint-sized jar with an old-fashioned glass top is perfect for the job. Add four and a half tablespoons of citric acid to the two and a half teaspoons of crushed hexamine. Stir with a glass rod until the mixture is a slurry. The citric acid can be the common variety found in the canning department of the grocery store. It is usually used to preserve the color of home-frozen and canned fruit and sells for about $1.59 per bottle. The final mix involves pouring in a tablespoon of common peroxide. Use the stuff bottle blondes are famous for that is 20- to 30-percent pure by volume, available from drugstores. This material is the cheapest of the ingredients, costing roughly one dollar per bottle. Shake the mixture vigorously for at least ten minutes, until everything appears to be in solution. Set the mixing jar in a dark, undisturbed spot for at least twelve hours. Be sure this place is somewhat cool as well as dark. Don't put it in the basement on top of a heat duct, for instance. After a few hours of undisturbed, cool shelf sitting, a white, cloudy precipitate will begin to appear. At the end of twelve hours, there should be enough to load three blasting caps. Making enough chemical for three caps is just right, in my opinion. Anything more in one batch is too risky. Filter the entire mix through a coffee filter. Run four or five spoons
1
of isopropyl alcohol through the powder to clean it. Spread the wet, filtered powder on a piece of uncoated, tough paper. Don't use newspaper or magazine covers. Notebook paper or a paper bag is ideal. Allow the powder to dry in a cool, dark place. The resulting explosive is very powerful. It is also very sensitive, so use caution. In my opinion, the concoction is about three times as powerful as regular caps of the same size. Using a plastic spoon, fill the presorted and precleaned .22 mag cases with the powder. Pack the powder down into the case with a tight-fitting brass rod. I have never had an incident, but for safety's sake I still use a heavy leather glove and a piece of one-quarter-inch steel clamped in a vise to shield me when I pack in the powder. The end result is a very nice cap, ready to clamp on the fuze in the customary fashion. If a piece of tubing is used in place of a mag case, securely crimp or solder one end shut. It will not do to have the powder leak out of the cap. Powder contact with the solder should be kept to a minimum. Fingernail polish can be used to seal the lead away from the chemical. It is possible and perhaps desirable to continue on and turn these caps into electrically fired units, but more about that later. First we'll discuss another good formula that uses equally common materials. This one is a bit better because the mixture involves all liquids, but it is temperature critical and should therefore be approached with special care. Mix 30 milliliters of acetone purchased from an automotive supply house with 50 milliliters of 20- to 30-percent peroxide purchased from the corner bottle blonde. There are about 28 milliliters per ounce. Adjust your mix on that basis if you have nothing but English measures to work with. Stir the acetone and peroxide together thoroughly. Prepare a large bowl full of crushed ice. Mix in a quart or so of water and about one-half to two-thirds pound of salt. Place the pint jar with the acetone and peroxide in the salt ice cooling bath. Measure out 2.5 milliliters of concentrated sulfuric acid. Sulfuric is available from people who sell lead acid batteries. Using an eyedropper, add this to the mixture one drop at a time. Stir continually. If the mixture starts to get hot, stop adding acid and stir as long as it takes for the temperature to start to drop again. After all the acid has been added, cover the jar and set it in the refrigerator for twelve hours. Try not to disturb or shake the jar by opening the refrigerator needlessly. Again, a white, cloudy precipitate will form in the bottom of the pint jar. As before, filter through a coffee filter, but wash it with a couple of spoons of distilled water. Spread on paper and dry. Like the first material, this batch will produce enough powder for about three caps. These are pretty hefty caps, having about three times the power of regular dynamite caps. They should set off ammonium nitrate, but don't be surprised if they don't. I have never tried it, but making two caps from a batch rather than three might create a cap with enough heft to detonate ammonium nitrate reliably. The problem then is that .22 mag brass does not have enough capacity. You will have to go to a hardware store to find suitable aluminum tubing. Electrical caps, because of the fact that bridge wires must be included in the package, must be considerably larger than fuze caps. For making electrical caps, use any fine steel wire that is available. I use nichrome .002 diameter wire purchased from a hardware specialty shop.
1
Hobby shops are also a source of this wire. Copper wire is easiest to obtain but should not be used because of its possible reaction with the blasting material. I strongly urge that an experimental piece of proposed bridge wire be placed in a circuit with a 12-volt car battery, a wall outlet, or whatever power source will be used. The wire should burn an instantaneous cherry red when the current is applied. If it doesn't, use a smaller diameter wire. Having located a usable wire, cut the thread-thin material into six-inch pieces. Bend these into a U and place them in the bottom of the tubes. Pack the recently manufactured cap explosive in around the wire. Seal the cap off with silicon caulk. Allow the cap to cure for several days. The last step is to attach the lead wires to the thin bridge wires. The job can be tougher than one would suppose because of the thinness of the bridge wires. Be sure the connection is secure and solid. Use tiny mechanical clamps as necessary and, of course, do not even think about soldering the wires after they are embedded in the primer. For some unknown reason, some of my mixtures have not detonated well using a heated bridge wire. To get around this, I have occasionally loaded two-thirds of the cap with hexamine or acetate booster and one-third with FFFF6 black powder or sugar chlorate powder, whichever is easier and more available. The chlorate or black powder ignites much more easily, in turn, taking the more powerful cap mixture with it. Concocting this combination is, of course, dependent on having the necessary materials. If black or sugar powder is not available, the caps can usually be made to work reliably using only the original cap powder. Making these caps requires more than the usual amount of care and experimentation. The procedure is workable but dangerous. Blasters who can secure commercial caps are advised to go that route. But if not, these caps are workable and, in total, not all that tough to make.
Another ideal is to take 5 magnum pistol primers and packing them into a aluminum case.
-----------------------[ (c) 1996 Swedish Infomania ]--------------------Improvised Explosives by Seymour Lecker First Published by Paladin Press Scanning, OCR and editing by Swedish Infomania ------------------------------------------------------------------------CONTENTS: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Materials Explosives and Incendiaries Fuses and Detonators Chemical Timers. Electrical Timers. Explosives and Incendiary Devices. Booby Traps and Land Mines
1
------------------------------------------------------------------------Materials: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ACETONE Common Names: Ketone, propanone, dimethyl ketone Substitute: Nail polish remover Uses: Solvents Safety: 1. Can irritate eyes and nose. 2. Keep away from open flame or excessive heat. AMMONIA GAS Uses: Refrigerant, fertilizer, pharmaceuticals Substitute: Many household cleaners Safety: 1. Can irritate eyes, nose, and throat. 2. Can freeze and burn skin. 3. Use safety gloves and goggles when handling. AMMONIUM NITRATE Uses: Fertilizer. herbicides, freezing mixtures Safety: 1. Gives off toxic gas when heated. 2. May explode in fire. 3. Exposure to its dust can cause irritation to eyes and mucous membrane. For our purposes, ammonium nitrate must contain a minimum of 33.3 percent nitrate. ANILINE Common Names: Amino benzine, phenylamine, benzenamine, aminophen, blue oil Uses: Manufacture of dyes, resins, varnish, perfume and shoe polish; vulcanization of rubber; industrial solvent Safety:
3
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Inhalation of fumes can cause dizziness and disorientation. Skin contact can cause severe headaches. Can cause eye irritation. Keep away from ozone, strong oxidizers, acids, and strong alkalides. Use safety goggles, rubber gloves, and apron when handling.
BUTYLLITHIUM Uses: Manufacture of rubber tires, foot wear, flooring, molded and extruded goods, insulation for wires and cables, styrene plastics, antibiotics, antihistamines, and anticlotting agents Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Can cause severe skin burns; inhalation can cause dizziness. Use safety goggles, leather gloves, and apron when handling. Keep this material cool. Keep away from moisture. Keep away from combustible materials.
Butyllithium is usually found in 15 to 20 percent combination with pentane, heptane, or hexane. CARBON BISULFIDE Uses: Manufacture of rayon, cellophane, vacuum tubes, industrial solvents. Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Can cause irritation to eyes, nose, and throat. Can burn skin and eyes. Use protective goggles, gloves, and apron when handling. Keep away from sources of electricity. Keep this material cool
CHLORINE Uses: Bleaching fabrics, manufacture of rubber and plastics, water purification, detinning and dezincing of iron. Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Can cause irritation of eyes, nose, and throat. Can burn and/or freeze skin. Use protective goggles, gloves, and apron when handling. Keep away from flammable materials. This material is highly corrosive
FIBERGLASS Common names: Glass wool
5
Uses: Insulation, building, packing Safety: 1. Can irritate or lacerate skin. 2. Dust can damage lungs. 3. Use gloves and dust mask when handling. FURFURAL ALCOHOL Common Names: Hydroxymethylfuran, furancarbin oil. Uses: Manufacture of medicines and synthetic resins, oil refining, industrial solvents Safefy: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Can irritate skin and eyes. Inhalation can cause headaches and nausea. Use safety goggles and gloves when handling. Keep away from acids.
IODINE CRYSTAl Uses: Pharmaceuticals, process engraving, dyes Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Can irritate skin and throat. Inhalation can cause headaches and nausea. Use rubber gloves and safety goggles when handling. Store away from combustibles
NITRIC ACID Uses: Photographic plates, fertilizers Manufacture: 1. Mix two parts by volume potassium nitrate to one part concentrated sulphuric acid. 2. Distill this mixture with a very gentle heat. 3. Red fumes will be given off and will collect in the receiving bottle; keep this bottle cool. 4. Nitric acid produced will be equal to the potassium nitrate in the original mixture. Safety: 1. Will burn eyes, nose, throat, and skin. 2. Use safety goggles and as much rubber clothing as possible when handling. 3. Extremely corrosive. 4. Keep this material cool POTASSIUM CHLORATE
6
Common Names: Chlorate of potash, potcrate Substitute: Match heads Uses: Textile printing, dyes, bleaching, matches Safety: 1. Can irritate eyes, nose, and throat. 2. Store away from combustibles. POTASSIUM NITRATE Common Names: Saltpeter, niter Uses: Metal heat treatment, fertilizer, glass clarifier, meat processing, pharmaceuticals Manufacture: 1. Place a charcoal filter at the bottom of a large strainer. A charcoal filter can be improvised by spreading fine wood ash between two pieces of cloth. 2. Fill strainer with nitrate-rich earth. The best sources of nitraterich earth are well-tended farmland and decaying cellar floors. 3. Pour boiling water slowly over the earth. 4. Collect the water that drips out of the strainer. 5. Strain the sludge out of this water. 6. Boil off half the water; allow to cool. 7. Add an equal measure of alcohol to the water. 8. Filter mixture through paper. 9. White saltpeter crystals will collect on the paper. Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Can cause nausea, dizziness, and diarrhea. Store separately from all other materials. Store away from heat. Use safety goggles and gloves when handling.
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE Common Names: Permanganous acid, potassium salt, chameleon mineral, Condy's crystal, cairox Uses: Bleaching of resins, waxes, fats, oils, straw, cotton, silk and chamois; topical anti-infective; veterinary topical antiseptic. Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Can irritate eyes and nose. Use dust mask and goggles when handling. Extremely corrosive. Store in glass container. Keep away from all other materials.
SULPHURIC ACID Common Names: Oil of vitriol, dipping acid
7
Uses: Production of fertilizers, pigments, rayon and film; Petroleum refining; etching and alkylation Manufacture: 1. Automobile batteries use sulphuric acid in dilute form. 2. To concentrate the acid, place in a glass container and boil until white fumes are given off. Caution: These fumes are highly toxic. Safety: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Can cause irritation of eyes, nose, and throat. Can burn skin. Use goggles and as much rubber protective clothing as possible. Store in glass bottle. Keep separate from all other materials.
NOTES 1. All materials outlined are extremely dangerous or potentially so. 2. Avoid storing these materials for any length of time in any amounts. 3. Health dangers and safety measures outlined assume limited exposure to limited amounts of materials. 4. Detailed information on the use and handling of these materials can be obtained from a wide variety of state and federal agencies dealing with industrial safety and toxic materials. 5. Familiarize yourself with the properties of these materials by experimentation with small quantities. ------------------------------------------------------------------------Explosives And Incendiaries ------------------------------------------------------------------------NAPALM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Fill the bottom container of a household double boiler with water. Fill one-half the top container with gasoline. Using gentle electric heat, bring the gasoline to a boil. Slowly pour in pure soap flakes (Ivory Snow). Stir the mixture as you pour in the flakes. Continue this process until the saturation point is reached. Allow the mixture to simmer for five minutes
9
AMMONIA TRIODINE 1. Place iodine crystals in household ammonia. Allow the crystals to settle out. 2. Mild explosive when unconfined. 3. Confined it will produce blast, fragmentation, and fire. 4. This explosive is impact-sensitive. Detonate with any blasting cap. Caution: Make immediately before use. This explosive is unstable and, while it can be used safely, no attempt should be made to store it. NITROCHLORIDE 1. Fill a large glass beaker with a solution of ammonium nitrate and water. 2. Fill a small beaker with chlorine gas. 3. Place the small beaker upside down in a large beaker. 4. Gently heat the small beaker; the surface of the solution will become oily and small droplets will form and drop to the bottom of the large beaker. 5. When the process is finished, remove the heat and drain off excess ammonium nitrate solution; the material that remains at the bottom of the beaker is nitrochloride. Caution: This explosive is spark sensitive. GUN COTTON 1. In a large beaker mix two parts by volume nitric acid with one part sulphuric acid. 2. To this mixture add sterilized cotton; stir well. 3. Pour in a small quantity of acetone until the cotton dissolves and white crystals are formed; these white crystals are gun cotton. 4. This material must be confined to achieve detonation. 5. Gun cotton is theoretically spark-sensitive, but use of a blasting cap is advised. NITRIC ACID This acid will cause detonation when brought into contact with aniline, furfural alcohol, or turpentine. Note: The acid/alcohol combination is volatile enough to be used as rocket fuel. BUTYLLITHIUM This material will cause detonation when brought into contact with fiberglass. CARBON DISULFIDE This material is extremely flammable; its vapor is easily ignited by an electrical spark or even contact with a light bulb.
10
POTASSIUM NITRATE This material is an effective explosive in combination with a large number of other substances. One lesser known but extremely powerful formula is a dry mix of 80 percent potassium nitrate and 20 percent finely ground solder. Confine in a pipe and use a blasting cap to detonate. AMMONIUM NITRATE This material is an effective explosive in combination with a large number of other substances. The simplest formula is a dry mix of 85 percent ammonium nitrate with 15 percent powdered charcoal. Confine in a pipe and use a blasting cap to detonate. POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE Dry mix 80 percent potassium permanganate with 20 percent powdered sugar. Confine in a pipe; detonate with a blasting cap or contact with sulfuric acid. Note: Potassium permanganate should be kept out of contact with the metal pipe until the last possible minute. ------------------------------------------------------------------------Fuses and Detonators ------------------------------------------------------------------------FUSES For both types of improvised fuse, it is best to use white cotton string. Wash the string with warm water and soap before use. Slow-Burning Fuse 1. Make a solution of one tablespoon potassium nitrate and one cup of water; place the solution in a shallow glass dish. 2. Add precut lengths of string. 3. Bring the solution to a boil over gentle heat; boil for three minutes. 4. Remove string from solution and allow to dry. 5. Determine burning time by testing two sample fuses. Fast-Burning Fuse 1. Coat a length of string with epoxy glue. 2. Roll the glue-coated string in a mixture of 50 percent potassium
11
nitrate and 50 percent powdered sugar; allow the glue to harden. 3. Wrap the fuse in cellophane tape. 4. The burning rate of the fuse can be slowed by adding a small quantity of finely ground sawdust to the nitrate/sugar mixture. DETONATORS 1. Partially fill the bottle with explosive (use bottles from model paints; the best explosive is improvised by scraping the chemicals from the heads of matches). 2. Insert the fuse. 3. Fill the bottle to the brim. Tamp the explosive tightly. 4. Punch a small hole in the bottle cap; pull the fuse through the hole. 5. Screw the bottle cap on tight. 6. Seal the fuse hole with epoxy glue.
[Picture: 001.PCX] 1. Use a length of thin electrical wire; remove one inch of insulation in the center of the length. 2. Partially fill the bottle with explosive (use either match-head scrapings or carbon bisulfide). 3. Insert the stripped section of wire. 4. Fill the bottle to the brim. Tamp the explosive tightly. 5. Punch two small holes in the bottle cap; pull one end of the electrical wire through each hole. 6. Screw the bottle cap on tightly. 7. Seal the hole with epoxy glue.
13
[Picture: 002.PCX]
[Picture: 003.PCX] 1. Most improvised explosives are sensitive enough to be detonated by the flash of a photographer s bulb. Solder one wire to the base of the bulb and the second to the metal side. Use as any electrical blasting cap. 2. When using a less sensitive explosive, first coat the bulb with epoxy glue and roll in any convenient flash material. A common improvised bomb ois a length of pipe filled with smokeless powder
15
extracted from bullets. A simple detonation method for this kind of bomb is to fill the first two inches of pipe with a spark-sensitive material such as a potassium nitrate/sugar mixture.
[Picture: 006.PCX] ------------------------------------------------------------------------Chemical Timers: ------------------------------------------------------------------------The following acids will cause violent reactions when brought into contact with certain materials Sulfuric acid: Potassium permanganate Potassium chlorate Match heads Nitric acid: Turpentine Furfural alcohol Aniline PIPE BOMB TIME FUSE I 1. Fill the pipe with an acid-sensitive material or fill the end section of the pipe with an acid-sensitive material and the rest of the pipe with any convenient explosive.
17
2. Securely glue into place a membrane of a material that will be corroded by the acid. The type and thickness of the material will determine the length of delay. This method can be improved by threading the interior of the top hole and screwing in a plug after adding acid. 3. To start the delay, fill the top hole with acid. Use rubber gloves while assembling.
[Picture: 007.PCX] PIPE BOMB TIME FUSE II 1. 2. 3. 4.
Fill a small bottle four-fifths full of acid. Make a hole in the cap and securely seal it with delay membrane. Secure a balloon filled with acid-sensitive material to the bottle. Insert this device into the base of a pipe bomb. Keep the bomb in an upright position. 5. To start the delay, lay the bomb on its side, or secure the balloon to a short fuse.
19
[Picture: 008.PCX] ------------------------------------------------------------------------Electrical Timers ------------------------------------------------------------------------DRIPPING TAP TIMER 1. Wires from the charge and the battery are attached to strips of aluminum foil. 2. These strips of foil are draped over the mouth of the jar. 3. The jar is placed under a dripping tap. 4. When the water level in the jar reaches the aluminum foil contacts, the electrical circuit is closed and detonation will occur.
21
[Picture: 009.PCX]
RELAY TIMER 1. Battery A supplies power to the relay's electromagnet. When battery A
fails, the circuit running through the relay closes. 2. Battery B fires the charge. 3. Because relays use very little power, this device is best used when long delays are required. Experimentation will show the best type of battery to use for the desired delay.
[Picture: 010.PCX]
23
HOURGLASS TIMER 1. Two small holes are bored into one end of the hourglass. 2. Electrical leads are introduced into the hourglass via these holes. 3. The metal filings flowing into the bottom of the hourglass will close the electrical circuit and cause detonation.
[Picture: 011.PCX] THERMOMETER TIMER 1. Bore a small hole into the bulb of the thermometer; insert the first wire. 2. Next bore a hole into the stem of the thermometer, above the mercury level; insert the second wire. 3. When the thermometer is exposed to a heat source, the mercury will rise and close the electrical circuit, causing detonation. Delay time can be adjusted by varying the intensity of the heat source and the thermometer's proximity to it.
25
[Picture: 012.PCX] ------------------------------------------------------------------------Explosives and Incendiary Devices ------------------------------------------------------------------------PIPE BOMB 1. Pipe is filled with an 80 percent potassium permanganate/20 percent sugar mixture. 2. Top hole is filled with sulphuric acid. 3. When the acid comes into contact with the mixture it will explode violently. 4. The thickness and material of the membrane determines delay time. [Picture: 013.PCX]
PLASTIC BOTTLE BOMB
27
in
When the timer closes the circuit, the nicrome wire will melt the container and ignite the combustible material. Nicrome wire is used commercial heating elements.
[Picture: 014.PCX]
JERRY CAN BOMB I In this device, the explosivr is the vapor which rises from the acetone/gasoline mixture.
29
[Picture: 015.PCX] JERRY CAN BOMB II A violent explosion will occur when the plastic container is corroded through and the nitric acid comes in contact with the furfural alcohol.
31
[Picture: 016.PCX] JERRY CAN BOMB III When the pipe bomb is detonated, the solution in the jerry can will explode.
33
[Picture: 017.PCX] TAMPERPROOF BOMB I set
If this device is not tampered with, the timer will detonate at the
time. If any attempt is made to neutralize battery #1 by cutting wire A or B, the device will explode immediately.
35
[Picture: 018.PCX] TAMPERPROOF BOMB II (DOUBLE RELAY) 1. Cutting any wire closes one of the circuits. 2. Coat all leads with epoxy glue to preclude use of alligator clips. 3. Device must be neutralized or timer will detonate. Freezing is the only solution.
[Picture: 019.PCX] BUTYLLITHIUM/FIBERGLASS BOMB 1. Groove is filled with sulphuric acid. 2. When the leather burns, the brick drops and breaks the glass bottle. 3. The butyllithium/fiberglass contact causes deflagration and in most cases explosion.
37
[Picture: 020.PCX] ------------------------------------------------------------------------Booby Traps and Land Mines ------------------------------------------------------------------------CYLINDER BOOBY TRAP 1. One of the wires runs directly from the battery to the charge. 2. A second wire runs from the battery through the rear of the cylinder. The section of the wire obstructing the opening is stripped. 3. A third wire runs from the charge to a piece of metal connected to the end of the trip-wire. 4. When the trip-wire is moved the metal piece is brought into contact with the end of the cylinder and the circuit is closed.
38
[Picture: 021.PCX] PACKAGE BOMB 1. Carton is lined with black paper and closing edges overlap to keep out all light. 2. Opening the package activates the light meter and closes the firing circuit. 3. This device should be made in a photographer's darkroom.
[Picture: 022.PCX] BOOBY-TRAPPED DOOR 1. To booby-trap a door when there is no other exit from the room, any convenient booby trap utilizing release pressure and a trip-wire can be
39
used. 2. Secure the device to the inside of the door. 3. Run the trip-wire up to and over the top of the door. 4. Close the door on the trip-wire, securing it in place. 5. Cut the end of the wire off as close to flush with the door as possible. 6. Opening the door releases the trip-wire and fires the device. Note: It is important to run the wire over the top of the door so
that
the inevitable tail of wire is out of the line nf vision.
[Picture: 023.PCX] AUTOMOBILE TRAP 1. Attach any convenient pull-fire booby trap to some object to give it extra weight. 2. Attach a hook to the far side of the trip-wire. 3. Place the device on the ground beneath the target vehicle, just forward of the gas tank. 4. Attach a hook to any convenient part of the under-carriage. 5. Forward movement of the vehicle will pull the trip-wire and detonate the device under the gas tank. TRAIL TRAP This method of booby trapping a foot path greatly reduces the chances
40
of detection, because there are no trip-wires or signs of burial of mines. Anyone moving along the trail who brushes against the bush will
activate the simple anti-movement mechanism. Two points are very important: 1. The bush must be as close as possible to the edge of the trail. 2. Use a wide can so a light breeze will not trigger the device. [Picture: 024.PCX]
LIFT-PROOF BOMB 1. The micro-switch assembly consists of a battery, a micro-switch set to serve as an anti-lift mechanism, and a timer which keeps the circuit open to allow safe handling. 2. If the pipe bomb is left alone, the electrical time will detonate it. If the pipe bomb is found and the electrical timer is neutralized, the micro-switch assembly will cause detonation as soon as an attempt is made to move the device.
41
[Picture: 025.PCX] SOUND-DETONATED BOMB 1. The sound level meter is used as the switch, and must be sensitive enough to be activated by the sound of a footstep, but not so sensitive that lesser noises will activate it. 2. A timer is included as a secondary circuit breaker to allow the manufacturer to work with the device without causing detonation.
[Picture: 026.PCX] PRESSURE MINE I 1. Top and bottom of pressure plate are made of heavy cardboard, and are held apart by cardboard cylinders. 2. One electrical wire is wound around the width of the top plate, and the other is wound around the width of the bottom plate. 3. The sections of electrical wire inside the mine are stripped. 4. Pressure on top plate brings wires into contact, causing detonation. Note: This is an extremely sensitive mine.
42
[Picture: 027.PCX] PRESSURE MINE II Pressure on the pressure plate drives the nail through the Styrofoam and into contact with the metal shelf, closing the electrical circuit and causing rletonation.
[Picture: 005.PCX] BOUNDING MINE 1. When the pressure plate is activated the launching charge will fire the mine out of the launcher. When the trigger wire is played out it will pull the top plate of the firing mechanism down and close the firing circuit. 2. The firing mechanism is covered with plastic. 3. When burying the launcher, make sure that the opening is unobstructed.
43
[Picture: 004.PCX] -------------------------------------------------------------------------
USING THESE RECIPES FOR HEAVY WEAPONS. Putting the explosives into heavy weapons is a matter of taking the steps of manufacturing the components, to exact specification, then assembling them correctly in a design that will perform. Light, disposable, yet effective designs able to be clandestinely manufactured… unless you got a line on the arms the Mexican Drug Cartels got. Do you?
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
57
59
60
61
CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS 63
Chemical weapons alternatives to high explosives can be acquired and manufactured to be effective enough for combat. Although the enemy will have HAZMAT gear and be trained to use it, their effectiveness will be greatly diminished, especially in warm temperatures. The use of chemical weapons is meant to debilitate the enemy by producing horrific injuries and spread terror amongst people accustomed to dishing out terror with impunity themselves. These two categories of weapons are surprisingly easy to acquire and can give freedom fighters a powerful tool to level the battlefield. These classes of weapons must be used intelligently, as indiscriminate usage will only harden peoples hearts against the struggle-they get enough of that from the beast they don’t need it from us. The enemy would fling mustard gas into churches and stadiums, and say we did it. And people would believe them. Used tactically, chemical weapons can cause instant panic and derail any plan they were acting on-which buys time for an attack or escape. Biological weapons are purely attrition weapons in that you plant them and cause casualties, contaminate enemy facilities, disrupt operations. Problem is making them, especially Mustard Gas-ANY drop or vapor can penetrate clothing that isn’t NBC rated, ANY skin exposure can lead to debilitating burns, boils and scarring, and a lifetime of health problems… even making the shit is incredibly hazardous, yet the stuff can be brewed in a modified still from relatively common materials. A better solution would be to take common insecticide with Malathion and subject it to high heat and UV light. Biological weapons are even easier to make-if you ever took a biology class you probably know how to culture bacteria and molds. Just a matter of finding and growing the right microorganisms. Then it’s just a matter of accepting that the enemy will want your head on a pike and so will a lot of other Americans-many of them fighting for the same thing you do because you’re going too far for them. Yet, these weapons systems offer a return far in excess of the investment in their construction and deployment. Only you can decide whether or not to employ them.
WHEN BEING A LONE WOLF CAN BACKFIRE-LITERALLY
64
If you wind up in any of these three scenarios, well, make your peace with Our Father and make your last moment worth somethimg… basically you’re on what Sun Tzu referred to as “death ground”. Obviously unless you can outshoot your automatic weapons armed opponents, defeat their sniper team and bust through their perimeter… okay you won’t. Trust me though; being captured alive is a fate worse than death, in fact they’ll keep you alive as long as possible to prolong your suffering. If you’ve ever been in the system they generally are horrific about it. If you’re a Patriot then everything you’ve heard about Abu Ghraib will likely be applied to you. I’m talking starvation, torture, disease, mind-destroying drugs, exposure, beatdowns, rapes…. Fihgt to the death and go to your God like a Patriot.
IF you can lure your enemy into this situation, where you can make them funnel into a narrow corridor, or corner without support you’ve eliminated most of the firepower they can bear on you, and all of their mobility… and so long as you can act on their stupidity or have an out before they call a National Guard gunship or something: The next outtakes are for luring enemy forces into bottlenecks-doorways, stairs and corridors can concentrate their numbers and limit the weapons they can bear, while exposing vulnerabilitites:
65
Keep in mind that if you know how to get/make/employ explosives you can bait the enemy in and detonate the charge. Biological weapons will act longer and are a danger to yourself as well so its best to bat the enemy into attacking someplace else. From where you’re at.
TAKING ON A SWAT RAID Remember reading Anonymous advice about SWAT teams? Let’s review: How to Beat Special Forces, S.W.A.T. and Special Operations Groups. by Anonymous et al To enforce tyranny, governments must rely on Special Forces, SSG, SWAT and Special Operations Groups. SSG stands for Surveillance Specialist Group— that’s spy talk for a "surveillance team". SWAT stands for Special Weapons And Tactics (i.e. a paramilitary death-squad). Special Forces, Special Operations 66
Groups, SWAT and Special Activities Staff are all military squads that participate in a more advanced training for fighting in unusual urban environments. They all have a common component, although each of them have features peculiar to themselves. A major distinguishing factor is the ability to fight in close-quarters with a small group to achieve the goal of suppression. They go by a lot of different names around the world, but a goon by any name is still a goon. Up to now, the lethal combination of SSG and SWAT has proven disastrous for underground activists and their movements in the USA and Canada. Is SWAT effective? Yes. Does it get results? Absolutely. Is SWAT invincible? No. Despite their massive firepower and use of brute force, SWAT teams have weakness that can be exploited. A typical SWAT element is composed of five people—a Team Leader, a Scout, a Backup, and two Assaulters.(NOTE: some teams have more than five people. Sometimes there’s more than one assault element and they’re coming around the back if you’re figured to be a threat. Surveillance, early warning capabilities are a must which means cameras or not being alone-having sentries.) The Team Leader is the most experienced of the five. He is the nerve center and tactical command of the team. The Team Leader is in direct voice-contact with the other four members of the SWAT element, who each wear a hands-free UHF transponder with an earpiece and a throat-vibration microphone.(In other words, he’ll likely be the oldest/have the most stripes. Look for him to be giving orders, directing the team, and being looked at the most.) The Scout performs on-scene reconnaissance. The Backup carries a 12-guage riot shotgun. He provides security for the Scout. The two Assaulters each carry Heckler & Koch 9mm MP-5 submachine guns.(Or more typically M4 type carbines but the wars on terror and drugs are rapidly improving their armament to include 7.62mm semi automatic rifles, even 50 BMG rifles.) All members of the SWAT element usually carry handguns, often a .45 or 9mm semi-automatic pistol. SWAT members often wear balaclavas for the purpose of intimidating suspects and bystanders. The balaclava also keeps them anonymous—this is done because they reside in the same communities whose citizens they execute, and also makes legal recourse and identification next to impossible.(This is why its important to cultivate alliances with anyone and everyone in your locale who WON’T SNITCH; you never know if the next person you talk to is a neighbor of a SWAT team member; far easier to deal with them at their own home than yours.) 2
SWAT members wear military helmets and bullet-resistant body-armour. These guys are goons and cowards in the truest sense of the word. They’ll kill you and go for lunch five minutes later. It’s nothing to them ; because of their myopic training, they figure the solution to every problem is massive application of force, preferably lethal.(Overconfidence-all their opponents so far have been gangbangers who can’t shoot. Most people shit themselves and prone out.) Once it’s arrived on the scene, SWAT never withdraws.(Defeating them in place and breaking out is imperative.) In a typical call-out, the SWAT element is reinforced by duty police officers who form a containment perimeter at a distance from the suspect’s location. (They will rush to help bail out their brother officers if they get in trouble and so must be dealt with whether you’re alone or have a team. They ARE separated on the perimeter relying on communication and reserves.) Police snipers may also be present.(SNIPERS ARE ALWAYS YOUR FIRST PRIORITY) More than one SWAT element may be on the scene. A Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT) is often mustered. CNT is somewhat of a misnomer, because their actual role is to obtain intelligence for an assault by SWAT—and to fatally distract the suspect in the moments preceding the assault. Ambulance and Fire personnel are also usually deployed mainly for the welfare of SWAT and Police. Weakness: Lack of Knowledge of the Terrain. SWAT teams plan for many different environments, but can never know the terrain that they will be going into EXACTLY. You are on the ground there first, do your homework. Scout the building or area completely, and know it like the back of your hand. Find areas of weakness or exposure for incoming SOG teams. Try to lure them into those areas and then act swiftly. Weakness: Training. They think of it as an advantage, and it is. Training is the only way to know how you and your team-mate will react in any certain situation. However, this advantage can be turned to weakness. The SOG teams have a response for every situation, and that response is PREDICTABLE. Take time to study SOG training, and you will see that they perform standard manoeuvres in situations. Apply this knowledge to your local environment, and you will be able to map out a SOG team’s reaction everywhere in your location. If you are in a building, study widely available SOG manuals for the manoeuvres, such as: WEAKNESS - Intelligence: SWAT and Special Forces teams rely on intelligence to find and identify targets, which usually (in the case of Special Forces) means paid informants in a city or other locale. They pass their information on to the Joint Operations Command, which has coordinates Special Forces activities, and then the JOC passes the intelligence on to the commanders of the units.(Co-opt their informants, get one of yours to become a informant to eventually set them up after proving themselves to be a valued asset.) 2
TACTICAL RESPONSE - Confusion is the worst enemy of Special Forces. Interrupt the intelligence chain with conflicting reports. Use double agents as the paid informants for the JOC. Broadcast erroneous information. SWAT WEAKNESS—LACK OF MOBILITY. Their combat gear prevents them from sprinting long distances in pursuit of a suspect fleeing on foot.(Or fighting, maneuvering for extended periods.) A number of suspects have escaped in exactly this scenario. This is the reason behind the containment perimeter. The regular cops pin you inside the “holding pen” while the SWAT goons methodically stalk you and then dispatch you, preferably from behind.(If alone in this situation use rapid fire, good marksmanship and punch your way out through the regulars.) TACTICAL RESPONSE—If you know the terrain, you’ll often be able to beat the containment ring. The cops on the perimeter cover the main escape routes and checkpoints. The ring has gaps you can exploit. The cops seldom cover hidden routes that the only the local residents know about. Do your homework. Gather accurate intelligence. And rehearse, rehearse, rehearse.(Meaning you can do some good work surprising them…) SWAT WEAKNESS—THEY DON’T THINK. Their training has ingrained them with the mindset that the solution to every situation is force. SWAT is not motivated or inclined to negotiate or compromise. And they never withdraw. (They’re stubbornly, single-mindedly goal oriented-you can use that!) TACTICAL RESPONSE—Plan your operation so that political considerations and/or public relations are more attractive to the authorities than a lethal resolution of the crisis by SWAT.(That’s true to a point: a chosen battleground near lots of innocents/witnesses, especially children, can throw off their plans to add a notch to their guns with your death… maybe.) SWAT WEAKNESS --- OVERHEATING. Their balaclavas, gloves, shooting goggles, helmets, and combat fatigues mean that they can easily overheat in urban situations. It doesn’t take much activity to get them sweating. Literally.(Get them moving! In winter, it’s additional encumberances of their gear in heavy snow-plus it’s all black sihouletting them beautifully. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Plan an operation(s) that will require lots of physical movement by the SWAT members. Give them lots to crawl over, through, and around. Even big tough guys don’t have much stamina when they start to overheat.(Running gun battle to a pre-planned ambush point for an example….) SWAT WEAKNESS—PERIMETER OVER-RELIANCE. They always set up perimeter control. They have become dependent on the “holding pen” strategy. In “Blackhawk Down” Mark Bowden notes that while the Delta Force “operators” are highly skilled, battle-tested veterans capable of almost anything, their support 1
and perimeter control team, the U.S. Army Rangers, are generally young, inexperienced, overconfident, and unready for the ugly realities of real combat. [Likewise, regular duty cops] (Police have devolved-that is the correct word-into a few really competent killers with the bulk mainly armed bureaucrats relying on overwhelming numbers and intimidation. More on that after this piece is concluded.) TACTICAL RESPONSE—Post an accomplice (ie sniper) outside their perimeter and SWAT becomes vulnerable to a flanking attack.(Much, much more about that, I promise.) SWAT WEAKNESS—ONE TRICK PONY. They are trained to attack fixed targets. They are befuddled and confounded by a moving target. Especially a target they are continually losing contact with. TACTICAL RESPONSE—Hit and run. Hit and run. Hit and run. Then disappear. Your key to tactical success consists of carefully planned escape routes, accomplice drivers, and prearranged support (ie hiding) from the local population. This was used to great effect in Mogadishu, Somalia, by local warlord forces. After the ambush, U.S. troops were withdrawn, leaving local forces in control. SWAT WEAKNESS—LACK OF INDIVIDUAL INITIATIVE. Without their body-rig communication sets, SWAT members are lost. UHF frequency range is often less than a mile. Range deteriorates in locations with reinforced concrete and metal debris. (This is actually a good ideal if your numbers are too limited to do a multi-angled ambush. Mobility is the key. Modern police departments are increasingly becoming equipped with advanced devices that can flatten tires, or shoot electromagnetic pulse into a vehicle, disabling the electronics and stalling it. Use a older design that uses carburators and points or wrap a copper cage around the electronic ignition control circuitry and ground it to the steel frame.) TACTICAL RESPONSE—Forcing or duping a SWAT member to transmit bogus messages over his transponder is an effective tactic for disorienting the entire team. Seizing a transponder and issuing your own messages is effective psychological warfare.(You need to know their radio routines and signals well, as well as sounding authoritative.) Your voice is right inside their heads—and these guys aren’t exactly the brightest specimens our species has produced. Selecting a location that interferes with UHF transmission is a sound tactic.(Jamming their signals works too.) 3 GOLDEN RULES FOR BEATING SWAT: RULE #1 -- Surround the SWAT element, including its perimeter force. (Ambush in detail with multiple fire angles, multiple assault vectors-will be covered shortly.) 2
RULE #2 -- Fight scattered, never in a compact body. (Never bunch up, especially in the face of modern automatic weapons. Use the power of your rifles and the marksmanship you’ve learned .) RULE #3 -- When attacked, never stand and fight. Retreat, then counterattack. (Have contingency plans, ambush corridors, etc.) Some resistance movements hold the view that if surrounded, you should immediately pick the weakest point, focus on it, and make a determined effort to break out. The resulting break in the enemy’s line will produce two exposed flanks which you can counterattack, possibly more. Savvy readers and students of American history will recognize these tactics as the same as those used by the natives to maul the British Regular Army in the 1600s and 1700s in colonial America. All things considered, however, your greatest single asset is your ability to choose the location. This means planning ahead. It means being a moving target. It means not sleeping where SWAT can find you. Heed the warning in the training manual of the Provisional IRA—“Get your defense before you get your offense.”
First, what is your situation? How many people are on your side, what is the terrain, are you in the city, suburbs or in the country? Most importantly, what is the objective of the enemy raid? How many people-and their combat capability-will dictate what you’re going to do. All what you read earlier about rifle teams, snipers, assault teams won’t work if there’s but a handful of you. Or you’re alone. Okay, reality check: if you’re on your own your best bet is to hide. This means not living where you’re registered by either corporations or the state, or even known by friends and loved ones, having escape routes and tunnels. Even fictional superagent Jason Bourne could get chopped to pieces taking on a SWAT team. If they do manage to find you, have an escape tunnel and rig the home with explosives or something else nasty-you’ve lost it anyway. If you have family with you, either they’re in on the defense/escape or you’ll have to leave them for the duration, because your only option besides death is some kind of political victory way the hell down the road. Really you should expect to never see them again in this world. Is that so bad? Those who take on tyranny are blessed by God. Jesus urged the Disciples to arm themselves, even selling any and everything else to get a sword. What is the 2
modern version of a sword, the specialized killing tool of its day? The rifle. Rifles allow lethal hits at long range provided you have the training and the will. Riflemen are a much greater menace to the beast than advertised; remember the DC snipers? Father-son team camoflaged in a hidden compartment in a commonly found vehicle terrorized that area for a couple months. Law enforcement fell over each other desperately trying to stop the killings. Yes they shot innocent people and I’m glad they were caught, but imagine if they were offing federal bureaucrats, congress ”men”, judges? Imagine you not taking on a SWAT team and most likely just being another dead martyr; imagine you getting away, sniping here, planting a boobytrap there. Americans will see you doing God’s work and the next thing you get a hundred copycats trying to outdo you; the beast won’t be able to stop even that many resistance fighters, all the heat that was on you has to be diverted to these new threats… some of them more capable of causing havoc than you. The dam of fear and impotence the government has erected to keep the righteous wrath of the American People will crumble and break-but later with those thoughts. If you’re alone, don’t try an Alamo taking on a SWAT team mano-a-mano they’re especially trained and equipped to take on lone shooters, they will take you out if you make a stand. You MUST without fail wage a guerilla hit and run campaign where they’re SOFT. Not only choosing soft targets, but soft areas where the beast’s tools aren’t on red alert because of you. That means being able to travel a few counties out of your way to make another pinprick strike. Yes, pinprick; you won’t find the Death Star’s thermal exhaust port so you’ll have to settle for symbolic yet locally effective strikes that, providing you can escape to fight another day, will inspire others to join your efforts to free our nation. Because only with teamwork can you fight the SWAT teams and stand a chance of victory. You will mostly be using rifles, fitted with a means of silencing it. You would be striking targets that administer the enemy’s tyranny, are lightly defended and reasonably far from assistance. Individual targets, such as office holders, bureaucrats, police chiefs etc. You would be using silenced pistols-a .22 with a stuffed coke bottle secured around the muzzle works. Disguising the assassinations by robbing and assaulting them might throw off suspicion a couple times this is politically motivated. Or not. Don’t operate in your home town. You will probably be known and likely counterattacked the moment your ID is discovered. Lets say you found a small number of Americans who still remember what that means, say six. Six people are better than being alone, but still make for long odds. Depending on what weapons you can field you will be badly outgunned at short range and wherever the sniper deploys. I’d be hesitant on having the Target House manned and fortified to repel entry teams, that takes in my estimation at least three people with 7.62mm MBRs at the minimum. That leaves with this particular scenario three shooters hanging back-and one of these MUST be dedicated to taking out enemy snipers first. So there are two
2
shooters remaining… they had better have MBR’s and be damn good at hitting and shifting targets. Any lower number than six, you’re best off having an escape tunnel ready, and the house wired like a giant claymore mine. Everyone hangs back with their rifles and picks off the dazed and shocked survivors. Then everyone would have to either have escape tunnels or mount a roll-up operation on perimeter cops, and have escape routes. Odds are not good for you to survive to fight tyranny another day. To take on a SWAT team you need a Target House fire team, as stated. You need a countersniper to search for and take out enemy snipers. You need an Assault Team in a vehicle to overwhelm individual perimeter cops. Rifle Teams to overwhelm and cut down the enemy entry teams and command. Everyone will have to worry about countering aerial assault. So we’re talking at least platoon strength team. You know 20 or so people willing to fight back against the beast? Getting that size team together, equipped and ready to fight and win is your biggest challenge. The battleground will dictate everything else. Hilltops, ridges make you more visible but they also make assault more of a problemprobably enough for the enemy to contemplate rappelling off helicopters, so defense against airborne assault will be a priority. If your home is isolated, it may prove difficult to ambush with rifle teams and assault units enveloping the entry unit and sniper. If your home is accessed only through a long drive or on a lonely road, a classical L shaped ambush would be called for.
3
4
Homes in rural areas will be isolated, with help far away but the threat will also have to travel further to their objective, so they can be spotted and ambushed. Lookouts on likely roads are needed. A model airplane fitted with a transmitting surveillance camera or a kite or balloon with a camera on a turrent can give the good guys the advantage in spotting the enemies. After that, it’s a matter of how quick you can get to a pre-planned ambush site. It is recommended that fields of fire be created so that there isn’t cover or concealment for entry teams. This means a good 2-300 yard clearance if possible. Counterattack positions will be around the fringes and in the woods themselves. If in the croplands of the Midwest those positions need to be underground and carefully hidden. Taking on a SWAT team at the Target House is not the best option in rural areas, there are far fewer places to hide at the site; the house itself would need to be very heavily fortified and the rifle teams would have to site themselves 300 yards out or more. Even then, if it’s a fed tactical team they will likely have aircraft with FLIR that can see heat so camoflage ghilliesuits with mylar space blankets are needed. So, when in the country, ambush the team on the way and take the tactical initiative. Make your shots count so you can take them out on the first volley of fire before their greater firepower can be used to break up your ambush-because they’ll be trained for this scenario as well. Suburbs you’re not going to have the wide open fields of fire you will in the country. This limits each rifleman’s ability to cover targets but offers the advantage of cover at longer ranges if sites for shooters are carefully selected for coverage of Target House. 5
Shooting positions abound if your team has the support and cooperation of the Peoplehow well do you get along with your neighbors and how badly does the government oppress them? If you don’t have the support of people you’re going to fail-surrender, or die a martyr. In suburban areas fortification of the home isn’t enough, nor is setting up an ambush because assistance can arrive in mere minutes. It is therefore important to not only attack the SWAT team before they breach the Target House’s defenses but their support elements as well. Trap, lock, destroy. This is how you destroy a SWAT team. TARGET HOUSE Is the bait. If the house isn’t boobytrapped, then it is heavily fortified. The Target House Fire Team must have rapid fire rifles capable of engaging and defeating armor and generating a sustained rapid fire as reloading close in with automatic weapons is death. You’re going to need the bravest, coolest under fire people for this. Either that or be able to make/acquire high explosives and try to blow them up. Usually the SWAT team will go in the front, or back door-sometimes both-so depending on the architecture of the home, either entrance must lead to a common killing zone. Some home remodeling is in order. You will need reinforcement of the shooters hides with armor plate or sandbags and escape tunnels pre dug.
Make no mistake this is extremely dangerous as you’re the focus of the SWAT assault. HAVE AS MUCH BODY ARMOR ON YOU AS POSSIBLE. Cannibalize body armor to provide protection to your limbs. A helmet will protect your skull. Fashion a face mask to protect the front of your head. You basically want to approach a Medieval knight in armor coverage, so study suits on how to do that. Your weapons must be .30 caliber rifles and I would recommend the semi-auto M-1918 belt fed “rifle” so that you don’t have to spend precious seconds reloading magazines. The weapon and ammunition belt approaches 30lb however. Otherwise I’d use a stone reliable .308 semi-auto military pattern rifle configured for CQB. 6
With that much armor on, you have to be in perfect shape, and very strong. Do a LOT of
strength training. The above is an option if you don’t have many people to form rifle teams. The target house must be hardened, but in a manner that will make the SWAT team assume this is yet another relatively normal assault. So your defenses must be deep inside the house and they must be positioned in a part of the home that it won’t matter if the enemy home invades from the front or side door, or even uses wall breaching explosives they’re storming into a trap. If you can make or acquire explosives, use those to blast the SWAT team, hiding behind blast proof protection. If you have sufficient people to form several two man rifle teams and even a assault element or two then fortify the doors to prevent easy breeching-pausing the SWAT team and presenting targets to alert riflemen. Another threat to counter is infrared imaging sensors, detecting differences in heat-like your bodies. Thousands of dollars of high tech equipment can be defeated by tunnels and layers of mylar space blankets; these measures will block body heat and thus detection. Use judiciously, as the blocking of infrared signatures will be a immediate tip off to the enemy. Hide the entrances to the tunnels very well and dig deep enough to avoid ground penetrating radar. RIFLEMEN TEAMS These will lock the SWAT team between two threats. They will vary in position and composition depending on numbers, skill and terrain. There could be single shooters but 7
usually two and three man teams are better. The most accurate shooters will be the furthest from the Target so as to have the widest perspective-making them more able to shift their fire around the battlefield as needed. Riflemen closer in will have older, slower firing rifles, and closer still, assault rifles to shield the Riflemen from any SWAT breaking the trap and to engage them in a final assault. Riflemen should be in hidden compartments, or rooms if a lengthy siege is in order and all the houses surrounding the Target House are evacuated. Take the time to find your shooting positions. This means surveying your designated Target House from every house, every facing window in the neighborhood. AVOID THE OBVIOUS SHOOTING POSITIONS THE COPS WILL BE LOOKING HARD AT THOSE. Expect an evacuation of the entire neighborhood if this isn’t a standard drug bust blitz so have hiding positions for your teams covered in mylar space blankets to defeat infrared.
The people on the rifle teams must be shooters; they must be able to accurately hit rapidly moving men at least a hundred yards away. Put your better shooters on these teams. If possible arm them with M-14 rifles but Mausers, Enfields, Mosin-Nagants or hunting
8
rifles will give these teams an advantage. The SWAT snipers will be overwhelmed with rifle fire from several vectors, from positions they can’t readily see, so they’re safe. The perimeter cops will be a problem and will rush in to stop the rifle teams. The rifle teams will have to cover each other as possible but their main focus must be shooting up that SWAT team while they’re paused ouside the target house trying to break in. Again, the SWAT team are the most dangerous cops, they’re the killers, they’re the best armed. Take them out-that is the purpose of this ambush-and the rest of the cops will be easy meat. ASSAULT TEAMS A heavily armed fire team equipped with rapid fire and/or heavier weapons, go in and destroy SWAT teams and permimeter cops at close range. They ideally should be in a fast vehicle that provides some protection from gunfire. Their job is to engage the isolated perimeter cops with overwhelming force, and peel that outer layer of enemy defense. Then, close in and engage enemy snipers and armored vehicles. Outfitting the assault team will be your biggest budget outlay. These should be cool under stresscombat veterans-armed with assault rifles and if possible body armor and explosives. Their hideouts, near the Target House will need to be very well hidden, a tunnel or a secret room.
PERIMETER ASSAULT TEAM If possible, have this. Armed like the Assault Teams but they also have a vehicle to give them mobility to engage both cops on the perimeter and to give aid to any element in danger. Anti-armor weapons, if possible to make or obtain, should be fielded to attack armored vehicles. The vehicle the Perimeter Assault Team uses should be reliable enough for the mission, rugged, powerful and cheap-expendable. A van built on a truck frame would be good as the body can have steel or kevlar plates inserted to give protection. The new airless tires
9
will defeat road spikes and bullets. Don’t forget to beef up the suspension and shocks and make account of the additional weight to the vehicle’s performance. COUNTERSNIPERS Number one priority as the snipers can and will turn the battle against you fast with their rapid, highly accurate fire. These will be your best shooters, well camoflaged with STRICT orders to only engage enemy snipers and eliminate them before engaging any other targets. They should have a scoped semiautomatic rifle with a assistant with a spotting scope. After the first engagement or two the enemy snipers will be more camoflaged than you so target detection will be the big problem, although if observant enough they can be spotted before they kill too many of your people. ESCAPE VEHICLES Win or lose, you will NOT want to stick arou nd for the enemy’s response. Watch footage of the Waco siege, the battle of Fallujah, or the Watts riots for hints of what their response will be. Lay out your escape routes-through and between houses or via tunnels. At the end some distance away from the battlefield should be changes of clothing… you should be wearing disguises during battle… and vehicles to make your escape with . Your number one challenge in making you rgetaway will be in maintaining your cool. Practice calming down after inducing stress-it won’t work 100% but it should work well enough to allay suspicon enough to escape. DEALING WITH AERIAL THREATS Helicopters are used by metropolitan police departments for spotting and sometimes combat if a machine gun is available. Certainly, state and federal authorities will have armed helicopters but the good news is unless you got a Army Combat Brigade coming down on you or what National Guard’s left stateside those helicopters will not be armored. Helicopters are delicate. They’re difficult to fly. Hit the engines, the craft has to autorotate in a controlled crash and if too low, the crash will be hard enough to injure the pilot and occupants. Hit the cockpit, the pilot and co-pilot and the chopper will crash. Helicopters are slow-they typically move no faster than a sports car. On a mission they will loiter about a thousand feet or less around their target.. that’s 300 yards and a helicopter is not small. To hit helicopters you first have to know the target’s size. Then you calculate range with a rangefinder, whether on the scope or a laser rangefinder. Calculate speed, altitude, range and direction and when the helicopter enters small arms range aim ahead and a little low using the mass of your gunfire to effect. If heading straight toward or away, just aim a little lower.
10
Use the SWAT teams attributes against itself. Trap, lock, destroy. Let the team engage the target, get them committed to breaching the house and entering. As they enter, they’ll either be met with heavy fire targeting their heads or feet, or trigger the explosive charges, or whatever else kind of boobytrap you set. Or maybe there’s nothing at all and getting the team inside was the point-isolate the heavy firepower from the scattered perimeter units and command. WEAR DISGUISES! You don’t want any identifiers on you either. Wear gloves at all times. And don’t use vehicles registered in your name, internet or cell phones registered in your name, guns registered in your name. Coming or going, alive or dead your identity must remain a mystery to the enemy. They will lean on your family and friends very hard-arresting, beating, torturing them. Probably killing a few of them. It will greatly aid in your plan’s escape phase. Your biggest enemy is fear. The enemy knows how to fight. They’ve been honing their tactics and training for a generation. Their equipment is the best available. Their training is superb, although if constantly deployed their longer range marksmanship may suffer. Maybe… 11
They get off on your fear. It is the aphrodesiac that they crave after the tense build up to the raid, the release of adrenaline making their dynamic entry, pouring in your home destroying what’s yours. Your terror is the icing on the cake. They also get the taste of your shed blood and that too becomes an addiction; they look for any excuse to murder someone and sometimes some of them just don’t care who they shoot at. Worse, the government sanctions these well equipped murderers and bends over backwards to legally shield them from legal action. The same ghouls in city council, the courts and the prison industrial complex will bend over backwards to get new souls to entrap in their earthly hells. That means you and yours. So you fight your justifiable fears with your justifiable outrage at the government and their never ending violations of you and your community. You remember who brings in the drugs and then turns around and arrests you for dealing it because that’s your only option. You remember you or your loved ones being arrested and beaten and imprisoned simply because they were at the wrong place at the wrong time. You remember what this country is supposed to be, and how these jackals have helped destroy it, how they don’t care how they’re contributing to all of our sufferings and downfall. How they won’t even think of going after those truly responsible, taking the path of least resistance-you. Today you stop being the path of their least resistance. Let’s proceed with our sample mission:
13
This will be our sample neighborhood. Looks like any other neighborhood in America. You will note that yes the houses are close in, in some places tightly packed. Some will be single story homes, some with two stories. In urban areas, three or four story apartment buildings or commercial buildings with storefronts will be available, offering height to overcome obstacles. You will also note there are gaps between homes. Staking out firing positions in the right homes will allow not only coverage of what will become the Target House, but also effective cover from SWAT team and sniper fire and hopefully detection by perimeter cops-although nothing is guaranteed in war. So, you mission is to be on good enough terms with your Neighbors to gain cooperation. You’ll need their cooperation in order to systematically scout out your entire neighborhood, find the house that you can cover with the optimum fields of fire. It doesn’t matter so much if it’s in the center of your neighborhood or not, but for our example we’ll use a house in the very center so that as many field s of fire can be staked out as possible. You won’t occupy them all. You must not occupy the most obvious firing positions as those will be scouted out by the enemy before commencing their raid. You did use narcs, snitches and other traitors to let it be known that a sweet bust awaits them at the Target House-but you’ll probably need a SWAT team. The enemy will probably deploy them anyway but it might be a good ideal to shine them on a bit. Not too much because although aggressive, cops can be paranoid too.
14
Here is the same map, but initial combat positions shown. The Target House is in red; Rifle Teams of two or three riflemen have several fields of fire covering both front and back doors. Riflemen should have semiautomatic battle rifles like FAL’s, HK91’s, M14, etc. but Mausers, Lee-Enfields, and Mosin-Nagants can do the job as long as those Teams don’t rush headlong into engaging heavily armed perimeter cops with M-4 assault rifles or the like. They keep their distance and cover and pour highly accurate rifle fire-if possible at the SWAT teams… although in war all kinds of things go wrong. That’s when you improvise, adapt and overcome-so having a pipe bomb or molotov cocktail might be a good ideal. The Sniper is at the bottom left corner of the map, but will have position to seek and engage enemy snipers FIRST. Snipers are the most accurate shooters and can quickly wreck any attack or defense. Your sniper must have an Observer with him; he not only has a spotting scope to find enemy snipers, but also carry a semiautomatic rifle to offer more firepower than a bolt action to any threats that get in close. Assault Teams have 4-8 members, armed with assault rifles like AK-47’s and anti-armor weapons. They hide deep inside houses nearby ready to charge SWAT teams as they’re engaged by rifle fire from both inside the Target House but also from Rifle Teams all 15
around them. Where precisely the Assault Teams can go without unduly risking their own lives from possible friendly fire must be mapped out. The Perimeter Assault Team has the heaviest weaponry-in a armored vehicle of their own. .50bmg rifles, improvised anti-armor rockets. They assault and strip away perimeter cops and take on enemy armor.
This is pretty much a standard SWAT deployment; perimeter cops cover all road access to the Target House as the SWAT teams deploy; one team will probably sneak around back to block escape. When in position the other team will make a fast frontal assault, or some lame variation. At least one sniper will deploy and probably two or three will take positions to cover all windows. The command vehicle will be some ways back, near the perimeter and out of line of fire from the Target House. These bastards have to be engaged and killed as soon as the SWAT team begins its breaching operation. Maybe they’ll straight out use an armored vehicle for the primary assault, or maybe they’ll hold it in reserve. Either way your assault teams must have some kind of antiarmor weapon to take it out, or it’s armor and firepower will cut apart your ambush and bail the SWAT teams out. Fortunately, unless they have Army M-1 Abrams tanks, armored vehicles can be attacked relatively easy with improvised anti-armorr rockets as 16
you read how to make earlier. They can also be attacked by accurate rifle fire poured into the vision slots sensors, exposed ammunition boxes and weapons and any open hatch. Shown in this map are the positions of the Good Guys. I only included the circles because until the SWAT team is committed, everyone must stay hidden and undetected. It is essential that the enemy commits the bulk of their firepower-the SWAT team-to the assault. To their stack formation, pausing right at the point where they have to bust in. That is when they’re most vulnerable, and if they can be caught out in the open, stopped by a stubborn door they can be cut down. They HAVE to be stopped at the front door and cut down. Otherwise, it will be a harrowing fight inside the Target House as that Fire Team repels boarders with automatic weapons, the house providing cover as outside rifle fire tries to reach them until their armored vehicle can arrive and bail them out. Don’t let it happen!
We see here, the SWAT teams are deployed, at both the front and back doors of the Target House. The SWAT van has pulled up, probably to help yank the door off. Perimeter cops have deployed; unfortunately for the Good Guys they park near several of their Rifle Team positions and they face a difficult decision: engage their primary target and risk being taken out and overwhelmed by perimeter cops nearby, or take them out 17
and risk allowing SWAT a successful entry into the Target House and shelter from the Rifle and Assault Teams until the Armored vehicle can rescue them. The SWAT sniper has deployed and there’s only one, thank God. He’s covering the front and is not hidden. Most of the time they will be so both Sniper and Observer will have to watch for movement of the enemy snipers. Sniper must wait to engage enemy sniper until the SWAT teams are committed and attempting to gain entry. Our Sniper has a problem; a cop car is parked right in front of his hide! That’s why the Observer has an automatic rifle of his own to engage that cop. The Assault Teams keep their cool, hidden, but they get ready to charge out and assault the SWAT teams. The rear SWAT team’s going to be dead, but the front SWAT team now has their douchey van for cover plus a perimeter cop has parked near their position. Now they’ll have to divide their fire-keep the perimeter cop from interfering with their primary target of helping engage the front SWAT team. The Perimeter Assault Team await in their armored assault vehicle, waiting for the gunfire to start. Once the shooting begins they will bust out of the garage they’re hidden in like the A-Team and begin assaulting perimeter cops, stripping reinforcements from the SWAT team, isolating them. Now lets see how the attack goes:
18
Sniper takes out enemy SWAT sniper, taking out one of the three most dangerous elements. His Observer immediately rakes the perimeter cop parked in front of the house they’re at before he can respond. The SWAT teams both front and back are immediately engaged by .30 caliber rifle fire, both from inside the Target House in fortified positions and from deployed Rifle Teams. One Rifle Team chooses to engage the perimeter cop parked right in front of them, before shifting fire to the front SWAT team. Two perimeter cops are on the ball however and engage three Rifle Teams with automatic gunfire, which if that doesn’t take them out at least suppresses them, taking them out of the fight. The Perimeter Assault Team gets to work, starts attacking perimeter cops and blasting them. Assault Teams pour out of their hides. The rear SWAT team gets cut to ribbons between them and rifle teams. The front SWAT team gets a few seconds reprieve as perimeter cops force the Assault Team to split their efforts between suppressing reinforcements and catching the enemy in a crossfire. The Perimeter Assault Team, if coordination between teams is good, charges directly to the front SWAT team as it has the firepower to bust out of the trap. Command panics, and will immediately send in their armored vehicle to bail out their SWAT teams, but a rescue will take a few precious seconds to mount-meanwhile Rifle Teams, Assault Teams and the Target House Fire Team finish off the front SWAT team. Things can still go wrong real fast though as the armored vehicle approaches…
19
The armored vehicle and surviving perimeter cops make their move to try to save their fallen SWAT “brothers”. They charge right into hell as the Target House Fire Team, the Assault Teams and Rifle Teams engage them all. The perimeter cops coming to the rescue will fall, no doubt about that. What is the question is whether the Good Guys have the firepower to stop the armored vehicle; it will most likely be armored against rifle fire. It will likely have a belt fed machine gun in 7.62mm NATO caliber, maybe a grenade launcher. Real trouble and could slaughter the Assault Teams by itself. Seeing their SWAT teams sprawled on the ground bleeding to death will enrage them further to take acts of heroism, and thus won’t be thinking straight. Take full advantage! If your anti-armor weapons have to be attached to the vehicle train your teams to be careful about not aiming at friendlies doing justthat. Hopefully you’ve constructed and tested improvised anti armor weapons or have .50BMG Barrett semiautomatic rifles with armor piercing or Raufoss rounds and can rake the armored vehicle front to back. Meanwhile, that command vehicle is going to see that second wave go to hell, and so far it’s been untouched. That vehicle MUST BE TAKEN OUT because they can scoot to 20
safety and coordinate a city-wide cordon off of your neighborhood. A solid ring of cops with automatic weapons and boiling with rage over their “brother cops” being killed by people who won’t submit to ‘authority’ will close in and kill all of you. All coordinated from that command vehicle, that knows the situation, knows how well you opposed them how well you’re armed. So do yourselves a big favor and cobble together whatever you can and attack that command vehicle, kill everyone inside. Only then can you exploit the chaos and the momentary reeling back the enemy will be experiencing, and make your escape. How? Have many ways out… ESCAPE AND EVASION Don’t just start reading this when you’re trying to escape… I’m going to approach this chapter in the broadest possible strokes, because there’s no making enough scenarios to cover what could happen right after a successful defense and counterattack. The SWAT team and supporting units are fleeing or hopefully dead but it isn’t time to celebrate; now comes the time to get out of there. You’ll need to leave anyway if the operation fails. Time will NOT be on your side because if one cop dies they call in literally every cop in the county to overwhelm you. If a entire SWAT team plus support forces gets taken out or at least bloodied, every tactical team-local, state, federal, every trooper, every patrol officer within a hundred miles will be alerted and called in to engage you. And if that doesn’t work, they’ll send in National Guard assets-armored fighting vehicles, gunships. So you absolutely must get out of the battle zone NOW. Getaway vehicles First they must be fast. Just as important is how well the vehicle performs during high speed manuvers; it must be able to handle high speed turns and increased stressed due to high speed pursuit. Another consideration is power to weight because you’re going to add rifle proof ballistic protection-kevlar, steel plate whatever. You’re also going to add measures such as caltrop dispensers, smoke generators, retracting prong at the front to defeat spike strips if you don’t have the airless tires. Here’s a description of a properly fitted getaway vehicle from the book Getaway: VEHICLE IMPROVEMENTS Listed below are modifications which will enhance both the performance and reliability of a vehicle. Also listed are modifications which will serve as deterrents to an attack. Tires 21
Get the best radial tires you can afford. Radials offer increased durability, superior handling, and better gas mileage than old-fashioned bias ply tires. Also, to some degree, radials are bullet resistant. Be sure to slightly over inflate all four tires and to fill them with run flat foam (available in auto supply and department stores). Heavy Duty Radiator Hard driving, hot weather and rough terrain make for overheated engines. A heavy duty radiator helps prevent this from happening. Heavy Duty Shocks and Springs Other than good tires, nothing will improve your car's handling more than top quality shocks and springs. Shocks and springs are items where price is an indication of quality, so get the best you can afford. Stainless Steel Brake Lines Rubber brake lines sometimes swell and flex, causing the brakes to fade. Stainless steel brake lines are used in racing competition and are recommended particularly to those living in mountainous areas. Heavy Duty Steering Pump If your car has power steering, a series of quick turns might cause the steering fluid to foam, making steering extremely difficult. A heavy duty steering pump serves to prevent this. Heavy Duty Battery If you are going to add additional lights and communications gear to your car, a heavy duty battery is a must. Lights You should replace your old-fashioned sealed beam headlights with quartz-iodine lights. These give off twice the light of the sealed beam units and will enable you to drive much faster at night. There are quartz-iodine lights to fit almost every vehicle. You might also consider mounting additional lights on your vehicle. Auxiliary lights should be mounted low and angled 1
slightly outward. Spotlights Four high intensity spotlights should be mounted high on your vehicle. These will effectively blind an attacker. Three of the spotlights should be directed to the front, one aiming straight ahead and the other two angled slightly outboard. A fourth light should be aimed to the rear. Cut Out Switches Cut out switches enable you to independently control each light on your vehicle. The addition or elimination of various lights at night will alter the appearance of your vehicle and might allow you to lose a pursuer. Vehicle Alarm System A good alarm system should not only guard against theft, but also against tampering. "Consumer" type publications often rate the various alarm systems and you should consider their advice before buying one. Armor There are many problems involved in the armoring of vehicles, not the least of which is cost. A bargain basement armoring job, offering some protection against a .30 caliber rifle will cost you about $20,000. A fully armored vehicle capable of withstanding repeated hits from a .30 caliber rifle will run you about $200,000. Most of us don't have that kind of money lying around. Another problem with armoring is that there is no such thing as bullet proof glass. There is only "bullet resistant" glass. We saw how effective this glass was during the attempted assassination of President Reagan. During the attack, a round from the assailant's lowly .22 pistol penetrated the glass on the presidential vehicle. Yet another problem associated with armoring is the weight added to the vehicle. A 1
25% increase in vehicle weight will cause a corresponding decrease in the vehicle's handling capabilities. If you can't afford the high cost of a full armor job, then I suggest that you affix a halfinch aluminum plate to the back of each seat. For most of the evasive maneuvers in this book, the only clear shot a bandit or terrorist will have is at the rear of your vehicle. While the halfinch plate won't protect you against all weapons, it does offer inexpensive protection against submachine guns and pistols. C.B. Radio's Even though C.B. radios are a virtual party line, the fact that somebody is always listening in could prove useful in an emergency. Also to be considered is the use of two-way radios between the car and home. Siren and Oscillating Light A siren and oscillating light will attract attention in the event of an attack. Don't use them except in an emergency, as law enforcement people tend to frown on civilian use of them. Good Mirrors Either wide angled or electronically controlled mirrors will allow you to see what is going on behind you without turning your head. Locking Gas Cap A locking gas cap prevents anyone from using the gas tank as a receptacle for explosives. It will also prevent Halloween pranksters from putting unwanted items in the tank. Gun and Crowbar in Trunk Kidnappers have been known to throw the victim into the trunk of his own car. A gun and a prying instrument such as a crowbar could prove useful in an escape. Pressurized Oil Slick 1
A pressurized device which sprays oil onto the roadway will eliminate almost any pursuer. A book which details how to make one of these devices is mentioned in the reference section. Caltrops Caltrops are metal spikes constructed so that one point is always up. If thrown in the road behind you, they will flatten the tires of a pursuing vehicle. One company who sells them is Beaver Products, PO Box 1580, Anna Maria, FL 33501. (You can make them yourself:
Thick Bolt Through Tailpipe 1
A thick heavy bolt put through the tailpipe and welded into place will prevent a bomb from being placed in the exhaust system. Smoke Screen A cheap but effective smoke screen can be made as follows: First drill a hole into the exhaust manifold of your car, and weld the nozzle of a small plant sprayer over it. A gas line is then run from the nozzle to a pump and container containing castor oil inside the vehicle. Clouds of smoke are produced by pumping the castor oil onto the hot exhaust manifold. In a recent Chicago bank robbery, the bandits fabricated a smoke screen by filling a fire extinguisher with some chemical. What the chemical was and how they shot it out of the vehicle, I don't know. I do know that in addition to the considerable smoke, a noxious odor was also produced. Reinforced Ram Bumpers Bumpers can be reinforced by bolting or welding extra supports from the vehicle frame to the bumper. Further reinforcement can be made by welding a twoinch metal pipe to the vehicle frame, right in back of the bumper. These extra reinforcements could prove useful in a ramming situation. Survival and First Aid Kit A good emergency survival kit, including an extra jack, and a first aid kit should be in every vehicle. KEY
1 Tires 2 Heavy duty radiator 3 Heavy duty shocks 4 Stainless brake lines 5 H.D. steering pump 6 H.D. battery 7 Lights 8 Spotlights 9 Cutout switches 10 Alarm
1
11 Armor 12 CB radio 13 Siren & light 14 Mirrors 15 Locking gas cap 16 Escape kit 17 Oil slick 18 Bolt thru exhaust 19 Smokescreen 20 Gun ports 21 Ram bumpers Illustration of a car with all vehicle recommendations.
You will want assault rifles, high powered rifles, shotguns to engage pursuing vehicles. Have as much ammunition as possible because every cop in the area is going to be called in… …Which gives me a thought; have a SECOND OPERATION ready to go as you and your team the FIRST OPERATION enters its escape phase. Your primary escape route must be in a direction that when the second operation is launched it will draw off your pursuers. The second operation should be something that would demand drawing off of cops from the killers of their SWAT team, so plan accordingly. Or, be accurate enough to kill enough of your pursuers, or otherwise have enough firepower.
1
Success or failure, when you plan your operation you must consider your avenues of escape. What roads are available, how dense the road network is, expected police times, whether you’re in a isolated rural community or in a major metropolitan area. You will want to give the enemy false impressions of where you’re going by going into false directions, splitting up so the cops cannot concentrate their resources. Breaking contact with helicoptors and other aircraft monitoring your escape is essential. One trick that might work is to go for a airport as helicopters cannot fly in that airspace… although if you and your people just trashed a SWAT team that rule might get broken. Regardless, have places where escape vehicles, clothing, cash, and directions to safe houses. Discard or stash the weapons you used. If in the country, know the land well. Where you can run, hide, ambush, etc. You’ll have some advantage but having someplace to go is essential. Same in the city but you have additional problems with reinforcements readily available to erect a wide, dense net you’ll try to blast through, and get yourself trapped in never ending waves of cops. Further complications will be surveillance cameras-so clothing changes and disguises are recommended. If you’ve managed to escape and evade pursuit and capture then the battle is truly won, and you haven’t been made into examples that only increase fear and obedience to the beast. You’ve struck a powerful first blow for Freedom. You’ve also become the number one target of the beast. You’ve just started a war. ON THE RUN!
You’re going to be the next Eric Rudolph; man bombs two abortion clinics and spends the next five years hiding in the North Carolina hinterland, and pick out of garbage cans… Until you’ve lost fifty pounds, you’re always hungry, you’re physically sick, you’re psychologically sick of being alone and forever on the run and subconsciously you let yourself slip up. And you wind up the beast’s next trophy. Or maybe like Ralph “bucky” Phillips: escapes jail, kills a New York State Trooper. He goes on the run, initially has support of family and friends-but the beast knew who they were. Phillips had to run and hide on his own, managed to dodge capture… for a short while. He hid, shot two more Troopers but like Rudolph he was eventually chased into exhaustion, and gave up. You’re going to be alone-unless you have Friends, New Identity, and Purpose Friends-relationships you’ve established before where there’s NO phone records, NO email, neither you nor they under active investigation and surveillance. You have a place for them to rest and re-equip and they likewise for you. New Identity-Doesn’t have to be ID but that would greatly help. A new identity means enough of a change of what’s established as who you are to throw off those hunting you. This will facilitate you being able to fulfil your Purpose. 2
Purpose-All Eric Rudolph, and Bucky Phillips had was a need to escape capture-and that’s never enough. Those making last stands like Carl Drega(killed two New Hampshire State Troopers a editor and a bureaucrat before suiciding) or Marvin Heemeyer (built a makeshift tank out of a heavy construction vehicle and demolished a town) see nothing beyond going out fighting. To raise an army, you must do much, much better. Run, hide-yes, of course! …What will you do next? Where will you go? Who will you try and contact? What will you do when you get there? Determining that is all up to you, I don’t want to give the beast any more clues than they got. Most importantly, how will you get your message out? This I went into detail but I’ll review: Forget pamphleteering with long manifestos (okay, shut up, I know) nobody reads. You have to exploit the digital revolution, with laptop computers, wireless internet and the new generation of high definition camcorders you can literally put into your pocket. First, you need your story, or event. Have a camera fixed outside your operation. A mini camera hooked to your head gear as a point of view (POV). Capturing surveillance video would be a good ideal. You edit your footage together either as a propaganda piece or a educational video on what not to do. How-to videos should also be made while you’re at it. Then, using the internet distribute the videos, or burn some dvd and plant them around like pamphlets. Growing the Resistance The same principles that apply to peaceful Revolution apply to using force. Growing individual cells and individuals with a common purpose; recruit motivated people by scouting for those willing to take risks, and are competent. Approach them; don’t take anyone who wants to join! Ever! You can’t take the chance they’re the enemy! Get them trained up to at least be a rifleman, but each person has some kind of talent or knowledge that needs to be cultivated. Because you never, ever know where you’ll find a person who knows chemistry, or how to operate machine tools, has a medical background, knows someone inside the beast who’s willing to pass on info. Hell, you might find a genius who comes up with a new weapon that can be turned out in clandestine machine shops or figure out new ways of fighting. Never ever know, so keep an open mind. GUERILLA WARFARE
Swarming Attacks
3
My friend, the great military theoretician John Arquilla (he's not only one of the most gracious people I've ever met, he's also the author of many seminal works that have greatly influence my thinking) has an excellent new article in the New York Times called "The Coming Swarm." It's essentially a warning that swarming attacks of what he terms "the Mumbai model," will become more frequent and most will be successful. John is definitely correct. It's my belief, and I suspect that John would concur, that the reason we will see more swarming is due to the pervasive influence of decentralized organizational forms, like open source insurgency, on warfare's evolution. Swarming is a characteristic of these loosely connected organizations. Potential development paths for which we have ample evidence (seen in early proving grounds for modern warfare like Iraq) include: •
More ambitious attacks that eventually attempt complete and sustained urban takedowns. See "The Coming Urban Terror" for more on how physical attacks and systems disruption can combine to fully disrupt cities.
•
Rapid innovation for DIY weapons development. See "Tinkering Networks" for more.
•
The development of strategy without generals or think tanks. See "Emergent Intelligence" for more.
NOTE: Since systemic shocks, like the current debt-deflation depression, catalyze the growth of open source insurgency, we can expect to see an accelerating wave of swarming attacks in the future. NOTE2: I suspect that one reason for the atrocious behavior of our current crop of elites is that they (being historically naive) don't fear the mob anymore. They should. When things eventually erupt, we will see fewer placards (protest doesn't work anymore) and more bombs. NOTE3: Shlok Vaidya is already working on decentralized approaches to swarm prevention/mitigation with Indian security professionals for real world applications.
Comments 2
"I suspect that one reason for the atrocious behavior of our current crop of elites is that they (naively) don't fear the mob anymore. They should." Actually, John, I have got to disagree with you a bit. Yes, any sort of attack from hoi polloi would be a problem, but problems of various sorts are what this earthly life is made of. The crucial sentence in Arquilla's article is, "This means jettisoning the idea of overwhelming force in favor of small units that are not 'elite' but rather 'good enough' to tangle with terrorist teams." This means that hoi polloi are not threatening swarms; rather it means that their support is necessary to effect the "good enough" solution. And when a necessary solution depends upon hoi polloi, then the elites do have something to worry about. Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Sunday, 15 February 2009 at 04:26 PM I have yet to see evidence that on a large scale the network capacity of "good guys" is definitely going to get out maneuvered by the terrorist cells(as many military centralized power control types would suggest). Just because the reaction to controlling the economy, intelligence, crime, disaster response and violence has been centralized does not mean that it will remain so. From my perspective, I see much of the activity and action (shoe bomber, trans-atlantic bombing plot, London night clubs, many other plots ...are spoiled BECAUSE everyone has cell phones. As the barriers to acting "bad" has dropped SO TOO has the barrier to reporting and acting good. Good tips flow from people that don't want this nonsense to succeed. The effectiveness of distributed attacks will also go down as culture becomes more "wired". Our relief efforts after every major crisis in the US has been significantly enhanced by increasing power of ad hoc networks of good guys (9/11 (clean up), the earthquakes in Ca, Katrina (Cajun Navy) the Tsunami. The last of the 4 planes on 9/11 didn't reach Washington because people in the seats also had cell phones. They figured out within 20 min that the world had changed and figured out they needed to rush the cabin. Be very skeptical of anyone promoting fear and making money selling you services as if they are the only one with the solution. Posted by: Marty | Sunday, 15 February 2009 at 09:54 PM Duncan, the point I was trying to make is that a furious mob, at least historically, was something to be feared. Marty, very good point. However, the threat seems to be less about the occasional terrorist threat and much more about organic disorder borne from global disruption. That's why resilient communities are so important. Posted by: JR | Sunday, 15 February 2009 at 10:48 PM Arquilla's article is being high-lighted over at Small Wars Journal. The first comment suggests involving the military and private security companies. This would be a great way to further divide ordinary Americans from the powers that be. I like Marty's ideas 2
better, and I favor more relaxed laws on concealed carry of firearms. There are plenty of vets around who could be paid to work with local police to train interested civilians. We don't really need more stuff like cops behind a belt-fed 50 mounted on a tracked APC. http://www.reason.com/blog/show/128482 OT -- last Thursday's LA Times article by Sam Quinones on kidnappings in Phoenix is interesting. Mexican drug gangs have apparently been doing around three per day there for the past couple of years. "More ransom kidnappings happen here than in any other town in America, according to local and federal law enforcement authorities. Most every victim and suspect is connected to the drug-smuggling world, usually tracing back to the western Mexican state of Sinaloa, Phoenix police report." The LAT has a great central resource page for their coverage of the conflict in Mexico. http://projects.latimes.com/mexico-drug-war/#/its-a-war Posted by: AlanM | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 01:40 AM Open Source Ecology: Global Village Construction Set http://openfarmtech.org/index.php?title=Main_Page http://openfarmtech.org/weblog/ ;) Posted by: Zumalacárregui | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 10:05 AM http://www.raphkoster.com/2009/02/11/the-eve-upset/ Lots of folks lose their livelihoods when an empire falls, and players invested in BoB are likely upset that years of work were lost. But EVE is not a game about the height of the Roman Empire. It’s a game about the sacking of Rome by barbarians, so that they can become the next short-lived top dog. BoB existed to be torn down, and anyone who dreams of permanent glory in a game like that should understand that their destiny is to be taken down by the next upstart, in a dog-eat-dog world. Posted by: Anonymous | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 11:00 AM +1 for concealed carry, which IMO should be an integral part of every resilient community. Posted by: BAHG | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 02:02 PM When traveling I look at local security and the political culture which controls said security. Certain cities would be suicidal for swarming attacks. Oakland would not be a great idea because so many people are armed, while San Francisco right across the bay would be an easy victory/slaughter. LA, Chicago, Denver and Phoenix would be cities any G should avoid if he's looking for Mumbai type glory. SF, Portland, and Seatle would be like shooting fish in a barrel. This isn't a complete list by any means, Cities like Dallas seen like bad bets for Gs, but my experience isn't that extensive. The point is that the disarmed and clueless exist in certain places and in others there's a stronger culture of (armed) self-reliance. This certainly doesn't take anything away from Mr. Arquilla, but the solutions are easily within the grasp of anyone who doesn't get too caught up in the rhetoric of our every sillier elites. 3
I know a bit about Indian security services and wasn't all that surprised that a motley group of half trained Gs (The CCTV videos don't make them look all that formidable) could do what they did. Your average Indian policeman may be familiar with firearms but it's doubtful he's ever fired more then a few rounds of live ammo, or knows anything about weapon affects. The highly centralized CT police are not much better and it showed. It's worth noting that the the Indian civilian population seemed much braver then the police. Local solutions are the only solutions to most of these problems and that's why I'm here. Posted by: EN | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 02:51 PM I'm surprised no one's mentioned last week's disruption of the city of Monterrey, Mexico. Apparently the drug cartels paid local street gangs to shut down several of the major arteries in the city of 3.7 million. The gangs shut down the city under the pretext of denouncing "abuses" by the Mexican army and called for them to pull out of the city this in of itself an obvious indicator that the cartels were behind the disruption. The disruption started last Monday, Feb. 9 and lasted until Thursday the 12th. On Thursday morning the police commander assigned to investigate the protests/disruption was gunned down on his way to work - again, adding more suspicion to the sophistication of someone behind the scenes pulling the strings. The police response was dismally slow on Monday and they ended up arresting only 6 people. The second day the response was still slow but more police responded - and this time in riot gear (but no tear gas used) and a water cannon truck which was pretty pathetic was brought out. There was some gunfire exchanged also on the second night. I'm not sure how the 3rd & 4th nights went but supposedly they arrested a gang organizer who was giving away money for gang members to participate and backpacks filled with school supplies to get children involved. Here's one news story: http://www.charlotteobserver.com/world/story/536170.html Posted by: Greg in Mexico | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 09:46 PM "I suspect that one reason for the atrocious behavior of our current crop of elites is that they (naively) don't fear the mob anymore. They should." Unfortunately, this statement is as correct as it is morally ambiguous. The elites should fear the mob because it is newly empowered. But at numerous junction points throughout history, mobs have become empowered and have overthrown elites. It is rare, even exceptional for the elites to realize "We are about to be overthrown, so we should manage this." Poland in the juncture from 1989 to 1991 was one example. I can't think of many more. But elites have a responsibility to behave in a moral capacity, and doing so is one way of managing this overthrow process. A key value here is religion, which can serve to increase the moral connectivity of elites, lessening the blow even as they are eased from power. Note the essential moral connectivity that Boyd spoke of. "I'm surprised no one's mentioned last week's disruption of the city of Monterrey, Mexico. Apparently the drug cartels paid..." The critical lubricant of the drug gangs power is the market for drugs in USA. Turn off the tap, and the rivers of cash will soon run dry. This kind of dynamic means that there 4
exist critical systempunkets in the GG networks as well--what will be critical is for the West to see those systempunkts for exactly what they are and act decisively. It really is quite easy if our leaders can only begin to see clearly. Posted by: enigma_foundry | Monday, 16 February 2009 at 11:05 PM An apparent swarm attack has occurred in the Western African nation of Equatorial Guinea. "Gunmen in motor boats attacked oil-producing Equatorial Guinea's island capital early on Tuesday, triggering a fire fight with government forces and a helicopter gunship, residents and media reports said." "'It seems more like a criminal act than something political. The government of Equatorial Guinea has ruled out a coup d'etat. At the moment, the situation is calm,' a Spanish Foreign Ministry spokeswoman said." http://www.nytimes.com/reuters/2009/02/17/world/international-equatorialshooting.html?ref=world "West Africa is under attack. The region has become a hub for cocaine smuggling from Latin America to Europe. States that we seldom hear about, such as Guinea-Bissau and neighboring Guinea, are at risk of being captured by drug cartels in collusion with corrupt forces in government and the military. With the exception of cannabis in Morocco, Africa never used to have a drug problem. That has changed, however, in the past five years. Around 50 tons of cocaine are being shipped from the Andean countries to Europe via West Africa every year -- and that is a conservative estimate. Actual amounts could be at least five times higher." http://www.washingtonpost.com/wpdyn/content/article/2008/07/28/AR2008072802466.html Arquilla's article discusses swarms in the terms of tactical attacks, such as that which struck Mumbai - and this Equatorial Guinea attack may very well be such an attack. But this also suggests a mega-swarm - with Global Guerrillas striking variously at Equatorial Guinea in Western Africa, Somalia in Eastern Africa, Mexico in the America's, Afghanistan in Central Asia. A strike in Southern Thailand would broaden this mega swarm into Southeast Asia. By the time Obama has fixed all of this, I would presume the time would have come to resume operations in Iraq... Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 09:27 AM Via Paul Kedrosky (whose site is always worth a look), FP current issue: The Axis of Upheaval. http://paul.kedrosky.com/archives/2009/02/17/the_axis_of_uph.html Posted by: AlanM | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 03:42 PM other experts have also pointed out vulnerabilities of western nations to deal with Mumbai style attacks. Although we gone to great lengths to prevent 9-11 style attacks from reoccurring attacks like that in India have not been adequately addressed at the local level. Police and other first responding units need to look close at these threats and 5
develop tactics in dealing with people whose only objective is death and mayhem. One incident that comes to mind is the Columbine high school massacre, where police although arrived on the scene quickly they did very little in those early, critical moments to save many of the lives were lost after a perimeter was established and the school surrounded. in a situation like the attacks in India where there were multiple attacks in multiple locations police are not going to have the luxury to surround the building and wait for S.W.A.T units to arrive. Posted by: ramsis | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 04:06 PM "One incident that comes to mind is the Columbine high school massacre" This is already a non-issue for most PD/SDs. We now go in as soon as a team of three can be assembled. Just about every officer in America now has an M-4 and 120rds of ammo in his trunk. Our body armor is good and as soon as three officers arrive on the scene we go in. This is why I'm not too concerned about a Mumbai repeat unless the political situation is toxic and foolish like in San Francisco. The time when we rely on intel and higher decisions is long past. Posted by: EN | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 04:45 PM EN That is good to here! I know after the north Hollywood shootout there was much emphasis on greater firepower to local agencies. I was just a little unclear whether tactics were also reformed to deal with threats of this nature. God bless you guys and the work u do. Posted by: ramsis | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 05:19 PM I really have a problem with assigning the Mumbai attacks as swarming. It maybe true that once in Action, the center of gravity is swarmed. I think this is but a small part of the operation and is only used to intensify the operation. Up until Action takes place it looks, from a far away perspective to be sure, 3GW. I think the enemy is more bureaucratic, focused and un-spontaneous than you are giving it credit for. The image of the war is being kept alive in the bureaucracy of the movement. The planning for the "day" may be even greater than the action of the moment. http://larrydunbar.newsvine.com/_news/2009/02/01/2381384-mumbai-attacks Posted by: Larry Dunbar | Tuesday, 17 February 2009 at 11:37 PM Thought about the conversation here last night, especially in reference to the elite and mob action. The question that it raises with me is how the targeting choices are made. For instance, 9/11 casualties were primarily worker bee types. I would think if your agenda is real change, you would fly a plane into one of the estates belonging truly elite families e.g. the Rothchilds. I define 'truly elite' as "so powerful, your name and photo don't show up in the MSM, your child's bar mitzvah/Confirmation/sweet 16 party is not mentioned and the Paparazzi truly fear you". I would suspect that targeting these truly elite would do far more to bring the kind of change that terrorist groups like al Queida, various US militia groups, the old Red Brigade, MEND say they are after. Worker bees are easy to replace. 7
Knowing where true power lies, its effective use and the ability camouflage its source, are skills that are not easily replaced. Or are the truly elite just too damn powerful, and the terrorist groups actually fear their reprisals? Posted by: rick | Wednesday, 18 February 2009 at 08:22 AM Such swarming attacks are also a cultural pattern, as in Somalia, a de-centralized society with Clan ties. They are not always effective against those expecting them. The insurgents in Iraq and Afghanistan and Somalia were not effective because the the suicide bombers and guys with SVD-9s. That actually created opposition. The success they have had is due to setting up honest courts and replacing governments grown inefficient and corrupt. That is why we really don't need to fear mobs. Posted by: John Minehan | Wednesday, 18 February 2009 at 12:12 PM Arquilla's article is a throwback to the heyday of American Paranoia circa 2002. The only thing missing is mini nukes in suitcases and vials of anthrax (oh, and those ship container ships full of whatever it was they were supposed to be full of - hey, why not swarms in dune buggies?). The sad thing is the "timeliness" of this propaganda is one more sign that the "war of terror", re-branded under Obama, will continue to serve as the justification for maintaining US global hegemony and that many, many more people will have to die to "keep the American people safe".
The Coming Swarm •
SIGN IN TO RECOMMEND
•
TWITTER
• • •
SIGN IN TO E-MAIL PRINT SHARECLOSE
○
LINKEDIN
○
DIGG
○
FACEBOOK
○
MIXX
○
MYSPACE
○
YAHOO! BUZZ
○
PERMALINK
○
By JOHN ARQUILLA Published: February 14, 2009
9
Monterey, Calif. Skip to next paragraph Enlarge This Image
Oliver Munday and Ramell Ross
Related
Times Topics: Terrorism WITH three Afghan government ministries in Kabul hit by simultaneous suicide attacks this week, by a total of just eight terrorists, it seems that a new “Mumbai model” of swarming, smallerscale terrorist violence is emerging. The basic concept is that hitting several targets at once, even with just a few fighters at each site, can cause fits for elite counterterrorist forces that are often manpower-heavy, far away and organized to deal with only one crisis at a time. This approach certainly worked in Mumbai, India, last November, where five two-man teams of Lashkar-e-Taiba operatives held the city hostage for two days, killing 179 people. The Indian security forces, many of which had to be flown in from New Delhi, simply had little ability to strike back at more than one site at a time. While it’s true that the assaults in Kabul seem to be echoes of Mumbai, the fact is that Al Qaeda and its affiliates have been using these sorts of swarm tactics for several years. Jemaah Islamiyah — the group responsible for the Bali nightclub attack that killed 202 people in 2002 — mounted simultaneous attacks on 16 Christian 2
churches in Indonesia on Christmas Eve in 2000, befuddling security forces. Even 9/11 itself had swarm-like characteristics, as four small teams of Qaeda operatives simultaneously seized commercial aircraft and turned them into missiles, flummoxing all our defensive responses. In the years since, Al Qaeda has coordinated swarm attacks in Saudi Arabia, Tunisia, Turkey, Yemen and elsewhere. And at the height of the insurgency in Iraq, terrorists repeatedly used swarms on targets as small as truck convoys and as large as whole cities. This pattern suggests that Americans should brace for a coming swarm. Right now, most of our cities would be as hard-pressed as Mumbai was to deal with several simultaneous attacks. Our elite federal and military counterterrorist units would most likely find their responses slowed, to varying degrees, by distance and the need to clarify jurisdiction. While the specifics of the federal counterterrorism strategy are classified, what is in the public record indicates that the plan contemplates having to deal with as many as three sites being simultaneously hit and using “overwhelming force” against the terrorists, which probably means mustering as many as 3,000 ground troops to the site. If that’s an accurate picture, it doesn’t bode well. We would most likely have far too few such elite units for dealing with a large number of small terrorist teams carrying out simultaneous attacks across a region or even a single city. Nightmare possibilities include synchronized assaults on several shopping malls, high-rise office buildings or other places that have lots of people and relatively few exits. Another option would be to set loose half a dozen two-man sniper teams in some metropolitan area — you only have to recall the havoc caused by the Washington sniper in 2002 to imagine how huge a panic a slightly larger version of that form of terrorism would cause. So how are swarms to be countered? The simplest way is to create many more units able to respond to simultaneous, small-scale attacks and spread them around the country. This means jettisoning the idea 2
of overwhelming force in favor of small units that are not “elite” but rather “good enough” to tangle with terrorist teams. In dealing with swarms, economizing on force is essential. We’ve actually had a good test case in Iraq over the past two years. Instead of responding to insurgent attacks by sending out large numbers of troops from distant operating bases, the military strategy is now based on hundreds of smaller outposts in which 40 or 50 American troops are permanently stationed and prepared to act swiftly against attackers. Indeed, their very presence in Iraqi communities is a big deterrent. It’s small surprise that overall violence across Iraq has dropped by about 80 percent in that period. For the defense of American cities against terrorist swarms, the key would be to use local police officers as the first line of defense instead of relying on the military. The first step would be to create lots of small counterterrorism posts throughout urban areas instead of keeping police officers in large, centralized precinct houses. This is consistent with existing notions of community-based policing, and could even include an element of outreach to residents similar to that undertaken in the Sunni areas of Iraq — even if it were to mean taking the paradoxical turn of negotiating with gangs about security. At the federal level, we should stop thinking in terms of moving thousands of troops across the country and instead distribute small response units far more widely. Cities, states and Washington should work out clear rules in advance for using military forces in a counterterrorist role, to avoid any bickering or delay during a crisis. Reserve and National Guard units should train and field many more units able to take on small teams of terrorist gunmen and bombers. Think of them as latter-day Minutemen. Saudi Arabia, Tunisia, Turkey and Yemen all responded to Qaeda attacks with similar “packetizing” initiatives involving the police and armed forces; and while that hasn’t eliminated swarm attacks, the terrorists have been far less effective and many lives have been saved. As for Afghanistan, where the swarm has just arrived, there is still time to realize the merits of forming lots of small units and sprinkling 2
them about in a countrywide network of outposts. As President Obama looks to send more troops to that war, let’s make sure the Pentagon does it the right way. Yes, the swarm will be heading our way, too. We need to get smaller, closer and quicker. The sooner the better. John Arquilla teaches in the special operations program at the Naval Postgraduate School and is the author of “Worst Enemy: The Reluctant Transformation of the American Military.” SYSTEMS DISRUPTION SWARMS A new variation on an extremely old method of warfare has emerged. This new method is called systems disruption -- which has been a major theme of this weblog since its inception. Based on extensive analysis, I believe that systems disruption will become the dominant method of warfare for non-state networks against nation-states. It consists of simple attacks (using ad hoc weapons) on critical nodes of infrastructure -oil, gas, electricity, water, etc. These attacks, if properly targeted, can cause cascades of failure that sweep entire systems. The result is a paralyzed economy that produces costs that far outstrip the costs of the attack (this is a guerrilla version of the American air power method called effects-based operations). This new method vastly improves on the three other ways non-state entities have fought strategically with states in the past: •
Moral conflict. 4th generation guerrilla war. A slow and difficult process of erosion.
•
Strategic symbolic terrorism. A variant of moral conflict that can be projected. Pushed to a new level by al Qaeda. Limited in its long term impact. Requires extensive pre-planning and flawless execution.
•
WMDs. Limited and flawed attempts in the past. Requires extensive knowledge and likely state support to accomplish correctly.
Lessons In Iraq, systems disruption is the 'secret sauce' of the insurgency. A series of relatively infrequent and small attacks have held the Iraqi electricity, oil, and water systems at nearly pre-war levels despite a massive reconstruction campaign. This success has fueled the insurgency by creating economic chaos and radically decreasing the legitimacy of both the US occupation and the new Iraqi government. These attacks boast the following attributes: •
Easy, inexpensive, and safe. Almost none of infrastructure attackers have been caught or killed. Infrastructure networks are notoriously easy to destroy using ad hoc weapons and have a vast number of vulnerable points.
•
Fuels fragmentation. The decimation of primary services provides a way to fragment the target state's population. If cultural fault lines are present (Huntington), this will accelerate the descent to primary loyalties and conflict.
2
•
Fantastic ROIs. The network effect of infrastructure attacks can produce returns on investment in the thousands of percent (a rate of return recognized by bin Laden)
How this works Over time, systems disruption will become the most effective method by which virtual states subvert or coerce target nation-states. It does this by: •
Leveraging external connections. Systems disruption uses the ties of globalization against the target state. By making it an unreliable business partner it hurts its ability to compete globally and retain relationships. These partners (often morally ambivalent markets), will put heavy pressure on the target state to resolve the crisis.
•
Minimizing moral opposition. Symbolic or body count centric attacks increase the moral staying power of target states. In contrast, the blame for sustained systems disruption typically rebounds onto the state itself. Since almost all wars in the future will be over marginal objectives (external to the life and death of the state or the central well being of its populace), attacks that radically increase costs without a corresponding increase in moral commitment have a high likelihood of success.
•
Riding urbanization. The growth of urbanization is a global megatrend. These urban centers are the economic lifeblood of a nation-state and typically the key points of connection to the world. Large cities, however, offer a green field of vulnerability to this method of attack. The larger the cities, the more reliant it is on key systems. Systems disruption can quickly collapse urban environments into disaster zones.
The Coming Urban Terror John Robb
Systems disruption, networked gangs, and bioweapons
For the first time in history, announced researchers this May, a majority of the world’s
population is living in urban environments. Cities—efficient hubs connecting international flows of people, energy, communications, and capital—are thriving in our global economy as never before. However, the same factors that make cities hubs of globalization also make them vulnerable to small-group terror and violence. Over the last few years, small groups’ ability to conduct terrorism has shown radical improvements in productivity—their capacity to inflict economic, physical, and moral damage. These groups, motivated by everything from gang membership to religious extremism, have taken advantage of easy access to our global superinfrastructure, revenues from growing illicit commercial flows, and ubiquitously available new technologies to cross the threshold necessary to become terrible threats. September 11, 2001, marked their arrival at that threshold. Unfortunately, the improvements in lethality that we have already seen are just the beginning. The arc of productivity growth that lets small groups terrorize at ever-higher levels of death and disruption stretches as far as the eye can see. Eventually, one man may even be able to wield the destructive power that only nation-states possess today. It is a perverse twist of history that this new threat arrives at the same moment that wars between states are receding into the past. Thanks to global interdependence, state-against1
state warfare is far less likely than it used to be, and viable only against disconnected or powerless states. But the underlying processes of globalization have made us exceedingly vulnerable to nonstate enemies. The mechanisms of power and control that states once exerted will continue to weaken as global interconnectivity increases. Small groups of terrorists can already attack deep within any state, riding on the highways of interconnectivity, unconcerned about our porous borders and our nation-state militaries. These terrorists’ likeliest point of origin, and their likeliest destination, is the city.
Cities played a vital defensive role in the last major evolution of conventional state-
versus-state warfare. Between the world wars, the refinement of technologies— particularly the combustion engine, when combined with armor—made it possible for armies to move at much higher speeds than in the past, so new methods of warfare emphasized armored motorized maneuver as a way to pierce the opposition’s solid defensive lines and range deep into soft, undefended rear areas. These incursions, the armored thrusts of blitzkrieg, turned an army’s size against itself: even the smallest armored vanguard could easily disrupt the supply of ammunition, fuel, and rations necessary to maintain the huge armies of the twentieth century in the field. To defend against these thrusts, the theoretician J. F. C. Fuller wrote in the 1930s, cities could be used as anchor or pivot points to engage armored forces in attacks on static positions, bogging down the offensive. Tanks couldn’t move quickly through cities, and if they bypassed them and struck too deeply into enemy territory, their supply lines—in particular, of the gasoline they drank greedily—would become vulnerable. The city, Fuller anticipated, could serve as a vast fortress, requiring the fast new armor to revert to the ancient tactic of the siege. That’s exactly what happened in practice during World War II, when the defenses mounted in Leningrad, Moscow, and Stalingrad played a major role in the Allied victory. But in the current evolution of warfare, cities are no longer defensive anchors against armored thrusts ranging through the countryside. They have become the main targets of offensive action themselves. Just as the huge militaries of the early twentieth century were vulnerable to supply and communications disruption, cities are now so heavily dependent on a constant flow of services from various centralized systems that even the simplest attacks on those systems can cause massive disruption.
Most of the networks that we rely on for city life—communications, electricity,
transportation, water—are overused, interdependent, and extremely complex. They developed organically as what scholars in the emerging field of network science call “scale-free networks,” which contain large hubs with a plethora of connections to smaller and more isolated local clusters. Such networks are economically efficient and resistant to random failure—but they are also extremely vulnerable to intentional disruptions, as Albert-Laszlo Barabasi shows in his important book Linked: The New Science of Networks. In practice, this means that a very small number of attacks on the critical hubs of a scale-free network can collapse the entire network. Such a collapse can occasionally happen by accident, when random failure hits a critical node; think of the huge Northeast blackout of 2003, which caused $6.4 billion in damage. Further, the networks of our global superinfrastructure are tightly “coupled”—so tightly interconnected, that is, that any change in one has a nearly instantaneous effect on the others. Attacking one network is like knocking over the first domino in a series: it leads 2
to cascades of failure through a variety of connected networks, faster than human managers can respond. The ongoing attacks on the systems that support Baghdad’s 5 million people illustrate the vulnerability of modern networks. Over the last four years, guerrilla assaults on electrical systems have reduced Baghdad’s power to an average of four or five hours a day. And the insurgents have been busily finding new ways to cut power: no longer do they make simple attacks on single transmission towers. Instead, they destroy multiple towers in series and remove the copper wire for resale to fund the operation; they ambush repair crews in order to slow repairs radically; they attack the natural gas and water pipelines that feed the power plants. In September 2004, one attack on an oil pipeline that fed a power plant quickly led to a cascade of power failures that blacked out electricity throughout Iraq. Lack of adequate power is a major reason why economic recovery has been nearly impossible in Iraq. No wonder that, in account after account, nearly the first criticism that any Iraqi citizen levels against the government is its inability to keep the lights on. Deprived of services, citizens are forced to turn to local groups—many of them at war with the government—for black-market alternatives. This money, in turn, fuels further violence, and the government loses legitimacy. Insurgents have directed such disruptive attacks against nearly all the services necessary to get a city of 5 million through the day: water pipes, trucking, and distribution lines for gasoline and kerosene. And because of these networks’ complexity and interconnectivity, even small attacks, costing in the low thousands of dollars to carry out, can cause tens of millions and occasionally hundreds of millions of dollars in damage. Iraq is a petri dish for modern conflict, the Spanish Civil War of our times. It’s the place where small groups are learning to fight modern militaries and modern societies and win. As a result, we can expect to see systems disruption used again and again in modern conflict—certainly against megacities in the developing world, and even against those in the developed West, as we have already seen in London, Madrid, and Moscow.
Another growing threat to our cities, commonest so far in the developing world, is gangs challenging government for control. For three sultry July days in 2006, a gang called PCC (Primeiro Comando da Capital, “First Command of the Capital”) held hostage the 20 million inhabitants of the greater São Paulo area through a campaign of violence. Gang members razed police stations, attacked banks, rioted in prisons, and torched dozens of buses, shutting down a transportation system serving 2.9 million people a day.
The previous May, a similar series of attacks had terrified the city. “The attackers moved on foot, and by car and motorbike,” wrote William Langewiesche in Vanity Fair. “They were not rioters, revolutionaries, or the graduates of terrorist camps. They were anonymous young men and women, dressed in ordinary clothes, unidentifiable in advance, and indistinguishable afterward. Wielding pistols, automatic rifles, and firebombs, they emerged from within the city, struck fast, and vanished on the spot. Their acts were criminal, but the attackers did not loot, rob, or steal. They burned buses, banks, and public buildings, and went hard after the forces of order—gunning down the police in their neighborhood posts, in their homes, and on the streets.” The violence hasn’t been limited to São Paulo. In December 2006, a copycat campaign by an urban gang called the Comando Vermelho (“Red Command”) shut down Rio de 3
Janeiro, too. In both cases, the gangs fomenting the violence didn’t list demands or send ultimatums to the government. Rather, they were flexing their muscles, testing their ability to challenge the government monopoly on violence. Both gangs had steadily accumulated power for a decade, helped in part by globalization, which simplifies making connections to the multitrillion-dollar global black-market economy. With these new connections, the gangs’ profit horizon became limitless, fueling rapid expansion. New communications technology, particularly cell phones, played a part, too, making it possible for the gangs to thrive as loose associations, and allowing a geographical and organizational dispersion that rendered them nearly invulnerable to attack. The PCC has been particularly successful, growing from a small prison gang in the mid-nineties to a group that today controls nearly half of São Paulo’s slums and its millions of inhabitants. An escalating confrontation between these gangs and the city governments appears inevitable. The gangs’ rapid rise into challengers to urban authorities is something that we will see again elsewhere. This dynamic is already at work in American cities in the rise of MS-13, a rapidly expanding transnational gang with a loose organizational structure, a propensity for violence, and access to millions in illicit gains. It already has an estimated 8,000 to 10,000 members, dispersed over 31 U.S. states and several Latin American countries, and its proliferation continues unabated, despite close attention from law enforcement. Like the PCC, MS-13 or a similar American gang may eventually find that it has sufficient power to hold a city hostage through disruption.
The final threat that small groups pose to cities is weapons of mass destruction. Though
most of the worry over WMDs has focused on nuclear weapons, those aren’t the real long-term problem. Not only is the vast manufacturing capability of a nation-state required to produce the basic nuclear materials, but those materials are difficult to manipulate, transport, and turn into weapons. Nor is it easy to assemble a nuke from parts bought on the black market; if it were, nation-states like Iran, which have far more resources at their disposal than terrorist groups do, would be doing just that instead of resorting to internal production. It’s also unlikely that a state would give terrorists a nuclear weapon. Sovereignty and national prestige are tightly connected to the production of nukes. Sharing them with terrorists would grant immense power to a group outside the state’s control—the equivalent of giving Osama bin Laden the keys to the presidential palace. If that isn’t deterrent enough, the likelihood of retaliation is, since states, unlike terrorist groups, have targets that can be destroyed. The result of a nuclear explosion in Moscow or New York would very probably be the annihilation of the country that manufactured the bomb, once its identity was determined—as it surely would be, since no plot of that size can remain secret for long. Even in the very unlikely case that a nuclear weapon did end up in terrorist hands, it would be a single horrible incident, rather than an ongoing threat. The same is true of dirty bombs, which disperse radioactive material through conventional explosives. No, the real long-term danger from small groups is the use of biotechnology to build weapons of mass destruction. In contrast with nuclear technology, biotech’s knowledge and tools are already widely dispersed—and their power is increasing exponentially. The biotech field is in the middle of a massive improvement in productivity through advances in computing power. In fact, the curves of improvement that we see in 4
biotechnology mirror the rates of improvement in computing dictated by Moore’s Law— the observation, borne out by decades of experience, that the ratio of performance to price of computing power doubles every 24 months. This means that incredible power will soon be in the hands of individuals. University of Washington engineer Robert Carlson observes that if current trends in the rate of improvement in DNA sequencing continue, “within a decade a single person at the lab bench could sequence or synthesize all the DNA describing all the people on the planet many times over in an eight-hour day.” And with ever tinier, cheaper, and more widely available tools, a large and decentralized industrial base that is hiring lab techs at a double-digit growth rate, and the active transfer of knowledge via the Internet (the blueprints of the entire smallpox virus now circulate on the Web), biotech is too widely available for us to contain it. In less than a decade, then, biotechnology will be ripe for the widespread development of weapons of mass destruction, and it fits the requirements of small-group warfare perfectly. It is small, inexpensive, and easy to manufacture in secret. Also, since dangerous biotechnology is based primarily on the manipulation of information, it will make rapid progress through the same kind of amateur tinkering that currently produces new computer viruses. Terrorists also have a growing advantage in delivering bioweapons. The increasing porousness of national borders, size of global megacities, and volume of air travel all mean that the delivery and percolation of bioweapons will be fast-moving and widespread—potentially on several continents at once. It is almost certain that we will see repeated, perhaps incessant, attempts to deploy bioweapons with new strains of viruses or bacteria. Picture a Russian biohacker who, a decade from now, designs a new, deadly form of the common flu virus and sells it on the Internet, just as computer viruses and worms get sold today. The terrorist group that buys the design sends it to a recently hired lab tech in Pakistan, who performs the required modifications with widely available tools. The product then ships by mail to London, to the awaiting “suicide vectors”—men who infect themselves and then board airplanes headed to world destinations, infecting passengers on the planes and in crowded terminals. The infection spreads quickly, going global in days—long before anyone detects it.
It’s very possible that many cities will fall in the face of such deadly threats. Megacities in the developing world—which often, because of their rapid growth, widespread corruption, and illegitimate governance, aren’t able to provide security or basic services for their citizens—are particularly vulnerable. However, cities in the developed world that properly appreciate the threats arrayed against them may devise startlingly innovative solutions.
In almost all cases, cities can defend themselves from their new enemies through effective decentralization. To counter systems disruption, decentralized services—the capability of smaller areas within cities to provide backup services, at least on a temporary basis—could radically diminish the harmful consequences of disconnection from the larger global grid. In New York, this would mean storage or limited production capability of backup electricity, water, and fuel, with easy connections to the delivery grid—at the borough level or even smaller. These backups would then provide a means of restoring central services rapidly after a failure. Similarly, cities may combat networked gangs by decentralizing their own security. Cities have long maintained centralized police forces, but gangs can often overwhelm 5
them. Many governments are responding with militarized police: China is building a million-man paramilitary force, for example; and even in the United States, the use of SWAT teams has increased from 3,000 deployments a year in the 1980s to 50,000 a year in 2006. But militarized police may too easily become an army of occupation, and, if corrupt, as they are in Brazil, they may become enemies of the state along with the gangs. A better solution involves local security forces, either locally recruited or bought on the marketplace (such as Blackwater), which can be powerful bulwarks against small-group terrorism. Such forces may become a vital component in our defense against bioterrorism, too, since they can enforce local containment—and since large centralized services, like the ones we have today, might actually accelerate the propagation of bioweapons. Still, if improperly established, local forces can also become rogue criminal entities, like the Autodefensas Unidas de Colombia and the militias in Rio de Janeiro. Governments need to regulate them carefully.
In the future, we probably won’t know exactly how we will be attacked until it happens.
In highly uncertain situations like this, centralized solutions that emphasize uniform responses will often collapse. Heterogeneous systems, by contrast, are unlikely to fail catastrophically. Moreover, local innovation—supplemented by a marketplace in goods and services that improve security, detection, monitoring, and so on—is likely to develop responses to threats quickly and effectively. Other localities will copy those responses that prove successful. In June 2007, the FBI and local law enforcement halted a plot to blow up the John F. Kennedy International Airport’s fuel tanks and feeder pipelines. This was another great example of how police forces, if used correctly, can defuse threats before they become a menace [see “On the Front Line in the War on Terrorism”]. However, our current level of safety will not last. The selection of the target demonstrated clearly that future attackers will take advantage of our systems’ vulnerability to disruption, which will sharply increase the number of potential targets. It also showed that these threats can emerge spontaneously from small groups unconnected to al-Qaida. More and more attempts will come, with higher and higher rates of success. Our choice is simple: we can rely exclusively on our current security systems to stop the threats—and suffer the consequences when they don’t—or we can take measures to mitigate the impact of these threats by exerting local control over essential services.
TINKERING NETWORKS AND DIY ROCKETS The history of the dominant technologies of 21st Century warfare won't spend much time on the complex and expensive systems developed by US defense contractors. Instead, the focus will be on the innovations that are derived from open tinkering networks of amateur inventors. The reasons for this include: •
Higher levels novelty production. Diverse and open networks of amateur hackers, tinkerers, and inventors can pursue more paths of discovery and development simultaneously than large, expensive, and linear development efforts. The importance of this will increase as Moore's Law, which measures the level of computing power available to the average user, increasingly shifts to the vertical (remember, this is an exponential curve). See open decision making for more.
6
•
More platform leverage. Open development has access to all the global platform has to offer from services to systems to knowledge. In short, the more open and globally networked you are, the better you can take advantage of this leverage.
•
Faster adoption. The delta between development and widespread adoption of innovations that work will increasingly shrink due to widespread sharing. This is in contrast to the closed and tightly controlled process of deployment seen in traditional defense systems acquisition.
DIY ROCKETS We can see an early example of this trend in weapons development with the IED (improvised explosive device) which has migrated from a tactical device to an operational (operational art is between tactics and strategy) weapon. Another weapon that may follow a similar path of development is the DIY (do it yourself) rocket. Although it is early days, the writing is on the wall. DIY rockets are inexpensive ($500 to $2000 currently). Easy to store and quick to launch (they require less set-up time than IEDs). In terms of effects, they convey the message (despite the current inaccuracy) that no place is safe for civilian supporters of a war effort. It can also be used to destroy economic activity in affected areas. For example, the Israeli town of Sderot, which has suffered an increasing number of DIY Rocket attacks over the last seven years: About 4000 of the town's 23,500 people have moved out in the past two years, according to municipal figures. Many more say they would leave if they could... Home prices have fallen by 50 per cent... 20-30 per cent of businesses in Sderot and surrounding areas have shut down... Overall sales at the stores that remain open have dropped by nearly 50 per cent... Given this example, it's clear that DIY Rockets can make wars with global guerrillas disastrous under the requirement (set by the highly competitive global marketplace) that these wars should be fought during peacetime. Further, if they combined with a defensive hedgehog, it forces conventional forces to make relatively ineffectual and harried strikes on fleeting targets, which creates the collateral damage so useful to an insurgency. We can expect these DIY efforts to get steadily better as new amateur tech (tinkering networks) adds increasing levels of sophistication (from range to accuracy). Here's a great example of low cost design software from RocketSim. Basic avionics. Here's a nice system that adds telemetry and inertial/GPS measurement. As a capper, here's potentially a platform play in open source avionics for rockets. The last step, a control system connected to servo based vanes is all that is needed to enable it to hit specific buildings. That's hard, but well within the capabilities we see emerging in the tinkering space. NOTE: Of course, I should point out (and was encouraged to do so by quite a few people), that a much simpler solution in the short term is to use small drones to do the same thing (essentially, a V1 solution). Further, this area is much farther along the development path, as you can see on Chris Anderson's DIYDrones site.
A newbie's guide to UAVs • •
Posted by Chris Anderson on March 28, 2009 at 2:00pm View Chris Anderson's blog
1
What is an amateur UAV? A Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) is an aircraft that has the capability of fully autonomous flight, without a pilot in control. Amateur UAVs are non-military and non-commercial. They typically fly under “recreational” exceptions to FAA regulations on UAVs, so long as the pilots/programmers keep them within tight limits on altitude and distance. Usually the UAV is controlled manually by Radio Control (RC) at take-off and landing, and switched into autonomous mode only at a safe altitude.
What do I need to make one?
An RC plane
An autopilot
Optional: a useful “payload”, such as a digital camera or video transmission equipment
What type of autopilot should I get? Autopilots in the amateur category typically fall into two categories: thermopiles or inertial measurement units (IMUs). Thermopiles are infrared sensors that measure the temperature gradient between the sky and the earth and use that to stabilize the aircraft. IMUs use accelerometers and gyros to do the same thing.
Thermopiles:
Pros: inexpensive, easy to program
Cons: less effective in certain weather conditions, such as snow and fog/rain
Pros: can operate in any weather conditions, very accurate
Cons: relatively expensive, hard to program
IMUs:
Leading autopilot examples:
1
Thermopile-based autopilots:
AttoPilot ($800): Very powerful commercial autopilot, closed source
Paparazzi ($425): Powerful, but somewhat hard to use open source autopilot. Requires Linux and some programming skills.
ArduPilot ($24.95 + approximately $180 in additional parts such as GPS module and sensors): Arduino-based open source autopilot. Easy to expand and modify, but requires some soldering
IMU-based autopilots:
UAV DevBoard ($149; also requires $60 GPS module): Open source autopilot development board and code, designed for flexibility and expandability, but not yet a full autopilot with waypoints and ground station. Best for flight stabilization and return-tolaunch.
Procerus autopilot ($5,000): powerful commercial autopilot, requires ground station equipment
Okay, what's next?
EMERGENT INTELLIGENCE IN OPEN SOURCE WARFARE Open source warfare, like what we see in Iraq and increasingly in other locations, relies on networks of peers rather than the hierarchies of command and control we see in conventional militaries. This structure provides an open source movement with levels of innovation and resilience that rigid hierarchies can't match. Unfortunately, these attributes are likely not constrained to merely local tactical activity. Open source movements can exhibit emergent intelligence that guides the movement's collective actions towards strategic goals. Emergent Intelligence What is emergent intelligence? It is a form of macrointelligence that arises from local interactions. It isn't merely the simple stigmergic interactions (Stigmergy is a term used in biology -- from the work of french biologist Pierre-Paul Grasse -- to describe environmental mechanisms for coordinating the work of independent actors) necessary for the coordination of the swarm activities of local autonomous agents. Rather, it is a form of group intelligence that learns, achieves goals, and engages in self-preservation. There are five simple requirements for emergent intelligence (a good starting point for those that want to dive deeper into this subject is Steven Johnson's book "Emergence"): •
A critical mass of participation is necessary. A certain minimum number of participants, either individuals or component groups, is necessary for micromotives to translate into macromotives. It also means that without a minimum number of interactions between these participants, the statistical nature of macrointelligence won't emerge. More is different.
•
A local focus is useful. Open source actors are mainly focused on local activity. The simplicity of this focus is a feature and not a bug since it prevents activity that may upset the entire organism's operation. Local action, global impact.
1
•
Random interactions are necessary. Random interactions between groups and individuals outside is a necessity (this assumes a certain level of mobility and communications capability). These interactions provide a fluidity to the learning process that finds and responds to new information quickly.
•
Pattern matching from stigmergic communication. The ability to see patterns of activity from simple signs is a necessity. Gradients of activity provide "maps" to areas of focus for individual actors or groups.
•
An openness to interaction. A willingness to interact with others is required. This assumes some commonality between actors that bonds them to each other.
What does this mean? Analysis of the Iraqi insurgency indicates that emergent intelligence is evident. A complex series of local interactions has led to shifts in its behavior that reflect complex learning, goal attainment, and self-preservation despite a lack of a leadership hierarchy. What this means to the outcome of the war is as follows: •
The insurgency will continue to improve over time. Despite losses, the macro behavior of the Iraqi insurgency will become more complex (virulent) the longer it operates. As a result, it will be difficult to dislodge with each passing month. We will see less activity where it has little impact and more where it matters. Further, this activity will become more efficient.
•
Breakout is possible. While it is unlikely that the insurgency will spread horizontally to other countries in an incremental fashion, it is very likely that those trained in this environment will seed other movements (and inevitable that the knowledge of this will initiate activity). Further, this breakout can occur globally and in unexpected locales -- since this neutral method isn't tied to any single motive, it can be applied to any cause.
•
It is impossible to discern the motives of this movement (UPDATED). The motives of individual actors are easy to discern. A global motive is impossible to uncover, particularly since it is the culmination of thousands of local interactions. Even observations of the movement's global pattern of activity might be fruitless, since the time horizon is likely too short for accurate measurement. The movement is in a constant process of maturation in response to evolving environmental conditions.
Posted by John Robb on Saturday, 11 February 2006 at 03:50 PM | Permalink
TrackBack TrackBack URL for this entry: http://www.typepad.com/services/trackback/6a00d83451576d69e200d83425b1ae53ef Listed below are links to weblogs that reference EMERGENT INTELLIGENCE IN OPEN SOURCE WARFARE: » Emergent Intelligence from Emergent Chaos John Robb has a fascinating post on how networked organizations learn and improve their orientation as they engage with their worlds. In "Emergent Intelligence," Robb focuses on the Iraqi insurgency, but draws important and general lessons. He says the... [Read More] 1
Tracked on Monday, 13 February 2006 at 12:58 AM » Open Source Moon Warfare from skullfood Cool old Mexican card game, La Loteria Emergent Intelligence in Open Source Warfare The official rules for calling shotgun. The Moon Pool by Abraham Merritt A Conversation With Philip K. Dick By Richard A. Lupoff (1987) Patriot Ac... [Read More] Tracked on Sunday, 19 February 2006 at 10:58 PM
Comments A interesting discussion of the phenomena of an emergence is found in Cosma Shalizi's Doctoral Thesis. The interesting question he addresses is how to measure self organization. The GG is a classic case of an emergent, self-organizing phenomena. Is anyone busy on establishing metric of self organization that would be applicable to GG phenomena? Posted by: enigma_foundry | Saturday, 11 February 2006 at 05:17 PM Evolutionary theory adequately addressed the emergent intelligence problem. It stems from a simple foundation: Shared fate. The most instructive examples of emergent stupidity are cheating genes, such as meotic drive, which cheat the meotic lottery. The ecological example of such stupidty is the evolution of virulence in horizontally transmitted parasites. In vertical transmission parasites share the fate of their host's reproduction. In horizontal transmission parasites are free to emigrate to other hosts. There are a _lot_ of geopolitical parallels here. Posted by: James Bowery | Saturday, 11 February 2006 at 10:44 PM EF and others: metrics are welcome... James, I totally agree. I particularly like your example of virulence in horizontally transmitted parasites. On the other hand, if there is advantage in expansion, but at the cost of non-fatal virulence to the host, is it stupidity? Or what if the host is already at a low level of fitness, but the control of the dominant parasite is weakened or replaced by a new more aggressive one? BTW, I really liked your Prisoner Dilemma simulation for communication: http://www.geocities.com/jim_bowery/climatepd.html However, it is a little too one dimensional since it assumes one greater good and not many goods. What if there is trust across a group but hypocrisy with external groups? How will that complicate the picture in a totally mobile/mixed world? Also, can a harsh environment be a failed state? Can a harsh environment be virtual? Posted by: John Robb | Sunday, 12 February 2006 at 07:57 AM In vertical transmission of the parasite by the host's reproduction, the ecological intelligence of the host/parasite system increases (or at least the stupidity decreases). But if the parasite can escape the shared fate of the host's reproduction (via horizontal 2
transmission) the consequences are dire for the host's reproduction, to the point that it frequently results in what is called "parasitic castration" of the host, a stupid state for the host/parasite system (which no longer embodies shared fate) but not-so-stupid for the parasite. A question in my mind however is whether such a parasite can achieve an evolutionarily stable state within which the parasite can maintain horizontal transmission virulence without eventually wiping out, or being successfully defended against by, all but one of its hosts, with which it then must coadapt due to shared fate? I'm sure there must have been discussion in the literature but I've not been able to locate it. I'd like to interject a bit of wild surmize at this point: It seems the "scale-free" networks (although I've seen critiques of that particular name, but that's another topic) that characterize systems with emergent intelligence represent a trade-off between robustness and intelligence via subsystem specialization. A recent breakthrough in general artificial intelligence is best described by Matthew Mahoney: "Hutter's AIXI, http://www.idsia.ch/~marcus/ai/paixi.htm makes another argument for the connection between compression and AI that is more general than the Turing test. He proves that the optimal behavior of an agent (an interactive system that receives a reward signal from an unknown environment) is to guess that the environement is most likely computed by the shortest possible program that is consistent with the behavior observed so far. In other words, the most likely outcome for any experiment is the one with the simplest explanation, where "simplest" means the smallest program that could model what you currently know about the universe." (http://www.geocities.com/jim_bowery/cprize.html) Clearly, any maximally compressed system will not exhibit power-law distributions, as the entropy will be too high: the distribution will be flat or white noise. In this regard "A New Route to the Evolution of Cooperation" by F. C. Santos, J. M. Pacheo is most fascinating. In prisoner's dilemma models with local connectivity they've substituted scale-free network connecivity and shown that cooperation can emerge victorious within such networks. This is particularly fascinating given the fact that scalefree networks are also known to be open to epidemic attack of any degree of virulence. The missing ingredient needed to consiliate these two opposing views of scale-free networks may be how the scale-free network comes to exist to begin with. In particular shared-fate may be the pre-requisite for the scale-free network comes to exist hence it is not the scale-free network that is the precondition for cooperation but the shared-fate of the system components. Regarding my particular model of climatic variation: I think cooperation emerges within highly stressful environments because of the shared fate imposed by such environments. Positive sum gamesmanship is not just an optimization -- it is the difference between existence and nonexistence. This idea is pretty old though. In his "Discourses" Machiavelli recommends that the founder of any new city-state choose a site where nature imposes tolerable austerities, as it strengthens the character of the people. Posted by: James Bowery | Sunday, 12 February 2006 at 01:55 PM http://news.moneycentral.msn.com/provider/providerarticle.asp? feed=AP&Date=20060210&ID=5497110 cyberswarmming ! Posted by: Cardenio | Sunday, 12 February 2006 at 02:43 PM James: 2
Para #1: Right on. Herpes to an extent. Treated AIDs is a better example since it greatly reduces fitness while maintaining life (particularly given the evolutionary effect of technology). Para #2,3,4: Right on again. Shared fate is a necessary prerequisite for scale free networks. They are remarkably resilient to "random" failure, economically efficient to build, and quickly grown: hence their popularity. However, they are very vulnerable to external pressure (once the shared fate breaks down). Also, in regards to terrorist networks that exhibit scale free properties. It is possible that the hubs in a terrorist network could have connections that are much more robust than standard communications channels (given the difference in their nature). In the case of al Qaeda, the connections from the hubs (bin Laden, etc.) are via media broadcast (with feedback in the form of actions). These links are almost impossble to disrupt. The broadcast model makes it easy for these hubs to stay hidden until they are ready to make "statements." Para #5: Failed states are great examples of stressed environments. It is very likely that failing states to create allies is a dominant strategy (as I have pointed out for a while now). Also, within a huge global environment there can be multiple positive sum relationship networks that compete in a suboptimal way due to core incompatibilities. IF this competition is not existentially threatening, it can continue indefinitely. Posted by: John Robb | Sunday, 12 February 2006 at 02:47 PM If these five factors really are requirements, then the implication is that the elimination of any of them causes the collapse of the "intelligence" (whatever that means). This suggests a way to fight things like the insurgency in Iraq: destroy or prevent one or more of these factors. Taken in reverse order, this might be done as follows: Openness to interaction is difficult to attack, because it is basically a personality trait, but it isn't impossible. One way is to encourage "closed" men into authority by, say, eliminating rivals providing intelligence or some other means. Another is to foster distrust between leaders. Any of these strategies, though, is fairly risky. Pattern matching from stigmergic communication is a bit easier, because some of these environmental patterns can be manipulated or forged. Still, most of them can't. Further, while it may be possible to anticipate the results of a pattern match, doing any of this requires high level of understanding of the insurgency thought process, which I don't think the coalition has. Random interactions are nearly impossible to stop. This is one area where the coalition is actively fighting (by incarcerating suspects to limit their movement). Ironically, this probably helps random interactions more than hinders them, as those who are inevitably falsely imprisoned are certain to interact with real insurgents in an environment the breeds hostility to the coalition. Local focus is more attackable than most of the other requirements, because it allows local action in opposition as well. Still, a crackdown in one locality likely just moves the "local action" to a different locality, so the best you could hope for here is somehow manipulating the insurgency into a locality of your own choosing. Those who subscribe to the "better to fight them in Iraq than here" mentality might reasonably claim that this has already been done successfully. 3
Preventing the critical mass of participants seems to me to be the most sure way to defeat this insurgency. Unfortunately, present tactics for doing so (incarceration into public and secret prisons) seem completely wrong, as they motivate individuals to participate who may not have otherwise. Fighting this requirement would seem to take a much longer timescale, essentially replacing the bias of the Muslim world's educational system with one more slanted to the West. This is a timescale on which America is extremely bad at fighting, as its political system churns much faster. Patrolling 101 - Part I - Target Indicators in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000030 Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-24-2006 08:52 PM07-24-2006 08:52 PM: In order for us to discuss how to move during a patrol – and particularly during a patrol in a “denied area” – we must first discuss Target Indicators – which means things that will give you away – and avoidance measures for the target indicators. Below we will discuss “8SCM” which are all target indicators – to violate one or more of the following is asking to compromised: 1. SHAPE - In nature – you’ll find precious few squares/rectangles and triangles. However – just about everything man made is comprised of those shapes. We need to either rid ourselves of those shapes – or use camouflage to disguise those shapes. That is why it is so important to camo one’s rifle – to break up its shape. So – camo EVERYTHING. Note: BLACK is NOT a camo color. Camo colors are primarily greens, tans and greys. Just look at your AO – and you’ll see what colors are predominant. 2. SHINE – Believe it or not – skin shines in sunlight and moonlight. So – cammie your face! Cover as much skin as you can with clothing, wear a hat of some type (the “boonie hat” is an excellent choice as it does a good job of disguising shape as well as providing cover for the skin). Also – DON’T wear your USGI angle-head flashlight on your “H” harness – as the flat plastic lens is a great reflector of SHINE. Wrist watches need to be covered – a “sweat band” works great for that – but if you are wearing flight gloves to patrol with the cuff will cover the wrist watch too. Some ALICE and older gear has metal buttons – those need to be dulled with a flat paint – paint the fastex buckles on your newer gear, etc. Be sure and use FLAT paint! And remember – NO BLACK! 3. SITING – We have all looked at something – and our subconscious mind has told us “something isn’t right here – something is out of place” – and then we look harder to figure out what is “un-natural”. This is “siting”. We must blend into our surroundings to the point we don’t look “out of place”. Having dry wheat grass stuck into our clothing while walking through a maple tree forest would be an extreme example. The dry wheat grass would look “out of place” – this is “siting”. We must blend into our surroundings. Man made shapes look “out of place” in nature – we must blend into our surroundings. 4. SHADOW – it is easier to hide in shadows than it is in the light – but shadow can
4
be your enemy too. Lets say you are standing behind a brick wall outside – if the sun is at the right angle – it will cast your shadow out into the street/alleyway – thus giving your position away. Lighted hallways can do the same thing. If you are hiding behind a tree – your shadow can give you away…. 5. SILHOUETTE – “Skylining” is another name for Silhouette – imagine someone standing on a ridge and you are down in a valley – the person the ridge will stick out like a sore thumb. NEVER walk along a ridge or on the top edge of a building! Stay down from the top of the ridge – and back from the edge of a building. One can also silhouette one’s self against lakes, a flat field or anything that is the same color and basically flat in shape. 6. SPACING – particularly when trying to hide – if each of you are 15 meters apart – that is “human spacing” – nature doesn’t do ANYTHING 15 meters apart. Nature is “random” – “human spacing” is a pattern waiting to be discovered. In “classic” military fashion – men are to be spaced about 5 meters apart. However – to be more “natural” – have your spacing be such that you can see two men ahead and two men behind you. That way you can pass hand and arm signals up and down – but your spacing will vary with the terrain – which will help with the “spacing” issue. 7. SOUND – You know what a guy sounds like that is whistling like a bird?? A guy whistling like bird! LOL Sound can give you away too. Coughing/burping/farting/slapping/piss hitting the ground are all violations of “sound”. So – too bad gents – but we must be on our best behavior while on a mission. Actions being opened/shut – magazines being inserted/removed – Velcro ripping apart – talking – whispering – breaking branches – chopping (machete’s/hatchets) – digging (e-tools) – walking like Frankenstien (thumping) – are all violations. If it is too quiet – in other words there are no bugs buzzing and birds chirping – THAT is a “sound” indicator too! Before a patrol – jump up and down in full gear – do some “Jumping Jacks” – to check for sound violations with your gear. Typically slings/sling swivels are big violators. Half full canteens are big violators. 8. SMELL – Smokers are some of the worst violators of this. Even if they aren’t smoking – their gear and clothes smell like smoke. Chewing tobacco – when spit – leaves behind a “smell” as well as a “siting” violation. Tooth paste, shaving cream, deodorant - ANYTHING that is scented – is a smell violation. Human waste hastily dug is a small violation. Piss on the ground is a smell violation. Most gun oils have high scent factor. The olfactory senses on a smoker are not as acute as a nonsmoker – meaning smokers noses don’t work as well as a non-smokers nose does. So – non-smokers are better at picking up on violations than smokers. (If you smoke – QUIT! If not for your sake – for your team-mates!) 9. COLOR – wearing “black” is a huge violation of the “color” part of camo. Wearing woodland camo in the artic is just as bad. Wear clothes that most closely match the AO where you will be operating. Remember – the colors of the AO change sometimes from week to week – but definitely over the months as seasons change. Background colors in an U.S. urban environment – are mostly “greys” – but to wear “grey coveralls” would also look “out of place” – causing a “siting” violation. So – dress accordingly. 10. MOVEMENT – We saved the most dangerous one for last. You can violate one of the above – maybe even two of the above – and still remain undetected. You violate
2
this one (MOVEMENT) – and you WILL be seen. Even if you don’t violate any of the others above – you violate this one (MOVEMENT) and you WILL be seen. Once you are “set” in a position – DON’T MOVE. If skeeters are biting your face – let them dine. If ants are crawling up your back – let them dine. If you have to pee – hold it or piss your pants where you sit. While scanning – move your eyes – keep head motions to a minimum. If you MUST move – think about your movements FIRST – then move SLOWLY. Remember – an object that doesn’t move may be impossible to detect – a very slow moving object will be hard to detect – and FAST/QUICK moving object WILL be seen. To violate any of the above is asking to get caught. DON’T VIOLATE ANY OF THE ABOVE. Watch for when the enemy violates one or more of the above! Part II will cover individual gear preparation. Any questions about any of the above?? cheers tire iron Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 10-14-2006 11:40 AM10-14-2006 11:40 AM: TI, I in N_O way intend to distract from the value of this input. But, in an effort to elaborate & help "visualize", there's a SUPURB Video at "YOUTUBE", by the SAS. It's an hour long re-enactment of an action that took place in the Fauklins War, & it demos ALL that you describe. R_E_A_L_L_Y SUPURB! I'll go and "cut/paste" the URL into the next "Quick Reply" window...I'm sure you'll appreciate the VISUALIZATION of your well stated material. Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 10-14-2006 11:45 AM10-14-2006 11:45 AM: In the case that this LINK doesn't "take", just go to the youtube.com site, & type in "search": SAS Video. THAT should bring it up! http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8843695749408310992 Posted by Yankee Canuck (Member # 3059) on 12-26-2006 06:03 PM12-26-2006 06:03 PM: How close is a human's awareness to that of an animals?
3
As in, if you were wearing Leafy-Man camo from Cabela's akin to when you're hunting and also partially obscured in brush, is the basic human notion and instinct to pick out differences in the environment similar to say, a deer? Is wearing 3D camo any better than just standard milspec cammies, for normal ops? ( I mean in terms of possible militia ops, not military.) Posted by Wyrm (Member # 1514) on 12-26-2006 09:28 PM12-26-2006 09:28 PM: quote:
Originally posted by Yankee Canuck: How close is a human's awareness to that of an animals? No comparison. The DULLEST forest animal is about a hundred times more aware than your average person. quote:
is the basic human notion and instinct to pick out differences in the environment similar to say, a deer? Is wearing 3D camo any better than just standard milspec cammies, for normal ops? ( I mean in terms of possible militia ops, not military.) The human eye is drawn to contrasts of color and movement. And I think it's in that order, too. Posted by REDBONZ (Member # 4028) on 11-29-2008 06:44 PM11-29-2008 06:44 PM: Most animal noses are 1000 times better than a humans! Posted by Doktor_Jeep (Member # 354) on 11-30-2008 11:02 PM11-30-2008 11:02 PM: Yes the color Black will give you away. If Bunny Fluffer had a rifle instead of binocs last week he could have shot me Patrolling 101 - Part II - Individual Equipment Prep in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000031 Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-24-2006 08:55 PM07-24-2006 08:55 PM: One MUST make certain that one has all the gear that will be needed for the mission – but also that one doesn’t bring too much gear too. Gear lists MUST be used and “checked off” The NUMBER ONE item that needs to be brought on EVERY patrol/training evolution/FTX/day hike/outing, etc. is a small waterproof notebook and pencil. NEVER FORGET IT! ALWAYS BRING IT!
2
Make a list of all the 1st line gear you carry. (Be sure and include EVERY item you wear, i.e. boots/socks/trousers/etc.) The NUMBER ONE item that needs to be brought on EVERY patrol/training evolution/FTX/day hike/outing, etc. is a small waterproof notebook and pencil. NEVER FORGET IT! ALWAYS BRING IT! Make a list of the “general” 2nd line gear you carry. Make a list of the “general” 3rd line gear you carry. Once you start this you’ll realize that you will have multiple lists for different “general” missions – such as raids vs reconnaissance vs urban reconnaissance vs CQB – as well as different environments – e.g. artic conditions vs desert conditions vs jungle conditions – etc. Then you will have “mission specific” lists that will add to your “general” lists that you have made above. Be like Santa and check your list once – and then check it again! It is considered extremely poor form to show up and to have forgotten mission essential gear. Once you have all your gear – and have checked off you list once – then gotten a “clean” check-off list and gone through every item again – then you can start preparing your gear for the mission. The NUMBER ONE item that needs to be brought on EVERY patrol/training evolution/FTX/day hike/outing, etc. is a small waterproof notebook and pencil. NEVER FORGET IT! ALWAYS BRING IT! It is a good idea to guard against water – as much as it practical – whatever electronic gear/clothes you have. Zip-lock bags work for this – unless you need “waterproof” – then you’ll have buy the more expensive waterproof bags. Yeah they are more expensive – but the $20 you spent on a bag means nothing when you are on the patrol and your radio gives up cause you tried to waterproof it on the cheap and it failed. Be sure and DUMMY CORD “high loss” items – such as compasses, multi-tools, canteens, small flashlights, knives, etc. Be sure ALL fasteners on ALL your gear work and are not broken. Be sure and SILENCE any items that may rattle/squeak/etc. Be sure to camouflage EVERYTHING. Go over your gear. Go over it again. Go over it again. Go over it again. Replace ALL batteries in all battery operated equipment. Be sure to start the mission with NEW batteries in everything! The NUMBER ONE item that needs to be brought on EVERY patrol/training evolution/FTX/day hike/outing, etc. is a small waterproof notebook and pencil.
2
NEVER FORGET IT! ALWAYS BRING IT! While out on the mission – review your gear against what was actually used – and KEEP GOOD NOTES in your notebook. Write down what you wish you had – and what you brought but didn’t need. You will use this information to help modify your “lists” back in the rear. The “gear lists” are ever changing/modifying. They are never “done” – they are always in various stages of completion – but never complete. You’ll get them 95% but that last 5% is always changing for some reason. If possible – before every mission you should “function check” your firearms with at least a few magazines per firearm. Then some guys clean them after that before the mission – but some don’t. I fall into that latter category – I figured if it worked – don’t mess with it. Next is it time to “gun up” – i.e. put everything on – including all “guns” that will be carried – then to some jumping jacks to do a final check on silencing of gear – and dummy cording. Then – if you aren’t leaving immediately to go the mission – SECURE YOUR GEAR – LOCK IT UP! This way you won’t be tempted to use something from your gear and not put it back before the mission. Now your gear should be “good to go”! Any questions?? cheers tire iron [ 07-25-2006, 06:49 AM: Message edited by: tire iron ]
Posted by J_T (Member # 2062) on 07-25-2006 12:41 AM07-25-2006 12:41 AM: What's the best way to silence squeaking plastic, or other "creaking" type noises that are hard to pin down? Posted by Chainsaw (Member # 2870) on 07-29-2006 09:55 AM07-29-2006 09:55 AM: gear tips, dos and donts, etc. gear tips laziness NEVER prevails, after outings, the first thing you should do is clean ALL of your gear and then go over your gear one last time to inspect for any damage that couldve taken place.
3
camouflage all areas of your gear that are questionable and remember as you enter different terrian you will want to switch it up as you go. conceal all noise makers and shiny bastards, tape up, pad, paint or replace anything on your gear that could pose a threat. put all of your gear on and jump up and down to ensure your gear is sound proof. if not, take off and add the finishing touch. you will always have the swish, you are trying to get rid of the clanks, jangles etc. dont dry your boots in direct sunlight. if your boots are totally soaked, when you get to an area where you plan to RON, get a fire going, get some sand, dirt, or stones and cook a pile up near the fire, when they get warm put them in your boots to dry them (use a t shirt or any other cloth and insert into the boots before you put the sand, or dirt in. i dont think i have to explain why) and make sure if you use stones not to get them too hot, and dont use porous stones, again i dont think i have to explain why. when buying boots for use in cold weather remember to get them larger in size so they will fit comfortably when wearing two pairs of socks (one thin, one thick). remember to always carry an extra pair of socks and boot laces. another piece of gear that is essential in the winter time is a good pair of gaiters, these will stop your laces from getting clumped w/ snow and ice. when loading up your lbe/pack remember to evenly disribute the load. keep all extra clothing and any other essential gear that needs water proofing in water proof bags in your pack. i use the mil issue bags. keep all gear that could be needed along the way in the side pouches of your pack. keep the entire load as light as possible, cancel out questionable items. remember to carry a sewing kit to repair any damages done to clothing, lbe, etc. and remember to include gi buttons to your kit. your kit should include buttons gi type od green in color, thread: nylon and cotton, and various size needles. i leave scissors out because i carry a leatherman w/ me, and even if i didnt carry a leatherman i would still leave scissors out and i would just use my knife. remember we are trying to keep the load as light as possible. make sure all alice clips are locked in place.
2
all od green gear needs to be camouflaged as well, a touch up w/ brown spray paint should do the trick. forget about using black, and if you have any gear w/ large amounts of black make sure you take care of it, this includes buckles on your mag pouches, butt packs etc. if in doubt leave as is, ive seen ppl totally ruin their gear trying to add the "finishing touch" only buy american or european gear. if it seems to good to be true it is. this is all i have for now, add yours! Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 08-11-2006 09:40 AM08-11-2006 09:40 AM: TIREIRON; I realize this M_A_Y sound stupid...but "IGNORANCE I_S the Mother of stupidity..." so, here gores: Please elaborate on "waterproff note book", as it S_E_E_M_S(I might be overstating your inthention tho...[:-)that you feel this an essential item...so, what's the "HOW TO" on waterproofing? I've not heard of such. I've always "ZIPLOCKED" a spiral w/ wooden pencil & rubber eraser. Is there a better option? THANKS, BTW, for your extensive & detailed SPECIFICS, as it's VERY encouraging to see that my research & practice has been fairly close to "righteous" in "field craft". God Bless! And you too CHAINSAW! Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 08-11-2006 11:54 AM08-11-2006 11:54 AM: ze, You gotta buy the waterproof notebook. Nearly every "tactical" online and offline store carries them. And I agree with you - the only stupid question is the UNasked question. Thanks for asking - as I am 100% positive there are others that have/had the same question but didn't ask! cheers tire iron Posted by Mike11Bravo The Lurker (Member # 2891) on 08-24-2006 01:21 PM0824-2006 01:21 PM: Wal-Mart sells a day planner thats water proof in the boat gear section. T.I. it never fails whatever I cut from the list Murphy always yells "you left it and now you need it." And it doesn't matter what the items is!
3
Posted by Correus (Member # 3955) on 05-23-2009 01:03 PM05-23-2009 01:03 PM: What about Velcro? There are a lot of BDUs and tack gear that use Velcro to fasten. Any thoughts on reducing the noise? I am thinking of removing the Velcro on the BDUs and replacing it with buttons. Patrolling 101 - Part III - Individual Movement Techniques in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000032 Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-24-2006 08:56 PM07-24-2006 08:56 PM: For how the TEAM will move and operate – check one of the following threads: Column Formation Wedge Formation – Bounding Overwatch Wedge Formation – Traveling Overwatch This article will cover Individual Movement Techniques (IMT). First lets cover some “DON’T’s”: DON’T use a “machete” – the blade “sings” for miles – and you leave behind a 4 lane highway for someone to follow. DON’T travel on trails or roads. DON’T talk. There are three different categories of IMT’s. We will go from simplest to the most complicated. The simplest IMT is what we called the “Herd of Elephants” (HoE) technique. This was said mostly tongue in cheek – but it is the IMT that is the loudest. This is how one dresses when performing the HoE IMT - the first photo is a Brit Royal Marine "Recce" unit - our equivalent of USMC Bn Recon;
2
This photo is US Forces - Branch and unit unknown.
When loaded down if full 1st/2nd and heavy 3rd line gear – it is just too enormous of a load to be able to be as quiet as when one is going with less gear. That is the cold hard truth. Your body is working hard enough to carry the enormous load that it is next to impossible to employ “stealth” techniques. Sure – you try and be as quiet as you can – but you won’t be as quiet as when you are able to lighten your load. That is why when a deep reconnaissance patrol is called for – the team establishes what is known as an ORP (Objective Rally Point) – which is a place where all the 3rd line gear is left behind with at least two men to provide security – so the “Reconnaissance” element can move forward with a MUCH lighter load – and thus employ “stealth” techniques to a much greater degree. Our second category would be used when one is just carrying 2nd line and maybe a light 3rd line. Something like this - this fist photo is Brit Royal Marines 42 Commando.
2
This is two US soldiers on patrol in Iraq.
3
With the lighter load – you are able to be quite a bit quieter than the HoE method. Here you will walk – but before really stepping down hard with your foot – you will be able to “feel” under your foot and be able to stop putting weight down if you feel a stick under your foot. The sound of a breaking stick carries quite far – and is unmistakable. Don’t break branches that you may be walking into/through. Move around them so they don’t break. The Point Man (PM) needs to try and pick a route that will be the quietest, i.e. the least amount of branches to walk on/through – but that is not always possible or advisable – depending upon a number of factors – but it is his responsibility to pick the best route for the team.
4
The last IMT is what I call the “tiger mode”. We have all seen pictures of a tiger when he is stalking prey – right?? Well – that is how we want to move when we are in “tiger mode”. Tiger mode is carrying minimum gear (a lot of the time I would just have my 1st line with me along with my longarm and an extra mag or two stuffed into my cargo pockets) – for maximum stealth with less fatigue. Here is a shot of US Spec Ops personnel in "Tiger Mode" dress. Note that some of them don't have any LBE/LBV - just 1st line gear with a longarm. Others are carrying a few magazines in a chest rig - but none of them have a full blown 2nd line gear. These guys don't *appear* to be in "Tiger Mode" - but they are in "Tiger" dress.
Tiger mode is devoid of any jerky movements. The head swivels SLOWLY on the neck. All movements are slow, calculated, and deliberate. There is NO un-necessary movements of any kind. You are walking in a half crouch. Your hands and arms – if they move at all – move S-L-O-W-L-Y. Your legs – move S-L-O-W-L-Y. Watch a sloth walk. He movements are so slow that is almost appears to not move at all. Same with a tiger or other large cat when it is hunting/stalking. Movement is S-L-O-W – deliberate – focused. Every step is tested for noise before full weight is applied. The eyes are constantly moving, scanning – near and far. The head moves very little and when it does – it is SLOW movement – and just enough so the eyes can see what they need to see. All senses are on “full alert” – ESPECIALLY the “sixth” sense – you know – when the hair stands up on the back of your neck – and you don’t fully know why?? Your ears are attuned to the surrounding sounds of nature – and will pick up on the slightest change. Movement speed is SLOW – deliberate – focused. One needs to be in great shape to do the “Tiger Mode”. It takes a lot of strength and stamina to do it for much more than an hour. While taking steps – stop ALL movement with one leg in the air – as you would if you had to FREEZE. Hold that position for a few minutes. Then go on for a few minutes – then freeze with the other leg in mid step. Do that for a while to build up your muscles and to improve your balance. Do it in full 2nd line to turn it into an exercise that will build up the right
5
muscles. Any questions?? cheers tire iron Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 08-11-2006 12:36 PM08-11-2006 12:36 PM: TI; Just want you to know that I just spent the last 30 min. copy/paste'n ALL that I could from yours & C.M. Wolf's counsels on everything from Patrolling to Long Shot to OODA Loop...and It's BETTER than G_R_E_A_T! Thanks guys! I P_R_A_Y to never need this counsel, but THANK GOD that I've been able to obtain it so as to better enable me to either "DO IT!", or help others to. OBVIOUSLY, just reading doesn't get one anywhere tangible, and so I will PUT FEET TO YOUR COUNSELS & "Practice till I CAN'T do it wrong!" As Col. David "Hack" Hackworth put it: "Blood, sweat & tears on the Practice Field prevents blood sweat & tears on the battle field". Maybe not so much the sweat...but, you get his jist[:-)Ha! Thanks again podna! Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 08-11-2006 01:24 PM08-11-2006 01:24 PM: You are very much welcome - and thanks for the kind words. cheers tire iron Posted by Yankee Canuck (Member # 3059) on 12-26-2006 05:52 PM12-26-2006 05:52 PM: Tire Iron, That first Photo...that's a lot of gear! Do they actually CARRY that all on patrol? I think my KIT is smaller than that. Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 12-27-2006 08:44 AM12-27-2006 08:44 AM: YC, I have personally patroled loads that nearly outweighed me. My ruck weighed in a
6
120 lbs. - plus 40 lbs of other gear - and I weighed 170 at the time. Believe me - it SUCKED big time. If you found yourself off your feet - either while resting or maybe you fell - you found yourself 'turtling' - you couldn't get back on your feet - but were rather like a turtle on his back. Most of the time you needed either a team-mate or a small tree to grab onto to get you back to your feet. cheers tire iron Posted by BoldFenianMan (Member # 3084) on 05-11-2007 05:08 PM05-11-2007 05:08 PM: I had trouble with a couple of the links above, but I found tire Iron stuff here....great stuuf check it out! http://www.americanminuteman.net/forums/forumdisplay.php? s=18ae2c94d8bae9219c0b088b61290002&f=21 Posted by DanD (Member # 3411) on 05-11-2007 07:50 PM05-11-2007 07:50 PM: thanks TI Posted by apetite (Member # 3793) on 05-12-2007 09:48 PM05-12-2007 09:48 PM: Good thing I live somewhere that all I need is a tacvest and pistol belt with sidearm on a drop leg holster and some good running clothes. Would a "skirmish line" work well for general purpose? I mean with a broken pattern, like a somewhat staggered version that can fold over on either flank when any contact was met. [ 05-12-2007, 10:05 PM: Message edited by: apetite ]
Posted by Dsparil (Member # 3917) on 07-04-2008 03:42 PM07-04-2008 03:42 PM: rather curious as to where tired iron got all this information. You have any credible sources for it? I enjoyed Part I about camouflage and target indicators. Not sure where you got the rest though. I'm rather curious. Posted by STRATIOTES (Member # 33) on 07-05-2008 12:34 AM07-05-2008 12:34 AM: quote:
Originally posted by Dsparil: rather curious as to where tired iron got all this information. You have any credible sources for it? Welcome aboard awrm Dsparil and there is certainly nothing wrong with asking questions but to twist the name in a derogatory fashion and convey contempt is not a good way to start.
2
Many of the members of this board have known each other for years and trained together, some like tire iron have earned their experience the hard way and share it generously at great cost to him self. So the question becomes what do you consider credible source, some FM or a living breathing soul with real been there done that experience ?
quote:
"Let the watchwords of all our people be the old familiar watchwords of honesty, decency, fair-dealing, and commonsense."... "We must treat each man on his worth and merits as a man. We must see that each is given a square deal, because he is entitled to no more and should receive no less.""The welfare of each of us is dependent fundamentally upon the welfare of all of us." New York State Fair, Syracuse, September 7, 1903
[ 07-05-2008, 12:36 AM: Message edited by: STRATIOTES ]
Posted by PipeRain (Member # 2383) on 07-06-2008 12:27 AM07-06-2008 12:27 AM: quote:
Originally posted by Dsparil: rather curious as to where tired iron got all this information. You have any credible sources for it? I enjoyed Part I about camouflage and target indicators. Not sure where you got the rest though. I'm rather curious. +1 to Strat. I find your puerile post the epitome of arrogance and ignorance. You would do well to speak less, much less, and listen more until you have some basis for which to speak other than the kind of nonsense that makes 14 year old "Keyboard Kommando's" everywhere proud. Someone who has nearly all his posts attempting to sell something, and who has offered nothing of substance as far as practical traning, learning and knowledge carries no water with me. To come along and show yourself for naught but a child does not bode well for respect. Go get some practical knowledge, share it, and then we'll talk. In my book, an open forum apology to probably one of the most respected figures in this line of preparedness is in order, that barring perpetual silence from here on out. tire iron doesn't need me, or anyone else here, to speak for him but I will not let this sort of behavior toward someone who has eminently earned my respect and trust go unanswered. I can say I know tire iron pretty well. I have been lucky enough to have been trained by him, as have others here, and we all know he is legit. So far, you have only shown yourself to be a hack who thinks they have found someone to take pot-shots at from the ease of a soft chair and a keyboard. {Edited to correct poor typing}
2
[ 07-07-2008, 01:57 PM: Message edited by: PipeRain ]
Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-06-2008 10:41 PM07-06-2008 10:41 PM: curious Dsparil, I hold a PhD from *S.H.K. Hope that satisfies your curiosity. cheers tire iron *(S.H.K. = School of Hard Knocks) Posted by Doktor_Jeep (Member # 354) on 07-07-2008 12:05 AM07-07-2008 12:05 AM: Remember that movie where some dude shoots lots of bullets, kills the bad guys, and gets the hot chicks? Tire Iron is one of those guys. Posted by Tangalor (Member # 3942) on 07-07-2008 07:26 AM07-07-2008 07:26 AM: +1. Erm, Tire Iron is the Governator? Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-07-2008 12:53 PM07-07-2008 12:53 PM: nope - just Wiley E Coyote-ator cheers tire iron Posted by Tangalor (Member # 3942) on 07-07-2008 01:08 PM07-07-2008 01:08 PM: lmao, fair enough. Posted by Tangalor (Member # 3942) on 07-07-2008 01:17 PM07-07-2008 01:17 PM: back to the topic at hand, I've had a lot of practice with tiger mode (Stalking mode if you will), with no gear but for the clothes on my back and maybe a stick. The thing I wanted to bring up was 'alertness'. If anyone here has ever read Tom Brown Jr's books, you'll be aware of 'tunnel vision'... well, there's a reverse, a practical
2
situational awareness from one corner of the eye to the other, being able to etect the slightest movement. And concentric rings within nature, such as ripples in a pond, always happen, even if it appears everything is quiet. If you want to know a whole lot more about this stalking method, I'd take a class for a thousand bucks, or pick up a few of his books, retain all that you read, and practice till it kills you. You'll gain lots of strength and stamina with his methods. Just my two cents. Posted by tire iron (Member # 155) on 07-07-2008 05:11 PM07-07-2008 05:11 PM: Tangalor, Great post! Worth way more than the .02 cents you offer it at! cheers tire iron Posted by Dsparil (Member # 3917) on 07-07-2008 07:25 PM07-07-2008 07:25 PM: wasn't trying to sound arrogant at all. There's just a lot of BS that floats around quite a bit on message boards so I've taken to accepting info with a salt shaker next to my desk. I think any sound information provided is great. Wasn't trying to approve or disprove anything. Posted by Tangalor (Member # 3942) on 07-08-2008 08:36 AM07-08-2008 08:36 AM: Thanks, Tire Iron. The main reason, if anyone was wondering, why I do these practices with no gear most of the time, is because you have to know your body, and its limitations. You are only as good as your body, and equipment is just an extension. If said 'extension' gets left behind in the fray, you will only have one thing: Yourself. To know yourself and your limitations without anything but the clothes on your back is paramount, because, if anything were to occur, be it lost, wounded, caught in enemy territory, captured, chances are thats exactly what you'll have: Yourself. I urge anyone who's interested in tracking, stalking, hunting to buy a T.B. Jr book called "Nature Observation and Tracking", and practice the steps within. I swear to you, this will greatly maximize your potential in a dangerous situation. Just for the record, if you sit in a tree stand for 8 hours waiting for a deer to walk by, you're not hunting, you're an opportunist. Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-17-2009 12:19 AM08-17-2009 12:19 AM: you should depend on the enemy supply to feed and equip yourself . When eye am
2
on a target , i will only look at the legs and very quickly the face but not to much on the face . I also think what i call happy thoughts , anything but what i am going to do . Until done i never totally take eyes off prospect . Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-17-2009 09:54 PM08-17-2009 09:54 PM: as to the deer op. ,tie a piano wire with a large trotline hook with apple ear corn , ect.... if properaly set when you come back you will have a deer . Gives you a twofer on the time use Posted by RabidBear (Member # 4455) on 10-04-2009 10:51 PM10-04-2009 10:51 PM: Another great way of conditioning the body and muscles for "tiger mode" is Tai Chi. Muscle memory is quickly developed with Tai Chi, as well as meridian energy flow. The energy flow is what creates the stamina in the muscle to begin with due to the electrical response in flexing and un- flexing. I have recently incorporated my gear into my Tai Chi exercises as well. Its a bit odd at first, and clumsy, but it gives a direct response, and the benefits are already showing. Posted by Texas Resistance (Member # 1582) on 10-05-2009 07:43 PM10-052009 07:43 PM: RabidBear, I'd like to see that. You can show us at our October 17th FTX. See: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=39;t=000208 INTRODUCTION TO SMALL UNIT DOCTRINE Fundamentals of the Small Unit The CAROLINA FREE PRESS September/October, 1998 Volume IV Issue 5 Compiled from a number of military manuals, this is the first in what is hoped to be a series of articles pertaining to Small Unit or cell operations. These articles are designed to assist leaders and prospective leaders of the small unit. The content will be tactical and logistical; administrative matters have been omitted. When in the field, especially under stress of combat or simulated combat, combat leaders cannot instantly recall everything they have been taught. Rapid changes in the situation may cause a leader to assume a position for which they have not yet been trained. They will then appreciate some brief reference material to guide them. They cannot carry masses of field manuals and they will lack access to a library or organizational files. What they need they must carry in their pocket, condensed in a form, which allows use at-a-glance. These articles have been compiled from current field manuals and field circulars with those requirements in mind. You will note that much of the reference material is in fact a comprehensive checklist to ensure that you have not overlooked some important consideration in leading a small unit. The series will focus on unit combat operations and soldier combat skills.
2
Fundamental to operating across the full range of possible operations is an understanding of the military’s doctrinal foundations, the principles of war and the tenets of military operations. Small Unit leaders must understand the concepts and fundamentals of military doctrine to effectively lead in combat. Principles of War The enduring bedrock of military doctrine, the principles of war, have stood the test of time. Only slightly revised since first published in 1921, today’s force projection military recognizes the following nine principles of war. 1. Objective Direct every military operation toward a clearly defined, decisive, and attainable objective. The ultimate military purpose of war is the destruction of the enemy’s armed forces and its’ will to fight. In operations other than war, the ultimate objective might be more difficult to define, but must be clear from the beginning. 2. Offensive Seize, retain, and exploit the initiative. Offensive action is the most effective and decisive way to attain a clearly defined common objective. In militia operations it is important to note that the militia is defensive in nature and should not initiate offensive action unless in time of war and within parameters consistent with lawful militia operations. 3. Mass Mass the effects of overwhelming combat power at a decisive place and time. Synchronizing all the elements of combat power where they will have decisive effect on an enemy force in a short period of time is to achieve mass. 4. Economy of Force Economy of force is the judicious employment and distribution of forces in order to achieve mass elsewhere. Allocate minimum essential combat power to secondary efforts. 5. Maneuver Place the enemy in a position of disadvantage through the flexible application of combat power. Maneuver is the movement of forces in relation to the enemy to secure or retain positional advantage. 6. Unity of Command For every objective, seek unity of command and unity of effort. At all levels of war, employment of forces in a manner that masses combat power toward a common objective requires unity of command and unity of effort. 7. Security Never permit the enemy to acquire unexpected advantage. Security results from the measures taken by a commander to protect his forces. 8. Surprise Strike the enemy at a time or place or in a manner for which it is unprepared. The element of surprise can allow forces to achieve success well out of proportion to the effort expended. 9. Simplicity
2
Prepare clear, uncomplicated plans and concise orders to ensure thorough understanding. Other factors being equal, the simplest plan is preferable. Tenets Success in battle will depend on the ability to fight in accordance with five basic tenets as follows: 1. Initiative Initiative means setting or changing the terms of battle by action. The small unit must attempt to maintain their freedom of action while limiting the enemy’s. This requires an offensive spirit in all operations. Decentralized operations in which small units aggressively fight through enemy resistance with immediately available resources support the seizure or retention of the initiative. Individuals act independently within the framework of the commander’s concept. Leaders and soldiers must understand the intent of commanders two echelons above. Commanders use mission type orders and clear, concise instructions to ensure that subordinates understand the concept and how they fit within it. 2. Agility Infantry forces seize or retain the initiative by acting and/or reacting faster than the enemy. This begins with the commander, who must have the mental agility to rapidly analyze tactical situations, thinking through many possible courses of action and the enemy’s likely reaction to them, and determining the most effective and least costly course. SOPs and drills enable the unit to rapidly execute assigned missions without long, detailed orders. 3. Depth Depth is the extension of operations in time, space, and resources. A commander seeks to fight the enemy throughout the depth of the enemy’s formations by properly positioning his forces or by skillfully maneuvering his unit. This allows the unit to seek out and concentrate against enemy weakness. By swiftly concentrating against first one, then another enemy weakness, a skilled commander can begin to seize the initiative on a local level, allowing for command to then exploit the opportunity. 4. Synchronization Synchronization is the arrangement of battlefield activities in time, space, and purpose to produce maximum combat power at the decisive point. A commander synchronizes his subordinates’ actions on the battlefield by assigning clear missions, making understood the timing required in the operation, and focusing all actions towards achieving overwhelming combat power at a decisive point. Issuing mission orders, identifying the main effort, and assigning each subordinate element clear tasks and purposes are the best means of maintaining synchronization in a fast paced, fluid environment. 5. Versatility Versatility is the ability of tactical units to adapt to different missions and tasks. In a force projection military, the demands for versatility increase. Forces must be prepared to move rapidly from one region to another, one type of warfare to another, and one form of combat to another. Combat Power Military forces seek to apply overwhelming combat power in order to achieve victory
3
at minimal cost. Four primary elements: maneuver, firepower, protection, and leadership, are used in combination to create combat power. 1. Maneuver Maneuver is the movement of forces supported by fire to achieve a position of advantage from which to destroy or threaten destruction of the enemy. Maneuver is the primary means of gaining or retaining the initiative. Forces use stealth, camouflage, dispersion, terrain, and fires to support their movement and close with the enemy. Infantry takes advantage of its ability to move across difficult terrain in any weather to surprise the enemy. The indirect approach guides movement planning: avoiding the enemy’s strengths, moving through gaps or weaknesses or around its flanks, and striking at critical locations to rapidly destroy the enemy’s will and ability to fight. 2. Firepower Firepower is the capacity to deliver effective fire on a target. Firepower and maneuver are complimentary. It is the effect of fire on the enemy that matters. A few weapons firing accurately from a location that surprise the enemy is more effective than many weapons with a large volume of fire but without the element of surprise. Before attempting to maneuver, infantry units must establish a base of fire. Leaders must understand the capabilities of organic and supporting weapons, how to position and employ them, and the techniques of integrating and controlling fires. 3. Protection Protection is the conservation of the fighting potential of the force. It includes all actions that degrade the enemy’s ability to maneuver against or place fires on the friendly force. These include security measures; use of limited visibility, cover, and concealment; air defense; camouflage; and dispersion. Protection also includes maintaining the soldiers’ health and morale. Maneuver provides protection for the force by preventing the enemy from fixing it and concentrating firepower, such as suppressive fire during an assault, can also provide protection. Infantry gains protection by avoiding detection during movement and by digging fighting positions when stationary. 4. Leadership The combat power generated by infantry forces is dependent on the concepts and plans developed by the commanders and the subordinate leaders. Infantry leaders are expected to lead by personal example and to provide purpose, motivation, and direction for their soldiers. Leaders must know their profession, their soldiers, and the tools of war. Basic Rules of Combat These rules appeared in military doctrine for a short time but are no longer included in recent publications. At the small unit level, however, they encompass the essence of the above fundamentals. Security Use cover and concealment Establish local security and conduct reconnaissance Protect the unit Movement Establish a moving element
4
Get in the best position to shoot Gain and maintain the initiative Move fast, strike hard, and finish rapidly Shoot Establish a base of fire Maintain mutual support Kill or suppress the enemy Communicate Communication Tell soldiers what is expected Sustain the team Keep the fight going Take care of soldiers Some of the information contained within this document may not be specifically applicable to potential militia operations. It is still important to understand this doctrine because it is the basis for military operations throughout the world. In upcoming issues we hope to include articles on Command and Control, Movement, Offense, and Defense as well as several other topics. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------“The Soviet and Chinese examples illustrate contrasting methods of ruling a people against its will. On the one hand, a constant official terror, suppressing rebellion before it has taken root. On the other hand, a nation-wide mobilization of the techniques of persuasion and propaganda, designed to make all sections of the people participate, apparently of their own free will, in the revolution. But the two major Communist systems have this in common: when terror or persuasion has failed and an insurrection nevertheless breaks out, it must be ruthlessly and violently crushed.” The Rebels: A Study of Post-War Insurrections, Brian Crozier, 1960. Training in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000018 Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-12-2006 07:43 PM07-12-2006 07:43 PM: Training Posted by: ConSigCor Sep 24 2005, 03:11 PM The purpose of training is to prepare for war by developing forces that can win in combat, Training is the key to combat effectiveness and therefore is the focus of effort of the peacetime Militia. However, training should not stop with the commencement of war; training must continue during war to adapt to the lessons of combat.
5
Basic individual skills are an essential foundation for combat effectiveness and must receive heavy emphasis. Members of the Militia must endeavor to maintain proficiency in their individual skills. At the same time, unit skills are extremely important. They are not simply an accumulation of individual skills; adequacy in individual skills does not automatically mean unit skills are satisfactory. Training programs should reflect practical, challenging and progressive goals. Training programs must be tailored to the voluntary, non-professional nature of the Militia. Repitition of the fundementals is key. Collective training consists of drills and exercises. Drills are a form of small unit training which stress profeciency by progressive repitition of tasks. Drills are an effective method for developing standardized techniques and procedures that must be performed repeatedly without variation to ensure speed and coordination, such as weapons drill or immediate actions. In contrast , erercises are designed to train units and individuals in tactics under simulated combat conditions. Exercises should aproximate the conditions of battle as much as possible; that is, they should introduce friction in the form of uncertainty, stress, disorder and opposing wills. This last characteristic is most important; only in opposed, free-play exercises can we practice the art of war. Dictated or "canned" scenarios eliminate the element of independent, opposing wills that is the essence of combat. Critiques are an important part of training because critical self-analysis, even after success, is essential to improvement. Their purpose is to drawnout the lessons of training. As a result, we should conduct critiques immediatly after completing the training, before the memory of the events has faded. Critiques should be held in an atmosphere of open and frank dialogue in which all hands are encouraged to contribute. We learn as much from mistakes as from things done well, so we must be willing to admiot and discuss them. Because we recognize that no two situations in war are the same, our critiques should focus not so much on the actions we took as on why we took those actions and why they brought the results they did. BASIC TRAINING PLAN INTRODUCTION: The goal of training is to produce a combat ready unit that responds rapidly to known or suspected enemy activity and defeats that enemy. Individual skills and battle drill training are a key factor in achieving that goal. Leaders should tailor training to realistic, challenging, and attainable goals. Battle drills must be standardised but thier tactical employment must remain flexible. TRAINING PLAN: 1. The Training Plan is based on the "core training card" concept in support of the brigades Mission Essential Training List (METL) requirements. The focus is to prepare all personnel for mobilization. The intent is to provide meaningfull training that can be put into immediate use and to motivate personnel to actively accept greater responsibilities. 2. The Training Plan will break down the " Core Training Card" into 4 quarterly schedules. Three topics will be routinely taught on a repitative cycle untl the unit
2
reaches 100% training attainement. 3. Each unit will conduct a yearly Alert Mobilization Drill. All members must commit themselves, individually, and in concert with their unit, to learn and master as many basic skills as possible, includng proficeincy with firearms (including field stripping and cleaning), hand signals, fields of fire, entrenchment, camoflage, cover and concealment, individual and squad movement. Each unit member is required to complete the mandatory training course to meet Minimum Mission Essential Training (METL) requirements. CORE TRAINING CARD SKILL LEVEL ONE: This is basic training which all new reqruites (M-1) are required to complete within the 90 probationary period. Upon completion of Level 1 training the reqruite will advance to the rank of Private (M-2) and will be considered an active line member of the unit. 1. Command and Organization 2. Mobilization and Alert Readiness .....a. Rapid Alert System / Alert levels .....b. Evacuation: Routes, Rally Points 3. Phsyical Fittness 1XX .....a. Field march for 2 miles in 30 minutes with all Level 1 gear. 3 to 5 second rushes for 100 yards, 10 PU 10 SU 4. Basic Marksmanship X1X .....a. 8 out of 10 shots in a 9 inch target @ 100 yards. .....b. Must be able to load, clear malfunctions and field strip weapon for repair or cleaning. 5. Individual Movement Techniques .....a. low/high crawl .....b. team file and wedge formation. 6. Individual Camoflage 7. Basic Field Communications: .....a. Hand and Arm Signals .....b. Basic Radio Operating Proocedures .....c. COMSEC / SALUTE / SITREP .....d. Perform surveillance without the aid of electronic devices. 6. Basic First Aid: .....a. Evaluate a casualty .....b. Prevent / treat shock .....c. Clear an object from the throat .....d. Treat / prevent heat stroke and frostbite .....e. Treat burns .....f. Put on a field or pressure dressing .....g. Apply a dressing to an open chest, abdominal, and head wound.
3
.....h. Splint a fracture .....i. Perform CPR .....j. Transport a casualty .....k. Basic sanitation, preventative medicine and health maintenance SKILL LEVEL TWO: Skill Level 2 is required to advance to the rank of M-3 Private First Class and to be considered capable of performing Primary Forces missions. M-3's must be prepared to deploy quickly and remain in the field unsupported for 72 hours. He is a fully functional and deployable militia soldier, capable of leading his squad and training others. To meet Level 2 standards one must have mastered all Level 1 qualifications and equipment plus: Physical Fitness: 2XX Field march with all Level 2 gear 3 miles in 40 minutes. Marksmanship: X2X 8 out of 10 in a 9" target at 200 yards. Must have a thourough understanding of: Troop leading procedures including the 5 paragraph OPORD, SALUTE, CARVER etc. Small Unit Tactics 1. Immediate Action Drills .....a. Move under direct fire .....b. React to indirect fire .....c. React to contact .....d. Break contact .....e. React to ambush, near or far .....f. React to flares 2. Movement Techniques .....a. Fire Team and Squad Wedge .....b. File .....c. Traveling, Traveling Overwatch and Bounding Overwatch 3. 4. 5. 6.
Perform Reconnaissance Select and construct individual fighting positions Set up Patrol Base camp Cross danger areas
7. Basic Land Navigation .....a. Identify topogaphic symbols and features on a map .....b. Determine a location on the ground by terrain association .....c. Measure distance on a map .....d. Orient a map to the ground by terrain association .....e. Determine direction with and without a compass
4
8. Basic Camoflage .....a. Individual .....b. Noise light and litter discipline .....c. Field emplacements, or base camp 9. Emergency Preparedness Every Primary Forces member must maintain a 3 month supply of the following and the knowledge to use it. .....a. Water Storage / Purification .....b. Field Hygene / Sanitation .....c. Food Storage .....d. Medical Supplies 10. Basic Survival Abilities .....a. Identify wild foods in the A/O .....b. Identfy poisonous plants and snakes in the A/O .....c. Locate and purify drinking water .....d. Build a fire .....e. Snare/trap wild game ......f. Locate, and construct a field expediant survival shelter. SKILL LEVEL THREE: To progress to Skill Level 3 (S.O.G.), the militia soldier must have mastered all Level 2 qualifications. In addition he must master the following skills: Phsyical Fitness: 3XX 5 mile field march in 2 hours with 72 hour load. Marksmenship: X3X (see note) Rifle: 8 out of 10 in a 4" target @ 100 yds, 8 / 10 in a 6" target @ 200 yds. Pistol: 2 inch groups at 15 yards, 4 inch groups at 25 yards Sniper Operations: Conduct a terrain survey Conduct long range surveillance of target for intelligence personnel Plan and implement a enemy harrassment plan Plan and conduct interdiction operations on key target personnel Estimate range to target Construct and use a ghillie suit Construct and use a Sniper/Forward Observation Post hide *Note* Each S.O.G. must maintain at least 4 men (2 Scout / Sniper teams) qualified as Designated Marksmen - X4X: 8 out of 10 in a 9" target @ 300 yards, able to hit a man sized target at 600 yards CQB: Conduct room clearing with a team Conduct building clearing with a squad Level 3 (S.O.G.) Specialties:
5
At full strength each 12 man S.O.G. must also maintain 2 men qualified in each of the following specialties: Medical: Trained as First Responder. EMT certified or Combat Life Saving class preferred. Operations / Intelligence: Plan and conduct a surveillance/recon patrol Plan and implement psychological ops. Prepare accurate SitReps and assist Command Staff in the planning of operations. Identify and track counter-resistance operations. Maintain the units Threat Assesment and Target Acquistion Folders Co-ordinate with signal personnel to implement the intelligance network Relay and desiminate intelligance to neighboring units through the Signal Corps radio network Communications: Must complete the Mil. Sig. Corps trainng program and have a thurough understanding of Basic Operating Procedures, Tactical Comm, CommSec, the Rapid Alert System, SitRep / SALUTE, the Digital Encryption System and his unit C.E.O.I. Must be able to operate all unit comm equipment. Build a field expediant, clandestine antenna Transmit and receive morse code Must be able to develope, implement, maintain and operate the Rapid Alert System for his local unit as well as a Battalion level entity. Coordinate and integrate signal operations between all units at the battalion level (region or the countys surrounding his A/O) Engineering: Design an erect anti-personnel barricades Design and erect defensive positions including perimeter warning devices. Design, prepare and oversee te construction of a guerilla operations base camp. Conduct vehicle recovery. Maintain and repair common vehicles in use by the unit. Build and use an incendary device made from common readily available material. Build and use a thermite device made from common readily available material. Create a smoke screen Posted by Trickster (Member # 570) on 02-27-2007 02:37 PM02-27-2007 02:37 PM: quote:
Originally posted by ConSigCor: Training Posted by: ConSigCor Sep 24 2005, 03:11 PM Training programs should reflect practical, challenging and progressive goals. Training programs must be tailored to the voluntary, nonprofessional nature of the Militia. Repetition of the fundementals is key.
6
This is where I am trying to bring the Boy Scout Patrol Method to our training method. I know that you have dedicated seemingly endless hours to the cause, and I certainly have no intention of taking anything away from your hard work, but I need to have fun while I train. Now maybe I just have a short attention span, but I like a number of tasks strung together to make a training situation more interesting as a scenario that's not overly complicated. Simple repetition will not work for me more than once, but some time spent ahead of time setting up interesting scenarios work to make a problem solving exercise work for me. I am trying to start again from raw recruit and develop a plan so I can teach a system that I had a part of developing and working from the ground up. Even with all the hard work done for me in the NMS structure, I have found that there is an amazing amount of effort required to teach something I already know. Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 02-27-2007 04:11 PM02-27-2007 04:11 PM: Absolutely. Training should be interesting...not boring. I think training must be repetitive to make the basics second nature to all. But, there is no reason why the sceanarios can't constantly change to keep folks from saying.."Oh no, not that crap again." Your right, teaching is not an easy task. Everyone should have to be the teacher at least once. Posted by mak9030mag (Member # 2955) on 03-17-2007 12:18 AM03-17-2007 12:18 AM: For those with paint guns or bb pump type guns find an abandoned mineing town to practice urban tactics,or use the paint bb guns in the woods. Remember ambush/counterambush,assult/counter assult,tracking/counter tracking,learn to look for or install little goodies,ie boobytraps. Learn to see,but not be seen. Adapt,overcome,improvise. Posted by Patriot (Member # 25) on 01-24-2008 09:01 PM01-24-2008 09:01 PM: This is what you will have to become to survive the coming calamity!!!!! You better get your mental act together!! NOW!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Mercenary If you learned that the man in this photo -- a professional assassin -- was the head of security at one of our nation’s most vulnerable nuclear facilities, would it trouble
2
you? Or would it sound like one hell of a story? By Tom Junod [more from this author]
Steve Raymer/National Geographic Image Collection Related Links: • Read the transcript of an interview with William Clark, a/k/a. "Zeke." • Listen to audio clips of an interview with Zeke.
The Palisades Nuclear Plant in Covert, Michigan, is real. It produces 778 megawatts of electricity, and the electricity keeps the lights burning for about half a million residents. The nuclear reactor inside the nuclear plant is also real. It gets really hot, and anyone driving on Interstate 196 on his way to Grand Rapids or St. Joe can see thin clouds of steam rising from its cooling towers, as constant a presence as the weather. The steam is real; it’s water from Lake Michigan, pumped in to keep the reactor cool. The nuclear power plant is on the shore of Lake Michigan, right next to the tourist town of South Haven and about eighty miles from Chicago as the crow flies. Lake Michigan is real, definitely, though it comes off as an illusory ocean, offering the horizon as its only boundary. South Haven is real, too, although it empties out in the cold of winter. And Chicago? As real as the millions of people who live there, and the strange American fervor they generate. Chicago is so damned real, and so damned American, that it’s hard to imagine an American reality without it -- it’s hard to imagine an American reality if, say, a terrorist attack on Palisades Nuclear contaminated the big lake for the next thousand years or so and emptied out Chicago, not to mention St. Joe and South Haven and Covert. Which is why it’s a good thing that the security manager at Palisades Nuclear for the last year and a half is real, too, with real qualifications for the job. His name is William E. Clark, and he has been in the Army, he’s been a cop, he’s done some contracting work for the Department of Energy, he’s gone to Kosovo on a diplomatic mission, and after Katrina, he worked for Blackwater, the security company, outside New Orleans. He started at Palisades in early 2006. He has a new house and a new wife and has told people, “I would shed blood to keep this job.” As a statement of determination, this is reassuring...but what if he means it as a statement of fact? What if William E. Clark has told people -- told me -- that he has in fact shed blood many times, in many places, over the course of many years? What if William E. Clark says that he worked for Blackwater in Afghanistan and Iraq as well as in New Orleans and killed so many people that he considers himself a cold-blooded
2
murderer? What if he says that his job as the security manager of a nuclear plant on Lake Michigan is both a reward for all the killing he’s done and a means for keeping him quiet about it? The guilt is real. The shame is real. He is not proud of the things he’s done, although that doesn’t stop him from talking about them. He’s not proud of what he had to do in Vietnam, his son says. He’s not proud of having to kill someone in New Orleans, his ex-wife says. He wakes up with nightmares, his new wife says, because he’s starting to see the faces of the human beings he once saw through the rifle scope. And so this story represents his attempt to come clean. He is a bad person, he says, but he wants to be a good person -- he wants to be thought of as a good person. He wants to be purified, shriven. He is telling his story because he knows it will destroy him. He is telling his story because he knows it will set him free. He has kept stuff, over the years, because he knows that nobody will believe him. He has kept the stubs from all the boarding passes, the keys from all the hotel rooms. There are hundreds of them, and he keeps them in thick wads and piles. He has kept a business card for one of his aliases, Zeke Senega, a reporter for The Irish Times in Dublin. He has kept his passports, including the diplomatic one that was required for the work he did for the State Department. And he has photographs. He has a folder full of photographs from what he calls an “operation” in Iraq -- an operation that ended with two jihadists slumped dead in the front seat of an Opel, their car windows spiderwebbed with the ghosts of two precision gunshots. He also has a photo album, which he calls the Book. The Book is not very different from a lot of photo albums -- it is a record, in snapshots, of the places he’s been and the people he’s met -- except that the mostly unsmiling men staring at the camera are usually wearing camouflage and armed to the teeth. And in the middle of the Book, there is one photo, black-and-white and larger than the rest, of William E. Clark cradling a rifle to his chest in what appears to be a jungle. He does not seem to be posing, and indeed he looks a little sick -- his mouth slightly slack and his long face droopy with exhaustion. And yet when he remembers the circumstances of the photo, he relishes them: “That picture was taken in El Salvador in 1996. I wasn’t supposed to be there. Nobody was. Suddenly this UPI photographer shows up, taking pictures. I said, ‘If you don’t put that camera down and give me the film, I’ll shoot you. I’ll kill you and get away with it. Because I don’t exist.’ ” Posted by Imagrunt (Member # 563) on 01-25-2008 12:07 AM01-25-2008 12:07 AM: I'm betting he has plenty of like-minded trigger pullers, rotary aircraft, .50 cals, a one mile clear field of fire in a 360 degree radius, and one hell of a security budget. I have guarded nukes, and if William E. Clark can protect that nuke plant as well as I think he can, then he may be paying his pennance directly to We the People of Michigan. By the way, the NRC has very strict rules for the safe-guarding of nuke material, and firearms requirements have only minimums. You just start at .223 and 9mm respectively, and work your way up. Side note: At the time KT Ordnance was raided, I was forming my own private security company, and I was attempting to use the NRC standards in the creation of my
3
policies and procedures manual for armed escorts of Liberty Dollar shipments. When I appealed to BATFE for the return of my AR lowers, they forced me to reveal the plan for my private security business, thus eliminating both the privacy and the security in one convenient raid...the BATFE agent in charge also told me that I would NEVER receive my lowers, and thus ended my last negotiation with BATFE. I'm OK with the NRC, but BATFE should be immediately dismantled for its blatant, treasonous and deadly assaults against We the People in general, and the BoR Article 2 militia specifically. Posted by Patriot (Member # 25) on 01-25-2008 07:21 AM01-25-2008 07:21 AM: I agree Imagrunt!! Basicly the a$$holes stole your property!! It won't be long before payback time if the country goes bankrupt!! Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-18-2009 04:59 PM08-18-2009 04:59 PM: I go by the five finger, fist philsopy : Think ; Be aware , pay attention , Take advantage ; of every situation . Posted by noname762 (Member # 4308) on 08-21-2009 07:56 PM08-21-2009 07:56 PM: quote:
Originally posted by Imagrunt: I'm betting he has plenty of like-minded trigger pullers, rotary aircraft, .50 cals, a one mile clear field of fire in a 360 degree radius, and one hell of a security budget. I have guarded nukes, and if William E. Clark can protect that nuke plant as well as I think he can, then he may be paying his pennance directly to We the People of Michigan. By the way, the NRC has very strict rules for the safe-guarding of nuke material, and firearms requirements have only minimums. You just start at . 223 and 9mm respectively, and work your way up. Side note: At the time KT Ordnance was raided, I was forming my own private security company, and I was attempting to use the NRC standards in the creation of my policies and procedures manual for armed escorts of Liberty Dollar shipments. When I appealed to BATFE for the return of my AR lowers, they forced me to reveal the plan for my private security business, thus eliminating both the privacy and the security in one convenient raid...the BATFE agent in charge also told me that I would NEVER receive my lowers, and thus ended my last negotiation with BATFE. I'm OK with the NRC, but BATFE should be immediately dismantled for its
2
blatant, treasonous and deadly assaults against We the People in general, and the BoR Article 2 militia specifically. I would be willing to bet there are more than a couple folks who would love nothing more than to deep six an agent of f troop. Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-23-2009 04:53 AM08-23-2009 04:53 AM: noname762 i agree ! Unconventional Warfare in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000034 Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:48 PM07-25-2006 06:48 PM: Unconventional Warfare Posted by: ConSigCor Jun 25 2006, 11:37 PM Guerrilla (also called a partisan) is a term borrowed from the Spanish guerrilla meaning little war, and used to describe small combat groups and the individual members of such groups (see Etymology). Guerrilla warfare operates with small, mobile and flexible combat groups called cells, without a front line. Guerrilla warfare is one of the oldest forms of asymmetric warfare. Primary contributors to modern theories of guerrilla war include Mao Zedong, Wendell Fertig, Regis Debray, Vo Nguyen Giap, Josip Broz Tito, Michael Collins and Che Guevara. Later students of guerrilla warfare included Swiss Major Hans von Dach who wrote the now widely available Swiss Army field manual "Total Resistance". Etymology Guerrilla, from the Spanish term guerra, or War, with the -illa ending diminutive, could be translated as small war. The term was invented in Spain to describe the tactics used to resist the French regime instituted by Napoleon Bonaparte. The -illa term accepts the unequal fight between civilians against an organized State Army. Its meaning was soon broadened to refer to any similar resistance of any time or place. The Spanish word for guerrilla fighter is guerrillero. The change of usage of guerrilla from the tactics employed to the person implementing them is a late 19th century mistake: in most languages the word still denotes the specific style of warfare. However, this is changing under the influence of broad English usage. Tactics Guerrilla tactics are based on intelligence, ambush, deception, sabotage, and espionage, and an authority through long, low-intensity confrontation. It can be quite successful against an unpopular foreign regime: a guerrilla army may increase the cost of maintaining an occupation or a colonial presence above what the foreign power may wish to bear.
2
Commando operations are not guerrilla warfare (Richard Taber, “The War of the Flea : Guerrilla Warfare, Theory and Practice”. Paladin, London, 1977) while they lack the political goal. Commando troops, as the British commando, were a branch of the armed forces. Guerrilla warfare is the expression of Sun Tzu's Art of War, in contrast to Clausewitz's unlimited use of brute force. However, guerrilla warfare has generally been unsuccessful against native regimes, which have nowhere to retreat to and are highly knowledgeable about their own people, society, and culture. The rare examples of successful guerrilla warfare against a native regime include the Cuban Revolution and the Chinese Civil War, as well as the Sandinista overthrow of a military dictatorship in Nicaragua. More common are the unsuccessful examples of guerrilla warfare, which include Malaysia (then Malaya) during the Malayan Emergency, Bolivia, Argentina, and the Philippines. The Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE), fighting for an independent homeland in the north and east of Sri Lanka, achieved significant military successes against the Sri Lankan military and the government itself for twenty years. It was even able to use these tactics effectively against the IPKF forces sent by India in the mid-1980s, which were later withdrawn for varied reasons, primarily political. The mutual attrition on both sides in the island led to a ceasefire following the September 11, 2001 attacks. Guerrillas in wars against foreign powers do not principally direct their attacks at civilians, as they desire to obtain as much support as possible from the population as part of their tactics. Civilians are primarily attacked or assassinated as punishment for collaboration. Often such an attack will be officially sanctioned by guerrilla command or tribunal. An exception is in civil wars, where both guerrilla groups and organized armies have been known to commit atrocities against the civilian population. Mao Zedong, during the Chinese civil war, summarized the Red Army's principles of warfare in the following points for his troops: The enemy advances, we retreat. The enemy camps, we harass. The enemy tires, we attack. The enemy retreats, we pursue. Mao made a distinction between Mobile Warfare (yundong zhan) and Guerrilla Warfare (youji zhan). Michael Collins of the Irish Republican Army, who orchestrated the Anglo-Irish war of 1919-1921, had a more succinct principle behind his campaign of intelligence, assassination, and propaganda: create "bloody mayhem". Guerrillas are often characterized as terrorists by their opponents, as part of psychological warfare. Guerrillas are in danger of not being recognized as lawful combatants because they may not wear a uniform, (to mingle with the local population), or their uniform and distinctive emblems may not be recognised as such by their opponents. Article 44, sections 3 and 4 of the 1977 First Additional Protocol to the Geneva Conventions, "relating to the Protection of Victims of International Armed Conflicts", does recognise combatants who, due to the nature of the conflict, do not wear uniforms as long as they carry their weapons openly during military operations. This gives non-uniformed guerrillas lawful combatant status against countries that have ratified this convention. However the same protocol states in Article 37.1.c that "the feigning of civilian, non-combatant status" shall constitute perfidy and is prohibited by the Geneva Conventions. Guerrilla warefare can constitute psychological terror and submission upon their captors as well. This act of submission is a way of relieving information from an opponent is used by
2
outnumbering the individual. Guerrilla warfare is classified into two main categories: urban guerrilla warfare and rural guerrilla warfare. In both cases, guerrillas rely on a friendly population to provide supplies and intelligence. Rural guerrillas prefer to operate in regions providing plenty of cover and concealment, especially heavily forested and mountainous areas. Urban guerrillas, rather than melting into the mountains and jungles, blend into the population and are also dependent on a support base among the people. Foreign support in the form of soldiers, weapons, sanctuary, or, at the very least, statements of sympathy for the guerrillas can greatly increase the chances of victory for an insurgency. However, it is not always necessary. Maoist theory of people's war divides warfare into three phases. In the first phase, the guerrillas gain the support of the population through attacks on the machinery of government and the distribution of propaganda. In the second phase, escalating attacks are made on the government's military and vital institutions. In the third phase, conventional fighting is used to seize cities, overthrow the government, and take control of the country. Guerrilla Tactics were summarized into the ' Minimanual of the Urban Guerrilla[1] in 1969 by Carlos Marighella. This text was banned in several countries including the United States. This is probably the most comprehensive and informative book on guerrilla strategy ever published, and is available free online. Texts by Che Guevara and Mao Zedong on guerrilla warfare are also available. John Keats wrote about an American guerrilla leader in World War 2: Colonel Wendell Fertig, who in 1942 organized a large force of guerrillas who harassed the Japanese occupation forces on the Philippine Island of Mindanao all the way up to the liberation of the Philippines in 1945. His abilities were later utilized by the United States Army, when Fertig helped found the United States Army Special Warfare School at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. Others included Col. Aaron Bank and Col. Russell Volckmann. Volckmann, in particular, commanded a guerrilla force which operated out of the Cordillera of Northern Luzon, in the Philippines from the beginning of World War II to its conclusion. He remained in radio contact with US Forces, prior to the invasion of Lingayen Gulf. Guerrilla warfare sometimes involves surrounding nations, which are affected by a popular uprising against the neighbouring government. A case in point was the Mukti Bahini guerrillas who fought alongside the Indian Army in the 14-day Bangladesh Liberation War in 1971 against Pakistan that resulted in the creation of the state of Bangladesh. T.E.Lawrence, best known as "Lawrence of Arabia," introduced a theory of guerrilla warfare tactics in an article he wrote for the Encyclopedia Britannica published in 1938. In that article, he compared guerrilla fighters to a gas. The fighters disperse in the area of operations more or less randomly. They or their cells occupy a very small intrinsic space in that area, just as gas molecules occupy a very small intrinsic space in a container. The fighters may coalesce into groups for tactical purposes, but their general state is dispersed. Such fighters cannot be "rounded up." They cannot be contained. They are extremely difficult to "defeat" because they cannot be brought to battle in significant numbers. The cost in soldiers and material to destroy a
3
significant number of them becomes prohibitive, in all senses, that is physically, economically, morally, etc. It should be noted that Lawrence describes a non-native occupying force as the enemy (e.g. the Turks). Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:49 PM07-25-2006 06:49 PM: Posted by: ConSigCor Jun 25 2006, 11:39 PM Irregular military Irregular military refers to any non-standard military. Being defined by exclusion, there is a lot of variance in what comes under the term. It can refer to the type of military organization, or to the type of tactics used. An irregular military organization is a military organization which is not part of the regular army organization of a party to a military conflict. Without standard military unit organization, various more general names are used; such organizations may also be called a "troop", "group", "unit", "column", "band", or "force". Irregulars are soldiers or warriors that are members of these organizations, or are members of special military units that employ irregular military tactics. This also applies to irregular troops, irregular infantry and irregular cavalry. Irregular warfare is warfare employing the tactics commonly used by irregular military organizations. This involves avoiding large-scale combats, and focusing on small, stealthy, hit and run engagements. Other names for irregular military formations The term "irregular military" describes the "how" and "what", but it's more common to focus on the "why". Bypassing the legitimate military and taking up arms is an extreme measure. The motivation for doing so is often used as the basis of the primary label for any irregular military. Different terms come in and out of fashion, based on political and emotional associations that develop. Here is a list of such terms, organized more-or-less oldest to latest. * Revolutionary -- someone part of a revolution, whether military or not * Partisan -- In the 20th century, someone part of a resistance movement. In the 18th and 19th century, a local conventional military force using irregular tactics. * Paramilitary -- non-regular military with a claim to official status * Guerrilla -- someone who uses low-level irregular military tactics * Resistance fighter -- someone who is part of a resistance movement * Freedom fighter -- irregular military motivated by higher goals -- very subjective * Terrorist -- irregular military who target civilians; this term is almost always used pejoratively. * Insurgent -- an alternate term for many of the above. Intense debates can build up over which of these terms to use when referring to a specific group. Using one term over another can imply either strong support or opposition for the cause being fought over. It is possible for a military to cross the line between regular and irregular. Isolated
4
regular army units forced to operate without regular support for long periods of time can degrade into irregulars. As an irregular military becomes more successful, they may transition away from irregular, even to the point of becoming the new regular army if they win. Regular military units which use irregular military tactics Although they are part of a regular army, Special forces are trained in and implement irregular military tactics. Effectiveness While the morale, training and equipment of the individual irregular soldier can vary from very poor to excellent, irregulars are usually lacking the higher-level organizational training and equipment that is part of regular army. This usually makes irregulars poor at what regular armies focus on — main-line combat. Other things being equal, major battles between regulars and irregulars heavily favor the regulars. However, irregulars can excel at many other combat duties besides main-line combat, such as scouting, skirmishing, harassing, pursuing, rear-guard actions, cutting supply, sabotage, raids, ambushes and underground resistance. Experienced irregulars often surpass the regular army in these functions. By avoiding formal battles, irregulars have sometimes harassed high quality armies to destruction, as in the Battle of Carrhae. Irregulars have a reputation for ruthlessness. Being outside the official army, they often don't see themselves bound by the laws of war. Beyond official supply lines, irregulars often supply themselves by confiscating civilian goods without compensation; this can be seen as pillaging. Operating without official support equipment, prisoners taken by irregulars might be killed when transportation isn't feasible; this can be seen as an atrocity. Over time, unrestrained irregulars can devolve into common bandits or roving death squads. The total effect of irregulars is often underestimated. Since the military actions of irregulars are often small and unofficial, they are underreported or even overlooked. Even when engaged by regular armies, some military histories exclude all irregulars when counting friendly troops, but include irregulars in the count of enemy troops, making the odds seem much worse than they were. This may be accidental; counts of friendly troops often came from official regular army rolls that exclude unofficial forces, while enemy strength often came from visual estimates, where the distinction between regular and irregular were lost. If irregular forces overwhelm regulars, records of the defeat are often lost in the resulting chaos. Use of large irregular forces featured heavily in wars such as the American Revolution, the Franco-Prussian War, the Russian Civil War, the Second Boer War, and especially the Eastern Front of World War II where hundreds of thousands of partisans fought on both sides. Irregular forces are usually most noted for their role in the Vietnam War. The use of irregular forces was also present in the PhilippineAmerican War. Ongoing conflicts in Africa such as the First and Second Congo Wars are fought almost entirely by irregular forces.
2
Historical reliance on irregulars In the dawn of civilization, all military forces were irregular. Regular armies grew slowly from personal bodyguards or elite militia. In Ancient warfare, most civilized nations relied heavily on irregulars to augment their small regular army. Even in advanced civilizations, the irregulars commonly outnumbered the regular army. Sometimes entire tribal armies of irregulars were brought in from internal native or neighboring cultures, especially ones that still had an active hunting tradition to provide the basic training of irregulars. The regulars would only provide the core military in the major battles; irregulars would provide all other combat duties. Notable examples of regulars relying on irregulars include auxiliary legions of Germanic tribes in the Roman Empire, Cossack regiments in Imperial Russia, and Native American forces in the far west of the Confederate States of America. One could attribute the disastrous defeat of the Romans at the Battle of the Teutoburg Forest to the lack of supporting irregular forces; only a few squadrons of irregular light cavalry accompanied the invasion of Germany when normally the number of foederati legions would equal the regular legions; however, since irregulars won that battle, there are few surviving details. During the decline of the Roman Empire, irregulars made up an ever increasing proportion of the Roman military. At the end, there was little difference between the Roman military and the barbarians across the borders. Throughout history, most civilizations eventually fell to "barbarians", that is, irregular military forces, with minimal historical details. As the spread of industrialism dried up the traditional source of irregulars, nations were forced take over the duties of the irregulars using specially trained regular army units. Examples are the light infantry in the British Army. By the modern age, all regular military are trained to also perform the actions previously left to irregulars. Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:50 PM07-25-2006 06:50 PM: Posted by: ConSigCor Jun 25 2006, 11:40 PM A covert cell structure is a method for organizing a group in such a way that it can more effectively resist penetration by an opposing organization. It is a method used by criminal organisations and terrorist organizations as well as legitimate resistance groups, undercover operatives, and special forces. Some cells may lie dormant for years until needed - see sleeper cell. The organizational structure of covert cells is intended to limit the harm that can be done if members are captured and interrogated. Most members will only know the identities of other people in their own cell; only the leader of a cell will know the identities of leaders of other cells and communicate with them. By keeping cell size small, captives or double agents will have a very limited knowledge of the organization as a whole. This approach, also known as compartmentalization, seeks to protect the larger organization from being compromised. By dividing the organization into many smaller groups, each of which is compartmentalized and only knows what it needs to know for its individual tasks, the damage that can be caused by outside penetration can be greatly reduced. Other cells can continue to operate independently.
3
The use of covert cells was pioneered in the 19th century by revolutionaries in France such as the political activist Louis Auguste Blanqui. Other revolutionary and anarchist groups soon adopted a similar organizational approach, as did the communist movement in the late 19th century. A cellular model of organization was used by many covert organizations in the 20th century, ranging from the French Resistance in World War II, to the Vietcong and the Provisional IRA and Al Qaeda. Organized crime groups, such as drug smuggling networks, also use similar methods. Robert A. Heinlein, in his novel The Moon Is a Harsh Mistress, describes ways in which cells can be organized using anonymous communication to report capture or death. While the sentient supercomputer Mike (Mycroft Holmes) does not yet exist, similar effects could be achieved using cellular telephones and Internet communication through email, chatrooms, and Web pages. Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:50 PM07-25-2006 06:50 PM: Posted by: McMedic Jun 26 2006, 07:10 PM Good info. Thanks! Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:51 PM07-25-2006 06:51 PM: Posted by: Doktor_Jeep Jun 27 2006, 12:43 AM The advantage of a guerilla are many. This kind of warfare results when there is no large standing army to counter a large standing army of an enemy. Because the starting post was so all-encompassing, I need not bloviate further except for three observations: - one guerilla with a 10 cent rifle cartridge can take out a very expensively trained soldier. - there is always a home team advantage - the mere existence of a very cheap unconventional force makes the enemy field very expensive conventional forces. Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:52 PM07-25-2006 06:52 PM: Posted by: Zeroedin Jun 27 2006, 10:50 PM This is where I feel RIGHT AT HOME! UNconventional is my second birth! Ha! Here's a little Article that gives some simple counsel on what R_E_A_L_L_Y MATTERS out the "in the Streets". Where the "guerilla" lives! "CONTROL THE STARTLE REACTION OR TACTICS WON'T MATTER"
2
"We trickle down SWAT tactics to our patrol officers and it works. SWAT emphasizes "initiative-based" or "thinking" tactics". Since we are encouraging our officers to think, we should be providing them with a tactical footprint that makes them think in training and on the streets. In today's training world, the focus tends to be on the tactic and the proper application of that tactic in a scenario. Hence, officers are taught to survive that particular scenario but not provided with the ability to adapt when confronted with a real-life situation.The scenario should be of secondary importance. It is how the officer emotionally reacts, what the officer does (tactically), and why the officer did it (was it the best option) that is of primary importance and concern. If officers cannot control their startle reaction, it does not matter what tactics they know. Decision-making needs to be at the forefront of all training events. In my agency, we do bring the streets to the range and conversely we require our sergeants to evaluate the effectiveness of that training in the operational field environment. If it works in training but fails on the street, the training needs to change. Dr. Larry Blum has provided my agency with a platform for engaging officers in a training environment that is based on decision-making under stress. It works." Sgt. Quinn McCarthy Proficiency Skills Supervisor Tucson (AZ) PD ----------------------------------END of ARTICLE--------------------------------------------Now, this is the sort of TACTICAL input that we need to garner from those "what AM DOING IT!" I "copy/pasted" this from a POLICE SCIENCE "chat room" sort of site. I'm sure I'll be finding more of this calibre input for the future. But give this some congitation....the "STARTLE CONTROL" mechanism of your mind is based upon PREconicent determinants...practice, experience, and "disciplined thinking". I am a bit reticent to say this, [since I've NEVER been privileged to have the op to GO to one], but it seems to me (from "practice that I and some friends DID get in in Tenn.) that organized FTX's SHOULD BE as REALISTIC, & "under actual conditions" as possible & as often as possible. [paintguns?] the CENTRAL POINT IS THO, you've got to do MOST of the "MENTAL CONDITIONING" prior to the "event", & then, the "EVENT" will simply show you what you're missing... Hope this is helpful! Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:53 PM07-25-2006 06:53 PM: Posted by: Zeroedin Jun 27 2006, 11:17 PM
2
I just want to add a little something more: "And that is the point of SpecWar. That's why you don't just blow up the depot behind the lines; you srew with the enemy's head. THAT is the point of the spear!" Crd. Richard Marcinko: Founder & first leader of "S.E.A.L.TEAM SIX" [America's PREMIER Anti-Terrorist team] "GUERILLAS IN THE MIST"[Pallidin Press]; & "RED CELL"[Marcinko]; and finally "GOOD LIVING IN GRUBBY TIMES"[Green Beret S Srg. Don Paul - Pathfinder Press]. All of these books are the product of years of "GOING THERE & DOING IT!" as either Counter-guerrilla, or guerilla combatants. If THEY don't know how, & what, & where & why...........NOBODY DOES! READ'em, STUDY'em, & LEARN how to STAY alive under seriously uncomfortable conditions. Hope these are helpful! Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 07-25-2006 06:53 PM07-25-2006 06:53 PM: Posted by: Doktor_Jeep Jun 28 2006, 11:35 AM One use for UW is to drive the enemy over the edge so they do things that make them lose politically and ensure they never win the hearts and minds (this is an attribute of 4GW) Take a look at this snip from an article by Bill Lind: http://www.lewrockwell.com/lind/lind97.html QUOTE Bood Stripes quickly immerses its reader in the chaos of infantry combat in Iraq, which, too often, is combat against an unseen enemy. Barely three weeks into their deployment, 3rd Platoon had already discovered several IEDs throughout Husaybah. Thus far, they had managed to find a couple of them using an unconventional, dangerous, and effective technique: kick them…. (Sgt.) Soudan approached the plywood. He was standing about eight feet away. BOOM!!! Everything went black… Because the explosion was close to the base, the medical evacuation (MEDEVAC) happened quickly….
2
The patrol stepped off. They were heading east, father away from base camp. Three minutes passed. BOOM!!! From the sound of the explosion, Soudan knew this latest IED had hit south, on the street 3rd Squad was patrolling…. Link called Soudan. "We’re on our way." Ten seconds passed. BOOM!!! Link’s squad. Experiences like these at the small unit level – by the end of the patrol, these Marines had been hit by five IEDs – provide some context in which those of us stateside can put events like the supposed massacre in Haditha. So does a story later in the book, where Marines engaged mujahideen in a prolonged and vicious fire-fight: Sergeant Soudan, Corporal Link, and Lieutenant Carroll were standing in the back of a humvee. After triaging the wounded from the dead, they had placed the bodies of Gibson, Valdez, and Smith in the humvee with VanLeuven. The Recon Marines ran up, muscling the body of the other dead Marine into the vehicle. Soudan, Link, and Carroll looked at their fallen comrade. Their faces went white. Captain Gannon. Lima Six was dead. They killed our company commander. Pain switched to fury and an immediate demand for vengeance. These -------- killed Captain Gannon.
2
In this example we see remote ambushes by explosives chained in a manner that keeps the heat on. According to the book "Killing Zone", following one successful ambush with another during the post ambush lull will demoralize an enemy force. I apologize for using attacks on US forces as an example, but a tactic is a tactic a like all weapons and such as a tool useable by anybody against anybody. I knew our problems in Iraq and Afgan were coming when I saw contempt for the enemy writing them off as dopey ragheads. When I saw the movie "True Lies" for the first time that depicted the arab terrorists as a bunch of goons who look at each other and scream before they get blown up, I knew we were going to get an educational experience from that culture eventually. Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 07-31-2006 06:38 PM07-31-2006 06:38 PM: Mr. Danelo further states: "...One personal note: Danelo rightly reports that Marines, inspired by Steven Pressfield’s brilliant novel Gates of Fire, like to see themselves as Spartans, which in some ways they are. As an Athenian, I have to point out that the battle of Themopylae, however deathless a tale of valor, was nonetheless a Persian victory in the end. In contrast, at Salamis, Persia was decisively defeated by Athenian deception and maneuver. Sometimes, it helps to think as well as fight..."[end of quote] Zeroedin says: I took this quote from the Lew Rockwell site that Dr. Jeep provided. It's at the end of the article Dr. Jeep cut/pasted for us. But, I'd like to add a bit of History to this piece that I believe is EXCEPTIONALLY PERTINANT: "...FINAL STAND OF THE SPARTANS & THESPIANS Leonidas, realizing that further fighting would be futile, dismissed all Greek forces save the surviving Spartans and Thebans on August 11; the Spartans having pledged themselves to fight to the death, and the Thebans held as hostages as Thebes' loyalty to Greece was questioned. However, a contingent of about 700 Thespians, led by Demophilus, refused to leave with the other Greeks. Instead, they chose to stay in the sacrificial effort to delay the advance and allow the rest of the Greek army to escape. The significance of the Thespians' refusal should not be passed over. The Spartans, brave as their sacrifice indubitably was, were professional soldiers, trained from birth to be ready to give their lives in combat as Spartan law dictated. Conversely, the Thespians were citizen-soldiers (Demophilus, for example, made his living as an architect) who elected to add whatever they could to the fight, rather than allow the Spartans to be annihilated alone. Furthermore, the Spartan royal bodyguard had to stay because of their king's order. No one forced the Thespians to do so; it was their free will. Though their bravery is often overlooked by history, it was most certainly not
3
overlooked by the Spartans, who are said to have exchanged cloaks with the Thespians and promised to be allies for eternity..."[Wickipedia...BATTLE OF THERMOPYLAE] NOTE THAT SECOND PARAGRAPH! "...THEY WERE CITIZEN SOLDIERS...!" Now, T_H_A_T my friends, is the legacy of our calling! T_H_A_T is the GENUINE WARRIORS CREED! "I WILL N_O_T LEAVE MY COMRADES TO DIE ALONE!"...let THAT be OUR "fREE wILL" CHOICE! Yes! Of COURSE there's the WISDOM & TACTICAL NECESITY issue...but I think you get my point! Thus, THERMOPYLAE was an EXCELLENT example of UW! To the E_X_T_R_E_M_E! Too bad they didn't give that "back door" pass a bit more thought & prep...could have been a tremendous FLANKING op for the other Greek troops...OR, who knows what. Unfortunately, they didn't FULLY prepare for BOTH options. That's another FACTOR that is HIGHLY SIGNIFICANT to UW...COVER A_L_L of the options that you can, by PLANNING C_A_R_E_F_U_L_L_Y...take the TIME to FULLY plan & make sure your "exit strategy" is FULLY & MATICULOUSLY developed, so as to inflict the MAXIMUM injury on the enemy, with the MINIMUM on your troops. Posted by apetite (Member # 3793) on 03-30-2007 11:18 PM03-30-2007 11:18 PM: There is a book by ernesto che guevara called Guerilla Warfare. Posted by 08-ARTY (Member # 3529) on 11-05-2007 06:28 PM11-05-2007 06:28 PM: One of the best books I read on the subject is Total Resistance, by Maj. von Dach. It's available through Paladin Press. The book is old as the hills, but unconvetional warfare doesn't need to be high tech. In reality, it should concentrate on the basics, tailored to the situation and equipment on hand. Posted by Doktor_Jeep (Member # 354) on 11-05-2007 08:42 PM11-05-2007 08:42 PM: I am currently reading Total Resistance and it has one flaw: it assumes an enemy that is simply not going to kill everybody. Everything else is pretty good. Posted by DanD (Member # 3411) on 11-05-2007 09:09 PM11-05-2007 09:09 PM: I doubt it would kill EVERYBODY - it needs SOME slaves! I should get this need money applying at walgreens need ammo Posted by Taylor County (Member # 3748) on 11-06-2007 07:27 AM11-06-2007 07:27 AM:
2
Right on O8-ARTY! No flaw in that book. THey do need some slaves and they have to have a certain # of civies and workers and they have to keep them at a certain level of happiness. Think VC and how they beat us. No I am not commie or a VC symp. Just student.. Look at our trash, no really, trash bins, junk piles. We still have tools to make tools, oak branches to hollow out. Hell grow some bamboo trees.. Use your mind. Yes, it might be hard, but your deteamaination and attitude is everything. Try this while on subject of the Swiss.. WWW.Swisslink.com Posted by 08-ARTY (Member # 3529) on 11-06-2007 07:49 PM11-06-2007 07:49 PM: Taylor County...Ya ever work construction? Ya seen a HILTI ceiling grid hanging gun? Hmmmm.... with a few mods... Also, just think of all the other tools in the contstruction trades. Plumbers, electricians, carpenters, masonry... We got RIGID conduit, electric wire (the garrote comes to mind), sheetrock saws, hammers, circular saw blade throwing stars (joking on that one. So, we combine our trash piles, and dipsty dumpsters, and tools, and we got a whole mess of stuff to work with. Posted by dreadstalker (Member # 2459) on 06-09-2008 08:54 PM06-09-2008 08:54 PM: "T.E.Lawrence, best known as "Lawrence of Arabia," introduced a theory of guerrilla warfare tactics in an article he wrote for the Encyclopedia Britannica published in 1938. In that article, he compared guerrilla fighters to a gas. The fighters disperse in the area of operations more or less randomly. They or their cells occupy a very small intrinsic space in that area, just as gas molecules occupy a very small intrinsic space in a container. The fighters may coalesce into groups for tactical purposes, but their general state is dispersed. Such fighters cannot be "rounded up." They cannot be contained. They are extremely difficult to "defeat" because they cannot be brought to battle in significant numbers. The cost in soldiers and material to destroy a significant number of them becomes prohibitive, in all senses, that is physically, economically, morally, etc. It should be noted that Lawrence describes a non-native occupying force as the enemy (e.g. the Turks)." This should be required reading in all of your FTX. That is how I see the militias role in upcoming conflicts. Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-16-2009 07:37 PM08-16-2009 07:37 PM: I am new here and I want to say this is very informative stuff ! Thanks . I am working on a modern times strategy and guerrilla tactics manuel . Right off the top I realized that these 3-5 man groups will have to have absolute confidence in each other . You begin something like this and pleasantly find you are in some good company . Thanks 2 ya all ! Posted by SGTBloodLoss (Member # 3900) on 08-16-2009 07:46 PM08-16-2009 07:46 PM: Before you finish writing that, spell it with an A, not an E: manual.
2
Posted by earl3 (Member # 4374) on 08-16-2009 08:12 PM08-16-2009 08:12 PM: hey thanks and eye will . One of the tactics I am developing is a remote control air defense in an egagement of military style helicopters . These remotes , about 10'-12' + wingspan ,when made mostly of wood do not show up on radar . The remote ground vehicles will work good for the enemy troops and support vehicles . Hey Sarge spell check and get back , Posted by Marc (Member # 2982) on 08-25-2009 02:15 PM08-25-2009 02:15 PM: tag for later study
The Proper Use of Cover Lessons learned from dynamic training Putting something solid — or better yet, something that will slow if not stop the penetration of bullets (cover) between you and the bad guy — is a wise tactical choice. Why then, is the use of cover so frequently ignored by officers in their firearms training? Go to any law enforcement range and watch a qualification course. Chances are that only one stage, if that, will encourage or offer the officer the use of cover. Yes, many deadly assaults occur out in the open. But even in those incidents cover may be within a step or two, and can be gained after you draw or while you’re drawing your pistol, or, for that matter, while you’re shooting. Furthermore, cover should be sought as soon as tactically possible after shots have been fired (bad guys have been known to fake and also have been known to use back up).
Be cover conscious. As you go through your daily routine look around at/for available cover. The use of cover is a good way to gain and keep the tactical advantage. We will call this “cheating,” and in the context of a gunfight, cheating is good! Dueling (standing at 10 paces as you and your antagonist lob projectiles at each other) is a sure fire way to get yourself killed. While conducting training for my agency’s detectives, I was astounded as to how
2
many of their techniques fell apart when they, while armed with Simunitions had to... 1) neutralize a threat; 2) from cover, while; 3) getting shot at by a suspect armed with a paintball gun. As I fired paintballs on their positions of cover, they were instructed to make hits on me while minimizing their own exposure. All manner of contortions and positions were assumed, but what won time after time were the following tactics: Modify your stance based on the type of cover. This means that if you have narrow cover you must get narrow. Short cover requires you get small. Just get the most that you can behind the cover position. This requires that you practice getting into positions wherein you can properly use cover and accurately fire. You never want to do something for the first time while in a gunfight. This is why we practice and why we must practice using different heights, sizes and types of cover. Stay at least an arm’s reach away from cover. If you hug your cover position you are limited in your movement and may be hit by secondary projectiles or shrapnel, if bullets hit the surface in front of you. It seems that some people equate being close to cover with safety, but just the opposite is true. Closeness limits your response options and is actually more dangerous.
Stay back an arm's length from cover. By "hugging" cover you limit your tactical options. Don’t quick peek. I was taught the use of the quick peek in officer survival training years ago. It is vastly overrated. The theory is that, with a quick peek, you can find your assailant while minimizing your own exposure. The problem is frequently the quick bob-out-and-back doesn’t let you get enough visual input to see much of anything, and if you do, once you’re behind cover the suspect may move. Also, when peeking, you are in no position to shoot. I had numerous detectives that tried to use this technique repeatedly, only to catch a paintball on their face mask. In training we call this “learning.” On the street we call this “getting shot.” Be on your sights before exposing yourself from cover. Align the sights behind cover. When you roll out, find the bad guy and place that alignment on the suspect (this is called “sight picture”). Don’t try to move out from cover, then align the sights find the suspect, and make the shot. This takes too much time and exposes you while you’re doing it. Reduce the process by already having the sights aligned. Roll out. I’ll credit John Farnam with recommending this technique. The idea is to
2
roll your upper body out from cover versus stepping out. It is accomplished by getting a solid base behind cover with one or the other foot forward, and rolling out from the waist. I’ve seen it successfully done with a variety of foot positions.
In order to "roll out" from cover, have the pistol up and roll out from the waist. Shoot around, not over, cover. The exception is long low cover, like a wall where you cannot shoot around. Our eyes are positioned one third of the way down from the top of our heads. When we shoot over cover, we expose a lot of target before we are able to see and return fire. So, shoot around cover by rolling out from the side.
You must adapt to the size of your cover. If possible shoot around not over low cover. Reload behind cover. If at all possible, do all speed and tactical reloads behind cover, as well as any malfunction clearance drills. You are susceptible to fire while reloading. If cover is available, while not perform these pistol operations while safely ensconced? In my opinion, all malfunction drills should be done behind cover. Think of it—do you really want to be clearing a double feed out in the open while the suspect is busting caps in your direction? Even if your double feed clearance drill is drawing a second gun, wouldn’t this be more safely accomplished from behind cover?
Now that you’ve learned some of the lessons I did, go out and practice the use of
3
cover. As you go through your daily routine, be cover conscious. Work around your house, car or other points of cover. Use Airsoft or Simunitions for a safe force-onforce training exercise. While on the range, increase the amount of practice in which you use cover, move to cover, and shoot while moving to cover. While doing simulation training, if you have a bad guy role player armed with a marking cartridge pistol ready to tag you if you give him or her the chance, I guarantee you’ll approach the use of cover with a little bit more realism and not like some TV hero. DOCA reloaded in forum Individual and Small Unit Tactics at A Well Regulated Militia. To visit this topic, use this URL: http://www.awrm.org/ubb/ultimatebb.php?ubb=get_topic;f=7;t=000130 Posted by Doktor_Jeep (Member # 354) on 06-08-2007 03:39 PM06-08-2007 03:39 PM: Denial of Combined Arms tactics. Often this subject comes up in usual online and FTF discussions, along with the occasional discussion by those who love state powers whether in war or police actions; such missives ending with "You can't beat them. They can surround you and outnumber you and have all the equipment." Daunting a task as it seems, such cases involve little more than previous situations of small forces versus superior ones. There is nothing new under the sun here. Only what is missing is this: when people are so intimidated by the knight on the 1 ton warhorse bedecked in shining armor and wielding a sword no blacksmith had the resources to make, nobody realizes that you can destroy the forge, poison the horse, and steal the knights underwear (ensuring he will not wear that chainmail *ouch*). Denial of Combined Arms. The Art of War will point out "Attacking the enemy where he is weakest". This tends to be the peroverbial supply line for the most part but in older 2nd and 3rd generation warfare this was difficult. Basically you sent teams deep behind enemy lines to blow bridges and cut pipelines and other wartime stuff on a to-do list. Basic and simple and great stories are written about it and great movies are made. With the advanced state of 3rd Generation Manuever Warfare and the evolution of 4th Generation Warfare, DOCA might need to be looked at from different angles. First, advanced 3rd GW is more than supply lines, it's FOPS and FRPs (forward operating and forward refueling) that are depended upon to extend the reach of an advancing military force. Second are the high-speed supply lines that do not, as we might imagine, simply trail in a convoy behing the advancing forces. As seen in Iraq, it's more complicated than that now. 3rd GW depends highly on Combined Arms Tactics to overwhelm the enemy and take ground. To put it simply. It's most effective against a force that digs in or attempts to fight the battle 2GW style. Combined arms tactics mean what it says: using everything from boots to aircraft to get the job done. He who can overextend the furthest without suffering for it (like tanks running out of fuel or helos with no
4
replacement blades) will win. For the opponents, they bear the brunt of Combined Arms in the worst way, simultaneosly bombed from high above, strafed by gunships, and advanced upon by tanks. Without your own air force and tanks, there is no way to deal with this on these terms. But there is a 4GW element in dealing with Combined Arms tactics that makes it very expensive and takes an edge off of the original intent. Imagine that you have a fighting force that attempts to take and control a valley. An enemy, using Combined Arms, will deploy gunships as far from it as they safely can and fuel range will allow, and perhaps fighter jets or bombers. Tanks can be used as well. Keeping that valley will be expensive if at all possible. The only thing accomplished by an inferior force when such measures are thrown at it is, they managed to make the enemy spend a lot of money and manpower to come after them. Job well done, now leave the valley. Because if you stay there, at most you might be lucky enough to make a footnote in history about a group of brave men who "kept a valley against a superior force for a few days until they had to be hauled off in buckets". What happens for example, is with gunships. The gunships might be stationed far enough away to be safe from the inferior force or remnants thereof, but also far enough away from the main base where all of the parts and fuel are. So it get very convenient for that force to use them quickly and reduced logistical overhead. What happens is, say there are 4 gunships at a FOP, and all 4 of them can (with glee) make things quite miserable for that dug-in inferior force trying to keep that valley. But lets suppose that those inferior forces only make it appear there is just enough control of the valley to make the enemy want to send gunships (costing them manpower and money) and there are detachments safely away from the valley. What to do? Now a smaller force still has 4 gunships after their AO to turn them into grease spots. But what if the FOP is attacked? Will they still send all 4 to the valley? And then, even if a somewhat lame attack, there will now have to be more security at the FOP, complete with more support for it (somewhat defeating the FOP idea). Of course they will want to put more supplies into it now they had to send more troops to defend it. That means more supply lines. Worse yet for them, they might want to keep at least 1 of those gunships around to defend the FOP. Now you have only 3 gunships going to the valley. No sending them all in for a Turkey shoot then. Meanwhile, another point, not in the valley is attacked. Will they have to dilute the gunships at the FOP further or bring more in, turning it into more of a base. And now how many who were at the original base are now at the FOP(s). Can the base be attacked now? And what if it was at this point? Imagine now they might have to send tanks to the FOP or into the field. Less at the base. Surely and perhaps one less gunship being used the way they want it. Some tanks
2
perhaps not being used the way they want to. More troops to deploy in ways and places they did not intend or want. Costing more money, creating shortages in areas they did not plan for, and creating more vulnerabilities. Meanwhile, certain extremely demoralizing tactics used against all that men and machinery running around with no clear battle line.... Even the mere threat of this alone can be enough in some cases. The enemy might be so paranoid at a certain point that they will go Supersize on every operation, costing more men, material and money to the point that little forays against the inferior force would have to be ruled out and spared only for big moves that have more garunteed results. Imagine that 50 man force kept at a small refueling point to protect it: that's 50 less enemy to have coming after you. Kind of like how the US Forces took Iraq rapidly using 3rd GW tactics and then are now held up in the "Green Zone" waiting for the government to keep funding some "big push". This shows that no superior force is spared the effects of DOCA tactics. Probably the better defined elements of DOCA would be: Cost - creating only enough threat to make the enemy waste resources on you. When you use a 1 million dollar missile to destroy an old truck, who really wins that engagement? Manpower - making the enemy use more troops for something that might have taken less, costing more money and material even for smaller operations. Fear - the fear instilled in an enemy will make them disperse resources and equipment widely, making them more vulnerable to attack while at the same time creating more logistical problems and cost. And and enemy that is prone to fear a lot, either by people who get paid to solve all those problems or propaganda that inflates the lethality of an insurgent force beyond it's ability to garner support for the actions used against it (this is called "Falling for their own bullshit"), will make rather silly moves and even go so far as make more enemies. Moral - hit and run tactics, or anything from the official "Insurgents Book of Dirty Deeds", will make these constantly moving, constantly ruck-hauling, and constantly in fear enemy soldiers quite worn out. And civilian contractors who might haul the dirty laundry and fuel for cheap will rething things and ask for a lot more money, making the soiled underwear so much more expensive the enemy might have to go commando in the winter time. Politics - not wiping the enemy out, not making an example of them, and poor reflex actions against the populace (only a matter of time with worn out demoralized soldiers), while costing way more money than a tax base is willing to spend and way more graves than they are willing to dig, is the political edge of 4GW and a reason for DOCA. And remember, not only with the cost of fielding soldiers, but the political implications as well, whenever an inferior force takes down one soldier of a superior one using a .13 Cent rifle cartridge, AFTER so many 10 of thousands spent on training, equiping, and deploying that soldier, marksmanship is still the most
3
important skill. (Running away real fast is the second). Posted by zeroedin (Member # 2857) on 06-12-2007 08:47 PM06-12-2007 08:47 PM: Dr. "J"...Since we're taliking 4th Gen., let's look at this from a SMALL UNIT INSURGENCY angle. We're NOT going to even be around, when the GREAT KNIGHT shows up...(who'll care WHAT he's riding or wearing)...cause we'll have ALREADY blown his FOPS & FRPS to smithereens! We're going to be the COOKS in the local "Military luchenette"...or the street sweepers..garbage collecters..window washers...WHATEVER, that get "allowed" onto base, for service jobs, & that way RECON, & establish methods to infiltrate, aggitate, aggrivate, rock'n roll...and make general havoc, without jepordizing the "inside contact"...o.k.? BUT! Those "RECON" units WON'T be COMBAT troops...until they HAVE to "disapear". We're NOT going to be "TAKING ON THE ENEMY"...this is WHY I so often suggest reading MARCINCOS' "ROUGE WARRIOR" Series Books, because there are DOZENS of good ideas in them, as to how to wadge 4th Gen WARFARE...If the SEALS don't now how to...NO body does! AND PLEASE do not get me wrong here. It's NOT that I'm thinking negatively about you're post, or that it isn't valuable...(I've ALREADY "copy/pasted" into my MANUAL). It's just that I REALLY think that we're going to be forced into a MUCH MORE SERIOUS "INSURGENCY" roll, than anything NEAR a conventional type of combat dynamic. So that: KEEPING THAT VALLEY, won't enter our strategy sessions. BUT! How to CUT their supply lines, capture their commo units...destroy their FOPS....assassinate their local leaders...blow up their eating facilities...snipe individuals...etc. Are THOSE the sort of idea you're talking about?s Posted by ConSigCor (Member # 7) on 10-14-2007 06:10 PM10-14-2007 06:10 PM: GUERRILLA SWARMING Swarming tactics have been used successfully in wars throughout history by a variety of organizations from the tribal Parthians (horse archers) to 20th century Germans (U-boats). Global guerrillas (next generation terrorists) will likely use swarming tactics as part of their doctrine. This technique, in combination with new market-based financing techniques is what's called a killer combo. Definition. A good place to start an analysis of swarming is Sean Edwards' Swarming on the Battlefield (PDF downloads). Here's his excellent definition of swarming: a primary maneuver that results in an attack from multiple directions (all points on the
4
compass) by 5 or more (semi) autonomous units on a single target/unit. Benefits. It's easy to see the advantages of this type of maneuver: * It cuts the enemy target off from supply and communications. * It adversely impacts the moral of the target. * It makes a coordinated defense extremely difficult (resource allocation is intensely difficult). * It radically increases the potential of surprise. Types. Swarming is typically divided into two types: Massed swarming -- Swarmers begin as a massed unit. They break apart and then swarm on target. Dispersed swarming -- Units are dispersed (geographically) from the start. Once a target is identified, they converge to attack. This is the most difficult of the two types of swarming to defend against since the attacker never presents a massed target. Effectiveness. Historically, swarming is successful only when it scores high in the following areas: * Elusiveness -- either through mobility or concealment. * Long range firepower -- standoff capability. * Superior situational awareness -- having more information about the enemy than they have about you. Swarming contra infrastructure systems: guerre de course Given this background, how will global guerrillas use swarming? First, the target for global guerrillas won't be isolated military units but rather urban infrastructure systems. The objective of these attacks will be damage that results in economic attrition. Let's examine how global guerrilla's will leverage swarming tactics to accomplish this objective. The effectiveness of Global Guerrilla swarmers. attack_rotationGlobal guerrilla swarmers will maintain their effectiveness across the vital swarming attributes in the following ways: # Elusiveness. Global guerrillas attain concealment through anonymity in large urban environments. Reliance on the local population isn't necessary. High degrees of mobility are accomplished by leveraging public transportation networks. # Superior situational awareness. Open source intelligence is easy to accomplish (via the Internet, the media, and other sources). Further, encrypted global communications, via the Internet, enables global intelligence sharing information sharing. The small size of operational cells limits the potential of discovery and counter-guerrilla intelligence development. # Standoff attacks. Like many historical swarming attacks, global guerrillas will have significant standoff firepower potential -- the ability to attack from a distance. However, this firepower isn't a traditional weapon, rather, its the global guerrilla's ability to use attacks on infrastructure to impact downstream systems miles (perhaps hundreds of miles) distant. Attacks will be rotated among infrastructures in a modern variant of horse archer tactics. How global guerrilla swarmers will surmount traditional limits to operations.
2
Historically, swarmers have been limited by terrain, logistics, and communications. Global guerrillas will not be constrained by these limits. This makes global guerrilla swarming unique to history as can be seen in the attached 2x2 matrix. The upshot is that global guerrillas will be able to conduct dispersed swarming maneuvers on the operational level. Here's how global guerrillas will surmount the traditional limits on swarming: * Ubiquitous public transportation networks (roads to airlines) enable rapid, low-cost transportation for dispersed units. * Logistics requirements can be met via open economic transactions and don't require population support. The requirements for operations are relatively limited (damage to infrastructure requires low-tech tools). Additionally, the small size of the cells (~5 people) requires little housing/food/etc and in most cases would fall well below the threshold of detection. * Real-time, anonymous, wireless communications (both data and voice -- VoIP, email, Web, cellphones, etc.) enable global guerrillas to coordinate dispersed operations on the operational level. Tactical operations will be of a conventional type, typically by a single unit or individual. Posted by John Robb * Integrate terrorism, subversion, humanitarian work, and insurgency to support propaganda designed to manipulate the perceptions of local and global audiences * Aggregate the effects of a very large number of grassroots actors, scattered across many countries, into a mass movement greater than the sum of its parts, with dispersed leadership and planning functions that deny us detectable targets * Exploit the speed and ubiquity of modern communications media to mobilize supporters and sympathizers, at speeds far greater than governments can muster * Exploit deep-seated belief systems founded in religious, ethnic, tribal, or cultural identity, to create extremely lethal, nonrational reactions among social groups * Exploit safe havens such as ungoverned or undergoverned areas (in physical or cyber space); ideological, religious, or cultural blind spots; or legal loopholes * Use high-profile symbolic attacks that provoke nation-states into overreactions that damage their long-term interests * Mount numerous, cheap, small-scale challenges to exhaust us by provoking expensive containment, prevention, and response efforts in dozens of remote areas Posted by Doktor_Jeep (Member # 354) on 10-15-2007 12:39 PM10-15-2007 12:39 PM: I have not read your entire post, CSC - not yet. But the first thing that comes to mind, given the cursory glance, is "flash mob". Posted by J. Croft (Member # 3405) on 10-15-2007 02:46 PM10-15-2007 02:46 PM:
3
You can deny their combined arms by sabotaging their ammunition plants, stealing their freight, blowing up transport links, making facilities unusable through explosives, chemicals or an outbreak. You can deny further development by subverting their designers and engineers-or targeting them if they won't see the light. You can deny their ability to fly by attacking refineries, pipelines, rail links, tankers. You can deny them a moment's rest by surveying where most active duty and support personnel live and go for recreation.... You can sabotage the raw materials that are used in manufacturing weapons. Additives, impurities, whatever is appropriate. Or sabotage the facilities themselves. These approaches are a long term strategy and except for targeting enemies in civilian settings won't have a immediate impact. A few years down the road if pressure can be built up and sustained the lack of scientists and engineers to design and service their wonder weapons, the strangling of resources, sabotaged plants, perloined weapons and munitions, all the dead that they couldn't guard, will inevitably strangle their war efforts.
SURVIVAL TUNNELING Bunkers as shown here were often linked by tunnels to 1. escape holes 2. undergrou nd food and supplies storage 3. medical areas 4. kitchens 5. rest areas 6. HQ centres •
The image above, left, gives an overall view of a tunnel system. Below are 2 overlapping enlargements to show detail. Images from the book NAM; The Vietnam Experience 1965/75 by 1
Hamlyn ISBN 0 600 563 111
1st Battalion, Royal Australian Regiment, left South Vietnam, having completed almost a full year of combat duty. In leaving, the "diggers" could point with pride to a creditable performance during their stay, highlighted by participation in no fewer than nineteen major operations. Of particular note was an operation conducted in January 1966 which resulted in one of the biggest intelligence coups of the war up to that time. During a sweep of the so-called Iron Triangle, an area near Saigon heavily fortified and controlled by the Viet Cong, the Australian unit discovered a vast complex of tunnels, dug 60 feet deep in some places, which turned out to be a Viet Cong headquarters. In addition to capturing five new Chinese Communist anti-aircraft guns, the Australians discovered 6,000 documents, many revealing names and locations of Viet Cong agents.
1
Opening to a bunker system, found by Australian soldiers on Operation Coburg. << This photo, taken in Viet Nam in 2001, shows an American tourist emerging from one of the concealed tunnel outlets. I rather suspect that having a concrete lid is a post war "improvement" for the tourist trade.
The orange lines represent 1
MAJOR tunnels Dateline.2003. The Cu Chi Tunnels lie 75 km northwest of Saigon ... which nobody these days but the government and maps call Ho Chi Minh City. At the height of the Vietnam war, the tunnel system stretched from the outskirts of Saigon all the way to the Cambodian border ... something like 250 kilometres of tunnels.
Recreation of undergroun d conference room from which Tet offensive was planned
The tunnel system, built over 25 years starting in the 1940s, let the Viet Minh and, later, the Viet Cong, control a huge rural area. It was an underground city with living areas, kitchens, storage, weapons factories, field hospitals, command centres. In places, it was several stories deep and housed up to 10,000 people who virtually lived underground for years.... getting married, giving birth, going to school. They only came out at night to furtively tend their crops. The ground here is hard clay, which made this whole thing possible. But even so, the planning and construction was incredible. People dug all this with hand tools, filling reed baskets and dumping the dirt into bomb craters. They installed large vents so they could hear approaching helicopters, smaller vents for air and baffled vents to dissipate cooking smoke. There were also hidden trap doors and gruesomely effective bamboo-stake booby traps. Of course, the U.S. military knew about the tunnels. The tunnels not only allowed guerrilla communication, they allowed surprise attacks, even within the perimeters of U.S. military bases. The U.S. retaliated with bombs, eventually turning the region into what writers Tom Mangold and John Penycate called "the most bombed, shelled, gassed, defoliated and generally devastated area in the history of warfare." (Webmaster's note. With respect, they hadn't seen the Western Front 1914/18) 1
That was then. While American troops' motivation steadily faded amidst frustration, in part because the tunnel complex allowed their enemies to vanish, the North Vietnamese and their Viet Cong allies remained fired by the fight against "foreign invaders." "All we had was patriotism, which allowed us to suffer anything," said Col. Pham Tan Thanh, who estimates he spent the better part of 25 years in the tunnels. "Sometimes I didn't see the sun for a month," he said, a farmer's tan now replacing his former pallor. "I came up only at night." Cu Chi, a major staging ground for both sides during the Vietnam War, was so devastated by bombs, defoliants and ground combat that it was almost possible to see the Cambodian border 40 kilometers (25 miles) to the west. By government count, nearly half of the sprawling district's wartime population of 46,000 died: 11,000 soldiers and 10,000 civilians. Today, the denuded landscape has rebounded, covered with lush green rice paddies and new rows of rubber trees. The district is home to 267,000 people spread out among small villages and countryside. Most are subsistence rice farmers who use the same techniques as their great-grandparents and whose annual per capita income of dlrs 300 is a fraction of the dlrs 1,200 average in Ho Chi Minh City Today, the trees and bushes have grown back. And since 1988, two sections of tunnels have been open for tourism. There are what some guidebooks call the "real" tunnels at Ben Binh. They remain unlit and mostly unreconstructed, which means chunky Westerners shouldn't even try. After declining the guerrilla costumes and gear we went for a hike through the woods while our guide pointed out bomb craters (labelled by shell type) and smoke vents, thoughtfully steered us around booby traps and let us play a brief game of "try to find the trap door" ... which, of course, we couldn't. Finally, we came to the tunnels. We dropped through a trap door to the first level, 10 feet below the surface, and squeezed through narrow passageways to see bunkers, a hospital, a kitchen and the actual command room from which the 1968 Tet offensive was planned.
2
There are tables and chairs, bunk beds, crude cooking stoves, dummies outfitted in guerrilla garb and, for effect, the occasional live person to give an authentic touch. Even with the tunnels widened it was a squeeze, especially one serpentine stretch at the second level where we had to drop to our knees and crawl while the ceiling scraped our spines. There was a third level, which is hardly 18 inches high and definitely would have required wriggling on our stomachs. We gratefully declined. The day we did all this, the temperature was 98 degrees with correspondingly high humidity, and the sweat gushed so heavily we could hardly hold onto our cameras. It gave us an incredible admiration for the people who lived and struggled here. After one last wriggle, we came up at a snack stand where we got to taste the taro root and green tea that tunnel residents ate. some wording & some photos from http://www.cardozohirsch.com/PAGE0003.htm
GOING UNDERGROUND-LITERALLY-FOR SURVIVAL Posted By: J Date: Tuesday, 19-Jun-2007 14:59:25
Times may come when it's so dangerous that burrowing underground may be the only option. It worked for the North Vietnamese; they had networks of deep underground tunnels that had everything from hospitals to workshops to barracks. Go to: http://www.diggerhistory.info/pages-conflicts-periods/vietnam/tunnels.htm Americans will also need to tunnel-under their cities, towns, in the woods, under and around the coming checkpoints. Some points needed: WATER-can be gathered via above ground cache tubes, filtered through and cached in cisterns, unless a below ground stream can be exploited. POWER-Unless a geothermal source(not common in most locales near the surface) can be exploited for steam power this will be a very thorny problem. Solar arrays are obvious. Any generator will have the dual problems of fuel supply and exhaust. Any tapping of the 1
power grid will show up as consumption/drain and will disclose your location sooner or later. SANITATION-A system must be worked out to orderly dispose of body waste or your shelter becomes your death trap. EXISTING CAVES-Not such a boon, as caves have been mapped and WILL be searched sooner or later for fugitives. ROCK/SOIL STRUCTURE AND EARTHQUAKE POTENTIAL-Even drilling into a mountain invites potential of collapse. Earthquake zones are also risky, meaning ease of escape upon warning by animals that a earthquake is coming. EXCAVATING-How many people do you have? More hands greatly increases the workload and efficency over a single person. What do you do with the excavated material? Asides from exploiting any encountered mineral deposits what to do with it? Perhaps using it for sandbag material for above ground fortifications is the obvious answer. TUNNEL SUPPORT-Your supporting materials must be stout and not be flawed! Furthermore, procuring them steathily is a issue, a large purchase of 4x4 or 6x6 beams will be a obvious red flag. I've gone ahead and posted the entire article DIY tunnelling below. J http://www.cornerstone.ukf.net/crc/tunnel/tunnel.html DIY tunnelling * Why Tunnel anyway? * * Starting off * * Tunnelling Basics * * Shoring * * Light * * Digging further * * Air * * Tunnel Doors * * Lock-ons * * Concrete * * Fortifying the entrance * * Living underground * * Eviction! * * Appendix A - Tools and equipment * * Appendix B - Eviction stashes! * * Appendix C - Imperial/Metric conversion* 2
Edition 1, Summer 1998 For more information on tunnelling, contact Tim, c/o Manchester EF! DISCLAIMER: Choose to express your opinions only once every five years by voting for the least of an extremely small selection of extremely great evils. Choose a legal way of doing things, and certainly choose not to tunnel. Choose not to try and make a difference in any way. Choose to be another cog in the capitalist machine. Choose a car to wash on Sunday afternoons. Choose not to do anything which might in any way make the world a better place to live in. Choose to f--- up the planet instead. Why Tunnel anyway? Once upon a time there were some woods, a short distance from a bend in a river. A wide gully led up, past more woods. On one side of the gully a few individuals set up a camp. A hole was dug. The hole got bigger. And that, to cut a long story short, is how personally for me it all started. The woods are there no longer, but in a world of money, costly evictions act as a deterrent to those who wish to cause even more damage to the planet in the future. In other words, well built tunnels hinder the forces of darkness, and attract the media (which can of course be good and bad, depending on how it is handled). Enough said! Starting off Gather your tools together - at first all you need is a spade or shovel (trenching tools can be quite effective) - and find a place to start. It is best to pick a spot close to the main area of the camp, or fire pit, for a number of reasons. Firstly, this is where other potential tunnellers will be (and you'll be after bucketers before long!), but more importantly it minimises the danger of the tunnel being pigged with no-one in it when the eviction starts. Bear in mind that eviction could come any time, and therefore you need to be able to get inside quickly. If you have a bank (or cliff) to tunnel into, this is also good, as this means you can get quite deep quickly. This gives flexibility as when sufficiently deep, there is nothing to stop you tunnelling up as well as down! - the more complex the tunnel, the more difficult it is to evict, and the more opportunity there is for cunning defences. One big problem that is worth considering at this stage is that of water, of the unwanted kind. Wet tunnels are unpleasant, flooded tunnels are a logistical nightmare, if not writeoffs. The problem can be split into two; firstly, rainwater and run-off can enter the tunnel via the shaft, but this is not the major problem, as a shelter over the top to keep the rain off is usually sufficient. Drainage channels may be required occasionally to remove groundwater from the area, though if you dig into a hillside, the slope will probably be efficient enough at removing water. Secondly, you may strike water underground. Dramatic gushings-in of water are unheard of, but slow leaks are often found and are also a problem. It appears from experience, that woodland tunnels tend to be dry, whereas those underneath fields tend to be wet. This is presumably because trees are efficient at soaking up both rain and groundwater, whereas fields tend to become quaggy morasses in wet weather, and are highly inefficient at removing water. So you've picked your spot? Then onto…. 1
Tunnelling Basics Unless you are digging into a vertical or near-vertical face, you will have to dig a vertical shaft first. This is because there needs to be a sufficient thickness of earth above a tunnel for it to be self-supporting. Imagine a 2' high tunnel, with only 6" of earth above - and what would happen if someone walked over it (if not before)! A good rule of thumb to avoid collapse is to ensure there is a thickness of earth on top (i.e. between the surface and the tunnel roof) that is twice the height of the tunnel you intend to dig. Another good rule of thumb is to have a tunnel width of just over 2' and a height of 2' to 2' 6", as this gives you a good amount of room to work in, and therefore to work quickly, but is not so large as to be unstable. Narrower tunnels can and have been dug - but the cramped working area means that it actually takes longer to dig (shovels particularly will be impossible to use effectively), longer to make defences, and longer to take spoil out (a very tedious job in the best of conditions). People who dig narrow tunnels often say that it means that those getting you out will have to dig it wider. This is true, but it takes very little time to widen a tunnel - when you are digging you will find that once a narrow hole is made, it takes comparatively little time to dig out the earth around it. It is also more feasible to concrete the walls and roof of wide tunnels - there just wouldn't be room otherwise, and it is a lot more work for them to remove concrete than dig out earth. You will find that after such concreting the tunnel becomes quite narrow anyway. Narrow tunnels are also less pleasant to live and work in (you can't move along them easily or quickly, can't turn around, can't pass other people), and the psychological aspects of being underground continuously for long periods of time in a confined space cannot be underestimated. Basically, narrow tunnels cause you much more hassle than it does them unfortunately the term 'wormhole' has achieved undeserved status in some circles. So putting that together, the more alert of you will realise you need a 6' deep shaft (minimum). It is worth though giving yourself a bit more flexibility and safety with the height, and go to at least 7'6". How much further you go beyond that depends a lot on how much of a rush you are in - if possible go to 10', or even further. Make the shaft a comfortable width for getting materials (and yourselves!) in and out - about 3' square is fine. At some point while digging the shaft, buckets will start coming in useful, and hence bucketers (not to mention people for digging, concreting, etc). You could do it yourself, but a one person tunnel team will be tiring, tedious and is unrealistic. Be careful though of entrusting knowledge of a tunnel to people you don't know well - while there is no point in being paranoid, better to be safe, and genuine people will not be offended by being turned away, or not being allowed further than the entrance shaft, as long as you explain your reasons. In fact it is worthwhile to not allow anyone in the tunnel without the permission of the core group of tunnellers. Some may regard this as too authoritarian or elitist, but it is wise from the point of view of safety, security, and simply to stop people, especially 'tourists', from getting in the way! Eventually you will want to start digging inwards. At first there may not be enough room to use the shovel, in which case a lump hammer and chisel/bolster/trowel will come in useful. Normal trowels tend to disintegrate after being bashed for a few days with a lump hammer, so it is useful finding a friendly blacksmith who will make one out of ¼" steel. The type of ground you are going through is also relevant -it may be too stony to kick a 1
spade or shovel far in, in which case a pick may be more efficient. After a while you'll be ready for… Shoring Shoring makes things safer, and provides something to fix tunnel doors onto. To what extent you shore up, and to what degree of elaboration depends a lot on what you are digging through and whether it is a chamber or not. If you are confident enough in the ground you are digging through, you may even want to leave some sections unshored, as those evicting you will probably spend time (and hence money) shoring it themselves. Unshored tunnels are best dug to an arched cross section for safety. This also means they will have to square it off before shoring. Don’t assume though that in an eviction they will spend time shoring it all up themselves unless you have a really long unshored section or it is near the entrance (where it looks good to both the Health & Safety folks and the media). Conversely, they may take out (and replace) any shoring you do put in, so that they can dig the tunnel wider. Also, shoring with doors attached is likely to be removed with the doors anyway. On balance, I would tend these days to put at least some basic shoring in most of the tunnel - short bits that are awkward to shore due to their shape may be left out providing you are digging through very solid material. Apart from the safety issue, you need something to fix doors to. Pyschologically, people will feel better with tunnels shored for obvious reasons, which is something to bear in mind if you want to make it appeal to more potential tunnellers. You will need joists of at least 2" x 3" timber, preferably 2" x 4" or 3" x 3". Pine is easier to work with than hardwoods, and hardwoods are difficult to force (hammer) into place if a tight fit, so you have to cut them to precisely the right length to avoid them being loose. This is easier said than done, as tunnels are never perfectly square or level, and so are very difficult to measure up to such precision. Boards should be ¾" plywood (or similar). In the U.K, boards tend to come in 8' x 4' standard sizes, so if you dig to a width of just over 2', boards 2' wide can be conveniently cut from this by cutting it in two lengthways. It is best to shore in 2' to 3' long sections, with the boards supported at each end by joists. -IMAGEThe diagram shows how to shore up the roof only, with the upright joists recessed (optionally) into the side walls. To assemble, hold the board up (this is a job best done with two people), and hold up the cross beam at one end (a lump hammer may be needed if it is a tight fit). Drop the two uprights into pits dug into the floor to a depth of around 4" and hammer (assuming they are a tight fit) them in place at the top. This should be enough to hold up the board while you do likewise with the cross beam and uprights at the other end. This is fine for the main tunnel, providing the ground is reasonably solid, e.g. most dry clays. If you are going to fix doors to this shoring, it may be better not to recess the joists, but to surround them in concrete instead to make it more difficult for them to be removed. -IMAGEThis diagram shows full shoring for the roof and also the sides. Use this for chambers and 2
also when tunnelling through more crumbly ground. Note the use of a spreader (which can be thinner than the other joists) along the bottom to avoid the uprights sinking due to the pressure exerted on the ground, and also the use of an extra set of cross beams to avoid the side boards and uprights collapsing inwards. Assemble as for the last method, but put the spreaders in first, and the extra cross beams at the very end. Note that the spreaders and bottom cross beams are recessed into channels dug into the floor. There's no reason to stop you using something that lies partway between this and the last method described, if you so wish. Generally, you should not have to nail in the shoring; it should be a tight fit that needs the lump hammer to get everything in place. If the occasional joist is loose, put some nails through, but this should not have to be done much as it just isn't strong enough. Having said that, it is worthwhile nailing the shoring afterwards, as it makes it harder for it to be removed during the eviction; those evicting you may have to do this either to remove doors that are fixed to the shoring, or to dig the tunnel wider if they feel the need. Particularly good are 5" or 6" nails put through the crossbeams, through the roofing boards, and into the earth above. Shoring noticeably makes your tunnel smaller, so you may feel it worthwhile never shoring closer than 2' to the end of your tunnel, ensuring there is plenty of room to dig. Another problem is that the roof (and sides if applicable) need to be as level as possible to ensure close contact between the shoring and the tunnel. The larger the gaps, the greater the distance earth will have to fall before it hits the shoring, therefore the greater the forces involved, and therefore the greater the chance of the shoring breaking. A lump hammer plus chisel/bolster/trowel will come in quite useful for levelling the roof and sides, as well as for cutting recesses for the joists. Unfortunately all this can double the time required for digging the tunnel (and that is before you start adding doors etc.). A problem often encountered when fixing doors to shoring is that the shoring is not square, so you either have to make a door to an awkward shape, or have big gaps around the sides. An easy way to avoid this problem is to shore up as follows. -IMAGEThe trick is to dig out the pits in the floor for the uprights with their inside edges (i.e. those nearest the walls) a measured distance apart, say 2'. Then, nail two brackets (scrap wood will suffice) to the cross beam with their outside edges the same distance apart. Put the cross beams in first (you will need to dig recesses in the walls for the cross beams as shown in the diagram, but these will hold them up loosely while you put the board and uprights in). Now slide the board in. Then, get some tightly fitting uprights and hammer them in till they stop against the brackets. The tops of the uprights will now be the same distance apart as the bottoms. The only other measurement to check, is that the diagonals of the aperture are the same - this is to avoid ending up with a parallelogram shape for the aperture. The aperture, and hence door required for a good fit, will now be square. The uprights in this instance are a few inches in from the tunnel sides - so you may want to dig it a few inches wider. The reason for this is that they can be concreted in so that the shoring is harder to remove (see above), and it is best if the concrete completely surrounds the uprights. If adjacent sections of shoring are concreted, form the concrete in one continuous block - this makes it much harder to remove than if there are lots of short sections. 2
These concrete walls can also act as side shoring if an extra cross beam is put just below the main one at the top (as shown) to prevent collapses from the sides. Light You'll need a source of light, head torches being ideal - with rechargeable batteries if practical. Petzl Zooms are ideal - Megas and Micros are OK, but Megas are more awkward in small spaces due to the bigger battery pack (they are not any brighter then Zooms), while Micros are a bit dim unless you are digging wormholes (in which case they are ideal because there is no large battery pack to get in the way). A Zoom or Mega with halogen bulb, and diffuser if possible, is ideal if you decide to take video footage of the tunnel, although be aware that halogen bulbs reduce battery life by around 70%. Candles are feasible (don't listen to anyone who says they eat all your oxygen - candles will go out before you do!), but if you have long hair like me, then using candles in confined spaces tends to result in setting your hair on fire, something I have now done six times. You will also need candles for the eviction, as they provide the cheapest form of light for reading by, but don't risk falling asleep with one burning. A tunnel fire could be disastrous - burns, smoke, lack of oxygen - and sleeping bags are highly flammable. For the same reason, don’t do what some people did in Devon and try out lock-ons by candlelight. Digging further A twisting tunnel, with a variation (doesn't have to be a big variation) in width and height may be more difficult to evict as it will be more difficult to shore (although you may find that those evicting you dig it wider anyway, to a constant width). It will also be more difficult for anyone to predict where it actually goes! Corners and shafts, particularly upshafts, are going to be more difficult for people to work in, so are good places for doors or lock-ons. You'll also need to think about chambers, doors and/or lock-ons. A lot depends on how much time you have - if you have only a week or so till eviction, and little resources to construct doors, then it may be more worthwhile having a succession of lock-ons, arranged so that people have to be dug out one at a time. If you have a bit more time then doors are more effective, providing they are done properly - more of that later. If the eviction is likely to last more than one day, as it hopefully will, you will need a chamber to sleep in, as well as storage areas. If you are going to be there sometime and have plenty of time to prepare, a 3' high and 3' wide chamber is fine (but make sure it is deep enough to be safe from collapse). This means you can sit up, and also you can curl up when you go to bed (this latter point sounds mundane, but its damn annoying kipping in a chamber that stops you doing this!). If you are not going to be there long (which probably also means you are in a rush to dig the tunnel), a 2' wide and 2'6" high chamber is fine - which handily is the same as the suggested size of the main tunnel. Storage areas need to branch off the sides, and either alcoves or shelves cut in the walls are fine. The important thing is that once the eviction order is made, you are able to have everything necessary for the eviction down with you all the time without getting in the way of you working. Bucketing starts becoming a major problem after a while - you'll find that at some point, sacks tied with rope nooses are easier to haul out than buckets. Make sure you have a reasonable long bit of rope, then its just a matter of crawling along, pulling the sack up to 1
you, crawling along, pulling the sack up to you…… At the end of the Cake Hole one hour of digging gave rise to five or six hours of bucketing! Air Another necessary piece of equipment is an air pipe. A number of things can prevent good circulation (lots of people in the tunnel, up-shafts, narrow tunnels) and this affects different people to different extents. It is also needed in the event of collapse - it maybe the only source of fresh air in that case. Pick flexible piping that is at least 25mm in diameter, but if it is larger, e.g. 50mm, it will be more efficient. Don't hacksaw it but cut it with a knife to avoid plastic shavings, and make sure you always have a knife with you in the tunnel as you may not be able to get to the other open end of the pipe in a collapse. Be careful not to bend the pipe too sharply as kinks will reduce the airflow. Whether it is best to run it along the floor, or the sides, is debatable - in a collapse it may be less likely to break on the floor, but it is more likely to be accessible quickly if it is along the sides. At the entrance of the tunnel, the pipe should have a fan on the end which can be powered from a 12V car battery (a computer fan is sufficient, and won't use much battery power as it is quite small). Make sure that those on the surface know that if there is a collapse, the fan must be switched on! This is why the fan is safest on the surface as opposed to inside the tunnel. Bear in mind that without a fan, the pipe will be pretty inefficient in moving air. Make sure that rainwater and mud cannot get down the pipes i.e. the ends should be raised off the ground at the tunnel entrance. If water/mud does get in then it will form pockets that stop the airflow. To remove it, get someone to blow down the pipe at the top, and catch it in a bucket at the tunnel end. If its been in there some days, it will be stagnant and stinks, so make sure you do this before the eviction - otherwise when the eviction air supply (which tends to have a very high flow rate) gets turned on, it will probably get pushed out then, making things very wet and very smelly. Stale air also needs to get out. If your doors are tight fits and with no gaps around the shoring (which is good from a defensive point of view), make sure short sections of air pipe go around/through the doorframe. It is also a good idea to have an extra pipe going the full length of the tunnel to remove stale air in case of collapse. Whatever your arrangement though, in the interests of safety try to ensure that appropriate people have samples of your air pipe so that those evicting you can bring along something to connect to it. At the very least they will have an air compressor, and it has been known for bottled air to be pumped down tunnels! Tunnel Doors Doors are best constructed out of more then one material - a ply/sheet metal/ply sandwich for example. This is because blades to cut through wood will not cut metal, and to a significant extent, the reverse also applies. A rubber sheet somewhere would probably not go amiss, but it would be such a shame if the heat from a saw blade or drill bit melted it and knackered the tool in question. Make the door pretty thick - in the example mentioned, the ply would be at least ¾".The one exception to a laminated tunnel door is having a very thick (e.g. 10mm steel) door made by a certain friendly blacksmith, that cannot easily fall victim to an angle grinder. 2
Doorframes should be rock solid - assuming you are fixing them to shoring, the joists in question should be strong - ideally 3"x3" or thicker. This also gives a good thickness of wood to drive screws into. To avoid the frames being just lifted out, concrete them in on both sides i.e. concrete the front to hinder the forces of darkness gaining access, and concrete the back so that even after the front concrete has been chipped away, the frame is still ‘glued’ in. It is worth spiking doorframes with nails, for the same reason mentioned for laminating doors. Nails only partially hammered in will ‘key’ concrete onto the frame. More nails fixing the joists together, and to the shoring boards, although not normally needed for shoring will in this instance make the door more resistant to eviction. The hinges and bolts used should be heavy duty; T-hinges are the strongest, and you may want to use as many as the size of the door allows! Use the largest screws possible - at least ø8. A potential weak point if entry is attempted using brute force and ignorance, is where the bolts go into the doorframe - The small brackets supplied with most bolts provide holes for only two screws. You may get away with it if the screws are ø8, but from experience I can say that ø6 screws are not good enough. It is probably better to fabricate your own solution to the problem, possibly involving metal or wood screwed to the frame and maybe backed by concrete. One idea that has been tried with some success is having an extra set of T-hinges attached to this side of the frame, which then get attached to the door at the last minute with nails. Another weakness is the gap between door and doorframe - It is worthwhile trying to get the frame as square/rectangular as possible, and to make the door fit this precisely (though be careful when installing tight fitting doors that you don’t shut yourself in behind a door that won’t open!). There will still be a gap though, however small, that a crowbar or saw blade (to cut the hinges/bolts) could get through. Assuming it is a metal blade for cutting hinges or bolts, put some wood in the way. A better way to avoid the problem is to cover the gap in the first place by putting an extra set of joists in front of the door (concreted in if possible!). Don’t just cover by the hinges and bolts to stop the saw - remember that a crowbar can get in at any of the four sides if there is a gap. Don’t forget that last minute modifications such as nailing on extra hinges stop you getting out in a hurry, so should be just that - last minute! As they are last minute they also need to be quick, so make sure any screws already have decent pilot holes so you can drive them in all the way quickly. You may feel that nails are better on balance because of this, or a combination of nails and screws, with the nails hammered in first, the screws last. Probably the most effective quick addition are long nails through the door into the surrounding frame. Lock-ons You may not require any lock on at all - if there are lots of doors that are definitely going to take a while to get through, you may not feel it worthwhile. If you are not sure of that though, a lock-on at the end of the tunnel can be a good insurance policy if the doors don’t turn out as good as you thought. Also lock-ons can be put in quickly - so are good if you have not the time to get good doors in. Lock-ons in tunnels can be made much more awkward to remove than surface or even tree lock-ons, and probably the best advice here is to let your imagination run riot! A good tactic is to have someone in front of a door, locked behind it. This hinders them working on the door, which needs to be removed before the person can be unlocked. The 2
actual ‘lock’ in this case can be as simple as a chain around the wrist, attached to a rope that is tied to some sturdy shoring. Obviously you need a gap either in the door or next to it, for an arm to fit through - but the good thing about this type of lock on is that if they enlarge this hole, someone else inside the tunnel can pull the locked-on arm further in, and re-attach it! Protest sites are usually full of people who know how to make lock-ons, but I’ll briefly go over it anyway for the benefit of others. You need a tube, about 2’ long, that is arm-sized. Metal is best, but drainpipe is sufficient and easier to work with. Put a rod perpendicularly through the tube near one end - this is so someone can clip onto it using a karabiner (climbing ‘clip’) attached to their wrist via rope, tape, or preferably chain. Be careful that this wrist clip isn’t a self-tightening noose that could constrict circulation to the hand. This is surrounded in concrete, maybe in a metal barrel, maybe buried in the ground, or maybe a combination of both (some cooking oil barrels are handily tunnel sized). Concrete I’ll assume you know, or know someone who can show you how to mix basic concrete. A mix of aggregate, sand and cement in the ratio 3:2:1 is a good general purpose mix, though 4:2:1 is fine if you need more bulk. Use small aggregate; around 5mm, otherwise as small as possible. Granite chippings are hard, as is gravel; limestone is soft, and therefore a last resort. It is best to reinforce any concrete with metal as they will need to keep swapping tools to get through the concrete and metal. Put the metal in place first - chicken wire is surprisingly effective and relatively easy to get hold of. The worst thing in concrete is air holes, and this is quite a problem if chicken wire is stopping the wet mix flowing into the lock-on (you could try adding bits of chicken wire as your pour the mix in, rather than beforehand). Either use a stick to press it down, or hit the sides of any barrel with a hammer, and it should minimise the problem. Making the mix quite wet also helps it flow down. For various reasons some people recommend glass and/or rubber in the mix. The reasoning is that glass is hard to cut through (though it does shatter rather easily!), and rubber will hold up a kango hammer by causing it to rebound (though they are less likely to use a kango in a tunnel, especially as it will be difficult to hold and work with in a confined space). Personally, I would not bother with either rubber or glass, as they both weaken the mix, and shattering glass stands a fair chance of damaging someone’s eyes most likely yours! When concreting walls you’ll need to put shuttering in. These are wooden boards that hold the wet mix in place while it sets. Apart from the confined space, the main problem I have found with concrete in tunnels, is that you cannot put shuttering in completely to the top (you need a hole to pour it in through!). Unfortunately there is no way that I know of to get round this. You may like to run the air pipes through the concrete, so that they are more cautious while chipping it away - this also means that the gaps the pipes run through do not serve as weak points around the doors. In fact, you could even mix in some dummy air pipes they of course, will not know which are which. Fortifying the entrance 2
It is worthwhile paying particular attention to the entrance, for a number of reasons. Firstly, it should be quick and easy to get past the first door, and to shut it (the eviction could start at any time, not just when you are working or sleeping underground). This is a more important than having a well fortified first door, and there is nothing wrong with it simply being a flimsy trapdoor at the shaft mouth, that just gives time for people to get into the main part of the tunnel and/or into lock-ons. The other big consideration is that lock-ons around the entrance, or in the entrance shaft, mean that people who do not want to go underground can take an active part in the eviction. People locked on, possibly around doors (as mentioned under 'lock-ons') greatly slow down the eviction as more care needs to be taken with people than objects, which can mean a slow eviction (this didn't quite happen in the Trollheim eviction, which was quite violent, but that was probably a one-off). Also, people locked-on in the shaft mean that others have that bit more time to get in to the main part of the tunnel, and to shut the door, without being caught. Multiple shaft lock-ons could be mounted above each other, either in the walls or on strong timber platforms, which would be more effective than individual separate lock-ons, as those doing the evicting will have less room and will need to take more care (and therefore time). A good thing about shaft lock-ons is that they will not necessarily go entirely to waste if no-one reaches them come eviction time, as concrete will still have to removed if it is in the way. A surface fort is worthwhile, and can provide sleeping space for people who are going to lock-on around the shaft (presumably, tunnellers will be sleeping underground). It needn't be complex, and can just be a wooden hut surrounded and/or covered with the spoil taken out from the tunnel. It will probably have be taken down in the eviction, to provide a working space for those evicting you, and to provide room to get tools and material in and out. The door to a fort should be at least strong enough to give time for the occupants to lock-on, etc. Living underground …is really nice actually, though I do have problems convincing people of its merits. There are some pitfalls though. If the main tunnel is big enough for more than one person, make sure that everyone is going to get on with each other in a confined space. Everyone may be getting on just fine normally, but problems can arise when stuck together for a few days in a hole in the ground. For example, people need to give each other space and privacy, not be incessant talkers, but still be pleasant to talk to when you do that. You may even feel that a oneperson tunnel is not such a bad thing - that way you have the company of 'their' tunnellers by day, but your own space at night. Another problem that may arise is that even if at first, people do not want to be living in the tunnel, there are times when everyone seems to want to be there. This is a good reason to decide early on who is going to live there (it should be people out of the core group who will presumably be keen, have done plenty of work, and spent a lot of time underground). Be careful about late additions to this group - you need to know that everyone who is likely to get evicted from the tunnel is stable and easy to get on with. Ground rules should be set early, and fixed - any newcomers should respect these. You do need to be sure that people are not going to lose their bottle - during a false 1
eviction alert at Devon, one person was literally fighting to get out. Having someone leave because of this, means opening, and quite possibly losing one of the doors. To guard against this, make sure that everyone who might be in the main tunnel (i.e. not counting shaft lock-ons) during the eviction spends a lot of time below ground, including sleeping. These are all good reasons to have a small core group that already know each other well, know they can get on with each other, and who know that the others in the group are stable. As mentioned previously, this may sound elitist, but it gets the job done and avoids personality problems. Even if someone comes along to help and does lots of work, make it clear that this does not necessarily mean that they will be underground in the eviction. Be especially careful of people who turn up, want to join in, but end up doing little work. At night you need to sleep in the tunnel if there is the threat of eviction, and it is not a bad idea to sleep there anyway, both to get used to it, and to guard against unwanted guests. This may mean evicting enthusiastic helpers at night, and locking the doors to prevent similar wake-up calls, so that you get sleep, space and privacy. If you are the enthusiastic helper, then don't be offended by this - its just that the people who are going to be evicted will be also by necessity living in the tunnel before the eviction, and need sleep, space and privacy just like anyone else. Tunnel occupants may end up keeping odd hours as well, especially if like me you don't like getting up in the morning, but are happy to be working through the night. Its best not to get too nocturnal as it can make your body clock do weird things and means that others aren't as able to help you - though it can make pixieing more convenient. Eviction! Firstly good luck, take care, and may the force be with you. Secondly, don't assume you'll have more than a few seconds warning before you have to leave your hot mug of tea, and have to leg it down your hole. Thirdly, remember the Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy. DON’T PANIC! If all goes to plan, you'll have shut yourself underground, and any lock-ons in the entrance will be occupied. Before long, a bloke in a red jacket and a red hard hat will come along and read out a notice saying that everyone should leave now or face arrest under Section 10 of the Criminal Law Act 1977. If you hear this, you would of course, being a law abiding citizen, leave forthwith. Unfortunately, being down the tunnel you can't hear this. After a while one of two groups of people will turn up. One group, popularly known as the 'Men in Black', dress funnily enough, in black - from head to toe, and with balaclavas on. This lot are from International Mine Rescue, run by Pete Faulding, and as far as we know are ex-special forces (e.g. SAS & SBS.). They are experts who know what they are doing, are used to man-made holes in the ground, and will take good care that everyone gets out safely. They have never been violent or nasty, so be nice to them as well. For all these reasons, they are preferred by both protesters and under-sheriffs. They did the Fairmile eviction (of Swampy fame), the Manchester Airport evictions, and the eviction at the Huntingdon 'Death' Sciences protest camp. The other group, Richard Turner and Associates (RTA) who are the people who evict protesters from trees, are less predictable. They have so far done just two tunnel evictions - Trollheim and Bluebell Woods in Manchester. Trollheim was very violent by all accounts, and little attention was paid to Health and Safety which resulted in them getting 3
their wrists slapped by the HSE. The Bluebell Woods eviction was not violent at all, although it was obvious that unlike IMR they are not experts (and hence not as safe) in man-made holes (some of them are cave rescue, but that is a quite different thing - caves don't need shoring and are somewhat less likely to collapse). The thing about RTA is that they are a bunch of varied people - Tim, 'Mousse' and one of the Richards (not Turner) who ran the show at Bluebell were friendly enough, but there are others in RTA who probably wouldn't be. At first, it may seem like there is little you can do, but all the time you can be listening to what's going on, and doing last minute improvements. You'll inevitably end up chatting to whoever's getting you out, and when they are working on the doors, you can be doing whatever repairs you can from your side. If you have an intercom running up to the trees, then you have someone else to talk to, and if that fails, local radio are a good bet for finding out how things are going. Eventually, they will get to you, and bring you out. You'll probably get arrested for obstructing the sheriff's officers, though you should be given time to bring your property out unless they do that for you. If you come out before they get you out, you may be able to avoid being arrested, but that has only happened once. If arrested, you probably will be convicted, but it typically involves a one year conditional discharge, and a small order for costs (e.g. £40). Appendix A - Tools and equipment * Spade/shovel/trenching tool. It’s a good idea to have one always around at the top as a safety measure. * Pick. * Lump hammer. * Coal chisel and/or bolster and or trowel (preferably a purpose made heavy duty trowel) * Tape measure. * Sharp panel saw for cutting shoring. * Appropriate tools for door and lock-on construction (doors can also be made offsite but make sure they can fit down the tunnel) * If required for installing doors, a screwdriver for fixing hinges and bolts, and a drill to put in pilot holes (alternatively hammer nails in, then extract them with claw hammer or crowbar, leaving a pilot hole). * Crowbar if possible - tends to come in useful for lots of things. * Buckets and/or sacks & rope. * Sharp knife. * Head torch and batteries. Appendix B - Eviction stashes! * Food that doesn’t go off, and doesn’t need cooking. Tins are a good idea - fruit, soups to eat cold, etc. Don’t forget a tin opener - if it stops working a coal chisel and hammer may do the job. * Plenty of nibbles - biscuits, chocolate, etc. Don’t be tempted to eat it all at once though! 2
* Drinks e.g. soya milk and fruit juices. Lots of mineral water (tap water goes off after a few days). You should allow for around 2 litres of fluid per person per day. * Piss bottles. You will be able to use empty water bottles, but bear in mind you need at least 30% more piss bottles than drinks bottles as you take fluid in via food also. In addition, cartons cannot be pissed into after you have drunk their contents. On the same subject, a funnel may be useful. * Carrier bags to shit in, and bog roll. Bury them, or if possible, leave them outside for collection in the morning! On a practical level, it is very difficult to shit without pissing at the same time. In a confined space such as a tunnel, this point is particularly important. * Something to do. Books, writing paper (and plenty of biros in case some don’t work), games, playing cards, etc. All depends on what you like doing really. * Nails (a selection from 2" to 6") and a hammer - a definite for defending doors. Extra wood, and maybe a saw, could also come in useful. Be prepared to improvise e.g. coal chisels become door stops when the last door is being breached! * Candles, plus lighters and matches. Make sure you have spare sets of matches! * A radio. You’ll get medium wave fine, but if you want FM you’ll have to run a wire to the surface. If possible, you may want run this through any concreting or through the air pipes so that it stays there as long as possible. * Something metal and bar-like e.g. crowbar, coal chisel, etc, just in case you have to dismantle shoring (for example) for whatever reason. A few digging tools are worthwhile, and will probably be down there anyway. * Sleeping bag and mat/carpet. Appendix C - Imperial/Metric conversion Being English, I've generally used Imperial units of measurement throughout, so these conversions may be helpful. 1" (1 inch) = 25mm 1' (1 foot) = 12" = 300mm There are a number of reasons this won't work... 1. Bunker buster bombs that took out bin laden 2. Incendiaries that took out the bus that was buried under the Waco Mt Carmel facility... burning alive whoever was in it. 3. The raid on a spiritual community in Montana who had dug tunnels and stocked away provisions for surivival. 4. The fact that sattelites can pick out tunnels... UNLESS you are VERY, VERY careful.... and dig them into cliffs... and cliffs that have an OVERHANG... so the sattelites can't see what you are doing. All in all... I don't think there is ANYWAY we can SURVIVE on our own against the NWO...
1
Look at what is happening in Iraq... this should give all of us an idea of what will be done here in the United States when they start coming after us. If you thought the military assault on Waco was bad... IMO... you haven't seen anything!! As I have said before... I think the ONLY thing that can be done now is through prayer!! If prayer doesn't work... then each and everyone of us has to decide if we want to live as slaves... or die fighting for our freedom! Prison for patriots is FAR worse than anything you can imagine. The prison guards at Gitmo treat Taliban BETTER than American Patriots are treated in US prisons. All you need to do is ask former Congressman George Harris... or read this article http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/archive.cgi?noframes;read=22130 and look at the scars on his body from the diesel route treatment. More photos at above link.
I was a prisoner's wife. I can assure you that being put in a prison is FAR worse for true red blooded American patriots than putting up a fight and dying in a hail of bullets. Wasting your time digging and shoring up tunnels... is just that... a waste of time... What are you going to find when you come out?? YOUR world will have been destroyed... YOU will have to emerge from your cave one of these days... what will you find? Who will be there for you? All the patriots will have been killed off... you will be alone... with the new world order... and believe me... when they catch YOU... YOU will be treated FAR worse than the prisoners they took immediately. As for surviving on your own in the woods... look at what happened to the abortion clinic bomber who fled into the woods. He survived for a while... but was reduced to living out of garbage cans... and had lost almost half his weight. In my opinion... the ONLY way we can put a stop to this without ending up in prison or dead... is to do it through the ballot box. ALL people... left, right... blue states, red states... homosexuals... blacks, whites, Mexicans, legal aliens... illegal 1
aliens... ALL of us have to realize that CORPORATE AMERICA AKA THE NEW WORLD ORDER... is planning a slave state for ALL the world... If illegal aliens think they are going to take good paying jobs away from Americans because they will work for less.... they have another think coming... the minute illegals get the good paying jobs... the corporations will drop the wages... and the illegals will be working for the slaves wages they worked for in their own countries... How in the world do we get this message to the illegals. Most can't even read in their own language... and the foreign language radio stations are controlled by the ELITE!! so the illegals ONLY hear what the ELITE want them to hear!! If you want to survive... you will work with all your heart to throw out EVERYONE in Congress in the 2008 election... and pray to God that Bush et al doesn't declare himself president for life!! : There are a number of reasons this won't work... : 1. Bunker buster bombs that took out bin laden Okay, it's a given that if found the govt. has enough resources and if necessary cannon fodder to overwhelm. The point I'm making is, there are threats that will demand some kind of underground response: *Surveillance avoidance *Smuggling *Clandestine production *Refuge In no way am I suggesting a fortification is possible; when the Viet Cong tunnel was discovered, it was eventually taken out. As for the thermobaric or fuel-air explosive I had one possible inspiration; the detonation and shockwave of one of those weapons through a tunnel is like your car's exhaust going out your tail pipe... there's muffler to break up and redirect that blast wave in all directions. Could not such a system of recurved vents and diffusion rooms with less needed items perhaps stave off enough of a thermobaric detonation to allow survival and escape? Just a thought. : 2. Incendiaries that took out the bus that was buried under : the Waco Mt Carmel facility... burning alive whoever was in : it. Again those people made a Last Stand, but foolishly relied on the political process to rescue them. They should've blasted their way out. If you're discovered you don't hunker down and pray, you fight your way out, or die a quick death. On that particular you're right. : 3. The raid on a spiritual community in Montana who had dug : tunnels and stocked away provisions for surivival. That's why I emphasize discretion and doing the work as clandestinely as possible. That community in Montana? I think I know what you're talking about, they just got contractors and bought in bulk and that was as big a BUST ME signal to the government 1
as you can make! Small steps. If possible. : 4. The fact that sattelites can pick out tunnels... UNLESS you : are VERY, VERY careful.... and dig them into cliffs... and : cliffs that have an OVERHANG... so the sattelites can't see : what you are doing. Or in proximity to existing networks. Great now they'll be checking... : All in all... I don't think there is ANYWAY we can SURVIVE on : our own against the NWO... There are ways, the enemy isn't perfect; it's just that the learning curve's steep and going to get a helluva lot bloodier. : Look at what is happening in Iraq... this should give all of : us an idea of what will be done here in the United States : when they start coming after us. : If you thought the military assault on Waco was bad... IMO... : you haven't seen anything!! Agreed, in principle. However further analysis indicates that yes when "they" start to roll any individual or neighborhood they target's likely to be toast. However, the Iraqi resistance is using bottom rung volunteers who mostly can't fight to wear down the military while their best fighters are kept in reserve and train the survivors better, growing and improving their ranks via live combat while learning how "they" operate. They also are operating on territory they know intimately and have apparantly been preparing for since Desert Storm. Waco like the Brown's residence in Plainfield NH is a single exposed point of resistance that won't last. Far better to hit and move and hide amongst friendlies in the general population... that will come and then so will a huge crackdown in the cities. Which will push the heart of resistance out into the country where there isn't so much ready made infrastructure to conceal in, yet satellites are better at detection-hence, carefully prepared tunnels. : As I have said before... I think the ONLY thing that can be : done now is through prayer!! : If prayer doesn't work... then each and everyone of us has to : decide if we want to live as slaves... or die fighting for : our freedom! If all we got is prayer for intervention by a outside group or force, or for "them" to collapse internally, or some other miracle... I don't know. I do know in my heart that's not true-I know, you have years of being around Gunther, not discounting that. I do know that one single, organized, hierarchial group is easier to deal with than swarms of small groups and individuals operating off a common need. That's the awareness we all need-someone else's enemy is the same as mine when it comes to the NWO and they need our help and we need theirs! All this "I'll wait til' they're at my front doorstep" crap's killing us now! 2
: Prison for patriots is FAR worse than anything you can : imagine. The prison guards at Gitmo treat Taliban BETTER : than American Patriots are treated in US prisons. All you : need to do is ask former Congressman George Harris... or : read this article : : http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/archive.cgi?noframes;read=22130 : and look at the scars on his body from the diesel route : treatment. More photos at above link. : : I was a prisoner's wife. I can assure you that being put in a : prison is FAR worse for true red blooded American patriots : than putting up a fight and dying in a hail of bullets. Ain't that their plan? A grim choice between dying in a cyanide gas inferno and being systematically tortured? Their "spirituality" hinges on feeding off our very minds and souls, so Patriots filled with God are a special delicacy. Still, there's going out in a Last Stand, and there's surviving, planning, making allies, helping them out/and they helping you out, and making another fight somewhere else... there are only so many SWAT teams, so many soldiers and if there are ten or twenty "incidents" a day, they'll be swamped... maybe even overwhelmed. Who knows? But preplanned peaceful protests unless for recruiting purposes don't work with these guys. Massive sudden noncompliance works. Selected, sudden strikes works. It's all dependent on resources/men available, available targets, and most importantly-how to escape to do it all over again the next day? Perhaps a few tunnels carefully positioned and hidden might help. So why not post the basic info on their construction? : Wasting your time digging and shoring up tunnels... is just : that... a waste of time... : What are you going to find when you come out?? YOUR world will : have been destroyed... Actually I HOPE SO! This civilization is the creation of beasts who have harnessed Man for millenia. It's customs, it's measurements, beliefs, it's politics, religion, the ways it does business bridle Man as a beast of burden instead of enabling Man to become what he could yet be! YOU will have to emerge from your : cave one of these days... what will you find? Who will be : there for you? All the patriots will have been killed : off... you will be alone... with the new world order... and : believe me... when they catch YOU... YOU will be treated : FAR worse than the prisoners they took immediately. : As for surviving on your own in the woods... look at what 2
: happened to the abortion clinic bomber who fled into the : woods. He survived for a while... but was reduced to living : out of garbage cans... and had lost almost half his weight. And, as you've gotten from above, I'm not suggesting mere hiding, Raye. A plain hider is a coward, provided he's not discovered first, which is inevitable. But I'll let you in on something; the First Resisters are dead meat. Just about all of them unless they can not only hide from authorities in the North Carolina hinterland for years and fight like Wild Bill Hickock, but also get OTHERS to join him. Why would they sacrifice all their creature comforts-let alone their jobs and family-to join you on a seemingly hopeless crusade? You better be able to convince them that joining the Resistance, even just for providing shelter food and ammo, is preferable to their lives... which are slated to be extinguished once the artificial life support for the American domestic socio-economic system are PULLED ON CUE! Who are these people gonna be? Probably 98% of all known Patriots are already known and targeted. So your raps gonna have to work on people sympathetic. And you gotta know who those people are going to be (HINT: NOT ANYONE WITH THE MOST TO LOSE FROM THE WAY THINGS ARE NOW!) : In my opinion... the ONLY way we can put a stop to this : without ending up in prison or dead... is to do it through : the ballot box. ALL people... left, right... blue states, : red states... homosexuals... blacks, whites, Mexicans, : legal aliens... illegal aliens... ALL of us have to realize : that CORPORATE AMERICA AKA THE NEW WORLD ORDER... is : planning a slave state for ALL the world... That in a expanded sense is what Fred of www.rwva.org terms the "soft war". "They" are making the big moves now, this is their most critical time-political action is exactly what's called for! That's why I write articles for the Mexicans: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/07/message-to-latino-legal-or-otherwise.html For African-Americans: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2006/05/message-to-african-american.html For Jews: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2007/02/message-to-jew.html For all the Gangbangers being used as pawns to scare people into slavery: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2006/10/message-to-american-gangsta.html To any celebrities reading this: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/07/message-to-celebrity.html To Cops, Federal Agents, and Soldiers: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/03/message-to-police-officer.html http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/07/second-message-to-police-officer.html 2
http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/12/message-to-soldier.html To fellow Patriots, of course: http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/08/message-to-patriot-movement.html : If illegal aliens think they are going to take good paying : jobs away from Americans because they will work for : less.... they have another think coming... the minute : illegals get the good paying jobs... the corporations will : drop the wages... and the illegals will be working for the : slaves wages they worked for in their own countries... : How in the world do we get this message to the illegals. Most : can't even read in their own language... and the foreign : language radio stations are controlled by the ELITE!! so : the illegals ONLY hear what the ELITE want them to hear!! The obvious solution is to make video-with personalities they will respect. It's the same problem as trying to reach all the un-interneted old folks who only know ABC, CBS, NBC, and FOX. Some may awaken, a few of them might get activated enough to wake up others in how they're being USED. Someone with a GOOD understanding of Latin America who's a Patriot needs to get together with someone skilled in video production, and come up with some workable ideals-quick. : If you want to survive... you will work with all your heart to : throw out EVERYONE in Congress in the 2008 election... and : pray to God that Bush et al doesn't declare himself : president for life!! I've discussed at length what would be involved with that: Message to Mr. and Mrs. America http://freedomguide.blogspot.com/2005/06/message-to-mr-and-mrs-america.html A political base naturally becomes a resistance base. But the base MUST BE BUILT FIRST! Any Patriots out there going out to their town halls, looking up their bylaws, figuring out how to stage emergency recall elections? Figuring out what hot button issues that'll sway all the sheeeeple? Getting like minded residents and building a local political machine? Are these apparently phantom patriots then plotting how they're going to gut all the crap communitarian laws passed, all the ordinances, the taxes, how they're going to divest all the under the table investments those bastards made to finance this changeover to a Free State as the Second Ammendment stated must be guarded by EVERYONE having the RIGHT to BEAR ARMS? Are these patriot easter bunnies(because they don't exist)plotting how to infiltrate and liberate their surrounding communities likewise, and at the same time find a way to stage a emergency recall of their county sheriff so they can operate under the cover of that office? Any plans on cooperating with whoever they have to, to get actual real life results? Make a real life example of what America is supposed to be so others will awaken when 2
confronted with a nice town, with low taxes, civil peace officers, prosperity? WHERE THE HELL ARE THEY? I'D BE LUCKIER TO WAIT BY MY EFFIN' CHIMINY WAITING FOR SANTA CLAUSE THAN FIND ANY OF YOU SLACKERS MOVING TO BECOME REVOLUTIONARIES, WHEN WE'RE STILL IN THE SOFT WAR!! I've been banging the keyboards and cutting and pasting for the past three years fighting the good fight in the soft war. Best I've gotten are "attaboys" and, "you're my favorite writer". It ain't enough. Nowhere near. And now? I don't know how much time we really got. I don't know how much time I personally got before I can't do this anymore or simply burn out completely and fend for myself. Yeah, I'm not effin' SuperPatriot. Where's the militias? Where's all those intellectual masturbators known as Libertarians and Constitutionalists? Where are the Christian Patriots-aside from praying for Armageddon so they can get a exit from the NWO's Apocalypse? Where's Hobo with a Shotgun? Where's J.B. Campbell? Randy Weaver's doing something-not the best thing, he ought to have been smuggling the Browns out and start making the Patriot Underground more than RMN rumor. It's past time for action: on the "soft war" on learning how to fight and shoot, on how to survive, and having some safe houses and hiding places when this Potemkin America is destroyed. A cave or tunnel to escape the satellite surveillance JUST MIGHT be useful. I wish you the best. We'll all need it. Or we can live like that little boy below... J. Croft http://freedomguide.blogspot.com
2
now understand what you are getting at!! Not everyone can do this... but he's right... it would work... I also have advised people to look at what the Iraqis are doing. IF the NWO has learned anything from their Iraq war... it should be this... you can't take over a country that is armed to the teeth... raye
"The Strategic Corporal: Leadership in the Three Block War" Marines Magazine, January 1999 by Gen. Charles C. Krulak Operation Absolute Agility 0611: The African sun had just risen above the hills surrounding the sprawling city and sent its already dazzling rays streaming into the dusty alleyway. Corporal Hernandez felt the sun on his face and knew that today would, again, be sweltering. He was a squad leader in 2d Platoon, Lima Company and had, along with his men, spent a sleepless night on the perimeter. For the past week his platoon had provided security to the International Relief Organization (IRO) workers who manned one of three food distribution points in the American Sector of Tugala -- the war-torn capital of Orange -- a Central African nation wracked by civil unrest and famine. The situation in Orange had transfixed the world for nearly two years. Bloody tribal fighting had led first to the utter collapse of the government and economy, and ultimately, to widespread famine. International efforts to quell the violence and support the teetering government had failed, and the country had plunged into chaos. The United States had finally been compelled to intervene. A forward deployed Marine Expeditionary Unit (Special Operations Capable) was
1
ordered to assist the efforts of the ineffective Regional Multi-National Force (RMNF) and the host of international humanitarian assistance organizations that struggled to alleviate the suffering. The MEU's arrival had stabilized the situation and allowed the precious relief supplies to finally reach the people who needed them most. The Food Distribution Point (FDP) manned by 2d Platoon serviced over 5,000 people daily. The Marines had, at first, been shocked at the extent of the suffering, by the constant stream of malnourished men and women, and by the distended bellies and drawn faces of the children. The flow of food and medical supplies had, however, had a dramatic impact. The grim daily death tolls had slowly begun to decrease and the city had begun to recover some sense of normalcy. Within a month the lives of the Marines had assumed a sort of dull routine. Corporal Hernandez removed his helmet and rested his head against the mud wall of the house in which his squad was billeted and waited for his MRE to finish heating; satisfied that he and his fellow Marines were making a difference. 0633: The dust and rumble of a half dozen 5-Tons pulling into the market square caught the attention of Corporal Hernandez. Escorted by Marines, the convoy brought with it the food and medical supplies that meant life or death to the inhabitants of this devastated neighborhood. With it also came word of life beyond the confines of this small corner of Orange and useful intelligence concerning the disposition of the opposing factions that wrestled for its control. Today, the convoy commander had disturbing news for the platoon commander, Second Lieutenant Franklin. Members of the OWETA faction, led by the renegade warlord Nedeed, had been observed congregating near the river that divided the capital in half and marked the boundary separating the turf of OWETA from that of its principal rival. Nedeed had long criticized the presence of the RMNF and had frequently targeted its personnel for attack. While he had strenuously denounced the presence of U.S. forces, he had, so far, refrained from targeting American personnel. As starvation became less a concern, however, tensions had begun to rise and there was growing fear that open hostilities would breakout again and that attack of RMNF and MEU personnel was increasingly likely. Lieutenant Franklin passed the report to his company commander and then gathered his squad leaders together to review the developing situation. 1st Squad was ordered to move about four hundred meters north and man a roadblock at Checkpoint (CP) Charlie. Corporal Hernandez returned to his position, reluctantly disposed of his uneaten MRE, and prepared his Marines to move out. The movement to the road intersection at CP Charlie was uneventful and took less than ten minutes. The squad had manned the post before and was familiar with the routine. Prestaged barricades were quickly moved into place to secure the street to vehicular traffic and a triple strand of concertina was strung in order to control pedestrian movement. Corporal Sley and his fire team moved a hundred meters north and established an Observation Post (OP) on the roof of a two-story building that afforded excellent fields of view. By 0700, the squad was in position. At that hour, the city was still quiet, and except for the intel report concerning OWETA activity, there was no evidence that this day would be any different from the previous. The Marines of 1st Squad settled in for another long hot day of tedious duty. 0903: By nine o'clock, the normal large crowd, mostly women and children with baskets in hand, had gathered to await passage through the checkpoint. The Marines orders were clear: they were to deny access to anyone carrying a weapon and to be alert for any indications of potential trouble. Their Rules of Engagement (ROE) were unambiguous: anyone observed with an automatic weapon was considered hostile, as was anyone who intentionally threatened Marine personnel. The MEU Commander had made this policy clear in meetings with each of the warlords in the early days of the deployment. His directness had paid dividends and to date, no MEU personnel had been wounded by small arms fire. The factions had kept a low profile in the American sector and had not interfered with those convoys accompanied by Marines. Such was not the case, however, in adjacent sectors, where RMNF personnel had frequently been the target of ambush and sniper fire. The Marines had stayed on their toes. 0915: Corporal Sley reported from his position on the rooftop that the crowd was especially large and included an unusually high proportion of young adult males. He sensed an ominous change
2
in the atmosphere. Less than a mile away, he could see the vehicles of Nedeed's gang gathered at the far side of the bridge spanning the river that separated the OWETA and Mubasa factions. He passed his suspicions on to his squad leader, "Something big is about to happen." The day promised to be a break from the routine. 0921: Corporal Hernandez promptly relayed Sley's report and concerns to his platoon commander and learned from Lieutenant Franklin that Nedeed's chief rival -- Mubasa -- was moving west toward CP Charlie. Mubasa's intentions seemed clear; his route would bring him directly to CP Charlie and an ultimate collision with Nedeed. 1st Squad's position astride the two MSR's placed them squarely between the rival clans. Lieutenant Franklin directed Hernandez to extend the road block to cover the road entering the intersection from the West and indicated that he and Sergeant Baker's 2d Squad were en route to reinforce. Corporal Hernandez could feel the tension grow. The crowd had become more agitated, aware that Mubasa's men were near and concerned that the vital food distribution might be disrupted. The young men had begun to chant anti-U.S. slogans and to throw rocks at the startled Marines. Corporal Hernandez felt the situation slipping out of control and decided to close the road completely. With great difficulty, the barriers were shifted and the concertina was drawn back across the narrow access point. The crowd erupted in protest and pressed forward. 0931: Overhead, the whirring blades of a low flying IRO UH-1 were heard, but failed to distract the crowd. Their curses and chants, however, were drowned out for an instant by the sound and shock wave of an explosion. The helo had apparently been hit by ground fire, possibly an RPG, and had burst into flames and corkscrewed to the ground several blocks east of the OP. Corporal Sley had observed the crash from his vantage atop the building and saw, to his relief, that at least two survivors had struggled from the flaming wreckage. His relief, however, was short-lived. In the distance, he could see Nedeed's men rushing across the bridge. Sley urgently requested permission to immediately move to the assistance of the downed helo crew. 0935: While Corporal Hernandez considered the feasibility of a rescue attempt, the situation took another serious turn; three vehicles loaded with Mubasa's men and followed closely by a INN film crew arrived on the scene. Brandishing automatic weapons and RPG's, they forced their vehicles through the crowd until the bumper of the lead truck rested against the barricade. With their arrival, the already agitated crowd abandoned all restraint. The occasional rock had now become a constant pelting of well-aimed missiles. One had hit Lance Corporal Johnson in the face. The resulting wound, although not serious, bled profusely and added to the rising alarm. Somehow the sight of the bright red blood streaming down the face of the young Marine fed the crowd's excitement and heightened the panic growing within the squad. What had started out as another routine day of humanitarian assistance was rapidly becoming something else entirely. A Molotov Cocktail crashed into the position injuring no one, but contributed further to the confusion. The Marines of 1st Squad looked from man to man and then stared questioningly at Corporal Hernandez. He reassuringly returned the gaze of each man, knowing better than any of them that the fate of the squad, of the wounded IRO personnel, and perhaps, of the entire multi-national mission, hung in the balance. In the span of less than three hours he had watched a humanitarian assistance mission turn terribly wrong and move ever closer to outright disaster. Corporal Hernandez was face to face with the grave challenges of the three block war and his actions, in the next few minutes, would determine the outcome of the mission and have potentially strategic implications. The Three Block War The fictional mission described above -- Operation Absolute Agility -- is similar to many that have been conducted around the world in recent years and represents the likely battlefield of the 21st Century. It also represents, in graphic detail, the enormous responsibilities and pressures which will be placed on our young Marine leaders. The rapid diffusion of technology, the growth of a multitude of transnational factors, and the consequences of increasing globalization and economic interdependence, have coalesced to create national security challenges remarkable for their complexity. By 2020, eighty-five percent of the world's inhabitants will be crowded into coastal cities -- cities generally lacking the infrastructure required to support their burgeoning populations. Under these conditions, long simmering ethnic, nationalist, and economic tensions
3
will explode and increase the potential of crises requiring U.S. intervention. Compounding the challenges posed by this growing global instability will be the emergence of an increasingly complex and lethal battlefield. The widespread availability of sophisticated weapons and equipment will "level the playing field" and negate our traditional technological superiority. The lines separating the levels of war, and distinguishing combatant from "non-combatant," will blur, and adversaries, confounded by our "conventional" superiority, will resort to asymmetrical means to redress the imbalance. Further complicating the situation will be the ubiquitous media whose presence will mean that all future conflicts will be acted out before an international audience. Modern crisis responses are exceedingly complex endeavors. In Bosnia, Haiti, and Somalia the unique challenges of military operations other-than-war (MOOTW) were combined with the disparate challenges of mid-intensity conflict. The Corps has described such amorphous conflicts as -- the three block war -- contingencies in which Marines may be confronted by the entire spectrum of tactical challenges in the span of a few hours and within the space of three contiguous city blocks. The tragic experience of U.S. forces in Somalia during Operation Restore Hope illustrates well the volatile nature of these contemporary operations. Author Mark Bowden's superb account of "The Battle of Mogadishu," Blackhawk Down, is a riveting, cautionary tale and grim reminder of the unpredictability of so-called operations other-than-war. It is essential reading for all Marines. The inescapable lesson of Somalia and of other recent operations, whether humanitarian assistance, peace-keeping, or traditional warfighting, is that their outcome may hinge on decisions made by small unit leaders, and by actions taken at the lowest level. The Corps is, by design, a relatively young force. Success or failure will rest, increasingly, with the rifleman and with his ability to make the right decision at the right time at the point of contact. As with Corporal Hernandez at CP Charlie, today's Marines will often operate far "from the flagpole" without the direct supervision of senior leadership. And, like Corporal Hernandez, they will be asked to deal with a bewildering array of challenges and threats. In order to succeed under such demanding conditions they will require unwavering maturity, judgment, and strength of character. Most importantly, these missions will require them to confidently make well-reasoned and independent decisions under extreme stress -- decisions that will likely be subject to the harsh scrutiny of both the media and the court of public opinion. In many cases, the individual Marine will be the most conspicuous symbol of American foreign policy and will potentially influence not only the immediate tactical situation, but the operational and strategic levels as well. His actions, therefore, will directly impact the outcome of the larger operation; and he will become, as the title of this article suggests -- the Strategic Corporal. The Strategic Corporal Regrettably, the end of the Cold War heralded not the hoped for era of peace, but rather, a troubling age characterized by global disorder, pervasive crisis, and the constant threat of chaos. Since 1990, the Marine Corps has responded to crises at a rate equal to three times that of the Cold War -- on average, once every five weeks. On any given day, up to 29,000 Marines are forward deployed around the world. In far-flung places like Kenya, Indonesia, and Albania, they have stood face-to-face with the perplexing and hostile challenges of the chaotic post Cold War world for which the "rules" have not yet been written. The three block war is not simply a fanciful metaphor for future conflicts -- it is a reality. Like Corporal Hernandez, today's Marines have already encountered its great challenges and they have been asked to exercise an exceptional degree of maturity, restraint, and judgment. Marines, of course, have always shone most brightly when the stakes were highest. The NCO's that led the bloody assaults on the German machine-gun positions at Belleau Wood intuitively understood the importance of their role. The Marines of 2d Battalion, 28th Marines, who scaled the fireswept heights of Mount Suribachi needed no one to emphasize the necessity of initiative. The Marines of the Chosin Reservoir, of Hue City, and of countless other battles through the years did not wait to be reminded of their individual responsibilities. They behaved as Marines always have, and as we expect today's Marines and those of the future to behave -- with courage, with aggressiveness, and with resolve. The future battlefields on which Marines fight will be increasingly hostile, lethal, and chaotic. Our success will hinge, as it always has, on the
2
leadership of our junior Marines. We must ensure that they are prepared to lead. How do we prepare Marines for the complex, high-stakes, asymmetrical battlefield of the three block war? How do we develop junior leaders prepared to deal decisively with the sort of real world challenges confronting Corporal Hernandez? The first step of the process is unchanged. Bold, capable, and intelligent men and women of character are drawn to the Corps, and are recast in the crucible of recruit training, where time honored methods instill deep within them the Corps' enduring ethos. Honor, courage, and commitment become more than mere words. Those precious virtues, in fact, become the defining aspect of each Marine. This emphasis on character remains the bedrock upon which everything else is built. The active sustainment of character in every Marine is a fundamental institutional competency -- and for good reason. As often as not, the really tough issues confronting Marines will be moral quandaries, and they must have the wherewithal to handle them appropriately. While a visceral appreciation for our core values is essential, it alone will not ensure an individual's success in battle or in the myriad potential contingencies short of combat. Much, much more is required to fully prepare a Marine for the rigor of tomorrow's battlefield. An institutional commitment to lifelong professional development is the second step on the road to building the Strategic Corporal. The realignment of the Recruit Training and Marine Combat Training programs of instruction reveal our reinvigorated focus on individual training. Those programs remain the most important steps in the methodical process of developing capable Marines. Our Formal Schools, unit training and education programs, and individual efforts at professional education build on the solid foundation laid at recruit training and sustain the growth of technical and tactical proficiency and mental and physical toughness. The common thread uniting all training activities is an emphasis on the growth of integrity, courage, initiative, decisiveness, mental agility, and personal accountabilty. These qualities and attributes are fundamental and must be aggressively cultivated within all Marines from the first day of their enlistment to the last. Leadership, of course, remains the hard currency of the Corps, and its development and sustainment is the third and final step in the creation of the Strategic Corporal. For two hundred and twenty-three years, on battlefields strewn across the globe, Marines have set the highest standard of combat leadership. We are inspired by their example and confident that today's Marines and those of tomorrow will rise to the same great heights. The clear lesson of our past is that success in combat, and in the barracks for that matter, rests with our most junior leaders. Over the years, however, a perception has grown that the authority of our NCO's has been eroded. Some believe that we have slowly stripped from them the latitude, the discretion, and the authority necessary to do their job. That perception must be stamped out. The remaining vestiges of the "zero defects mentality" must be exchanged for an environment in which all Marines are afforded the "freedom to fail" and with it, the opportunity to succeed. Micro-management must become a thing of the past and supervision -- that double-edged sword -- must be complemented by proactive mentoring. Most importantly, we must aggressively empower our NCO's, hold them strictly accountable for their actions, and allow the leadership potential within each of them to flourish. This philosophy, reflected in a recent Navy Times interview as "Power Down," is central to our efforts to sustain the transformation that begins with the first meeting with a Marine recruiter. Every opportunity must be seized to contribute to the growth of character and leadership within every Marine. We must remember that simple fact, and also remember that leaders are judged, ultimately, by the quality of the leadership reflected in their subordinates. We must also remember that the Strategic Corporal will be, above all else ... a leader of Marines. Conclusion And what of Corporal Hernandez? While his predicament is certainly challenging, it is not implausible. What did he do? First, he quickly reviewed what he knew. He was certain that Lieutenant Franklin and 2d Squad would arrive within a matter of minutes. He knew that the crash site was located within the adjacent RMNF unit's sector and that it manned checkpoints astride Nedeed's route to the downed helo. He knew that any exchange of gunfire with Mubasa's gunmen would likely lead to civilian casualties and jeopardize the
2
success of the humanitarian mission. Second, he considered what he did not know. He was uncertain of either Nedeed's or Mubasa's intentions, or of the feasibility of a rescue attempt. Based on these considerations and myriad other tangible and intangible factors, he completed a rapid assessment of the situation -- and acted. Corporal Sley was directed to maintain his position atop the building and continue to monitor Nedeed's progress and the status of the casualties. Hernandez then switched frequencies and contacted the Marine liaison with the adjacent RMNF unit and learned that they had already dispatched medical personnel to the helo crash site, but were unaware of Nedeed's movement and would now because of Hernandez's warning reinforce the appropriate checkpoints. By the time that transmission was completed, Lieutenant Franklin had arrived with the additional squad. With them came a neighborhood leader who had previously acted as an interpreter and mediator. Mubasa's men, apparently uncomfortable with the shift in odds, began to slowly withdraw. The mediator, a recognizable and respected figure in the community, was handed a bullhorn and addressed the crowd. Within minutes the situation was diffused: Mubasa's men had departed, the crowd was calmed, and RMNF personnel had reached the crash site. For a few tense minutes though, the fate of both 1st Squad and the overall mission had hung in the balance and on the actions of a young Marine leader. As would be expected, our Strategic Corporal -- firmly grounded in our ethos, thoroughly schooled and trained, outfitted with the finest equipment obtainable, infinitely agile, and above all else, a leader in the tradition of the Marines of old ... made the right decision.
GLOBAL GUERRILLAS AND TEMPORARY AUTONOMOUS ZONES Like pirates of the past (particularly those of the 1st century BC and 18th century), global guerrillas operate from geographically dispersed locations. These locations are sanctuaries of convenience on a global scale. Examples include: •
Failed and collapsed states. GGs are able to establish mobile operations centers (Sudan and Afghanistan) and generate new sources of funding (opium in Afghanistan and oil "bunkering" in Nigeria) within these vacuums of authority.
•
Zones of chaotic organic order. Negotiated relationships with tribesmen in Waziristan (Pakistan), have provided security, intelligence, and supplies for GG groups. In Fallujah (Iraq), GGs have used a collapse of state authority and the subsequent rise of organic Islamic order to provide cover for cells.
•
The Internet. The size and structure of the Internet provides virtual sanctuary. The Internet provides the glue that links groups that operate within the ancient modes of organic order -- religious, tribal, etc. -- that form the backbone of the physical world sanctuary, with the modern world's operational environment. 2
However, the Internet is more than merely a communications medium, it is a place of sanctuary in itself. The TAZ Global guerrillas do not require extensive logistical structures. Their units are small, fleet, and adaptable. Despite this, they are able to inflict extensive damage by leveraging the power of networks and markets. Most GG activity is accomplished within the confines of "controlled" areas (that's where the targets are), however, much of the long term planning and training occurs within temporary autonomous zones (TAZs) -- areas beyond the control of the global nation-state system. GGs can "manufacture" TAZ sanctuaries as needed from any location that exhibits a vacuum of global order. These places provide staging grounds for offensive operations in "controlled" areas. The elimination of TAZs will be a long-run problem for nation-states. Unfortunately, military solutions can work against progress by creating a TAZ where none existed before (example: Fallujah). Here are some ideas on how to approach the problem: •
Rapidly shifting locations. Entrepreneurial guerrillas are quick to take advantage of new opportunities for sanctuary when they arise. A partial solution is to avoid the creation of power vacuums via failed or collapsed states whenever possible (example: Iraq). A failed/collapsed state is worse than a rogue state. Economic and other non-military support structures need to be strengthened to prevent state failure.
•
Locations that resist interdiction. Remote, hostile territory makes rapid response difficult. Nation-states require significant periods of time to work through the complexities (mostly political) necessary to neutralize these locations.
•
Diversity. Again the theme of "strength through diversity" is apparent. There isn't any single formula for eliminating TAZs. Each location requires an unique effort.
Comments I would certainly consider the Internet a 'virtual' sanctuary for global guerrillas. In fact, it might be the primary sanctuary for them as it is a natural fit to their decentralized and yet global nature. The other sanctuaries mentioned, however, are not really 'virtual'. Perhaps you mean, ad hoc, or temporary, but the truth is they fit very much into the pattern of conventional geurrilla warfare, with a global twist. In the past, geurrillas exploited these kinds of areas WITHIN a state [or near its borders] to establish 'remote' sanctuaries to defeat the state's ruling government. What has changed here is the scale. Now, they are simply using complete states or large parts of them to establish sanctuaries WITHIN the global system to defeat the global system's ruling government -- in effect, the US and/or the West. Nevertheless, the Internet is truly a virtual sanctuary for the GGs and adds a new dimension to the conflict. Posted by: Strategic Armchair Command | Friday, 20 August 2004 at 05:18 PM GGs have sanctuary wherever they are able to plan and prepare. McVie, Aum Shinrikyu, Jonestown, even Heaven's Gate all operated without notice until they happened. GGs are small groups, possibly even individuals, who leverage technology into large-scale, indiscriminate destruction and confusion. They can be anywhere. 2
Posted by: gmoke | Friday, 20 August 2004 at 10:31 PM I agree with both of you. I'm still working on this post (that's one of best aspects of this format). The word virtual, as I mention at the start of the post, is a bastardization of the term. I wanted to convey the idea that these sanctuaries are more logical constructs developed through the adaptation of the guerrilla network to local conditions than reality. However, "sanctuaries of convenience" may be better. The problem is deeper than just the global scale. It is that these locations don't fit a standard pattern. They are not just rural, mountains, or urban sprawl. It's not just rogue or failed states. How GGs adapt to these conditions (and what their limitations are) is what interests me. Posted by: John Robb | Saturday, 21 August 2004 at 10:19 AM Whatever sanctuaries GGs may have, I'd like to see the civilian population taking their own precautions and preparing their own sanctuaries from emergency and disaster. Emergency preparedness and civil defense are a key strategy that can limit the damage from GG actions. Emergency preparedness and civil defense within a global ecological context has to be part of the response to global terror tactics. I was about to mention the similarity of "virtual sanctuaries" to the interesting concept of "Temporary Autonomous Zones" (TAZ) written about by "Hakim Bey", but Phil Jones has got a link in first. TAZ draw analogies with the multinational buccaneer pirate havens in the 17th and 18th century and the Medieval Assasins networks (based in the mountains between what is now Israel, Syria and Iraq) and the concepts of data havens, annonymity etc. available via the Internet. TAZ were the subject of a lot of discussion just as the World Wide Web was starting to get popular about 10 years ago, some of which are well worth re-reading even today. By the way, just in case the "terrorist profiling" software doesn't get it, "Hakim Bey" is not actually an Islamic fundamentalist scholar (add 10 points to your terrorist profiling secret police zapiska), but is a pseudonym for Peter Lamborn Wilson. Posted by: Watching Them, Watching Us | Sunday, 22 August 2004 at 07:41 PM Good point about the assasins' networks. That wasn't explicit in my mind. Wouldn't it be interesting if there was actually a *historical* connection. Although I suspect it's more a case of convergent evolution. Posted by: phil jones | Monday, 23 August 2004 at 04:34 PM Posted at juancole.com 8/23/04: "Radical Islamist terrorism is a form of vigilanteism. Angry young Muslim men see their own governments doing nothing about Israeli dispossession of the Palestinians, and bowing to US adventures like Iraq, and they grow disgusted. They have no hope of getting their governments to do anything about what they see as profound injustices. So they form small groups of engineers or other professionals and take matters into their own hands." Didn't Muhammad, peace by on his name, make use of TAZ in his life? 3
Posted by: gmoke | Monday, 23 August 2004 at 08:12 PM I really like the TAZ concept and Sterling's "Islands in the Net". Let me see what I can pull out of those works that is valuable for GGs. It seems that we are pulling on a similar thread here. Posted by: John Robb | Monday, 23 August 2004 at 11:02 PM Ok. I've updated it. I think it is a better post now. Posted by: John Robb | Tuesday, 24 August 2004 at 01:50 PM "In the case of the Internet, rapid reaction teams that attack and shut down terrorist sites, may be a partial answer. Again, this must be done without official government sanction." The actions of such "rapid reaction teams", if these do not have official government sanction within the actual legal jurisdiction that the "terrorist sites" reside, or are being operated from, may be indistinguishable from those of cyber-criminals or cyber-terrorists and should be equally condemned and prosecuted. Even this weblog, like many others, has had to censor some offensive postings, and many "terrorist websites" can only be deemed to be so because of the content posted by many different contributors, not necessarily by the actual operators of the websites themselves. Surely from an intelligence agency viewpoint, it must be much more valuable to track and monitor such websites and their contributors, rather than to actually shut them down ? Operating a website which seems to support possible terrorist organisations should not in itself be illegal, and it it can raise fundamental problems of jurisdiction e.g. the case of Babar Ahmad, who after being arrested under our draconian and catch all Terrorism Act, and released without charge, presumably for lack of actual evidence, has been arrested in London in order to be extradited to the USA. He is accused of running a website in the USA, which apparently supported the Taleban in Afghanistan and some rebels in Chechnya in Russia. Neither of these were at the time or are now, proscribed terrorist organisations in the United Kingdom, yet this British citizen is in the process of being extradited to a foreign country the USA, regarding possible actions in a third and fourth country i.e. Afghanistan or Russia. www.spy.org.uk/spyblog/archives/000433.html All that this extradition will do is to further alienate the British born Islamic community, and could contribute to terrorist recruitment propaganda. Posted by: Watching Them, Watching Us | Tuesday, 24 August 2004 at 05:24 PM Why have you now made "symbolic sites" subsidiary to "zones of chaotic organic order"? Couldn't there be some symbolic sites in which terrorists are untouchable but actually in relatively stable surrounds? I dunno Mecca, some bits of Jerusalem, The White House etc. Posted by: phil jones | Tuesday, 24 August 2004 at 10:43 PM Actually I think Watching Them has a good point. How do you define the good guys and the bad guys if everyone is using GG tactics, if counter-insurgency agents aren't backed by national governments and operating according to the rule of law? Posted by: phil jones | Wednesday, 25 August 2004 at 02:43 AM 5
Now you've taken away "Symbolic sites". I hope that wasn't because of my last comment because I liked the idea very much - that there are sites which are protected not by physical barriers but cultural / symbolic ones. Hope you don't forget this insight altogether. Posted by: phil jones | Thursday, 26 August 2004 at 09:43 AM The Federation of American Scientists has published a Congressional Research Service report "Removing Terrorist Sanctuaries: The 9/11 Commission Recommendations and U.S. Policy" www.fas.org/irp/crs/RL32518.pdf "The 9/11 Commission identified six primary regions that serve or could serve as terrorist sanctuaries. These included Western Pakistan and the Pakistan-Afghanistan border region; southern or western Afghanistan; the Arabian Peninsula, especially Saudi Arabia and Yemen, and the nearby Horn of Africa, including Somalia and extending southwest into Kenya; Southeast Asia, from Thailand to the southern Philippines to Indonesia; West Africa, including Nigeria and Mali; and European cities with expatriate Muslim communities. In all of these regions, the United States and its allies have mounted campaigns to deny safe havens for terrorists." No mention of Iraq ? Surely Southern Lebanon, Gaza and the West Bank are Temporary Autonomous Zones of some kind ? What about the safe havens and TAZ within the USA ? Posted by: Watching Them, Watching Us | Friday, 27 August 2004 at 05:00 PM John, you said in a comment above, "It is that these locations don't fit a standard pattern." While it is true that the *geography* doesn't fit a standard pattern, the locations themselves are very similar in terms of the level of anonymity and privacy that they provide. The name "global guerillas" doesn't work for what I'm thinking of. It is also on a much more localized scale, but it may be worthwhile to compare and contrast gangs or organized criminals operating in underserved urban areas of the US. I'm thinking of places like East LA or a few-square-block neighborhood in a city near me. The deep motivations of the organizations involved are very different, but some of the short-term goals are the same. I may be stretching the theory of a TAZ a little too far here... Have you given any consideration to the application of your theory of GG to the pursuit of ordinary (organized) criminals? Posted by: Brian St. Pierre | Friday, 27 August 2004 at 10:54 PM Brian, that is a good insight. There are a lot of similarities (that I have compiled) between GGs and local criminal gangs. They are definitely part of the same movement I am tracking. However, most of my focus is on those groups that are in direct conflict with the state (at war), and the evolution of their capabilities. However, William Lind says, "Gangs will be one of the most important forms of combatants in Fourth Generation war. 7
As the police in many an American city can attest, gangs are not easy to defeat. And this particular gang has both an endless source of recruits and a religious identity for which dying is seen as worthwhile. Al-Sistani may have the support of most Shiites, but al-Sadr now has the support of most Shiite fighters, and that is what is likely to count." Posted by: John Robb | Saturday, 28 August 2004 at 08:14 AM It concerns me that the acronym TAZ and phrase 'temporary autonomous zone' has been used without citing its original usage and context - which, if nothing else, incites unnecessary confusion. As was mentioned in a post above, Hakim Bey/Peter Lamborn Wilson develops this idea in a popular poetic tract by the same name published in 1991. You would at the very least need to make a comparison with Bey's ideas else this reads like conceptual misappropriation. Not concerned with 'guerrilla entrepreneurs', The TAZ (1991) offered the conceptual architecture, what Bey called 'poetic terrorism', for personal and social liberation. That such 'zones' are 'autonomous', not simply from the state or governing bodies, but are also internally non-hierarchical, co-operative and nondogmatic, suggests that they differ in large part from the 'guerilla' structures or cells that you pursue. Bey's ideas were a kind of postmodernist revision of anarchism, a liberatory or individualist anarchism (a 'guerilla ontology')which fuelled the ire of some social anarchists. While there are certain parallels with clandestinity, fluidity, cells, the TAZ (as it was orifianlly coined) is so ill-suited to the model you're striving for that it's almost laughable. All the more reason to make the distinction, or find other terminology. Though it is possible that some of your ideas could resonate with what Bey later (in a book called Millennium, 1996) referred to as the 'lesser jihad' (exemplified by the Zapatistas) which appear to correspond with more 'permanent autonomous zones' of resistance, such movements would not always be associated with 'failed' states, and their activity only questionably characterised as 'terrorism'. Also many peaceful, alternative, oppositional and anarchic cultural organisations within so called 'strong' and democratic states' in the first world have identified with the TAZ discourse, and many observers have utilized this language to describe these. Many are also noted to possess festal - that is celebratory, life affirming, difference tolerating characteristics, which is also compatible with Bey's understanding of a TAZ. The problem with your appropriation of the TAZ label is that it appears to make 'autonomy' and pleasure synonymous with entrepreneurialism, violence and terror, and would suggest little understanding of the potential and ability of autonomous and independent movements to develop and maintain facilities and services - housing, education, health and energy alternatives - independent to, or in some cases complementary to, that provided (or indeed not provided) by the state. Posted by: Graham | Sunday, 18 September 2005 at 01:26 AM Graham, thanks for the input. It's true that I haven't spent the time to write up a full brief on the term's origins. One thing working against Bey's (and your) utopian vision is that these locations are hotly contested by the state. There isn't the time necessary to develop services (although the guerrillas did supply Haditha with 24 hours of electricity every day). Posted by: John Robb | Sunday, 18 September 2005 at 07:38 AM 8
Maybe we're talking past each other Robb... What's amusing is that you appear to believe that the idea of a 'strong state' is somehow less idealistic (or holds greater legitimacy) than that which might develop in opposition to it - call it a TAZ or whatever. Given some of your key sources are CIA documents, there's no surpirse there. But, whats not amusing is that you've misappropriated a term/idea which has long been in wide circulation. The TAZ has a pervasive presence on the Net, and is a concept widely used in scholarship, yet not only have you introduced it without recognition, the idea has been abused in the pursuit of your own interests. Bizarre behaviour for a net-savvy eagle scout such as yourself. I'm trusting that you address this if continuing to publish this material on-line or in any other public fora. Posted by: Graham | Monday, 19 September 2005 at 04:25 AM First, I'm not sure what you are talking about in the first section. CIA documents? Not sure where you are going here. Second, I don't I owe anything to anybody in regards to the use of this term or the ideas behind it. That being said, I would be more than happy to link to useful background material. If you have a definitive link for the TAZ as it was originally conceived, please provide it to me so I can include it in the body of the brief. Posted by: John Robb | Monday, 19 September 2005 at 08:55 AM
I was not suggesting that you owe anyone for the way youve used this term (no that's your concoction), but that if you insist on using it, you would be wise to make the clear distinction because it's a *radically* different concept than that which is in circulation. A good link was provided above: http://www.hermetic.com/bey/taz_cont.html
9
THE RESILIENT COMMUNITY It should be clear, as we watch the gyrations and excesses of global markets, that no organization/state/group has any meaningful control over its direction. The same is true for almost every other aspect of globalization, from the environment to transnational crime to energy flows. In short, we've lost control and our collective future is in the hands of a morally neutral system that is operating in ways that we don't fully understand (nor will we). The best defense against this emerging situation is not to call for new Manhattan projects or global treaties or Marshall plans, which won't work since we can neither marshal the resources necessary nor collectively agree on anything other than the most basic rules of connectivity, it is to slowly introduce organic stability into out global system. The concept I've latched onto as a solution is what I call the resilient community. This conceptual model creates a set of new services that allow the smallest viable subset of social systems, the community (however you define it), to enjoy the fruits of globalization without being completely vulnerable to its excesses. These services are configured to provide the ability to survive an extended disconnection from the global grid in the following areas (an incomplete list): •
Energy.
•
Food.
•
Security (both active and passive).
•
Communications.
•
Transportation.
The resilient community has broad applicability beyond just improving the ability of those of us in developed economies to preserve wealth and a quality of life despite severe system shocks. It can also be applied to the problems of counter-insurgency in semimodern urban environment (to radically update a process that was built for the last century) and provide the potential for organic development in underdeveloped areas of the world. The key is that we need to support the open source efforts currently underway to expand this capability underway such as the transition towns movement to MIT's low tech solutions effort. I touched on this concept in Brave New War and here on this blog. Might need to put out a short book that really explores the concept in a way that allows people to get their heads around it.
Comments Dear Bob, I agree with your very interesting vision linking resilience and community. I have in mind that to built up those communities, some kind of free exchange will be at the root, just as a seed. I fell that people may be part of many of those communities All of
1
those will have something in common different from traditional links (family, culture...). I look forward on having your thoughts about that. Posted by: SWIMMER21 | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 09:52 AM A resilient community that already exists is the Amish. For an easily digestible intro to Amish life, the Ohio Amish mystery series, by P. L. Gaus, is good reading: http://www.amazon.com/s/ref=nb_ss_gw/103-1742088-6966202?url=search-alias %3Daps&field-keywords=ohio+amish+gaus&x=0&y=0 ( Based in Holmes County, in north eastern Ohio, Ohio's Amish community is the largest in the world. ) Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 09:57 AM Thanks Duncan, hopefully we can update the Amish experience. ;-> If we can crack the code to this model of resilience, it will have broad applicability to almost every aspect of global security. Posted by: John Robb | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 10:56 AM A short book would be useful. Perhaps you could solicit chapters from some of the folks who comment here and see what you could assemble - your own bazaar of ideas - with your globalguerrillas thesis provding the framework. Some of your regular readers and commenters are big-hitters in the realm of ideas. Just a thought. Posted by: Flagg | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 03:31 PM John, The notion of resilient community is critical to leverage the benefits of globalization while simultaneously achieving sustainability and human fulfillment. Whether in economics, security, or the environment, globalization threatens to marginalize the human input as it would any other economic "cost" unless this process is checked by communities that are minimally self-sufficient--that is, they can negotiate with the global marketplace from a position of independence, rather than be forced into the marginalization-or-isolation dichotomy. Communities can interact with the global market as as equals, rather than in a subservient-master relationship, only when they can meet their basic needs in a local and sustainable manner, and only interact globally to their benefit, not out of dependency. I've tried to approach this concept in the links below. I'm looking forward to your further explorations of this theme... http://www.jeffvail.net/2006/04/envisioning-hamlet-economy-topology-of.html http://www.jeffvail.net/2006/04/rhizome-central-place-theory.html Posted by: jeffvail | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 03:51 PM Passive Survivability: The Other Reason to Go Green 8:30 AM - 10:00 AM Thursday, March 13, 2008 Session Chair: Alex Wilson, BuildingGreen, Inc. Session Speaker: Christopher R. Schaffner, PE, LEED® AP, The Green Engineer, LLP Peter Yost, BuildingGreen, Inc. The concept of "passive survivability" is relatively new to the building community but had its debut in Environmental Building News two years ago. It involves what is the next 2
generation of green buildings. They are distinguished from other green buildings in that they are not only environmentally excellent but also become more secure structures able to keep their occupants safe and reasonably comfortable under all conditions. At NESEA's Building Green conference in Boston, MA. Posted by: gmoke | Wednesday, 30 January 2008 at 11:56 PM Oh, yeah, I forgot to add Solar IS Civil Defense The best current example I know of is the Bogolight (http://www.bogolight.com) which is a solar LED light and AA battery charger. The battery charger makes battery switching possible, charging one set of batteries while using another thus making it possible to operate multiple devices from one solar charger, is not mentioned by the manufacturers but is an obvious adaptation. $25 buys one for you and another for somebody in the developing world. Good deal and good product. Posted by: gmoke | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 12:00 AM "Oh, yeah, I forgot to add Solar IS Civil Defense" My MidEast policy: "Develop solar power and get the hell out of there." Instead, we spend trillions on Iraq. Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 01:13 AM Add water to that list. Posted by: Pete Jordan | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 04:10 AM A more elaborated theory of "fire breaks; pop off valves; fuses; borders, boundaries; governors and regulators" is what we are after. Posted by: stevelaudig | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 04:14 AM OK, let's suppose we have achieved our resilient community: an Arcadian paradise, a Constable painting with Beethoven's Sixth playing in the background, Tolkien's Shire writ large. What to do when Panzer divisions and Stukas invade seeking to enslave the population; motorcycle gangs attempt to rape and pillage; or Blackwater thugs seek to seize land in order to strip mine it? It seems that the sort of defensive measures Hezbollah has developed should be able to repel that sort of contingency. Basically pockmark the terrain with submerged defensive positions, pillboxes to which one could retreat, could turn our Arcadia into a briar patch. Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 11:23 AM Mr. Robb, Would you envision a resilient community to resemble Deadwood,as in the HBO series? Thank you! Posted by: Elle | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 01:36 PM 3
Elle, not in the slightest. The effort is to avoid outcomes like we saw in Gretna during Katrina. Posted by: John Robb | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 02:02 PM John, please write it, may I suggest a title ? All in my backyard. Posted by: Hansrudolf Suter | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 04:22 PM Thank you for your response Mr. Robb,I'll just wait for your book to see how you envision this type of community! Blessings Elle Posted by: Elle | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 04:24 PM A major systems pertubation must occur before we see any semblence of a resilient community. Even with that we must still deal with the community(s) being able to trust one another with many things that we now take for granted. The need to instill system changers on each block or within ones enclave will be needed to show how we can sustain ourselves in the event of a major disruption. Posted by: Toby | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 06:01 PM Actually, there is a way to do it within the current context by pushing for the use of platforms. These platforms can deliver economic value today and make it much easier to transition to the resilient model when the system shock occurs. Posted by: John Robb | Thursday, 31 January 2008 at 06:47 PM I've been thinking about this one for a while and the questions that I have for the floor is: what is the resilient community for? And who makes it up? A community has to have some kind of purpose. This is surely especially true for one that has to be very close knit. I grew up in a market town in the middle of nowhere. The purpose of the town was the market (every Wednesday and Saturday). Sounds pointless? Probably. But the town had been there since before 1066 and never been burnt out - now that's resilient. But for the resilient community the purpose appears to be one of immediate survival as the West collapses into what can only be described as a new Dark Ages. Is that enough to get people acting now? Will it keep them together whilst they wait for "Armageddon"? What do the communities hope to do? How will such a community be able to handle the large numbers of refugees without being overrun? And if the people that start acting are the same survivalists are they the right people to build a community successfully? A rather neat book on the subject that might show the people that make up a resilient community at the start is here: http://www.amazon.co.uk/Dancing-Armageddon-Survivalism-ChaosModern/dp/0226532445/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&s=gateway&qid=1202033121&sr=8-1 I do not know, its not really my area, these are just my questions. Posted by: adam | Sunday, 03 February 2008 at 05:13 AM
4
For resilient communications, I'd suggest looking at Wireless Mesh Networks. They'd only work in areas of sufficient density, but they're much more resistant to failure because of how decentralized they can be. If got a good network worked up you could be practically guaranteed wireless communications no matter how bad things got. Posted by: JHyde | Sunday, 03 February 2008 at 09:56 PM Mr. Robb, I'd love to see this concept developed in much more detail. A book would be nice, but a wiki would be better, IMO. I've tossed around the idea of setting up such, but I'm having trouble deciding where and how to begin. Creating platforms to promote resilience at so many different levels is a daunting idea ... so many things that need to be addressed. I'm a simple person, I like the step-by-step How To. Do you think it's possible to create an 'encyclopedia of resilience' that would be in any way useful? BTW, I loved your book, and enjoy your blog on a regular basis. Thank you for both! Posted by: James | Sunday, 24 February 2008 at 08:03 PM I am a family man living in an ag town in Central California, a state of massive confusion and self-destruction. I design and build small electronic devices to assist musiciansand market thru an online dealer and also sell directly to the world. I know from my limited experience you can reach folks everywhere directly with a good idea and it is infinitely possible. It is become clear that all of our government is basically either on the take, getting kickbacks, or is plain stupid. The financial market distortion is based on physcopaths using their Harvard MBAs to destroy any hope of a balance in business and survival of every small business thruought the world. We have to think around these souless-less machines that merely look human to find sustainable ways around the heartless machine that now is destroying the world and its hope. Solutions do not reside in political ideologies. They reside in a spirit of good will and a belief that real humans with a concscience everywhere with any skin color can form networks together. This means alternate trade, lots of positive thinking and a desire to form viable groupings to sustain/suport each other. The Amish have their uniform belief system. They indeed work towards the common good. That model has limitations but the form is good and they are people of good will. It is our common belief in work ethic, desire to help less fortunate and injured, desire to help feed, clothe and suport our family that binds us. Everywhere. No matter what your God looks like, our mission is survival and to sustain our families. We will need to be clear on what matters. Its not about enough guns or laws that are now immaterial or useless political dogma. This is about the survival of our kids, grandkids, even the nutsy aunt in the attic. It is about right and wrong. Since our leaders are completely incapable of this we must do it one at a time. Every transaction must be clear and balanced and kind. Don't steal or hustle from your neighbor. A fair profit is good. Theft, subterfuge, lying and empty words are not and when you leave this world that will become instantly and profoundly clear. Please be thoughtful and kind above all. use good critical judgement to filter the wellcrafted BS of Madison Avenue and the low-life thieves in Washington and Wall Street. 5
We can survive in spite of men with no soul. We have to show ours and with courage. Everyday. Every business deal. Do them with love and a desire for balance. Profit is good. Do that in balance. Be fair. Be critical. Support folks finding alternate ways of binding us together in new ways. Its fucking scarey but what else can we do? This is a good time for innovation and lower-tech ideas. Non-repairable equipment is a waste of landfill, money and effort. Go make a sustainable world. I will do my part to do that. Thanks. Ronald L. Holmes Holmes Engineering Bakersfield, CA USA Posted by: Ron Holmess | Friday, 02 January 2009 at 03:15 AM John, You are certainly on the right track with this line of thinking. I have been working in the area of Community Resilience for the past 3 years with my colleagues in the Resilient Futures Network www.resilientfutures.org both here in the US and in Australia. Our work is based around the idea of communities as complex adaptive systems, understanding them from a whole systems perspective and developing the capabilities and policies required to create places that proactively transform with rapidly changing conditions (as apposed to the knee-jerk reactions that are currently displayed). I would love you share what we're doing with you and learn more about what your doing. Perhaps there is an opportunity to engage around this thinking.
EPIDEMIC INSURGENCY (Part 1) Iraq's insurgency is both growing and innovating quickly. A good way to understand this speed is to dive into how epidemics spread and cascade in social networks. In this first brief on this topic, I will look at how the innovation spreads through the global guerrilla network in Iraq -- the epidemic spread of information to individuals/groups that are highly susceptible (those that have already opted to join the insurgency). In the second brief, I will examine how the insurgency infects the general population -- is it an epidemic or not? As always, I am open to ideas on how to improve this analysis. Epidemic Innovation Iraq's insurgency has demonstrated that their decentralized process of innovation (open source warfare) can yield effective methods of system disruption. These innovations appear to be spreading quickly. A good way to understand why, is to treat this tactical innovation as an informational epidemic. The spread of an epidemic to susceptible individuals is determined by its reproduction rate (the ability to infect others). The equation for this is: Rate of reproduction = (duration of contact) x (likelihood of contact) x (duration of infectiousness) Tactical innovation travels quickly in Iraq's guerrilla network because the rate of reproduction is extremely high. The primary reason is that the "likelihood of contact" is large relative to the other factors due to the topology of its decentralized network structure. Three topological features of Iraq's insurgency feed this high "likelihood of contact" are:
6
•
Small cohesive cells. These small organizational units exhibit high degrees of structural cohesion (Menger's Theorom). Every member knows all the other members (this is different than the 9/11 operational network). Each cell is composed of family members, friends, and neighbors.
•
Small world properties (Milgram). Cross connections between members of the insurgency radically reduce the mean path length (the mean distance between any two members) of the network. Baath party membership, military experience, etc. provide these short-cuts. Further, a modern road network makes it easy to make physical connections.
•
Scale free properties (Barabasi). The guerrilla network in Iraq is likely scale free. Early entrants, such as the Fedayeen and al Qaeda are highly connected hubs. As the network grows, they become more central and powerful.
How this works The spread of tactical innovation in Iraq's guerrilla network is a combination of the overt (direct communication via personal connections in the bazaar) and passive (stigmergic environmental signals). The process by which this works follows this pattern: •
Innovation. Small groups (clusters) innovate within the open source model of guerrilla warfare we see in Iraq. They are independent and therefore able to make decisions based on their own decision making processes. Innovation is often incentivized by the reward of funding and other profit opportunities (as with any entrepreneurial activity).
•
Adoption. An innovation is widely dispersed when a network hub adopts it. Hubs are influenced through a combination of stigmergic and overt communication. If the innovation works, the hubs typically adopt the innovation.
•
Propagation. Hubs directly influence other groups through economic incentives in the bazaar (they have influence over sources of funding in their roles as violence capitalists). They also have a high number of overt connections to entrepreneurial guerrilla start-ups.
Breaking the Connections One objective of counter-insurgency should be to lower the rate of reproduction of the epidemic. Effectiveness in this area would slow the aggregate decision making of the group (Boyd) and make it easier to beat. Here are some ideas (note: some of the ideas here are only valid given that it appears that the US has given up the moral war against the Sunni insurgency, and has opted for a military only approach that targets other psychological factors that impact decision loops): •
Reduce the duration of the contact. Indirectly, this was an objective of the Fallujah operation. The collapse of the Fallujah TAZ hinders ongoing face-toface high duration contact. Unfortunately, the requirements of this operation are so excessive in terms of effort and personnel, we are limited to a single TAZ at a time. A better method must be found given our limited resources. Additionally, the Fallujah TAZ was less important to the insurgency than the military assumes.
•
Eliminate connections by isolating cells (hubs in particular). Iraq's state of emergency is aimed at this. However, phone networks and Internet connections are still available in the region. One method would include reducing the insurgent 1
areas to older means of communication. Another would be a strict limit the on physical movement between cities and towns. •
Limit the duration of the infectiousness. This requires rapid adaptation on how we defend targets in Iraq. Early detection of an innovation against a class of targets, should be countered. This will require a real "strategic corporal" (not merely one that avoids moral mistakes through good judgment) and new ways of sharing innovation horizontally.
A general note on many of these tactics: they contribute to a moral loss. They also indirectly undermine the government's moral legitimacy by disconnecting the economy from globalization (which is a goal of global guerrillas).
Comments John, you may find it interesting to read http://www.cs.utexas.edu/~lorenzo/corsi/cs395t/04S/notes/p1-demers.pdf, "Epidemic Algorithms for Replicated Database Maintenance," which dates to 1987, and influenced Xerox's "Clearinghouse" name server design as well as Apple's "Rumor Monger" app. It's a good formal study of how the mathematics of epidemiology can drive the disemination of information--in other words, right up your alley. Posted by: Paul Snively | Thursday, 18 November 2004 at 06:57 PM John, you may find it interesting to read http://www.cs.utexas.edu/~lorenzo/corsi/cs395t/04S/notes/p1-demers.pdf, "Epidemic Algorithms for Replicated Database Maintenance," which dates to 1987, and influenced Xerox's "Clearinghouse" name server design as well as Apple's "Rumor Monger" app. It's a good formal study of how the mathematics of epidemiology can drive the disemination of information--in other words, right up your alley. Posted by: Paul Snively | Thursday, 18 November 2004 at 07:27 PM Yet another insightful post. The connection to computer viruses and network interaction is illuminating to the extreme. I am a nurse by profession at the moment and the parallels of analogy between new age terrorism and the biology of the HIV virus inside the human body along the lines of things like receptor site up-takes are fascinating. The way to defeat AIDS-cells from interfacing with these receptor sites (Hubs) is use of decentralized, free roaming antibodies (loyalist paramilitaries?). Using the above analogy it would seem that the military, in order to effectively conduct counter-insurgency operations would have to become more confederation than command. Semi-autonomous field units of varying size able to maximize response times with good coordination of communications and extreme flexibility of chain of command. If necessary the disparate units could come together following a pre-set SOP to swarm a battlefield. The Marine Corps have been more open to moving in this direction though it seems the Army lags behind in will to do the same. Posted by: nathan | Thursday, 18 November 2004 at 07:42 PM for the second time, a high ranking US general has claimed the back of the insurgency is broken. is he accurate in the level of importance he applies to Fallujah as a hub? I'd tend to doubt it, mainly because the insurgency existed before it had that hub available. would eliminating more hubs suffice or is the internet and global media enough of a connection 2
that terrorists can learn from each other's actions without direct contact between distant cells? just how much internet access does the Iraqi insurgency have? is it a significant medium for propagation of the insurgency? Posted by: Greg | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 12:28 AM Here's the main difference. This epidemic is lethal and there is not an unlimited supply of hosts. But only is someone hired you to consult, this wouldn't be a problem, I'm sure. Posted by: Daedalus | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 07:34 AM There is always a danger in the use of analogies as analytical tools rather than as devices to explain the analyses themselves. First problem in analyzing the insurgency is a lack of concrete information on it and an inability to test hypotheses about the way the insurgency works. The result is more speculation rather than fact, which may explain why so many competing theories about the insurgents and why they are fighting seem able to co-exist. Second, treating the growth of insurgency as a single process (like an infection by a virus) rather than the result of the interaction of a variety of social forces to attain some result (think a political campaign), could be a flawed way to analyze the situation. Third, the argument generally revolves around how America can win the hearts and minds of the local population. What if the history of American activity in the region and the way it exercises its power(i.e., through military domination by conventional forces) means that such a goal is impossible? What if ethnic and religious differences in the country prevent any kind of accomodation between competing factions in what has become an Iraqi civil war? Posted by: dingo | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 09:25 AM Thanks Paul, I will give it a read. Dingo, a couple things. This is a valid analytical tool and not an analogy. There is a large body of academic work on how information propagates within a network. The network's topology influences that flow. A finding from this research is that in certain configurations, information flows like an epidemic with a low threshold. Analytical tools are only as good as their explanatory and predictive power. The current tools being used by our current crop of "military analysts" are highly subjective and prone to failure. My chosen techniques have been better at accomodating available information and predicting future events. Thirdly, this brief isn't about hearts and minds and the general spread of the insurgency (I am planning to write about that in the future). It is about information flow (techniques, methods, etc.) within the existing insurgent network. It's useful to understand this and may yield effective methods of counter-insurgency. Posted by: John Robb | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 10:26 AM Hi John: Sorry, I was overly broad in the language I used. When I spoke about analogies taking over the analytical process, I was thinking more about the AIDS comparison another poster made and some things I've seen referenced on other websites. Less a complaint 2
about the analysis than a caution. I can't argue with the use of models of network flows to gauge the spread of information among insurgents. Also, I look forward to your views on the 'hearts and minds' issue. Seems to me that the military has begun with the assumption that 1) winning H&M is necessary to counter an insurgency, and 2) that hearts and minds can be won in Iraq. Yet when you look at the situation the Israelis face in the West Bank, you wonder why they begin at that point in the analysis. I haven't seen any commentators or theorists address that point, and it seems like somebody should think about it. Posted by: dingo | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 11:05 AM Uhm, Ok I take back the HIV stuff. Except, I would argue that HIV is a "lethal" epidemic as you described. I made an analogy to John's analytical model because the langue used and the "pathology" described do have many similarities. Use of analogies have two goals, to speak in a way that makes the reader/listener understand the subject matter more clearly, and two, to allow a "perspective" shift so that a problem can be looked at in a new or inventive way. Decentralized command structure may no be the answer, is I guess what your saying. May not be. May be. But be all means remove the analogy from the discussion. Posted by: nathan | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 11:23 AM Nathan: No need to take it off the table. As I told John, I was overly broad. What I had in mind was the kind of analysis where there is a runaway analogy: rather than using the analogy to explain the mechanics of the phenomena, we start treating the analogy and the phenomena as if they're the same process. Posted by: dingo | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 11:37 AM Dingo--Right, the "can't see the forrest for the trees," analogy. Look, I just made an analogy about our discussion of analogies. Please help--I have a problem and I can't stop--lol Posted by: nathan | Friday, 19 November 2004 at 12:26 PM Hi John, A very insightful analysis. Let me share my thoughts. Despite the apparent small world and scale free properties of guerrilla networks, I think they are likely not to have nodes of very high degree since that would undoubtedly bring with it significant security risks. In this respect they are unlike typical Albert-Barabasi networks, preferential attachment probably turns into the opposite at very high node degree. It is not unthinkable media networks play an important part, substituting for high degree nodes within the network. To counter the guerrillas I agree the coalition should alter its pace of action (duration of feedback- or OODA loop). Right now the guerrillas are dictating the troop deployments of the coalition which is inherently not a good thing for the coalition. Fallujah provides the perfect example, a group of guerrillas took over the town, most of them left, lots of coalition forces tied down and the guerrillas are having a field day elsewhere, taking over new towns for this whole scenario to repeat itself. Coalition forces should either speed up and catch up with the guerrillas (you seem to propose this, but maybe it is not really possible?) or slow down. By that I mean 3
concentrate forces on the general security in Iraq, don’t let guerrilla “strongholds” tie down forces in symbolic battles. Perhaps a “rapid response force” could deal with guerrilla hotspots, but it is absolutely essential to deny guerrillas the opportunity to just take over a town at a whim, otherwise the guerrillas will just move on to another town when threatened. That is the kind of basic security the coalition forces need to provide to scale the guerrilla infection back down to subvert levels. Increased security will also mean higher transaction costs at the bazaar (or limit the infectiousness of the disease if you like). Any attempt to reduce the entropy of the guerrilla network that has the same effect on the other social networks of Iraq is likely to achieve the goals of the guerrillas by disrupting diverse systems on a large scale. Perhaps it is possible to radically increase the entropy in the network of links between coalition forces and the bazaar, for example by leveraging existing Iraqi social networks more effectively, in effect creating a “counter bazaar”? Posted by: Rikkert | Saturday, 20 November 2004 at 12:00 AM More on a conceptual level, but I found William McNeil's "Plagues and Peoples" and "Pursuit of Power" very useful in thinking about the ebb and flow of civilizations epidemologically. Specifically (in "Pursuit of Power" I believe) for the current conflict he talks about how feudalism was reaction to the HRE's inability to protect society from the Viking threat. The HRE's civilizational network was far more centralized. It was difficult to react to Viking attacks before the Vikings dispersed to other targets. Feudalism worked because it created a scale-free network of force. Instead of centralized, 'imperial' control of violence, it was pushed down to the level of petty feudal lords. Posted by: James Acres | Saturday, 20 November 2004 at 04:30 AM Rikkert, thanks. Bazaar/market connections may serve as a means of supplanting overt connections. For example, I don't need to call all potential suppliers to inform them that I want a specific product, if I indicate my demand for that item in an open way. They will contact me. This is command and control through market manipulation. I will write more on this. James, that is interesting. If global guerrilla system disruption spreads to revisionists world-wide, it would put pressure on states to fragment into a more viable size. Singapore anyone? Posted by: John Robb | Saturday, 20 November 2004 at 09:58 AM Vikings. Premier terrorists of the dark ages. The idea of feudalism as modern analogy is very interesting. Two questions, since you guys seem to have such a good perspective. Was not the “Strategic Hamlet” model created by Marines in Vietnam a form of the feudalism? This did not work very well as I recall. Except that the Special Forces highlands models did work to a higher degree of success so perhaps win/loss is intrinsic to the character of the indigenous population and not the “model” itself? Don’t know. My own lines along this was a decentralization concept as well. Putting it in feudalism terms seems a better way of expressing this. If asymmetrical (non-centralized) warfare is the new “chariot” then perhaps decentralized counter-measures will be the answer.
4
However (question here), centralization as an economic issue/model is seen as superior. Using analogies again--but if economic forces see centralization as a superior method of productivity then perhaps the reasons why this is seen as so by manufacturers can be seen as methods of strategic-thinking to apply to decentralized networks of Global guerillas. One thing I think I see, however, is this. In order to enjoy “real” success, global guerillas must, like local insurgents, eventually parlay unconventional force into conventional force--the Vietnamese army is no longer made up of VC, it looks like the NVA now. For example, Zarqawi was decentralized, uncoordinated, and a terror phantom. He parlayed that into a fiefdom in Fallujah (either the city itself or just an AO inside it). The fiefdom provided a target. The target was destroyed. Now he has to build a fiefdom again from scratch--valuable lieutenants dead and instead of looking like an invincible ghost he is scurrying to make alliences with people he may not entirely trust to find a new place to make his CinC. Unless they (guerillas) want to remain marginalized, eventually they will have to conventionalize to actually control a Taliban-style country. That is: terror ideals= terror attacks= success generates currency in bazaar= ability to command a TAZ= enough TAZs= a failed state, and thus control. Each time they move up the food chain of importance they open themselves up to target and attack. However fighting them in such a manner is very reactive which is intrinsically bad. Thoughts? Posted by: nathan | Saturday, 20 November 2004 at 10:43 AM John: My thinking is going in a different direction. Perhaps more in line with Nathan's. I don't understand how Singapore is any less dependant on the hub-and-spoke infrastructure of globalization that the United States is. So I don't understand how switching to that level of governance will necessarily protect us from the GGs. The Viking analogy isn't nearly perfect. They attacked or threatened the populace directly in order to carry away wealth. Feudalism worked because it gave the ability to counterpunch but also because it made it harder for the Vikings to strike their target. Peasants and wealth could hide within castle walls. While city-states like Singapore might give us more supple control over violence it wouldn't do anything to protect the hub-and-spoke networks from attack. In fact it might make them harder to defend as no specific political entity would be responsible for the inter-city-state portions. I wonder if the answer is going to lie in constructing scale-free distribution networks for all the vital services of globalized civilization. Transport, communications, energy, violence. Everything. I don't know what such networks will look like; for energy at least my guess is it requires some replacement for oil. Something which, as Nathan says, the economic logic won't require hub-and-spoke distribution. My only theory for what governance would look like in such a 'connected neo-feudal' society is something like the international standards commitees governing the internet and other high-tech realms. Nathan:
5
I've a similar working theory regarding the GGs in Iraq. While their tactics are GG as John points out, their goals are explicitly statist. They wish to (re)gain control of Iraq. If we can demonstrate an ability to frustrate that goal they may quit before we do. Flowing from this, the April 'retreat' from Fallujah was actually a tactic. Since our enemy wishes to control territory we allowed them to think they won territory from us. We then let them spend months demonstrating their ability to control territory. This gave us a strategic target to attack. Retaking Fallujah is not just about the tactical end of denying the enemy a TAZ. It is more about the strategic end of proving to the enemy and spectators that the enemy cannot hold territory against us. This may allow us to achieve a political or moral victory. Posted by: James Acres | Sunday, 21 November 2004 at 03:36 AM I don't see the drive towards a political/conventional force that most analysts do (it's a false historical lesson that will prove to be a bad assumption). The multiplicity of motivations for global guerrilla activity, its organizational structure, and the strength of coercion vs. direct rule argues against it. Re: the Singapore comment. Just a little free thinking on "the open society and its enemies." I'm far from advocating state fragmentation as a likely historical outcome of this conflict. It does seem possible to me but not, as of yet, a high probability scenario. Posted by: John Robb | Sunday, 21 November 2004 at 08:22 AM James--I also so the "giving into" cleric Al-Sadr along these lines. He was allowed to thing he'd stood up to American forces. Was lured out of a political inconvienant enclave that made attack unpalatable and back into the slums of Baghdad where operations could be conducted with more force. The result--Sadr seemed to realize what had happened as soon as Sadr City was surrounded and came to the tables. He still snaps but it's not the same as when he was fighting from the mosque. John--curious about one point, you think the idea that the GG's will eventually have to/desire to become more conventional is a bad or weak model? This would make for interesting reading as I have always operated under the assumption that the guerilla force is not an entity in and of itself but a phase in a larger plan ending with state control. Posted by: nathan | Sunday, 21 November 2004 at 01:23 PM It's interesting that the only overt methods for combatting insurgencies involve extreme oppression (shutting down the phone lines, cutting off even donkey cart transportation). Not only that, but these methods also increase exposure of the citizenry to foreign soldiers. All of these situations cause great hostility within the occupied population, giving more people cause to join the insurgency, and undermining the moral authority of the "coalition." A possible sub-military alternative might be to use covert actions such as quiet assassinations and "spamming" extremist networks with false prophets in the employ of the "coalition." In Iraq, we have created a failed state, one that is already a breeding ground for a larger insurgency, and will continue to be so after we leave.
6
Our methods-- pervasive surveillance, lockdown, house to house searches-- tactically improve the situation, but strategically worsen it to a great degree. When we leave Iraq, we'll likely leave it in the hands of a weak, propped-up police state. If Iraq should descend into anarchy or become an Islamic extremist state, it will cause a creeping metastasis of insurgency in neighboring states. It seems that what we're doing is so effective at producing this outcome, and that the outcome is so blatantly obvious from our course of actions, that I have to wonder if the outcome of an extremely destabilized middle east and creeping unrest across much of Europe and elsewhere might not be the ultimate goal.
BFTP: Epidemic Innovation in Open Source Insurgency Here's a blast from the past (BFTP) from an updated version of an older 2004 post: Summary: A good way to understand why open source insurgencies innovate so quickly, is to dive into how epidemics spread and cascade in social networks. An open source insurgency is different from traditional 20th Century insurgencies because it isn't cohesive (politically, organizationally, or methodologically). It's leaderless and composed of many small autonomous groups working in a framework of coopetition. Within open source insurgencies, innovation occurs quickly. A good way to understand why, is to treat the spread of tactical innovation from one group to the next as an informational epidemic. The spread of an epidemic to susceptible individuals is determined by its reproduction rate (the ability to infect others). The equation for this is: Rate of reproduction = (duration of contact) x (likelihood of contact) x (duration of infectiousness) Tactical innovation travels quickly in open source insurgencies because the rate of reproduction is extremely high. One reason is that the "likelihood of contact" is large relative to the other factors due to the topology of its decentralized network structure. Three topological features of Iraq's insurgency feed this high "likelihood of contact" are: •
Small cohesive cells. These small organizational units exhibit high degrees of structural cohesion (Menger's Theorom). Every member knows all the other members (this is different than the 9/11 operational network). Each cell is composed of family members, friends, and neighbors.
•
Small world properties (Milgram). Cross connections between members of the insurgency radically reduce the mean path length (the mean distance between any two members) of the network. Party membership, military experience, etc. provide, tribal affiliation provide short-cuts.
•
Scale free properties (Barabasi) due to electronic communications (the Internet and Cell phones). Due to electronic connectivity, many open source networks are scale free. Early entrants that leverage these scalable connections become highly connected hubs. As the network grows, they become more central and powerful.
Another reason is a high duration of infectiousness. The nature of open source insurgency provides a high duration of infectiousness since everyone that joins has the potential to add innovation to the network. There aren't any barriers to entry. If it works, it will be adopted. Hence, infection is sprouting from a plethora sources as fast as it can be generated. 7
Finally, there is also a high likelihood of contact. Why? Firstly, there aren't any limitations due to hierarchical structures (which prevent cross connections). Secondly, electronic connectivity (i.e. a cell phone) makes connections simple. Thirdly, since groups aren't typically large enough to accomplish bigger missions, they often team up to gain the size sufficient for success
Comments Posted by: ACD | Friday, 08 May 2009 at 01:40 PM News coverage creates links to other groups who like what they see. Posted by: John Minehan | Friday, 08 May 2009 at 03:45 PM The biological nature of open source insurgencies refutes the contention that entropy is is the order of the day. If entropy were the order, it would govern the affairs of insurgents as much as anyone else. That open source insurgencies are progressing biologically suggests, rather, that solar inputs, which have profound impacts upon all biological organisms, including insurgents, are actually the order of the day. At issue is who is best attuned to these solar inputs and how one might better attune oneself or one's organization. Posted by: Duncan Kinder | Friday, 08 May 2009 at 09:42 PM I think the Solar Input is drugs and quick money, no matter who they are or where they are.
GUERRILLA ENTREPRENEURS The long history of warfare is dominated by military entrepreneurs. That dominance was overturned only recently (within an historical context) with the rise of the nation-state and its ideologically motivated armies. However, the trend is going in the other direction, and quickly. Military entrepreneurship is again on the rise. We can see the adoption of military entrepreneurs by the coalition in Iraq. Private military companies (PMCs) field the second largest military force in Iraq, after the US -- the UK is a distant third. This shift towards military entrepreneurship is even more pronounced in the insurgency in Iraq. Almost all of the guerrillas we are currently fighting were formed through this process. This should come as no surprise to readers of history (and particularly readers of this author, since it appeared here first). Arab warfare, until late in this century, was driven entirely by entrepreneurship. For example: Lawrence of Arabia, the father of modern guerrilla warfare, used combinations of direct payments and the promise of loot to build his forces. Faith played a major part, but it was almost always secondary. Recent reports confirm from the US military analysts confirm the financial nature of the open source bazaar in Iraq: •
"Unlimited amounts" of violence capital for guerrilla entrepreneurs is flowing into Iraq from ex-Baathists, relatives of Saddam Hussein, Saudi sources, 2
and bin Laden. Given global guerrilla ROIs (returns on investment) of up to 100,000 x, this should be cause for alarm. •
Loot from convoy hijackings, theft of oil through bunkering, and ransoms play a major part of the motivation for attacks. Fully 80% of the attacks fall into this category.
•
A granular competitive market. There are over 50 guerrilla groups active in Iraq. The sheer diversity of the effort indicates a process that is very similar to historical patterns of Arab warfare.
•
Price schedules for attacks. The going rate for placing an IED is $100-$300 (more for an RPG attack).
A New Dynamic The financial dynamic we see in action in Iraq is a hallmark of global guerrilla warfare. It also creates its own dynamic. The destruction of the pillars of globalization through attacks on systems (both infrastructure and markets) serve to keep Iraq a failed state. As a failed state, Iraq is unable to provide economic alternatives to the insurgency. Further, even though Iraq is a failed state, it is awash in money. Fortunes will be made through the perpetuation of its chaos (as we see with the Narco warlords in Afghanistan, who combined generate $2.5 billion a year in revenue). Given this trend line, we will likely see more advanced forms of this in the future, particularly market-derived financing. Guerrilla entrepreneurs will use prior knowledge of attacks to generate revenue from global financial markets (NOTE: this fits the strategy of fourth generation warfare -- it turns the strength of an enemy into a weakness). These efforts will include: •
Assaults on individual corporations (more here and here). Attacks on resources (particularly oil infrastructure) will influence the oil market. Billions could be made through this process.
•
Attacks on oil infrastructure. Global guerrilla methods make it possible for the rise of a "Shadow OPEC" and all the financial leverage that entails.
•
Taking states hostage.Global financial markets control the world. States exist to compete within them (the US does too, but it often doesn't acknowledge the fact). If a state underpreforms it is harshly punished regardless of the reasons. It is likely we will see a nation state targeted/threatened with infrastructure disruption unless they make a large ransom payment. States are willing to pay (the recent payment by Italy for the release of hostages is an example). Many aren't, but after some well orchestrated examples, they will likely to reverse that stance
OPEN SOURCE INSURGENCY >> How to start Superempowerment -- an increase in the ability of individuals and small groups to accomplish tasks/work through the combination of rapid improvements in technological 2
tools and access to global networks -- has enabled small groups to radically increase their productivity in conflict. For example, if a small group disrupts a system or a network by attacking systempunkts, it can amplify the results of its attacks to achieve as much as a 1,400,000 percent return on investment. Open source warfare is an organizational method by which a large collection of small, violent, superempowered groups can work together to take on much larger foes (usually hierarchies). It is also a method of organization that can be applied to non-violent struggles. It enables: •
High rates of innovation.
•
Increased survivability among the participant groups.
•
More frequent attacks and an ability to swarm targets.
Here are some suggestions (this is but one of many methods based on recent history, I'm sure that over time a better method will emerge) for building an open source insurgency: A)The plausible promise. The idea that holds the open source insurgency together. The plausible promise is composed of: •
An enemy. The enemy serves as the target of attacks. This enemy can either be either received or manufactured (any group or organization that can be depicted as a threat). The enemy can be any group that currently holds and exerts power: invader, the government, a company, an ethnic group, or a private organization.
•
A goal. This objective animates the group. Because of the diversity of the groups and individuals that join together in an open source insurgency, the only goal that works is simple and extremely high level. More complex goal setting is impossible, since it will fracture/fork the insurgency.
•
A demonstration. Viability. An attack that demonstrates that its possible to win against the enemy. It deflates any aura of invincibility that the enemy may currently enjoy. The demonstration serves as a rallying cry for the insurgency.
B)The foco. Every open source insurgency is ignited by a small founding group, a foco in guerrilla parlance. The foco sets the original goal and conducts the operation that provides the insurgency with its demonstration of viability. It's important to understand that in order to grow an open source insurgency, the founding group or individuals must follow a simple path: •
Relinquish. Give up any control over the insurgency gained during its early phases. In practice, this means giving up control of how the goal is achieved, who may participate, how to communicate, etc. The only control that remains is the power of example and respect gained through being effective.
•
Resist (temptation). Stay small. Don't grow to a size that makes the original group easy for the enemy to target (very few new members). Further, don't establish a formal collection of groups, a hierarchy of control, or set forth a complex agenda. This will only serve to alienate and fragment/fork the insurgency. In some cases, it will make the foco a target of the insurgency itself. It will also slow any advancement on the objective since it limits potential pathways/innovation.
•
Share. Provide resources, ideas, information, knowledge, recruits, etc. with other groups and individuals that join the insurgency. Share everything possible that 2
doesn't directly compromise the foco's integrity (operational security and viability). Expect sharing in return. Will keep adding to this doctrine over the next couple of months. Could potentially package it into a PDF document for wider distribution when done. UPDATE: Here's a very smartly penned application of OSW (and the foco) by a member of Anonymous.
CATASTROPHIC SUPEREMPOWERMENT A prevailing theme of global guerrilla theory is that personal superempowerment will change the face of warfare. Most of the superempowerment we see today is from rampant globalization (infrastructure/connectivity in travel to economics to communications) which has radically improved the ability of small groups to conduct guerrilla warfare. We see the results of this in Iraq, Afghanistan, Nigeria and other garden spots around the world. Nuclear Terror However, globalization has made catastrophic super-empowerment possible too, in the form nuclear terrorism. Fortunately, the critical materials necessary for the development of nuclear bombs still reside primarily within state control due to the difficulty of their manufacturing. So while globalization may make these materials more accessible -- in that it is easier to acquire, manipulate, and deliver nuclear materials than ever before -- it is still difficult and likely not something that could be repeated with any frequency. This makes the probability of any nuclear terrorist event resemble a power curve with a very steep and relatively stable coefficient -- which means that while catastrophic events may occur, they are likely to be very rare. Carlson Curves and Bioterror The probability of catastrophic threats from superempowerment changes when we take into account technologies that are subject to rapid rates of improvement due to Moore's law. The most prominent of these technologies, for the medium term, is biotechnology. The best source I have found that measures the onset of this is Robert Carlson's "The Pace and Proliferation of Biological Technologies." He provides: •
Evidence that biotechnology is improving at rates equal or better than Moore's law. These "Carlson Curves" plot the reduction in cost and the improvements in productivity available to individual practitioners. This means that very soon, in less than a decade, the technologies necessary for individuals to build catastrophic pathogens will be cheap and widely available. "Labs on a chip" are in the offing.
•
The knowledge and information necessary for developing catastrophic pathogens will be globally dispersed. As Carlson points out, work that used to require a PhD a couple of years ago is now accomplished by lightly trained technicians. Further, the low capital costs of laboratory development and its importance to the private sector means that this training and technology will be widespread. Finally, most of the information necessary for even extremely dangerous pathogens is available online.
•
There are no material barriers to the production of biological weapons. While certain reagents are currently controlled, the manufacturing processes for these 2
materials and their widespread usage pose few barriers to circumvention. Unlike nuclear proliferation, there aren't any natural choke points. The Revised Potential for Bioterror
So while the potential of bioterror now has a power law distribution steeper than nuclear terror (due to a transient difficulty in the production of pathogens), the coefficient of this curve will quickly change as biotechnology progresses. Not only will large events be more likely, we will likely see the development of a fat tail composed of small events by careless practitioners as tinkering networks develop to take advantage of this newfound superempowerment. Finally, as we saw with Phishing networks, some of these tinkerers will naturally flow into criminal networks that will actively produce weapons of bioterror for profit, and thereby become critical contributors to the global open source war now underway.
THE GUERRILLA BAZAAR: Lessons from Phishing Networks Christopher Abad, a research scientist at Cloudmark (a spam filtering company) has done some amazing analysis on the phishing marketplace. Phishing is a method of identity theft that uses fake e-mails and bogus websites to entice unwary consumers to disclose financial information (account details, credit card numbers, personal data). This data is captured and used in financial fraud. It is a big business. To deconstruct a phishing network Christopher used an automated data collection system that monitored chat rooms and activity on compromised servers. He found that the network consisted of loosely affiliated groups with lots of horizontal specialization rather than vertically integrated gangs. He proposed the following structure for the phishing micro-economy (see diagram for more detail): Automated unregulated chat rooms. This network, often controlled by bots (code that automates activities and allows remote management), provides the basis for marketplace. 2
It provides an efficient and secure method for discovering information and conducting transactions.
• •
Specialists: Mass e-mailers. Those individuals that specialize in sending large volumes of e-mail (sometimes through worm enabled bot networks). These emails initiate contact with the consumer. Template providers. Design specialists in creating the look and feel of financial institution e-mails and websites. Server managers. Individuals that can compromise Web servers and operate them remotely without detection. These servers collect information from consumers.
•
Cashers. Buyers of financial information that can use it to generate bogus ATM cards and other financial frauds.
Global Guerrilla Economics The 21st Century criminal economies like the phishing economy seen above demonstrate the same degree of decentralized self-organization we see in the market for IED (improvised explosive devices) manufacture/deployment in Iraq. Both markets aren't controlled by any single gang, or even a collection of gangs. Instead, they consist a large network of individuals (and or small groups) that trade, sell, share, and collaborate to make money and generate desired effects. Additionally, both networks exhibit strikingly high levels of: 2
•
Efficiency. The costs for component services are low and very competitive. Financial information can cost as little as $0.50 a record. Emplacement of an IED can cost $50.
•
Innovation. New methods of attack and new target sets are constantly being discovered. Both groups rapidly leverage open Internet information to refine their target set. For example: In the case of phishing, the security community's chatter provides insight into corporate vulnerabilities and exploits. Iraqi guerrillas use Google maps to plot ambushes and IED emplacement.
•
Resiliency. Able to resist discovery and network-wide collapse. One major factor in their resilience is their ability to transcend national boundaries and leverage a lack of local organic control (street level enforcement).
What This Means The arrival of these "black" networks have the following ramifications: •
Network wars. These networks are not a single entitiy. They can go to war. For example: Russian bot farmers recently attacked (denial of service) Chechen web sites in retaliation for terrorist activity against Russian targets.
•
Generic networks. Skill sets from one network type can transfer to the other. The same technologies and techniques used for phishing and other criminal networks can be used to improve the efficiency of terrorist networks and provide a means of self funding. Generic networks that combine criminal enterprise and terrorist/guerrilla activity are growing. We see this in Iraq today with the fluid market for hostages.
•
Rapid Growth. As global connectivity increases, the Gap increases faster than the Core (or non-state vs. state). A growth of a global community of virtual TAZs (temporary autonomous zones) will use technology to rapidly expand gaps generated transnational barriers to coordination and areas of local chaos. The lowest common denominator applies and these autonomous areas can be rapidly exported globally, including to those areas currently under state control
The Virtues of a Disorganized Resistance American opposition movements have always focused on the notion of organization. It has always been their goal to organize the people. Their hope has been to wield the collective power of the disaffected, downtrodden, and exploited as a single unit against the concentrated power of the ruling class. While their hope has been noble, their methods have been foolish. Organized resistance has many drawbacks. These drawbacks have seldom been discussed by the opposition. I believe that the only effective resistance is a completely disorganized, decentralized, and leaderless opposition. While, on the face of it, this claim may impress you as absurd. Of course it seems absurd! It is counterintuitive. Never the less, it is the ONLY method of resistance that will work within American society. I will explain why organized resistance has never worked in the United States. In addition, I will promulgate a new formula for effective resistance.
1
Why has organized resistance failed in the USA? There are many reasons for the failure of organized resistance. The two primary causes of failure are intimately connected to the culture of the United States and the political system laid down by our nation's founding fathers.
The Cultural Cause Americans, culturally, are anarchists. Few Americans realize this. Most Americans have a false understanding of the term "anarchism." However, upon examining the beliefs of your average American, you will find that most Americans:
• do not trust leaders • do not trust government • wish to be left alone • value their privacy • think of themselves as independent from society • do not believe that there is a systemic solution to their problems • believe that others should be free to do what they choose, provided they do so in private and do not harm others While it is undeniable that political culture in the United States often speaks to the opposite of the above list, it is also undeniable that most Americans register as neither Democrat or Republican and most Americans do not vote. Thus, despite the political culture, most Americans choose not to participate in it. This is not only due to their belief that the American political system is hopeless, but also is due to the cultural clash between the wider culture and the political culture. Any attempt to organize large numbers of Americans into a single political movement will fail. Any attempt to create an organization led by a strong group of leaders will fail. Americans reject submersion into the collective. In a sense, Americans are anticollectivists.
The Political Cause American political culture is not ideological. Politicians attempt to draw ideological distinctions between the two major parties, but these distinctions are a matter of splitting hairs. The only significant difference between the two political parties is the degree of compassion represented by the rhetoric of the two parties. Compassion is not a political concept. Compassion is an attitude. Thus, the two parties differ, primarily, in attitude and not ideology.
1
Despite this, there remain two political parties. One is prompted to ask "why?" If each party is basically the same, with respect to ideology, why do they not merge into one party? The answer to this question is best found in viewing each political party according to its true nature. American political parties are, for all intents and purposes, organized crime units. American political parties have more in common with the Mafia than they have with their counterparts in more democratic societies. Like Mafia, each political party competes for control of territory in order to maximize the benefit to their business constituency. Like Mafia, the political parties attempt to mold the system to maintain their positions and access to resources. Like Mafia, the political parties force the average citizen to pay "protection" under the threat of violence (taxes). Like Mafia each political party uses the "protection" money collected for its own advantage. By defining our political system in terms of the "majority" and the "opposition," our Constitution enshrines this two mafia system into law. Each Mafia passes laws to exclude new comers from the game while focusing the rest of its energy in destroying the other Mafia. Thus, any resistance movement that chooses to become an organization is in competition with these Mafiosi. The deck is stacked and the power of the state, wielded by these organized crime units known as the Democratic and Republican parties, will waste the time and resources of any newcomer. A newcomer can only succeed by rejecting the political system, draining its resources, and undermining the rule of the state.
How is disorganized resistance superior? In some societies, dissidents become heroes. In American society dissidents are systematically slandered, libeled, harassed, and villainized. If they become successful, they are murdered (e.g. Martin Luther King, Malcolm X). In the American experience, movements that look to leaders are decapitated. Leaders are a liability, not an asset. Organizations can be (and are) infiltrated. Organizations can be taxed. Organizations have legal responsibility. Organizations have membership lists and lists are wonderful tools for the oppressor. Organizations take on a life of their own. They struggle to exist and their continued existence takes priority over their mission. Organizations attract opportunists, power mongers, and attention seekers. Organizations tend to exploit their 2
rank and file for the benefit of their inner circle. Disorganizations share none of these defects. Bureaucracy cannot comprehend disorganization. Disorganization is invisible. The asymmetry of the relationship between organization and disorganization favors disorganization. Organization depends upon planning. Planning requires predictability. Disorganization cannot be predicted. This leaves organization at a disadvantage. Organization requires a supply chain. Supply chains can be disrupted. Disorganization depends only upon the resources of its members. Supply chains that do not exist cannot be eliminated.
Disorganized movements rely upon swarming. Swarms are difficult to defend against. If you cut a swarm in half, you have two swarms. If you eliminate one of the resulting swarms, you still have a swarm. Disorganization breeds. Organization grows. The many and dispersed are a more difficult target than the large and concentrated. Organizations takes their steps by design. If the design is flawed, the organization fails. Disorganization relies not upon design but upon evolution. The motivating notions of disorganization are memes. Memes evolve and memes compete. This process improves the motivating notions of disorganization. This process produces multiple courses of action. While some may fail, others are likely to succeed. Taken as a whole, disorganization is more likely to succeed. Yhe important thing to remember is that it is easier to destroy than to create that which is designed. Thus, the cost to those who lose the manifestation of their design outweighs by leaps and bounds the cost it takes to destroy it. That which evolves is cheap and when an effort is created to destroy the evolved entity, it merely mutates and evolves again, adjusting to the new conditions. As a process that fosters evolution, a movement based on disorganization will continue to survive, evolve, and expand without cost. The resource constraints placed upon the designed (e.g. government and corporate) and those absent from the evolved (a decentralized and disorganized opposition movement), favor the later.
The limits of disorganization I do not propose a complete absence of organization. Instead I propose a disorganization of units. Units can be as small as a single individual, or as complex as cell of individuals working together. Cells may be internally organized, but they should not be statically organized cell to cell. The movement should have no commander. It should have no central committee or governing body. No global plans should be made. The modus 2
operandi of each unit should be to think globally and act locally. Ideas, strategies, and tactics should float freely and compete as memes within the medium of the collective conscious.
Conclusions
We need to construct a disorganized movement. You need not apply to join. In fact, it might be better if you did not contact me, or anyone except those with whom you wish to form a unit. Your ideas, strategies, tactics, and lessons learned should be spread anonymously or by word of mouth. When you act, should you decide to act in resistance, attribute your actions to "the Resistance." The growing din of disorganized disruption will be felt as an earthquake. There will be trembles. There will be pre-shocks. The tension will mount and, in time, there will be an earthquake. When that earthquake strikes, the organized edifice of the oppressor will fall like a house of cards. Winning the support of enough Real Americans for a support/recruitment base You do this by winning. Big victories are nice, but showing the People that resistance is possible and you can get away to fight another day or hour will provoke more resistance against the enemy, more cooperation with Fighters. Encourage each person to fight the war in the way they can best fit, because only a small fraction of people make good warriors. Most can pick up a rifle but only a few can really fight. A lot of people have no business going out looking for a fight, but they can grow food or make weapons, or spy. With more Fighters you can wage more war. With a clandestine war economy you can keep waging war. Machine tools will be needed to manufacture weapons and weapon making equipment but the need for clandestinely produced power will be critical. Siphoning power from the grid is the worst option because your power consumption can be tracked… and machine tools need lots of power. Solar panels could be made illegal or registered, plus they’re impossible to camoflage. Power generators are fuel dependent; diesels can be fed biodiesel made from waste plants or used cooking oil. Better would be a in-engine hydrogen conversion from water as fuel. Generators are also noisy and radiate heat, and require venting for the exhaust gases. Geothermal has the best possibility if you start underground in the first place, and only in a few places is it readily tapped-you’ll
2
need drilling equipment, and such machinery is very hard to hide, very hard to kept fueled and going without detection. Gaining enough operational territory to begin transition to conventional warmaking Keep your cells small, keep your cells targets small-attack the enemy as individuals. Grow your resistance, grow your active territory. Spread out across the land. Each cell should be self-sufficient as far as personal survival, but also if possible have a service or production capacity to contribute to the larger war effort. A clandestine Internet will be needed to share information. Redundant wireless relays cheaply made with common parts along with compatable receivers and a encryption system to lock out enemy monitoring will be needed. Otherwise information sharing will be by personal contact and that is much slower. Sooner or later, after the entire nation has active cells in number and strength efforts can be made to manufacture weapons. Raw materials will need to be processed, fabricated into new kinds of weapons a clandestine economy can make yet able to take on the current state of the art. At the same time, denying resources to the enemy is critical because this is the attrition phase to choke off weapons, food, fuel and personnel from the beast’s strongholds, the major cities. Time must be right to permanently sieze territory. Any effort must be sustainable, and have a probability of success in taking and holding that territory. Furthermore, said territory must be able to facilitate further seizure of territories adjacant in support of strategic goals. With permanent territory the ability to wage war is greatly increased now that there’s less need for clandestine guerilla manufacturing of varying quality and output. Much greater manufacture of much better weapons and weapon systems will be possible, and the liberation that should’ve taken place through elections under a Constitutional Republic can take place. There will be concentration camps; whatever plans are made, plan for the dispersal and integration of those freed into your cells and communities. This will be a shock to your resources even when you do your best to ready yourselves. Yet the effort must be made to get fighters and workers, and to show the beast they cannot imprison us and get away with it. Better to free prisoners in convoys, trucks, and local jails. ENDGAME: Major Cities versus the Countryside. Possibility of infiltrating and subverting cities filled with people who’ve already rejected Revolution. There’s some because a lot of people who want to be Free will be trapped for one reason or another. Perhaps there’s enough who want Freedom that the town can be taken. Or sections of the larger metropolitan area can be taken and the others conquered. Urban fighting by the way, favors infantry with simple, heavy weapons that shoot high explosives. Air power is fleeting and often inaccurate even if you had the US Air Force. Tanks are nothing but targets because most of their armor’s up front and you can assault a foe from any direction with cover. Possibility of permanent division between cities under federal government and Our America.
2
If both sides agree to an armistice. There won’t be a peace treaty-there can’t be because both sides will be too invested in winning to stop. Because this is do or die. If the fighting doesn’t just keep going on, there will be a number of pauses as both sides catch their breaths, gather resources for the next round of fighting. This will be a long, bloody war. The greatest sieges in history Sieges are brutal to those subjected to them. If sustained, without reinforcement or relief the buildings get destroyed, the population has their fighters slowly killed off, the rest die of disease and starvation. America’s major cities will be extremely difficult to penetrate because they will have the most surveillance. Starving them out would be easier given the long, vulnerable supply lines between the major cities. If nuclear weapons are used, that is because the siege is broken. How long would this horrible war last? Not factoring in anymore federal imperialism-decades. America will be devastated. Knowing the nature of the beast however, the federal government will keep invading more defenseless third-world countries, keep trying to tighten the noose around those nations that can keep resisting, keep subverting until… …until someone snaps and decides to resolve the United States government’s incremental imperialism with nuclear weapons. They will seek to end once and for all the beast’s power and so will attack the cities. It’s uncertain WHO will deliver the killing blow, but there are only a few possible candidates: Our America-if we find a way to acquire military stockpiles, or some genius comes up with a way for American Patriots to manufacture one… the commander that would authorize using such weapons would be extremely ruthless. Otherwise-no. China-I’m certain the Chinese WILL use nuclear weapons on us anyway, but to support a countryside rebellion? That wouldn’t fit with their ideology or mentality to do such a thing-RIGHT NOW they’re shipping poisoned foodstuffs to our shores. They want us dead. Period. Britain-technically they could as they have enough weapons but they’re tied into the beast. Won’t happen. France-don’t have the delivery systems to reach America, tied into the European Union. Won’t happen. Israel-acquiring the delivery systems to do this, but part of the beast. Won’t happen. India-In the more distant future, but can’t now. Currently an ally of the US due to China. Probably won’t. Russia-Could take on the rest of the planet in nuclear warfare. Under constant pressure from the US government, China, the EU. If anyone would be cunning enough, desperate enough it’s the Russians. To sum up: KEYS TO VICTORY PLAN MESSAGE ARMS 3
TERRITORY POLITICAL CONTROL BELIEF PLAN Plain and simple it is the raising of Self-Sovereign, Free People in Free Communities. The resulting chaos of unleashed human potential shall swamp any tyranny. MESSAGE You can and must be Free. You can and must be Free with like-minded others. Only through inspiration shall others be inspired to claim their Freedom. ARMS THE single most important aspect of a Free Person is being armed. The most effective arm one can wield is the rifle, and the most effective all around type is the military pattern semi-automatic in .308. This must be coupled with a Rifleman’s practice of rapid fire marksmanship capable of downing the enemies of Man and Freedom out to at least 500 yards. TERRITORY This is won when Free People band together for a common goal, say the takeover of a small community and transform it into a showcase for Freedom. It is from the creation of real life examples that political control can be won. Coinciding with wise targeting of communities as far as politics, resources, defensibility and tactical and strategic worth. POLITICAL CONTROL Comes when Free Communities rise up in mutual support and protection. Whether by ballot or bullet, our rise shall by it’s very nature confer to us political power. BELIEF This is the culmination. It is the successes accrued through shrewd planning and courageous struggle that the Individual-who we’ve been trying to awaken and win over to the Cause-that will sway. When Free People of all races, all nationalities rise up and overthrow their states, and the parasites that have dominated Man for millenia… even a few successes shall unleash that final torrent of will to be Free. The battlefield ultimately for Freedom is and shall always be the Human Heart. I have written forty four essays over the past two years. Our Father pushes me to make them, gives me the ideals that burn in my heart and mind. Likewise, if you value your Freedom you need to find out what Our Father needs for you to do. The only way to do that is to set aside some time alone. No TV or any other distractions. Close your eyes, and still your thoughts. Think nothing. Hearing Our Father will take time, it’s a skill in making your mind still, listening and patience. In time though Our Father will be able to speak to your heart and sooner or later it’ll make sense. Because we are in a war for our Freedom, and Our Father needs you in the fight; because the more people in the fight, the fewer casualties the less destruction will result. 5
POSTSCRIPT It’s early morning, March 28, 2011 as I write this. It is apparent that the enemy runs both a steady game and a crisis game. The crisis game are all the headline grabbing incidents and agendas being obnoxiously pushed. We as a movement are cued to reacting to these. Well, perhaps not well enough. It is the steady game that is killing us. The steady game is at the local level-public servants presuming themselves our master and enforcing their own tyranny on us. The enemy’s agenda to get more dollars and power. Until we can wake up to the steady game we cannot win. Once we master the steady game, we can begin to honestly take back some square miles of America. It’s either that or keep supporting all the symbolic acts, the symbolic people on white horses that are ill placed to stop the tyranny and don’t grow the supporting “coat tails” of local and state offices to push OUR agenda for a change. Up to you what to do, and how to do it. I’m still convinced that concentrating our time and resources on local campaigns we can win can turn this around. Once we get that going the state level initiatives will have the support they need to resist the beast. Or paraphrasing Mark Koernke, a hundred million Americans can grab their rifles and go hunting oath traitors. Or we can keep banging away at our keyboards, oil and stroke our military pattern semiautomatic rifles until they take them away from us, and us away to a FEMA camp. Your choice. Our descendants await it. 7
J. Croft Somewhere on the North Coast of the United States of America, a Republic.
9
